Lessons of Enlightenment

Preface New Consciousness To Usher In The Millennium

The time has come to impart the Lessons Of Enlightenment, for the ushering in of the New Millennium. The Lessons are
offered to facilitate the unfolding of the New Age which symbolizes the restoration of humans to their intended evolutionary
pathway which allows for the maximum evolution and expansion of Universal Consciousness. It is an era of renaissance
through which entities can awaken from the sleep-inducing, dogmatic, and manipulative assertions of mankind and realign
with the divine source of universal knowledge which lies within. It is a time to celebrate the reconnection between the
individual and the totality of All That Is. It is a time to become receptive to the Divine Grace, the love and faith that has been
placed in humankind. It is a time to honor the faith, to acknowledge and reclaim the resources and abilities that empower
humans rather than allow them to remain mired and enslaved within their own earthly illusions. It is a time for every soul to
rise to the challenge of realigning the spirit, the will, the mind and the body. It is a time of joyous self expression. The Lessons
provide the light, but it is the task of the individual to enlist the will and to actively choose the pathway to receive the light.
This requires the trust that each individual was created with the innate capacity to know, to experience, and attune to an inner
guidance. This requires the courage to set aside those beliefs, and habits of thought and action which now severely limit the
soul, yet masquerade as the very truths for which humans feel compelled to fight and to die. For the feelings are indeed
instrumental in such choices, but not without the understandings to be imparted in these Lessons. The Lessons Of
Enlightenment will arrive like pearls of wisdom, for each entity to assemble into an invaluable adornment which can become
an enduring talisman against external manipulation and a symbol of the choice for, and commitment to individual
empowerment, soul development, to individual, social and spiritual evolution, to love replacing fear, to light replacing
darkness, to the rejection of evil, and to the unwavering faith in the Universal Divine. It is to be worn with honor, legitimate
pride---dignity, compassion and self respect. It cannot be worn if there is insincerity, a refusal to question existing beliefs,
denial of spiritual impetus, denial of will energy or violation or denial of others. For such denial not only negates the soul, but
also denies the Universal Consciousness and each individual's rightful place in the connectedness of All That Is. The actions
of the wearer will always defy any such attempts at deception, for legitimate actions will always spring from a new motivative
source, demonstrating the understanding, the awareness and the grace that the Lessons embody. The actions of entities
automatically provide testimony to the degree of alignment between spirit, will, mind and body. Indeed, upon grasping the
understandings that the Lessons provide, human essence, human nature, human behavior, human evolution and human destiny
will all become far less mysterious. This is likened unto a vessel of opportunity. This is a time of great potential. This is a time
for each entity to rise to the challenge of participation in the turning of the tide and in the laying of the groundwork for
accelerated development. This is the time to realign with the Universal Divine, the Love Force, the Universal Consciousness
of All That Is. The vessel of opportunity has arrived. Welcome aboard.

Lessons of Enlightenment Section Alpha

Lesson One: Overview Of The Human Condition Introduction

There is a great urgency for human beings to understand and correct their current situation. Humankind is and has been
experiencing far more disconnection, disorientation, pain and suffering than is necessary. This creates an interruption in the
flow of Universal Divine Love Energy and a virtual frustration in the ever-expanding consciousness of All That Is. Each and
every earthbound entity is an apportionment of the Divine Spirit and maintains a connective strand, a communicative channel,
through which inspiration, guidance and divine intention can be experienced. Along with this information channel came the
innate ability to transmute Universal Energy into physical form to create events and physical manifestations pleasing to both
the individual and the ever-expanding Universal Spirit. The power to intuit, the power to create, and the freedom for willful
action, are all far greater than humans imagine---for they have become obscured, blunted and limited. This information
represents what has been described as the literal "Keys To The Kingdom", a Kingdom that exists both within and
without, as well as independent of the time/space characteristics of this physical world we elected to maintain as our
reality. The barriers that exist between "It" and our consciousness are maintained by our programmed, limiting
beliefs. This material can remove those barriers.

Communication and The Fluid Creative Reality

Since time was young, humans have had the challenge of utilizing that power to create unlimited, ever-evolving tools and
methods to develop and express their soul potential in earthly existence. Development and expression of Spirit was the
individual objective within the overall goal of continued expansion of Universal Consciousness. Such tools have manifested in
the physical technologies, including everything from stone carving tools to the Internet, as well as mental technologies
including knowledge, beliefs, cultural customs, political systems, legal systems, social codes, religious and worldviews that

1
exist today. The evidence of our innate creative ability is all around us, but it stands like the trees which blind us from
the all-prevailing forest of our possibilities. Our blindness to the evidence has been well programmed into our thought
processes and is maintained by the mental tools placed under the control of those who place power over wisdom and
worldly rewards over spirituality. These tools were originally to be developed by an individual for that individual's personal
use to accomplish the maximum possible development, expression and expansion of his or her individual consciousness. The
tools were intended to be temporary, flexible transient and ever-changing---like cloaks to be designed, worn and cast aside as
new, more effective versions were inspired and created. There was no "right" or "wrong", no "good" or "bad" tools, no
judgements or limitations were placed upon the creations of man. The only legitimate quality assessment was how well the
tools and ideas accomplished the development and expression of the soul potential. The "reality" was highly individualized. It
was negotiated and created through the communication between individual and universal spirit and the application of will
power. The action choices of entities were validated by the spiritual responses experienced through the feeling system. We
are a species that has had to learn much about our true nature by the process of trial and error. It is one of the
consequences of the quality of Free Will. It is when the consequences of "reward" and "punishment" are applied to
this process and the terms of "good" and "evil" were integrated as control elements, that the barriers become erected
between what we instinctively "feel" is true and what we are taught to believe is "true", but isn't. Those tools that were
most effective at meeting the expansion goals of the spirit were pleasing to the spirit, and those that were less so were not so
pleasurable. Those that did not work or lost their effectiveness over time would restrict, even frustrate the spirit and the
feelings would be not pleasing---they became even unpleasant and painful. The physical, mental and emotional pain we
have come to experience are the clues that should lead us to the enlightened conclusion that a course correction to our
continued state of being is in order. These pleasurable or painful feelings were experienced within the individual as an ever-
present reminder of the goals of the spirit and of how well they were being attained. This was the reality: an information
exchange and feedback between the spiritual, mental and physical realms, each working in concert to maximize and expand
individual and Universal Consciousness. There was no mistaking that earthly reality was fluid and within the constant control
of the individuals, no matter how "real" and valid the earthly creations and events may have appeared in the physical realm.
The principal/system remains in place. It seems only to vary according to our perception of physical reality, i.e. when
we give power to outside influences, to that degree, we ignore our innate ability to create our own reality.
Disconnection & Rigid Physical Reality But over time, humans began to believe more and more in the validity of their
creations and rely less and less upon the internal communicative spiritual guidance. The methodologies and beliefs began to
take on a life of their own, to become more real, as they were shared between individuals and eventually passed along between
generations. Such ideas became real when adopted through willful choice---regardless of whether or not that choice was a
conscious one. In fact, most humans empower beliefs without even realizing their choice, since "facts", values and ideals are
indoctrinated into them from the moment they are born. Cognizant or not, humans direct their will power into the belief,
which then entraps them within its limitations. This is the metaphor and meaning of the fable of the Garden of Eden and
the eating of the apple by Adam and Eve. We chose to turn our ideas into our reality, and perpetuate that 'reality' by
passing it along from one generation to another. Free will then surrenders to belief and that is how our reality becomes
limited. Not only did such limiting judgments become part of earthly reality, but they actually have a physical counterpart that
exists in the form of energy fields wherein potential energy has been frozen into habitual pathways that grossly limit the
human capability of selecting or creating alternate tools or ways of thinking. The beliefs become physically empowered with
the human energy that is willfully invested in them. The more times a particular "truth" is uttered and energized, the more it
takes on a physical reality that in turn limits the perception of a myriad of other possibilities. With our minds we create our
physical reality, and with our belief systems, we keep it in place by sustaining and limiting it. We are both the creators
and the victims of what we have been taught and what we will continue to believe. Those who master us through fear,
master us for life. Instead of the evolution of many coexisting equally useful tools of spiritual expression, certain ideas
become dominant, overarching and "the way" for all to be. Such limiting beliefs and judgments have interfered tremendously
with the natural communicative pathways between embodied entities and All That Is. They have greatly reduced the creative
ability to transmute Universal Energy at will, all but eliminated the original fluidity of reality, and entrapped humans within
the very tools which were intended to empower them. The result is that humankind has become mired within an illusory
"reality" of their own creation, cut off from the overarching reality, guidance and direction of All That Is. By our own
enamored state of self-importance, we have forced ourselves away from the metaphorical Garden of Eden and into a
state of reality which excludes a clear line of communication between our physical/mental selves and our spiritual
nature. The human condition is now such that the expression and development of individual spirit, as well as the expansion of
Universal Consciousness, has been tremendously impeded. This "misuse" of human freedom has become known as "the Fall
from Grace" in many existing origin stories and religious doctrines. For with the self-imposed limitations due to having bitten
of the fruit of the tree of knowledge, humans have lost touch with those very facilities with which they were endowed to
protect and guide themselves. While the story of the "Garden of Eden" carries the seeds of the truth expressed above, it
has been so distorted by religious institutions that we have come to feel it is only appropriate that we continue to exist
in a degraded state with only the protection and guidance of those institutions as our salvation. As we sought

2
information from the "outer" world, we abandoned the "inner" truths that once guided us toward spiritual
evolvement, it would seem.

Attempts At Re-Empowerment
In the course of human history, there have been many sages, Avatars and wise "men of God" who have attempted to re-
empower humans. These seers incarnated with a clear destiny, a broadened awareness and with better command of the innate
power that all humans were intended to possess. Their task was to awaken humankind to the tremendous potential and power
that lies within their grasp, yet which remains unclaimed. For every human being maintains that connective strand through
which Divine Spirit Intention can be accessed and utilized, offering vast benefits and direction for the restoration of humanity
to the intended evolutionary path. Their offerings have made a positive impact; but there has also been a tremendous amount
of distortion of the teachings---perversion and dogmatic assertions used for manipulation and control by misguided, power-
seeking humans, perpetuating the myth that direction can only come from external forces and guides. We are all familiar
enough with the "sources" of these controlling influences. Many of us rely on weekly contact with such in order to
maintain a socially comfortable position in our social settings. We surrender our judgment and our spirit to those who
tell us how to conduct ourselves. In doing so, we elect to shrink our very natures. The sages' message of re-empowerment
was lost in the shuffle. The ultimate result was the implanting of a nearly universal belief that human beings are innately evil,
rather than innately good, and that with such evil nature they require external control. The coming of the sages reinforced the
belief that some external Omnipotent intermediary has the sole responsibility to create the events necessary for successful
human existence. And that since man was innately evil, that unpleasant events were his "due" as retribution from that almighty
force. This further disconnected humans from their inner informational feeling system, with the adoption of conflicting ideas
about feelings themselves. This created the related belief that emotional suffering is an inevitable, necessary and
uncontrollable part of living. We have surrendered the driving forces of our spiritual life to a "back seat driver" and
done so through a commitment of conformity. But the belief in the need for external control cannot change the ultimate
reality that the individual has, and will always have, internal control. The belief itself cannot remove the individual's
capability and his or her responsibility to manifest their own destiny. It does not in the least diminish the power they possess,
only the conscious control they have over that power. The belief in externals cannot change the physical transmutation process
or alter the individual causal link between energy and willful manifestation. It merely shifts that power into the earthly
illusions and conflicting beliefs which become the external controllers. In adopting an external intermediary, humans cast their
power to the wind, rather than honoring themselves as the creators of their own destiny. We cheapen ourselves while at the
same time, adopting a false attitude of moral superiority over those who elect not to follow the crowd. Many unexpected
and undesirable events that occur in the lives of individuals and those which evidence decay in societies around the world, are
a direct result of misdirected, misunderstood human will power. Humans then scramble to react to the oncoming events that
seem random, chaotic and meaningless, rather than creating the desired events as originally intended. The information signals
of human feeling go unheeded allowing hurtful, limiting beliefs to take root and flourish. The realm of human mind is now
choked with many such debilitating beliefs, most of which masquerade as highly esteemed ideals and values. If the innate
guidance had been understood, there never would have been such a virulent spread of misdirected energy. If the innate
guidance had been understood, humanity would now be master rather than slave. If we can objectively observe our
environment, both as an individual and as the race which populates the planet, we can see that there are collective
attitudes which contribute to unjustifiable levels of suffering. If we probe those states to the origin of the problem, we
can not but help arrive at the above conclusions. Regardless of the illusions, the reality of the human condition is still that
each individual has the power and the biological capability to receive information and transmute energy directly from the
Divine Source. This is the originally intended inner communicative flow of validating feelings of the spirit. Humans are
intended to use the conditions and events that they desire. The information process has long gone unnoticed and the lack of
intuitive guidance has all but removed the individual's capacity to create the reality that is most pleasing to the spirit. As a
result, the individual spirit is frustrated, as is the Universal Spirit. When the spirit is frustrated and cannot expand, this is made
known through the feeling system of the individual--- as has always been the case. Prayer, especially the redundant type, is
little more than a one-way conversation which results in the speaker gaining little when he/she elects not to listen, as
well. If the majority of our Western religious institutions emphasized the act of meditation as strongly as that of
prayer, their members might experience accelerated spiritual growth on a yet unimagined scale.

The Feeling System - A Spiritual Safety Net

The feeling system is the one system that is not susceptible to the realm of earthly illusion. Although belief can color the
feelings, they cannot deny the anger, fear, and sadness of a frustrated spirit. The feeling system is the communicative strand
that provides a safety net to keep humans attuned to the Spirit regardless of the earthly illusions. The feeling system also plays
a major role in the transmutation of energy that creates events, both desirable and undesirable. The preponderance of negative
events and frustrating experiences in one's life is a direct result of the level of frustration of the Spirit. Humans have also
developed ways to escape the haunting feelings of a frustrated spirit through escapism or aggression or self deception. But true

3
and lasting relief can only come through the identification and rejection of those beliefs that have been internalized, which
frustrate rather than develop and express the spiritual potential .

It would seem that these "feelings" serve as the energy form that converts our "beliefs"s into our created reality.
The stronger our particular beliefs, the more expanded our creative results. Some would call this "simple faith", but it
is more complicated than that. We can successfully connect the two if we are willing to make an honest evaluation of
our inherited beliefs. Also, we can drift far off course, but we can not sever the tethering line which keeps us connected
to Thee Spirit. Thus, with intent, we can reestablish a course correction at any point in our existence. These beliefs, and
any others which limit human development and expression, are no longer to be tolerated. The state of the earth becomes less
and less stable as more and more energy is fed into the existing limited beliefs. Now is the time for the piece-by-piece
dismantling of the dense energy network that stifles the spiritual, mental and physical evolution of the human species. The
dominant formative energies are fear, anger and sadness, which spring from the grossly frustrated Universal Spirit. Without
direct intervention, these energies will continue to create individual and social and eventually, physiological and geological
upheaval. Of particular danger to our physical reality are those "gloom & doom" predictions of earth changes that
many stand poised to accept. Those who seek a brighter future for the human race have a heightened chance of
experiencing such. We can strengthen our physical world by connecting with our spiritual nature. It's our choice .

The Task At Hand

It is to be the task of each and every earthbound entity to reestablish a connection with the inner guidance that they
posses, and to regain understandings regarding the nature of their own power and how best to use it. From there, they are to
identify and reject any beliefs they find within themselves that are limiting to the Spirit. They are then to identify and to
participate in the active removal of such beliefs from the world itself, from the realm of mass consciousness. This is not a
challenge for the faint of heart or those too old to visualize a better world than the one they currently occupy. To meet
such a "challenge" will require a certain level of commitment. The needed energy will be supplied. With these direct
actions, the energy can be disengaged, unit by unit, belief by belief, and returned to the individual. This energy can then be
refocused to increase those positive, uplifting, joy-inducing ideas and beliefs which facilitate spiritual expression. The mass
reality can ultimately be restored to that state of fluidity wherein the tools and strategies remain flexible, creative options for
individuals to select, based upon their ability to develop and express their unique spiritual potential. Once one becomes
engaged in this river of revitalization, the meaning of "life" will become more pronounced than has ever been
experienced. The division between current status and spiritual potential will melt away. These lessons will include the
specific advice and understandings necessary to restore the inner communicative information channel within earthbound
entities. They will explain the nature of the human feeling system---an unexploited sixth sense---and how it has become lost.
They will detail how to interpret the signals from the Spirit, and exactly how to actively respond to the advice offered. They
will draw parallels to the feeling system and the misdirected transmutations of power in the creation of events. Ultimately,
they can usher in the understandings that will replace the myriad of debilitating beliefs that frustrate the Universal Spirit and
cripple the spiritual, mental and physical evolutionary potential of humankind. This is the promise of a "process" which,
once launched, can not be run aground – for it will free qualities deep within this vessel of body/mind which can never
again be reversed. We can and will become the Captains of our own destiny. There is a "base-line" of Spiritual
Guidance, individualized to meet our respective needs, available upon request and confirmed through feelings. Just as
sages and seers have appeared in the historical past, there are active entities today working together to carry out their group
mission of restoring the inner guidance to earthbound entities. There are many existing, enlightening ideas in the realm of
mass consciousness that can be assembled and utilized. There are offerings from every realm, from the arts, from the sciences,
from religious, educational and political institutions which all can contribute to the understandings that these lessons embody.
As the millennium progresses, there are ever-increasing inspirations, put forth like puzzle pieces to be assembled by
humankind. There is a building energy force, toward a critical mass that fuels these inspirations, and makes the necessary
understandings more accessible to every human being. Our current technology need not be a detriment to our spiritual
growth, but rather a compliment and a vehicle of enhancement. These very words are being spread through a means
which has no end. From the proliferation of "ideals" will come the "ideas" necessary for success. It is now the challenge
of each and every earthbound entity to realign themselves with the Inner Guide, through which they can be welcomed home.
The ultimate purpose of creating a "security based" economic system is to enable humankind to rise above the
mundane preoccupation with the physical necessities of survival (food, clothing, shelter, etc.) and focus on the mental
and spiritual unfolding and reconnecting with the Universal Consciousness as it moves forward in the evolutionary
process.

Section Alpha
Lesson Two: The Spiritual Nature Of Humankind Humanity As Spirituality As Divinity

4
 From the moment of the creation, or what has become known as the "Big Bang", the Universal Consciousness of All
That Is fragmented Itself into a wide variety of physical, material forms, so that It could gain self-experience and self-
expansion. As apportionments of this Divine Universal Spirit, human beings are essentially spiritual beings. While the "Big
Bang" was a physical happening, it was first and foremost a Spiritual Happening. As the physical portions of this
expansion were mere reflections of Spiritual intent, so we are the physical/mental segments of a Greater Whole
expressing its Dynamic Nature. It has been a time honored tradition for philosophers, religious leaders, poets, artists,
scientists and politicians to ponder the nature of man. Indeed, it is a motive of Divine Spiritual Intention that humans
understand their nature. The divinity whispers within every human being, stirring self-curiosity and the need to seek purpose
and meaning. In answer to this inner urging, throughout the ages the question has been asked: Is man good? Is man evil?
Perhaps a bit of both? But the question that need not be asked is: "Is man?" For if man were not, he/she would be
incapable of expressing that doubt. There is plenty of evidence leading directly and completely to one conclusion: that
human beings are indeed good. There are many beliefs and judgments placed upon that evidence that lead to quite another
conclusion: that humans are wretched and wicked. Thus, the answer has been quite difficult to find. Instead, there now exist
many conflicting thought systems, generally within the religious realm, that describe the human being as both good and evil.
With each system comes an elaborate set of understandings and rules.
These rules are quite specific in ordering the human being to make certain choices which will ensure that he or she
always stays on the "good" path---the straight and narrow---ever vigilant against the evil impulse rearing its ugly head. Such
has become the justification for most religions. Each religion puts itself ahead of the other and so each member of such
religion regards himself/herself better than the members of a different religion. In the name of that presumption, a
great deal of harm has been perpetrated. The logical flaw within such thought systems is the premise that human nature can
be altered by human ideology. Humans will be humans and will act human regardless of any dictates to the contrary. Societies
have no hope of ever successfully controlling human nature if they insist upon working against it. The very concept that
human declarations can alter the motivational essence of humanity is absurd. All humans respond according to their nature.
No matter what race or culture, no matter what religious affiliation, no matter what social or economic "station", no matter
what physical, sexual or intellectual orientation, no matter what errors or aberrant behaviors have been chosen, no matter what
level of success at attainment of universal intention--- all human beings are one and the same at their natural core. Each are
apportionments of the universal divine. All human beings are divine. It may well be time that the human race make the
necessary quantum leap to get ahead of the current curve, beyond harsh judgment of itself and on to a state of self-
realization not yet imagined.

Although there are widespread beliefs to the contrary, the fact is that humanity is spirituality and divinity in chemical
clothing. Humans are as divine as each and every deity. As divine beings, the trust, faith and grace was placed in humanity by
All That Is, with the endowment of Free Will to manifest and control individual destiny. This divine freedom evidences the
"creator's" trust and assurance of human goodness. Just as each wave contains the salty essence of the whole ocean, so
each human is endowed with the essence of All That Is. How could the "Whole" not trust the nature of its parts? This
fact goes unnoticed, even minimized, with every passing thought that human beings are any less than embodied divinity. But
such thoughts have been accepted time and again and have become firmly imbedded attitudes and beliefs---even justifications
for misguided thought and action. Divided by the concept of "good" and "evil", a constant struggle is encouraged as a
group which judges itself to be the "good" seeks to destroy the other, which it judges to be the "evil". With very little
manipulation, this state of misconception can be kept ongoing. The belief in evil is not completely unjustified, given the
historical evidence of vicious and heinous actions and violations that humans have perpetrated upon one another. Given these
actions, it is understandable why there would be so much confusion and suspicion cast upon human nature.

But evil is a perception more than an actual state of being. Those who appear to be committing their "evil" justify
it as being for the greater "good". But without exception, each and every "evil" act is the direct result of miscommunication
between spirit and mind. Humans will act in predictable ways when the inner divine communication breaks down. It is only
when man-made ideas overrule the innate guidance of spiritual wisdom that this communication breaks down. When this
happens, humans are in trouble. For all individual and social chaos springs from this miscommunication. At present, humans
are indeed, in very much trouble. For their very freedom has wrought imprisonment. When we surrender our "inner
guidance" to the control of those from without who convince us that doing so is for our own good, we risk all that is
good about ourselves. In the truest sense, we know better. The inner divine guide remains hidden within the many layers of
misconceptions, self imposed limitations, attitudes and reactionary choices,--- but it remains. For the Universal Spirit not only
provides unlimited freedom and communicative guidance, it also provides insurance that humans can never completely stifle
the spirit. We are about to discover the "truth" of the above statement. We need only open ourselves to a greater flow
of information and a trust that lies within. Frustrated Human Purpose and Evil The ultimate purpose of human
existence is for a given spirit to develop and express its unique potential in physical form. This translates within the body
as needs which facilitate self development and expression. As each individual achieves personal fulfillment of this purpose, a

5
corresponding experiential expansion and fulfillment occurs within All That Is. If we begin with the statement that we are
made in the image and likeness of "God" or the All That Is, we can see that just as our experiences result in our
"expansion", so the same applies exponentially and ubiquitously. The astronomical genetic uniqueness of each embodied
spirit seeks release as an equally unique and necessary contribution to human civilization. Each successful contribution joins
the totality in the manifestation of Divine Intention. Self expression is the goal of the Creator. Regardless of what form this
expression takes, no matter how seemingly insignificant or how substantial, no matter how public or private, no matter how
acceptable by human judgmental standards, each unique contribution is an equal, valuable and necessary portion of the whole.
The spiritual impetus is so important that humans are embodied with physical insurance that the needs of the spirit will be
expressed. So we stand mid-point between the microcosm and the macrocosm, time space being relative, each state of
existence being a point of dynamic evolution. The opposite of expression is frustration. Spiritual frustration is the antithesis
of the Creator's intended purpose. It also signals its own presence through the feeling system. Frustration is acknowledged by
unpleasant emotions. The spiritual insurance against continuous frustration comes in the form of self-preservationary reactions
to unpleasant feelings which are hard-wired into the body. Such reactions virtually override the mind where the human
limitations reside. The emotions contain creative arousal energy which moves the individual to corrective action. Such a force
is the natural spiritual aggression, yet missing the intentional focus. Such corrections preserve the species, but since they lack
intention, they do not facilitate human purpose. At best, they buy time. While "buying time" does not necessarily mean we
own it forever, it does enable us to expand our consciousness and continue to open our "spiritual" eyes until we can
eventually recognize the pattern and purpose of life's meaning. Evil springs from the impediment of Divine Intention. Evil
acts are self-preservationary acts, not those of self-development and expression. One cannot both preserve and develop the self
simultaneously, can one? Self-preservationary reactions were hardwired into the body as a last ditch safety net through which
humans can protect, even rescue themselves from their own creations. The self preservation impulse ensures the continuance
of the species, but relegates humans to a minimal existence. Like the emergency brake in an automobile, it exists as a final
preventative to keep us from rolling backwards as we travel upward and onward, to become too attached to "it" will
get us nowhere.

The evil acts of humankind are nothing more than innate self-preservationary reactions of the spirit crying out for
understanding. The symptomatic pain and anguish, fear and violence shouts the frustration of spirit, but still it goes unheeded.
Humans have become so mired within their own man-made ideas that they have severely altered the life experience by grossly
limiting their receptivity to innate guidance. They are operating on half power at best and short circuiting themselves at worst.
"Evil" then is little more than the decision to relinquish a willingness to listen to the inner voice of our innate spiritual
nature, a guidance system which is so close and, yet, which we elect to place outside of ourselves. Humans operating on
such a base level of existence reflect the sorry state of mass consciousness. And there is a predominance of unnecessary
suffering. The emotional symptoms will eventually lead humans to wisdom for they will not go away until the spirit is
understood. But this is a harsh and unnecessary course, tantamount to hitting rock bottom in order to gain enlightenment.
There already exist such severe conditions both within individuals and societies that understanding must now be facilitated.
For human beings cannot hope to begin to utilize their nature for the intended purpose, if they cannot even grasp an
understanding of it. Hitting oneself on the head with a hammer is the more difficult way to learn a lesson in physics.
There are many more gentle and intelligent ways to gain an education. The potential for discovering such is always
there. But regardless of this present state of sub-humanity, the divine tie remains. When it is accessed and utilized, the evil
acts that have sullied the reputation of human nature will become less and less frequent. The primary step toward this goal is
the reestablishing of the inner line of communication between spirit, mind and body. When the feeling signals of the spirit are
interpreted accurately and acted upon optimally, the spirit achieves the self expression it desires. When humans act correctly
upon these natural impulses, they cannot help but be moral. They cannot also but help to become smarter!

Natural Morality
The intended state is that humans operate from self-developmental and self-expressive impulses. This state is that of
uninterrupted flow of spiritual Divine Love energy. When in this state, humans access their innate, natural morality. Yes,
humans are innately moral---how can they not be as apportionments of the Divine Spirit? Each and every destructive act that
has been cited as evidence of man's innately evil nature is the floundering of a frustrated, disconnected soul in self-
preservationary mode. Evil is the absence of the life force, as pain is the absence of the love force. Based on simple
reasoning, how could one not conclude that the source and the result would be the same. There are those who might
argue with it, but does the wave have a different nature than the ocean? The only difference is that that "wave" is not
equipped with the gift of free will, which gives it the right to alter its course and learn from its errors. That "gift" is but
a greater expression of the love of All That Is. It is said that "to err is human…", but to err, to learn from that error
and to be able to make a course correction in the process of evolving, is truly a Divine Gift. All actions which spring from
self-developmental and self-expressive impulses, spring from spirit. Regardless of what the numerous ideologies of mankind
have asserted, divine human impulse operates upon the pleasure and pain continuum of human feeling. Pain signals the

6
frustration of spirit and pleasure signals its expression. Humans are spiritual hedonists. This is in the divine and "good" way.
Pleasure is the experience of the Divine Love force unimpeded. Keeping in mind that we're talking about the concept of
feeling, the pain referred to is more emotional than physical. The concept of feeling "good" or "bad" about our actions
really expands the concept of conscience from something that just bothers us when we do wrong, to that which links us
to a more expanded source of conduct and guides in a feeling way toward or away from appropriate or inappropriate
actions as a whole. The word "Hedonism" itself has been sullied, just as has been the reputation of human nature. But the
pursuit of pleasure and the avoidance of pain is a pure, simple and beautiful principle that allows humans to know whether or
not their spiritual energy flow has completed its circuit. There are many activities, pursuits and inclinations that have been
deemed "bad", selfish, immoral, unacceptable, even illegal within every society. When in the spiritual sense, if they are what
the spirit requires for expression, they are, by divine dictate, necessary and naturally moral. Many man-made judgmental
dictates impede rather than facilitate morality. One example of this might be the "love-making" act between two people of
the same sex. One group might label it as a form of sodomy. Another might regard it as nature's way of birth control.
The point is that different groups have different mores and guidelines that end up conflicting with each other, because
they are dependent upon cultural guidelines rather than Divine Spirit. This is not to say that humans should haphazardly
cast all caution to the wind and pursue self pleasure with gusto at the expense of other humans. In fact, any act which violates
another is one of self preservation. The essence of natural morality can be distilled to this golden advice: "Hurt not others with
that which pains thyself." This credo can be adopted immediately. But before spiritual hedonism can fully operate as intended,
there are some additional, crucial understandings necessary. Natural and true relationships require that we consider the
consequences our actions might have upon another. We are, after all, a portion of a collective whole. The Civilized
Planet Although modern humans consider themselves quite savvy, sophisticated and culturally astute, civilization does not in
fact occur until natural morality is understood and accommodated within all social structures. Following misguided notions
about evil capacity, human social, religious, political, educational, judicial and economic systems have attempted to control
human nature. As rigid rules and restrictions deny the spirit, self-preservationary systems take over. The fear-based, win-lose
proposition of competition overtakes the joy-based, win-win underpinnings of cooperation. As self-preservation becomes the
dominant motivator, individual and social chaos, fear and aggression then become the norm. This is the present condition
upon the Earth. If this current course continues, the violence resulting from fear and anger of frustrated spirits will continue to
erode civilization. When a clear varnish of more enlightened guidelines is applied over a society governed by the more
unenlightened restrictions, as are referred to above, the latter tends to show through and make the more spiritual
guidelines difficult to retain in predominance. A primary goal of these "Lessons" is to impart the wisdom which can reverse
this course. Once the intricacies of human hedonistic nature and how it has become effected by mass consciousness are
understood, the spiritual advisory connection can be restored. Humans will have far more freedom than has ever occurred and
they will use it toward moral purposes. The dominant motivators will be self-development and expression, not the base, self-
preservation impulses that now exist. The community will have a vested interest in the success of each of its members, for
it will be realized that every success benefits the whole. It is for this critical reason that these "Lessons" must not only
be read and reviewed, but must become the central essence of all who are exposed to them. They may just be humanity's
last, best hope. Such spiritually directed actions are indeed hedonistic, as well as moral in the highest sense. There is no need
for external codes, rules, mores or even laws, when humans are operating up to their intended capacity. As individuals heed
these "Lessons" and act upon them, society will slowly begin to restructure. There will be the removal of unnecessary
restrictions and the development of avenues of equal human opportunity that do not yet exist. Is it possible that common
courtesy could replace traffic controls at intersections? Yes, but many would argue that is not likely. But the difference
between possible and likely is only a degree of intent. For survival purposes, the "possible" might be our only and final
alternative. A movement away from courtesy is a movement toward rage. As freedom and opportunity are restored, the
spiritual connection strengthens, the spirit is allowed development and expression. Creative mode will replace survival mode.
Energy directed into destructive acts and undesirable events will be redirected into those that are productive and desirable.
Humans will get back the tremendous amount of power that now lies dormant. Future generations will enjoy a less and less
constricted level of mass consciousness. And ultimately, mass consciousness will evolve to accurately reflect Universal
Consciousness as it did In The Beginning. Freedom of expression and action is a responsible quality that needs to be
nurtured and appreciated. Because most societies now operate from a fear base, control is considered a necessity to
avoid chaos. In fact, order is a natural state that exists in the simplest life forms. Surely we can learn to emulate that,
for then we shall have paradise restored. This is the direction. Now is the time to take the first steps. The understandings are
of critical importance, but will most definitely conflict with many existing beliefs and tenets. It is suggested for this reason, to
open a new mental space to receive this information to temporarily set aside---not discard---but temporarily set aside existing
beliefs, and to actively, openly consider alternate ways of thinking and being. Your spirit will tell you of the validity of any
and all information---once you understand how to listen to it. There is no need to abandon existing beliefs completely, as this
would be far too painful. (As soon to be explained). Simply place this new information in a special compartment, and keep it
together, without placing judgments upon it. You will begin noticing how it manifests in your life. It is not necessary to
create a vacuum in order to experience fresh air. Evolution is a process that creates less resistance than revolution and

7
far less anger. Education is simply the examination of new information and the comparison of "it" to what we already
believe. Now, in order to understand the genesis of the misunderstandings regarding the nature of humankind, as well as to
reverse them, it is necessary to begin back at square one, discussing the nature and parameters of "spirit". Human Spirit:
Consciousness and Intention & Consciousness (Itself) Individual Spirit can be defined as that essence which manifests
Divine Consciousness and Divine Intention. The individual spirit of a human being has also been termed "soul", "entity" or
"higher self" and these words can be used synonymously with spirit. Consciousness, also known as Awareness, is generally
the definitive quality assigned to spirit under common conceptions of the term. When human consciousness can reach that
point where contact with "Divine Consciousness" has become clear and an automatic consequence of intent, the Spirit
State will be perpetual and totally satisfying. We are not that far from experiencing this state right now. These
"Lessons" help us to proceed in increments. It is generally understood that when a spirit is embodied within human form,
that form is alive, it is conscious of itself, it is aware of its experience. The condition of death is marked by the complete
disconnection of the spirit from the body. Although there are altered states of consciousness (such as temporary
unconsciousness due to physical trauma, or the so-called "subconscious" dream states), the spirit is still engaged within the
body. At times, our connection with our Spirit State is made when our normal conscious state is dormant or more
accurately, set aside. But it is when we have reached that point when we can come to trust in our higher nature when
in a state of full consciousness, that real spiritual progress can be made. There is much to be learned through and about
altered states of consciousness, but humans are not yet able to achieve much progress due to their entanglement within
belief systems of their own creation. Humans will learn far more about their own consciousness and its abilities as they
become more attuned to their innate abilities. The first step to mining the riches of spiritual consciousness is to learn the
language of spirit and begin its active liberation. It is the point and purpose of these Lessons to lead us on this journey of
discovering our inner selves and, in turn, supply us with those tools of information which will liberate us from the
confines of limiting beliefs.

Consciousness
For our immediate purposes, many of the existing concepts regarding consciousness are in need of some clarification.
First, there is a wide-spread belief that there is some vast, hidden, dark, inaccessible pool of information and impulses within
the human mind known as "the subconscious". The belief in such a thing severely limits understanding, for it provides a handy
place for humans to divert any unexplainable event or behavior. It provides an acceptable, even fashionable, outlet of blame
for outcomes of what are actually willful choices. It is a part of a pattern of belief and behavior which seeks to place
responsibility for the consequences of our actions in some hidden place or upon some arbitrary source beyond our
control. It is sort of a "The devil made me do it" mentality which, when examined closely,can not be taken seriously by
rational minds. Even though Sigmund Freud, the father of psychoanalysis, introduced the term "subconscious" to the
ield of psychology, it was never meant to be regarded as the instigator of all mental misdirection.

Instead, a replacement understanding is recommended. There is no such thing within the realm of mind. All knowledge,
beliefs, attitudes, impulses and relevant experiences---even dreams (with practice), are contents of the realm of mind and can
be accessed at any time. Of course, there is a limit to how much information a given individual can ponder in the moment.
There is an immediate field of vision or spotlight of consciousness known as short-term memory. This is the realm where
thought is being entertained in the present moment, where the attention is directed. This spotlight is also known as the "point
of power" consciousness. The rest, which is known as long-term memory, is simply a storage area of information awaiting
retrieval. There is no unreachable pool of information in the mental realm. "Short-term memory" in computer terms,
could be referred to as RAM (Random Access Memory) which, because it occupies physical reality, has its limitations.
What is also involved is a point of concentration or focus. The "long-term memory" is describable as HD (Hard Drive
Memory). Computers are little more than limited reflections of our unlimited genius. Even dream states are intended to be
remembered and utilized for the wisdom they contain---with one major qualifier: Dreams exist not only in the mental realm,
but in the spiritual realm. When the spiritual realm is involved, there does exist a pool of complete information likened unto
the subconscious, but this is a pool of Universal Consciousness. A critical understanding is that the realm of spirit and the
realm of mind are distinctly separate "locations". Dreams could best be described as bridges between our physical/mental
state of reality and our spiritual state. They can take us from the limited to the unlimited. However, since Spirit speaks
to us through a more sophisticated medium than our native tongue(s), the trick is in learning to build the link. Altered
States of Consciousness The present point of power consciousness travels to alternate spiritual locations when in altered
states. While the body is asleep, for example, the consciousness of spirit is simply attuned to a different vibratory focus, as
evidenced by the varying levels of brain wave activity. In fact, humans enjoy a rich and varied existence in these dream realms
and a great deal of productive activity actually occurs therein. Since the point of power has such mobility, humans command a
great deal of creative energy while they suppose they are unproductive and "unconscious". Humans can---and many do---
effect physical bodily changes, promote health, plan and create events, communicate with other entities (earthbound or
otherwise), as well as with past, present and future selves all within the dream realm. Apparently, the most productive part

8
of one's day can be when one is asleep. What "dumbcoffs" we are not to prepare ourselves better to utilize this
marvelous, built-in system. Why are we so slow to recognize an obvious spiritual truth? Could it be that we are so
programmed to only accept the so called "proven" scientific information we carry around in our minds? Because this
so influences us that, consequently, we can't get beyond the intellectual fog? Dreams have become far less accessible due
to the many limiting beliefs surrounding them that exist in the realm of mind. Because they are not understood and therefore
are not utilized, they are ignored and they eventually become less and less significant. Dreams are not even acknowledged as
useful in most societies. But even with limited understanding, dreams provide messages from the self to the self, from the
spirit to the mind. Control of this power can be tremendously advantageous, but even as the mind and body lie sleeping,
dreams often spontaneously correct physical and mental imbalances that save the very life of the entity. Regarding our
state of physical health, one has to wonder why many states of physical discomfort, usually minor in nature, come into
our lives and hang around a few days or weeks and then leave, only to be replaced by some other annoying discomfort.
Could it be that such states of imbalance get corrected when they become boring? More likely is that we are our own
best physician, with a master consultant standing by to assist us when called upon. This is the frustrated spirit at work,
freed a bit, when the mind is at rest. This is testimony to the tenacity of spirit in doing what is necessary to circumvent the
entangled mind and offer its wisdom through vicarious routes. With conscious understanding within the mental realm, the
mind can assist the spirit and body in accomplishing the benefits of the dream process in ways now unimaginable. Dreams are,
in fact, highly spiritual, creative, significant and pure. As stated earlier, they exist to bridge the gap between spiritual and
mental realms. Imagine, we can be either our own worst enemy or our own best friend. It is and always has been our
choice. The ancient or aboriginal cultures probably had or have a better understanding of this than we modern
sophisticates. Could it be that the fulfillment is tied to an exercise of nothing more complicated than a designed
request? But waking consciousness is focused in the mental realm. Daily reality springs from mind. An essential preliminary
understanding, however, is that the mental realm is intended to be fluid and not nearly so rigid as it has become. Memory, for
example, needs reinforcement and active use or it will fade. If certain learning is not utilized, nor relevant, it will abdicate in
lieu of incoming information which is more current and useful. Those who have experienced the study of a foreign language,
or higher mathematics, yet having never applied it in an actual setting, can attest to this fact. This mental flexibility is the
intended state. Neurological connections in the brain strengthen only if they are utilized. Useful tools are the only ones
intended to remain. We tend to remember what we need to and as we get older we come to realize that much of the
information our memory is plagued with, is not worth keeping, so we do the practical thing and forget it. Of course,
"active use" is a key to retaining what is worth keeping and we do usually find that the quality of memory when used,
is retained. Consciousness and all mental abilities are mechanisms through which the individual spirit can create his or her
own reality. Reality is intended to be highly flexible and individualized. In fact, memory itself has very flexible qualities not
generally acknowledged. Created visions can easily become part of one's experiential memory, whether or not the event
actually occurred. Imagined creative visions are accepted within the mind and body as actual. One of the advantages of
this capability is that we can take an unhappy experience and relive it as a happy one, with such feeling and focus that
the latter replaces the former and our lives can go on in a more pleasant state of mind. Whole cultures have done this
to the benefit of the collective consciousness. This ability is related to the mental and physical receptivity to spiritual
intuitive wisdom and guidance which often comes in the form of creative imagination, inspiration, visions and dreams. Taking
this one step further, this mental flexibility allows individuals to create intentionally desired events in the physical realm. With
these abilities of consciousness, we can begin to see how consciousness and intention interact within spirit. Intentionally
revising our history brings both a better state of mind in many cases and also aids us in exercising our creative
qualities. In turn, this capability can be applied to our current needs and desires. A summary of the consciousness
component of human spirit would be that consciousness makes possible the mental and physical experience of being. It
plays a role in the development of the mental realm, in the reception of divine direction, in the power to imaginatively create
desired life events, and in the transmutation of energy for physical manifestation of those events.

All these qualities stand ready to be recognized, appreciated and improved upon. We need only exercise our free
will through intention. However, in order to move in that direction it shall require some supplemental self-
programming. But even this can be accomplished in our "sleep state". The Illusory Fragmentation of Spirit and Will
Still, the general idea of spirit having something to do with consciousness is fairly well understood. But there have been some
distortions and misconceptions regarding the intentional aspect of the spirit. … distortions we can learn to live without. For
spirit not only has consciousness with which to know itself, it also has intention through which it can experience, feel,
manifest and direct itself. This intention has become disassociated from spirit in the realm of human understanding to the
degree that it now needs its own name. It has been termed Divine Will. It is through this disconnection that so many no longer
experience the guidance of "Godly" intention. It is through this disconnection that self preservation has become the
motivational norm. It is through this disconnection that events seem to come out of nowhere, rather than to be creatively
designed and attracted by the individual through willful choice. Probably the most distorted and misused phrase in today's
lexicon is the utterance that it is "God's Will". Dragged to the fore at every unpleasant experience in life, it is used to

9
placate those who have adopted and accepted the victimization mentality so nourished by the full spectrum of our
religious, political, economic and social institutions. Nothing could stretch us further away from the obvious truth. Not
only does it stamp out the spiritualization of humanity, it reduces humans to some type of warped cogs of an erratic
wheel of destiny. It is time to reclaim this aspect of spirit for a more complete understanding of and participation within the
human condition. Although the term "Will" is utilized, it should be clear that it is still part and parcel of every human spirit.
So many of the terms we use in daily life are tossed about with little appreciation of their meaning and influence, but
we can correct that. It requires little more than quiet reflection and a willingness to connect our words with those
beliefs which bring about the consequences in our lives. The purpose of human existence is for a given spirit to develop
and express its potential in physical form. This is also the intention of Divine Spirit as carried out by Divine Will within each
individual. Both are manifested in body, with the spirit experienced as consciousness and the will, experienced as "feeling".
Will power is raw emotional energy. Both aspects of spirit are to remain in balance with each other as two halves of a whole.
Consciousness and Will: Complimentary qualities in the process of human life. We can only hope that this new
millenium will bring a true understanding of their value and utilization. When this comes about, we will be more than
we have been and more than we have ever hoped to become.

In a manner of speaking, spirit relates to light and will relates to darkness. Consciousness is the fastest vibratory aspect of
spirit, and will is the slower more physical magnetic vibration which exists as a porthole of sorts into physical existence.
Consciousness is the point of power and will is the focus of that power. The will vibrates the darkness to receive the light of
spirit in the physical form. It is through this process that imagined thought forms become physical objects and probable events
become actual physical events. Together, consciousness and will create the desired intended reality. Imagine a "porthole"
below the waterline on an ocean liner. We can open that porthole and the ocean will flow into our environment. We
need only to trust in our ability to control that "flow" in such a way that it can serve to give us say, a comfortable
shower. While this might be most difficult to imagine, just think of all the technical miracles the human race has
already brought into its reality and how many more are in the process stage right now. We have harnessed vast rivers
to bring light into our nights, for example. Now, a greater enlightenment awaits us. It was the original intention that
humans would live the physical experience under the complete direction of spirit carried out by magnetic will energy.
Spiritual direction was to be received and converted by will to the slower vibratory level necessary to be actualized in the
physical realm. When this occurred, spirit and will remained in balance, and the human could act spontaneously upon every
feeling and the most beneficial outcome would be attained. Each moment contained a fresh challenge and new opportunity
with which the spirit could develop and express itself. The desires of the spirit were manifested as desires of the body. If
completely accepted and allowed expression, such feelings would always lead to the most fulfilling self experience. Spirit
and Will were not designed to be our enemies. They serve as our life blood and the tools of our being. Used wisely, they
can take us wherever to do whatever. What pain we experience in their use serves only as the guideposts of our
personal evolution. The acceptance and manifestation of all spiritual intention was the task of the will. The will had freedom
of active choice of any method within the imaginative mind to give life to the intention of the spirit. The choices would lead to
physical events and outcomes in which the needs of spirit were accommodated. Once the complete expression of the feeling
had subsided, there would be certain understandings available to the individual. This was to be a cycle of learning through
experience so that an array of mental strategies could accumulate that which would provide choices for spontaneous actions.
Flexibility and spontaneity facilitated this cycle. The cycle would be repeated with new, often surprising and inventive
situations created through magnetic will energy. Each facilitating spiritual intention, and a contribution to the expansion of All
That Is. This system remains in place, like a poorly operating vehicle in need of a tune up. The purpose of these
"Lessons" is to aid us in doing that "tune up". As we learn by our experience, those experiences become a part of the
data base of the Divine Spirit/All That Is. In turn, because we are a part of this All That Is, we also expand our own
data base. Just as the database of our personal computer can become a part of the Internet - so the Internet can
expand our personal database. Together, spirit and will made Divine Intention or predestination compatible with Free Will.
With a balanced, uninterrupted flow between spirit and will within body, events were created from the inside out. This was the
optimal condition in which earthly events sprang from spiritual intention. All such events were pleasing to the spirit if they
allowed for its development and expression in physical form. The human experience of pleasure was reassurance from the
Divine Spirit that Its flow of Universal Love Energy had not been disrupted. When the Divine Love flows unabated there is a
successful completion of the energy circuit between the individual and the totality of All That Is. This was to be "The Way".
This was to be as the path of least resistance . There is nothing standing in the way of what is described above becoming
ordained reality, other than our personal intent to make it otherwise. Time is our illusion and, too often, our excuse.
The next "time" the reader turns on a garden hose and watches the sprinkler begin to spread water on the other end,
think about what can be when there is no disruption in between. If in the course of traveling from the faucet to the
sprinkler, the water had to travel through a series of filters, blockages and just plain grime, by the time it reached the
sprinkler, it would not only be much reduced from the initial pressure it began with, but it would probably have lost a
great deal of its purity. If we could cleanse the hose of its obstructions, what we would end up spreading around would

10
do our personal "Garden of Eden" a great deal more good. Human limitation frustrating the will creates obstruction and
resistance to The Way. Disconnection from intention allows will energy to follow self-preservationary pathways.

Reactions that simply buy time, do not eliminate the obstruction nor achieve the corrective balance. The limitation
continues to signal its presence with negative emotion. Will energy, either positive or negative, still creates experience. To
put it another way: "Argue for your limitations, and they're yours." We will ourselves to remain in a stagnant state
and reaffirm that state with our belief system. It is our limited beliefs (or contrived excuses we give ourselves) which
stifle our creative capacities. We even create negative consequences in the false belief that doing so will bring us
greater benefits at a later point in our existence. For example: The more you suffer in this world, the greater your
reward in the next. This little gem of a rationalization keeps the powerful and wealthy in a falsely elevated state of
comfort. Negative, painful experiences are attracted through the negative emotion. The events are intended to draw attention
to the belief which frustrates spirit. But instead of understanding this message, it simply appears to the human that "bad stuff"
is happening for no apparent reason. Events seem to come from nowhere, from the outside in. This facilitates further limiting
beliefs and superstitions, which are designed to protect against imagined evil, external controlling forces at work. To say the
least, disconnection from will is disempowering. While we are told that we have the gift of Free Will, we are also led to
believe that we can only exercise this gift in a limited fashion and that we are tethered to a controlling Being who is
perpetually testing, rewarding and punishing us in some arbitrary fashion. We are led to believe that this is a "state"
we can only hope to pray ourselves out of. Meanwhile, as the bumper sticker states: Shit happens.

Upon examining the will as a separate entity to learn its function, it is now necessary to conceptually place it back within
spirit where it belongs. Will is not separate from spirit. It shall now be recognized as its feeling aspect. Feelings shall now be
respected for the spiritual intention that they communicate. Feelings shall now be respected for the powerful creative will
energy that they contain. Feelings both communicate intentions from spirit and magnetically bring them into physical
reality. "Feelings" have a dual and equally valuable purpose. They serve both as a guiding force and as a magnetic
force. We have the capacity to bring into our physical reality that which is in our best and higher interest. However, as
a result of the gift of free will, this "capacity" can also bring that which is not in our best interest. With understanding
and practice, we can acquire the former and avoid the latter. Thoughts empowered with emotional energy will be more
likely to become reality. Whether the thoughts are surrounded with joyous expectation, or dread, worry and fear, they will
create events connected to the imagined mental scenario. The mind does not know if an event has been good or bad, but the
spirit does. Spiritual intention has been accomplished in physical reality when the feeling pleasure is experienced. If there has
been interference from the realm of mind and spiritual intention has not been accomplished, a painful event will result. The
question immediately arises: "How strongly do we feel about what we desire?" Emotion is little more than raw energy
waiting to be directed. It has no sense of direction and relies upon the guidance of Spirit through mind to achieve a
manifestation of a reality experience.

Pleasure and pain, the spiritual judgmental pronouncement. Make no further mistake: there is no other accurate
judgment. Imagine driving a car down a road with high curbs on each side. The more we gyrate from side to side, the
more we are knocked out of alignment. The greater our speed and more reckless our judgment, the greater the damage
to our steering mechanism. On the other hand, the more attention we pay to our driving, the safer our journey and the
greater our progress. Spirit is consciousness and intention, and is experienced as thought and feeling. Uninterrupted spirit,
aided by images of mind, create desired physical experience. Pleasure is the validation and reward of spiritual fulfillment.
Through this path, the Universal Spirit is allowed to sense Itself through many widely varying experiences carried out by all
the physical forms. Each form, whether it is vegetable, mineral, animal or human offers its unique portion of the totality of
experience by accomplishing its own expression. Indeed, every unit of matter is imbued with conscious spiritual intention
following the pleasure/pain, attraction and repulsion principle---including subatomic quanta . When we envision a goal or
destination and infuse it with strong emotion, we will find ourselves progressing toward that destination with a
minimum of distraction and interference and as the journey continues, it will also bring greater joy into our lives, for
we attract to ourselves all the necessary matter and energy to reach that "vision". Forms less complex than humans
enjoy the clearest channel to spiritual intention with less interference from their own experience. The behavior of animals,
often highly organized, intelligent and mathematically precise, exposes the communicative clarity between spirit and will. But
this clarity goes largely unrecognized and is dismissed by humans as "instinctive" behavior. Presuming that they are in an
obvious state of superiority, humans fail to recognize and appreciate the more subtle forms of advanced spirituality
around them. Nature is the great and patient teacher, for it best represents a state of the balance of Spirit. The higher
up the evolutionary chain, the greater the possibilities and responsibilities. What these lessons seek to impart is that
humans are also attuned with such guidance in their own form of predictable, organized and mathematically precise instinct.
This is their creative development and expression. This is their natural morality. It should not be so puzzling that a colony of
ants can interact together as one conscious entity, with each individual carrying out its part of the whole. This should be no

11
more mysterious than quanta operating in concert to form atoms, than atoms operating in concert to form matter, than cells
operating in conjunction to form organs operating together to form systems and systems operating together to form human
beings. Human beings interacting together to form civilization should be at least as successful as ants---should they not? It is
humans who add to this picture the very qualities that drive them to try to destroy what should be an ever-evolving
cultural paradise. If we look closely at the lowest form of cultural organization and observe its symmetry and ask,
"Why do they succeed so splendidly, when we are threatening to destroy ourselves and our environment?" The answer
to that question is not so impossible to find.

Every unit of every thing is a unit of Universal Spirit. Every unit has consciousness and intention. Every unit meets
success and fulfillment if there is no resistance. Every unit has a unique experience through which the totality of All That Is
can find pleasure in experiencing Itself. Every unit is susceptible to a more evolved state of being. We can be a part of
this process and accept our role of leadership or we can succumb to our lesser instincts and suffer the consequences.
The difference with humans is that the path of least resistance operates uniquely, for it now has to navigate through the realm
of "Mind". Q. "Wish to explore this further?" A. " Don't mind if I do!"

Lessons of Enlightenment
Section Alpha
Lesson Three: The Mental Nature Of Humankind
Enter: The Realm Of Mind

Far and away the main factor behind the illusory separation from Spirit is the evolution of human mind. The mind has
been mentioned and its overall function is assumed, but what exactly is "mind"? The mind must be singled out from such
concepts as spirit, body, will, brain, soul, ego, personality, self, etc., and clearly defined. The mind, when understood, can be
humankind's greatest gift. If not understood, it can be our greatest burden. The first step is that of differentiation of mind
from the brain, for it is not a physical tool and/or a physical part of the body. It is often confused with the latter and
the terms are likely to be used interchangeably. Nothing could be further off the mark. What follows will help to clear
up some of this confusion. Due to the conflicting and imprecise information which exists regarding human nature, attributes
of the mind are often confused with features of spirit, of body, of experience, or of culture. But a precise definition of the
parameters and functions of mind is an important underpinning in the emerging explanation of human nature. To define is to
place parameters on a subject. However, this is not to place limitations, for mind has no limits other than those we
select for it. That said, we will now proceed with that limitation, strictly for the sake of discussion and illumination.
Although spirit exists in every time and every space simultaneously, mind is limited to the physical realm. Mind is actually a
focal point of consciousness, the seat of physical, waking awareness. The mind is intended to be steward to the spirit. The
mind can be thought of as a specific location, necessary for physical experience, while humans are oriented to a slower, denser
vibratory rate and less attuned to their broader accelerated essence. The mind focuses experience within time-space and
creates dependence upon the physical senses of sight, sound, smell, touch and taste. Mental processes are necessary to order
and retain sensory information and to creatively develop and utilize ideas which can accomplish the purpose of self
development and expression. Does mind exist after physical death. It would have to, or we would not experience a state
of consciousness, nor have the ability to focus that consciousness. There may be some dispute about "life after death"
in some circles, but there's some pretty persuasive evidence that it exists and is universally experienced. The mind can
also be thought of as a receptacle, a tool kit of sorts, housing ideas, memories, beliefs, attitudes and certain aspects of the
personality. Thus, the mind can be defined as the collection of experience, the working knowledge, skills and strategies,
accumulated through the senses from the moment of the entity's birth until the end of the lifetime. Any features of personality
that are a direct result of experience relate to the contents of mind, as opposed to the enduring spiritual aspects of personality.
Because the mind is a non-physical aspect of our make-up, it is literally impossible to apply measurable qualities or
physical technology to it. We can observe the consequences of its activity by observing the functions of the brain with
instruments, but we can not even establish the confines of the mind's state. For example, in an out-of-body experience,
the mind leaves the physical body and might travel to another room or another planet. It has no limits. The mind is also
dynamic, like a computer. Its location and receptacle aspects interact to allow for spiritual, imaginative and sensory inputs;
rational, analytical information processing; data storage; and logical decision making outputs. All mental processing
capabilities and features exist to facilitate a fluid spiritual existence in the physical realm. It might be akin to watching a
computer operate but being unable to determine the presence of the operator of the computer or the programmer who
creates the software. This might be especially troubling if the observation of the operator could not be determined
through the use of our five senses or instrumentation. The mind operates then like a location, a receptacle and a
computer---which sounds a lot like a brain. The brain, of course, is the organ in every human that houses the mind. But the
mind is far more than the objective brain. While the normally developed brain is fairly similar among all humans, as are
computers that roll off the assembly line, the mind is highly individualized. It is extremely personal and subjective. Because

12
the mind reflects the creative aspect of the human being and because it is exposed to so much information which is
individualized by time and space, it is nearly unlimited when it comes to unique memories and creative opportunities.
But it does not come that way. Just as a new body arrives with each birth, a new mind is born for a fresh beginning. Each
human being arrives on Earth with a blank slate to be impressed upon by human experience. A blank slate upon which each
individual can create their own desired reality. Humans have complete freedom of will to determine what the contents of mind
are to be. With this feature, the mind is not so much like a window to the world, or even a mirror of the world, it is more like a
canvas upon which the world can manifest. Like an artist paints a picture, each entity can create a mental landscape like a
portrait through which he or she can experience life. The mind holds pictures of the existing world, and adds creative
improvements as well. Thus, humans have the fantastic mental agility to create as many unique realities as there are unique
human beings. This individualized mind is intended to support and orient the embodied human upon his or her particular
destiny path. The idea that we can build/create our own experiences in this reality and thereby gain knowledge and
wisdom is alien to our current societal outlook. Fear and a victim mentality drive our system. The adverse
consequences of this state of mind are everywhere. There is an old Chinese proverb: "When one is foolish enough long
enough, he/she eventually becomes wise." There are many reaching that point daily. As it was used in the above
paragraph, art is the metaphor for our spiritual evolution. We need only to learn to appreciate it. The mind also
operates like a converter. The mind was intended to assist in converting spiritual intention into earthly experiences, events and
technologies that could bring evermore creative ways of expression. Not only does the mind create this reality within the
consciousness of its owner, but it also assists in the transmutation of spiritual (will) energy into actual physical events. It is the
mind's ideas, visual creations, thoughts and beliefs which define and flesh out the raw spiritual intention. Then, when powered
with emotional and physical energy, these subjective images and events can become objective and actual occurrences. The
mind was intended to be temporary, fluid, highly personal, subjective and dynamically evolving at the direction of the spirit.
Edgar Cayce called mind the builder and so it is. But it is the spirit which points the mind in the direction of optimum
growth and that which is most spiritually beneficial. Mind can listen or ignore what spirit is suggesting, but it can not
fail to eventually make the link essential for the evolving process to continue. Physical reality is the mirror which
reflects our spiritual progress. Recognition of this fact is essential for growth. But this conversion aspect has some
inherent limitations. It is important to note that the communication between mind and spirit is conditional. Although spirit is
aware of everything in the realm of mind, mind is only aware of spirit if specific understandings are in place---or more to the
point, if certain limited beliefs are not in place. Such understandings need to be deliberately inscribed upon the blank slate, to
prevent disempowerment. The conversion process goes on quite on its own, whether or not the intention is present in the
result. The human ability to manifest events and transmute matter is far more powerful than humans suspect. In much of our
current environment, it is the "limited beliefs" which are the first things to be inscribed upon our personal slate. From
that point, the opportunity for controlling our life experience is relegated for a far longer period than is beneficial.
There are those being born into our physical reality that are much more aware of this than previous generations and
as a consequence, these children will lead us out of our wilderness. In summary, the mind is at once a location, a
receptacle, a computer and a converter. Mind contrasts distinctly with spirit; while universal permanence, ubiquity, biological
integrity, primacy, and divine intention mark the spirit, the mind is characterized by temporary transience; subjective,
experiential and cultural flexibility; creative imagination; and unlimited growth potential. Both interact to achieve the
maximum self development and expression. Both comprise what is known as personality and both comprise what is known as
self. In playing their respective roles, mind and spirit compliment each other, while creating an environment of growth
and understanding. There are so many methods for enhancing this growth. The choices of which to utilize are
unlimited and equal in value. We need only to begin to appreciate the dynamics of this complimentary potential to
bring greater meaning to our lives. The Goal Of Mind Spiritual Intention is reducible to two goals: 1) self development and
2) self expression. The mind is the major facilitator of self development. Its singular goal is to provide tools to accomplish self
growth. A scientist would describe such growth as adaptation to one's environment. The more adaptive tools one acquires, the
more successful they can be in an ever-expanding "turf" of various environments. The mind has a tremendous potential for
flexibility. It can learn quickly and adapt to emergencies much faster than usually imagined. It has this ability because
one of its primary functions is to protect the physical body, for without this "body", the mind could not occupy the
physical environment in a manipulative fashion, and it could certainly not carry out any type of "self-expression".

The word environment, in this sense, includes not only the physical, geographic landscapes but also the social, cultural
mindscapes and established systems within which modern man must now operate. This means that the broader and more
inclusive the person's reality, the more they can successfully interact with other people and their own unique realities. Without
such development, successful expression is unlikely. The overall developmental goal is to be completely free to express the
spirit in any and every physical and social situation without hindrance. One characteristic of a well-developed mind is one's
ability to be at ease in any type of situation. The intent of recognizing the positive qualities in others and practicing a
natural inquisitiveness about one's surroundings (including other people) will reflect an honest appreciation for the
spiritual qualities of all human beings. A scientist would call this personal growth an adaptive, evolutionary process. A

13
teacher might call this process, learning or education. A psychologist might call this personal growth becoming, self
discovery, or self actualization . A poet might call this process the unfolding of the petals of the soul. A religious leader might
call this transcending human limitation and attaining the divine. A spiritualist might call this process the individual
contribution to the expansion of All That Is. Each would be correct in their assertion. The above expressed observation
should make it clear that all truth is directly connected to the quality of perception and that these varied "perceptions"
contribute to a better understand of the whole, providing that these perceptions are shared in a positive and loving
environment by the perceivers. There is the illustration of the blind men examining the various aspects of the elephant
and describing such on the basis of what part they were touching, i.e. the trunk, the tail, the leg, etc. Only in sharing
their personal conclusions of their respective examinations were they able to develop a more complete picture of the
elephant. So it is that truth evolves. Thus, the mind has a very important task in the larger scheme of things. The human
mind is a tool kit of creative resources, as well as a factory for their assembly. The mind is meant to be filled with ideas and
beliefs---mental tools---of an ever improving nature to provide freedom and avenues of opportunity to the individual.
Experiences are to be analyzed, mined for the learning, and significant skills and strategies retained for future successes.
Within the fluidity of mind, old strategies are cast away as new improvements are discovered that drive a constant mental
evolution. With the contents of mind, each human can envision and create whatever thoughts, images and events that they find
pleasing to the spirit. In a dynamic universe, a dynamic mind is essential. A static mind is equivalent to a state of
reversal, which leads to uncertainty, which leads to fear, which leads to anger and aggression. Close the mind and the
world around it soon dies, including the physical vehicle one occupies. Mental Tools Can Be Double-Edged The gift of
mind came with some inherent risks. It was Divine Spiritual Intention that the mind be an accouterment, a grand toy with
which humans could more realistically engage in the game of physical existence. It would allow a crystallized individual
experience for each spirit in flesh to enjoy a unique reality designed exactly to their desired specifications. This is another
validation that we can and do use our minds to create our physical and social reality, including both our pleasurable
and painful experiences. If we create positive experiences for ourselves, we experience the accompanying joy. If we
create the opposite, we experience consequential physical and emotional pain. If not misdirected by falsely contrived
belief systems, we can quickly learn and evolve in a trial and error system. (Or we can exercise some of the logical
qualities of the mind and avoid some of the pain of error.) On the other hand, if we are taught that suffering in this
world will lead to greater happiness in the next, our natural learning process becomes "short circuited". But such
boundless freedom can be seductive. The realities created can become quite convincing. The tools can linger past their point
of effectiveness and create conflict---even become hurtful. Limiting ideas can take on a life of their own, setting the stage for
separation from spirit. When the contents of mind muffle the voice of spirit, the rational mind, the computer, operates on
incomplete information. The wisdom of spirit that transcends space-time is not factored into the logical calculations.
Information that does not fit a nice physical linear picture, is not allowed into consciousness. Events appear to happen to
individuals rather than to be created by them. This is how the victim mentality gains preponderance in human activity.
Institutions which foster and feed limited belief systems offer
solutions, but on their terms. I was once told in an institution for higher learning that since nations do not have
souls, they only way they can be punished for collective wrong doing is through war. Hence war, because of this belief
system, becomes essential and inevitable. This is the seduction of earthly existence: when mental creations that are intended
to be subjective and fluid, become utterly believable, enduring and entrenched objective realities---this is known as being lost
in one's own physical camouflage (a major theme in Eastern religious traditions). In Hinduism, for example, humans are under
the spell of Maya, the magical drama created out of the Brahman, the unifying spiritual essence underlying the creations.
Religious philosophies and institutions that play down the ability of creating reality from the list of human qualities,
also play a major role in reducing individual responsibility for one's actions. If a person is not responsible for his/her
own actions, someone or something else has to be judged and blamed when things go wrong. The seduction of physical
reality can lead to the perception of isolation. An enlightened Western philosopher once identified the isolation potential
through the assertion "cogito ergo sum" or rather: "I think, therefore, I am". He points out that humans define their very
existence by their thought process, a statement that historically attests to human entrapment within physical camouflage. This
is the condition wherein the mind believes its reality to be the one and only, negating all spiritual reality beyond the bound of
its physical limitations. His next progression of thought was that of a primal fear springing from the isolated human notion
that one could not be absolutely sure of anything even existing outside one's own conscious mind. An insidious, but perhaps
inevitable, fear that he termed Cartesian Doubt. Eliminate the quality of "spirit" from human make-up and the existence
of everything that is observable comes into doubt. The only thing left to cling to is one's own existence and that can
only be kept through irrefutable logic which went something like this: "I think, therefore I am. For if I did not exist, I
would not be able to doubt my existence, therefore I must be." But what, then, are we? We are more than the obvious,
the observable or the consequence of logical reasoning. We are also spirit. Isolation, of course, is not real in the greater,
spiritual reality in which all things are connected. That feeling from "connection" provides the pleasurable faith and optimism
which evidences unabated love energy. But once this isolation has occurred, the spiritual energy is frustrated and an
unpleasant emotion will occur. The predictable fear then arises in which undesirable events of the past are projected into the

14
future effecting it with equally undesirable, yet perhaps impending, scenarios. (This is the basic principle of karma in Eastern
traditions, although the term has become mired in limiting beliefs). The very process of reliving the unpleasant memories
of our lives in the mindset that we were the victims of some arbitrary and capricious fate, or worse yet, a enigmatic
Deity with a human-type personality, can do much to color the future we are constantly creating for ourselves.
Whereas, if we apply a true cause/effect formula to our existence, we can come to understand that consequences are
little more than learning experiences. A test-in-time, if you will.

Thus, there were spiritual cautions that were offered with the evolution of human mind. Cautions specifically regarding
how essential it was to remember that this earthly reality was illusory and that any "knowledge" or "truth" of this realm would
only be so if it reflected Universal Knowledge and Universal Truth. The rest were simply temporary, flexible, and evolving
tools chosen and used to achieve the most complete earthly existence. There were specific cautions regarding the illusory
isolation, the seduction of the camouflage, and the potential disconnection between universal and individual consciousness,
between spirit and mind. Still humans immersed themselves in physical experience. The history of life in this physical
existence is perpetually open to interpretation by those who review it. Without factoring in the spiritual aspect of
human nature and its true role in our development, the lessons to be learned are seldom completely understood. Hence
the reason why history, with human error so apparent, tends to repeat itself. The Biblical Fall From Grace Humans
enjoyed the freedom to create their own earthly reality and went about it with relish. The spirit communicated through a finely
attuned will, using the tools, skills, strategies and abilities of the mind to create any desired reality. The game became so
enjoyable that humans expanded their mental empire, with the mind reigning supreme, and the illusions of individual reality
becoming utterly believable. This was how is was in the beginning. It was a true paradise.

Apparently it was also an environment where it was easy to develop an expanded ego which enticed us humans
into believing that the "illusion" was the "real thing" and that individual mind could supercede Spirit. As the belief in
"individuality" became more and more powerful, the feeling of isolation began to creep into the human existence. The
Universal Spirit began to cry out through its individual spirits for the reconnection that is its natural state. In answer to this
cry, humans took steps within their mental realm to reconnect with other humans. It was a case of becoming too self-
absorbed. This led to a crevasse developing between the mental and spiritual qualities. But it also led to an attraction
among all humans and the sharing that when followed brought about an expansion of the whole. They would share the
ideas that they had created. They would trade beliefs, creating a shared reality and enriching each other's existence by doing
so. They escaped isolation and quieted their fear by negotiating a group reality. They began teaching their mental strategies to
their offspring and offering them a head start toward building their own strategies of living. They built languages, worldview,
monuments and other mental and physical vestiges of civilization to indoctrinate every new human being into this shared
existence. They became, in a word, worldly in their orientation. As individuals developed individual views and formed
into colonies of these shared views, a form of competition evolved and truth became that which was held by a
particular group.

As time passed there accumulated a tremendous amount of shared knowledge, enduring ideas, strategies and tools that
existed in a common realm. This created an illusion of some higher objective, truthful, reality that began to replace whatever
mental remnant of spiritual reality that had existed. This was the first stirring of a mass consciousness, a group reality which
has become to be known as culture . Human culture is that collection of energized ideas that takes on a physical reality of its
own. This lent further credence to the cause and effect rational interpretation of random events that distanced humans from
their own creative freedom and fluid reality. Today, we call this reality science, or religion or philosophy. It represents a
school of thought. These various "schools" evolved into various cultures and even nations. As these varying cultures
became convinced that their beliefs were the only correct ones, differing views eventually escalated into physical
violence. Nowhere is this better exemplified than in the 20th century and its numerous World Wars. The 21st appears
to be extending that mentality. With the advent of human culture, came what has become known in Western religious
tradition as "the fall from Grace". Human individuals, already partially separated from their creator's guidance, became
convinced that this group reality was, in fact, the ultimate reality. An underlying assumption was that there had once been a
caring, loving creator, who directed and enriched the lives of humans, but who had become angered and no longer provided
such services. "Right living" would restore this relationship, but not until death could humans enjoy the "Kingdom Of
Heaven". In the context of Eastern traditions, this same separation happened when the Brahman then became lost in the Maya
such that it was unattainable without Karmic redemption. In each case, religions sprang up. The concepts became
institutionalized and control of the masses became a subsequent consequence. The larger the religions became, the
greater the barrier erected to block the original connection to spirit. Fear and guilt became tools of control and a vague
and a barely defined state following physical death became the justification for accepting the confined thought process
while still in physical reality. Both traditions, for the most part, leave the power as well as goodness, outside the hands of
humanity. As the world now exists, man-made belief systems virtually replace the remaining strands of communication with

15
All That Is. They promote conformity, standardization, dependency, and ever increasing separation between body, mind and
spirit. Once recognized, this status quo can be altered within. As these individual alterations begin to multiply, the
strength of the worldly power centers will decline in influence. What will follow will be a return to a unification of the
above named qualities. And when that happens, there truly will be a new heaven on earth. Current Mass Reality: The
Mind Of Man What was intended to be a highly selective, subjective reality within the mind of each human being, is now
something far more. It is externalized, public, and has taken on an "objective" life of its own. This objective mass reality, can
also be termed the Mind Of Man.

The intended system went from individual to collective. This is not necessarily a bad thing. While it has introduced
an expanded element into the relationship between body/mind and spirit, it has removed from the mix the innate
capability of humans to make a direct, unfiltered connection to spirit. If and when this "direct connection" can be
understood and utilized, such can result in an anticipated expansion of consciousness. For man is greatly affected by it in
many ways. Energized thoughts from every individual mind have created a dense network of group thought which constitutes
a group mind. As this external reality is reinforced over time, it becomes the dominant influence in human existence. With
every passing generation, humans are born into an ever narrowing realm of possibility. So much exists as "truth" within the
realm of mass reality that it severely limits the blank slate situation that is necessary for full and complete freedom for
development of individual mind. Group mind and all that it entails is no match for Spirit and, rather serves as a
distraction and obstruction to that which is available to the individual. To correct this situation, the individual must
intend to remove the substituted and limiting belief systems and replace them with that which is available from within,
i.e. Spirit Guidance. The practice of meditation might be a place to start. Choice itself becomes illusory as a large amount
of the contents of any individual mind are "chosen" inadvertently and by default. So much information is imparted onto the
blank slate from the outside, that entities have little hope of even becoming aware of the many alternative potentials that can
exist through the conscious attunement to the spirit. The individual mind has largely given way to the mass Mind of Man.
Imagine suggesting to a parent in today's society that the best road to true knowledge and enlightenment of his/her
child is to teach the child the art of meditation and the practice of tapping into the wisdom of dreams, as an alternative
to the formal and accepted form of "education". It would take some powerful and numerous examples of success
before such a radical format could even be considered. But there are some among us who are living examples that this
can be done. Many of them are socially ostracized or institutionalized, but their unique qualities are beginning to be
recognized. The situation that exists today within mass consciousness is indeed severely limiting. Humans are so utterly
caught up in their mass reality that most no longer experience true freedom. The conflicting and limited information that exists
within the social, political, economic, religious and educational institutions of human culture severely limit the opportunity
humans have to design their own reality. They have little hope of developing and expressing the spirit without basic freedom
and opportunity. The qualities of basic freedom and opportunity still exist and each individual in any society can exercise
the right to think and envision any and all that he/she wishes. Bringing that fact to the mind of humans may be the
greatest challenge. On the other hand, this very information is being passed along from one to another via this utilized
system. This internet, itself, may well hold the key. This is not simply a metaphoric situation. There is a physical
manifestation of mass consciousness. There now exist myriad dense energy networks surrounding the planet that affect human
experience profoundly. As each human adopts and empowers the individual belief in something, its validity in the mass realm
is strengthened by the energy. This energy network interferes with the reception of spiritual insight. This energy network also
plays a major role in the events which human beings draw to themselves, particularly the ones that seem to come from outside.
These are usually unwelcome experiences that limit freedom and opportunity, while leaving the spirit feeling frustrated. The
question is not whether or not creating one's reality is possible. We can already observe that reality is being created
and influenced. The question is: Can humans recover their basic ability to realign that reality with the highest
Spiritual Principles while operating in an environment which is contrary to such an intent. I would leave the answer
and the challenge to the reader to decide. The Divine Spiritual Safety Net It should not be so surprising that earthly
existence is not what most humans would like it to be, given that individual reality has virtually given way to mass reality.
The limits within mass consciousness are self-fulfilling and self-perpetuating cycles. It can be a bit overwhelming to a
singular soul entering the realm of physical reality, especially when the first essential information fed to this soul is
that which establishes a life of limitations. The wonderful truth of the matter is, however, that humans still create their own
individual reality. For each spirit embodies the form with hardwired signals which can provide a reality check. This reality
check ensures that spiritual intention is made manifest. It ensures that the contents of mind include only those items which
facilitate self development and expression. What is not revealed to humans is that there are tools of creation available
that are innate to their very being and that when tapped, can far exceed the capability of our most sophisticated
technology. It is now up to the individual to honor the purpose of mind and to restore humanity to the fluidity state that was
originally intended. It is time to sort through the contents of the mind to sift and change those ideas that frustrate the spirit.
This begins with the examination of the contents of each and every individual mind. Such house-keeping of beliefs, ideas,
attitudes, will facilitate the identification and rejection of any and all which limit development and expression in any way.

16
Changes within each individual mind will create energy changes within mass consciousness so that those limiting ideas will
become less and less influential. This may be a slow process for humanity, but it can be a relatively quick process for
any individual who wishes to excel beyond his/her current state of being. This material can help lead the way. It can
open doors and pull us through them into an expanded way of thinking. Of course, to do so, it has to be read and
integrated into one's being. But mental changes alone will not suffice. Active changes are also necessary. Appropriate
communications of dissatisfaction over specific limitations of the social, political or economic systems within human cultures,
must be expressed. Existing mechanisms for social change, (political activism, civil complaint processes, legislative
mechanisms), are those useful and positive tools within mass consciousness. Even simple communication can create external
change and successfully champion human freedom and dignity. This is not to say that certain personal choices are to be foist
upon others; simply, that group limitations are to be removed to make way for individual freedom and equal opportunity for
all humans to develop and express their spiritual essence. How this can be done should be a matter of open discussion. No
one individual has all the answers. Nor should any one person be burdened with bringing about the necessary changes.
After all, the very founding of the political freedoms we enjoy in this country was not brought by a particular
individual. It took the Founding Fathers acting with intent and determination to alter the course of history. The result
of their efforts can still serve as an example to us all. Many such positive actions already occur. They are motivated by the
urgings of a frustrated spirit. For the insurance policy remains within the biology of every human being. It ensures that
spiritual intention will not be ignored without certain symptoms becoming apparent. These are the symptoms which present
themselves as painful dissonant feelings within individuals and societies. If we feel pain and see examples of pain around
us, we should note that such is a service, a motivation to act. There would seem to be no shortage of such
"opportunities". It should also serve to show us that we are much more than the total sum of our thoughts . We are
also our feelings.

For the spirit is embodied in flesh, and despite the interference of mind, it speaks that language of spirit---it speaks the
language of feeling. The rational powers of the mental realm can be overridden by impulses of the physical realm. The fact
that spirit is embodied in flesh serves as evidence that the flesh need not be weak when it comes to effecting the
material world. We already know that this can be done. Nothing man-made in our environment could have come into
existence without someone's flesh being involved in some manner. But of course, it has to begin with mind as the
builder and spirit as the motivator.

Lessons of Enlightenment
Section Alpha Lesson Four: The Physical Nature Of Humankind Spirit As Self In Physical Form

With Lessons Alpha One and Two, a conceptual boundary between mind and spirit has been established. It is now
possible to discuss certain aspects of man's physical existence that have gone unnoticed, for it is the physical response of the
body that ensures the preservation of the integrity of the spirit. It is essential to understand these physical processes, for they
underlie most of human motivation and behavior---including, of course, those actions which wreak havoc upon civilization. It
is when we fail to experience physical/mental pain feedback that we are truly cut off from Spirit. In a world where acts
of violence are paraded before us on a daily basis, there is likely to be a certain propensity to become callous. With this
comes the deterioration of the body/mind link with spirit. The body is spirit in the flesh, and the body's prime directive is
to ensure the continuance of the physical form so that Spirit can be developed and expressed. The body has a built-in
knowledge of what it is and what it is not. It operates upon a self/not-self distinction, with a primary goal of self-preservation.
Some have termed this the instinct of survival, but this is usually interrupted to apply to the limitations of the physical,
not considering the ultimate point of 'surviving' being the preservation of the environment necessary for the spirit to
function in physical reality. This "instinct" enables us to acquire necessary survival information through and beyond
our normal five senses. For example, we can get warnings in dreams or hunches. Spirit makes every effort to assist us.
The body has a tremendous amount of mechanisms that operate toward the goal of self-preservation. Science has
acknowledged this fact as a basic foundation of evolutionary theories and explanations. But lacking an overall framework with
which to interpret their findings, many highly important systems remain misunderstood, resulting in confusion within the
Mind of Man. The spiritual nature of humankind, as well as the interference effect of mind remain mysteries, and therefore
obstacles to human progress. Humans remain cut off from the very biological process that can lead to their salvation. Because
humankind's attention is almost entirely outwardly directed, the accelerated progress we have made in technology is
not matched by the necessary awareness of our inner nature. While psychology and psychiatry have been important
areas of study in the the 20th century, basic presumptions of our spiritual nature have frequently been ignored or
rejected. I suspect that this is about to change. Nevertheless, this spiritual safety-net is still quite successful at keeping
humans from complete befuddlement within their own camouflage, for when the messages of the spirit fall upon deaf ears, the
body takes over. Unfortunately, when it operates outside conscious understanding, the physical reactions can compound
problems until the spiritual message is finally heeded. It is now of central importance to understand the spiritual defenses and

17
how they operate in the body. When this process is understood, humans can begin the evolutionary journey that has thus far
been postponed. The writings of Louise Hayes, in their own way, bring across the suggestion that our physical bodies
are clearly tied to our emotional and spiritual state of being and serve as reflectors of the divergence from our spiritual
path. When applied to the above paragraph, we begin to see that physical (and even mental) suffering is not
conditionally imposed upon us from an arbitrary and capricious universe, but are rather the channel markers in place
to keep us moving along the course toward our individual destinies. We are all destined for greatness, in our own good
time. Human Emotion: An Undiscovered Sixth Sense

The one process that crosses the spiritual, the mental and physical realms is that of emotion---human feelings of pleasure
and pain. This is the singular, most powerful---yet equally misunderstood---human system. Vast benefits lie dormant, and
unnecessary suffering results when this power is not harnessed. Indeed, human emotion exists as an undiscovered sense, and
perhaps the most powerful of them all. Like physical pain, emotional pain grabs the attention of the individual and cries out
for solution. But feelings remain profoundly misunderstood. If you have ever heard the admonition: "Don't lose your
temper, use it!", you are hearing the suggestion that anger is a legitimate form of energy and when directed in a
positive way, can accomplish a positive result. Likewise, when anger is turned inward (stifled, if you will) it can do
serious damage to our mental and physical natures. Love, also an emotional energy, can drive the saintly among us to
inspirational achievements that make for a better world. In describing this sense, it is helpful to contrast thoughts and
feelings, for the two are often confused. l) Thoughts identify, organize and categorize information, always leading to other
thoughts. Thoughts exist within the bounds of mind. 2) Feelings only arise when "the self" is involved. The self is the spirit as
it is experienced in the body. So unlike thoughts, feelings involve the body as well as the mind, and they lead to actions.
Although they are related, feelings and thoughts are completely different experiences. For example, it is one experience to
conceptualize the features of a bear with such mental thoughts as: the bear is a member of the mammal family, it's skin can be
used to

make warm rugs (when it's dead---while alive, it tends to object), it lives in caves and eats honey. There is quite again
another experience when looking such a beast in the eye, and thoughts turn to the fact that the bear is likely to be dangerous to
self-survival. Fearful feelings and active responses, perhaps flight, will result. Thought is a process, while emotion is a
communicative and active sense. Feelings sometimes transcend "thoughts" in the form of instinct or intuition,
suggesting a course of action that supersedes the rational process. Feelings, being closer to our spiritual nature, would
seem to tap into a broader (and fortunately quicker) sense of awareness than is usual with the rational thinking
process. When we hear the crackle of a tree falling behind us, we would not likely bother to make a mental review of
the geometry of it's angle of descent. We'd instinctively seek to be where the tree is not going to be, and do so with
great expediency. As a sense, emotion not only offers sensory input, it has three essential interacting functions: Human
emotion is the l) language of the body, as well as the 2) language of the spirit, and is 3) intimately connected with the
contents of the mind. For the spirit, feelings communicate intent and how well it is being carried out. For the mind, feelings
give feedback regarding the suitability of mental tools at carrying out spiritual intention. For the body, feelings motivate the
person to actions which carry out spiritual intention, and if frustrated, those that accomplish self-preservation. Together, these
three functions of emotion drive human behavior. Could it be that when we fail to carry out our "Spiritual" intention in a
timely manner, our bodies and minds experience physical and mental discomforts? I think this material strongly
suggests that to be the case.

This would explain and assure us that the reason we experience existence in this physical realm, subject to the
laws of time and space, is so that we have a greater degree of motivation to make progress toward a refinement of
physical, mental and spiritual development, particularly the latter. Without the intended flow of feeling communication,
mind and body can often work against each other. When this happens, the spiritual self-preservation of body can override the
goals and intentions of mind. This is a last ditch effort to preserve the needs of the spirit, but can serve to bring about results
quite unbecoming to the divine human. I think we see this best reflected in those who suffer from severe mental
impairments while, at the same time, experiencing effective physical processes. In the case of a mind with it's
surroundings seen through a perspective which lacks the spiritual qualities factored in, the body exercises its own
consciousness in a way that preserves its state of balance while the mind goes out of balance. In other words, we
mentally suffer from the consequences of failing to integrate our full nature. Such behaviors are intended to communicate
that a level below which the spirit cannot dip, has been reached. Instead, such defensive maneuvers tend to become habitual
and accepted as inevitable, albeit undesirable, human behaviors. Not to mention that death can, and often does, result if mind
and body continue to oppose each other---the spirit simply chooses to vacate, acknowledging a lost cause. There is a line
from Richard Bach's book, "Illusions", that goes something like this: "There is a test to determine whether or not you
have completed your purpose in life---If you're still alive---you

18
 haven't". It might be appropriate to add an addendum to that quote: "If it becomes clear that your state of mind
is preventing you from achieving that 'purpose' and you're pretty intent on not changing, you might as well exit stage
left and audition for a new play. This misunderstanding and miscommunication can no longer be tolerated within the species
of man. The events of the past century show that self-preservationary acts can actually destroy the planet. Humans intuit the
spiritual way, and although it is far afield from what they have created, they still desire to attain it. This last five decades in
history have been a wake-up call that humans for the most part, have begun to answer. The key to a turnabout course is the
reestablishment of this inner communication between spirit, mind and body. During that period between the l950s and l998,
the standard response to international differences has been military conflict or preparation for same. The in-depth
reasons for this knee-jerk solution are just beginning to be explored. It would seem that these 'Lessons' are a part of
that exploration. It may even be a part of an overall shift in perspective which will lead to a much more peaceful and
prosperous world culture. I am not speaking of some New World Order of security at the price of freedom, but rather
an environment where freedom is the guarantor of security. The secret to restoring the inner communication lies in
understanding the physical feeling system, listening to its wisdom and learning to operate within its parameters. Only then can
humans return to their intended evolutionary course from which they have strayed. This begins with the understanding that the
emotional system is part of the physical immune defenses.
processes. It is poised to identify and eliminate any foreign
The importance of the physical "immune system" invaders which threaten the health and vitality of the self---
has grown dramatically in the past half century, to the the body. If the physical was the total extent of our
point that the strengthening of the "system" is regarded nature, this "system" would suffice. But since we know
as our best deterrent to illness, or more positively, the we are also mental and spiritual beings, it would stand to
preservation of good health. There is also some reason that this same "system" would be naturally
convincing evidence around that how we "feel" about extended to the other two. For example, if a virus should
ourselves does affect the state of our immunity. Is this enter and reproduce within the body, the immune system
another link in the chain of evidence pointing toward the springs to action. It elevates the local temperature, organizes
premise that we indeed do create our own reality? It helper, killer and memory T-cell, enlists macrophages to
might seem so. Feelings And the Human Immune System consume or "eat up" the invader. It then produces antibodies
Self-preservation is the goal of the human immune system. so that future invaders of the same type will quickly be
It operates upon a highly sophisticated range of abilities and recognized and eliminated. It accomplishes all this by
features that distinguish self from that which is not-self. The recognizing the chemical
immune system is best known for its role in fighting disease
inadequate emotional expression is correlated with a
difference between cells that are part of the body and heightened stress response, impaired immune functioning,
belong there and those that do not. Antibodies mark cardiovascular disease, psychosomatic illness and a
invaders with the "non-self" red flag so that they cannot predisposition to develop cancer. But they have not yet
reinfect the body. It is overall a very elegant bodily system made the obvious conclusion that emotion is a part of the
of self-preservation. Again, the efficiency of the physical immune defense system. It seems that while they
system is illustrated and serves to reinforce the veracity (scientists) are 2/3rds of the way to the total picture, the
of our total physical/mental/spiritual nature. As inability to recognize the spiritual nature of human
mentioned earlier in these "Lessons", that part of us beings is their glass-darkened barrier. Once this final
which keeps us on course whenever, wherever possible in aspect is factored into the picture, it is likely that
our path to growth, sees the dangers of our misdirections physical health will cease to be a significant factor in the
and, using physical/mental experiences of pain and course of our lives. As part and parcel of the human
discomfort, corrects us and erects the barriers to immune system, the emotional system plays an immensely
repeating our errors. Scientists are finally awakening to important role in human self-preservation. It functions as the
the interrelations between mind and body, and specifically physical
how emotions affect physical health. They know that
reinforce limiting beliefs. This storm of emotionally
aspects of defense, but it operates also within the realm supported misinformation can't help but take its toll on
of mind. Just as the cells of the immune system signal our physical/mental/spiritual stability. But, fortunately,
invaders of the body, so do emotional feelings signal our safety net remains in place. This is the spiritual safety
"invaders" of the mind . Likewise, as the active responses of net in action. In the case of emotion, the invaders are beliefs
the immune cells remove the invaders, the hardwired that are chosen and retained which do not contribute to, but
reactive behavioral responses to human feeling are intended limit, self development and expression. This is an ultimate
to make corrective adjustments that include removing reality-checking device that can ensure that the portrait each
invaders. Our minds are being 'invaded' on a daily basis, human paints of reality includes the very essential qualities
the invasion coming from parents, friends, media, necessary for the expression of spirit. Any limiting beliefs
educational and religious institutions and, attitudes that are, in fact, invaders. Planted in our earlier years, along

19
with more spiritual beliefs, like carrots, these "invaders"
must be rooted up for the more positive beliefs to
flourish. Limiting beliefs, no matter what they are, have
the consistent effect of limiting our growth along
spiritual/mental/physical lines. Certain diseases are
forewarned to most likely lead to death. Mental tests that
The feeling system is the long sought interactionary
device between mind and body, theorized by philosophers
uncomfortable with scientist's reductionism and mechanistic
view of human nature. (Humans are not merely machines
without free will, self-direction and intention. And the mind
is far more than simply "a brain"). Such a mind-body
communication device is the only escape from the mental
isolation (and imminent fear) of a mind set adrift from
external "reality", let alone spiritual intention. Mr. Descartes
himself, (our enlightened philosopher), suggested that
human emotion was the interactionary device between mind
and body, yet he was met with disdain due to the many
limiting ideas within mass consciousness. Even today,
there are still plenty of limiting ideas around. I have to
wonder, though, how the other so-called enlightened
limited beliefs. The spirit sneaks in the back door, so to
speak, through the feelings and reactions of the body, to
bring about the intended need fulfillment of the spirit. The
phrase "biologically encoded within the body" suggests
more to the role of the DNA/RNA characteristics than
we may yet appreciate. With further understanding of
this connection, we may be able to reprogram our
physical nature through acts of meditation and
visualization to potentials yet unforeseen. This is not the
easiest way to communicate, mind you. But it at least makes
some communication possible, when humans are so
completely enmeshed within their own mass creations that
they no longer have direct, conscious, mental
communication with their own spirit. This is the physically
When these needs are met, humans can successfully go
about the business of self development and expression.
When they are not met, humans flounder in frustration, bad
feelings and misunderstandings. No doubt, the material
environment we occupy during our physical sojourn is
the predominant factor in the success or failure of our
efforts to develop and express ourselves. An essential
step in creating our reality might begin with creating a
favorable environment in which to achieve those
"needs". There has never been any consensus in the Mind
of Man regarding essential human needs. Thus, with no
official recognition, acceptance or definition of them, it is
not likely that they are well accommodated within human
civilization. Wherever the spirit is not accommodated, there
inborn. Regardless of the widely varying cultures and
systems of living, the tacit goal of all social structures is to
accomplish need fulfillment. When the individual's needs
are met, they can share their effective methods with the
allegedly measure our intelligence, encourage us to limit
our mental activities. Spiritual experiences are
conditional upon satisfying someone else's criteria for
truth. All such "arrows" point inward as the barrier to
our expansion.
minds of his time could conclude so easily that an inter-
reactionary device could be absent between mind and
body or that whatever did link them could be so
certainly devoid of feeling. Had the masculine mentality
of the time become so dominant that anything other than
rational thinking was out of the question? Considering
the "reasoning madness" the first half of the 20th
century held for mankind (to the point of near
annihilation), the philosophical bent of the l9th century
was clearly off the mark. As a key defense then, emotion
operates as a feedback device which exchanges information
between mind and body. The goal is to keep the mind
aligned to the needs of spirit which are biologically encoded
within the body. This system virtually takes over when most
spiritual communication with mind has been interrupted due
to
encoded information that spirit will not let humans go
without. It will haunt them with individual and social pain
until they finally "get it". The goal, at this point, would
seem to be to transcend the limiting belief system we are
programmed with, recognize that we have within
ourselves a biological/spiritual connecting system that
not only keeps us whole but can, if understood and
stimulated by our emotions, take us to physical, mental
and spiritual levels we can not yet even imagine. Feelings
Communicate Essential Spiritual Needs What will haunt
humans until they are met, are the essential needs of the
spirit. These needs are biologically impressed upon the body
to ensure a minimum of spiritual development and
expression within the physical realm.
will exist a predominance of self-preservationary behavior.
The question might be: What are these essential needs?
The answer will be supplied in due course. Meanwhile,
the "need" for an environment where those can be met is
predominant as essential for the new millennium. As the
18th century brought forth the birth of political
freedoms to apply to the governing of society, the 21st
century will have to bring about birth of spiritual
freedoms to move the human race forward to the stars in
a metaphorical sense and, possibly, a physical sense.
Now is the time for simple, yet complete, acknowledgement
and acceptance of human spiritual needs. There are two
main categories of human need. l) The Individual Needs,
and 2) The Connection Needs. These needs exist within
every human being, they are
world. From these offerings rise social structures. These
"needs" are no more evident then at the time of birth.
The newborn child has the obvious need for nourishment
and, not so obvious but just as essential, the need for
human contact and connection with other human beings.
20
These needs continue throughout life and are an
essential compliment to the growth of humans on all
levels. It is in the "sharing" that we grow. Those cultural
institutions that have endured must contain some successful
need-meeting tenets, but for the most part, mass consensus
is choked with conflicting dictates due to the lack of
understanding of human needs. These "invaders" must be
purged from the individual and mass consciousness for
evolution to proceed unimpeded. This, of course, is not
possible without first understanding the needs themselves.
needs. If individual needs go unanswered, the self-
preservationary reactions will occur. Such acts often go
directly against other individuals, or the mutual goals of
group living, but are intended to preserve the individual. For
without individuals, there can be no groups. My first
reaction to this paragraph was, "Well so much for the
right of Eminent Domain." I think the point here is that
when you deprive an "individual" of certain basic rights
and freedoms, you create a frustration of spirit that
expresses itself in aggressive and negative ways against
other individuals. When applied to groups of individuals,
wars can ensue. One of the moral justifications for
killing in time of war is that it is an act of self-defense
(self-preservation), but the flaw lies in failing to examine
the circumstances that lead to a person being in such a
position. Killing each other for the sake of self-
What are the individual needs? The human
physiological needs for air, food, warmth and procreation
are already fairly well understood. It's quite obvious what
happens when the needs go unmet. Therefore, most social
structures are fairly successful at accommodating them. But
there are individual psychological needs which are
impressed upon the body by spirit and which speak through
the human emotional system. These are the needs that are
unrecognized, dishonored, denied and for the most part,
remain frustrated. But they are experienced in some form
within each and every human being the world over. Because
they "are impressed upon the body by spirit", they are
destined to be expressed at some point in the progression
of human expansion. History records these expressions
There is, I believe, a misconception being
promulgated upon the planet's population in the present
era which suggests that an economic system can be put
in place that will furnish the material needs of
individuals and nations, assuming that peace and
prosperity will reign universally in an orderly fashion.
Unfortunately, any "system" imposed from without,
whether it be an economic or political system, is
inculcated with the very flaws that will undermine it.
The Group (Connection) Needs The group needs are
essentially about maintaining an awareness of the spiritual
connection with All That Is. They translate into the need to
commune, affiliate and interact with other humans and life
forms, to be accepted and recognized as unique, to love and
While the word "purged" may sound quite strong and
arbitrary, it is exactly what will have to be done in order
to surmount the barriers that currently confine our
spirit. The connotations of this word might suggest some
sort of physical violence, but we know that true growth
comes from the efforts of mind and spirit, with the
physical simply falling into line. The Individual (Power)
Needs The individual needs take precedence over the
group
preservation leads to a definite decrease in "groups".
Although the need for group connection is very strong, the
need for survival is necessarily stronger. This way the spirit
is assured that although groups, even civilizations, will
come and go, the individual will always survive to create
new ones. Thus, it should be accepted that the individual
needs will always take priority over group needs. It should
then be no surprise that when societies do not accommodate
the needs of its individuals, that they will act out against the
obstacles. This is inevitable. This is right. This is just, in the
highest sense of the word. This is spiritual intention." It
doesn't necessarily follow that the "act(ing) out against
obstacles", has to lead to violent action. Ghandi was able
to lead a revolt against the domination of another
country by exercising a principle of resistance through
non-violence that avoided, for the most part, the physical
violence that usually accompanies massive revolution.
in the past and in the present. Much of the violence going
on in the world today is linked directly to individuals (as
groups) struggling for expression of these higher needs.
The individual needs are about development and expression
of spiritual (or genetic) potential. They translate into the
need to explore , create, find meaning and successfully
interact with the environment, the need for power and
equitable freedom to control one's own destiny; and to
ultimately contribute their unique offering to humanity.
Although there are many forms through which these
essential needs can be met, they are at the core of human
motivation and behavior. When an adequate level of
individual needs are being met, then the group needs are
experienced.
be loved, and to experience a spiritual connectedness with
the world. This appears to make the point of the unifying
spirit that permeates all forms of life, "like the ocean
permeates each wave". We are, in essence, tied together
by the universal spirit that makes us what we are. We
can not truly ignore It and certainly can't function
without It. These needs interact, of course, and there are no
hard and fast rules about priority, other than that an
adequate level of individual need must be met or it's
frustration will interfere with the relational group needs.
These needs and their fulfillment are the biologically
ordained translation of spiritual intention. They are the level
of spiritual expression below which humans cannot dip
without emotional, physical, and social repercussions. This
21
is how we know if a community is in harmony with
Spirit. If its
members feel good about their group and
themselves, this serves as confirmation that they are in
harmony with their spiritual nature. Also, humans may
drift, but they can't get totally lost without their spiritual
tether pulling them back within workable boundaries.
The feelings constantly report the spiritual need-fulfillment
status. This is the human insurance policy that prevents the
species from complete severance from spirit and complete
disorientation within their own camouflage. Humans should
be extremely thankful to their "good fortunes" that they are
endowed with such insurance. They should be highly
reverent of these needs, and the feelings that communicate
them. At bare minimum, they should be aware of them.
Humans should ensure that every society accommodates
them fully and equitably. For this embodiment of need, of
As long as there are humans, this principle will
remain in place. But, it will be enhanced exponentially
when we are able to factor in the spiritual part of our
nature and rely upon it as the ultimate guiding factor in
our existence. Feelings As Feedback Between Mind And
Body But what is feedback you ask? Feedback is an
information exchange system, that relates the status of two
things and keeps them at some preset level of balance.
Feedback systems are elegant and abundant in biological
systems, from chemical reactions within single cells, to
complex ecological interaction in the biosphere. It is one of
nature's favorite systems to keep physical forms in their
required state of balance. An example of such happening
in the human body would be a state of imbalance
rod, but that's a separate area of exploration, in
itself. The above is a good, practical example and
something most homes have today. Spirit is experienced
as emotion within human mental and physical realms. (This
is the disconnected "Will" aspect of spirit). The feeling
system is part of the immune defense system. Thus the two
things that are compared by this feedback system are
internal and external worlds---self and non-self. I hope this
becomes more clear in the next paragraph! The human
feeling system exists to mediate humans in their physical
world. If internal mental thoughts lead to external actions
that result in meeting the needs in new and creative ways,
The emotion comes with physical arousal---body
energy---that is intended to motivate corrective responses.
These corrections can be mental adjustments or they can be
physical actions. But they are intended to be corrective in
the highest sense of the word. They are the singular process
preventing utter human enmeshment within the Earthly
camouflage. Emotional reactions are the final vestiges of a
vital, unbreakable, spiritual, communicative tie. Our society
tends to discourage "emotional reactions", especially
among young males. Be strong, don't cry. Stay cool.
course, is not simply due to lucky stars, need fulfillment is
the goal; it is indeed spiritual intention. If one's concept of
the All That Is is highly personified, then the above
should make one feel all warm and fuzzy inside. If, on
the other hand, one views the All That Is in more
abstract and ubiquitous terms, then this concept brings
justification for strengthening the emotional/feeling part
and understanding of our truly divine connection.
Human need is the principle upon which the information is
exchanged between mind and body when spirit is essentially
left out of the loop (as is now the case). Emotion is the
language. Human feelings signal need fulfillment, or lack
thereof, through the experience of pleasure or pain. It is an
information exchange system---a feedback system---both
mental and physical .
resulting from a virus running rampant in your system.
Your temperature increases and holds its higher level
until the invader is brought under control. It also sends
an uncomfortable message to the brain alerting it to the
crisis. "Feedback" alerts the mind which instructs the
brain to stimulate the body to take the necessary action
to overcome the invading virus. A feedback system
compares two things, signals an imbalance, then effects a
corrective change to restore the balance. For example, a
home heating thermostat. The desired temperature is
compared to the actual temperature and when the balance is
upset, the heat clicks on or off to restore the balance.
Another example, in a more metaphysical sense, might
be a dowsing
the person becomes aware of this through positive, good
feelings. Likewise, if thoughts lead to actions which do not
meet needs, or external obstacles are encountered, this is
known to the person through negative or bad feelings. These
are the comparative and signaling aspects of the feedback
system. There is almost always a "pleasure" obtained
from doing something creative. But the pleasure some
might get from doing something destructive (even in a
creative way) can likely lead to a depletion of the spirit,
if we sense that it is not in the best interest, or
complimentary to the spiritual quality of humans. The
Hardwired Responses The next step in the feedback cycle
is the corrective action.
What we develop in the young is not just bravery, but
ultimately, indifference and non-feeling. We, in effect,
handicap ourselves emotionally just a surely as if we
took steps to reduce the capacity of one or more of our
five physical senses. Because we are such conformists,
this physical deterioration follows with age, but such
emotional deterioration may begin within youth. If
humans had come to earth and become completely
enchanted by their own early creations, they still would have
had this corrective safety net. If such enchantment had led
them to choices which endangered their very lives, they
22
could fall back on automatic responses that could rescue
them. These "active responses" follow emotional arousal
and are often acted out without much conscious thought or
mental involvement. Or, "they" are often acted out with
highly creative mental involvement. They base nearly every
We are tied to our spiritual nature like an
unbreakable rubber band. We stretch it but as the
"stretch" increases, the tension to bring us back to
origin, increases in like proportion. Often that very
"tension" clouds our judgement and we act out of fear
and anger, in ways that are destructive to ourselves and
those around us. The two general categories of hardwired
corrective response are to approach and to avoid. It is the
basic spiritual directive to "approach" that which causes
pleasure and to "avoid" that which causes pain. The
"approach" response accompanies good feelings. It is
intended to lead us in those same directions we are going---
those that are working, or improved directions that meet
needs in new and creative ways. Again, creative activity
brings pleasure to us like gravity pulled our sled down a
intuitive. For the most part, it happens very naturally
and without too much mental interference. For the positive
feelings of joy are the resonance of a satisfied spirit, and
humans know this within every fiber of their being. When
we say a "cheering" word to someone who seems
depressed or not feeling well, and watch a smile cross
their face, we feel that spark of momentary "joy" that
joins us with that other person in something above the
mundane activities of our lives and, in doing so, we
contact that spiritual quality. The "avoid" responses can
be quite a bit more complex. These are the responses that
get humans into a great deal of trouble. They are generally
known as the responses of fight and flight. They exist so
that the human can forcibly remove, or escape from, an
We are in a constant state of "evolution", even
though it may seem, at times, that "regression" is more
predominant. If we keep in mind that we are a learning
species, then even our mistakes (when we learn from
them) are positive experiences. The Fully Functional
Feedback System The emotional feedback system is part of
the physical immune system. But, this safety net offers far
more than simple self preservation. When it is allowed
smooth, unimpaired functioning, humans operate upon the
hedonic principle of approach and avoid. This follows
spiritual intention and motivates innately moral responses.
QUESTION: Would this be another way to referring to
what we have known as our conscience, a form of inner
guidance that self-corrects us when we act in such a way
active communicative steps to remove unnecessary
cultural obstacles. They experience far more pleasure than
pain, they experience balance between mind, body and
spirit, and they experience glowing, vital, energized,
physical health. Civilizations can evolve based upon the
human action, yet their nature is grossly misunderstood.
Each and every evil act of human beings, as well as most
every individual and social ill, is traceable to one of these
self-preservationary responses or a perversion thereof.
snow-covered hill, as a child or; as adults, pulls our
creative impulses out into physical action to view and
experience with our physical senses. The "approach" can
be in the acquisition and implementation of a creative idea,
belief or strategy. It can be a repetition of an existing
strategy or a refinement following a pleasurable outcome. It
can be a simple physical approach to that which is attractive
in any sense. This is a "hard-wired" self preservationary
response that can also facilitate self-development and
expression. This establishes a cyclic relationship wherein
the pleasure becomes the goal, the evolving beliefs and
actions to attain it are finely honed, thus verified by
subsequent pleasurable successes. Although there are some
cultural complications, following positive feelings to attain
positive ends is quite
obstruction in the external world. The avoidant responses
can be productive and positive, or they can be extremely
destructive and debilitating. Here is where our "feelings"
play a strong role. Our society honors bravery even
when it costs our lives. We may feel guilt from doing
nothing more sensible than avoiding our physical
destruction. Circumstances that put us in situations that
confuse our spiritual priorities are to be avoided, I would
think, whenever possible. We will be discussing these
responses at length, for they are the core of self
understanding and the place where positive action, rapid
growth and change, can occur, once they are understood in
their entirety. But first, it is necessary to have the underlying
conceptual foundation of the feedback system and how it
has been effected by the evolution of human mind.
that runs contrary to spiritual nature? However, when
manipulated from an outside influence (or institution), it
(the conscience) can grow beyond rational proportions,
to the point where it can threaten our emotional stability
and to where this guidance system is ultimately
abandoned. Humans read the feedback feeling signals to
understand the nature of their relationship with the outside
world, as well as with the other humans they encounter.
They use their feelings to judge how well the contents of the
mind are doing toward creating a reality that meets an
adequate level of human need. They can continuously adjust
the beliefs and other mental tools so that they are afforded
maximum self development and expression. They can take
external
individual contributions without unnecessary restrictions
that inevitably reflect in social symptoms of fear, anger,
violations and despair. Just as an automobile has an
accelerator, brakes and a steering wheel--so we have
intellect and free will (along with a moral compass) to
adjust to the happenings around us. When we find
23
ourselves in traffic situations that continue to stifle our
progress, we can seek out other paths to follow. If those
around us are likely to move in a fashion that proves a
danger to our well-being, we can elect to look for other
means of transportation or even move to an environment
where such circumstances are minimal. Of course, we
can also put energy into altering the behavior of those
around us through education or legislation, such as
"Mothers Against Drunk Drivers (MADD)". There is
even statistical evidence that collectively practiced
Transcendental Meditation (TM) can have a positive
deny. QUESTION: Could this suggest a state of
mind, body and spirit that transcends where we are
today, to the point that awareness of our true nature
would be so permeating that institutional governing
would become obsolete or, better yet, evolve into a state
of universal self-guidance? This would suggest a
recognition of the "spiritual" in all of us and "All That
Is". This is the path to the raising of human consciousness.
This is the first and direct path, for without understanding
these core features of human nature, free will is misdirected
and the status quo of self-preservationary actions will
continue, and continue, and continue, ad infinitum. Imagine
a system of personal guidance and expansion that does
metaphysical piece of Swiss cheese. Once complete,
the sense of partial emptiness we now experience will
fade away. A major subtlety is the relationship between
emotion and the immune system. Another major subtlety is
the confusion over such concepts of mind, self, spirit, body,
where one leaves off, and where another begins. We have
offered the very important distinction between mind and
spirit, and now must build upon that understanding and
define "the self". For these two subtleties interact to create a
major impediment to the fully functionally emotional
feedback system. The above having been promised, what
follows should be the fulfillment of that promise. So far,
these Lessons have not let us down. We know that the
human immune system is driven by a self versus non-self
distinction. So is the emotional system---with some crucial
the whole picture. Initially, when humans first donned
the chemical cloak, there was virtually no mind, merely
straight-line communication between spirit and body
through inner senses which now lie virtually dormant. This
refers mostly to the receptacle aspect of human mind, for
ideas could ebb and flow like tides in and out of physical
consciousness. The feedback system compared inside and
outside worlds, just as it does for immunity. The entire
inside world is self-mind, body and spirit. Once the
individual mind and The Mind Of Man began to accumulate
and retain information, externals became the overpowering
controller, and the internal system became skewed. This
was "The Fall from Grace". We now live in an
environment where our belief system dictates that the
more knowledge we acquire from without, the more
effect on crime and traffic accidents and the reduction
thereof. Thus, the feedback system can, at minimum,
accomplish self-preservation. At maximum, it can assure
self development and expression---and in doing so restore
the inner spiritual guidance that has so long gone
unrecognized. When the spiritual messages received through
inner communication are acted upon by individuals, humans
will automatically begin disassembling the rigid mental
constructs which now inhibit other spiritual communicative
pathways. There will be an unfolding of inner senses that
existing beliefs flatly
not require a person, title or institution to make it work.
All that would be necessary would be an awareness of a
state of inner knowing. We would exist in a perpetual
state, tapping an inner source and accepting that
everything in our environment is here to point and assist
us in our individual and collective growth. The Self, The
Mind, The Body History has been limited to this cycle
because of the lack of understandings that these Lessons
seek to impart. They are reasonably straightforward and
elegant in their simplicity. Indeed, many of the core ideas
already exist as general knowledge, but certain subtleties
have allowed the bigger picture to remain hidden. What
these Lessons seem to be attempting to do is fill in the
holes in our
differences. Within the immune system's biological
definition of self, everything inside the skin constitutes self
and everything outside the skin (in the outside physical
world), is defined as non-self. It is due to this rigid
biological definition of self that part of the communication
system breaks down. For the biological parameter of self
makes no distinction between mind and spirit, for both are
considered as self, for both exist inside the human body. It
would seem that that which keeps us functional, is also
that which has the wisdom to ignore the distinctions that
science has incompletely devised about our nature. But
even science is beginning to understand that our state of
mind directly effects our state of physical well being. It
may soon follow that the state of our spirit is also an
integrated part of
evolved we become. QUESTION: Is the above
paragraph suggesting that the acquisition of more
information from the outside world might be acting as
an obstruction to the reestablishment of our original link
to our spiritual nature? Is the Garden of Eden story an
attempt to suggest that we are better served by
remaining closer to the innate lessons of nature around
us than the multitude of belief systems that are pumped
into us from outside sources? It would seem such. Mind
now exists as an interloper, a monkey wrench of sorts,
smack dab in the middle of the feedback system. The
problem is that mind not only is part of the internal
environment---the self---but it is also part of the external
environment---not self. The collection of man-made ideas
that are passed down from one generation to the next, come
from the Mind of Man---the outside environment, the not-
24

self. They then become absorbed into the self concept
as they are accepted and retained within each individual
mind. The feedback system necessarily compares self
against not-self. Therefore the dual nature of mind
confounds it. This is the true "duality" that confuses us
as to our basic nature. It is also the duality that leads us
to divide every element of our reality in two and judge
one or the other as right or wrong. The difference
between judging and discerning is the difference
between condemnation and observation, the latter
leading to greater understanding and growth. This is the
underlying reason why emotions are no longer understood
as motivator of desirable behavior, let alone spiritual intent.
They often seem to spur unwanted, even destructive actions.
Part of the reason for this is because needs of the spirit are
not understood and are often further obscured and
The rest of the reason is that humans do not understand
the nature of the corrective signals of the feedback system,
nor the most spiritually desirous way of responding to them.
The solution to this problem lies in a universal
understanding of the divisional boundary between mind and
spirit. Someone once defined the difference between
prayer and meditation as the first being the act of
talking to God and the second being the act of listening
for a response. Most religions put a great deal of
emphasis on the former and very little on the latter. That
habit carries over into how we relate to the world
around us. This is why it is now crucial to understand and
honor boundaries and features of mind as distinct from those
of spirit. We know now that mind and spirit have very
goals within the body---to both mentally self develop
and to spiritually self-preserve. This is a "conflict" that
should resolve itself as we gain a greater understanding
of the importance of comprehending and appreciating
the valued role of each. All emotional signals are based
upon the self-preservationary directive---without regard for
the mind that evolved later. The emotional system does not
in and of itself consider mind at all. It simply signals
faithfully the message to self-preserve and motivates certain
contradicted by the cultural dictates within the Mind Of
Man. Thus, the emotional signals seem random, chaotic and
the bane of human existence. For despite the association
between physical illness and lack of emotional expression,
virtually every society has rigid rules in place to suppress or
control the effects of "understanding" emotional human
nature. These "rules" are rules of conformity,
compliance and adherence to guidelines of behavior
which psychologists and sociologists would tell us are
necessary for a smooth functioning society. Yet, the true
progress/genius in our society has usually come from
those who press the envelope beyond what is expected
and into the realm of the creative. In the fields of art,
music, prose, theology and even science, it is those who
connected with realms beyond the "normal" who tapped
into the more inspiring ideas.
different attributes, as well as virtually conflicting goals.
Spiritual intention is at minimum, self-preservation. It is, at
maximum, self-development and expression. (The spirit
cannot be expressed if it is not preserved.) It would seem
that staying alive in the physical sense is essential to
evolving in a physical world. The physical body being
our primary tool, the mind being the creative instrument
and the spirit being both instigator and the end result.
The picture is that of an evolving feedback loop. Even
without the potential development, some expression is better
than none. Thus the self-preservationary goals are hardwired
within the body to at least ensure that humans have vehicles
for spiritual expression. But once they are there, they have
the goal of developing the mind in ways that maximize such
expressions. So there are conflicting
actions which support that goal. The answer to the dilemma
now facing humans is to embrace the language of emotion
and realize that it requires one interpretation for features of
mind---to self develop---and the exact opposite for features
of spirit---to self preserve. This will resolve the seemingly
conflicting messages of human feelings and reestablish the
inner guide. Hopefully, the Lessons that follow do much
more to edify this conflict and guide us toward that
resolve. To this end, we can now turn to a more specific
focus upon the emotional nature of humanity.

Pages 49-65 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Beta: The Feeling System Lesson One: The Emotional Nature of
Humanity Reclaiming The Lost Emotional Sense With the understandings of the major spiritual, mental and physical
components of human nature, we can now rebuild a most accurate conception of human emotion. For each of these pieces of
the human being affects the feeling system in very significant and inescapable ways. With clear understandings of the nuances
of the system, humans can reclaim the tremendous value that now lies outside their grasp. This is a statement of significance
in that it goes directly to the heart of human potential. It is also a direct threat to the "victim" mentality that allows us
humans to lay aside our responsibility for our own circumstances. Emotion is energy in motion. It is the very stuff that
creates physical events. When thought is enveloped in emotion, it attracts a like experience. As long as humans continue to
misunderstand the nature of the emotional system and its modern constraints, they will continue to live with unintentional, but
very real circumstances. Such a reality will mirror the contents of mind. It will either rejoice and celebrate with successful
beliefs, or it will painfully reflect the problems of limited beliefs. Before

humans can truly begin to explore this creative power, they must understand the nature of the feeling system. For if it is not
working toward human intention, it will be working against everything but self-preservation. This major problem lies in the

25
realm of mind. It all hinges upon the mind's contents, the belief systems chosen and housed therein. There are changes
occurring in the political/economic realm that appear to be altering the mindset of victim-hood. However, it seems that
some of these changes lack the necessary amount of compassion for those who are most affected by these "changes"
and without such, there can never be true growth. We know now that humans each have unlimited freedom to choose the
contents of their mind. We know that the mind is self-designed to create an accurate portrait of the world. We know that mind
is a storehouse of information drawn upon for life's need-meeting challenges. We also know that certain external ideas can be
chosen inadvertently, that stifle self expression, ignore individual need fulfillment and limit life to the choices of others. We
know now that the mind can become frozen rather than the intended fluid state of continuous self-development. QUESTION:
On the presumption that we can and do create our own reality, is it also possible to create the reality of others without
their acquiesce. I would presume not and would further presume that the ability to do so would only be in place by
mutual agreement and as a consequence of a non-awareness of true human potential. Would this be so? We also know
that the spirit has encoded the body with

feelings to identify beliefs and to distinguish those that work from those that do not. We know that the feelings signal these
imbalances so that they can be acted upon with corrective responses. We know now that if the mind doesn't make the needed
changes, the body will do whatever is necessary to preserve itself, through fight or flight responses. We know that the need for
self development is in direct conflict with the need for self-preservation. We also know now that for this reason, humans are
no longer attuned to the emotional feedback system the way "The Creator" intended. It is not just enough to survive. There
has to be an emotional investment made toward spiritual growth. Our worldly institutions perceive such an idea as a
threat for it shifts the perception of control from outside ourselves to within and to appreciation of our true nature. We
are beginning to understand how the mind as converter, draws to us those events which our thoughts and beliefs design . We
are beginning to understand that emotion is the energy which carries thought into physical reality. In any individual's life,
there will be a percentage of negative emotion that directly corresponds to the percentage of his or her destructive beliefs.
Likewise that same percentage of unpleasant experiences will be attracted into the life of the individual. As long as the
emotional signal is not allowed to do its communicative job, its creative power keeps humans trapped within a base level of
existence a good percentage of their life. The bad news is: We create our own reality. The good news is: We create our
own reality. By our belief systems, we are entrapped and by

our innate and natural belief systems, we can set ourselves free. In order to gain control at a higher level than base self-
preservation, the human task is threefold: 1) Humans must learn how to clearly interpret the feeling signals; 2) Humans must
learn how to avoid inappropriate self-preservationary responses; and 3) Humans must learn how to actively choose the
spiritually intended corrective response. Then, and only then, will the feedback system of human emotion be allowed to impart
its spiritual wisdom. Only then can humans be restored their birthright of all six senses. Only then will humans be re-placed
upon their intended evolutionary path. Only then can humans begin to be fully human. Here is the essence of the Lessons
and the goal of their intent. It requires a "reprogramming" of the way we look at our own true nature. It requires a
stretching of our imposed envelope. It is a risk only in the sense that we will begin to think in expanding ways and
evolve in a world that offers little support during our individual time of growth. But once we can put the outside
world's limitations aside, we will discover the strength that comes from the primary source of All That Is. The
Interpretation of Emotional Signals There are a few critical understandings necessary for accurate interpretation of feeling
signals. First, that feeling signals always identify contents of mind which are not successful at meeting human needs in the
immediate situation. This appears to be a straightforward statement, but truly grasping it and acting upon it will require
tenacity

and commitment. For there are an incredible number of well established beliefs that are never even examined, since they are
completely accepted as fact. Many of them severely limit the choice of need-fulfillment activities. In fact, many of the most
cherished religious dictates (with their misconceptions regarding man's evil nature) do just that. One that comes to mind is
the suggestion that we are all born sinners (flawed, in other words) and are doomed to eternal punishment if not
baptized, circumcised or whatever, and equally punished if we foul up in the course of living our lives in this physical
environment. Imagine a parent putting a child under that kind of pressure from birth. "Mess up, kid, and you're
grounded until legal adulthood and beyond! Oh, by the way, you're basically no good to begin with. While feelings cry
out that "the emperor is naked" the beliefs continue to present him as adorned in his royal robes. At present, beliefs are given
supremacy. For there is a steadfast belief within Mass Consciousness that ration and emotion are opposing forces. It is
common "knowledge" that emotion has no place within a modern reasonable mind. But we know now that ration and passion
operate in concert and that one without the other is severely handicapped. All the logic in the world cannot accurately judge
the contents of mind without the emotional signal of spiritual intention. Until the role of feelings, as well as the spiritual needs
themselves, are well known this will continue. In a dualistic world, we are conditioned to choose between two opposites
instead of considering that both might be essential for

26
balance. Imagine having to decide which was more valuable to us, our left hand or our right, our hands or our feet.
Inner guidance (emotion) may have value for no other reason than its singularity and pureness of source. Outside
guidance (beliefs) are often more accepted than considered and most of them are planted in us before the age of
reason, but many are later rejected on an emotional level. There is nothing wrong with the concept of "beliefs". The
point is whether they are imposed from without or discovered within. Humans have indeed been quite arrogant in their
"logical" assumptions and insistence that man-made dictates can somehow overrule those of The Creator. Although the
individual and social pain continually points out these errors, this ignorance continues. The logical flaw is the idea that
external dictates can ever overrule internal ones. Again, too often religious personalities and institutions give us their
respective interpretations as to what "The Creator" wants. This suggests that the almighty "Creator" doesn't have the
wherewithal to communicate to us directly but has to have a bureaucracy in place to spoon feed us into a state of
spiritual enlightenment. Validity and Judgment Of Knowledge To be very clear upon the nature of internal and external
dictates, perhaps a discussion of epistemology, (the study of knowledge), is in order. It is critical that humans understand the
difference between two types of knowledge. First, there is natural knowledge which is a universal objective, physical fact.
This category includes the spiritual wisdom, and factual information about the nature of man and the universe. This type of
knowledge is

permanent and unchanging in its validity. This type of knowledge exists within the consciousness of All That Is, it is evident
in the creation, and is encoded within the human body. This type of knowledge is an internal dictate. This is the knowledge
we tap into, I presume, when we meditate or make contact through some form with the All That Is. It enables us to
have spiritual insights into our particular problems and challenges, or comforts us in time of need. Second, is man-made
or cultural knowledge which is subjective, local, consensual and subject to change. This type of knowledge exists within the
Mind Of Man. It is an external dictate . Cultural knowledge is not true, valid or real in a universal sense; it is relative, as time
is relative. But cultural knowledge is very useful for humans to agree upon doing things in certain ways. It is acceptable
knowledge as long as it not only preserves our physical and mental well-being, but also creates an environment where
we can naturally grow in these areas and also spiritually evolve. For example, think of traffic patterns in most cities. It is
quite handy that everyone knows to stop at a red light. Drivers share the knowledge that green lights mean to go, and that red
lights mean to stop. All (non-colorblind) drivers know the physical difference between the colors red and green. This is
natural, internal knowledge, universal among humans due to their visual sensory apparatus. But the fact that the green light
means to go, is purely consensual and contingent upon learning. This is external, cultural knowledge. It is only by agreement
that this

meaning exists. In England, where they drive on the left side of the road, the government decided to form a committee
to study the process of switching to driving on the right side of the road, in order to comply with the driving patterns of
most other countries. They decided to make the change in stages, starting with trucks. Is it wrong to drive on the left
and right to drive on the right? That depends on which country you're in. We know now that the emotional system feeds
back information to balance body and mind. The mind holds both kinds of knowledge. Natural knowledge relates to body as
cultural knowledge relates to mind. The emotional signals in effect serve to separate those aspects of cultural knowledge
which conflict with natural knowledge. It also means that with the flexible nature of cultural knowledge, that some pieces can
conflict with others. Such conflicts become particularly apparent as humans travel about operating within the many diverse
cultures that now exist. (The experience of "cultural shock" results from such conflict). Knowledge that might apply in one
place may be quite useless even detrimental, in another. A country like the United States (and there is no other country
particularly like this) is made up of many diverse cultures. Europe also has many cultural diversities, but in the age of
nationalism, this led to much conflict. The consequence of emphasizing the negative aspects of the diversity of cultural
knowledge, has too often resulted in physical and emotional suffering, not to mention out-and-out conflict. Natural
knowledge does not suffer from such consequences when spirit is involved in making us aware of it. This is the
difference between our inner wisdom and our outer information.

Belief can be placed in any kind of knowledge, but generally the difference between their natural and cultural essence remains
unnoticed---except to the watchful eye of the emotional system. The reason these two types of knowledge are pointed out, is
to impart the understanding that cultural knowledge is included in the flexibility and fluidity of the mind---not as enduring and
"sacred" as natural knowledge. Because cultural knowledge comes from outside of ourselves, it can be manipulated by
the source; and beliefs can be instilled that allow the source of the knowledge to introduce an element of control.
Natural knowledge includes an opportunity to exercise free will in a creative manner, with a feedback system that
guides us in our spiritual evolution. Human judgments abound regarding which cultural knowledge is the best, the moral,
the Godly, the right way to think and act. But Spirit totally disregards such human judgments and wholly accepts all free
choices. Indeed, free will is logically inconsistent with a judgmental God. Spirit "judges not" what humans choose to create as

27
knowledge and belief. But it does judge whether or not those ideas meet human need. Natural dictate is the only legitimate
judge and spiritual need fulfillment is the law upon which its decisions are based. If societies placed more emphasis on
"natural knowledge" than is placed on "cultural knowledge", there would be less need for societal controls and human
relationships within such societies would be more harmonious and pleasant. Human judgments must be cast aside for the
feedback

system to operate unimpeded. This new belief should be emblazoned upon the sky. The only true quality determination or
judgment that can be placed upon any belief is the pronouncement of Spirit communication through the feeling system. It has
been the relinquishment of power to external judges that has perpetuated manipulation by others, brutal self-preservationary
acts and loss of personal freedom. When we surrender our power to others, we surrender our lives and put them in the
hands of those whose belief systems may be quite in contradiction to natural knowledge. If we surrender to Spirit, we
retain our free will and are encouraged to create our own reality along spiritual guidelines. Is this latter not the quality
we attribute to the noble among us? Humans do not realize that they have free will to think whatever they want to, or to
actively manage that responsibility. As a result, there is a tangle of both workable and destructive pieces of "knowledge"
within any given individual. The most destructive beliefs are those which attempt to defy nature through dogged faith in
ideologies which deny human needs. Less insidious but also destructive, are those cultural beliefs which conflict with one
another. Conflicts can peacefully coexist as knowledge within the mind until an external situation arises in which they are
called into the same context. But this peace is illusory, for in the meantime, they have a powerful influence upon the limits of
thought, action and creation of life events. I believe that as we grow in this awareness of "free will" and realize its

compliment to our creative capacity and responsibility, we move away from outside restrictions in our thinking and
become more comfortable with our inner guidance. This is a natural process and happens while we're hardly aware of
the subtle changes going on in ourselves and the world around us. It happens while we're keeping our eyes on the prize
and it's happening on this planet now. For example, if a person believes himself to be good in certain of his beliefs, and evil
in others, then he has conflicting directives through which his Will Energy will create the life events. He will have a mishmash
of conflicting experiences, that will take him one step forward and two steps back. He will also be plagued with conflicting
feelings that signal the presence of these beliefs, and lots of negative emotion when the intent to remove them is not carried
out. As mentioned, this is very common. Much of the uncomfortable feelings we have in our lives arise when we try to
grow beyond our preprogrammed belief systems. All societies suffer from mental inertia because a belief system at
rest, tends to stay at rest. Most of the members of the society devote a certain amount of energy toward maintaining
the status quo. So the strength for growth has to come from an inner source. If any of you recognize yourselves in this
situation, and accept this, regardless of any feelings of inadequacy, or personal guilt, or tendencies to deny it, you have already
taken a dramatic step forward. And each step will be rewarded by your own emotional system with feelings of joy.
Acceptance , is the first step, then, of course, to commit to a process of purging all such beliefs from the system. It is critical to
sort through the contents of mind

and separate the wheat from the chaff. Some of this "sorting" can be done with more ease than we suspect. We open
ourselves to signals from our surroundings each time we examine a new principle or belief. Ever buy a new or used car
and suddenly begin to notice how many other cars of this make you see on the road? Our attention becomes attuned to
a new belief and examples of its merit crop up all over the place. Eventually, the old "car" and the old "belief" are just
memories we recognize occasionally. You will have the innate feeling guide to help you. This is the gift of the emotional
signal. You will also have ration(ality) to help you see the cause and effect relationship between useless beliefs and outcomes,
so that you can discard them. Ration(ality) will also identify conflicting but related beliefs and help you assemble them all into
one over-arching, spiritually intended belief upon which you can successfully operate. But without the fundamental
understanding and respect of emotion's judgmental function, its message is surely lost and ration(ality) is left to run circles
around itself. Beliefs As Gems and Slivers It is essential to understand that every painful problem boils down to belief
systems, pieces of knowledge that drive thoughts and actions. There is no evil force, there is no need for suffering, there is no
karmic explanation necessary for when bad things happen to good people. It is all brought about by belief. Thoughts
empowered by emotion create events. You get what you concentrate upon ---there is no other accurate explanation.

Up to this point, this is probably the most important paragraph in the Lessons. It nails down the essence of our ability
to create our own reality and it eliminates much of the provincial wisdom of the day and the destructive consequences.
The only thing that stands between the truly desired events and what actually does occur, are the conflicting ideas within the
realm of mind. This is why the rational examination and housekeeping of the beliefs is an essential commitment. At this point,
it may be useful to coin terms for those beliefs which are productive and good for the spirit and those that frustrate it. This is
why we all don't go out and walk on water, or heal the sick, or multiply loaves and fishes. We may be convinced that
such is within our grasp to do so, but our early programming and current collective mindset set up an ongoing

28
"conflict" that thwarts our Spirit-given potential. The negative debilitating beliefs act as slivers within the system,
festering until they are removed. They make their presence known through emotional pain. Slivers are those beliefs which
deny human need, or those that conflict with each other. Slivers are the necessary risk that comes with the benefits of the free
mind. Had we not been created with a "free mind", we would simply be programmed computers, capable of carrying
out any directed task but lacking the ability to expand our horizons. Our existence would be that of limited bliss---sort
of the state we are told we enter after physical life ends, provided we were "good". Because we are more than
"programmed computers", we can and do experience emotional pain as a part of our growth process, but eventually
we will be capable of

minimizing this as we learn the pleasure of exercising our true, divinely instilled nature. The other category defines the
positive, productive, creative tools which facilitate human spirit and successfully meet needs. These are the gems. They are to
be creatively mined, safeguarded, shared, polished and occasionally, re-cut. Creating and accumulating gems is the very
reason for mind's function as a receptacle. Gems are identified by the successes they bring and the spiritual validation of
pleasurable feelings All facts within the category of natural knowledge are gems. But anything goes within cultural
knowledge, the mind cares not what you put into it. The gems are those ideas that do not conflict with spiritual, natural
knowledge. Or they are the local consensual knowledge which are meant to undergo continuous refinement. You might even
say that these "Lessons" are gems because they are undergoing "continuous refinement". They are like foundation
blocks upon which to erect our particular states of expansion. Each of us is building our "house" if you will, designing
it, creating it with those materials we elect to attract and adding additional rooms as our consciousness expands. Slivers
can be touted as grand gems within the mind of man---and many are. As the world exists today, there are wonderful, diverse
gems of various cultures that are extremely successful at meeting some of the human needs. But there are also many
conflicting and unnecessary slivers, often embraced as part of a package, that thwart or deny other human needs. There are
then quite elaborate

explanations and rituals devised to vent or vilify the emotional frustration resulting from the inadequacies within these
packaged doctrines. (We will later be discussing the individual and social symptoms at length). Although not specifically
described above, no doubt many of these "slivers" are elements of control. After all, you can't maintain a "package"
without the bindings that keep the outer wrap in place. Our institutions (political, religious, economic) maintain a
constant vigil against a deterioration of our "wrappings". The task now is for each individual to separate the slivers from
the gems within their own life and to make the necessary external contributions to mass consciousness The latter will be the
optimal way to use the self-preservationary response. As slivers are discarded within individuals, they will then make active
responses in an effort to remove them from social systems. Political action, negotiation, persuasion, conflict resolution, even
simple communication are examples of such responses. As the slivers are removed, freedoms are gained. The self-preservation
is then a healthy one because it preserves spiritual need, not slivers. When the need for freedom and control is validated,
respected, and accommodated, the spirit sings its approval. It's always amazing how the light from a single candle can
spread light throughout an entirely dark room. It would suggest that the negatives in a society would have little success
in withstanding the spirit influences for very long. That said, there is still the difficulty in lighting the candle when
darkness has become something we're so used to experiencing.

It is not necessary to reinvent civilization simply to remove the obstacles that are presently imbedded. As this process unfolds,
there will be a renaissance within individuals and within societies. Self preservationary responses will give way to
developmental and expressive actions. As the spirit achieves its order, there will be a reacquaintance with many "latent"
human potentials and abilities. The first area of change will be noticed within ourselves and as our perspective begins to
shift, we will tend to see instances of like-kind in our surroundings. Those around us who are not experiencing this
"shift", will find more of a problem in relating to us in the present than they did in the past. Consequently, our lives
will change in more ways than we expect. This is the task at hand. If it sounds simple, that's because it is. But it does require
a commitment through the acceptance of judgment only as deemed by spirit---not by man. (This was the central message of
Christ, to "judge not"). This commitment to spiritual intent will ensure the restoration of Grace that has been given humans by
All That Is. The function of the emotional feedback system is to assist each individual in the process. The feelings---when
fully understood---shall be the inner guide. If the commitment is made to honor this internal judge, above all others, our
discussion can continue. Why would it seem so difficult to trust that which we are the closest to, the spiritual nature of
our being? Could it be that we fear what we know the least about? How far do we need to travel, in physical terms, to
make that reconnection? Not far at all. Yet, if that journey were a thousand miles, we would know that it must begin
with a single step.

The Effect of Mind Upon Emotional Signals This is not to chastise humans for their continued, but unnecessary, suffering.
It is merely to highlight the problem so that it can be corrected. For simply listening to and following feelings is not quite

29
enough. There still exists the interference factor of mind, and its effects must be internalized as well. It would be well to keep
this first paragraph in mind as we read further. Also, to keep in mind, is the apparent intent of this source, which is to
free us from our mental shackles and help us to soar. Recall that the system compares internal and external worlds (self
and non-self). This means that essentially, it compares the mind, which is the portrait of the outside world (the not-self), with
the body which is the vehicle of Spirit (the self). The goal of this system is to ensure that the portrait of mind is an adequate
enough representative of the external world, so that spiritual needs can be met. The primary point and purpose in taking on
a physical existence is to assist us in the acquisition of those experiences which will enhance our spiritual growth and
aid us in understanding our true spiritual potential. The problem with interpretation of emotional signals to a modern
human, is that the mind is neither here nor there, but it is also both here and there. The mind is both internal and external. It is
not only the internal portrait of reality, it is also the external Mind Of Man---the collection of gems

and slivers that are handed down as knowledge, tradition and truth. (The mind has become so external, in fact, that children
are indoctrinated with life-long beliefs from the Mind of Man before they reach the age of ten years). There is a particular
religious order which brags that "if you give us your children to the age of seven, they are ours." It suggests that a
child can be most easily programmed up to the age of reason and, thereafter, reason will defend the foundational
knowledge previously planted in his/her mind. But to the physical defense system, the mind is definitely part of the internal
realm of self, and it treats it as such. Thus, it seeks to preserve itself, and therefore any contents within the mind will be
defended just as it defends the cells and organs of the body. Such defense is the exact opposite of the spiritual goal of mind
which is to continuously develop, adapt and refine itself in accordance with external environmental change. The emotional
signals of pleasure and pain then give confusing signals, since there is no clear boundary between internal and external realms,
between mind and body. It gives one set of signals for two sets of circumstances. Such, in fact, is a sort of mental immune
system, fighting against those ideas which would be considered threatening to the pre-established status quo. But the
physical immune system preserves the physical body so that the "Spiritual Goal of Mind" can have an environment to
achieve its goal of "continuous development. The only solution to this problem is for humans to actively make this
internal/external distinction themselves. Then, and only then, can they reclaim the understanding of the

signals. This can be done in one of two ways. …which will follow shortly. Mind & Spirit: The Twin Selves The first, and
perhaps the easiest, is to maintain a clear distinction between the realm of spirit and the realm of mind. This is why such
emphasis was placed upon the difference between them in Lessons Alpha 1 & Alpha 2. In this sense, spirit is synonymous
with body. If a clear understanding is achieved, then emotional signals that spring from the spiritual realm (the inside) will be
interpreted in one way, and those from the mental realm (the outside) in another. This will restore the accurate interpretation
of the signals. This is what is apparently meant from the bible admonition to "know thy inner self". The other way is to
conceptually divide the internal realm (the body, "the self") into two sections: an inside self and an outside self. For within the
defense system's self definition, there now exist Twin Selves, that correspond to spirit and mind. They are the Genetic Self
and the Cultural Self, respectively. They also correspond to natural and cultural knowledge. The Genetic Self---like spirit---
includes all innate personality dispositions, physiological functions, needs, instincts, intellectual aptitudes, raw talents and
everything else biologically inherent in the individual. The goal of the genetic Self is to self preserve.

It is the intended beneficiary of the self-defense system. Again, if the Spirit is to function within the physical, it must have
a haven to do so and a system that keeps this "haven" from breaking down during that period of time the Spirit elects
to remain in the physical state. In contrast, the Cultural Self---as mind---is the collection of mental tools, language, beliefs,
attitudes, memories and skills that are learned through experience. The goal of the Cultural Self is to self-develop. The
opposing goals of the Twin Selves, will distinctly separate them. This understanding will allow accurate interpretation of two
distinct types of emotional signals, even though the defense system only has one. By connecting with our "inner selves"',
we can become aware of the difference between what is Universally/Spiritually true and what we have been
programmed to believe is "true". The former will lead us toward hope, creativity and self-assurance; while the latter
has led us toward fear, insecurity and a victimized mindset. Remember, all aspects of self will elicit the self-
preservationary emotional signal, if a need is not met. But using this rational interpretation, each feeling can be traced to its
source, and acted upon accordingly. There will be distinctly different choices for signals from each of the Twin Selves.
What we will find ourselves doing, presumably, is letting our inner feelings guide us toward those actions that are
meant to evolve us Spiritually, and away from those actions which do the opposite.

In effect, the feedback system now signals balance between each aspect of self. It compares the Genetic Self to the Cultural
Self and if the Cultural Self does not accurately reflect the Genetic Self, the painful signal sounds. Or, it can be thought of as
comparing spirit and mind, or internal and external worlds. The feedback cycle continues as it always has. But with the
rational distinction made between these two aspects of self, humans can compensate for the simplistic nature of the defense
system. Although it only has one signal, humans can divide it and recognize that it has two meanings. An English professor

30
wrote the words, "Woman without her man is nothing" on the blackboard and directed the students to punctuate it
correctly. The man wrote: "Woman, without her man, is nothing." The woman wrote: "Woman, without her, man is
nothing." The information we see and hear, can have different meanings to each of us, depending upon our
perspective. As our perspective broadens, so does the meaning of our existence. If the signal springs from the contents of
mind, or Cultural Self, then a self-developmental act is in order. (Quite often, even the simple recognition that the belief was
learned, communicates that mind is the source). Or on the other hand, if the signal springs from spirit, or the Genetic self, then
a self-preservationary correction is needed. This is a relatively easy distinction to make, once it is known how necessary it is.
Later, there will be an even easier way to make this distinction, but for now this division between aspects of self (or between
spirit and mind, if you prefer) will suffice.

In most of our conscious activity during the day, our minds are preoccupied with worldly decisions and reflections of
those things immediately around us. It is only in our quieter moments, when we are 'off guard' so to speak, that the
valuable insights to a situation seep into our consciousness. To set aside a particular time and place for the quieting of
the mind would appear to be a key to opening this most important door to our Higher Selves.
The Effect Of Mind Upon Motivational Responses With the tool of the Twin Selves it will be quite natural to accurately
interpret emotional signals. It will be readily apparent which aspect of self needs the corrective attention. But there will still be
only one set of hardwired responses to act upon the two different spiritual directives. Recall that the feedback system
compares internal and external worlds to signal imbalances. Whether it be an internal mental sliver, or an external cultural
restriction, both will signal a bad feeling and motivate a corrective response. The correction will fall into one of two possible
arenas. There is no question that there will be a signal to make a correction in a view or an action. The system for
initiating that signal in clearly in place. The process only requires a commitment to listening with inner detection. The
action can either change the internal realm (the self), or it can change the external world in some way. The imbalance will
always be an obstacle of some sort to need-meeting efforts. We just learned that for accurate interpretation of the signal, the
mind is considered in the outside realm. But in the response part of the cycle, the mind must be thought of as the inside realm.
For mental

changes can only be made within the mind; the spirit (the other inhabitant of the internal realm) is unchangeable. External
changes are effected to the outside world, generally in responses of approach, fight, or flight. Herein lies the significance of
free will and our ability to create our own reality. We exercise these qualities with our "minds" and are most in control
when we are in a state of action within versus reaction to the "outside world". Originally, external responses were all that
was needed. Therefore, the body was limited in its hardwired responses. But with the advent of mind, came the necessity for a
new type of response. Although it is not hardwired, it is easily within reach through rational choice. For mind not only brought
the problem, it brought the solution. Once we can develop the faith that our problems and their solutions are interlinked,
we can move more quickly to the resolution of those problems. We can stop regarding ourselves simply as victims of
outside circumstances but instead the sculptors of our life experiences.
The Right Response Indeed, since the advent of culture, there has been yet another response that humans often intuitively
choose instead of the fight and flight self-preservationary responses--- a self-developmental response. This is a post-mind
response that seeks an internal change. This response actively revises the portrait of reality to accommodate new external
conditions. It is a mental shift, resulting in a purposeful addition to the individual mind.

The consciousness of human mind is an evolving state, as is the quality of All That Is. Being its image and likeness,
human beings can elect to expand to other alternatives which hold the promise of higher development. We shall call this
response "The Right Response." It can be likened to the righting of a sailboat that has listed too far port or starboard. One
cannot always fight or take flight from winds of change, but one can always right oneself. This is the internal corrective
response, wherein a change occurs within the realm of mind. The right response is, in effect, a learning experience. It is an
outgrowth of human mind, and a very necessary one at that. Using the analogy of the "sailboat", we can consider the
"right" response as a course correction which we can elect to make when we receive the feedback feelings which are
telling us that we are off our course from where Spirit is trying to steer us. Each of us is equipped with a compass to
keep our individual ship of destiny on course. This compass is anchored in Spirit and is an essential part of our being.
Each addition or revision of a mental tool, a belief, idea or piece of knowledge is this right response. Like the fight and flight
responses, the right response directly follows emotional arousal when the self is involved (in this case, the Cultural Self or the
mind). The term also has meaning in that an internal shift is often the optimal, moral, responsible, and therefore the "right"
corrective choice. There is a form of guidance going on here. It involves putting ourselves in the place of someone else
and exercising compassion, possibly. It might involve the practicing of that "Golden Rule" of relating to another as
you would have them relate to you.

31
The root of most human problems lies in the fact that the role and parameters of mind are not considered within the physical
defense system. Anything taken into the mind, becomes associated with the self concept and the tools of self preservation. So
although a self developmental response is needed, only self-preservationary responses are motivated. Making a right response
is exactly the opposite of the motivational impulse, which seeks only to self-preserve. Thus, the reactions of body negate the
very spiritual intentions they seek to preserve. The very act of "fighting" is an action that puts the body in jeopardy.
Flight exercises an act of fear and not just limitation but is withdrawal physically and mentally. A response to a
situation that reflects a higher form of guidance can transcend both fight and flight consequences and lift the
individual into a higher state of being. For this reason, with the birth of mind, came a corresponding relationship born
between learning and pain. Whenever a learning experience is in order, it will signal the threat of self-preservation through
pain. This pain can range from mild, almost imperceptible, anxiety to gripping fear. The more of the self concept invested in
the limitation, the more powerful the feeling. So long as we consider ourselves little more than evolved animal life, we will
be inclined to perform as such. However, once we accept the fact that we are truly spirit beings operating in a
physical/mental environment, we can feel more comfortable in choosing alternatives that reflect a higher state of
consciousness. It should be completely accepted that a small amount of

pain will accompany every discovery of the fact that mind needs some fine-tuning. But with automatic responses, the
motivation instead is to escape it, to deny it, and defend the parameters of present knowledge. A perfectly human response, yet
completely devoid of spiritual intention. This is how the fluidity of mind becomes stifled and limited to certain versions as
dictated by external standards. This explains how slivers in both individual minds and The Mind Of Man are allowed to
remain, and are actively defended, often to the death. Those moments of emotional pain, a feeling that what is accepted,
proper conduct is not quite right, are the signals which must be examined and listened to, regardless of the
"standards" one is expected to comply with. For example, the refusal to take another human life when expected to,
would be acting out a belief which suggests current accepted practices are in conflict with a higher spiritual qualities.
This insight is the major way to accomplish the number two task at hand, learning how to avoid self-preservationary responses
when they are inappropriate. A small amount of pain is perfectly bearable, even energizing, particularly if the signal is
understood while the problem is still small. And the pain should be acknowledged as an indicator of a sliver, or the need to
polish or re-cut a gem. Its intensity will be in direct proportion to the lack. With this strategy, the Right Response can be
immediately effected and the problem solved. Instead, caveman-like avoidant responses happen, preventing the needed
change, and become accepted as an inevitable part of human nature. Certain social codes and assumptions then pop up which
perpetuate the problem.

We know these "slivers" as pangs of conscience. They draw the attention of mind to that of a feeling. They guide us to
reconsider our thoughts and actions. If we feel totally comfortable with this mild form of guidance, we should act
accordingly. For example, human error has become something to be ashamed of and avoided at all costs. This is contrary to
the learning cycle. For it is through the feedback of pain and pleasure that all learning occurs. Mistakes should be greeted with
compassion to self and others who make them. They are the simple message that the portrait of reality does not yet match the
requirements to meet an adequate level of the human need in any given external situation. Instead of getting out the paints and
making revisions, humans often seek to hide the inadequacies and pretend to be perfect. Punishment is often given for
mistakes, both to self and others, and this is quite backward. Compassionate guidance should be offered to add the missing
knowledge, belief or skill. Each such addition will be rewarded by positive feelings. Misdirected actions are little more than
exercises of poor judgment. Such actions are often based upon basic insecurities resulting from a lack of knowledge of
alternative actions. Punishment is the most basic form of corrective action. It is more traditional than practical. It also
tends to relieve the frustrations of the punisher which are, in turn, based on a lack of knowledge. Such pain that
accompanies learning should be welcomed and acted upon with right responses as soon as the feelings are detectable. This is
an easy task once humans know the difference between thoughts and feelings, and the

parameters and goals of spirit and mind. A concept such as "growing pains" should be utilized in which humans realize that
without pain there is no growth. Or as the bodybuilders say: "No pain, no gain". Pain, in any form, should be considered a
positive educational tool, an indication of a need for a course correction. We need not punish the ship to alter its
course. We need only to develop the equipment to guide it safely and gently through the threatening waters of life. This
is not to say that humans should endure higher levels of pain than this small feeling of personal anxiety we now can call a
growing pain. Nor is this to say that making this right response will always be the spiritually intended corrective action.
Indeed, there are still very valid reasons for both fight and flight responses-but only under certain conditions and at certain
times. We will be discussing these conditions at length, but first, we turn to the result of these automatic avoidances, which we
shall call emotional boundaries. It need not be a case of either/or (fight & flight versus right and light actions). The
guidance given here is meant to expand our thinking with greater alternatives, not simply replace one attitude with its
opposite. Emotional Boundaries Humans have lived for many thousands of years without understanding their own nature.

32
Thus, their emotional system has worked against them in many ways. Most destructive has been the tendency to preserve,
when change

is spiritually desired. Self preservation and conservatism is always appropriate when needs of the spirit are at issue. But it is
never appropriate in the realm of mind. Yet, one merely needs to look around and one can see abundant evidence of incredible
efforts to defend cultural knowledge. Everywhere, and in every time, one can witness passionate efforts to conserve that which
is actually personally limiting. Such efforts appear externally as acts of communication, persuasion, political activism,
violence, and even war, that seek to narrow the freedoms of others in order to validate the cultural choices of some. There are
'Fundamentalists' in most realms, not just the religious. It is not that this attitude is essentially wrong or bad, it is that
without a broader understanding of our spiritual nature, many retreat to the limits of belief that were imposed in
formative years - along with the "fear" doctrine that dictates maintenance of the status quo. For example, nearly every
religion espouses to be the one true word of God and that all others are misguided at best and evil at worst. Historical
colonialism evidences how some groups exert their power over others and force their choices upon them. The holocaust was
an extreme example of cultural ideology enforced as natural law. Yet, in each of these cases, many felt passionate in their
beliefs and emotionally empowered to live by them and carry our their dictates. These feelings seemingly guided them to
amoral even heinous, actions. This is when feelings can be ineffective behavioral guides. Although 'colonialism' of the 18th
and 19th century appears to have waned, it, in fact, has simply changed form. New economic treaties have

begun to spread a financial net throughout the planet. Wealthy nations are creating spheres of influence while keeping
the planet's population in a greater state of dependence through the instituting of 'easy credit' and 'mass consumption'.
Through getting people into a perpetual state of personal debt, control automatically follows. But this is due to a
perversion of the natural system. These are those very self-preservationary actions that directly conflict with spiritual
intention. These are actions that should have been self-developmental, not preservationary. These are actions that spring from
passion without ration. Such emotions are signaling that the contents of mind are not adequate and should be changed. They
signal that a boundary of the mind has been reached, which needs expansion for spiritual expression. Instead, this limitation
becomes a defensible boundary of self, and the actions then seek to carefully maintain these boundaries as if they are sacred
aspects of self. There has to be some type of litmus test that alerts us when we are floundering in the "self-
preservationary" state, that helps us to make the course correction necessary to get us back on track toward spiritual
evolution. It might be when the collective conscience begins to feel less than totally positive about the future, or when
the examples of our appointed or elected leaders are such that we feel uncomfortable with them. These are actually
boundaries of mind, but since they are signaled only by emotion, we call them emotional boundaries . It is crucial to
understand the tendency to protect and maintain emotional boundaries. It is equally crucial to resist the temptation to do so. It
is an easy out, for defending one's ignorance is simpler and requires less

effort than actually effecting the Right Response. "It says in the bible…". As long as we maintain the security of our
emotional wombs, we can not expand our potential. Just as nature requires physical birth at a particular point of
development and a mother bird literally pushes its young from the nest, so we can only find true fulfillment in passing
beyond the edges of our emotional envelope. This requires a willingness to take risk. The young take risks because they
feel they are immortal. The old take risks because they are sure that they have little to lose. The concept of emotional
boundaries should become a permanent fixture within each individual mind. The boundaries of self should be continuously
expanded---never defended. On the other hand, there should be compassion and respect for the boundaries of others to the
degree that many diverse choices and levels of personal growth can coexist. But there should never again be the mistake that
boundaries of mind should be preserved, nor that the boundaries of some are the correct boundaries for all. The human mind is
in a constant state of evolution, as is the Mind Of Man. And this is as it should be in the highest sense. For to limit the
expansion of mind is to frustrate the spirit and stymie the expansion of All That Is. No religious, political, economic or social
system came into being out of the mind that defended the status quo. No great work of art, music or sculpture was
achieved by someone who was satisfied with that which already existed. It was only after these radical concepts became
the norm, that they ended up being defended by organizations and lost the essence of spirit. I believe it was Pythagoras
who said, "Organization is the death of an idea". On the other hand, if the emotional boundary is one due to

a spiritual dictate or need relating to self expression, rather than a mental belief relating to self development, then it is a
boundary that should be maintained and protected. These are the healthy boundaries of self. These are the boundaries of Spirit,
necessary for the expansion of All That Is. These are the minimum spiritual requirements below which humans cannot dip
without serious repercussions. Defending them is true self preservation, as the spirit intends. If our values are spiritually
based, we need not and should not sacrifice them for a new idea, unless we are confident that the "idea" will be a
compliment and boon to the "spiritual" principle. But the majority of requirements and limitations that erect defensible
boundaries exist in the realm of mind. These should be avoided so that the continuous expansion desired by spirit can be

33
attained. For true and lasting fulfillment, development, and expression , the emotional boundaries of mind should be as
vigorously avoided as the emotional boundaries of spirit are to be reinforced. Probably the most dangerous term in any
language is "ism", for once a concept has been labeled with that description, it has become defined and defended with
moral authority by the very institutions whose "moral authority" is in a state of decline. With the understandings of the
pitfalls to the emotional system, as well as their corrections, we can now proceed to discuss the number 3 task of reclaiming
the emotional sense. This is how to go about choosing the appropriate responses to each of the emotional signals.

Pages 66-82 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Beta Lesson Two: The Emotional Behavior of Humanity Emotional
Motivation Throughout human history, despite many sage offerings, the mystery of human behavior remains just that. What
motivation could possibly underlie human behavior and explain the many differences as well as the similarities? What could
motivate the orderly, cooperative, altruistic and moral behavior, as well as the chaotic, competitive, heinous and the evil acts
of humans? Why humans do what they do seems unfathomable. This is particularly true if one believes humans to be a good
and capable lot. Maybe our problem is how we define the term 'good and capable', or rather why we should presume
that it is natural and normal for humans to arrive at this state, without straying from "the path" in the process of
learning the value of being in this state. Nothing in our environment is created in a perfect form. Not the clothes, the
jewelry, the vehicles we drive, the children we raise. Each starts with raw, unrefined material and ends up being the
consequence of much human effort. We now have certain understandings that hint at the truth. So we shall go straight to the
heart of the matter. All human behavior springs from emotional motivation.

"emotional motivation" ...These two words describe energy and direction. Both are essential ingredients of any type of
progression. The "good" behavior flows from spiritual intention. It is purposeful in pursuit of self-development and
expression. It utilizes all human faculties for their intended purpose. The "bad" behavior is absent of spiritual intention, except
that of basic self-preservation. It is undertaken without utilization of human ration. It is the by-product of the
misunderstandings of the emotional feedback system. It is incidental, if not accidental. One of the great puzzles is how
people who pride themselves on their state of moral superiority, usually founded on attendance at a religious service
with consistent regularity, can still indulge in behavior that contradicts "spiritual intention". The key might just lie in
the word "pride", a sliver to the Mind of Man. If each and every human act is examined within the framework of
understanding that these Lessons impart, it shall become apparent that emotion is at the very core. It will be fairly obvious that
humans approach that which brings pleasure, and avoid that which brings pain. Of course, the avoidance of pain has become
the dominant motivator since very few countries even claim to afford humans the right to the "pursuit of happiness".
Avoidance of pain is at the root of every act that takes humans from their intended course, it is at the root of every evil act. It
can be extremely subtle in avoidant self-deception, or it can explode upon the world in atomic rage---hardly an application of
a rational self-preservationary strategy.

Why do we indulge in and support military action against another group. We usually act out of fear of losing
something which would cause us discomfort or "pain". It might be oil or real estate. It can even be abstract things like
self-image. Whatever it turns out to be, it is it usually based on the fear of loss, which we feel emotionally, if not
physically. It is merely due to the lack of rational interpretation and rational response to the emotional signal that self-
preservation has become the norm. With this understanding, humans can examine their own behavior, identify the
motivational feelings, and trace them back to the gems and slivers upon which they operate. They can readily see which
behaviors were motivated by self-development and expression, or those that were motivated by self-preservation. This is
rational use of the emotional feedback. This is utilization of the undiscovered sixth sense. This is living on purpose, in
spiritual intention. The development of our "sixth sense" would seem to be directly related to our "feelings". As we
become more aware of the value of this capacity, we begin to see more harmony in our lives, more coordination in our
relationships and activities. It can be subtle at first, but it eventually becomes more apparent, until it becomes the
norm versus the exception. Now is the time for humans to successfully live on purpose. Until now there has been relative
darkness. The light that shines the way is human feeling. But in order for humans to fully embrace this newfound ability, there
are further clarifications necessary. For it has become habitual to act within the system in ways that grossly misuse it. And

there are many slivers within Mass Consciousness that accept, even promote such misuses. The solutions to problems inherent
in human cultures can only come from within individuals as they remove the source from their own lives, inside and out. So
the individual subtleties of emotion that humans face must now be examined. This is the point of these Lessons, to examine
a state of being, to define its flaws and to move toward corrective action. In the end, it is only a shift in perception that
should result in growth in a more rewarding direction. The subtleties yet to be discussed lie in the corrective response part
of the feedback cycle, the behavior itself. This is where the rubber hits the road. Right use of emotional feedback can provide
lifelong, moment-to moment spiritual guidance. This means that certain feelings will suggest certain behaviors. But the
benefits of such guidance are contingent upon effecting the optimal corrective response. For optimal corrective responses are

34
within spiritual intention, and all others are merely self-preservationary. Wrong use of the system is abundantly evident in
certain "evil" motivations. It's easy to see how angry violent behaviors can wreak havoc. But some detrimental human
motivational habits are well disguised. To expose them, we now turn to the responses as they operate in the modern world. It
would be possible to become as adept at living in a spiritually guided manner as we who drive have become adept at
moving about from point to point in a vehicle, without doing harm to those around us and achieving our point of
intention without incident.

Recall that all corrective responses can be made to either the internal or external realms. An internal change is applied to the
mental landscape. An external change is a behavior acted upon the external world, the physical or social landscape. The
response choice is how humans effect evolution. Internal changes are how humans acquire culture. It is how they self-develop,
learn and adapt to their world. External changes are how humans create culture and express their internal contributions in the
external world. Certain choices will be optimal and empowering, others will be detrimental, causing individual and social
chaos and slides from the intended evolutionary tract. Again, I would apply the metaphor of operating a vehicle in a safe
and intelligent fashion. In fact, not only do humans keep refining the vehicle but expanding our technology and aiming
at more distant points in our environment. Where we commit errors, we self-correct our behavior, in most cases. Our
intent is always to make ourselves more safe and surviving in order to keep living and evolving. Mistakes of response
choice will create further symptomatic pain. This is the spirit's way of calling attention to mistaken choices of action and
beliefs. We will now discuss the uses and abuses of all responses in both internal and external realms. The Approach
Responses - Right & Light The approach responses naturally follow positive

emotional signals and are very intuitive. It is quite natural to approach that which feels good, to reinforce those ideas and
strategies that satisfy the spirit. It is inherently rewarding to promote situations and relationships that are spiritually fulfilling.
All optimal approach responses result in self-development and expression, as the spirit intends for them to be. There was an
expression out of California some years ago that went: "If it feels good, do it!" Moralists thought it was just a
reflection of the loose life style of the times. In some ways, I suppose it was, but on a deeper level, it reflects the above
paragraph as a guideline to our higher development. Approach responses can also be in answer to painful, negative
emotions. In a modern world, approach responses are often preferable to the self-preservationary avoidant responses which are
hardwired. The approach responses are about acceptance. What they have in common is that each is an open approach in
acceptance of a situation without resistance. Approach responses are the path of least resistance. There are two basic
approaches, they are the Right and Light Responses. There are significant points in the history of mankind when the act
of non-resistance has had a greater impact for good than military action and violence has ever had. These were
moments when a portion of mankind was at its finest. We have already introduced the Right Response. These are self-
developmental approach responses that are effected by the internal mental realm. Most Right Responses are

approach responses---all adaptive ones are. This is when current ideas, skills and strategies are upgraded to provide maximum
need fulfillment. Self development is learning, but only learning in ways that promote the needs of the spirit. What we learn
from actions that result in positive "self develop" can and does become a part of our hard wiring, to the point that the
course of our lives becomes both smoother and broader. Although the Right Response is very functional and optimal in
many cases, as with any response, it can also be abused. But basically, the only mistake that can be made with the Right
Response results from the misinterpretation of an emotional signal. If there is no clear boundary between the spiritual and
mental realms, the person might "approach" an idea of mind as if it were a directive of spirit. This is when cultural knowledge
is confused for (and is in conflict with) natural knowledge. This is learning something that is limiting to the spirit, the
introduction of a sliver. Any action that is a gem (rather than a sliver) is easily recognized by how much natural joy it
brings to those involved. If it is spiritually uplifting and results in better relations between human beings, than it would
likely be spiritual in origin. Another way of thinking about it, is the misuse of the Right Response pits the Cultural Self
against the Genetic Self. This is illogical and will never work, for the Genetic Self represents the embodiment of spirit and
cannot---nor should not---change its essence. The specific pains of this

symptom will be fear, self guilt, self blame, sadness and eventually depression. Individual mental and physical ills ultimately
result when this mistake is allowed to remain. We are burdened with many attitudes that exist in the "Cultural Self" and
originated in the religious, political and economic institutions as instruments of control. To free ourselves to practice
the "Right Response", we have to examine the motivation behind those attitudes. With this error, the sliver which has
been introduced into the mind further frustrates the spirit. This sliver will make its presence known through increased
emotional pain. In this case, anger. Anger is indeed the signal of a frustrated spirit, stifled from its expression. But as long as
the person continues to empower the belief, this in effect, turns the anger inward against the spirit, causing increasing levels of
anger. Then the person must find escapes or safe ways to vent the anger. Anger unexpressed is like hot air in a balloon that
continues to get hotter. At some point, the balloon will destroy itself. By flipping our perspective (the balloon) a full 180

35
degrees, we can allow the anger (hot air) to escape out into the universe and refill our balloon with more stable
(enlightened) air. For example, one human culture has a truth regarding the relative inferiority of women. This belief is
interwoven throughout many of the traditions of these people. This belief serves to meet the power and control needs of men
(who generally lack such freedom as fringe members of a more mainstream culture), by domineering the woman of their
group. This creates emotional dissonance within the women of this group, for it denies the integrity of their

spirit. There are many areas in many cultures where one group exaggerates its own importance at the expense of
another group. It is only when it is accepted that each human being is a reflection of divine spirit that this attitude and
this practice will fade from the current paradigm. Being female is a choice of the spirit and one that cannot, nor should not,
be changed or minimized by any cultural dictate. They react to this frustration with anger toward themselves which further
perpetuates the belief. This feeling is experienced as shame and is even institutionalized as "feminine shame" for their inherent
"dirtiness". They have customs such as washing men's clothing in separate pots so they are not defiled by the "dirt" from
female garments. They must also cover their faces when men other than their husbands enter the room. The beliefs instilled
in the minds of children are the most difficult to alter, but once looked upon from the full understanding of the reasons
they were so instilled, the pace by which they can be revised can accelerate. The women of this culture are unhappy. But
instead of rejecting the belief, they have developed an outlet for the continuing frustration. They have traditional poems which
they utter frequently whenever a negative feeling arises. These poems communicate their hurt as well as their sanctimonious
religious standing from being such wonderful martyrs. Yet they continue to perpetuate the very ideas that keep them
frustrated, for the slivers are deeply ingrained in their worldview.

There is a more common practice in our society, carried out with religious zeal. It involves the saying of repetitious
prayers in the conviction that the more they are repeated the greater will be the reward in the next state of being.
Unfortunately, it only tends to compartmentalize one's spirituality, while relationships with others are free to follow a
less charitable course. Placing a belief of mind above the dictates of spirit may seem like a silly and unlikely option in more
mainstream cultures. But in every culture, there are ideas which ask just that of their members. For there are many perfectly
acceptable ways of meeting spiritual needs that are deemed socially unacceptable or even taboo. This is why it is crucial to
understand that correct use of the Right Response seeks only to change the mind to accommodate the needs of spirit. Humans
should never respect or follow guidelines within any world view that rejects, or worse, defiles a perfectly right and just
spiritual need. All institutions must capture and maintain the respect of its members if they are to sustain an existence
that compliments the spirit. Those which don't are doomed to ultimate failure and decay. Errors of this response are not
likely, however, if the distinction is clear between spirit and mind. And for the most part, the Right Response is a very good
choice of approach. In fact, it is the recommended first choice option to all emotional signals. This approach ensures that
ration has been applied to the situation, that the entity has first examined the mind to see if learning is necessary. Once this has
been done, if there are still negative signals within similar situations, then other responses will then be

appropriate. But this cannot be known without first trying to effect these internal self-developmental changes. Any planned
course of action or any commitment to belief will need to be examined internally until the full acceptance is felt and
our spiritual nature is comfortable in its being. The Light Response The other kind of approach response seeks instead to
change the external world to restore the balance. Self expressive approach responses are actions in the external world that seek
to share wisdom, creativity or otherwise contribute to the outer environment. They are acts of simple communication,
persuasion, compassion, altruism, or any method of creative expression. It is an act of taking who you are to the people. We
shall call this approach, the Light Response . For this is the way humans offer their individual light to other spirits to which
they are connected. We all have the opportunity to do this, each time we come into contact with another human being.
We can all be healers in a variety of ways. If we sense that the clerk in the check-out line looks a little tired or
depressed, a kind word or a compliment can make a difference. It costs us nothing but it makes more of a difference
than a "money-valued" gift. Light responses are always offering the ideas, tools, skills perspectives and help which promote
the self-development and expression of others. It is the exchange and sharing of gems. It is the spiritual expression of the
innate cooperative

capacity which reflects the fulfillment connection need. The underlying assumption of this choice is that this is surely a
cooperative, win-win situation, where both parties can benefit from this response. It is the exchange and sharing of feedback
when one person sees something in the other of which they are unaware and would benefit from understanding. This is
actually an approach to a negative emotion, one vicariously experienced within another. The Light Response is offered with
respect and compassion in the genuine desire to contribute to the well-being and happiness of the received. In a world
environment of too frequent violence, it is apparent that diplomacy is a "fig leaf"' upon the body of collective
intelligence. We fail in our efforts to resolve problems on an international scale because we have such limited
experience in communicating with each other on a local scale. The same problems that stir the planet are macrocosms

36
of those issues that divide us as family, friends and neighbors. The above paragraph points to a way beyond this. The
"exchange" possibilities mentioned above are now possible through this very median, for those who would elect to use
them. For example, a child observes another child during a baseball game. He sees this child's frustration at the fact that he
cannot seem to strike the ball with the bat. The first child, who is emotionally healthy and empathetic, feels this pain. He
knows he has some information that he has gained that can solve this problem. His response to the feeling is the expressive
approach, the "Light Response". He feels the spiritual impetus to offer his help. Thus, he approaches the child and respectfully
suggests that he can give the child some pointers if there is consent. If even one helpful idea is

exchanged, both children will experience a positive emotion. This pleasure will signal that the receiver has accomplished
spiritual development, and the giver has accomplished spiritual expression. Too often, the Little League parents will be so
obsessed with making sure that their own child stands out in performance of the needed skills that they will fail to
encourage their child to adopt this more charitable type of conduct. With the monetary rewards of success in sport
skills being so large, a child that is particularly skilled at something is rather encouraged to center upon himself and
thus regard his teammates as possible threats to his own success. What's wrong with this picture? A key understanding
is that the Light Response must only offer ideas which remove existing limits. They must be consensual and respectful of the
existing emotional boundaries. This type of approach basically communicates: "I feel your pain, can I offer some light?"
Although this may sound schmaltzy to the modern mind, it communicates connection, respect, compassion and an invitation
for growth, without provoking the defenses. For specific words to use, some alternative suggestions: "I hate to see you
struggling, can I offer some help?" Or even, "Can I help here? These are not complicated suggestions, and the
consequences of such a simple act can have exponential effects. It is akin to the metaphor of lighting a single candle
and the flame from that "candle" being passed along until we have enlightened the whole world. There is no sacrifice
on the part of any "candle" which passes its flame along. Like the journey of a thousand miles that begins with a single
step, we each have an opportunity on a daily basis to take that "step". Of course, if the receiver does not desire your
"light" and

permission is not granted, then your job is done. Whether or not the receiver is in a ready, receptive state, you have achieved
your needed spiritual expression. Emotional boundaries which create the defensive, self-preservationary responses must be
compassionately respected. Regardless of the receptivity, the gesture itself is spiritually desirable. At minimum, it gives the
person pause for thought and bolsters the idea that humans are good and caring. A person who initially rejects such offerings
of light, will be all the more receptive to the next expressive gesture. Each such gesture wears away at maladaptive beliefs that
hold humans to be less than compassionate, caring, connected, trustworthy and "good". In our initial efforts to step beyond
ourselves and offer help to those around us, we might be met with a non-response or, sometimes, open rejection. This
can be used as our excuse to refrain from further efforts. Maybe such a gesture on our part, might be deemed by those
who know us as being out of character. (Trying it on a stranger may be safer.) But with time and persistence, the other
person, if not accepting of our offer of help, might be a little more open to the effort of someone else. The response we
get from those who know us might be a more enlightening lesson than we are prepared for, but it could be the most
valuable lesson we need because it gives us a valuable insight on how we are perceived by those who know us best. The
Light Response also works in the reverse. It is often highly desirable to ask others to share their light, to seek advise and
counsel which can precede a Right Response. This is an optimal combination of internal and external self expressive and
developmental response to emotional signals. Of course, respect, consent and cooperation are still required.

God protect us from presuming that we have all the answers to everyone else's problems. Who among us would
presume to be so perfect. Those who care about us (or even those who don't) could well have insights about our habits
and character that could end up being valuable gems in the crown of our behavior. Also, it can be conceived as a
compliment to someone when you ask them for their help. There are also mistakes made when choosing the Light
Response. There are rampant examples of those offering "light" when it is not desired, and when it, in fact, adds limitation.
Any true act of light broadens opportunity and expands emotional boundaries. Many religious proselytizers seek to change the
world to meet their mental portrait instead of the reverse. There is often an arrogant and self-righteous attitude that lacks
compassion, is disrespectful and downright backward. The same is true for political parties. Humans should always ensure
that they take in as much light as they seek to give out, lest they simply be maintaining their own emotional boundaries rather
than expanding them. This is the reason why the world experiences social and political gridlock and holy wars continue to be
fought. In a sense, this is why all wars are "religious" wars because they result from a difference in belief systems,
whether they be based on an interpretation of the nature of God, or an economic philosophy, or a political style of
government or even a perceived threat to any of the above. The above paragraph, when truly understood and
accepted, could probably avert most of the military confrontations on this planet. We have only discussed the approach
responses, and have already encountered the source of many human ills. But for

37
the most part, approach responses are still fairly easy to use appropriately. It is a good rule of thumb to go ahead and act upon
positive feelings, as well as compassionate negative ones. For those approach impulses will lead to learning, whether or not
the road may be bumpy along the way. With honest evaluation of the feelings, the feedback they provide, and a timely
corrective response, diversions from the intended path can be quickly rectified. There are times when the only way we are
able to learn the lessons we need to learn is to experience the consequences of a negative act. It is the higher part of
ourselves that must lead us to polluted waters, so to speak, in order for us to appreciate the "pure". This might seem
cruel at times, but it is intended to give us that experience necessary to correct our course. We know this is true of
children and certainly nearly all adults carry remnants of childish behavior. The more ominous aspect of the approach
response is when humans approach in order to avoid. If certain needs are not met to an adequate level, it often becomes an
automatic tendency for humans to approach to create pleasure to escape pain. When this is the case, we are no longer in the
realm of approach responses. We are no longer in self-developmental mode, we are in the realm of self-preservation. This
could be akin to the all-too-well-known "one night stand". Seeking pleasure on a momentary basis in order to avoid
the emotional pain of being unconnected. It is the equivalent of taking a drug to quell a physical or mental need, be it
an aspirin for a headache, caffeine for a boost, or something stronger and taken to an uncontrollable degree. We have
just learned how mistakes in approach responses

can cause certain individual and social ills. But these mistakes of self-development and expression are relatively harmless in
comparison to the mistakes of self-preservationary responses. We can now turn to the most insidious of the response choices,
the avoidant response. I can hardly wait! The Avoidant Responses We have briefly introduced the Fight and Flight
Responses, but now we shall delve into their complexities. They are still valid responses to specific circumstances at particular
times. But for the most part they are grossly over-used, resulting in nearly every remaining individual and social ill
experienced by human beings. To that degree, we are limited. But this limitation is by choice. We have creative
capabilities that are yet to be tapped and this material is designed to do just that. Avoidant responses are about
resistance. They refuse to accept a situation as reported by the emotional signal. Resistance to objectionable ideas which defile
or reject human needs is a good and necessary response. Resistance is still a useful tool, but one with a sharp double edge. In
learning situations, avoidant responses can wreak havoc and throw humans from their evolutionary path.

There are ways to avoid "learning situations". It begins by avoiding human contact wherever possible. Or one can be
so self-absorbed that adverse experiences have little impact on our personal growth. We all know people like this and
some of us have seen them in our mirrors. In receiving the Light Responses from others, avoidance closes doors to
opportunity. But avoidance also fosters more sinister and nearly universal human ills. Avoidance (not money) is perhaps the
root of all evil. We can not experience what we choose to avoid. Take particular note of this information, for recognizing
and consciously controlling these responses in your behavior will be tremendously liberating and greatly rewarding. What
follows are the particulars to the above admonition. It could carry us to levels we haven't even considered before now.
The Flight Response The Flight Response is that innate urge to run away from danger. When humans experience fear, the
body is filled with arousal energy for movement away from the dangerous situation. The underlying assumption for choosing
this response is that something very threatening must be avoided, for this is a win-lose competition and the self would surely
be the loser. This is a very adaptive strategy when there is clear and present physical danger. This was particularly true before
the advent of mind. For as we know, along with the mind came the need to self-

develop and the challenge of achieving spiritual expression through its filter. We know now that even a signal for self-
development feels like one for self-preservation, prompting avoidance and escape. When we meet that bear in the woods,
taking flight is still a very practical course to follow. However, in modern life, we tend to avoid that experience for less
physically threatening ones. More often, our "bears" are the mentally and emotionally threatening. How we relate to
them requires a different tactic. Therefore, there are some particular sticky results from these constraints upon the Flight
Response. First, running away is rarely appropriate. In fact, it should be a last ditch response only when all other options have
met with failure. This Flight Response now takes the form of physically leaving an environment that does not accommodate
need-meeting efforts. This can be the retreat from a relationship, a marriage, a job, a club, a religion, a country or even a life,
if needs cannot truly be met due to immovable obstacles. It can be a temporary retreat to cool off, to regroup, to restrategize;
or it can be a permanent retreat to more free and opportune systems, relationships or geographic locales. This is the only
appropriate form, and is a final option . The action of "last resort" is often selected before other options have been
considered. It's the old proverb of the grass looking greener on the other side of the fence. It's only after we spend
some time in that other "grass" that we come to perceive that it wasn't all that much greener. A "retreat" is a less
emotional action if it includes an intent to review and reconsider. The final departure from a situation, in a certain
sense, can be premature and a lesson-avoiding experience.

38
The Flight Response is very automatic and shows up in very subtle, yet insidious, ways. For example, with the advent of mind
there came the option of internal retreats---internal flights from perceived danger. The word perceived is used because this
perception may or may not have an external validity, of which we know the mind does not know or care. It operates as if
every content is actual and real, as is its job. Worse, whenever a learning experience is necessary and a growing pain is
experienced, the first automatic and easiest response is one of avoidant defense. This is one of our tougher challenges in life,
i.e. accepting unpleasant "experiences" for their educational value. At the very moment we are in them, they may
likely seem of little value, but once completed and reflected upon, they turn out to be pure gold in the economy of
spiritual growth. All mental flight responses are maladaptive, nonproductive and hurtful. They are rationalizations, placing
blame, scapegoating or otherwise finding alternative explanations for deficiencies. They allow virtually anything except
entertaining the possibility that problems lie within the self. Each mental flight is a psychological retreat---an act of self-
deception. Such escapism always slows or stops self-development and can be quite damaging, yet such reactions are
extremely common. In a society where materialism is encouraged, we are conditioned to believe that acquiring some
"thing" will automatically bring us a greater level of happiness. Why fix it when you can replace it. Just as this tends
to rob us of the opportunity to exercise our personal ingenuity, the flight from unpleasant emotional situations tends to
rob

us of our ability to relate to our fellow beings in more human terms. Escapist actions are apparent everywhere. Humans
seek mental retreats from emotional pain through defense mechanisms, withdrawal, avoidant tendencies, distractions, and
compulsive behaviors. Such mental escapism is all captured within the umbrella concept of denial. How many times have we
heard the comment, "Oh. He's in denial." Or "She isn't facing the reality of their relationship." Sometimes we tend to
maintain the status quo by mentally avoiding the obvious. This, too, is a form of "retreat" from reality. Denial is the
tendency to avoid that which is staring one right in the face. The information is avoided because its acknowledgment would be
painful. Denial can be a subtle escape from (or avoidance of) any situation which could cause the emotional signal. This
includes even the minor anxiety of growing pains. This means that learning experiences would be avoided. This is not
spiritually desirable, but the human defenses are prone to do just that, without rational understanding of the feeling. Our
society is one that is founded on the Anglo-Saxon code of relationships. We tend to maintain a certain distance from
each other, a restraint seen in most European countries such as England, Germany and the Scandinavian cultures.
Southern European countries have much less difficulty expressing emotional relationships and, in fact, tend to be quite
vulnerable to each other, when carried to an extreme. This, too, can be a handicap. In our baseball example, if the
struggling child would not admit his own need for assistance, a mental escape would

allow him to "save face". He could come up with any number of ideas that would explain his lack of success at hitting the ball.
This is self-deception, but it offers relief from the emotional signal by adopting an avoidant idea. We suffer from the illusion
that to "ask for" or "accept" an offer of help, is an admittance of weakness. We males are more prone to this
condition. After all, what do we do when we're lost? First, we don't admit it and then we avoid asking for directions as
long as possible. Adults are often nothing more than oversized children. Humans are extremely resourceful in their denial.
It is a subtle, even subconscious, habit that must be guarded against. But denial is not a lone avoidant strategy. For humans
also have many other creative diversions that successfully avoid and quiet unpleasant feelings. After all, with our physical,
mental and emotional components, we are rather complex beings. Complexity can be a plus, but only if the parts work
in unison toward a positive end. Distraction is also a handy Flight Response. Humans distract themselves from bad feelings
by behaving in ways that bring pleasure. They can escape into safe and fantastic imagined realms through books, television,
films, or other entertainment; they can focus intently on distracting or thrilling tasks, they can eat, socialize, work or make
love. Certain of these diversions are harmless, even quite rewarding, in moderation. It is when a "distraction" becomes an
obsession to the point of shielding us from our overall areas of growth, that it needs to be examined from a more
detached perspective.

But any such activity in direct response to (or avoidance of) emotional pain, does nothing to resolve the imbalance. In excess,
they can even become neurotic compulsions and the feelings will only get stronger. They will linger continuously, smoldering
just beneath the surface of consciousness, prompting further mindless, non-productive, compulsive, bizarre, or unhealthy
actions. This cycle can continue indefinitely until the basic underlying sliver is removed, or the body wears out. This avoidant
strategy would yield a painful, hellish (and perhaps short) existence. In a way, when a Flight Response becomes a clear
avoidance from a reality we should be facing, and becomes a sliver in need of removal, it has gone beyond merely an
educational experience. It has become a threat to our natural progression. As we become more sensitive to the internal
signals designed to keep us on our intended course, we will also experience declines in our tendency to digress from our
intended path. An analogy might be our experience when first learning to drive a car. Unsure of ourselves, we might
have over-corrected when steering our way down the road. In time, we felt more comfortable and found that we hardly
had to move the steering wheel at all, much less focus all our mental powers on that specific act. A practice once

39
learned, is not forgotten. This is equally true of the creative thinking process. Another psychological Flight Response is
the human practice of actually altering the physical chemistry to relieve emotional dissonance through medicating the body
with alcohol, nicotine and other drugs. Of course, chemical manipulation of a healthy emotional system can only rob humans
of its advantages and indeed, can cause irreparable harm.

There is a difference between taking a drink to relax and guzzling an excessive amount in order to put a troubling
reality out of one's mind. The former can possibly enhance our health while the latter is a direct threat to it. One need
not look far to see liberal, reckless use of the Flight Response. But optimally it should be chosen with foresight and exercised
with caution. It does not resolve the conflict, nor restore the balance, and it can desensitize one from their own emotional
signals, to the point where they deny the feelings themselves. We need not look far to find examples in our surroundings.
Sometimes, no farther than our bathroom mirror. But a great deal of our limitations were planted in us at an early age
by those well-meaning people who suffered from the same type of programming. In fact, we too have done the same.
We need not expand that pattern. Free will is still our heritage. In short, the Flight Response should be saved for a last-
ditch corrective option, and diligent efforts should be expended to avoid this particularly tenacious, hardwired, avoidant
response. If the above material doesn't make that point - then experience will. The Fight Response The other avoidant
response is, of course, the Fight Response. This is the active, expressive form of resistance

in which external force is used to overcome the danger or to change it in some way. It is a relative (perhaps the evil twin) of
the Light Response, but without the acceptance of the situation nor the spirit of cooperation. It is the competitive response to
limitation, obstacles, lack of resources or opportunity. This is the glorified 'Response', the one we most often honor with
statues and speeches. For many, it is a sport - for others, it is an enterprise. Nations rise and fall on the success or
failure of this 'Response' and we build our economy and culture around it. The Fight Response seeks to correct or
reshape the external world so that it can better accommodate a need-meeting effort. Initially, the Fight Response ensured that
humans would survive by meeting their needs through competitive brute force when necessary. The assumption justifying this
response is that only one winner can emerge, that this is surely a competitive win-lose proposition and a win is necessary to
self protect. Today, that mentality is used as a justification for working long hours, putting up with treatment that
humans should not have to tolerate. It maintains the fear of being without as a result of not having a source of income.
We reward and glorify the winners and curse or forget the losers. But there is a balance in nature that guarantees that
all winners eventually become losers. Until societies fully acknowledge human nature and accommodate the need-meeting
choices of their citizens, this response will still be appropriate, for resistance to any ideas or codes which deny needs of spirit
is what the Creator desires. If this were not true, humans would not

experience anger, the self-preservationary aggressive response. Political resistance, even revolutionary actions, which stand up
for human rights are historically evident and understandably beneficial. If the oppression is mighty, even war can be
beneficial. Differences that escalate from the opportunity to reason to the state of combat, whether it be on the
battlefield or the court room, are ultimate proof that reasonable effort has failed. The final value of extreme
consequences is, hopefully, the lessons learned from the experience. That should be why we study history. However, this
is merely due to the misunderstanding of human nature and needs, and the miscommunication between spirit, mind and body.
Such limits continue to exist within societies, but in an enlightened society, Light Responses are received and assimilated
which continuously expand freedoms and opportunities. They ultimately evolve away from the need for spiritual resistance.
Just as computers can be taught not to make the same mistake a second time, so we can learn the value of a broadened
approach to the normal frictions of life. Someone once said that the words "Please", Thank You", and "Excuse Me",
were the lubricants of social interaction. When such limitation still exists, the Fight Response is a necessary choice. Of
course, a modern version would be to communicate the problem and your non-acceptance of it. Doing this in a peaceful
manner, within the acceptable avenues of change already in place within ones society, is the best method. This is why there
are social, judicial or political processes in the more enlightened societies for the resolution of such conflicts. Usually,
however, by the time

a Fight Response is necessary, the limitation is firmly entrenched and accepted within the social order. When so-called
"more enlightened societies" practice the use of these "social, judicial or political processes" within their respective
societies, but revert to the "fight response" in dealing with other societies they have differences with, they set an
example that makes it more difficult for those societies with less history and tradition in using the social, judicial and
political process, to follow the "enlightened" path. Example is the most effective form of leadership. There still exist
many societies on earth wherein the credo is "severity for those who resist". Such countries fail to recognize the individual
needs and the fact that they take priority over the group needs within its members. There is much institutionalized suffering as
a result. Any country that feels it needs a wall to contain its members has mistaken operational directives, clearly not aligned
with spiritual intention. Of course, the walls are starting to come down. But when a physical wall falls, it is only a

40
metaphor for the intellectual and emotional walls that can follow. But, if the mental attitude is still one of winner over
loser, (or one system claiming its superiority over another) then the struggle/conflict atmosphere will remain in place.
Fortunately, the world has now evolved to the point that there are countries that do provide escape from oppression, which
ensures that Flight Responses, when necessary, can be effective. Eventually, those ideas that perpetuate the spirit will win out,
if enough interaction between cultures is allowed. But progress could be increased exponentially with the understandings
which restore spiritual intention to

the process. The communication technology is expanding "exponentially" and making the above more possible every
day. This web/e-mail process is its own example. Although these Lessons may not be traveling across borders, the
potential for them to do so is present. Of course, "borders" is also a term that can be applied to each individual mind,
as well as to geography. The United States is an excellent training ground for such an exchange of ideas, through promoting
values of freedom, equitable opportunity and happiness. This country recognizes both the individual and the group needs, in a
world where it has been traditional for societies to choose one over the other. Although they have yet to attain the optimal
balance between the two, this is evolving well. With the worldwide communication and mobility, many American ideals are
rapidly being spread throughout the world, some of which are beneficial to global evolution. It would be comforting to
believe that our more spiritually oriented ideals are spreading into other portions of the planet with the same zeal as
our economic practices, i.e. NAFTA and GATT. The success of the former would be tied to a more enlightened
motivation. Rejection of resistance is also the basic premise within most religions. Their method of oppression is through
introducing further slivers when any conflicts are exposed. They offer bribes and threats to talk humans out of their basic
needs, rather than accommodate them The confessional booth for example, often brings to light conflicts between human need
and religious dictate. Although it is unlikely that the priest will take certain

suggestions to the Pope, this is exactly what the spirit---The Creator---is requesting. It is suggested that individuals within any
religious organization, make Right Responses to reject any limiting dictate and keep only those which satisfy the spirit, so that
they can enjoy the benefits of religion and without suffering the grossly misleading costs. This may sound like the source is
picking on organized religion and, in a sense, it is. But spiritual institutions which represent spiritual ideals must be
willing to risk an alteration of the status quo in order to experience growth. If these "institutions" fail to grow, the
whole process is handicapped. Then, what growth does take place, has to come about in the form of Fight Response
types of action, more commonly known as revolution . This "r" word is too often a "last resort" course of expansion.
Summary Of Behavioral Corrective Response Each and every human behavior, be it thought or action, falls into one of
these categories. Each is motivated by a feeling. Although many such feelings are subtle, there is a constantly available, yet
changing emotional energy underlying every human motive to act. If each action is analyzed, it shall become apparent that
without exception, it will be motivated by either a Right, Light, Flight or Fight Response. Within the feedback paradigm,
emotion is exposed as the crucial communicative tie which either unites or separates, mind, body and spirit. This suggests
that "emotion" or feelings, not reason or logic, are the primary motivators of action. How we feel about things and
people

governs how we relate to them. Ultimately, it is probable that our perspective is strongly influenced by our emotions
and we conduct ourselves accordingly. With this crucial information at the disposal of humans, they can begin to monitor
and utilize the essential messages of the spirit. They can understand their behaviors by finding the underlying feelings. They
can identify the gems and slivers by following them to their source. They can make reasoned choices for their corrective
responses to imbalances. These can be optimal choices which contribute to individual and mass evolution. They can even
make plenty of human mistakes, but they will be far ahead of the game with such a strategy. For this inner gift will always be
present to guide them even from the darkest, most painful moments back into the light. When it becomes particularly
obvious that some action we took has led to less than positive consequences, we can now analyze it from a state of
detachment and determine what our original thought was that led us to where we are and where we are going to be, if
we continue along the same direction: Watch your thoughts, they become your words. Watch your words, they become
your actions. Watch your actions, they become your habits. Watch your habits, they become your character. Watch
your character, it becomes your destiny. WATCH YOUR THOUGHTS, THEY BECOME YOUR DESTINY.

Each such soldier of light can contribute to the wave of consciousness expansion which shall soon crash upon human shores.
Even with minimal understanding of the subtleties of the emotional sense, anyone can join this effort. They can do so simply
by following some elementary behavioral guidelines. All it takes is a genuine commitment to self-development and
expression, honest self-analysis and logical order in the choice of corrective response. If we think of emotion as the power
source and logic as the decision making process, we can relate our actions to that of driving an automobile, again. The
fuel (emotion) drives the engine that propels us forward (or backward) and is controlled by the accelerator and the
brake (self discipline). The steering wheel (reasoning mind) is used to make the necessary course corrections as we

41
proceed on our path of destiny. So much of our life is a reflection of these simple principles of activity, without which
societies would not be able to function. Many scourges upon humanity are the direct result of humans choosing the response
choices in the wrong order. There are certainly notable exceptions, but for the most part self-preservation creates the "normal"
urge to action in the following order: 1. Deny feelings, take Flight from pain, (even growing pain) 2. Fight to maintain
emotional boundaries 3. Right if unavoidable

4. Light when possible Changing this pattern alone can create enormous and immediate growth. When we first begin to
drive, we are more preoccupied with operating the automobile than with getting from point A to point B. Eventually,
we develop more faith in ourselves and our vehicle, and the pleasure of the trip increases. We move from fear and lack
of confidence to joy and fulfillment, as this new experience becomes a natural part of our living process. Although there
are more understandings to come, anyone wishing to join the forces of light can simply follow this simple strategy to guide
their behavior and to experience tremendous progress. To live within spiritual intention from this moment forth: 1. Listen to
feelings; resist denial of emotional messages. 2. Right first. 3. If obstacles persist, cooperate and offer Light. 4. If obstacles
persist, resist, compete and Fight. 5. If obstacles persist, take Flight. It is amazing what a little focus and caring can do to
smooth out the bumps in life. As stated earlier, just as the words "please, thank you

and excuse me" can lubricate the communication between people. We all tend to respond positively to being treated
with respect, once we come to respect ourselves and all those around us. Each successful day of living within spiritual
intention will allow evermore complete understandings to unfold. With this simple behavioral guidance, the spirit can begin to
sing. Not much can be added to that statement! We can now press on to examine the specific feelings themselves. Each
understanding will assist in the full restoration of the innate emotional sense, understanding of the Language of Spirit---The
Language of God.
Page 83-98 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Beta Lesson Three: The Six Basic Feelings Emotions Of Spirit With the
understanding of the intended feedback function of human emotion, the feeling signals become honored as crucial
communicators. Although the simple behavioral guidance for choice of response is already a tremendous

aid, full utilization of the sixth human sense is assisted by heeding the specific messages of each of the signals. For each
emotional signal has a specific purpose, related to a specific spiritual need, and each calls for its own specific response. This
"sixth human sense" referred to above can probably best be tapped by placing oneself in a light trance or a meditative
state. We might also consider tapping the dream state in sort of a question/answer routine in which questions are put
to our unconscious/spiritual nature before retiring and answers are reviewed as soon as we awaken. In the earlier
discussion regarding interpretation of emotional signals, the tool of the Twin Selves was offered to redefine the boundary
between mind and body, or internal and external realms. This distinction allows humans rational interpretation of their
feelings so that they can choose the correct response. During that discussion, it was hinted that there was an easier way to tell
the difference between mind and body to help interpret emotional signals. This is because there are specific emotions
connected with each of the selves. There are specific emotions which automatically suggest that the imbalance springs from
limitations in the realm of mind, and others that communicate from frustrated needs of embodied spirit. What will follow in
this section is an examination of these various feelings. But first we will examine the difference between the emotions of
body and the emotions of mind. Although the order of response is still as recommended,

those feelings which come from contents of mind will automatically suggest self-developmental behaviors (Right Responses),
and those of body will suggest self-expressive or preservationary (Light, Fight or Flight Responses). We can now examine the
feelings themselves and reacquaint ourselves with this most wondrous, yet misunderstood spiritual communication system.
The Emotions Of Body In the beginning, there was one basic emotion, joy. Joy, of course, is the conscious experience of
Divine Love. Joy is the intended state of spirit. As we now know, when humans donned the chemical cloak they became
susceptible to interruptions of spiritual intention. To ensure an ever-present spiritual connection during the physical journey,
the body (the Genetic Self), was encoded with protective devices to save humans from themselves. This is the homeostatic
feedback device which signals when spiritual intention is frustrated, and motivates corrective actions to get back onto the track
of joy. In this system, feelings both signal the problem and motivate the corrective responses. There is more than just the
instinct to survive buried within in us. There is an innate self-awareness of what we truly are and what we must do to
continue to grow. These are the controls we exercise to progress along the trip using our metaphorical brake, our
accelerator and our steering wheel--so to speak.

Encoded within the body to do this job were two basic human emotions. They were joy and fear. They equated simply to
spiritual expression or frustration, to the Divine Light or the darkness in its absence, to pleasure and pain. Joy motivated a
human approach and fear motivated an avoidance. Fear was intended to ensure the preservation of the species as a corrective
signal when needs were unmet as well as a hardwired avoidant response that could over-ride the mind when necessary. In a

42
complicated world, even then, there were challenges to the acquiring of food and lodging, that even the best of
environments offered. Threats to survival stimulated the mind just as beauty satisfied the soul. These two emotions,
when interacting with the cognitive abilities of the brain and the need-meeting actions of early humanity, soon branched into
the emotions of anger and sadness. And then there were four. Frustration at failing to meet a goal became "anger". Loss of
a possession or relationship became "sadness". In today's society, we have chemical drugs to stimulate pleasure and
reduce physical pain. We are less successful at dealing with these latter two, but are moving in that direction, i.e.
tranquilizers and happy pills. Unfortunately, not only are such drugs temporary but, in the long run, probably
harmful on levels that are not universally understood and appreciated. Anger sprang from the human need for freedom
and control. Anger would grow from fear over memories of frustration and future projections of concern over interference
with efforts of spiritual expression. It motivated active "fight" responses to ensure that external

obstacles were not to be tolerated. Sadness sprang from loss experiences. Most specifically from losses of people and the
severance of ties that satisfied the group needs. Sad feelings were meant to motivate actions that promoted new, replacement
alliances and protected against further loss. Anger and sadness, in themselves, aren't necessarily experiences to be
avoided. They can have value in our growth process if they don't lead to physical and mental harm against someone
else or ourselves. We can go beyond these states when we elect to do so. It is part of exercising our creative abilities.
Thus, we now have four basic hardwired emotions: joy, fear, anger and sadness. They should be thought of as emotions of the
body or the Genetic Self. These hardwired feelings are present at birth and displayed in early infancy. These are universal
emotions, experienced for the same reasons by all humans regardless of culture. They should be understood as indicators that
self-preservation is truly the message. Joy means that needs of the spirit have been fulfilled, while the pain of anger, fear and
sadness means that needs are frustrated by obstacles which must be removed. These four emotions motivate universal mental
and physical responses of approach or avoidance to ensure self-preservation. Keeping in mind that we can not progress if
we are not "preserved", it is easy to see why these emotions are "hardwired" into our nature. It is important to mention,
that although these emotions spring from body in the feedback situation, that they are filtered through the perceptions and
beliefs of mind. So for

this reason, the Right Response should always remain the optimal first response choice. This would be a quick, non-resistant,
(non-defensive) accurate analysis of underlying beliefs about the emotional-invoking situation. Any conflicts discovered could
then be immediately resolved. This will ensure that objective, rational assessment of the situation has been achieved and that
the obstacles are not internal, imaginary or self-created. But once this has been ruled out, this feeling signal in a similar
situation can accurately be understood as indication of an external obstacle that must be removed by an expressive response.
There are many experiences that are self-generated and can just as easily and quickly be altered when we realize the
source and how the actions that led to the situation can be corrected. In a truer sense, all experiences are self-created
and serve as stimulants for our true growth. The Emotions of Mind All other emotions are outgrowths of these primary
emotions and are secondary softwired emotions. Although they are rooted in human biology, they are not present at birth; they
develop with age, interaction and experience. They develop entangled with the culture values, knowledge, memories and
beliefs of the mind. They exist in the realm of the Cultural Self. Their meaning can be as complex or simple, as
straightforward or convoluted, as supportive or debilitative as the human mind in which they are experienced. They are
directly related to human

experience---in other words, they are learned. They can be attached to most any human idea that can exist within the realm of
mind. The summations and beliefs that invoke them can very widely. We are programmed at an early age and those
"programs" become the memories and beliefs of the 'Cultural Self'. Many of them govern our actions for the
remainder of our physical lives. They even continue to damage us (and those around us) long after we learn the
adverse consequences of their presence. Yet, because they are not hardwired into our being, they can be "deleted" and
replaced with beliefs that are more compatible with our true spiritual nature. The emotions of mind include guilt, shame,
hope, pride, embarrassment, remorse, confidence and any other subtle shade of feeling not mentioned in the above category.
They relate directly to contents within the realm of mind---to the gems and slivers---and indicate that self-developmental
responses are in order. These learned emotions of mind call for learned responses of mind, Right Responses. We know now
that these are not hardwired. They must be actively chosen and undertaken, often in the face of opposing urges toward
avoidance. We often see governments projecting "knee-jerk" reactions to situations considered threatening, often
leading to military action, which incorporates death and destruction, usually of the more civilian portion of a
population. Such governments presume they are reflecting the will of the public, but a more enlightened course of
action might reflect a deeper sense of the public's true nature. That "nature" would likely turn out to be quite in
contradiction to what ruling institutions presume to know. This key understanding will cast many situations into an

43
entirely different light. It will be shocking as it exposes rather entrenched and universal emotional boundaries. But it is now
extremely necessary to shock humans back into understanding, to break through the haze of denial and self destruction. Time
is running short for the mass of humanity to adopt a broader paradigm. The responsibility for creating our own reality
is now an essential realization. Within this "realization" lies the hope of the world. For example, when a situation arises
in which guilt is experienced, this will now be understood as a message from the spirit that some external dictate has been
internalized which has frustrated or limited a need. This is exactly opposite of what most humans are taught about the
experience of guilt. In fact, this emotion has been utilized to inspire conformity to external dictates at the expense of internal
ones for thousands of years. Guilt has an essentially positive purpose, until it is used as a weapon of control and
punishment. Institutions seek control to sustain themselves. It doesn't matter if they are governmental, economic or
religious institutions, they are all susceptible to falling into that pattern of behavior. With such slivers, the first impulse
upon the experience of guilt, might be a trip to the confessional or some such action which shares the concern and allows
getting the issue off one's chest. This is good, it can actually be an expressive Right Response wherein one seeks external
counsel, enlightenment or understanding so that the internal changes can be effected. The result would be a

change in belief systems which would prevent the same situation from being repeated, thus the feeling signal would be quieted
and would not arise again in similar situations. Those moments of guidance in the confessional could be truly beneficial in
a life-long sense. However, in order for this to occur, it would require a willingness on the part of the religious
institution to step back and trust in the innate spiritual nature of people to come forth. Prayers of penance don't do
much to alter attitudes and behavior. Rather, they assuage the conscience and allow behavior to remain basically
unchanged. But this is not an optimal action if it leaves the sliver in the mind. No amount of cultural or religious appeasement
will actually remove a need that has been stifled. The spirit will diligently protest the sliver and the situation and its resulting
guilt will arise again and again. For as we know, slivers are often conflicting ideas that humans believe, which give them
conflicting directives and create confusing impulses. Once these conflicts are exposed and eliminated, the directives can be
those of the spirit, not those of a confused mind. Confuse(d) mind(s) are essential to those who need to maintain control.
A clear mind governed by one's own innate spiritual nature has no need to be controlled from without, and no need to
seek assistance from institutions. When this has become the new reality, these institutions will have to find a different
role to play in society, one that compliments the spiritual aspects of humanity rather than stifles them. For ultimately,
humans will find that any action that brings a feeling of guilt will be the result of a maladaptive response to an emotion-
invoking situation, driven by

conflicting beliefs and misunderstandings, or good old-fashioned laziness. There is no evil, there is no inherently wrong act,
unless it violates the needs of the spirit. Guilt is not the only misconceived feeling; each has become muddled and entangled
with an incredible amount of human "knowledge". This last statement may sound anti-intellectual, but what we
sometimes interpret to be "knowledge" is really nothing more than ingrained belief systems that are passed on from
one generation to the next for the primary purpose of controlling behavioral patterns from an outside source. True
"knowledge" can be tapped from within ourselves and is capable of a great deal more infallibility. Since there are so
many misunderstandings regarding feelings, we now turn to a careful analysis of each of the major emotions. Together the
emotions of mind and body now comprise six basic feelings which underlie every subtle feeling. All of which are affected by
contents of mind, two of which are exclusive to the contents of mind. With clear understandings of the six universal feelings,
rational analysis of each subtle experience can be attained. These SIX now follow: The Emotions Of Mind - Six Universal
Feelings, i.e. Joy, Fear, Anger, Sadness, Envy & Guilt 1. Joy Definition: A very glad feeling, happiness, delight;

anything causing this. As children, we experienced this, even before we knew it had a name, or a definition. Range: Mild,
pleasant contentment, to rapturous ecstasy. Everything from a Grandmother's soft smile to a teenager's leaps of "joy".
Source: Genetic Self (body/spirit), in its drive for preservation and expression; Cultural Self (mind) in its drive for
development. In either category, it can be a plus experience. Stimulus Conditions: Rewarding, situations. Hyper
accommodation of physical or psychological needs; getting better than expected results; creative and spiritual expression of
the Genetic Self, and development of the Cultural Self. Much of Joy is relative to creative activity. Instinctive Response: To
approach; to recreate stimulus circumstances to bring about the feeling again and again. Some religions have taught that Joy
is an experience to be shunned. This may be because our concept of God seldom includes a joyous state of being. But
the natural state is a joyous state - even for God. Intended Function: To accomplish self-preservation, development and
expression by identifying those

experiences which should be cultivated, reinforced and recreated. To provide motivation to continue along paths which are
successful at spiritual need-fulfillment. Once you have one joyful experience, you can build upon it until it becomes a
treasured structure. Pitfalls: The possibility of creating artificial, escapist or induced pleasure through compulsive actions or
through biological and/or pharmacological manipulation; Joy entangled with reproductive drive (infatuation and other lesser

44
forms of love)---beware. This is the danger of relying consistently on outside sources for the joy we need in our lives.
Such sources can exercise their free will and abandon us and leave us vulnerable to self-destruction. Recommended
Course Of Response To Joy: 1. Any approach (developmental or expressive), behavioral responses which increase the
stimulus and recreate the feelings of joy, for genuine reasons, which expand goals, broaden arenas, elaborate and improve
strategies that are already working, and sharing them with others. Joy leads to its own reward. Some cultures know greater
levels of 'Joy' than others; and those cultures are not necessarily the technologically superior. 2. If any negative
emotions arise from such Right and Light behaviors, analyze the stimulus conditions and proceed through the recommended
course for those emotions. They

will expose conflicts in belief that need resolution. Caution: joy is so powerful that no one wants to lose a source of joy, even
if that source is also the source of great pain. This conflict spurs the automatic Flight Response of denial (denial of the
negative aspects of the source in order to continue to enjoy the positive aspects of the source). Those involved in abusive
relationships will often remain in those relationships because of the accompanying moments of 'Joy' that are also
experienced. Food For Thought: "Be happy, it's one way of being wise". ---Colette "Joy is a net of love by which you can
catch souls".---Mother Teresa The Emotions Of Mind - Six Universal Feelings, i.e. Joy, Fear, Anger, Sadness, Envy &
Guilt 2. Fear Definition: Anxiety caused by real or possible danger. Range: Mild anxiety to blinding, heart-stopping panic.
Source: Genetic Self; in the drive for self-preservation.

Stimulus Conditions: Threatening situations. 1. Internal beliefs, thoughts, ideas, attitudes or memories which cause perceived
danger or potential threat to need fulfillment. 2. People, things, or situations in the external environment which threaten health,
safety or need fulfillment. 3. Emotional Boundaries of self cause mild anxiety in developmental or learning situations
(growing pains), since development is a threat to self-preservation. Instinctive Response: To take flight, to retreat or escape
Intended Function: To motivate the avoidance of, and the escape from situations which threaten to diminish need fulfillment
opportunities or efforts, (and ultimately, threats to survival). Pitfalls: Imaginary threats can create very real fear feelings. Fear
prompts avoidant thoughts and behaviors quite naturally, but such denial fails to address or remove the underlying source,
perpetuating a cycle of fear and further avoidance as well as narrowing mental emotional boundaries. Overly closed
ideological environments can promote paranoia, avoidance of (and ultimately hate of) other different environments and their
members. Fear of the unknown and avoidance of growing pains, can thwart self-developmental need fulfillment efforts and
stymie

learning. Recommended Course of Response To Fear: 1. Right Response: Examine beliefs and interpretations of the fear-
invoking situation to be sure that it is indeed a verified threat, not an imagined or self-created one. Discard any doctrines or
beliefs which perpetuate irrational fear. Put valid memories of fear-invoking situations in their proper historical perspective.
Seek knowledge. Often, knowledge alone can replace fear of the unknown. Remind yourself that risk is the necessary price of
glory. 2. Light Response: Alter the situation to reduce the negative component, if minimally threatening. 3. Flight Response:
Get away from a truly threatening situation long enough to evaluate strategies, to resolve or eliminate the threatening
situation; or retreat permanently if necessary. Food for Thought: "Nothing in life is to be feared. It is only to be
understood".---Marie Curie "I am not afraid of storms for I am learning how to sail my ship". ---Louisa May Alcott Most
fears are self-implanted and self-sustained. We give fear the power to maintain itself within us or the power of others
to hold it over

us. Most people who try to inflict fear on others, are susceptible to it themselves ---more even than those they are
trying to influence. Therein lies its weakness, for fear is no match against hope and resolve. There are some physical
situations that require immediate flight (such as a falling tree) but our programmed instincts will stimulate us to take
the appropriate action, i.e. move out of harms way ASAP. The rest are pretty much of our own making and can be
"unmade". The Emotions Of Mind - Six Universal Feelings, i.e. Joy, Fear, Anger, Sadness, Envy & Guilt 3. Anger
Definition: Hostile feelings because of an opposition, a hurt. Range: From mild frustration to irrational, blinding rage. Source:
Genetic Self, in its drive for self-preservation; stifled, confounded or unsatisfied individual needs for empowerment and
control over one's destiny. Stimulus Conditions: Power/control loss situations. Frustrated needs due to perceived external
obstacles. The attributed source can be either upon environmental obstacles or upon shortcomings of the Cultural Self, both of
which are external to the core Genetic Self. Instinctive Response: The "Fight" response, outward aggression.

Intended Function: To accomplish self-preservation by generating active expressive behavioral responses which successfully
remove the obstacles from the external environment. PITFALLS: In interpretation: Anger can be invoked by perceptions
based upon maladaptive beliefs, attitudes or mental Emotional Boundaries. (This is invalid and contrived anger). In response:
Maladaptive, misdirected anger can result in violence and destruction of self and others. (Negative outcomes of these pitfalls
can be avoided if response rules are followed: RECOMMENDED COURSE OF RESPONSE TO ANGER: 1. Right

45
Response: Evaluate beliefs, attitudes and expectations that bring on the angry feelings. Look to self. Are outcome expectations
realistic and reasonable? If not, the anger is contrived. Look to the world. Does the environment deny a just and equitable
opportunity for need meeting? If not, the anger is contrived. In both cases, beliefs are to be altered accordingly. This step will
remove the mental source of contrived anger.

2. Light Response: If Right Responses have met with failure and the obstacle is legitimate, it is time to effect external
changes. Light Responses are behaviors toward the anger source which can successfully alter or remove the obstacle so that
needs can be met. Respectful cooperative communication, persuasion and self expression can accomplish this goal. 3. Fight
Response: If respectful cooperation is not successful, it is time to take a more aggressive, even revolutionary expressive stance
in honor of the spiritual need. Such actions should be attempted within the established conflict-resolution processes that exist,
but should escalate in direct proportion to lack of receptivity within the environment. 4. Retreat Response: If even after all
expressive attempts, the obstacle persists, a Flight Response is in order. It is then necessary to leave the situation and find
more free, just and opportune surroundings. Food For Thought: "The size of a man can be judged by the size of that which
makes him angry".---Harry Truman There is, I believe, such a thing as "righteous anger" that can be expressed in such a
way as to make clear one's feelings about a situation to those we perceive to be responsible for our anger. If our state of
mind is justified in a spiritual sense, then those who hear our anger will more likely alter their behavior to appease or,
at least, respect our position.

This would be the beginning of the process of diverting this energy into a more positive environment. The Emotions Of
Mind - Six Universal Feelings, i.e. Joy, Fear, Anger, Sadness, Envy & Guilt 4. SADNESS Definition: Having or
expressing low spirits; unhappy, sorrowful, causing dejection; sorry (broadly includes grief). Range: Mild, unfocused "blues"
to the depths of chronic, even suicidal, depression. Source: Genetic Self; in its drive for self-preservation. Stimulus
Conditions: Loss situations. The perceived irretrievable loss of something need-fulfilling; be it a dream, a goal, a belief, a
person, a thing, a self-image or exception. (Note: if the loss is impending but has not yet occurred, anger, not sadness is cued,
the loss is perceived as certain and irretrievable when sadness is experienced). Instinctive Response: To take flight, to escape
or deny the loss. Pitfalls: Lingering in state of denial that a loss has actually occurred can perpetuate continuing anger. Failure
to adapt to a loss can result in long term depression. Loss can be

purely imaginary or falsely perceived, and sadness is cued unnecessarily and unjustifiably; acceptance of such an imagined
loss (or personal lack) can lead to the adoption of faulty and detrimental thought processes and self-defeating behaviors.
Recommended Course Of Response To Sadness: 1. First Right Response: Accept that the loss has occurred when your
external experience keeps telling you that it has. An attitude change is necessary which shifts the object of the loss (idea, thing
or person) into a realm of the past. Although memorial fondness can continue forever, the object, along with its need-fulfilling
gifts must be completely removed from future expectations. This can, and does take time. But such restructuring is necessary
to usher in replacement strategies. If anger is experienced during this process, it shows that the loss is not yet fully accepted. 2.
Second Right Response: Adopt replacements for the object of loss. Find new beliefs, things or people to provide the missing
need-fulfillment. 3. Light Response: Actively make external changes in physical or ideological surroundings which can
accommodate the adaptations suggested above. Extensive grief can be channeled in vicarious, yet positive, need-fulfilling
directions.

Food For Thought "Adversity is the first path to truth". --Lord Byron "Loss" is an essential part of life. The mere fact that
we experience it is the proof that we have found something or someone of value and enjoyed that connection for a
particular period of time. All of life is a gaining experience, but a losing experience, as well. When we dwell for too long
on the latter, we deprive ourselves of opportunities for further gain. Because the Universe is a dynamic state, nothing
can ever remain the same for very long - nor should it. The Emotions of Mind - Six Universal Feelings, i.e. Joy, Fear,
Anger, Sadness, Envy & Guilt 5. ENVY Definition: Discontent or ill will over another's advantages possessions, abilities,
etc., (broadly includes jealousy). Range: Mild self-conscious discomfort, to open hostility toward another. Source: Cultural
Self, in the drive toward self-development (offshoot emotion, tempered by learning, but related to genetic anger & sadness).
Stimulus Conditions: Negative comparison situations.

When self and others are compared on some scale, the self is assessed with less of the desired qualities, skills, abilities,
advantages or possessions than the other. Instinctive Response: To fight or take flight, to overcome or avoid the object of
painful comparisons. Intended Function: To signal that the Cultural Self has not yet developed to the point of full expression
of the Genetic Self and that further development is needed. This painful reminder comes when one sees another who possesses
or has achieved higher levels of some desired quality. Pitfalls: Feelings can be misattributed. Personal lacks perceived can be
irrational, defiling or neglecting spirit; prompting maladaptive, spiteful responses which attempt to lessen the other instead of
Right Responses which bolster the self. It is often difficult to avoid Fight and Flight Responses. Recommended Course Of

46
Response To Envy: 1. First Right Response: Take self-developmental steps to acquire skills, abilities, opportunities, etc., that
are possessed by the object of envy. (But such changes should only alter the mind or Cultural Self). 2. Second Right
Response: If the enviable ability or quality lies in the realm of the Genetic Self or body (i.e., physical beauty, strength, height,
etc.), acceptance of corporeal

limitation will end pangs of envy over qualities which simply cannot be changed. Instead, consider and work upon areas of
strength which can be or have been cultivated. Give self-credit where self-credit is due. Food For Thought: "If it's painful to
you to criticize your friends---you're safe in doing it. But if you take the slightest pleasure in it, that's the time to hold your
tongue". ---Alice Duer Miller As one Greek philosopher expressed it: "The greatest wealth in the world is the ability to
get along with little, for there is never want where the mind is satisfied." There is no force more masochistic then envy.
In the burning desire the have what another has, our misery can have no limits. If kept in, it becomes an infliction. If
acted out, it becomes an addiction. The cultural world plays upon it and attempts to ostracize those who decline to
conform to this weakness. Envy takes personal courage to resist, but that is true of any weakness. The Emotions of
Mind - Six Universal feelings, i.e. Joy, Fear, Anger, Sadness, Envy & Guilt 6. GUILT Definition: A feeling of self-
reproach from believing that one has done wrong; (broadly includes shame and embarrassment).

Range: Mild self-doubt to debilitating self-hatred. Source: Cultural Self, (offshoot relative of fear). Stimulus Conditions:
When thoughts and behaviors fail to match with some internal ideal self-image or accepted code of behavior. Often guilt is
experienced following a behavior which fulfills some physical, spiritual need, yet which goes against some learned ideology.
Instinctive Response: To take flight, retreat from negatively assessed self qualities, actions or behaviors. Intended Function:
To direct attention to conflicts within knowledge and beliefs, or to those which go against the needs of the Genetic Self.
Pitfalls: Guilt is learned and can be attached to almost any behavior or thought, depending on the culture. Since it is a gut
feeling, it seems to come from some sacred place within, while in actuality it springs solely from learned beliefs. It is common
to subordinate the needs of the Genetic Self to the rules and codes of behavior dictated by one's culture. It is also illogical and
debilitating to do so. Recommended Response To Guilt: 1. Right Response: Make sure your behaviors match your conscience.
Do what you say you will do---walk your talk. But examine beliefs, alter or discard any which go against

the needs of the Genetic Self. Develop positive accommodating attitudes toward every aspect of your Genetic nature. 2. Light
Response: Use logic and persuasion to alter the external cultural belief systems which deny any aspect of your genetic nature.
(Any such components are counter-evolutionary and will hamper even the most intelligent, best fitting cultural doctrines) . 3.
Flight Response: If the external environment fails to accommodate your nature, leave for better ideological or physical locales.
Food For Thought: "Guilt is the price we pay willingly for doing what we are going to do anyway". --- Isabelle Holland "It's
hard to fight an enemy who has outposts in your head". --- Sally Kempton "Sin is whatever obscures the soul". --- Andre Gide
It would appear that there is a correlation between the strictness of a religion or enforced moral code, and the volume
of guilt that was made to be dealt with. Guilt is the ultimate instrument of control, enabling a few in power to control
the many. It succeeds because it is implanted in the mind earlier in the developmental stage and kept in place by
institutional means. To escape its punishing intent, one often has to sever all ties with those who were most important
in one's earlier life. But then one comes to the true meaning of the refrain: "Free at last, free

at last. Thank God, I'm free at last." With clarity regarding the feeling system, how it works and how it can be so easily
misused, we can press on to discuss the practical usage of this system.
Pages 99-116 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Beta Lesson Four: Summary: Emotion – The Sixth Sense Heeding the
Spiritual Directive Despite thousands of years of humankind's quest for meaning and self understanding, it has never been
achieved. The slivers from the Mind Of Man have perpetuated confusion and false ideas which limit human power and defile
human nature, stripping away the birthright of Free Will. It is testimony to the spiritual tenacity of human beings that they
have evolved as well as

they have under such severe conditions. For since the dawn of humanity, they have been struggling along without benefit of a
major sensory system---human feeling. With this system, the spirit offers its directives for living in the light. Clearly, there
have been sparks of human "enlightenment" throughout our history who have kept us from totally abandoning our
innate spiritual nature, which is hardly possible. It might be presumptuous to suggest that with the introduction of this
material, we could now be on the way to a collective abandoning of our history of depravity. Human survival can be
attributed to the spiritual safety net of self-preservation. They can operate upon rudimentary hardwired responses to the
feelings in approach and avoid behaviors, which meet the minimal level of human need and promote the perpetuation and
survival of the species without interfering with Free Will. But operating upon self-preservation alone is only a slim percentage
of spiritual intention and human potential. As free will is utilized in ways that accommodate spirit, humans evolve. And we
have "evolved". We may be able to think of a thousand examples of human conduct that suggests the opposite, but I

47
believe we do continue to progress in increments. At present, what is between those increments are the influences of
our fragmenting institutions, i.e., political, religious, economic, etc. The communication revolution has led to the
exposure of this fragmentation and it has resulted in a certain numbness of our senses as we adjust to the ultimate
truth that our virtue must come from within ourselves, rather than from without, which is what these Lessons are
trying to get across. Once that becomes clear to us, we will finally be able to exercise our Free Will in a fashion which
opens up to all the possibilities of creating our own reality.

As humans evolve, the spiritual directive is no longer limited to self-preservation. It becomes self-development and
expression. Acceptance replaces resistance, cooperation replaces competition, and Right and Light responses become the
norm. Human civilization has now reached the point where living in relative darkness can give way to enlightenment. With
the technological mobility, global communication and economic interdependence of humans, there is no longer the isolation
that allowed competition to ensure survival. As worlds collide, cultures clash, and religions wage war, the global community
should take note that survival now depends on cooperation. There need not be losers. We are truly living in a "New World",
thanks to such technological advances as that being exercised through this medium (e-mail, internet, etc.).
Unfortunately, many living this New World experience are still being guided in their thinking by the "Old World"
paradigm. However, it may not be entirely perceptible, but this latter guidance is losing its influence. The results of
repeated efforts to bend wills to comply with other wishes, is failing in an almost predictable pattern. As always, the
spirit awaits patiently within, to offer its clear guidance for individual and social evolution. These Lessons are designed to
allow the rediscovery of this most wondrous gift at a time when human consciousness is ready for a great leap forward---and it
all begins with self understanding. There are admonitions throughout our religious writings that give us clues to our
ultimate potential. One of these is: Know thy inner self. This suggests that true "knowing" can only come when we are
able to go within ourselves and tap that source of universal knowledge and

guidance that waits to share itself with our conscious mind. Today in our society, many of us feel like we are in a
perpetual state of "scrambling", always on the go, creating activity to fill the gaps of our empty lives. We even insist
that our children follow our examples, to the point that the playful portion of our early lives (the imaginative and
creative) is being almost intentionally eliminated. Against this, there will certainly be an "inner-driven" revolt. If these
Lessons sound a bit esoteric and abstract, think about it this way: Humans have achieved tremendous technological creativity,
with global marketplaces for the exchange of goods and information. What if, perhaps, some inventor developed an incredible
new machine that could communicate directly with the Creator, that could give moment-to-moment advice on how to act to
create the most pleasurable and fulfilling existence. A machine that could greatly reduce pain, fear, anger and suffering. A
machine to accomplish great learning. A machine that could enhance physical and mental health, as well as provide
enlightened guidance for development of evolved civilizations A machine that could ultimately achieve world peace. Like
most of our technological "toys", we invent them, manufacture them, acquire them, improve upon them and,
ultimately, discard them when the fad has run its course. This pattern is an example of our innate inability to sustain
true interest in those things which come to us from our outside world, be they gadgets, information or belief systems.
Even a machine with which we talk directly with God, would eventually become passe…unless, of course, it was our
personal creation and we were charged with the responsibility of maintaining it. If such a machine were advertised, most
humans would be quite dubious indeed. They might scoff that such a thing might be too good to be true. Or if it were, that it
would

come at a price most could not afford to pay. It would become an accouterment of only the rich and famous. It would also
challenge many cherished religious and scientific beliefs about "man's place"---powerless within a vengeful, meaningless, or
chaotic universe. They might immediately resist and reject such a possibility, driven by their beliefs. "Beliefs" are like doors
to our minds. They usually remain closed to outside influences and new possibilities. Some even remain securely
bolted. Although we do have the keys to open these doors, when we use them it is mostly to go out and obtain the
material necessities of life and then retreat back behind them as quickly as possible. We invite select portions of the
world into our "dwelling place", but only when these portions are in alignment with our belief systems. Ideas and
people who disturb our self-designed tranquility, are seldom invited back. Yet, it is these experiences that can have the
most impact on our growth, even if it requires unbuilding a resistance to them. And they would be dead wrong. For not
only does this "machine" exist, it already belongs to each and every human being. It is the supreme human gift and it is free
for the taking. Regardless of whatever human "station", or culture or financial portfolio, it can be immediately activated to
begin providing all those services and many, many, more. This machine will be the great equalizer and unifier; for it will
allow the meek to inherit the earth. Those that begin immediate activation of this force will be the pioneers of human
consciousness. Isn't it amazing that such a paragraph ever got into print. It could be considered by some to be one of
the most dangerous writings of our time. Established institutions across the land should quake at the

48
possibilities suggested here. Collective mindsets should seek the source of this material and destroy it, before it
destroys them. Too late! It's out and about and it can't be put back in the bottle. Of course, this machine is the
communicative feedback system of human feeling. It is the understanding of the sixth human sense--- the spiritual sense. It is
the Creator's innate word and judgement regarding human survival, human connection and purpose, as well as moment-to-
moment guidance in human interactions. It can make the difference between resistant, painful suffering, competition and base
survival; and joyful acceptance, cooperation, spiritual fulfillment. It should be received and valued as if it had been purchased
for millions upon millions of dollars. Alas, in our society, we too often value things on the basis of their price tag when, in
fact, our potential as human beings is priceless. Even the least educated among us is more sophisticated than the best
computer made, as none of the latter are capable of the quality of free will or capable of creating their own reality.
Unfortunately, we sometimes treat our machines with more care than our fellow human beings. In some cases, we
make a virtue out of killing our fellow human beings with our most sophisticated machines. Aren't we odd! These
Lessons, for the first time in human history, have offered a definitive portrait of human nature. A portrait that is universal
among all humans, regardless of the diverse cultures that now exist. This "machine" belongs to everyone. The feelings
whisper the highest truth of human nature and purpose. This gives a whole new meaning to the concept of Democracy. We
truly are all equal and valuable to ourselves and each other. Anyone has the

capability to achieve any higher spiritual state from wherever they are at the moment. The key lies in making the
connection with the Divine Nature of our being. Now is the time to activate this machine. Now is the time to attune to the
spiritual directive. Now is the time to begin the experience of true humanity. To begin anew with a full comprehension of
what it means and how it works to be human. No more guesses, no more assumptions of evil, no more need for external
control---none of this is, or ever has been, necessary. No more will humans flounder in ambivalence and conflicting directives.
No more will free will run amok. No more will humans be fooled by their own illusory creations. They will at last be able to
"judge not". For they will hear the one true judge, the feelings which speak the wisdom of spirit. We have always had this
capability. A few have become aware of it. Now the rest of us can and will.… From there, new worlds can begin to open to
humans as institutionalized limitations are removed. New levels of consciousness can be attained, new creative worlds, and
new levels of joy. Human potential has many surprises awaiting those that answer the challenge of spirit. This, truly, is an
invitation to the Inaugural Ball. The great thing is, we don't even have to get all dressed up to go, unless (of course) we
wish to. Not only can tremendous benefits be achieved, but equally devastating disasters can be averted. The technological
abilities of humans have outstripped their understandings

of themselves. Resistance, competition and suffering are now the accepted norm. Without self understanding, the basic (yet
maladaptive) responses of self preservation will continue; evolution will be tremendously impeded as well as the ominous
possibility for the self-destructive demise of the realizations which instigated nuclear disarmament. The Light cannot help but
spread if chosen, obtained and lived within by each individual. Let peace begin with Thee. We are talking about possibilities
here and the limitations to those "possibilities" are merely self-created. Just as the potential of such is self-created. We
are Creators, each and all of us. "Where two or more are gathered..." is where a spark can become a flame that, while
burning off our counter-productive beliefs, can allow us to become truly unlimiting. To activate the machine, to choose
the Light, is to completely accept the fact that the Creator endowed humans with inner guidance. It is to live the truth that the
wisdom of "God" is not limited to Holy texts or other external dictates, but to know that it is possessed within. The Creator's
purest word exists in nature and any human translation is less than pure. Human nature is no exception--- the answers lie
within. This message has always been inherent in every great teaching, albeit lost within the cultural distortions. Cultural
institutions have always felt compelled to squelch this fact in order to maintain control over its members, fearful that
without control, there would be chaos. Out of touch with their own true nature and presuming everyone in their
environment was as well, those suspected of being otherwise, were eliminated for the threat they were perceived to be.
However, the cat is now out of the bag, so to speak.

There is communication going on right now that can no longer be controlled or even successfully monitored. There are
phone lines nearly everywhere and this is a positive "virus" that can not be contained. But what has always been missing
from such teachings has been: Exactly how to listen and react to this inner wisdom. It is through the feeling system that this is
accomplished. It is through the feelings that the spirit can inform, develop and correct the mind. It is through understanding
the difference between automatic self-preservationary motivations to Fight or take Flight, and the rational, willful choice of
Right & Light responses. It is through understanding of universal human needs and in designing of political, religious,
educational, economic and social institutions which accept, value, honor, and accommodate them. This is why we are
beginning to feel the influence of the female perspective as we move into this spiritual progression. The male
(psychologically) has always tended to turn away from the "feeling" portion of his nature. It was labeled as being
unmanly. For men, this new paradigm will be most challenged by overcoming this barrier to understanding.
Meditation can likely be a most helpful way of getting around this, if for no other reason than it has a positive effect on

49
one's physical health, while opening up centers of understanding that currently lie dormant and ignored. The Creator
intended for humans to use this system to retain the connection with the Spirit of All That Is, to be guided toward the most
fulfilled and joyous experience. Human joy is the Creator's joy. Human suffering is also experienced by the Universal Spirit.
Its expanding consciousness, its joy and light urge humans to eliminate

these dark spots that they have willfully (albeit accidentally) created. Despite the priceless value, the only cost is the
commitment to the spirit itself. Much of the above paragraph is highlighted because I underlined most of it when I read.
it. The last highlighted sentence I underlined twice, because of its perceived importance. We have a "Spiritual
Directive" that we would now ignore at our own peril. Ignoring this Divine invitation would not lead to our demise.
Rather, it would be like turning down an invitation to a party and electing to stay at home and be alone. The Spiritual
Commitment Learning the mechanics of the feeling communication system is the first and primary step. Understanding alone
can allow the natural spiritual impetus to become dominant within each individual. In understanding their needs and the
inevitable self-preservationary impulses, each person can become aware of their own habits of thought and actions. They can
recognize those activities that truly bring fulfillment, as distinct from those that seek refuge from misunderstood feeling
signals. They can identify destructive need-meeting strategies that will surely arise if constructive ones are not available. They
will enjoy a new awareness of life. This seems to be the appropriate time to insert the following again: WATCH YOUR
THOUGHTS, THEY BECOME YOUR WORDS. WATCH YOUR WORDS, THEY BECOME YOUR ACTIONS.

WATCH YOUR ACTIONS, THEY BECOME YOUR HABITS. WATCH YOUR HABITS, THEY BECOME YOUR
CHARACTER. WATCH YOUR CHARACTER, IT BECOMES YOUR DESTINY. When we can see the connection
between our "THOUGHTS" and our "DESTINY", we experience greater motivation toward paying attention to what
we think. It would seem that there are no accidents, just consequences. This same principle could presumably apply to
one's FEELINGS. But awareness alone is only half the battle, and perhaps the easy half. It falls to the individual to act upon
the spiritual impetus. This requires the commitment to actively choose and carry out the optimal corrective responses desired
by the spirit. The difference between thought and spirit is often attraction. By what we think, I believe, we bring into
our reality those experiences that provide the opportunity to expand our perspective. Often those experiences are not
pleasant, but they should always be educational. This will be a difficult directive to fully embrace, given the historical
dependence upon external codes, rules, counsel and advise. As always, there will be an automatic tendency to preserve ideas
that have become comfortable strategies. (Remember, the Cultural Self is born of human knowledge---and all parts of self will
seek preservation). One's very identity is often shrouded within beliefs outside of spiritual intention. There will be an
automatic tendency to escape painful learning experiences which may be necessary for self development. There will be an
automatic tendency for

groups of people of like mind to stand together and hold tight to their beliefs, even if they are limiting instead of offering
broader opportunity. This can culminate in the urge to fight and even die for certain traditional ideals. Governments and
religious institutions have known this for a long time and have repeatedly used it to keep groups loyal and to war
against each other, when appropriate. Thus, there is a certain commitment to Divine Intention that will take courage and
strength to unravel the many distortions that exist as truths within the realm of mind. It will take tenacity to handle those
powerful emotional responses that will expose the deepest, most enduring, cherished, yet spiritually undesirable beliefs. Take
a close look at the people in the world who are suffering in poverty, fear and ignorance. Those whose lives are being
manipulated beyond their awareness; those whose only escape is often retreating into a mental institution or even
physical death. All these consequential realities are the result of an unawareness of accepted mindsets that destroy us
from within while punishing us from without. But this intensity will surely abate as progress is made. There will also be
verification from spirit every step of the way that will resonate, validate and reward the committed efforts with joyous
feelings. This commitment marks the step up from an animalistic competitive consciousness, into the human spiritual
cooperative of All That Is. It is several "giant steps" away from the door of the cave where humankind now huddles. Oddly,
we look back upon caveman culture as being primitive when

compared to our technologically advanced state. Yet, when it comes to our spiritual advancement, there are aboriginal
cultures that are more in touch with the natural laws of their environment than we can even dream of. In fact, they
refer to their state as being their "dream time". This commitment will ensure that the person will then be replaced upon a
lifelong track of self development and expression, which is the goal of the spirit. This is a highly rewarding track to be upon,
but it requires courage and faith in the inner messages---particularly in the belief that the inner messages should always take
precedence over external ones. When in doubt, you can find validation by identifying which spiritual need is being fulfilled by
any belief or action. For if one strategy satisfies one need without violating another, then that action or belief is valid and good
in the highest spiritual sense. We read stories about people who say they heard a voice that directed them to go out and
shoot their mother-in-law, so they did it. Tempting as this may be at times, the guiding principle has to be, Do No

50
Harm. Any inner voice that is Spiritual in origin, will adhere to that guideline. Living In The Light We can now distill
the understandings into a daily living scenario which can be beneficial in bringing them down from the abstract realm, for
immediate application. Each day forward can be life in the light as opposed to the previous flashes within relative darkness.
(Darkness of ignorance, self preservation, and misdirected energy creating events that mirror the limits of Mass

Consciousness, rather than those desired by spirit). A deliberate daily strategy wherein ration and passion combine to direct
and create life events will accomplish the maximum growth and fulfillment. Progress on this plane begins when awareness
evolves into action. But what usually follows this awareness are the windows of opportunity. Once we begin to act upon
these "windows" with sincere intent, the feedback/consequence becomes reenforceable. As humans awaken each
morning, they do so to a newly created world. They slip from one probability to the next without so much as a blink. As
consciousness expands, it will become apparent how very much control each has over the creation of the desired events in
one's life, and how they choose to actualize one probability over another. Certain thoughts should be reinforced such as: "I
create my own reality" and "My spirit will guide me". If we still have doubts about our ability to create our own reality, a
little reflection upon our lives can provide the opportunity to see much of the consequences of our past actions, both in
the positive things/experiences we have created, as well as those negative things/experiences. We might be tempted to
attribute much to luck or chance, but in doing so would be less than honest with ourselves. Each morning should be
faced with reflections upon where one's life is going and how to get there faster today. Knowing that yesterday is gone, having
been mined for its wisdom, that the power is in the present and nothing from the past can in-and-of-itself reduce it. Only
belief in limitation can limit. Humans can actually split apart from their past and recreate it in the present with more

supportive interpretations and beliefs about it. Remember that the mind has many unrecognized facets and tools, all of which
can support spirit, or can limit it if misused. One of the characteristics of this era is the newfound awareness many of us
will be experiencing; the awareness that our minds are full of dormant tools that can be brought into focus on the
many opportunities to grow spiritually. As these opportunities increase in number, our physical reality and our
relationships will begin to reflect such. We will eventually look back upon this period as the most accelerated aspect of
our lives. Before actually arising, it is suggested that humans harmonize to the spirit by engaging in a two-way
communication. This creates clarity and communion through focused attunement. As the mind slows its vibration from dream
consciousness into the hypnotic nether-realm before full awakening, much work can be done. The mind is most receptive and
least effected by beliefs in this realm. Lucid communication is a natural process in which the messages and interactions from
the dream realm allow mind to intuit certain knowledge and ideas that can bolster the spirit's goals. Conversely, after listening
to the wisdom offered, one can then answer, and communicate individual intention back to spirit. These are the nuts and
bolts of creative reality. Creativity is a two-way street...an interaction process. While people who talk to themselves are
considered by most in our society to be a bit looney, consider this: Who is better acquainted with us than ourselves. We
can truly be our own best friend. Considering that we talk to our pets and are usually satisfied with the responses we
receive, communicating with ourselves should be no great leap. In fact, the

better we come to understand ourselves, the better we will likely grow to understand our pets and even the people
around us (in that order, of course). Unbeknownst to humans, they create quite undesirable events by concentrating the
powerful Will Energy of emotion upon beliefs and projections which they fear. Since emotion is the two-way language of
spirit, everything operates as if humans are purposefully choosing such events. The spirit does nothing to alter the process in
any way. It simply creates that which is concentrated upon and bathed in emotion. (The spirit does judge them, however,
through the emotions which will accompany events and experiences when they are manifested in physical reality.) To
counteract these unconscious directions of power that inevitably occur throughout the day, one must actively, consciously,
refocus the Will Energy upon exactly what one desires. This latter can be a challenge, particularly when so many of us
have been programmed with beliefs that encourage us to expect some kind of Divine punishment on a regular basis.
Many have been taught that the God of their belief system is constantly testing them with punishments and rewards,
and they believe that whatever happens to them (or those around them) is simply part of this ritual and not at all
related to the belief system they surrender their "will energy" to. This is accomplished through the visualization of
detailed images regarding each of the major life areas, empowering the vision with emotional (will) energy. Each of the
following visuals will be flooded with positive joyous feelings of gratitude As if they have already been actualized. The
energy communicates to the spirit what

your mind intends to create, and is a critical essential ingredient in creating physical events. (The powerfully focused joy
energy can negate other fearful images that arise and are mistaken for desired events). As you progress through the categories,
upon completion, allow each one to ascend into Universal Consciousness, letting it go knowing that it will have made its
mark. Visualization is such a powerful (yet, generally unrecognized) tool in our creative arsenal, that utilization of it
requires more practice and familiarity than any other habit of thought to which we are yet to be exposed. Because the

51
following material is so significant, I won't be making my usual (and probably distracting) comments at the end of
each paragraph, unless, of course, I just can't resist "popping off". The Daily Meditation I. FIRST, focus ration and
passion upon the areas of Intellectual and Spiritual Development. Visualize yourself freely receiving Light and becoming one
with the Universal Consciousness. See yourself learning, developing your mind to include all the creative tools which allow
the spirit to sing freely. Visualize what the outcomes of such self development would look like and feel like. They could be
travels, explorations, and adventures, physical, mental and/or spiritual. Become completely caught up in the images and
feelings, until spiritual resonance and completion is experienced and the event has occurred. (Completion is when the joyous
emotional energy peaks and gratitude envelopes the

image.) When this vision is complete, send it forth, like a balloon into the heavens, clearing it from your mind. II. Next
envision the Life Mission. This is about spiritual expression once certain development has been attained. This is the Destiny
Path upon which you have embarked by designing this specific incarnation. If you do not yet know what your mission is, then
focus upon a general completion of it without the specifics. Feel the fulfillment of a complete and satisfied spirit that has
completed the Destiny Path. (In time, as you notice opportunities and act upon them, your mission will unfold to you). If you
already know, then focus upon exactly what that mission would look like and feel like without any limitations whatsoever
placed upon what you can accomplish. (Beliefs regarding limitations of time, of resources, of opportunity, or self-ability often
arise in this area. But not so much during this altered, relaxed state of consciousness. Your spirit honors no such limitations
and its wisdom is much more clear in this space). Visualize as if there is no limitation and energize this image with feeling.
III. Third, envision the Professional Accomplishments desired. This can be in any chosen field or aspired direction where one
makes a living as well as accomplishes spiritual expression. Visualizing specific events as well as long term outcomes can
clarify intention, communicate and manifest desired events. If there is not yet a professional direction,

education often substitutes. This need not be a salaried position, it can include home parenting, volunteerism, and such action
that contributes to an overall focus of life energy. It can be creating a salaried position out of one's desired interests. The key
in this area is to capture an outlet for creativity and to not include any limitations in the visions. The sky is not even the limit.
IV. When completion is attained, the fourth area of focus is upon the Material Desires. This is the financial expectations as
well as specific accouterments, like a house, a car, a particular book, a piece of clothing, etc. Anything that feels desirable is
worth shooting for. Specific artifacts can be quite pleasing to the unique esthetic or tone of the spirit. There are no rights or
wrongs, simply what is pleasing to spirit. Be careful not to think that to live a spiritual life, one must have an austere life style.
This is a silly and limiting, even manipulative belief. (This belief was originally promoted to gain compliance and control over
serfs who might otherwise fight for their rights). Envision in great detail a life filled with all the financial abundance and
material items spiritually desired, again enveloping this image in joyous gratitude. V. The next area of focus is that of Physical
Health and vitality. This is the area wherein specific body goals and maintenance can be empowered, as well as healing and
transformations. Focusing empowered emotional energy upon any specific area of concern can be of tremendous benefit.
Envisioning peak performance of all bodily

systems and experiencing gratitude for the incredible physical form can help counteract the barrage of negative and limiting
human "knowledge." Be sure to envision the correct balance between an underactive (for cancer prevention) or overactive (for
allergic reaction) immune system. If it is underactive, envision little killer cells attacking that which is not self and keeping
things tidy and in order. If overactive, tame those killers cells by showing them that which is "self" which may have caused
allergic response. (Remember, this system thinks everything inside the body and mind is "self" and should be preserved,
fighting against foreigner invaders. Food stuffs or other allergens should be embraced as self and enveloped in emotional joy
to communicate and authorize your acceptance of them. Be very specific, and of course, empower the visions with joyous
gratitude. There lies much undiscovered power in this area, but one caution is offered: do not be disappointed or discouraged
if dramatic, miraculous results are not achieved immediately. This is the area where the most enduring and hard to dismiss
beliefs reside; indeed, years of human energy have been invested in them. As individual and Mass Consciousness expands to
understand the energy dynamics of the human body-mind, health and vitality will be far less elusive. VI. Next, focus upon
Relationships. This is a prime area to satisfy the connection needs of spirit as well as general

development and expression. If a primary relationship exists (a lifemate, husband or wife), then it can be envisioned in its
ideal form. If not, one can be created in which such mate will be attracted into one's experience. Problems can be addressed
and clarified in face-to-face meetings with loved ones or work-mates. Psychic communication between parents and children is
quite beneficial also. This need not be limited to the realm of the living. If there exist issues that evoke negative emotions
regarding departed loved ones, recent grief or old issues can be settled with face-to-face conversations, regardless of whether
or not that entity is currently focused in physical reality. Envision an interaction which discloses hurt feelings and evokes an
apologetic or explanatory response. This can replace resentment with compassion and forgiveness, allowing emotional release
and attitude change. No limits to the imagination are necessary. Simply empower the vision with joy and gratitude. These six

52
categories should cover the main areas of ones life, but it is recommended to tailor and personalize your meditation, making it
your own. It also helps to envision a special relaxed and beautiful "nature place" in which you can mentally escape to perform
such meditations. (This can be a real place, or any combination of geographic features or natural beauty that invokes spiritual
peace and resonance. Be as creative as you can be---no limits exist in your

imagination). In addition to the morning meditations, the effect can be bolstered by being repeated during the day or evening.
(Deep breathing, about five deep connected breaths can help calm the mind and settle into a similar relaxed and receptive
consciousness). The more creative energy the visions receive, the sooner they will begin to manifest in your life. The
Meditation of the Clock This meditation is known as the Meditation of the Clock. It can be envisioned with each category
likened to a number on the clock.(See illustration at the end of this section). Intellectual Development at #4, Mission at #2,
Profession at #12, Material Desires at #10, Health at #8 and Relationships at #6). Having a visual format such as this can make
this easier to manage and ensure that each major life area is allotted attention, focus and energy. This exercise can give you
mental clarity. Perhaps you will be surprised to realize how many goals you have, or did not really think about. Do not worry
if the goals seem incompatible with one another. Simply dismiss any limiting ideas as they arise. (Worry will be an important
feedback clue, later on, to see how well you actually did dismiss them) . Simply declare that which you desire. The clarity will
allow you to get acquainted with your needs and how they manifest in your life. You will also be able to determine a great
deal about your beliefs when starting from this place of clarity, for now your spirit has something

to work on and to relate to your experience. And now you know exactly what your spirit is addressing through your
communicative feeling sense. It is almost impossible to gain much from this exercise without focus and clarity. It would
be like writing a letter to someone without an idea of what it is you want to convey. Of course, every letter has to begin
with an intent. Often, what we say, doesn't clarify itself until we begin the process. So, for the best results, begin. The
Meditation Of The Clock ( For daily spiritual communication)
The Daily Feedback Once you have begun the daily meditation you will be ready to watch for feedback from the spirit. It
will seek balance between your desires and your outcomes, your internal and external worlds, between your spiritual intention
and your physical experience. And it will signal whenever corrections are necessary. This is simply the old-fashioned
"feedback" system that alerts you through your feelings when you are straying off course. When you drive a car down
the highway, you see with your visual sense when you are moving too close to the boundaries of your travel lane, and
you automatically move the steering wheel to the degree necessary to keep you on your path. Eventually, you reach
your destination, although you may exercise the option of pulling off the path for some need or adventure. So it is with
the life process. Our instincts guide us along safe passage while encouraging us to interrupt the boredom of the trip.
Now it knows how you want to meet your needs, and it will

do its best to bring about every desired result. But it will only have the freedom that your mind has afforded it. It will only
have the mental tools of beliefs, the gems and slivers, contained therein. It can only operate upon your existing level of self-
development. It will try to achieve your goals in the existing environment. To succeed, it will require mental skills enough to
overcome external challenges. And it will most surely bump into your limiting beliefs. For it will create exactly that which
you believe most strongly will happen to you---good or bad. You will feel the nudges of spirit when some event is not within
your spirit's desires. Imagine a carpenter trying to build a house with only a chisel and a saw. There might be some tasks
that he could do with ease, such as cutting the lumber and notching it to fit in place. However, without a hammer and
nails, the task would be most difficult. When tools are like "beliefs", we sometimes willingly elect to do a task in the
most difficult way because we choose to deprive ourselves of those "tools" that, if acquired, would make the building of
our lives so much easier. Whether or not you do a daily meditation, your spirit already attempts to create the reality you
envision, working within your mental boundaries. But mostly this is unconscious; and fear, anger, and guilt are the primary
creative feelings. They can achieve certain levels of expression beyond preservation, but they can also empower scenarios and
attract events exactly opposite to those that are truly desired. (The Creator allows this so that eventually humans will make the
connection between what they reap and what they sow---between direction of the Will into beliefs and the outcomes they
produce). Now, of

course, is the time to understand the creative communicative power of human feeling and to harness it forevermore. Let's
suppose that up until now, whenever you drove your vehicle, you were in sort of a half-crazed state, angry and
generally upset with the world around you. You would manage to get to certain places, but you would be very tense in
the process and would broadcast that tenseness to the passengers in your vehicle and others on the road, most of whom
would share your state of mind. There would be minor (and even major) accidents, when the environment became too
crowded or hectic. Systems would have to be created to correct the consequences of those "accidents" and, eventually,
those "systems" would become dependent upon the confusion that created this consequential environment. Now that
you know what the feelings mean and how to respond to them, they can finally do their job. And they will most certainly arise

53
now that your intentions have clearly been offered. Any belief, attitude, or developmental limitation that stands between you
and your envisioned goal will signal a negative emotion, so that it can be removed. As you go about your daily business,
closely attune to your emotions, and what they are saying regarding your stated goals. Emotions need no longer be the
unpredictable acquaintances we are aware of but elect not to totally trust. As we come to recognize their value in our
lives, we will begin to be more comfortable with them. That will lead to a greater level of awareness and reliance.
Eventually, they will become our lifelong companions. Your feelings will spring from your actions in the external world,
and how successful they are at meeting your inner needs. As soon as you experience any emotion, stop and

analyze the situation. There will be an imbalance or obstruction of some sort---either in the internal mental realm, or in the
external physical realm. The feeling will signal this fact and motivate you to react correctively with either internal,
developmental or external, defensive or expressive responses. (Of course you know now that you don't really want mere self-
preservation! So watch for those auto-defenses!) Sometimes, the best signals to the misdirection of an action are the
seemingly unexpected obstructions that arise between ourselves and an intended goal. If we heed these "signals", we
take a second look at that goal and/or the process by which we are intending to achieve it. Good feelings signal situations
and underlying beliefs which support and add to your goals. Remember, all feelings signal imbalance between mind and spirit.
But this type of imbalance is the kind humans like and are motivated to create as often as possible. This is the imbalance that
says, " This is working---not just adequately---but wonderfully! What you are thinking and doing is bringing even more
spiritual expression than you expected ---keep it up---keep it up---keep it up!!!!!'." At this point, you have connected with
pure joy. Considering all the years of past habits of thought, you may feel somewhat uncomfortable with this state.
Hang in there. It will pass and you will actually become a very joyful person, to the point of being disconcerting to
those around you. Pay little attention to this. You have a responsibility now to spread the joy . Correcting this imbalance
is easy. It will be some sort of developmental or expressive approach. This can be

accomplished by making Right Responses (mental updates) in acknowledgement of good progress, bolstering successful
strategies, relationships, skills, and belief and even broadening and expanding goals. This naturally bolsters self-esteem and
confidence, resulting in faith toward overcoming future challenges--- this is empowerment. Light Responses (verbal and
physical expressions) in which further skill and success can be offered to (and received from) others, are also effective
behaviors in honor of positive emotional signals. They reap many fulfilling rewards. Like a train moving from a crawl to its
normal speed, one senses the acceleration of the motion and, after adjusting to this "feeling" begins to enjoy and find it
comfortable. First, last and always, one is in total control, both in exercising one's Free Will and in Creating One's
Own Reality. All other signals will be bad feelings which call for other, more urgent corrections. These feelings are your
spirit saying: "If you truly want this to happen, then why are you believing or doing this?" Or: "If you truly want this to
happen, then this must be fixed!' Although the most painful, these are actually the most valuable feelings, for they expose the
most debilitating conflicts and beliefs. The most important reaction to these feelings is to stay aware of them. As time passes,
your successful self-development will reduce the situations wherein you will experience negative emotion. As you no longer
need to blunt your feelings, your overall sensitivity will raise, turning the volume up on all emotions since most of them will
be

positive. As you clear away limiting beliefs, new creative insights will become evermore accessible. This is enlightenment and
the expansion of consciousness. The largest steps in our self-education will be the awareness of our own inconsistencies
in thought, word and deed. It is these "inconsistencies" that we manage to hide from ourselves with such habitual skill.
Once we crack that "nut", we will discover a much smoother pattern of spiritual growth. Remember, living in the Light
means living in Spiritual Intention---living on purpose toward self-development and expression of your full potential. This is
the "high road". The low road is the self preservation, a mere shadow of true human potential. (This level of existence often
severs connective ties in competitive defense, temporarily overcoming "an obstacle", but in the long run further frustrating the
spirit's connection need). This is going to feel somewhat uncomfortable at times, especially when we feel that we are out-
of-step with the reality of the world around us---that which expresses the fear and self-preservationary mentality that
permeates the society we live in. If we can shift from our envelopment with this "mentality" to a more detached and
amusing view of it, we will gain strength from our own perspective. The evening "news" will no longer manipulate us
with its latest concerns and we will come to enjoy the fiction of so much of it. But the body will defend and self preserve.
And the mind will help it ---Until these understandings are fully internalized. There may be many habitual, protective
strategies in place to keep bad feelings at bay, but each and every one of them must be dismantled for the spirit to

freely speak and do its job. Keep a vigilant guard against ineffective behaviors which compete, stall, excite and distract, yet do
nothing to accomplish envisioned goals. We are never more alive than when we are in the creative mode. To envision
something and then bring it into reality (whether it be the remodeling of the basement or the painting of a landscape),
it matters little. Creating reality is what we are meant to do; and when mind and body are harnessed together for this

54
purpose, the Spirit sings. The urge to self-preserve is quite powerful and habitual, also arriving in the form of defensive
anger, in which blaming or any other skirting of the personal accountability for the situation occur, nearly automatically, The
two major directives in such moments are to accept (resist not) your personal role in the situations as reported by spirit and
thus looking within to seek improvements. (This is not to say that external ideas which self-efface or denigrate the spirit are to
be internalized or tolerated. Once you have ruled out that deficits are in your mind, self-expression, even preservation, is
essential.) The second is to operate from a stance of cooperation not competition, in which there need not be a loser or
blamee. I fully realize that to suggest that putting "cooperation" over "competition" as an ideal on the road to spiritual
evolution, is to fly in the face of conventional wisdom; since we are programmed to accept the latter as part of the
economic, political and social creed. After all, wasn't it communism that finally defaulted. And didn't it fail because it
couldn't "compete" with the other system? Yes and no! The chapter is not finished yet and Spirit would seem to
always bring all flawed (non-spiritual) belief systems down. Out of two extremes comes progress in moderation.

With cooperation, the connection need is always honored, even if the connection is one of simple compassion for
ignorance of another. A hearty and mature spirit will always seek self-development regardless of how unenlightened the
external forces may be. The spirit will sing its pleasure following this higher choice of action. This reward is far greater than
any temporary rush from revenge or one-upmanship which may follow vented anger. The former springs from self-
development, the latter from self-preservation. We prided ourselves on our civilized behavior following World War II, as
our occupying armies helped our defeated enemies recover from the ravages of war. Then came the Vietnam War and
our military conduct became somewhat less than noble. We still tend to take advantage of the weak and less educated
in the world. Our self pride tends to get in the way of our spiritual insight. But the weaker our fellow human beings
become, the less strength we are left with to help ourselves. Cooperative acceptance can set the stage for the accurate
interpretation of the signal and choosing the appropriate response. The tool of the Twin Selves can determine if the belief that
has frustrated the spirit exists in the realm of mind or body. If the belief is learned (of Cultural Self or mind) then a Right
Response is in order. This is usually when there is an immediate need for self-developmental learning. This happens when
mind needs to add skills or ideas to accomplish the need-meeting challenge at hand. This is always the recommended first
choice. To look within and seek clarity and improvement. Or instead, the feelings may spring from the frustrated need itself
(the Genetic Self or spirit), if the needed skills and ideas

already exist, so an external change is necessary. In this case, a Light Response is in order, as an external expression to
remove the obstacle. Whichever the chosen response of the two, it is bound to be a spiritually elevating experience, not
only for the person making the response but for the recipient or witness, as well. The rising Ocean of Thought raises all
the individual ships that float within it; and each contributor to that "Ocean" benefits from the "rising". In the
simplest terms, if the imbalance springs from mind, development is at hand, if the spirit, expression. (Remember the rules:
Right first; then Light; if obstacles persist, Fight; if they still persist, take Flight). These simple spiritual directives can guide
your daily actions. If even a small percentage of actions are within spiritual intention rather than self-preservation, great
progress can be made. There is no need to beat yourself up if you catch yourself making an automatic defensive response.
Simply analyze it after the fact and find the belief that allowed this, change it, and next time the results will be different.
Honor yourself instead for this newfound awareness. Sometimes, when we learn new information and elect to start
putting it into practice, we judge and grade ourselves on our performance. This material is not the kind that requires
one to be tested in the process. Rather, once exposed to it, we begin to alter our behavior in ways that bring positive
results to our lives in ways that eventually become quite noticeable. As you begin to become conscious of your choices
and actions, you will open an entire world of self understanding. You will be able to see exactly why you

have achieved certain successes and why others have eluded you. You will begin to notice an incredible tangle of conflicting
ideas and directives through which your spirit has been trying to carry out your wishes. With reflection upon your personal
history, you will later begin to notice that your beliefs do create your reality. You will also notice how your beliefs have been
creating less than desirous events. You may feel awed, even afraid, of your power. This, like any other feeling, exposes the
limited belief---in your powerlessness---which you now have proven to be obsolete. As these limits melt away, you will
embrace and delight in your power. "Power" is a key word here. This is a word that can be an ideal when applied to
ourselves. The recognized power to control our thoughts, leads to the power to control our destiny. Unlike the "power"
over other people (and their lives), this self-recognized power can lead to development of the kind of person that others
gravitate toward, not out of fear, but out of hope. You will notice your needs and how you have been meeting them, in both
constructive and destructive ways. You will begin to become familiar with your own emotional boundaries, expanding those
of mind and standing firm in honor of those of spirit. Your progress will rapidly accelerate as you purposefully accept your
personal accountability for each situation, rather than resist it with denial. Your interactions with others will change
dramatically as you realize how much more rewarding cooperation is than competition. You will begin to approach the limits
of the world with compassion, yet achieve spiritual fulfillment by offering your Light.

55
From the bible come the words: "Know thyself." Now there is knowledge that can be put toward a very positive cause.
Creating Community Although living in the Light is perfectly possible without sharing your new approach with anyone at
all, finding others of like mind is quite rewarding. The synergy of community is very powerful. It is highly recommended to
seek others who have chosen enlightenment, cohorts with whom to share experiences, exchange wisdom and gather support.
With even one close friend with whom to share your experiences, they will become much more meaningful and salient.
Family units can set aside particular times to discuss the understandings, and the efforts and outcomes at creating desired
reality. Establishing focus groups with regular meetings can help build community and build great networks for the Light.
Clearly, CAC has planted the seeds with the sharing of these "Lessons". How they fare will, undoubtedly, depend on
the soil in which they land. We who till that "soil" could truly alter the course of history. With these strategies in place,
you can now begin to live within the Light and allow life to unfold as your spirit desires. So begin now, and you will never be
the same again. I can say, with honesty, that in my own case, this process has begun. The ability to create one's own
reality has always existed. It is

recognizing that we do it on a regular basis, that takes some extra willingness. As you practice, your world will be
affected by your newfound insight. You will discover that these understandings act as a small pebble tossed into a still pond.
The implications will ripple outward in concentric circles until they reach the very boundaries of human existence---for the
implications which logically follow the understanding of human nature, impacts every major area of life. It will be necessary
to rebuild certain primary understandings to support your expanding consciousness. Thus, we can now turn the discussion to
creating new beginnings.

Pages 1l8-132 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Gamma Lesson One: New Tenets Of Human Existence Existing
Directives Although many gems---successful, creative, spiritual inspired ideas---exist within the realm of mass consciousness,
the slivers are far more significant and far less obvious. There is no way to tell the difference between them, unless the spirit is
invoked. Until these Lessons, it has not been apparent how to listen to spirit. I suppose if the "slivers" were obvious to us,
we would reject them out-of-hand without hesitation. However, they are subtle and kept that way for sustaining
purposes. That is the key to control. Thus, humans, their cultures and civilizations have evolved without the critical
understanding or benefit of their sixth, emotional sense. Mind often stands between Spirit and body, and mass consciousness
now stands between spirit and its physical expression. With these new understandings, mind, body and spirit are at last
reunited. Spirit can direct the development of mind to achieve maximum fulfillment and expression. Wholeness of experience
can be achieved. The Grace of internal guidance is restored. Such a change in human nature opens up possibilities never
before

dreamed of, and the consequence of this "opening" can result in a freedom of opportunity that eliminates all the slivers
of our environment. This is a grand step forward in human existence. It is a step placing humans upon the intended
evolutionary path, a higher road than simply self-preservation. With this step comes tremendous liberation. The very world
expands when adding this crucial puzzle piece to the picture of human existence. Up until now, most revolutionary ideas, be
they Christianity or Communism, while evoking an ideal too often unattainable, have fallen short or failed completely.
This has usually happened because they have slid under the control of organizations or bureaucracies. With this ideal
(or expansion) control lies within the individual, where it was always meant to be. It brings a whole new world---a world
far superior to the one with which most are now familiar. Humans now need to look about, to see their everyday surroundings
in this new enlightened perspective. Each facet of life must be reexamined. This is where the inner work begins. Right
Responses are in order which redesign the mind to accommodate the language and wisdom of spirit. New knowledge must
replace old. Spiritual directives must replace those of human origin. It is the equivalent of what the Founding Fathers did
in creating the constitutional principles by which the United States was meant to be governed. This "document" served
as an inspiration throughout the planet. The time has come again, for a revival of that creative spirit.

Upon redefining basic human nature, the next logical step is to examine how humans operate within existing conditions and
directives. For it will be much easier to attune and respond to the feelings of spirit if certain habits are first examined. New
strategies of acceptance, development, and cooperation will be hampered by existing directives which predict and rely upon
resistance, defense, and competition, assuming that they are the only natural impulses. Human nature cannot evolve from its
current stage to the next stage, without a full understanding of its present makeup, anymore than the manufacturer
could improve upon his automobile without a thorough understanding of its current operation, or a composer could
create original works of music, without studying the subject matter. Scientific & Religious Directives We know now that
many social structures are based upon misassumptions of human nature. They recognize and facilitate only self-
preservationary behavior, and do not dare to presume something as optimistic as a spiritual intention. "Modern" human
science pronounces the universe to be a machine, with deterministic forces interacting, concluding that all life results from a

56
grand cosmic accident. It views the physical without regard or hint of the spirit, the order, the beauty, or the intention within.
To scientists, humans are also theorized to be machines, driven by the prime directive of survival as the

only human purpose. The experience of getting lost while driving somewhere, is akin to where we are as a human race.
Being male dominated, it's tough to admit it in the first place. Once accepted, the next difficult step is asking
directions. Scientific assumptions of selfish generic determinism also underlie many physical and psychological health
directives. People are seen as hopelessly diseased and disordered, with minimal control over the innate forces motivating them
only toward survival. Spirit is never considered nor even mentioned in such discussions. Of course, this assumption is partly
true. Without the mental conditions for the broader purpose of self-development and expression, humans do innately respond
toward self-preservation. This is why evolutionary theory is based upon "survival of the fittest". But survival is a minimal
spiritual directive to ensure physical forms continue---hardly the whole story of human potential. Many directives from health
advisors must be reframed within the context of universal human needs, reconnection to spiritual intention, and the feeling
system. Scientists are the "high-priests" of the current state of western civilization, that force which is most influential
in the world today. They support the so-called enlightened societies, while the religious institutions try desperately to
pile spiritual meaning on top of a skeptical world. If such a state could be reversed, it would be the scientific
community applying understanding to what would be a universally accepted premise of spiritual reality. In contrast,
modern religions do have faith in, and focus upon the spirit. They provide fulfillment for the spiritual

needs for meaning and connection. Religious experience can invoke tremendous spiritual attunement and bliss. But more often
than not, religions assume spirit to be somehow separate and unreachable except through beliefs (touted as unimpeachable
truths), through rituals and intermediaries ---some of which have become very limiting, disempowering and dogmatic. And
each ensures an innate evil nature which will most certainly dominate and lead humankind astray. Like police departments,
these religious institutions truly believe that they preserve society and represent a line of defense between order and
chaos. They affirm that without religious directives to guide us, we would revert back to savages. This is why laws (and
lawyers) are so omnipresent in the industrialized world. There is a presumption that without laws (religious and
secular), we would all beat each other to death with "high-tech" clubs. Such world views offer meaning at a high price
indeed, often defying ration. They are saturated with ideas, which separate and maintain a distance between the Creator and
the creations. They often enforce the acceptance of mental slivers and conflicting information. Such conflicts allow the
reconciliation between the logically opposing dictates of "Thou Shalt Not Kill" and the practice of holy war. Western
civilization has set records in barbaric behavior toward itself and non-Westernized societies. We profess the Christian
principle of "Love Thy Neighbor" in churches and then go off to slaughter for the justification of the moment. This
conduct reflects the disrespect we have for ourselves. They also manipulate the emotional system in ways that

are counter to spiritual intention. They can instill guilt feelings connected to any behavior deemed inappropriate in a given
doctrine, many of which are perfectly beautiful and good in the eye of the Creator. When the mind is ordered to overrule the
spirit, this creates conflict and negative emotion in humans. If the human accepts that order, the result is deprecation,
depression, and the "breaking" of the spirit. The faithful are then limited to appeasing these feelings within the rules, rituals
and interpretations of the masters of their faith. They remain forever in need of external direction. Breaking the bond
between "self deprecation" and self-love, can be the greatest challenge most face today, for it requires turning away
from the practices of accepted society and the shunning that follows, and exploring that inner compass which not only
preserves us, but is there to direct us toward our expansive spiritual nature. Each and every such directive should now be
analyzed against the wisdom of spirit. When feelings are given the freedom to do their intended job, they offer the most valid
and true judgments. At some point in the future, those who ultimately come to appreciate them, will look back upon
these Lessons as being quite elementary. Only then will we know how far we had to travel and how short the distance
was. Political and Governmental Directives Modern human political and legal structures also ignore

spirit, and assume humans to be innately evil. They produce laws and codes that seek to control the self-preservationary
impulses as if they are only impulses. They create societies with limited opportunities for humans to meet the spiritual needs,
forcing them to compete rather than facilitating the innate cooperative impulse. For they are based upon scientific and
religious knowledge, also without any concept of innate spiritual guidance. They also strive (albeit unconsciously), to meet the
human needs. But in not knowing exactly what they are, it has been a trial and error learning process. These "structures" are
based on Old Testament Laws (the 10 Commandments) and a presumption that if "Laws" are good then more "Laws"
are better. Control is in contradiction to Spirituality, which includes Free Will and Creating One's Own Reality. If
caring about each other were the guiding principle, laws of control would be much less necessary. Those systems, laws,
and codes that have endured, must be meeting an adequate level of human need despite their inherent flaws, or they would
have been rejected by humans and left behind as civilizations evolved. History is filled with external dictates that have been
rejected in the most revolutionary of ways by humans. Indeed, many such rejections are abundantly evident in the world

57
today. The most recent forms of government which have evolved are perhaps the most cognizant, accommodating and
respectful of many human needs. But even they still struggle through trial and error approaches. Most of the societies that
exist with "laws" which predominate over the

principles of "freedom", are experiencing a state of deterioration. Societies that encourage that trend, i.e. more law
and fewer freedoms, are losing respect for their governing bodies. Still, like science and religion, every existing political
body or government contains assumptions that must be replaced with accurate ideas about human nature. These ideas will
spring from the spiritual expression of individuals who are attuned to their inner guidance. Such people will make the accurate
interpretation and response to their emotional signals. They will make Right Responses to develop the mind. They will offer
Light responses to share their improved ideas with their communities. They will Fight when it is appropriate to stand firm for
their spirit, never to deny its supreme wisdom again. And they will take Flight if all else fails, to begin creating new worlds
that suit the spirit, steadfastly rejecting external control and allowing themselves the empowerment that is their birthright. As
long as there is freedom to communicate ideals and fresh ideas on how they can be implemented, such societies will
have more Right and Light Responses and fewer Fight and Flight reactions. The Power Of The Individual It is a
common assumption that organizations lead and guide individuals. Schools instill knowledge, governments instill rules,
religions instill morals and beliefs, each imparting information into the individual---as if humans are like inflatable balloons.
Although such exchanges of

information are essential to prepare humans with the necessary mental tools to succeed in physical experience, the external
sources do not hold the power. The only "power" they hold over us is the power we give them. Just as parents are (and
should be) relieved of their power over the child when it moves from childhood to adulthood; so the human race should
begin to consider its emancipation from the organizations that rule over it in the progression toward spiritual
maturity. There are tremendous beliefs to overcome regarding the powerlessness of the individual. In each of the human
cultural institutions, there are deeply ingrained beliefs that individuals can only achieve knowledge and control from their
institutions themselves, from within the Mind of Man. Humans subordinate themselves to the doctrines of their country, their
faith, their political party, their parents, their social pundits--- to anyone except the wisdom of their own spirit. The generally
accepted idea is that human development comes from outside in. This is, in part, encouraged by certain practices of our
physical activity, such as food, water, medicine, knowledge, etc., the things we take "in" in order to maintain ourselves.
Yet, when we do something creative or inventive, we draw from within ourselves and bring it out into physical
expression, i.e. a painting, a poem, or even a stealth bomber. Even a cure for some physical ailment could come from
within someone's mind. Could we do this without having been educated in these fields? Obviously, someone had to
have knowledge somewhere, or the knowledge in those fields would not exist . But within the new understandings, one can
see that all change---internal and external, individual and social---begins within the individual. All individual and social

evolution springs from the inside out. No group could exist without the creative vision, participation and expression of its
individual minds. There would be no mass consciousness without the combined thought of each individual consciousness . A
society that forgets the importance of individuality and sacrifices it for the sake of security, begins its journey down a
slippery slope to tyranny. When spontaneity becomes less valued than conformity, we begin to die. As one Greek
philosopher but it: "Organization is the death of an idea". Yet societies have taken on lives of their own, due to the
limitations and misunderstandings within mass consciousness regarding human nature. They often fight to maintain the status
quo, insisting upon the outside-in mode, and rejecting individual contributions which may not fit with the existing ideas. The
religious and political history of the 18th and 19th century stands as an example of the rejection of the institutionalized
control over the lives of individuals. In a true sense, in rejecting the dictatorial control of the religious institutions of
western society, it ushered in a more spiritual opportunity for all the members of that institution. This was true, as
well, in the movement from monarchy to democracy. Unfortunately, this movement did not complete itself to the point
where other controlling institutions ceased to exist. But human grouping that does not offer human freedom, power,
meaning, connection and creative opportunities in some minimal form, cannot be successful in the long term. Spirit will reject
them. The spirit has been evident in its rejection of such external control through individual and

social pains and acts of self defensive violence. Individual members will Fight or take Flight. Such actions, when viewed
through the distorted lens of Mass Consciousness, have only served to reinforce the inaccurate belief that humans are inclined
only toward selfish, evil actions and that without external control, they will destroy each other. Thus, the misguidance
continues and still more external control is attempted . The military actions being carried out on the planet at this point in
time are almost all about groups defying control from without and attempting to maintain control within the
respective societies. The point of spiritual expression is not considered in the attempts to arrive at permanent solutions
to the conflicts, at least not to the degree that it is noticeable. History shows this cycle. Countries that have needed physical
or psychological walls to contain their members will ultimately fail. Such controlling communities will be overthrown, or

58
other, more enlightened civilizations will attract their members. For true power and control must spring from the individual. In
respect of this truth, communication channels and efficient responses to input are essential in any organization, whether it be a
family, a religion, a scientific or political community, a club, a company, or a country. It is the task of individual members of
every social institution to be receptive to the expressions of the individuals, and allow the natural course of evolution to flow
unimpeded. Once the value of the human spirit (and its innate creative nature) is understood and accepted by a societal
organization, then the needed

intellectual and emotional energy will flow freely and it will continue to flow as its individual members continue to
grow. Now that the understandings and strategies for living in the light are in place, we can start exercising human power by
redefining the contents of mind. You have begun a lifelong process of self-development, a redesigning of your mind, but this
time, under spiritual guidance. You will be examining and sorting through your entire concepts and beliefs about life. You are
committing to search out and reject anything and everything limiting to the spirit. This will require rethinking your
philosophies, your political, economic, social and religious beliefs, and by reframing your life experiences in this new
enlightened context. This need not be done under a compelling pressure to succeed, accomplishing this within the
confines of normal time and space. A lifetime can be as long or short as we elect it to be. The exercise of free will
applies to everything in our physical environment, even ourselves. We are totally in control of the above indicated
process, and we have a tremendous ally to aid us in this process, our individual, spiritual or higher self. Be confident in
the knowledge that the mind can be fooled by its own illusions, but the spirit cannot. The Mind of Man, mass consciousness,
has become the respected source and supply of truth at the expense of spiritual intention. External guidance springs from mind
and all outlets of external guidance must be subrogated to spiritual internal guidance. What does that mean exactly? I
believe it means that we have an inner guidance system that can keep us on course toward whatever

destination we elect to enhance our spiritual possibilities. Getting in touch with that "inner guidance" is no more
complicated than seeking guidance from our conscience. It can be accomplished through such techniques as meditation
or a reflection on our dreams, when we give that part of our nature the instructions to provide us with the appropriate
insight. This commitment is not disrespectful of your mothers, or your teachers or your preachers. It need not diminish the
wisdom imparted from the realm of mind in any way. Everything truly good for you will be saved and valued as always, but
now you will have a way of knowing what is "good" in the highest sense. You will feel such validity from inside out. You
will be utilizing your innate spiritual judge to tell you which ideas are gems to be kept and polished or which are slivers to be
expelled. Your spirit will faithfully and tirelessly speak these pronouncements through your feelings of pleasure and pain.
This is what "spirit" does best when given the opportunity. It is only a matter of reestablishing that trust between our
human nature and our spiritual nature and reaping the benefits of going with the flow. Restoring the Blank Mental
State It may be helpful to think of your mind as a house with various rooms. As you "walk about" in this mental house, you
will be directing your consciousness into its various rooms. Your mental house is already filled with many beliefs and ideas.
But the contents of every room must now be sorted and each idea tested against the spiritual judge.

With this vision, empty a large room and place a sign upon the door which states: "Gems According To Spirit". The
capability of compartmentalizing events in our lives is one that can be used to our advantage. We have seen public
figures exercise that capacity of late, seeming to be immune from the consequences of their actions. However, it is
clearly not always the "gems" that are given a special room. Then mark the door of an adjoining empty room with
"Incoming Information". Think of this as a receiving room, a holding tank, where each and every incoming idea, belief or
conclusion from experience will be loaded with potential information. Some good, some silly but harmless, and some quite
hurtful. The feedback from your experiences provides an endless supply of highly valuable input for this room. Maximum
mental development is contingent upon a continuing source of new experience. This room is like an interim, limbo room,
where everything is welcomed and accepted, whether or not it matches existing values, knowledge and ideas. This is the room
in which it is appropriate to "judge not". For this is the room where each piece of information awaits its spiritual judgement.
But it is essential that everything must be allowed in. All mental emotional boundaries should be removed from the front of
this door, to allow access to every meaningful result of experience. Guarding against defenses such as avoidance and denial
will allow this room to function properly. Filling our lives with prejudicial concepts is the equivalent to putting iron bars
in front of this "Incoming Information" door and eventually,

the hinges to this door become so rusted that the very concept of such a room becomes lost, as does our potential for
growth. On the other hand, an "open room" is like an "open mind", essential for growth, which is the natural state of
the universe. Adjoining this receiving room will be a special judgment room where the actual spiritual determinations are
made. The room can be called the "Spiritual Advisory". This is a very special, personal, even sacred room, wherein you can
retreat to analyze the incoming information that has caused emotional dissonance. Use good, vivid mental imagery and create
the room to any specifications. Design and decorate it in any way pleasing to your spirit. Keep in mind that anything we

59
create for ourselves on a mental or emotional level, is as real (and more so) as what we create on a physical level.
Because our physical existence is so governed by the concepts of time and space, tying our spiritual development to
these concepts can actually enhance the progress we can make in this familiar environment. Whenever a negative feeling
is experienced, your consciousness is being directed into the Spiritual Advisory, bringing along a belief from the receiving
room. Such feelings will come and go throughout your day; the power is in understanding what they are telling you. In this
feeling moment, the idea creating the feeling is "on the stand" in the spiritual court. With your active participation in this
process, you can direct the belief where it belongs. Once a belief has passed inspection in the Spiritual Advisory, it can be
placed within the Gem room. This process can take a quick moment of reflection and a simple mental shift. Or for more
deeply held beliefs, you can mentally retreat into

this room to focus intently upon the situation, your feelings and reactions to figure out the core belief. (The more powerful the
emotion, the more entrenched the belief, the more effort required to pry it loose.) Life is sort of an emotional mirror,
throwing back at us the consequences of our beliefs. While the physical mirror image is a reverse to which we adapt
our thinking, the emotional reflection requires both courage and honesty to deal with it. If those qualities can be
brought into play, the benefits are even more helpful than the results from using our physical mirrors to enhance our
image. Of course, everyone's mental house is already filled with existing beliefs and this is good. But each such room will
also now be treated as incoming information. Negative feelings will direct your attention to these rooms as situations arise so
that you can assess and respond to them accordingly. Ultimately each room will be emptied and replaced with Gems, until
every room is filled with nothing but Gems. This will be the Spiritually intended mental state. In the end, your house will be
an "abode of great peace", a sanctuary of comfort. Those who become acquainted with it, will feel most comfortable
and uplifted. Of course, even items in Gem rooms are always subject to recall into this Spiritual Advisory as outside
circumstances, requirements and challenges change. They may need to be updated. Revisions to many existing beliefs will be
necessary, gems can be polished and occasionally recut. Mental fluidity ensures the maximum possible spiritual expression
and most rewarding, complete physical

experience. Never fear, the feelings will always call forth that which is in conflict with the needs of spirit. Our Spiritual
Nature is that "final nature" which will never let us down. Because it is our "true" nature, it consistently works to
bring our loose strands back to the source of our being; and because of our adventuresome nature, our ventures and
experiences contribute to the value of our Spiritual growth. This is a natural process which, at present, is not
encouraged by the institutions which govern our lives. Many acts of liberation are considered a threat to the protected
status quo. When conducting your mental housekeeping, you will find that you need a removal system. There should be a
garbage chute in this mental house, wherein ideas can be discarded if they have been proven by spirit to be limiting. This
should be marked with a sign "Slivers for Recycle." This might be easier than assumed. If valid replacement beliefs have been
chosen and there are no other related beliefs, disposal is as simple as a decision to do so. However, if there are relatives, they
will resurface in future experiences. They can simply be put through the process again. If disposal has been complete, there
will never again arise a situation in which that feeling is experienced for the same reason. Adequate and continuous disposal
increases over-all positive experience for this very reason. Just as we work with our physical mirrors, perfecting what we
want to see, so we can work with our emotional state until those beliefs which are a distraction to our growth, cease to
be part of our nature. The first step in living in the Light will be to place the new understandings in the recently vacated
rooms. The

knowledge of the spiritual communicative system should be the first and only occupant in the Gem room. From the moment
the inner voice can be heard, each and every piece of information should be measured against it. Even the messages within
these Lessons should begin as incoming information to be passed trough the Spiritual Advisory. Living in the light means just
that, without exception. Let's face it, if we are going to start making exceptions (i.e. these Lessons), then anything can
become an "exception", until the intention of the system is compromised. Any truth of mind which resonates with spirit
can be considered just that. Any truth of mind which is discordant with spirit must be reexamined. Each act of mental
housekeeping is an active Right Response. Each acceptance of incoming information ensures defensive Flight Responses are
not indulged. Each acceptance of mental accountability is the owning of the experience, which minimizes the choices of Flight
Responses and other external blaming or resistance. With accurate interpretation and optimal responses, your feelings will
help you develop your mind and your world. The house of mind can be an incredible edifice, a huge expanse of gem rooms
with tools for every situation, challenge and environment. It can be a model of spiritual expression and fulfillment.Or it can be
a slum of frustration and suffering, with rigid emotional boundaries that defend inadequate beliefs and severely limit physical,
social and spiritual mobility. Frustration and suffering can be an addiction of mind that can only be

overcome with realization and an intent to find an alternative. These recommendations are the piano keys of a new
melody. To begin this new strategy of mental housekeeping, the first new ideas can now be received into your mental house.

60
These are to be some universal human tenets, which are logical consequences springing from the now complete picture of
human nature. Your feelings will affirm each and every idea in line with spiritual intention, no matter how far it may be from
your present state of understanding. Take each to the Spiritual Advisory and test it out. See if it resonates with your spirit and
fits with your experience. Once validated by spirit and placed within the Gem room, such ideas become the beacon for human
thought and action. What follows is the Test of the Tenets! The Tenets of Human Nature 1. Humans are innately "good"
and moral when attuned to, and purposely fully directed by spiritual guidance. (Concepts of evil are to be eliminated). 2.
Humans are spiritually guided toward the purpose of cooperative, self development and expression, wherein experience
expands and consciousness evolves. 3. Humans are driven by competitive self preservation if not attuned to spiritual guidance.
(Experience becomes

reduced then to mere survival, creating the illusion of evil, and evolution is stymied). 4. Spiritual guidance is physically
manifested in human needs for freedom, power, connection, meaning and creativity. When all are met, humans are naturally
accepting and on purpose. If not, they will revert to resistance and defensive self-preservation. 5. The spirit speaks through the
language of feelings, motivating behaviors of "approach" and "avoid" in accordance with needs and purpose. 6. Without
understanding the difference between spirit and mind, (Cultural self and genetic self), the spiritual feedback system can appear
to give mixed signals and motivations. 7. All Feelings are legitimate and are to be welcomed as valuable communicative
corrective informational signals, and acted upon within the rules of response. (Right, > Light, > Fight, > Flight). 8. The
emotions of spirit (joy, anger, sadness and fear) indicate internal developments (Right Responses) and external expressions
(Light Responses) are in order. 9. The emotions of mind (guilt, envy, embarrassment, hope, confidence, shame, etc.) indicate
developmental Right Responses are in order.

10. Fight & Flight Responses are necessary only when true self preservation is at risk, evidenced by spiritual anger and fear.
Such defenses are to be understood as automatic reactions to ensure base survival, and avoided as first choice responses.
Conclusion: Human goodness and destiny lies in wait for spiritual guidance. The Tenets of Human Existence 1. Human
purpose is to develop and express spiritual potential. 2. Humans have been given complete power to create any desired
conditions to achieve their purpose, mediated through the gift of human mind. 3. Humans have been graced with unlimited
freedom to ascertain contents of mind, with no restrictions whatsoever. 4. Humans use this freedom to create knowledge and
belief systems containing gems, slivers, or both, and spirit does nothing to interfere. 5. Slivers accumulate and interfere with
spiritual

communication, separating humans from the totality of All That Is, and creating the proverbial Fall From Grace. 6. Spiritual
intention can be communicated through direct creative inspiration only when mind is unfettered by slivers, but is always
communicated through human feelings of pleasure and pain. 7. Although contents of human mind and mass consciousness
have severely limited the mental acquisition of spiritual intent, mind can never successfully negate the feeling system. 8. The
spiritual safeguard of mind is human feeling, to signal the presence, and motivate the removal, of slivers and ultimately bring
a return to Grace. 9. As the mind is revamped under spiritual direction, physical consciousness expands to receive increasingly
direct spiritual insight. 10. "The Creator" will not interfere in the physical realm to rescue humans except in offering spiritual
insight through the feeling system of each individual. For the creator exists within. 11. Human destiny is to restore mental
empowerment and spiritual expression through attuning to spiritual wisdom. Conclusion:

For evolution of consciousness, to restore fluidity of mind and to return to the spiritually intended path, each human must
listen and act upon feelings. The Tenets of Creative Reality 1. The object of the physical "game" is to experience spirit in
form, totality within limitation, light within darkness. The more expression, the better. 2. Physical reality is illusory, fluid,
limited to time-space and the realm of mind. Spiritual reality is consciousness seeking expression and expansion. It is
unlimited, universal, and everlasting creative power. 3. Spirit needs mind to physically create. Humans create their own
physical reality by directing spiritual energy (will power) through the images of mind. Mind converts willfully chosen images
into physical experience according to intention and belief. 4. Intention is communicated by the language of feeling in both
directions, Spirit to human. Physically, Spirit guides individuals through approach and avoid feelings. Mentally, spiritual
insights are received as direct thought, and spiritual judgements about beliefs are indicated by pleasure or pain.

5. Humans communicate intention to Spirit through mental imagery, thoughts and feelings. (Feelings are the most
powerful communicators given the present state of mental enmeshment). 6. Mind creates. Thoughts surrounded in positive
emotion will attract positive events. Thoughts surrounded in negative emotion will attract negative events. *We all get what
we fear or hate, but also what we love and believe. 7. Fearing an undesirable event can keep it at bay, but fear generated
safety contracts experience, collapsing it and frustrating spirit. Joy generates fulfillment and expands experience, and
promoting the expansion of All That Is. (Eliminating conditions for negative emotional response, will eliminate the attraction
of negative physical events. Promoting conditions for positive emotional experience, will attract positive, desirable events). 8.

61
There is no other creative source of experience. There is no valid fatalism, no "bad karma", no evil force manipulating
human experience---no valid blame to be placed. All events are created by individuals themselves. *The above is a
significant paragraph! 9. Spirit exists beyond space-time, in past, present and

future. 10. Some choices and destiny paths span lifetimes such that certain genetic and cultural conditions are created at birth
to facilitate that direction. 11. If negative events occur despite all attempts to follow spiritual intention, spiritual destiny
beyond mind can be assumed. (Eventually, the positive outcomes will explain and justify any seemingly "negative" interim
necessities). 12. With spiritual intention and guidance, humans can create desired events and never again be victims of their
own ignorance, nor be captive slaves within their own power. Conclusion: Humans have total creative freedom. Mind creates
reality, spirit empowers and directs.Desirable physical outcomes are achieved in direct proportion to mental liberation and
accessibility to spiritual intention. The Tenets of Social Structure 1. "Civilization" can only evolve if human nature is
understood and accommodated.

2. Existing civilizations are based upon a norm of competition and self-preservation resulting from disconnection between
mind and spirit. 3. External dictates must be aligned with internal ones. 4. Human needs for freedom, power, creativity,
meaning and connection must be honored as "Rights" with expressive and developmental opportunities provided within
social-political groupings. 5. Standards of cooperation, acceptance and spiritually directed responses must be implemented
across human institutions. 6. Receptivity to Light Responses must be ensured in each. 7. No limitations should be placed
upon self determinism, free will, and personal choices which do not violate rights of others. 8. Social sanctions should be
placed upon unnecessary, uncooperative, self-preservationary reactions which violate others. 9. Individuals must ensure that
their institutions do not resist feedback and defend their own mass mental emotional boundaries. * When this happens,
individuals must simply withdraw their support.

10. Alterations to existing systems must come in manageable steps, without needless ripping of the fabric of society. * This
moves the action from "revolutionary" in nature to "evolutionary". Conclusion: Individual contributions following
reconnection between Mind & Spirit, will motivate mass reconnection and social evolution. With these first tenets passing into
the house of mind and taking their rightful place, we can now turn to discuss existing habits, pitfalls of thought and action
which have become "normal" and acceptable. These habits, in spiritual actuality, are anything but normal and are no longer
acceptable.
Pages 133-142 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Gamma Lesson Two-A: The Power of Habit A Gift of Mind

As we begin to reexamine each and every content of our mental houses, it is critical to establish some preliminary new ideas
about the mind itself. "...new ideas about the mind" has to lead to new ideas about ourselves and the world around us.
How these "ideas"' resonate with our spiritual nature will be the test of their worth. The mind, as we now know, is a
truly incredible resource. It is a separate entity from spirit, although they interact. The mind is strictly a physical
manifestation, an accouterment of the human physical experience. It has many functions, all of which are to serve spirit. It
operates as a location, to focus spiritual consciousness in the physical. It serves as a receptacle, to receive creative insight from
spirit and to store any and all mental tools (beliefs, ideas, and skills ---gems) which allow its expression. It functions like a
computer, connecting, processing and organizing information to continuously refine the mental tools. And finally, it operates
like a converter to manifest in the physical, those events, opportunities, and experiences which are spiritually desirable. The
"Mind" observing itself, gains "insight" to itself. In doing so, it illustrates that true knowledge is found with-in. There
is a difference between being occupied with just ourselves (i.e. our particular relationship with the physical and mental
world around us, including our physical bodies and mental achievements) and a deeper understanding of our Spiritual
nature and reflecting through the use of our minds and bodies. The former is a bit of a dead end, while the latter opens
a door to unlimited possibilities.

We also know that the mind can inadvertently get in the way of spirit and utilize any of its abilities against their intended
purpose. This is the price that comes with free will. Humans have the choice of creating the mind in its entirety. Any reality
can spring from the position of mind. But such choice, for the most part, is now lost as existing ideas from mass consciousness
are foist upon the mind in childhood which severely limit its abilities by focusing it upon one declared "true" reality. One of
the most powerful ways that this happens is through the computer-like function which creates preprogrammed sequences of
thought and action, known as habit. Just as we can program our computers to perform certain tasks automatically when
we turn them on, so we are programmed by the society which uses us to conduct our lives within the defined
limitations. Institutions exist to make sure that conformity is rewarded and non-conformity punished. One might
conclude that without such, there would be chaos. But, in fact, one extreme is as inappropriate as the other. Habit is a
truly wonderful, mental capability. It is the ability to store and repeat an effective tool, skill or strategy so that it can be used
time and again, rather than having to create a new approach each time. Habits are developed through conscious effort, through

62
developmental learning experiences, just like a computer programmer chooses what software and data to input. (The
programmed physiological responses and processes of the brain that run the body, are not included in the category of habit as
it is being defined). Just as our "habits" sometimes take us to places we don't intend to go,

such as when we plan to vary a pattern of travel but end up following the established one instead. (We start to go to the
grocery store but end up on the road to the post office.) Changing a "habit" or ingrained pattern of behavior, requires
intent and attention and, above all, repetition. Habits are choices, purposely added to mind and carried out by the physical
brain through its electrical chemical synaptic activity. Habits are learned, being impressed upon the blank mental slate from
the moment of birth and throughout the lifetime. Learning good habits is purposeful self-development that facilitates spiritual
expression. Ideally, habits should only be created under the direction of spiritual intention and altered the moment they
diminish in their effectiveness. Most of us have habits that we believe are beneficial to ourselves, even though, when they
are carried to excess, we are the last to recognize and accept the fact. In examining our "habits" the guideline might
be, "Does this activity (physical or mental) do anything to enhance my physical, mental and spiritual well being?"
When it is doing just the opposite, we should know it's time to change. Habits can be so well ingrained, certain functions
can happen simultaneously within the mind and consciousness need not even be disturbed. This ability allows humans to do
many things at the same time, while focusing their attention upon that which is necessary and allowing the mind to do other
things on "automatic pilot". My son was recently trying to do just that when he made a left turn into an oncoming
vehicle. He and the other driver were alright, but his vehicle (less aware of what the programmer was doing), suffered
for it. His

pride had a few dents in it, also. There are two main types of habits, mental and physical. A mental habit is a sequence of
thought, like a computer macro, which rapidly goes through a series of steps to complete a desired action, without the
conscious involvement of the operator at each interim step. One thought or feeling triggers the pattern and consciousness is
only aware of the result---if even that. The result has to be above or below existing expectation to elicit a feeling to focus the
awareness upon the habitual effect. If the mind paints a reasonably accurate portrait of the external world, expectation is often
met habitually so that consciousness is bypassed entirely. I remember reading somewhere that 80-90% of our thoughts in
a day are the same thoughts we had the day before. This seemed to be quite true. We may see someone or something
that triggers an established belief and the thoughts associated with that belief/experience will run the memory, like a
cassette tape. It's only when we alter the content of that "tape", that our thought experience will change. Mental habits
automatically associate former experiences, existing beliefs, expectations and information with incoming information, to sort,
classify, and find meaning in each experience, quickly without much conscious effort. Humans rely heavily upon mental
habits to be versatile and successful in need-meeting challenges in a wide variety of situations or cultural environments. It
could be presumed that if our existing beliefs and expectations were of high spiritual quality, not only would our view
of our world be altered, but the effect we have on our reality would also be improved.

Attitudes are mental habits. They are preformulated judgements about incoming stimulus which can help automatically
classify and respond to incoming information. Attitudes are intimately connected with the emotional system. Attitudes connect
existing beliefs to similar, previously judged, experience. Attitudes which are in accordance with spiritual intention are
wonderful things to have. Attitudes that are not aligned with spirit can be very detrimental. If left unexamined, they can
reinforce inaccurate information and behavioral responses. Ever heard the phrase, "You've got an attitude problem." It is
usually uttered by people who have "attitude problems" of their own. Attitudes are like the expressions we wear on
our faces. They almost immediately broadcast our inner state of mind. If you don't think so, try walking a block on a
busy street with a smile on your face and the next block with a frown. Watch the feedback you receive from those you
meet. Like attracts like. Choices of action are often based upon attitudes. For example, the attitude that the world can be
made into a wonderful, safe, accommodating and just place will most likely motivate actions which will ultimately make it
that way. On the other hand, an attitude that is defensive, pessimistic, and competitive, will most likely lead to actions that
create further individual and emotional chaos. Could it be that simple? Whyyyy not! If we truly do create our own reality,
than the attitudes we bring into that state of mind will likely be the ultimate governing factor. Physical habits are motor
skills which are patterns of

muscular movement that bring about a desired goal. Walking is a learned series of balanced movements which becomes a
habit. Playing a musical instrument or excelling in athletics or dance are all based upon the formation of physical habits. Each
and every such pattern of physical movement which creates spiritual expression is a highly desirable commodity. Some years
ago there was a very popular book titled "Psycho-Cybernetics". One of the points of this book was that the mere
imagining of an activity produces the same result as physically doing the activity. One could improve ones physical
skills by rehearsing them in one's mind. It would stand to reason that this could work in both directions. Positive
thoughts produce "like deeds" and positive deeds produce "like thoughts." Habits can greatly assist humans to take on

63
tremendous challenges and juggle many activities simultaneously. This can allow for multiple outlets for spirit to maximize its
expression. For example, think about when you are driving to work, or to some other environment in which you can satisfy
your needs. Perhaps your spirit finds pleasure in music so you are listening to your radio. Your mind is thinking about a task
that awaits you at your destination. You are strategizing for the hours to come, as well as reflecting upon events earlier in the
day, you are navigating traffic, and perhaps even drinking a cup of coffee. Imagine what kind of concentrated power we
could achieve if, instead of indulging in all those diverse thoughts at the same time, we could be thinking of just one
desired goal or personal insight. Eureka! Then suddenly, a particularly pleasing song from your past

comes on the radio and you begin to sing along with it. As you are singing, you suddenly remember a project that you did not
finish the previous day. You then immediately begin thinking about what you are going to do to complete the project as soon
as you get to work. But the mind is so adept in its use of habits that you do not even skip a beat of the song you are singing as
these other thoughts intrude into your consciousness. Indeed, your singing has gone on auto-pilot, as has your driving and
your consciousness is free to receive other insights and thoughts. If someone should suddenly cut you off in traffic, your
consciousness would immediately be returned to the focus of driving, allowing you to take defensive action. All this is
possible due to the mind's ability to operate through habit. Amazing, aren't we! Habits of Defense: The Self-
Preservationary Impulse We know now that the hardwired defense responses exist in the body to ensure human survival.
Defensive action which avoids a car accident is an excellent example of when this response is effective and appropriate.
Defensive responses that honor, protect and maintain the boundaries of spirit are essential and many are hardwired into the
body. But body defenses can quickly generalize to mind, if the critical boundary between mind and spirit is not recognized
and scrupulously honored. Until now, the self has been a mishmash of mental, physical and spiritual processes all lumped
together. Defense responses of mind

have become an accepted part of human experience. But they are not innate. They are formulated exclusively through learning
and reinforced through habit. They lie within the realm of willful control and are resolvable. Programmed belief systems can
"defend" the mind against broader and more enlightening concepts which, when allowed to become part of a new
paradigm, can lead to greater control over our own destiny. In other words, when not initiated to think otherwise, we
can override limiting concepts and expand our reality to a far larger extent than is normally perceived. Even when we
have been so "initiated", we can reformulate ourselves through an act of Free Will. Humans do not need to concern
themselves terribly much with gaining conscious control over the hardwired defensive responses that protect spiritual
emotional boundaries; they will come naturally when allowed. But, it is essential to guard against habitual defenses. (Fight
and Flight responses) that protect boundaries of mind. For it is the ever-evolving habits of mind that will direct and control
the alternate, beneficial, developmental (Right) and expressive (Light) responses. Besides, any situation that is dire enough to
invoke physical survival responses probably warrants them anyway. New mental and philosophical concepts that are
automatically met with Fight or Flight responses, are seldom given a fair hearing by our cultural-minded nature and,
consequently, we end up running in place for too much of our physical experience in this plane. It is the defensive habits
of mind which now need to be addressed with a more detailed focus. Since there has never been an accurate understanding of
the spiritual emotional

sense, there have arisen many external dictates and ideas within the Mind of Man which perpetuate the development of
defense habits of mind. We now know the goal of mind is to expand and never to defend and preserve, yet defense is the
hardwired automatic motivation. The hardwired response, however, can be overridden by purposeful habit development
which counteracts self-preservationary impulses whenever the true need is to develop mind. These mental defenses, however,
cannot be counteracted until they are clearly identified. Choosing outside information that only reinforces the Mind of
Man attitudes, only leads to mental stagnation. Along with the act of reprogramming ourselves, comes the
responsibility to do so with the full opportunity for guidance by Spirit. To the degree that we are willing to trust in our
Spiritual nature, we will be able to expand the rest (physical and mental part) of our nature. This is what is meant by
"surrendering to the Divine". The basic defensive responses of Fight and Flight can take many forms in the realm of mental
habit. But there are several clearly "human" patterns which can be readily observed. They are counter to spiritual intention;
they violate the response rules; they keep the motivation and behavior in a mode of competitive self-preservation; and they
must be consciously eliminated to restore maximum progress upon the Destiny Path. They can now be known as the Eight
Deadly Habits. The Eight Deadly Habits

The eight deadly habits can be seen in actions throughout human history---in wars, in political, judicial and social trends, in art
forms such as literature, poetry, dramatic theater and film. They can be seen as factors which underlie rules, codes, mores,
religious tenets and even laws. They each perpetuate relationship breakdown, severing human connection. They offer
evidence of man's "innate immorality" and "sin" and "evil" capacity. But they are not part and parcel of a spiritually intended
human nature. They are choices and mental habits which are imparted without conscious intention and left unchecked. Such

64
habits almost always temporarily satisfy one or more of the spiritual needs, but always at the expense of another---creating
further spiritual pain. They can and should be reversed. Each of these patterns only occurs if the rules of response are broken
(Right>Light>Fight>Flight). They occur when Flight and Fight come before or in place of Right and Light responses. But
since they are so habitual, so prevalent and so accepted, they require special mention. Even our "classic" works of literature
are founded upon these habits. It is for this reason that their imitation is so habitual. The flawed precepts are held as
the ideal and until these precepts are fully examined, they can not be corrected. Resistance The first four deadly habits
fall into the broad category of

resistance. This is the wrongful tendency to preserve mind, which springs from the rightful tendency and innate impulse to
preserve spirit and its body. Resistance disallows the mind to even receive the spirit's incoming information necessary to right
itself. Resistance is tantamount to keeping the doors to the mental house firmly closed, so that nothing ever comes into the
receiving room, let alone the spiritual judgment room. Resistance is essentially the Flight Response which seeks to avoid or
escape any incoming information which may cause pain. Maintaining the status quo is more comfortable than moving
beyond the confines of the familiar. But unless we are willing to stretch our minds beyond these "familiar confines",
we will remain child-like in a controlling environment. But as we know, such spiritual pain is a necessary signal pointing to
that which needs to be altered in order to accommodate, develop and express the spirit. Humans are quite hearty indeed when
it comes to pain. But the highest levels of fear and anger are only experienced when faulty ideas---slivers---remain protected
within the walls of the mental house due to resistance. The small levels of necessary growing pain are very easy for humans to
handle. They can even be invigorating. Unfortunately, through habit, all pain gets lumped together and a defensive posture of
avoiding all pain sets the stage for resistance. We're familiar with the phrase "Don't worry - Be Happy!" In our society,
happiness is defined as that which detracts from pain of any kind. Not that "worry" contains the automatic solution to
any pain we

might be burying. By itself, it seldom accomplishes anything. However, it does act as a signal that the issue causing one
to worry, has to be examined in depth, until it can be resolved and proper responses can be contrived. Resistance is the
antithesis of open acceptance. It comes in many subtle forms. We have already discussed the concept of denial and how
certain things are simply not admitted into the consciousness. Denial, of course, is synonymous with resistance. To truly
communicate the depth of its insidiousness, we will point to some major forms of denial which may make the concept more
readily recognizable in everyday thought and action. Resistant Escapism The most common form of resistance is escapism.
Escaping the challenging situation immediately removes the pain, for the consciousness is quickly refocused. Of course,
escapism is often necessary and healthful, when willfully and rationally chosen and utilized sparingly . For example, in the
modern world, humans scramble about directing their energies in many different directions in order to juggle their need-
meeting responsibilities in a crazy man-made world ill suited for spirit. This can be physically and mentally exhausting and
certain "down times" are necessary to maintain the physical health of the body. There are people in our society today who
don't truly know the meaning of "down times". We refer to them as workaholics and

sometimes envy the result (monetary profit) of their lifestyle. This is a short term view, as most of them end up finding
escape in ways that they neither contemplated or desired. In such cases, a little escapism into the physical and mental
realms of relaxation are good choices. This is why universal patterns of work schedules have been adopted in varying forms
across human civilizations. Days off, break periods, and vacations are commonly understood to be healthful and necessary.
The underlying reason is that spirit requires certain changes in routine, alterations of experience, time to refocus and
reevaluate the goals and strategies of mind. Such periods should always follow times of intensity in order to maintain the
spiritual balance required and ensure physical health. The Judeo-Christian Bible tells us that even God had the good sense
to take a break on the 7th day. My wife reminds me that I once said that doing something different can serve as a
relaxant, and usually finds something for me to do on my day off. Escapism is always driven by the self preservationary
impulse. When the mind and body are overtaxed, the spirit cries out through its feelings that down times are necessary for
health and maintenance of the body---self preservation. Feelings of exhaustion, distress and fatigue are all signs from the spirit
to slow down, relax and reflect. Remember, spirit is encoded in body to safeguard and protect its physical and mental needs.
Spirit has ensured survival in this manner throughout the history of humankind. Such urges from the spirit are to be heeded
immediately so that mind and body are given the care they deserve.

When I was young (and maybe this still exists), there were devices placed on school buses that prohibited the vehicle
from being driven faster than a certain speed, maybe 45 miles per hour. However, a clever bus driver usually found a
way to "slip the governor" and exceed the speed when appropriate. Humans are clever at that kind of thing,
sometimes to a fault. Another very useful aspect of this retreat mechanism is to ensure that the mind will not be overwhelmed
by an overpowering challenge. This is the innate tendency to deny that which is exceptionally disturbing to one's sense of
order, justice and meaning. Any daunting task or challenge can be approached with much more vigorous action if there is an

65
optimistic, but perhaps less realistic understanding of the challenge at hand. In such cases denial allows the mind to parcel out
a huge challenge or mental shift into smaller parts. With this strategy, the mind can still utilize existing skills while slowly
conquering tremendous challenges. It is not unheard of for a human to utter, "If I had known how hard this would be, I never
would have tried in the first place. But now I'm glad I did". At certain times, shielding oneself from such intensity motivates
the courage necessary for monumental accomplishments . What I'm doing here is a good, personal illustration. Yet, how
much would ever be accomplished if we could see far enough into the future to encompass all that might be involved in
a task. For this reason "Ideals" must be nebulous while 'ideas' are more specific. These are the "good" types of escapism.
They maintain and protect spiritual boundaries. They are the kind necessary to

ensure that spirit in flesh can handle the pace and expectations of the mind. Spirit will always direct these actions, in ways
that maintain fulfillment of all the needs, as well as the protection of the physical form. The accurately interpreted feelings of
spirit will motivate appropriate escapes. This type of self preservation will ensure that the mind does not get overly ambitious
and overtax the limitations of the body. When in doubt, seek the insight of someone who is close to her/his feelings,
observe the person's life style and see what can be learned from it. Males tend to have more difficulty getting in touch
with their "feelings", but, there are plenty of females around who are ready and willing to help. The other type---the
deadly type---those to be extremely cautious about, are directed by mind. It is essential to be aware of the difference between
these two types of escapism. Remember: Self-preservation, hardwired to protect boundaries of spirit, also generalizes to the
boundaries of mind unless humans specifically reinterpret certain feeling signals. Mental escapism allows ideas to remain in
the mind which limit the spirit, setting the stage for huge life strategies to be built upon faulty foundations. Escapism denies
comprehension of experience which opposes the existing framework of belief. This occurs when items are in the "Gem Room"
which have never been willfully and consciously sent through the "Spiritual Judgement" chamber. This is the type of escapism
to avoid altogether. But at a minimum to ensure it never becomes habitual.

Put in a less convoluted way, we would be well served to reflect upon our thoughts on a regular basis, to listen through
meditation or reflection; to examine the words that come out of our mouths---especially those habitual expressions; to
examine the reactions of others to what we say. Progress in spiritual evolution should be as regular as eating and
sleeping, and just as habitual. On the surface it may sound difficult to tell the difference between good and bad escapism.
But there are several ways of distinguishing between the two. First, different emotional feelings will be experienced. When
spirit is asking you to slow down and escape briefly, or to rethink a strategy into smaller more manageable portions, the
feeling will relate to unmet needs. This will be clear. You will feel that some needs are being met at the expense of others and
that it is time to reflect and reprioritize to ensure that you are on the best track for maximum spiritual development and
expression. You may find yourself meeting the demands of your job while compromising the emotional needs of your
family. This might not be an easy realization to come to. Don't rely on the world around you to lead you do that
insight. Any T.V. series that pointed that out would soon lose its sponsorship. These types of signals will be callings from
your spirit to make needed mental and physical changes. They will be the specific feelings of spirit (anger, sadness, or fear) or
the bodily feelings of physical and mental fatigue. If the feeling is simply the anxiety of a growing pain, or any of the
emotions of mind (guilt, shame, embarrassment, etc.) then escapism is not the optimal response choice. This is

also true of inaccurately appraised spiritual feelings, when misperceptions of mind are truly the source of the imbalance.
Spirit is a hound dog when it comes to tracking down and directing attention to those thought-habits that are in need
of correction. The hunter need only trust and know that, in the end, the prey (responsible thought) will be found and
sufficient attention will be directed to it, especially now that we have been given the benefit of these 'Lessons'. The
second way to tell, is that choosing escapism inappropriately will bring additional negative feelings of spirit after the fact, to
indicate this wrongful choice. If escapism is chosen to avoid necessary learning experiences then one's world will contract
rather than expand. For instead of developing more and more ways for spirit to find expression, this erects emotional
boundaries of mind that narrow the mental comfort zone. Such contraction is frustrating to spirit and brings further dissonant
feelings such as boredom and fear. Boredom indicates spirit is confined and seeks new adventures and experiences. Fear will
be experienced at the thought of environments and challenges for which adequate skills have not yet been developed. Guilt is
also experienced, as well as envy, when others who have risen to such challenges, model their successes and the self feels
threatened by comparison. Through these feelings, the spirit is saying: "You can do that too! Get busy!" In a competitive
environment where it seems like everyone is competing for everything - even love, our feelings of self-worth are often
allowed to become distorted to the point where it seems that loving ourselves for

our spiritual values puts us in a less-valued state in our society. This is a "short-term" view and, if allowed to play itself
out, will become self-evident. True resistant escapism is always in direct response to emotional pain. It becomes habitual
quite quickly, due to the self-preservation mechanism and lack of human understanding of how to heed the voice of spirit.
When escapism is habitual, it becomes quite unconscious and comfortable. Escapism can become such an ingrained habit that

66
potentially painful situations are avoided altogether to maintain that comfort. Of course, this means that instead of freedom
and ever-expanding arenas of activity, the world becomes narrow and limited to existing environment and challenges that can
already be met in familiar ways. Resistant escapism frustrates the need for freedom, development and expression. It can also
frustrate the need for spiritual connection if the tendency actually keeps individuals from interacting with each other. There
are far too many individuals with habitual strategies of escapism. Many band together in groups who stand firm against the
world with rigid "cultlike" mentalities which are closed to experimental input. We find these "cultlike" groups everywhere.
They exist under the virtuous labels of family, fraternity, culture, church, lifestyle, corporate, sexual orientation,
cooperatives, guilds, etc. Wherever there is the effort to organize people in groups of like beliefs or values, there is the
further tendency to close down the minds of those in such groups and steel its members against the views that tend to
expand the limited view of the members. Just about anything can become a habit of escape. Even

positive pleasurable experiences if sought in direct response to emotional pain can become habitual derailers. Any behaviors
which are pleasurable and fulfilling are ripe to become possible escapist habits. These include: eating, working, playing,
making love, reading, watching television, hobbies, computing---virtually anything. Then of course, there are the more
obviously insidious escapes into alcohol, nicotine, and other drugs. Many obsessive, compulsive and addictive behaviors are
rooted in resistant escapism. ...and here we thought all those things we seem to enjoy doing so (too) much, were really
just our way of getting pleasure out of life. It turns out that when we take those "pleasures" to excess, we are probably
doing so because we want to avoid another activity that might challenge us to face those things and people that have
defeated us. The line can be drawn between healthy and unhealthy pleasure by determining the spirit in which the choice is
made to partake of them and by watching for the subsequent emotions they bring. If the response rules are always followed,
such strategies will be recognized and eliminated from the house of mind. Resistance is an insidious habit. Resistance is the
choice to deny life and human experience. Its deadly pattern can take root in several alternate forms. Most of us live in an
environment where there is so much of this type of situation going on around us that we accept it as not just normal
but natural and, consequently, adaptable behavior. What we are also exposed to is the consequences of this state. Once
we begin to be able to see the connection between the patterns and the negative consequences, we will start on the road
toward leading more enlightened lives.

This discussion will continue to expose the deadly habits, but resistant escapism can be well disguised. It is also the first
deadly habit which sets the stage for others to follow suit, perpetuating a destructive cycle of self-preservationary action. It is
first suggested that you begin examining your daily actions and expose each act of resistant escapism. This shall be a
beginning step along the path of developing replacement habits. Don't despair. Help is on the way.
Pages 143-153 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Gamma Lesson Two-B: The Power of Habit Deadly Habits Of Self
Preservation(cont.)
Resistant Defensiveness The second deadly habit keeps important information on the outside of mind by bouncing it back
with defensive thoughts and comments. These can take many forms. But each is designed to minimize or deflect any
emotional feedback information which could be considered painful---even a minor anxious, growing pain. This can become so
habitual that nearly all suggestions and offerings to Light

are deflected and self-development comes to a near halt. This is not hard to spot. We all know people (maybe many of our
friends) who have developed a rather flippant attitude toward life in general. We can recognize this "characteristic"
because we have developed a certain amount of it in ourselves. Many perspectives, although quite valid, can serve to stop
incoming information contrary to existing mindsets. Simple acceptance of incoming information ensures that each piece will
have its fair hearing in the Spiritual Judgment room of mind. Rationalizations are wonderful tools of deflective defense. Self
righteousness is a very successful defense, as is suspicion, prejudice, justification, explanation and self-deprecation. These are
all seemingly innocent acts which are forms of mental resistance that keep incoming information at bay. They refuse to accept
accountability of situations that arise. They keep potentially painful information safely hidden outside the walls of the house
of mind, by insisting that the source of the problem exists externally. It has been observed that we truly see "ourselves" in
the circumstances and people around us. This reflection can often be rather painful. In an effort to avoid that "pain",
we begin to take a mental sedative in the form of altered thinking habits. We practice on a mental level what much of
society practices on a physical level. We take a psychological "aspirin". Mental receptivity is essential for self
development. Allowing in feedback information, no matter how painful, is the first step to heeding and acting upon the voice
of spirit---living in the light. It is crucial to honestly observe

your interactionary behavior and carefully note whether or not any thoughts, actions, or comments seek to deflect information
rather than allow it in. Resistance defense maintains mental boundaries by keeping the conscious focus upon existing ideas so
that incoming information is simply not absorbed or even heard. Such defense habits comprise a great deal of "normal" human
interaction. They can be quite subtle but every bit as detrimental as the most dramatic forms of escapism. Of course, in a

67
competitive (combative) world, this can seem like making oneself vulnerable to the insensitive aggression of the less
aware in our environment. However, understanding what's going on, goes a long way in helping us cope with the initial
pain that comes with letting down one's guard long enough to see the absurdity of the "game". Resistant Self-
Deception By far the most insidious habit of resistance is that of self-deception. This is the simple act of lying to one's self
and pretending that certain experiences are simply not occurring. Self-deception keeps the bad feelings at bay by blatantly
denying the reality of the experience. We might also call it "Selective Forgetfulness". It may sound odd to suggest such,
but what this characteristic comes from is a genuine lack of self-love. If we cared about ourselves to the degree we
should, we would apply our greatest sense of honesty to ourselves, not in a harsh, punishing fashion, but with the
degree of love we know we deserve. One of the most effective ways to deceive one's self, is to

tell lies to others. In fact, every act of deception, every spoken falsehood, whether harmless or violent, is an act of self-
deception. At its source, a lie seeks to convince all concerned that circumstances are not as they are. To bear false witness is to
exploit the vulnerability of human mind, both its unlimited capacity to create reality and its helpless reliance upon external
sensory information. Deception is a violation of the trust necessary for civilized, cooperative living. Of the broadly accepted
religious commandments, this is the most spiritually legitimate. Governments and other social institutions often justify
deception by following the rationalization that "the end justifies the means". In the name of this false presumption,
many an organized society has descended the slippery slope of immorality. When mistrust comes between the
government and the governed, chaos on many fronts creeps in. Although the power of creative reality is such that creative
visualization can actually alter probable events, there is a huge difference between creative thought and self-deception.
Creativity fully acknowledges the degree of challenge necessary to obtain a desired result. It allows in all information signals
and utilizes them to build the best mental skills to make it actual. Deception seeks to minimize the challenge or get around it
in a lazy sub-spiritual attempt to reduce the necessary effort. Even "little white lies" are deceptive and dishonoring. They
ignore the impetus to honestly express and are best converted to honest truths, couched in the most compassionate and
cooperative terms, and offered as Light Responses.

We are nearly all susceptible to flattery, to one degree or other and we are all tempted to use it to make a good
impression. The problem is that it creates weak links in our social fabric when it has only a superficial intent. When we
truly care about others (and, again ourselves), we put more thought and effort into our communications and,
consequently, get more lasting results. All forms of resistance share the common goal of leaving the incoming information
outside the mental door so that any pain can be avoided. These habits can bring human evolution to its knees. But resistance is
not the only problem. For information can be allowed in, "truths" imparted directly into the gem room without having gone
through the spiritual advisory. This inserts slivers and allows them to drive the actions and minimize the choices of its
master. These slivers are allowed to fester and bring the next class of deadly habit---resentment. There are certain
professions in our society that have managed to score high in the arena of public contempt. I'll leave the reader to
surmise what they might be. Suffice it to say that the art of slipping half-truths in with falsehoods, as Lincoln said, can
not "fool all the people all of the time". Resentment Once the faulty ideas have been allowed into the mind, they continue
to frustrate the spirit. Like resistance keeps things out, resentment holds them in. The beauty of the spiritual wisdom, however,
is that it responds to slivers pronouncing its negative judgment upon them through feelings of emotional pain. So even though
these ideas

have bypassed the conscious judgment process, they are still subject to its safety-net effect. Thus, the negative feelings will
build into a new energy called resentment. The key to taking advantage of this "safety-net" is in establishing a willingness
to open oneself to these feelings and desire to become more aware of them. This is simply an act of intent, one that will
never be rejected by our Higher Self. This condition allows the individual to harbor ill will toward the falsely identified
source of his or her troubles, never considering the possibility that a change within self is necessary, nor utilizing their rightful
power. This habit springs from lack of understanding of the personal will power and the flexibility of mind. Resentment is
counter to spiritual intention, it is competitive and self-preservationary, so it creates further pain. This energy builds and
haunts the mind and creates victim-like events to bring the slivers to the attention of the master of the mental house. With an
understanding that we truly create our own reality, comes the further awareness that "reality" is not the creation of
someone or something else. As this awareness becomes our reality, so also does our sense of responsibility for what we
are and what we experience. Resentment is a lingering feeling of frustration which prompts new ideas to counter them.
Oftentimes, instead of removing the first slivers, new ones are added like a scaffolding of mental explanations for one's woes.
Oftentimes other people or situations are cited as responsible for the unpleasant events in a given person's

life. When there is a perception of an external limitation, spiritual anger will be experienced. Resentment allows the anger to
stew inside when one insists an outside source is responsible for an inside problem, bringing further negative outcomes.
Breaking this ongoing pattern is essential to our spiritual growth and the process begins with our understanding of it

68
and ends with our realization and practice of a more evolved approach to our life circumstances. This is a natural
process which we elect to put into motion. We progress at our own desired pace, a pace which accelerates as we begin
to see the benefits more clearly. Resentful Blame Eventually this resentment will bring about mental changes. But most
often, it brings further faulty explanations for bad events and assigns distorted "meaning." This type of psychic finger-pointing
is another of the deadly habits. It is known as blame. For many people, when bad things happen, they immediately look
around for someone to blame. If anything suggests a "non-responsible" belief mode, this does. It is the precursor to the
greatest state of unhappiness. Feelings of anger, guilt, envy, anxiety, or shame often motivate a blaming response. The act of
blame is a maladaptive Flight Response in which the external realm is held accountable for internal problems. To blame, is to
think that it might be due to Karma, or the weather, or the configuration of the stars, or the secret government, that

things are not going as the individual plans. Such finger pointing can bring temporary postponement of feelings but never true
spiritual fulfillment. For the underlying dissonance always remains, creating further negativity in feeling and experience.
Once adopted as a habit of thought, there is no way out. Every experience in potential or in fact, is already assigned to
a "blame" culprit. The very detachment from personal responsibility, detaches us from the awareness of our creative
capability. We become the ultimate victim. The tone and personality of the habitual blamer, will be angry, frustrated,
impotent and often a martyred victim. There will be ongoing helplessness, disempowerment and negative emotions since the
problems will never be adequately addressed. Modern society often promotes blaming, with its fault-finding judicial system
and general misconceptions regarding the mind's potential to create reality. Not only does it promote it, it very often
rewards the victim monetarily. There is a whole industry built up around the concept of compensation for the
unfortunate experiences of life. Yet, if these experiences were truly examined, such would probably be found to be of
one's own making. Unfortunately, what that non-responsibility ultimately leads to is irresponsibility. In sum, resistant
blame is counter-productive. It defends internal limited mindsets by creating false external limitations. The appropriate
response to any true external limitation is the Light Response, wherein cooperative alternations to the situation are achieved.
This could be

through persuasion of another person whose limited perspective does not honor nor accommodate your needs. Blame,
however, does nothing but ensure further limitation. Limitation is in contradiction to creative potential, the latter being
the truly spiritual quality of our nature. Hostility With continuing habits of resistance to incoming feedback, resentment
grows into contempt---and the next deadly habit hostility . With this shift, a permanent assessment against another person or
situation is incorporated into the mind, Eventually the energy will build to the point that genuine hatred will be felt toward
those who have been blamed. This will allow the formation of certain strategies to counteract the evil efforts of the agitator, no
matter how unrealistic this assessment is in the perspective of others. How much buried hostility is there prevalent in our
society today. Most of it remains just below the surface and does most of its damage by imploding upon the carrier
rather than person against whom it is felt, because we live in a so-called "civilized" society. Yet, it eventually does take
it toll, if not against someone else, most certainly against oneself. The harboring of ill will toward another does nothing but
channel that energy inward and disrupt the natural flow necessary to maintain positive balance and physical health. But the
energy continues to build since the actual source of the problem has never been addressed, ushering in the next

class of deadly habit. Psychologists and clerical people may talk about the damage caused by buried feelings of hostility,
but the solutions for dealing with it usually aren't offered until after it has caused us serious problems. That may be
because hostility, when harnessed and organized, can be quite beneficial in times of organized conflict. Revenge When
the lingering resentment and hostility builds to unbearable proportions, some external outlet is necessary to ensure self-
preservation. The remaining deadly habits fall into the category of external venting and seeking revenge upon the blamee.
Blaming and hostility lie in the mental realm---revenge takes the Fight Response into the physical realm. To think it is one
thing, but to further act upon hostility is quite another. Many reprehensible and evil acts follow the habitual motive to get
even. The above gives motive to the admonition to "turn the other cheek", since the "eye for an eye" suggestion usually
serves to exasperate matters and quite often leads to accelerating violent physical acts and the predictable
consequences. Revenge often seeks to lower another to a less intimating level of comparison. Revenge is to inflict pain back
upon the one that has been assumed to have caused it. It is the urge born from hurt to hurt back. When the spirit feels lowly
and small, trapped within its mental straight-jacket, the feelings can prompt changes which bring others down to the low and
small position rather than elevating the self.

It becomes a matter of relativity, making oneself feel better by making someone else feel worse. Hostility carried within
for too long a period, becomes a habit of thought that is reflected toward just about everyone in one's immediate
environment, to the extreme point that the environment must become restricted to protect society. Revenge always
directly springs from anger which often grows from unexamined and misdirected feelings of guilt, envy, anxiety or shame.
But this form of anger springs from the limitations and expectations of mind, rather than any valid external obstacle. As long

69
as the human race continues, there will always be plenty of opportunity for people to be hurt by others. Whether the hurt is
one from misconceived ignorance or comes from a deliberate act of aggression, pain upon human interaction is inevitable.
What, than, could change this? It would likely have to be something that would "enlighten" this human race to the
point of understanding that we truly do create our own reality and are responsible for not only what we think, but for
the consequences that ultimately result. Vengeful Gossip Revenge can often masquerade as seemingly harmless acts and
comments. It starts with small external comments, remarks, and suggestions, not directly focused upon the source. Gossip is a
form of revenge. Often times when one is hurt by comparison to another, no matter how mildly, it is often the act of choice to
belittle that person behind their back. This is an act of cowardice which does not clear the air with the person believed to be at
issue, but rather allows

the gossip to feel escapist pleasure in the position of power that their words assume. The initial painful feeling should have
instead motivated an inward reflection and the addition of a conscious goal to either gain the desirable quality, or a mental
shift to truly accept the impossibility of doing so. With this type of internal adjustment, future situations are not likely to
invoke the same feelings. We are all susceptible to this temptation, probably because it is so prevalent and easy to
indulge in. We often poke fun of those who indulge in gossip to an excess, but we encourage these people by listening to
what they have to say. The reaction to this type of behavior might start with an uneasy feeling when we are exposed to
it, followed by resistance and a disinclination to pass the "gossip" along. For example, a woman feels envy upon meeting
another who is a particularly beautiful and an accomplished artist. With this feeling, the spirit within is suggesting "you can do
that too!" Instead of bad-mouthing the artist, the woman commits herself to practicing and studying ways to express her own
artistic talent. Such an adjustment should not include trying to convince herself of her own inferiority by comparison in the
beauty department. The physical embodiment is part of spirit and cannot, nor should not, be changed, defiled, or rejected for
any reason. Certain physical forms are often chosen for specific purposes aligned with the Destiny Path. Adopting the freeing
attitude of developing all those talents and abilities that can be brought forth and accepting the physical form as is, is the most
beneficial strategy. Remember, the spirit as well as its body, its appearance, its needs and desires, cannot be changed by
anything mental. Only the mind can change by

adding new ideas, strategies, perceptions, values, and skills. We are all examples to each other, for better or worse. How
we react to others with better looks or greater talents or higher paying jobs or larger houses or more expensive cars, is
directly conditional to our own sense of worth and self-love. The greater the latter, the less we are threatened by those
who might have something we don't have. Knowing that we can and do create our own reality, can spark an ambition
that will reinforce that belief. It takes particular strength of spirit to reject the many judgmental ideas from mass
consciousness regarding the human form, its appearances and processes. Existing society prompts many envious feelings.
Certain unrealistic standards are foist upon individuals and accepted, pitting mind against spirit. Such an act always leads to
further emotional pain and self-depreciation and eventually depression. If such ideas are not rejected, unrealistic comparisons
are inevitable, eliciting negative emotions. Such feelings when misunderstood, motivate escapism and vengeance instead of
the necessary self-development (a Right Response). In a competitive society, the need to "win" or be the best, carries with
it the brutal consequences of not being the best with the most. We have a choice. We can either play by the rules that
our particular society aims to impose, or we can establish our own rules and sidestep the negative aspects and stresses
that lead away from spiritual evolvement, and begin to create a fuller life for ourselves. Eventually, even the most adept
practitioner of vengeful gossip will need a more direct outlet. The anger will

continue to build until it is expressed. The emotional system is such that the spirit will never be satisfied until the actual source
of the dissonance has been addressed. And, of course, the mind can declare what that source is, depending upon its contents. It
will decide the source of dissonance, whether it be right (in accordance with spiritual intention) or it be wrong (as perceived
through a distorted mental lens) due to continuing resistance. Awareness of a particular characteristic is the first step.
Dealing with the characteristic is the next and most crucial step. To make the positive choice requires going within
ourselves and tapping the guidance we know comes from our "higher" selves. But right or wrong, if the mind is utterly
convinced in its belief, the spirit will motivate external changes upon the source directed in the Fight Response. Although this
will perpetuate survival, it is not appropriate unless the response rules have been observed. In the situation of building
resentment, all behavioral motivations are based upon faulty information that has never been fully examined, acknowledged or
understood. This is the ultimate challenge, establishing a perspective based upon as much truth as one can uncover and
deal with. This is also the road to compassion and understanding and, of course, spiritual growth. Vengeful Aggression
If the mental corrections are still not made, eventually the energy will build into direct expression of anger against the

persons or situation believed to be at issue. This is known as the deadly habit of vengeful aggression. In recent history we
saw an example of where "Deadly Habits of Self-Preservation", if not corrected, can lead. The young men who
perpetrated the crimes in Colorado were most likely subject to negative treatment which resulted in their banding

70
together and contemplating some vengeful reprisal. Such aggression can take the subtle form of passive aggression, or it
can be more direct. But in each case, the anger is directed outward before any internal work has occurred. For example, in the
case of the enviable woman, the envious one might make some back-handed complement which actually insults or judges the
woman harshly. Such as, "Your use of color is surprisingly sophisticated". At this stage, the "aggression" is limited to
words, but when such become damaging weapons, an escalation is in progress. Where it leads is up to the recipient as
much as it is the perpetrator. Vengeful aggression is successful at venting the emotion, for it does indeed address the
perceived source of the problem. But it has violated the response rules; it serves only self-preservation, and it is only a
temporary fix. The true source of the problem lies within the beliefs and limitations of mind, not in the external other or
situation. Nevertheless, with pent-up emotion, humans will inevitably lash out at those whom they have blamed. When
adolescents are stretching into adulthood, they are often mimicking the patterns of behavior they have witnessed as
children.

For better or worse, adults are the ultimate educators of the young through the use of example. Adolescents are prone
to see the negative and incur the wrath incorporated within it, because of their need to be contrary at that age. Thus,
do they cling together and emphasize their rebellion. These mini violations upon another generally remain in the verbal
realm. They are serious enough in their effects. But when enough emotional energy is accumulated, there will be an external
explosion in the physical realm of much greater significance. Alas, the violence we are seeing in schools is a reflection of a
society in need of greater self-examination. Unfortunately, what is likely to follow is only a form of greater restriction
and less communication and trust. Vengeful Violence This is the deadly habit of vengeance violence. It is due to vengeful
violations that laws and punishments have arisen. It is the source of the human reputation for evil capacity. It has become
accepted as an inevitable human action, although it is truly a habit born of ignorance within a misguided mind, that is learned
and can be unlearned. One could write volumes about what has been happening in the news lately. In eastern Europe,
people are wreaking violence against those who are wreaking violence against others. In Colorado, fantasy violence
turned into reality violence, carried to an extreme. But it is Capital Punishment which serves as the most legitimate
form of vengeful violence today. Examples teach and behavior can be learned or, as stated above "unlearned".

When anger is vented physically upon another person or a group of people, this is the ultimate maladaptive, anti-spiritual
human act. It obliterates any semblance of cooperation and reduces everyone involved to self-preservationary stances. What is
truly evil, is that vengeful violation can be taught as perfectly respectable and necessary. Beliefs can be instilled which
manipulate the emotional fight and flight responses to gain certain ends. Fear and anger can be invoked and marshaled by
strong and charismatic leaders to gain compliance and participation in quite heinous acts. Meanwhile, even a civilization that
has been exposed to a spiritual philosophy including such admonitions as "Love God with All They Heart and Thy
Neighbor as Thyself" and "When smitten on the right cheek, turn the left also", or words to that effect, can easily be
swayed to use the act of violence in dealing with violence, as a first choice rather than a last choice. This can be done
with such effectiveness, that the anger may not even be associated with the act itself. Instead, temporary feelings of loyalty
connectedness, and the fulfillment can come from committing atrocities while following advice of such a master. Thus it is
essential to become a powerful master over one's own mind. Modern weapons of war allow those who use them to never
see either those against whom they are being used or first hand viewing of the consequences. We have made violence
such an abstract act that we have to create fantasies to be imitated through movies and T.V. portrayals. The mind that
blindly follows is the most dangerous of all. Not much needs to be mentioned about vengeful violation,

since human history speaks of its peril endlessly. But it is essential to make the connection between mental resistance and
where it leads. It is also important to know that it is spiritually necessary to vigorously defend one's self against such violation
by another. If Light Responses are insufficient, turning the other cheek against a motivated violator will not suffice. This is
when a Fight Response for self preservation of spirit is in order. Until civilization becomes just that, this will be the case. In
time, as more enlightened ideas are incorporated into mass consciousness, there shall begin a trend of fewer and fewer
violations. There is a clear difference between violence to protect and preserve one's physical existence and acts of
random violence in reaction to damage to one's ego or as dispute resolution as a first choice. We can and must
transcend this mentality for the benefit of all future generations. In the current state of humanity, it is imperative to draw
attention to the fact that each of the deadly habits are just that, unconscious, repetitive acts that bypass the consciousness and
wreak havoc upon individuals and humanity. If this is not self-evident in today's world, it probably never will be. The
Cycle Of Resistance What is most devastating to human purpose, progress and evolution, is that the eight deadly habits
combine together

into a vicious and self-reinforcing cycle of behavior. This is when the emotional signal sounds, informing the mind that spirit
is frustrated. This signal is met with some form of resistance, in which the feedback is not allowed into consciousness and the
message of the spirit is lost. When this is allowed to occur, the original problem remains and the emotion lingers causing

71
further agitation and motivation to fight and take flight. Through whatever technique is appropriate, time needs to be set
aside to contact the inner voice. It is only through a concerted effort to listen to our spiritual nature that progress can
be made in altering the "habits" that permeate our society and lead to the least valued circumstances. As long as the
emotion remains blocked, the energy will build, allowing the mind to haphazardly make assumptions that assign meaning
where none truly exists. The building emotion is held as resentment, and eventually expressed outward in some form of
vengeance against the assumed source of the problem. Whoever is the target of the vengeance will, of course, respond to it in
some way. If this response is resistance and the mind is not righted to accept the limitations of the vengeful one, the habit
would be to return the vengeful favor. This second vengeful act will most likely be experienced as negative feedback,
provoking further emotional pain within the original person. Again, the pain may be met with habitual resistance, then
resentment and with vengeance, cast back upon the other. Breaking this chain of action and reaction can only begin when
society

is clearly led to understand how to put into practice those alternatives that have been previously mentioned, beginning
with the most spiritual and adopting the least idealistic as a final alternative. This can be done. The anger will bounce
back and forth between the two like a Ping-Pong ball in a deadly game of self-preservation. This is an incredible expenditure
of energy. It diverts the attention away from stated goals and allows the entities to spin their human wheels---to while away
their potential and live in pain and frustration, as well as allowing the creation of a hellish world. We can witness the
consequences of a game gone out of control simply by turning on our television set in time for the evening news. Sadly,
this is how more humans operate than not. Civilizations are based upon this cycle of behavior, in the "knowledge" that this is
the extent of human potential and that their only purpose is one of self-preservation. This is why systems of external control
have arisen. From religious moral dictates, all the way to lengthy legal codes, such external controllers of the evil human exist
in each and every grouping. These "truths" of mass consciousness continue to perpetuate the learning of the habitual cycle of
self-preservation. It is no wonder that humans born into such structures learn to rely upon external control. With such
ingrained truths, the concept of internal control is foreign, and the concept of internal guidance, innate morality, and spiritual
intention even more so. These "truths" are the seeds that grow into habits of human disempowerment.

Also, sadly, there is evidence that when humans do weaken and do those things that reflect a low sense of respect for
others and themselves, it is used as simply confirmation that unless external organizations gain a greater degree of
control, society will continue to deteriorate. In fact, just the opposite is true. There are simply not enough weapons nor
police to maintain proper order if there is no inner recognition of the spiritual value of ourselves and others. To weed
these habits from the mental garden is the first step to re-empowerment. This cycle is learned. It can---and must ---be
unlearned. For it is essential to reconnect with the internal guidance and begin to live as fully functional human beings. While
our public education institutions are prohibited from teaching a particular religious set of dogmas, there is nothing to
prevent them from teaching self-love and respect and suggesting that students look upon others with a like-minded
attitude. I would be hard pressed to find such an ideal to be in contradiction to the teachings of any religious
organization. To break the habits and stop the cycle, the answer is human purpose. Resistance is learned and becomes
habitual only because there is no understanding of the message of emotion. The self-preservationary impulse overtakes mind
and body. Acceptance is the antithesis of resistance. Acceptance based upon clear knowledge and faith in human purpose is
the counterpart habit needed to replace resistance. It appears it is time for an "upgrade" in our collective attitude toward
the human race as a whole. This can begin individually and move out from there. There are few, if any, human beings
who are totally lacking in some admirable quality. If we can find these qualities within

ourselves, we can find them in others. Given voice, these qualities can become stepping stones to an advanced
collective. When a human being understands that the true purpose is self-development and expression, each situation is
interpreted through this lens. Self preservation is seen for what it is---limiting. Each daily occurrence becomes highly
significant and each piece of incoming information is welcomed with open mental arms. For each moment of each day can
allow the opportunity to self-develop; to adjust the mind in concert with the incoming information, rather than to resist its
validity. This is a tall order, but not an impossible achievement. Habits of thought are simply those which begin with a
single step and turn into a comfortable stroll. This continues to broaden its boundaries, adding gems to the ever-expanding
mental house. With each successful act of self-development comes a counterpart potential for additional self-expression. With
each act of self-expression comes the resonance of fulfillment in Universal Joy. This is living in the light. This is living on
purpose. This is the human experience as the Creator intended it to be. While this is near the end of this Lesson, it can be
the beginning of a new world. Breaking the deadly habits will take serious effort, but progress can flow quickly and naturally
when the focus remains upon purpose. We can now discuss the more positive habits that are developed in concert with spirit
that

foster the maximum levels of human joy possible in earthly experience.

72
Pages 154-167 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Gamma Lesson 3A: The Life-Giving Habits of Self-Development
Acceptance The deadly habits spring from resistance to incoming information. This touches off a cycle of struggle as humans
defend the inaccurate mental boundaries instead of identifying and removing them. The experience is then one of fear, self-
preservation, and competition as prime motivators, and the creation of chaotic, "random," and often unpleasant events which
seem to come out of nowhere. Resistance to incoming information is resistance to experience, and ultimately resistance to
spiritual intention. Living from an operational base of deadly habits has reduced the human condition to a perpetual state of
spiritual frustration---a state which is screaming "FIX THIS!!!" We all know people who seem to be caught in this cycle of
frustration. Their lives are filled with one crisis after another. Their solutions to the "crises" seem to only bring on
more of the same. It would behoove them to read the above paragraph for a starter. Of course, the "Lessons"

would be an even better place to start. The solution is simple and profound. The answer is the antithesis of resistance---it is
acceptance. Acceptance reverses the misplaced impulse to defend or self-preserve a limited mind by opening it wide to
experience. Open acceptance faces the fear and moves through it, finding the belief source which is festering in the mind.
Acceptance heeds the message of the fear and acts upon it correctively. Open acceptance allows the Earthly experience to be
evaluated by spirit, liberating it from the judgments, physical illusion, and isolation of mind. When unimpeded by resistance
and respected as the messengers of spirit, the feeling signals can at last be allowed to do their job. Then--- and only then
---can purposeful, meaningful, fulfilling experience begin. Sometimes, even the "fear" of an experience can serve as a
sufficient block to prevent the value of it from coming to the fore. It would serve us well to remember that Spirit in not
intent on destroying us, rather it is our guide to evolvement. Once restored upon the intended path, the individual is then
reconnected with the Spirit and living in the Light. Human feeling then takes its rightful place as the internal guide. Its signals
are carefully analyzed and acted upon, following the response rules. This tremendously speeds progress, leads to the intended
joyous feeling state, the creation of desired meaningful events, and fosters an ever-expanding arena for spiritual development
and expression. Fear becomes only a casual visitor, and only when learning is in

order. And resistance is cast aside as a vestige of ignorance. This is the promise of things to come, when Spirit begins to
play a rightful role in our learning process. Just as the happiest child is one in a state of painless learning, so can we, as
adults, reach that point (again) where mental and spiritual growth are a natural and joyous process. Open acceptance
creates a positive cycle of thought and action that can become habitual to instantly deliver optimal responses and experiences.
Acceptance opens the door to each and every incoming experience, regardless of whether it feels good or bad. In fact, the
earliest acceptance of the stuff that feels bad affords the quickest response time. This allows levels of fear and other pain to
remain relatively minor and never to build to the horrific proportions now routinely experienced by far too many humans.
Ignorance feeds "fear" and too often exacerbates that which would remain a minor sensation so long as we understand
the reason for it and place a higher value on the experience itself. We progress because we trust. This gives broader
meaning to the whole concept of Faith. The Role of Judgment The key to building the habit of acceptance lies in
understanding the nature of judgment. Many great leaders have heralded the warning message of human judgment, but it has
not yet been correctly absorbed and applied. A clear understanding of the problem must start with a review of the capacities of
mind.

Our propensity to "judge" others by a stricter standard than the one we apply to ourselves, has led to harsh actions
and reprisals which, in turn, has lead to massive violence. We have labeled our actions as justifiable wars, but they
were clearly much less noble. The mind is a tremendous gift with incredible capabilities designed for the task of creating
optimal spiritual expression in human experience. Mind as a receptacle acts as gatekeeper, defining the bounds of individual
self-identity. Mind as a computer performs rational, informational processing to store, classify, sort, merge and utilize ideas in
incredibly useful ways. Decisions and conclusions result from such processing, which in turn, motivate thoughts and actions
which are tested in the world. These thoughts and actions are then evaluated against the external results that they achieve. If
the strategies behind the actions are sound, they would meet with success in fulfilling spiritual needs in the world. This
success would be signaled by good feelings. If mental belief strategies were not adequate, they would meet with failure and
bad feelings. Such successes or failures then are remembered, and taken into the self-identity of the human. While history
does make an effort to record facts, it does not always do a very good job of recording and retaining the feelings that
follow a particular line of action, even though the action at the time, was based upon a process that was considered
most rational. In war, for example, it is usually the winners who write the version of the events that led up to and
justified their actions. The alternative to "war" is seldom given adequate review because it was not one of the
consequences. The evaluation step is where the confusion over judgment lies. The mind is unlimited in what it can contain
and how

complex it can become. It can creatively evaluate any scenario based upon its beliefs---including rationalization, psychic
blaming, and even delusion--- virtually anything goes within the powerful "brain". Mind has no way within its own

73
boundaries to determine the accuracy of its evaluation. Mind, by itself, cannot measure the rightness or wrongness of its
choices. It requires the spirit; an understanding of its intention, and how it speaks through the language of human feeling. To
take "mind" to that next step requires a willingness to trust our spiritual nature and to recognize that mind, alone, can
not be the ultimate arbitrator of our actions. The dangerous kind of human judgment is that which allows mind to perform
the evaluation all by itself. This is a profound point: Mind alone cannot---and therefore should not---judge. To expand the
term human judgement to its optimum meaning is to include not only the functions of mind in the decision making
process, but to incorporate our feelings. If a decision is not followed by a deep satisfaction of having done the truly
right thing, then we are likely to have excluded Spirit from the process. Recall the problem of Emotional Boundaries. The
purpose of mental boundaries is to separate one human from another, to provide a uniquely individual focus of experience,
and to allow that focus to freely direct and choose life events. Boundaries of mind are intended to continuously expand as the
purpose of self-development is carried out. In contrast, boundaries of spirit are those

defined by the Creator and encoded within the body. They must not be changed. They must be actively maintained, protected
and defended to ensure at minimum, self preservation, and ultimately, the intended purposeful self-expression. The mind
must be as actively developed as the spirit must be actively defended to accomplish the fully-intended human experience.
The "Mind" spends a lot of time resisting that which the "Spirit" suggests when, in fact, if the Spirit were not so often
ignored, it would be able to play a greater role in the Mind's decision-making process. But motivation to defend spiritual
boundaries can mistakenly direct the mind to stop developing and defend its current state. This creates the problem of human
judgment. A defensive mind closes itself to experience and cuts itself off from the necessary spiritual evaluation. For the mind
cannot go outside of itself to bring in new information without conscious involvement of its master. It can only base its
decisions upon that which already exists as knowledge, belief, attitude or habit. As we know, there are no garbage chutes in
the house of mind where the faulty ideas are automatically shuttled away. Slivers can sit side by side with gems until they are
noticed and actively removed. They are noticed only through conscious feeling experience. Such evaluative information must
be actively invited--- accepted---into the mind. Probably, one of the most effective methods of setting ourselves up to
experience this sorting process, is to quiet the mind to a state of listening to our inner voice and inviting our Spiritual
nature to speak to us through that "voice". This tactic is often referred to as meditation.

The feedback cycle is dependent upon action. Action, and the feeling experience that follows, is the only way to invite new
evaluation information. Test actions invoke the spiritual judge and allow feelings to determine how well the mind is equipped
to meet spiritual needs. Then corrective actions ---Right, Light and Fight responses---follow the feelings which adapt the mind
or alter the world to facilitate spiritual expression. This may seem like simply a trial and error process absent of any pre-
guidance, but it is the least we can do providing we factor in some degree of reflection following our actions.
Eventually, our Spiritual nature incorporates our Mental nature and we have to spend less time apologizing for our
errors. The judgment problem arises when the mind evaluates---judges---a situation by itself before active experience, in a
habitual sequence of thoughts that result in limiting action choices. Such habit can allow the mind to direct actions which
avoid and resist the very experience for which the spirit cries out. But since mind creates events, based upon its contents, it
will also attract unpleasant events which point out the same inadequacies it is defending. Such a person will fall "victim" to
"bad luck," accidents," or "misfortunes"---all of which mirror perfectly the limiting beliefs that create them. This is a
dangerous cycle of misdirected will energy and self-preservationary impulse, which relegates humans to a brutish and minimal
physical experience now the norm on earth. This is the condition which must be relieved. It is now time to heed this timeless
message: judge not.

When "bad" things happen to good people, these events can serve as educational mirrors, designed (with the help of
memory) to educate us in altering the process of our lives. It is not our Spiritual nature that demands that we suffer. It
is, rather, our false pride that results in the consequences that are meant to deter us from our wrongful thinking
habits. In short, the mind must accept---even seek out---experience in order to keep itself aligned with spiritual intention.
Mind simply must be actively developed. It is a common understanding that the human brain only uses one tenth of its
capabilities. This is simply due to the lack of adequate mental self-development. Until the mind is harnessed, the feeling route
to spiritual intent must be fully utilized, for the actual percentage of harnessed mind power is much lower. Humans have not
yet even imagined the mental potential which awaits within. Yet, there are no limits to what we can imagine! Clarity of
Purpose Building habits of acceptance rely upon clarity of purpose. The only way to rise above the automatic, biological
imperative of self-preservation of body, is to actively focus upon the higher purpose of self-development of mind for
expression of spirit. This is the true goal of the preservationary impulse---to keep humans alive until they finally answer the
jammed signal of spiritual feeling and awaken to their intended purpose---the Divine human

purpose of self-development and expression. This seems to suggest that we can purposefully continue to exist in the
physical so long as we choose to continue to focus our minds upon the higher purpose of spiritual self-expression. In

74
acquainting ourselves with our inner being, this message should probably be reiterated habitually, if we wish to
preserve our mental existence in this physical environment. It bears repeating that the human purpose is to fully express
spirit in the physical form. This requires first the development of mind---the vehicle of expression in the physical experience.
Cultural, mental self development is the only route to physical, genetic, spiritual self-expression. It would be the intent and
purpose of these "Lessons" to aid us in this effort. It is for this purpose that I make this effort to express my reflections
on the information given and would encourage anyone else to do likewise. - Lloyd J. Klapperich
<mailto:klappl@cfw.com> To focus with clarity upon purpose is to see beyond the momentary impulse to self-preserve,
compete, or violate. With consciousness of purpose certain feelings automatically signal the need for mental development.
The mind can then seek and create strategies which broaden its boundaries under the ever-present direction of spirit. Purpose
is the shining beacon which pierces the darkness, guiding humans toward spiritual reward. We each have an obligation to
develop ourselves to the fullest and, in doing so, we teach others by example to do likewise. Faith In Spirit

From purpose springs the next replacement belief---foundational faith in spirit. Purpose points the way but faith empowers the
movement. Faith allows spirit to energize the body and mind. Faith in individual spirit is faith in Universal Spirit. Those who
live in faith, bear life's challenges without the draining heaviness of doubt and fear. Faith in spirit brings optimism, energy,
vigor, and vitality to every action. When we say, "I am one with the Universe", we are acknowledging that our spirit
nature is a part of the Universal Spirit and that our experiences are a part of the whole and, finally, that we are not
alone in our challenges. To that degree, we are like waves in an "Ocean of Being". Faith in spirit already belongs to each
and every human being. Although it may be buried deep beneath the trappings of belief, or the pains of fear and doubt, it is
there. Recognition of spirit is hardwired into the human body and it is "felt" in many natural, universal, human experiences. It
comes in a flood of feeling---that swell of love and joy from within upon connecting with Universal Spirit. A parent feels it
for his/her children and vice versa. We experience it in the love for another or a connection with the nature around us.
It is the opposite of fear and anger and it becomes apparent to us at the most unexpected moments of our life. This
feeling may have been associated with any number of experiences, but each held the common quality of

resonance with the Creator---that unmistakable feeling of divine joy upon recognition and attunement to the ever-presence and
intention of All That Is. It is a feeling which begins in the solar plexus, the energy center just below the heart, and washes
through the body-mind, bringing a peace-like contentment, and an instantaneous unshakable knowledge of the meaning,
wisdom, beauty, order and rightness of the universe. If we are fortunate to have it only once or twice in a lifetime, it is an
experience that we never forget. Ironically, it is an experience that, if we were made aware of it being the normal part
of our nature, we could have on a regular basis. This feeling may have accompanied an interaction with nature's wonders of
creation, in a moment of awe and appreciation of a fawn in a thicket, a magic sunset, the unfolding of petals of a flower, or a
starry night sky. Or it may have been associated with the unmistakable communion of spirits, that deep connection
experienced as love. It may have been a moment where the soul was moved to tears by a powerful, creative expression of
another kindred spirit, be it musical, artistic or poetic. Or it may have been experienced through a moment of creative
insight---a breakthrough in understanding. Whatever the experience might be, it is the personal recognition of what
Native Americans know as an expression of the "Great Spirit." It is, of course, "All That Is". It may have been
experienced through a religious framework, wherein the presence of the Creator or other

higher powers are simply known and felt within each fiber of the being. The unmistakable presence of spirit may have poured
forth from the eyes of a newborn child whose ancient wisdom and powerful soul now lie swaddled within soft fresh pink
flesh. It may have come in the form of a miraculous event or the message of a dream or from another altered state of
consciousness. But the spirit has been ever-present, and may be revealed through a review of each and every life experience
that has moved one to tears in resonance with universal joy, with each recognition strengthening the power of faith. The
"how's" and "wherefore's" are innumerable but secondary to the fact that as a part of the Universal Whole, we can
and should be experiencing the Spiritual Nature of our created environment and appreciate the source of the power
which creates it. The spirit is hardly a foreign concept---it is a familiar presence. Each and every human being is already on
some level attuned to the presence of spirit, with a corresponding level of faith. The variance in our state of enlightenment
lies within our awareness of the above. This attunement must be identified, reinforced, and credited for that which it is, for
the faith to strengthen. Regardless of the cultural trappings or disguises, spirit itself is the root source of each incident of
illumination, of raw joy, and of inspired awe. When the trappings are stripped bare, particularly the ones which carry
religious dogma, a pure and deep concept of spirit shall emerge. All

faith in a God or Creator should be clearly understood as faith in spirit---Universal Spirit in each of its individual
apportionments. Faith in spirit is the trust that spiritual knowledge lies within, not without. It is not dependent upon any one
thought system, religion, culture, political perspective, leader, supernatural entity, or any other intermediary. It is rightful,
reachable, and ever-present within each human being. Connecting to the Universal Truth is to once and forever establish faith

75
in spirit. The only sacrifice necessary to attain this, is time. We need only set aside a brief period every day to exercise
an intent. If we need to do it in a particular edifice or with a certain group, then so be it. But we need nothing more
than a place of comfort and a commitment to seek. The rest will follow. To have faith in Spirit is to have faith in the
Creator and the Creations. It is to rest assured that chaos and suffering is an aberration of the physical experience, not a
naturally intended condition. To have faith in spirit, is to know without doubt, fear or hesitation, that there is meaning in each
and every life event; that each experience is a message from Spirit to mind that can reveal its rightful intention. To have faith
in Spirit is to search for the spiritual wisdom in each physical event. Nature gets a bad rap in times of chaotic events and is
too often portrayed as an enemy of the human race, acting irrationally and reeking havoc as some mindless and callous
force. Those steeped in religious fundamentals will even attribute such dire consequences as an act of an angry God.
Either attitude is demeaning to the essence of All That Is. Once we can come to realize the role we play in creating our
own reality, we will be able to avoid all that we currently fail to

understand or fully appreciate. Accountability & The Law of Attraction Faith in Spirit leads to more ready acceptance of
each and every opportunity to learn. It provides the courage to push past the growing pain and into broader mental and
physical horizons. Acceptance is faith in the Spirit's presence within, and feeling signature upon every physical experience.
Faith in Spirit recognizes the creative power of mind. Thus, acceptance begins with a mindset that each and every experience
is one that has been attracted by that human being. Acceptance begins with accountability for life's events. By accepting the
Spiritual part of our nature as innate to our being, we take a step forward in understanding our role in the physical
environment which we have created and the experiences in this environment. For indeed, the creative mind attracts
experience which perfectly reflects its beliefs and intentions. There are no accidents, evil or mysterious forces that decide
which probable event will occur physically. It is simply mind creating that which it thinks the person desires. It can only do
this based upon what it knows and believes. It can do no more or less. One of the rare guarantees in life is that physical
experience will always accurately reflect the parameters of mind ---slivers and all. Thus, each experience is a portrait of our
creation. The bad news is that

we create our own reality. The good news is that we create our own reality. The only question we have to answer is the
"why" we are having the experiences we do. The obvious answer is that our beliefs are the governing factor. Desire is
the emotional spiritual force---the Will energy---which has remained misunderstood. Thus, each emotion--- whether positive
or negative---is interpreted by mind as desire. Desire is intention and feelings communicate intention. Emotion empowers the
belief that signals it and creates that event. Given the fact that most mental contents have bypassed the spiritual judge, many
beliefs are not aligned with spiritual intention. This means the events they create are not those actually intended by Spirit, they
will be unpleasant and will bring emotional pain. We can get beyond this situation by first examining our beliefs to
determine if they are aligned with "Spiritual Intention". Then we can adjust them (or simply allow our minds to) until
they do reflect this intention. The mind is the controller; it holds the ideas, beliefs and values to create experience. Feeling is
the key to unlock the creative power of mind. Thus, the mind will continue to create that which it holds, pain and all, so that
humans can recognize and accept accountability for the cause and effect relationship between belief and experience. It is not
the intention of Spirit that we should live our lives in pain, although this "pain" can serve a positive purpose in giving
us the necessary feedback to alert us that our beliefs and our Spiritual nature are not in alignment. Supplied with this
information, we can "change" our mind regarding our beliefs, until our experiences contain less pain.

Remember, once Spirit enters flesh it delegates the creation of reality to the mind---the portal of individual human experience.
The pain of spiritual frustration exists to inform mind that its contents need re-examination. Instead of understanding this
message, humans have created many wildly exotic---yet faulty---beliefs to explain why "bad things happen to good people".
Superstitious meaning is assigned, external controllers are identified and the internal power remains unclaimed. This adds
further limitation to mind, and sets up the cycle of blame and victimhood. This is the norm of human consciousness at this
time. Is it any wonder then, why humans only use a mere one tenth of their mental capability? We would rather come up
with excuses why we have unhappiness in our lives than consider the possibility that we are simply creating this
unhappiness by hanging on to limiting beliefs. When someone near to us dies, we can mourn their passing to the point
of a mental breakdown, or we can rejoice for them as they step into a reality free of pain. Unfortunately, since beliefs
tend to continue for people as they go into their next environment, much of the happiness they could be experiencing is
being postponed. The following idea bears repeating---heed this crucial universal truth: There are no accidents, evil or
mysterious external forces that decide which probable event will occur physically. It is simply mind creating that which it
thinks the person desires. Desire is communicated through feelings. Feelings spring from beliefs. Beliefs must be carefully
selected under the direction of Spirit, for mental belief creates physical reality. This is the Law of Attraction.

...and it is our own mind (not someone else's) which is doing the creating. The feelings of fear and anxiety are within
ourselves, waiting for someone who might fan the flame. But we supply the fuel and we control the fire. The more

76
negative our beliefs, the more smoke created to obscure our vision of the guiding light within ourselves. Beliefs are like
magnets. They draw to us those experiences we think we should be having. Individual mind is the creator of individual
experience and should be held accountable. With this ultimate truth, the most beneficial mindset is to take immediate
ownership and responsibility for each experience so that it can be used to find limitations of mind. This is the habit of
accountability. Accountability honors the incoming voice of Spirit by looking to mind for answers. Accountability respects
the Law Of Attraction. Accountability is seeking mental cause through faith in spiritual effect. Accountability counteracts the
psychic blaming which creates the cycle of resistance, limitation and pain. Accountability is looking to self for learning
opportunities. Accountability is the habit of mind that ushers the Right Response to emotional pain. To be accountable is to
think and live by the credo: "I attract that which happens to me." If we find the mind's "limitations", we know that our
respective beliefs put them there. There is a point somewhere in everyone's existence when we must lay down the cross
of victimhood and pick up the cloak of accountability. The time for this is overdue! Accountability provides its own
reward. For example: Recall our person driving to work, relying upon many

physical and mental habits. Recall how another driver dangerously cuts in front, grabbing our driver's attention for corrective
action. This situation would most certainly bring sudden emotional arousal within our driver, first fear, and then likely anger.
It would be very easy and quite natural to direct the anger at the errant driver, and perhaps a physical retaliation of fist shaking
or other such gestures. Rude or thoughtless behavior, responded to with road rage, completes a cycle. Breaking the cycle
takes the experience to a new level. If we truly believe that we do attract our experiences, then this is an experience so
dramatic, that its lesson can hardly be ignored. Although this would have a certain valid justification, it gives the power of
the moment to the errant driver. This would reinforce the belief that the world is full of idiots whose ignorant actions can leave
devastating effects upon innocent others---in this case a potential car "accident". There is utter powerlessness in this belief,
which will be echoed by anger which might spoil an otherwise lovely day. Most competent human drivers have experienced
such a moment, and can recognize how they have allowed such oafs to drive away with their power. This is simply due to the
unconscious, habitual response of resistance and blame. Whatever tactics we utilize to protect ourselves while driving a
vehicle, be they the use of a seat belt or something more metaphysical, such as surrounding one's vehicle with a white,
protective light, we can empower this action by remembering that we are in the physical to learn how to create our
own reality and the Lessons of Life come to us only when they are needed. Now imagine instead, at the moment of the
incident, our

driver uses the emotion to examine the existing beliefs. Accountability is to think---the moment composure is
regained---"Whoa! What did I do to attract that into my life???" Was I paying adequate attention to the road? Do I believe that
accidents can occur? Do I believe the "laws of probability" I was taught in the school, that I must have a certain number of
accidents corresponding to number of miles driven? Do I secretly want to get my money's worth out of my insurance
payments? Do I believe in karma? Did I wrong that jerk in another life? Do I expect such things to happen inevitably? Do I
have adequate tolerance and compassion for such people?" The answer to any one of those questions is a step along the
way to broadening our perspective on our inevitable life experiences. It also can be a step toward bringing more
harmony into our lives, along with more peace and abundance. Ultimately, it leads to recognizing and benefitting from
our creative potential. Any of these self-reflective thoughts can lead to mental housekeeping. Even the slightest liberating
mental shift is highly beneficial. Looking to self for cause keeps the power and uses the emotional arousal to develop the self,
not preserve self-limitation by blaming another. Perhaps our driver ended the event by reaffirming the dominant mindset of
compassion for those less enlightened, and eliminating a lesser, but conflicting, belief in the power of ignorance. The feeling
of fear or anger would cease and the day could continue as planned, or perhaps with the energy retained and the mood
protected, it would unfold with even more positive events.

Sometimes, if we are willing to consider the possibility, nature itself (for example, in the form of a bird flying across
our path, an omen ), can supply us with an alert to a negative experience that might be coming into our reality, a wake-
up call if you wish. We might slow down a bit, become a little more alert and seek a blessing from our higher self, as we
proceed along our path. This may sound a little too esoteric, but these Lessons are esoteric. The reward is the feeling that
follows the accountable Right Response. Not only does positive emotion reflect the success of the accountable action, it also
brings closure to the event and frees the mind for its next experience. But the mind is now that much less limited. Even very
minor shifts can be quite powerful, and they build upon one another with incredible results. When enough such shifts have
occurred, the mind is allowed the freedom to quickly show the cause and effect relationship between belief and action. This is
what is referred to as "the raising of consciousness." This is the ultimate empowerment, because the mind can see more clearly
and create more spiritually desirable experience. Such a mind creates a life that is, and feels, GOOD. The "rewiring" of our
belief systems and habits of thought, does require dedication to an intent. Negative habits atrophy when replaced by
Positive Habits. The clue is consistency. Accountability is a very powerful mindset. It is the key strategy of empowerment.

77
Several habits of acceptance can bolster and support this strategy. Breaking the habitual cycle of blame can be quite a
challenge; for Mass Consciousness teaches humans limitation, judgment and

blame at every turn. However, the better acquainted we become with our inner selves, the less influential the negative
qualities of the outer world will tend to be. Compassion Genuine human compassion is a spiritual tool of acceptance. It is a
component of innate morality and counterpart of the connection need. Despite the most successful attempts to look within,
there will be genuine times when an external limitation is the source of your spiritual frustration. It is often the case that
prejudgment or the beliefs of another causes resistance within them, in turn having a direct effect upon your need-meeting
efforts. This will be experienced as an external obstacle and will prompt feelings of anger. In sum, internal accountability
needs an ally---external compassion. This is when we are most challenged. The belief systems of others we care about,
block our attempts to achieve spiritual growth. Usually, these people are parents or siblings, but they might be church
officials or people whom we would presume would be our allies in our quest. But instead of encouragement, we are
often met with threats and strong admonitions to return to their reality. Although the limitation is a genuine one,
compassion recognizes and absolves the other for their limitations while retaining the power to act and respond. To maximize
compassion, an essential mindset is the understudying that change can only be accomplished with guaranteed results within
the self. The spiritual need of freedom to choose the contents of mind is indeed every human's right. So

ultimately, it must be accepted that no matter how well-meaning, no matter how uplifting, no matter how truly valuable,
significant and wonderful offers of Light can be, they may not be accepted. This is right and good in the eyes of the Creator,
for it preserves the mental freedom that defines the individual human experience. To clarify, the only "change" we can
guarantee is that which we make within ourselves. We can not "change" another's way of thinking by willing such.
The best we can do is encourage and motivate by example. This applies not to just our children, but all we are in
contact with in our respective environments. Again, the right to be "wrong" is a guarantee under Universal Law and it
is a right in universal entitlement. The freedom to progress at one's own spiritual pace (or even to regress, if that is
one's choice), is sacrosanct. Free will can have no exceptions if it is to remain what it is. No Divine Spirit can, or would,
ever make anyone behave in a certain fashion. Atheists who make the argument that if there were a God, how could
He/She allow so much suffering in the world, completely miss an essential ingredient of what Spirit is. The truly great
educational institutions are the one's which allow the greatest freedom of thought. It is through this quality of Free
Will that we have the potential to exercise our most promising creativity. This principle permeates our existence in the
same sense that the ocean penetrates a wave. And with such freedom, rest assured unenlightened choices will be made. This
is the condition of ignorance . Ignorance results from misunderstanding and misuse of the self-preservationary impulse. It
results from the habit of resistance and of defending limited mental boundaries. The spiritual right of freedom to choose
ignorance is why humans are in their current predicament. However, it is also why the potential for rising beyond this
"predicament" remains intact. The closer we get to understanding the

Universal Spiritual Truths of our nature, the greater is our spiritual progress exhilarated. Preoccupation with what is
wrong with our planet is only a distraction from envisioning what can be right with it. The best habitual response to the
swell of anger and frustration which follows an interaction with an ignorant one, is to immediately understand and respect the
right to self-develop at one's own pace. Accept the other, warts and all, with human compassion and empathic understanding
of their experience. Then use the emotional energy to develop skills and strategies for dealing with them in ways that match
their mental environment. To stand in the shoes of the ignorant one and to truly accept their present state of development, is to
recall your own time spent there. For an enlightened perspective has surely sprung from having been in a similarly narrower
state of awareness at some point. Compassion is to accept and meet the mind of the other and operate from the base of
experience or focus on reality. Compassion offers the challenge of learning to express your suggestions to those at many
levels of awareness. There are obvious examples of "Compassion" in the later days of the life of the personality, Jesus.
Forgiveness and understanding were qualities that He had to exercise to the extreme. But, what He did, we can and
must do also, especially at this critical juncture in our planet's existence, for it is the physical reality we have created
and continue to maintain for ourselves. Compassion springs from spiritual recognition of the one-ness and interconnection
of each spirit. Compassion is the resonance of respect for each individual journey of discovery. Compassion is not judgmental,
condescending

or patronizing, it need not even be communicated to the other. It is simply a mental tool to immediately accept the situation as
is, to right the self, and to channel the anger productively. Compassion flows naturally from faith in the integrity of spirit---
each and every spirit, regardless of how tightly swaddled they might be within ignorance. Sometimes, the greatest
"compassion" we can exercise is simply by being silent. This simple act does not express approval and can often cause
a degree of inner reflection on the part of another on the journey. Respectful compassion is also an essential ingredient for
offering successful Light Responses to others. Although expression can always be rejected, offerings of Light will meet with

78
far less resistance within the resonance of compassion. Each human responds to genuine compassion on a cellular level.
There can be no ingenuous manipulation, persuasion, control, or even legal constraint over another without the energy of
genuine compassion in validation of their experience behind it. Compassion is the very secret to sharing the Light. The justice
dealt out by our court system could benefit by a greater degree of "compassion" for those whose lives eventually bring
them to the point of conflict with man-made laws. Systems are innately flawed and those who operate them and those
who are subject to them, are all a part of this flawed process. This might explain why so much of the civilized world
has done away with the death penalty---it simply lacks the essential ingredient of compassion. Forgiveness

Another life-giving habit is that of forgiveness. Compassion for the ignorance and foibles of another can reach a limit, if
forgiveness does not follow. For ignorance can lead to the most heinous and evil acts of violation by human upon human. This
is where the most powerful mental adaptations are necessary. It would seem that "forgiveness" is an essential part of
"compassion" and that the latter can not be complete (sometimes) unless the former is also in place. An example that
stands out in my mind might be the Jews forgiving the Nazis for the holocaust. Next to a museum of atrocities might be
a museum of "forgiveness". Now that would really be exceptional. Take the example of murder. The anger that springs
genuinely from such evil violation is the true voice of spirit. Such acts are truly inhuman and frustrating to spirit. Such
feelings are not based upon limited beliefs or faulty perceptions; these feelings voice legitimate, righteous, spiritual anger.
Anger shouts its pain, declaring the violation of every human need when a life itself is taken. It warns that ignorance is
threatening the very preservation of the species if such acts are permitted. It is the anger that has moved mountains and
defined "civilization". There is such a thing as "righteous anger" and it does reflect our spiritual qualities. The question
is not whether "anger" is justified. It is how that justification is carried out. Like behavior does little to assuage the
situation. But anger must be utilized in productive ways or it can eat away at the soul of the violated one. This is where
finding compassion in ignorance and closure in forgiveness can

restore power. This is not always easy. For example, it is much easier to find compassion for a man who commits murder from
the mindset of his mother, than it is from the perspective of the mother of his victim. In the first case, the tie is to the
perpetrator and in the second, to the victim. While there is little personal loss in the first case, there is bound to be
deep emotional pain. In the the second case there is that, plus the loss of a child. Forgiveness allows the anger to be
converted into impassioned energy that can be directed at the source of the true problem, the limitations within Mass
Consciousness that allow and perpetuate such ignorance. The perpetrator himself is a symptom. Thus, the victim will never be
free until the perpetrator is forgiven. Anger misdirected is the giving over of the power. To retain the power is to forgive. To
channel it productively is to remove the beliefs and limitations within human cultures which reduce humans to such sub-
human ignorant conditions. It is to build structures of enlightenment within the educational, social, political, judicial and
religious institutions and traditions. It is to remove the lingering ideas that perpetuate limitation, spiritual frustration and self-
preservationary ignorance. In looking at the recent slaying in the high school in Colorado, we see that the violence and
killing carried out by these perpetrators (as well as other children who have committed like crimes at other schools),
should inspire a deeper look into our society, not just at the violence we surround ourselves and/or children with, but
the mind set that draws us to this atmosphere of violence. As Gandhi once said, "An eye for an eye and the whole
world is blind." The circle of violence and hate, only leads to a more encompassing environment of violence and hate.

Forgiveness is a way out of that entrapment. For some, it may be the only way. Competition Within Self One final habit
to develop and hone is a healthy, challenging, internal competition. The habit of competing with others is very rooted within
individual and mass consciousness. Be they families feuding, Gladiators fighting, religions warring, political parties arguing,
even athletic opposition, human history is peppered with evidence of the broad acceptance and encouragement of external,
win-lose competition. At one point or another in our lives, we have almost all been involved in one of the "competitions"
mentioned above. Some have been more personal, i.e. the feuding of families. Others have been more detached, i.e. the
super bowl (our modern form of Gladiator fighting). Regardless, the experience of this involvement, while oftentimes
rewarding, they are just as frequently losing experiences that take their toll, especially in the area of personal
relationships. Such competition springs, of course, from innate spiritual purpose. This has translated into self-preservationary
directives, where humans must compete for "survival of the fittest". But in an enlightened society, competition with others
wherein one must lose for another to win, is not appropriate. Yet humans will always have the urge to compete, due to the
higher spiritual purposes of self-development and expression, and they must be reinterpreted in that context. Thus a new form
of internal, personal competition should replace the old.

Our current economic systems would find a suggestion that competition is "not appropriate", to be not only
unacceptable but threatening. Yet, if spiritual growth is to be a part of our future, then a revision of our present
mindset is essential. With the most primitive directive of external competition, individuals simply fight to forcefully
overcome the challenges of the environment in remedial caveman-like responses. By placing the competition on the inside,

79
humans can adapt themselves to be successful within every kind of world, as well as make positive changes upon them.
Adaptations within the mind and corresponding creative actions in the world are the stuff of human evolution and the only
route to enlightened civilizations. When we make a personal commitment to overcome those elements in our reality that
are detrimental to our spiritual evolvement, and do so by altering our own perspective, we may seem threatening to
others momentarily, but our long-term influence (if we have the patience to endure) will bring positive change to those
areas of our lives and the lives of others that will ultimately be effective. With the habit of self competition, the individual
holds the continuing challenge of personal betterment, with the goal of attaining ever higher levels of skill, ever more valuable
and accommodating beliefs, higher levels of acceptance and compassion, and a broader, more inclusive world view. Winning
is bettering the self and spreading the unique gifts far and wide. And there can be no more deeply rewarding sense of
accomplishment. I will conquer the person I was yesterday, with the person I am today.

Instead of measuring one's self against the successes or failings of another, it is far more useful to pit them against earlier
versions of one's self. This simple mindset can profoundly increase the human connection as well as empower individuals to
answer their higher purpose. No longer will it be necessary to beat and humiliate one another in order to attain status or
regard. No longer will it be necessary to define rigid categories of value that only honor and value a few. No longer will
humans experience the frustration of being measured on scales irrelevant to their own spiritual inclinations, gifts and destiny
paths. No longer will humans give up altogether in the face of overwhelming competition. No longer will humans have to
elevate themselves by lowering another. No longer will one have to lose for another to win. True cooperation means win-win
expressive scenarios for all involved. Some might conclude that this would make life much more dull. In fact, as we
become more skilled in exercising the habit of self-evolvement along spiritual lines, and begin to conquer our sense of
limitation, we will find that the satisfaction which follows will overwhelm the lack of temporary enjoyment we might
gain from our old patterns of thinking and feeling. A daily directive of personal development and improvement can
provide an arena to meet all the needs within the context of cooperation, compassion, acceptance and natural morality. When
humans finally break free from the illusion of necessary competition, evolution can flourish.

Just as the experience of physical flight took humans to another physical level of existence, the experience of spiritual
flight will leave behind our preoccupation with conflicts of a lesser level of existence. So feel free to engage in mental and
physical sparring, debates, games and exhibitions of challenge and accomplishment, but do so in the spirit of cooperation with
humankind, and only in true competition with yourself. Truth is an evolving process resulting from the sharing of our
expanding perspectives. Just as in challenging ourselves, we can indulge in a truly "friendly" competition. With the life-
giving habits of self-development discussed, we can now turn to the life-giving habits that promote self-expression.

Pages 168-186
Lessons of Enlightenment Section Gamma Lesson Three-B: The Life-Giving Habits of Self-Expression Acceptance
Although acceptance has already been discussed as a life-giving habit of self-development , it is a habit with additional value
in the realm of self-expression.

Acceptance within the realm of self-development allows all incoming information to be evaluated without resistance or
limitation, to allow an internal communication or dialog that results in learning, gaining mental additions, shifts and
alterations to belief systems---Right Responses. For acceptance to be truly effective, it requires us to get past our
programmed prejudices and review this incoming information with as open a mind as possible. If this is not possible,
then the next natural step is to examine those beliefs for their origin and value. In contrast, the realm of self expression is
at its core, the arena of external communication. The goal of self-expression is to effect positive changes to the outside world
and the people in it---Light Responses. Spiritual expressions of human creativity which help shape the world to better meet
human needs, are the fuel of human evolution. It is the difference between the outside world affecting us and we affecting
the outside world. Belief systems forced upon us before the age of reason can have a detrimental effect on our ability to
affect the outside world for the greater benefit of Spirit. Whereas, creative thoughts and actions that originate in Spirit
and flow through us naturally into the outside world, must bring about a positive result. Acceptance in the realm of self-
expression is the understanding that people in the external environment have a unique mental skill set and focus upon "reality"
that may be grossly different than your own. Acceptance means attempting a meeting of minds with such a person, and
respectfully working within the existing mental framework to effect changes. A single change within a human mind,

provides the bedrock for the eventual achievement of massive ideological changes within human cultures and beliefs of mass
consciousness. Empires can rise and fall by the effective expression of but one human being. In short, there is no other way for
humans to evolve without the capability of expressing themselves in thought and deed. In order to have the above result,
there has to be a willingness to open our own minds, as well as the minds of those we might seek to influence. At the
very least, there has to be a willingness to understand another's perspective. Understanding and acceptance of the

80
requirements for self expression will speed up all individual and group evolution. This requires acceptance of: 1. The rightful
uniqueness of each human mind. 2. The power of free will and how it can create limits; 3. The responsibility to empathize and
understand one another's perspective. 4. The spiritual imperative of voicing one's insight; 5. The inevitable conflict and
resistance that can arise; 6. The responsibility to minimize the self-preservationary impulse within self and others. These are
the keys to successful self-expression. In order for the Founding Fathers to bring into existence this country's
constitution, all of the above were essential to their understanding and application. The results are "self-evident". To
accomplish the needed acceptance, one must simply not deviate from the understanding of the interconnectedness of all
spirits. To gaze upon another, is to gaze upon one's self in an alternate form, for indeed, "All Are One." To

recognize the kindred spirit, to extend compassion and patience with the level of development they have achieved, regardless
of where you might be yourself, is to maximize your chances of broadening their world as well as your own. Each interaction
should be like that of a loving parent imparting guidance to a child without any sense of competition or resistance. (This has
the corresponding benefit from the receiving end to also listen without resistance, with the trust and faith of a child in
receiving Light from the wisdom of loving parents. To trust that there is some benefit in the offer, no matter how much
variation or distance between the two minds.) Once an environment as described above is created, the ultimate benefit for
universal peace and progress is set upon a path that can never be reversed, so long as Spirit within each and all is given
full rein. Acceptance and compassion can allow you to stand in the shoes of your other and view the incoming information
from that perspective, so you can tailor it to fit that frame of reference. To turn on the light of honor, empathy, cooperation,
and compassion in each interaction with another, is to be fully human in the highest spiritual sense. This light can cut through
the darkness of the communication challenge with far more intensity and success than can any fancy words. When one
expresses from a truly spiritual level, the spiritual intention is felt within the receiver and the doors of resistance automatically
respond. There is an illusion taught in our educational institutions that if the

right words are expressed with the proper skill, the result desired will almost always follow. The above suggests that
"feeling" is essential to any communication, both for the initiator and the recipient. Even sworn enemies, following the
dictates of mind, resonate to each other's spirit. This is why a primary rule of combat is not to fraternize with the enemy. Such
human directives are clearly outside of the spiritual intent of the Creator. Communication without an underlying spiritual
intent will most likely be interactions with another who is resistant, driven by fear rather than faith, and acting upon self-
preservationary impulses rather than self-developmental and expressive ones. Most interactions considered ordinary between
humans contain a very high degree of resistance, and self-preservationary acts. Cultures vary in particular ways when it
comes to the effectiveness of human relationships. More often, the attitude toward cooperation versus competition can
govern the ultimate life span of a particular society. They are so abundant in human history that they have become
standards for entertainment. One need simply look to literature and dramatic arts to find a trove of examples of humans
exhibiting the deadly habits of self-preservation. What interesting tale does not contain the pain of betrayal of trust or the joy
of success. Instead, the simple attitude of acceptance can allow your spiritual feelings to dictate exactly how and when to offer
Light, and how and when to respond when resistance is encountered. Acceptance assures that your efforts will have been those
dictated by spirit, regardless of the immediate outcome.

The movies and T.V. shows that pander to the base interests of self-preservation find greater acceptance in a decadent
society. The challenge is to create entertainment that appeals to the Spirit in individuals that can override the former.
This brings us back to the habit of Faith in Spirit, for it also will be a powerful tool in self-expression. For with faith, and in
understanding the time lag between mental change and physical change, one can be patient and move through one situation
and onto the next, without lingering in frustration due to the fact that the Light may not have been received in full. ...and with
that patience in mind, we can now proceed. Patience & Faith The key to successful self-expression is to know when it
should be offered and how much is enough. It is to understand the ebb and flow of the spirit, the continuous expansion of the
mind, and that the appropriate amount of light will be received for that person at that time. Our inner guidance is a
reliable tool, once we become used to using it. In fact, the more we use it, the more we can come to trust it. Even the
most resistant of humans cannot help but open to the truly compassionate and spiritually intended offering. The biology
ensures this. But the mind has the rightful control and the beliefs can be like a garden thick with weeds so that the incoming
seedlings of spiritual intention

have a difficult time taking root. Faith and patience flow from the knowledge that the seed has been planted and that is all that
was required---that the expression has been made, the Light has been offered. It then can percolate within the mind of the
receiving individual. The feelings will most assuredly call the attention to it again and again through the experience of this
person. For if it is truly Light, it cannot help but be validated by the emotional system, the voice of the Universal Spirit . One
of the tests of the spiritual intent of the person planting the seeds of "Enlightenment", is whether or not this "seed"
ultimately takes root. For if our efforts are less than compassionate and spiritual, the Universal Spirit operating within

81
the recipient will be inclined to reject our offering. As each such feeling spurs this person to examine and reexamine the
beliefs and strategies, the seedling will blossom to the full intent of the offerer. But this might take a lifetime. And if
immediate results are expected, then offers will be less likely to occur. Faith in the Spirit will bring the accompanying
patience and understanding to allow you to let the Spirit move you toward offering Light when you know it can be used and
trusting the universe to follow its natural course from there. In a way, we are all like the mythical Johnny Appleseed when
we elect to travel through life offering our seeds of Light; and like that "Johnny", we would tend to scatter them in an
environment with some kind of chance of their taking root. Also, this "tree farmer" would instinctively know that
patience is an essential part of achieving a successful growth.

For example, a young teacher feels moved to share personal insights with a child she observes to be receiving very limiting
beliefs from her home environment. The child has been taught to fear and suspect authority figures other than those who
advise her at home. Religion has been used to intimidate the child into conforming to the lifestyle and wishes of her family,
often against the wisdom of her own spirit. This is an area to be very careful in. As a similar situation in reverse example,
when my son was delivering newspapers in the neighborhood, one subscriber took it upon himself to give him a lesson
in fundamental religious teachings. Suffice it to say, I called this fellow and suggested he keep his opinions to himself.
I'm sure his intention was good, but he had crossed into an area without invitation. The child believes herself to be sinful
for feeling an attraction to friendship with a new classmate from a different culture and an opposing religion, but she is happy
despite being "different". (Her spirit tells her that this person can offer new ideas and beliefs which is good for self-
development, but her mind, through its veil of belief, tells her this is wrong and signals a feeling of fear as this belief is
reinforced).The child wrestles with conflicting feelings and ends up bullying the would-be friend. (The automatic response to
the fear is to make the outside world match the expectation of mind, by making the child an enemy to match the belief. Then
anger will be experienced, but its message will go unnoticed. The rejection of the spiritual signal results in a self-
preservationary Flight Response, a pattern of deadly habit).

We all know of adults who have taken umbrage at a suggestion which could have broadened their spiritual outlook.
When it comes from their children, they tend to not only resist the ideas, but feel obliged to use guilt to try to bring the
child back into the fold of the adult's own belief system. This is where compassion of the child to the parent is called for
and needs to be exercised. It may not be until the child reaches adulthood that he/she realizes the need for this
compassion but as soon as it is realized, forgiveness of the parent is in order. The teacher recognizes what is occurring
and decides to offer her Light. She brings the two girls together and offers a story of how she and a similarly "different"
classmate joined forces against an aggressor who had been picking on them both, when she was a girl. This story allowed both
girls to feel a similar position, like sisters---the connection between spirits was suggested and accomplished. The two girls
responded differently to this offering in later behavior. For although a seed was planted, each attracted events which matched
the mental landscape. This was good psychology on the part of the teacher. Keeping in mind that one of the greatest
Teachers in history, used a parable to illustrate a spiritual principle, this can be a useful, while not a threatening way
to suggest a change in outlook. The first, continued to needle and demean her classmate for a short period of time, and then
became withdrawn and angry. Her family moved away shortly thereafter. The second experienced a stronger connection and
began to interact more with other classmates and became accepted. The teacher felt a sense of frustration at not having been
able to get through to the first girl, and a bit of her idealism was rubbed away, keeping her from so freely offering her

Light in future situations and dropping a veil of sadness upon her. The outcome of our efforts won't always be immediately
satisfying. Things won't necessary go as we hoped. Disappointment can damage our own outlook if we place too much
emphasis on achieving success. But sometimes, the victory is not in the end result but in how we made the effort. And
as indicated earlier, sometimes it can take a lifetime to make a difference. But if faith and patience had dictated, she
would have instantly known that the seed has been planted. Regardless of the short-term outcome, the frustration and sadness
would not have arisen to the point of misinterpretation of the experience, nor would it have interfered with future self-
expression. Each experience, each idea, each piece of knowledge that enlightens, even when not immediately accepted,
serves as a foundation for that next event of like kind. Nothing is ever totally forgotten, especially when it affects
Universal Spirit. For the actual outcome was different. The first girl continued to be heavily influenced by the conflicting
dictates and limitations of her family, and her mind created the same conflicting situations reflected by evermore intense
negative emotions. During her adolescence, certain rebellions turned her anger upon herself. She acted out her spiritual
frustration in self-destructive behaviors that were evermore unacceptable in her family's limited viewpoint. Their mechanisms
of control could no longer work against the power of her spirit. Her misguided actions to gain freedom landed her in the
juvenile justice system. She was

resistant to every external counselor or advisor. She even attempted suicide to "break free". Then she had an encounter that
changed her life. On a level beyond her conscious state, she drew close enough to the edge to see that her survival and

82
destiny would ultimately bring her beyond her deep confusion. When she was ready, a new teacher appeared. She was
appointed a probation officer who was truly compassionate and exhibited faith in spirit. But most importantly, she was of the
same culture as the classmate from her early years and touched the spirit, creating a connection like the first teacher had. This
person offered, for the first time, alternate beliefs and world views that allowed the girl the freedom her spirit longed for, but
the mind with its existing limitations, would not allow. Had the seed not been planted, this offer would also have met with
resistance, but it had had time to percolate and find its space among the many debilitating ideas and beliefs which ruled her
mind. There are always "angels" ready to enter our lives at those moments they are most needed. True Spirit is that
All-Knowing force that can never let ignorance of itself remain in place permanently. The truth is that the spirit will
always reign supreme, even working within the most limited of mindscapes, and that the timing of progress is insignificant in
the grand scale. Faith in spirit and patience will bring forth the best results and more complete spiritual expression. Breaking
free from the limitations of mind is the challenge of each human ,

and regardless of the timeliness or circumstances that bring this realization, it will come in its own time to each human no
matter how many lifetimes it might take. Once the enlightenment is gained however, it can never fully be reversed. Humans
are at various places of understanding and even the slightest offering can become a base for a break-through. Then the
reclaiming of the incredible power of the mind can begin. There are six billion plus souls in the physical of this planet,
each an opportunity of growth in progress. If we can help but one in a lifetime, we have also helped ourselves. The
simple attitude of faith and patience will assure that each entity will act upon the spiritual directive to offer the Light---no
matter how much darkness it is attempting to pierce. After each such offering has been made, the spirit will faithfully reward
the entity with the loving feelings of divine resonance. Thus acceptance, compassion and faith in spirit will provide the
foundation for the maximum avenues for fulfillment of the human purpose of spiritual expression. Amen, to that. Gratitude
Another life-giving habit of self-expression is gratitude. Since the feedback cycle depends upon a flow of energy from within
to without and back in again, it is essential for

entities to express back to others those actions and offerings that have been beneficial---that have brought the spiritual feelings
of happiness and fulfillment. It would also seem that to complete the cycle is to enhance the retention of the material that
is brought to the consciousness and thus, further incorporate and apply to the outside world. All too often, resistance
and competition keep humans from admitting when they have gained from the help of another, let alone asking for it.
Successful self-expression then includes acknowledgment and recognition of those and their offerings. This springs from the
cooperative rather than the competitive spirit, wherein credit is given where credit is due, even when a mentally misguided
attempt is made. A simple "Thanks" will do --- and where the help is of a less spiritual quality, a "Thanks, but No
Thanks" is also appropriate. Once competition begins to play a lesser role in our lives, our appreciation of others and
levels of helpfulness will be enhanced. Although individuals do not have a spiritual need for recognition and
acknowledgment, this does affirm the need for connection and verifies publicly that self-expression has occurred. It is through
active, vocal gratitude that mass consciousness can be altered to bring out self-expression, to reward it rather than stifle or
even punish those who dare to follow the advice of their spirit. Expressions of gratitude for even the slightest offerings should
become habits institutionalized within every human culture.

Hopefully, we will evolve into a society that not only tolerates diversity of thought and creative expression but values
the spirit which is expressed through this process. Then the Creative Spirit will be celebrated in an omnipresent
fashion. Humor Another gift of spirit, and tool for successful self-expression, is humor. Humor is that mysterious, yet ever-
present capacity for humans to experience fun and spontaneous spiritual creativity. It is the Creator's directive to find new and
creative perspectives and meaning and to share them. Humor reframes a mundane thought into something unexpectedly
meaningful and inexplicably delightful. The spirit experiences joy upon creating, delivering and accepting the creative
humorous insight. Unfortunately, humor has been downgraded by the puritan influence within Christianity. It became
associated with guilt as part of the enjoyment mentality that was considered to be unholy. It took the influence of the
non-puritan immigrants to bring the country back into balance. Humor is a very pure form of spiritual expression. It
relates directly to the level of liberation experienced by Spirit and reminds humans to think "outside of the box." Freedom and
spontaneity of spirit allows the humor and fun to flow. A spirit relatively unfettered by mind, secure and exalted as the
valuable and ever-present driver, will be one capable of spontaneous delightful humor. Genuine love and acceptance by the
outside world fosters this ability within each human being and empowerment releases it.

Genuine humor can not exist without "spontaneity", nor should it. We can appreciate the Spirit in each other when we
can enjoy the quality of humor. It is the unexpected that forces us to alter our addictive thinking patterns, and brings
us a sense of joy in the process. Humor greases the wheels of acceptance. It is an avenue of self-expression that is
counterpart to the automatic Flight Response relating to anger. Humor is the antithesis of the angry expressive response. It can
be developed to replace angry expressions and deadly habits. Humor is also the ally of the ever evolving mind. It allows

83
acceptance and understanding of temporary self-limitation so that learning can then be sought. It is the innate gift of humility
connecting humans at every level or grouping. Humor is the great equalizer resonating within each and every spirit. As a
result, we can become both "greasy" and "evolved". The former allows us to slide out of difficult situations and the
latter builds our confidence in being able to do so in the future. A human who meets resistance, rejection and frustration
early in life is less likely to develop the ability to express through humor. Yet, it is a gift that lies well within the capacity of
each and every spirit and one that can be a tremendous aid to self-expression. As entities remove the internal and external
limitations that create fear and anger, they will open their innate corresponding abilities to be humorous. Humor is to the
liberated spirit what anger is to the frustrated one. Humor is the ability to view a frustration in alternate terms, to quickly
disarm a situation by reframing it creatively. Humor can tremendously reduce

resistance both from within and without. If we have no sense of humor, the next best thing is to hang around someone
who does. It's the tuning fork principle. The higher vibration tends to bring up the lower one and in an enjoyable way.
Humor can accomplish tremendous movement toward self development, if it is used to remove the emotional boundaries that
often protect a limited mind. Humor can communicate the humanness and commonalties that usher in the sense of
connectedness and cooperation. Humor can open the entity to the continuous change that is mental evolution. To be able to
laugh at one's self is to be open to all necessary growth. At last resort, one can always look in the mirror (and if necessary,
make a funny face). Humor is most appreciated when we do make fun of ourselves and even invite others to do it for
us. Now that does require mental evolution. Humor can also facilitate communication and self-expression. It can soften a
harsh message when the learning need level is very high and the growing pain is intense. Humor can persuade and eliminate
resistance to offers of light. The more internal and external mental limitations are removed, the more humor can manifest in
each and every individual, and eventually pour forth to delight the world. People who can find a little humor in the most
difficult of situations, are the most needed on the planet. But humor in those that are particularly gifted, can also

become a crutch to allow resistance and avoidance. Or it can be used to communicate "passive-aggressively" if the
consciousness is not fully engaged. This is true of any human ability, it can either work toward the human purpose or against
it. This minor caution should take its rightful place in the consciousness, without minimizing or detracting from the truly
incredible power of humor. The humor of Don Rickles comes to mind as an illustration of humor delivered at the
expense of others. On the other hand, the good natured fun-poking at our exaggerated qualities can enhance our
tolerance of our differences and this too, evolves us spiritually. Self Promotion Another habit to cultivate is one of telling
the world who you are and asking for what you need ---the habit of self promotion. This is not to be confused with self
aggrandizement, egomania or boorish narcissism, but it is an essential ingredient to successful living in the Light. It is simply
knowing what you want and why you should receive; and it helps you define and expand on your own being,
physically, mentally and spiritually. It has been a habit for humans to hold for themselves a standard of selflessness to
counteract what they believe to be an innate selfishness that will run amok without external control. This would be true if they
were correct in the assumptions that: 1. The only human purpose is self-preservation and that "natural" competition will
always

reign supreme over "cultural" cooperation; or 2. That humans are naturally evil and need to be controlled by external dictates
and rules in order to live civilly; or 3. That humans are severed from the guidance of the Creator and cannot act morally. It is
our disconnection from our spiritual nature that drives us to feel less worthy. Two factors contribute to this: One is the
guilt we are saddled with at birth, based upon a mythical source of our origin in which our primal parents betrayed
the Supreme Spirit. The other is that the "so-called" spiritual institutions have a need to keep us under control by
down-playing our true spiritual origin. Although such ideas have helped humans through some difficult times, they have
been accepted to an extreme degree that is no longer desirable. It has been carried to an extreme known as martyrdom,
wherein the needs of the self are dramatically and self-righteously removed from the picture, creating pious victim-like
suffering. In this scenario, the martyr denies and suppresses personal needs in order to attempt to fulfill the needs of others.
This is based upon the faulty assumption that someone can better understand and meet your needs for you than you can for
yourself. They often suffer in silence and frustration, motivated only by some promise of eternal reward in the afterlife.
Religious orders that take vows of poverty, chastity and obedience are setting up, as ideals, the very qualities that
would demean us spiritually, if we are to accept the content of the above admonitions of the Lessons. Because such is
contrary to our spiritual nature, the popularity of this lifestyle must decline as the human race becomes more
spiritually enlightened. While these organizations do many good works for the

poor, they do little to relieve the conditions which create poverty on all levels. The martyr role has also become a weapon
of resistance and even not-so-subtle aggression. Pious selflessness is actually used to generate guilt through which to
manipulate others. The underlying message is that if you martyr yourself, someone else is now obligated to do the same for
you. Or that your beliefs, or your religious ideals, or your political views, reign superior over those of the other whom you

84
pretend to help. This goes against the Creator's intent that each individual develop a mindset for themselves without
unnecessary external intervention. It negates the gift of Free Will and frustrates the need for freedom and self-determinism.
There appears to be a distinction here between "public" martyrdom and "private" martyrdom. The former appears
to be an act of manipulation while the latter is simply an act of Free Will on a most personal level and is a more true
act of "pious" selflessness. This also sets up the individual to experience continuing emotional pain, due to the fact that they
have cut themselves off from the required spiritual need fulfillment. The silent sufferer never voices or attempts to meet the
needs themselves and anger inevitably results. The martyr can then blame those expected to reciprocate when they do an
inadequate job of guessing and satisfying the martyr's needs. The cycle of resentment and revenge can ensue when the person
the martyr holds responsible to reciprocate does an inadequate job. This prompts automatic defensive and self-preservationary
responses that are hardly in

keeping with the original intent. It would appear that the "martyrdom role" that is so revered in religious history may
not be all it's cracked up to be. At the very least, the role that many attempt to emulate by the making of sacrifices for
others, may be little more than a control tool. When giving is done without expectation of reciprocation, it is closer to
Spiritual connection. The directive of "honoring others above self" should be replaced with the understanding that self-needs
cannot be denied, nor second-guessed or filled by others; that cooperation with others should always replace competition; that
every other self is indeed part of the totality of self---of All That Is. The directive of "Honoring self while honoring others" is
far more aligned with Divine Intention. The above does and should give new meaning to the admonition of "...love thy
neighbor as thyself." It doesn't suggest that putting others before our own selves is that great a virtue. Rather, it
suggests that we ALL have equal importance in the All That Is. It gets beyond "competing" with each other to valuing
each other and "cooperating" for a higher purpose. To reverse the trend of the martyr, humans must learn to respect and
honor the boundaries of spirit, those innate genetic aspects of self that are right and good in the eyes of the Creator. They must
not only honor, but actively promote themselves through Light Responses which remove obstacles and increase opportunities
to express and contribute to the total human evolution. They must actively develop skill to communicate their needs and to
find and open doors of need-meeting opportunity. They must speak and act upon their spiritual truth, to develop the life-giving

habit of self-promotion. We have not quite reached that stage in our mental development where we can automatically
read each other's minds. Consequently, we have to exercise our verbal skills to strengthen the lines of communication
amongst ourselves. Thus, we can better understand each other and reach greater levels of peace and harmony. This
brings us to the third application of the Faith In Spirit habit. The act of self-promotion can be likened to the identifying and
knocking on doors of opportunity. The more expression, the more doors opened, the better. Surely not all can open at the same
time, nor could an earthbound human possibly pass through them simultaneously, nor can every opening match exactly the
exceptions of mind. This is when flexibility of mind is essential. This is when the mind must adapt to the dynamic changes
necessary to proceed through unknown doors. This is when the mind must accept when a door slams in the face of one's plans.
This is the point at which probabilities alter, sending a rigid mind into growing pain and resistance. The "Fuller Brush"
salesman from past decades, made his living by knocking on doors and selling his wares to the person who opened it.
In doing so, he also had to sell Himself. To sell "Himself", he had to love Himself. In loving "Himself", he developed
equal love and acceptance of others and experienced the range of acceptance and rejection. In other words, he became
whole. But such shifts in course often take the person far beyond the original expectations. This is when Faith in Spirit is
essential. Faith in Spirit, following self-promoting, acknowledges that life can unfold in delightfully surprising

ways. This is the letting go to a higher power. This is the trust that the mind has the ability to create reality and the spirit will
have a hand in its direction that creates the courage to venture into uncharted territory. Faith allows the letting go of long held
goals with the faith that something even better will surely result---for it will. With "Spiritual" intent as the compass of our
activities, self-promoting results in linking ourselves up with the spiritual nature of all others, while uncoupling
ourselves from that which limits us. No matter how it may appear in the short run, the long term outcome will be far better
for Spirit than the plan of the limited mind. Maximizing opportunity through self-promotion and letting go and trusting, will
allow the most complete and rewarding life paths to unfold. Responding with acceptance and effective learning (Right
Responses), the mind can adapt to match the new direction. The "mind", like all the other aspects of our being, is a part of
the All That Is. When "reminded" of it's Spiritual nature, it can not let us down. This can require great courage when
enduring long-term goals and dreams seem to be suddenly dashed by the winds of fate. When marriages fail, loved ones die,
jobs are lost, economies collapse, and countries go to war, faith is the only salvation. Faith in the Light will be a primary
driver through even the darkest hours. Rest assured that the combined strategies of self-promotion, faith in Spirit and flexible
Right Responses to growing pains will ensure the maximum life experience. Spirit will create that which is

desired as long as you are doing your best at self-promotion and mental development, but it may come in forms beyond the
limits of imagination, though sure to be delightful and rewarding. Self-promotion can open worlds far beyond your

85
imagination---go with it in faith. Like a fellow said to me once, "Cheer up - things could be worse!" So I cheered up and,
sure enough, things got worse! Most of the habits discussed thus far have involved interactions and communications with
other humans, but there are other habits of self-expression that are also very beneficial and more singular in nature. They can
also be more immediately rewarding, for they do not depend upon an external other effecting change as a result. These are the
physical, dramatic and artistic creative spiritual expressions that make the world go around. These are the types of spiritual
expression that are immediately rewarding to mind, body and soul---because they perpetuate the intention of All That Is.
That's good, because human relations can be a real downer sometimes. The essence of this particular topic appears to
be equivalent to the suggestion that we don't hide our lantern under a basket. We are, after all, a flame of Divine Light.
Creative Artistic Expression The Creator intended humans to pursue that which brought pleasure and avoid that which
brought pain, but not merely for simple survival. For this method also determines what contents of mind to choose in order to
live the most

complete and fulfilling life. Pain and pleasure, when understood are the essential learning tools of self development so that
maximum spiritual expression can result. Since humans have not yet understood this simple truth, there exists far more pain
than was ever intended. Just as a child learns the lesson of heat and fire by having the unpleasant experience of touching
them, and a mother knows that this is one of life's lessons that inevitably must be learned, so we prefer to keep that
kind of lesson minimal. But suppose the mother said to her child, "Sweetheart, the more you burn in this life, the less
you'll burn in the next." What effect might this have on children and their relationship to fire? Yet, since the dawn of
humankind, there have existed outlets for such pain, inborn escape hatches through which pleasure can be experienced simply
by resonating to the spirit within others. For this reason, pleasure is automatically experienced through the successful spiritual
expression of others. Of course, resistance and beliefs can always still get in the way, but this ability to connect and resonate
to the experience of others is quite powerful. And this ability gives birth to what is known as art in all of its forms. Each time
we see/hear and enjoy an "artist" expressing him/herself with skill and dedication, we are recipients of that spiritual
joy, because in our creative moments, we know what they know. Throughout the most painful of human eras, with
violation, war, fear and want, there have always been the arts. The basis of art is when the individual connects with the spirit
of the moment allowing the divine spark to flow unabated,

expressing itself outward. It matters not whether anyone responds, or is even present at that instant. Creative expression is a
highly personal act, yet leaves a legacy so that the divine spark catches the spirit of all who witness it at some later point. This
is why the arts are found to be so enjoyable; they connect with the kindred spirit within and affirm the universal validity of the
necessary expression. How grand the world could be, were there more artists than soldiers. Indeed there are, since we
are all "artists" in one form or another. Creative expression occurs when the mind temporarily steps aside and allows the
spirit to reign superior over the consciousness. Creative expression is when the spirit-body is alive without interference of the
mind. It is an energy that flows through the cracks of mind, winding its way through the dense network of limiting beliefs, like
a river flows through a thick forest to the sea. It is actually a slightly altered state of consciousness that scientists are just now
beginning to notice. This state has been called the flow state. In this state, the mind does not attend other stimulus; its focus is
away from the happenings of the world and honed in on the person's creative expression. And in this state there is an
unmistakable feeling of pleasure. Being creative is not a particular talent, it is a Universal Gift, as present in nature as
Spirit itself. It is more than just doing, it is being, which is why time is lost when in the process. Although the feeling is
most powerful for the individual doing the creative act, those witnessing such expression can also be pulled into the spiritual
flow. This is a

wonderful, vital and health giving ability. And it has rescued humans from the depths of despair time and again--- for the
Creator does not intend such pain and suffering. It is only due to the human choices, the slivers of mind, that lingering pain
has become a fact of life. But enlightened ones understand how pain is merely a signal to be acted upon to right the mind to
free the spirit. And creative expression is a powerful liberator. The Spirit, so apparent in nature, is equally visible in
humankind. We need only look, listen and feel to sense the beauty in even the most violent of circumstances. As nature
can be frightening and beautiful at the same time, so humans, who should know better, can be also. The question is ,
which is emulating the other? Humans have an incredible flexibility with which they can handle huge amounts of pain in
their lives. But perhaps most beneficial, is the fact that they can get by with a minimal amount of need fulfillment. They can
channel the energy from one unmet need into another for which they have developed a successful outlet. They can use
spontaneous creative expression to give regular release to frustrated spiritual energy. We truly are marvelous in our
potential. This is the reason why every cultural tradition has incarnated some expressive form into its institutional framework.
Be it oration, music, singing, group movement, chanting, drumming or any other form, it endures because it is aligned with
spiritual intention. But self-expression is not at all limited to such traditions or activities.

86
In fact, part of the creative process is to develop new forms of music, art, sport and non-conventional forms of thought
and expression. While "traditionalists" usually do not welcome such efforts, whether it appears to enhance spirituality
or not, it must be respected and allowed as a reflection of spiritual nature. In fact, any creative pursuit that involves using
the hands to manipulate matter and changes its external form to match some internal vision is highly pleasurable and
rewarding. Such creative pleasure drives human evolution itself. For spirits in flesh are intended to use the power of mind and
the inspiration of Spirit to design and create a physical world of their choosing. Such creations do not have to be considered
artistic to be highly rewarding. Most professional pursuits allow freedom of the creative impulse as well as provide the
rewards of connection and meaning. A final measure of the true value of what we create may lie in the "feeling" we
experience upon making the effort and observing the result. When we are sensitive to Spirit we are automatically
connected to the life forms around us and how what we do affects that form. The only caution is that human creations
should flow from spiritual intent, or they can create undesirable physical results. Creations that follow cooperation, pleasure,
and love will endure and create further experiences of cooperation, pleasure, and love. Creations that follow competitive
impulse, fear and anger will always create further competition, fear, and anger. But no matter how long they are allowed to
endure within mass consciousness, they will eventually give way to more enlightened forms of expression, as individuals, one
by one, learn to heed and

actively express the Spirit within. The above appears to draw a direct link between that which a society's entertainment
industry produces and the behavior of those who are subject to it. It is when that "link" becomes apparent that the
producer begins to consider the consequences of the creation and alter it accordingly. That realization has to come
from within. Unfortunately, this will not occur without the conscious choice of humankind. For within consciousness lies the
ultimate freedom. The Creator gives all the necessary guidance through the feelings of pleasure and pain and the mental
ability to create and actualize that which is chosen by mind. The creations then reflect their level of need-meeting success
through resulting feelings of pleasure or pain. Thus, the cycle of development and expression continues. Just as the inner mind
is developed within each individual, so follows the external evolution of human mental and physical technology or mass
consciousness. It may seem at times that society is not progressing on a spiritual path, but the fact that we are
becoming more aware of our shortcomings is evidence that we are progressing. The life-giving habits of self-expression
can bolster every other effort toward living in the Light. Self-expression is the integral step that unites humans within the
physical realm. It is the driver of experience and the mechanism to solicit feedback from spirit regarding how well the mind is
doing in its task of continuous development and meeting its needs in the world.

We know that All That Is assists that which strives to express its nature. If not, why are we here? Touch Creating with
the hands brings us to another powerful life giving habit of self-expression---that of touch . The energy that flows through the
hands in artistic creation, is that same energy that can be exchanged between life forms through the laying on of hands. The
physical, emotional and therapeutic benefit of touch is already fairly well understood within mass consciousness, but basically
only because humans find it mysteriously pleasurable to touch one another. What is not understood consciously, is the
expressive value, spiritual fulfillment and the physical exchange of energy that accompanies human touch . This does appear
to give physical evidence that "feelings" are, in fact, a form of energy as valid as the more obvious energy we deal with
in the physical, i.e. electrical, mechanical, etc. Understanding this is the next step to putting it to practical use in our
lives, in new and innovative ways. Humans have discovered---in spades---certain pleasurable gifts of the flesh, such as
human sexuality. The innate pleasure centers that motivate procreation have become the fodder of many limiting thoughts,
beliefs, and systems of living that seek to tame the wild beast within. But the sexual experience is also a highly spiritual one
wherein energies are exchanged between truly loving entities. This creates a deeply spiritual connection where energies meld

again into one another, recalling the consciousness to the fact that we are all intermingling energies. There should be the
highest respect for this act, and an honoring of its spirituality, instead of the simply physical excitements and releases. For this
type of expression without the presence of love can be spiritually frustrating and damaging physically, psychically and
emotionally, not to mention the problem of procreation outside of the original spiritual intent of loving interactive
developmental connection. This paragraph brings such clarity to the reasons for applying a discipline to the sexual act.
In a society that worships wanton pleasure for its own sake, we have lost the meaning of the value of truly loving
relationships and pay a price for this loss in the many other ways we relate to each other. Crime and violence have
increased with narcissism, as the value of others declines inversely to that of ourselves. The benefits of touch, however,
have far more applications. This simple touch of the shoulder of one who is in distress can communicate the empathic
connectedness of spirit and loving compassion quite healing to one experiencing pain. To stroke a child or a pet is intensely
rewarding to both parties. Overall massage of the body also provides actual therapeutic benefit to the cells as well as the
energy system. There are cultures that know and practice the art of physical communication with lots of hugs and
abrazoes. These cultures reflect an openness and happiness that is reflected in the life style. Just as those cultures that

87
refrain from physical expression are prone to produce an environment that reflects the restrained attitudes. Nowhere
is this more evident than between northern and southern Europe.

As humans develop less limited mindscapes, they will become attuned to the more subtle and powerful aspects of human
touch. For now, like many other natural gifts, touch speaks for itself. Humans the world over are encouraged to exploit its
physical and emotional benefits as much as possible. We seek to understand and utilize the subtle energies around us
while failing to notice that many of them are already in play. Vocalizing Self expression is about getting yourself out
there, about telling the world what you think, dream, and desire. Humans rely mostly upon words---the gift of language, no
matter what tongue. But self expression is any action or utterance that meets needs or shows gratitude when they have been
met. It is how the individual creates change in the environment, how evolution proceeds. Thus, as part of the human natural
motivative system, it has some built-in features. The Creator endowed humans with several kinds of innately rewarding vocal
methods of spiritual expression. Talking is one of the more complicated means of expressing our state of mind and
emotions. The others that will follow give us an opportunity to vent our feelings in a deeper, more spontaneous fashion.
We often did this readily in our youth, but became more restrained as we grew older. It may be time to re-examine
that decision. The most rudimentary vocal form of self-expression is the

ability to shed tears. Like every other inborn gift, the ability to cry is part of the Spiritual safety net, wherein physical
processes take over and respond to spiritual frustration in necessary ways. For example, take a newborn. Crying is the first
tool a human has to communicate distress and frustrated needs. The parents relate emphatically to the distress and then act in
ways which solve the problem. Without such assistance, helpless newborns could not survive. (The sound of an infant crying
is also innately aversive and humans are immediately motivated to make it stop.) The parents must have a high degree of
attachment to the infant to respond to its needs, or the spirit will vacate the body. Such inter-dependence of humans is one of
the physical requirements of the Creator. One might say it is a "base requirement", that begins with our first entry into
the physical and grows in complexity as we grow in mental agility and spiritual awareness. What we are not
necessarily aware of is that this form of expression need not necessarily be totally outgrown and cast aside. For the
reasons explained below, it has value to us throughout our lives. Crying not only happens when self needs are frustrated,
but it also happens spontaneously when empathic pain of others is experienced. And crying is not limited merely to negative
experiences, for humans can also weep with joy. Humans often weep over deep and abiding human experiences, rights of
passage, and common situations of success and pleasure. Humans often weep when they experience the deeper meaning, or
rhythms within daily living. For this system communicates the connectedness and intent of the spirit when the experiences of
others

touch the universal sameness and resonate with the knowledge that All Are One. There are times when we weep for
ourselves, when we can't seem to make a clear connection with the world around us. But this, too, is of value as it
relieves some of the pressure to comply and conform with the situations in which we are uncomfortable. Crying is often
associated with new beginnings, when the spirit swells with faith, hope and optimism. Such milestones are often marked with
traditional ceremonies such as weddings, rights of passage, graduations, promotions, births, etc., as the spirit resonates,
validates, and encourages movement along the path of life. Tears can mark the final breakthrough of consciousness into
awareness of long held, yet denied conflicts, self-doubts and beliefs. Tears often accompany such personal rebirth, as spirit
basks in enlightening self-development. Spirit sings its song of hope through tears. This shows that "songs" may be sung
even though they are devoid of words or music. There is a part of us that often "sings" with the other portions of our
physical bodies, an experience we can become aware of and appreciate. Crying is often also associated with closure, in
universally human situations of endings---funerals, good-byes, relocations, divorces, or any other transitions that mark the end
of one phase and the beginning of another. Tears punctuate the human cycles of birth, death, and rebirth offering physical
release in lieu of clear understanding of the ever-evolving dynamic nature of the mind and of life

itself. When these understandings are absorbed, crying will result less from resistance and more from the acceptance of the
connection and universality of spirits. Humans shall instead cry tears of joy. A true understanding of the cycle of death, in
particular, will redefine the nature of grief and, someday, may even bring us to the point that the tears we shed in
those circumstances, will be the tears of joy, knowing that the person who leaves us is actually being reborn to his/her
natural environment. Crying continues to act as a human connector and a vent for frustrations throughout the entire lifetime.
Crying is a very healthy activity, despite its aversiveness and corresponding reputation within mass consciousness. Men in
particular need to learn how to understand and appreciate its benefits. Men can begin to acquaint themselves with this
activity from an intellectual perspective, but what can naturally follow is a favorable attitude toward participation
when the positive aspects are clearly understood. Allowing yourself to be carried away within a good cry is tantamount to
going into a healing altered state of consciousness. The body takes over and allows the emotional energy to pour forth in
physical reflexive lurches and uninhibited tears. Crying is psychically and physically cleansing. It allows the body to cast off

88
pent-up emotional frustrations and right itself, regardless of the limitations of mind which continually fuel the fires of
frustration. The crying response automatically calls forth the necessary

hormones and chemicals that actually wash away toxins and impurities that contribute to physical stress and decay. Who
knows, this might be a factor that explains why women tend to outlive their counterparts. If stress is truly the killer we
are beginning to suspect it is, then this might prove to be quite beneficial to a state of health and well-being. Thus,
humans are encouraged to cry with abandonment. Seek out opportunities---go to see sentimental movies, enjoy the literature,
and other art forms which bring on tears. Cry when you are moving and dancing about, allow your spirit total liberation. Cry
when you find yourself in deeply spiritually pleasing places, when you meditate, or when you gaze upon nature. Crying is the
spirit resonating---so let the tears flow freely. Of course, private personal crying will be easier to accomplish than public
releases. But let it be known that even big boys should cry with reckless abandon to help affirm and preserve their physical
and spiritual boundaries. It is probably time for the male species to get beyond the early programming, find a nice
private space (or comfort with someone you care about) and let go. Do it as an experiment and pay attention to the
results. What's to lose? Laughter is another of nature's gifts of vocal expression. It relates to the mystery of humor as well as
to the crying response with equally cleansing and curative benefits. Laugh loud and often. For laughter also sings the Spirit's
song of hope and oneness. Laughter speaks for itself.

Yes, I think we've shed enough tears for the moment. Surely, both sexes can be comfortable in sharing a good laugh.
But it is all too easy for humans to become so entangled within the limits of their own minds that they forget to laugh. It takes
conscious focus to remember to find the humor within, and to respond to it heartily. Thus, humans should also seek out
opportunities to laugh, to find the fun in the unexpected and note it with a hearty burst of laughter---no matter how
challenging life might be at any point. Laughter feeds the mind, body and soul. ...and it's non-fattening! There are actually
people who take their personal health care so seriously that they forget to laugh about it. We know that the ability to
laugh at ourselves is so essential to our emotional balance. We just forget sometimes. The final form of vocal expression
is song. What human has not felt the physical effects of meaningful tones and vibrations upon the body? There is some form
of uniform vocal expression in each and every human culture, which evidences its universal benefit. Song has been used
throughout human history to invoke spiritual resonance and to connect it with religious teachings, political alliances, and
community groupings. To experience the harmony and passion of voice raised in song, is to know in the fiber of our being the
tremendous accomplishments that humans can achieve with cooperative expression. So, like laughter and tears, sing loud and
sing often. (And remember not to mentally judge how it sounds!! Let the spirit squeak and howl freely.)

If one feels that his/her voice is not pleasing enough to be shared with others, there's always the time-honored practice
of singing in the shower. It's exclusive and sounds pretty good, too. For the sounds of song also have direct effects upon
the energy system of the body. The vibrations of certain tones correspond with major energy centers within the body. There is
much to be learned in this area regarding physical transmutation and manipulation of matter with the use of sound. As the
many limitations within mass consciousness are reduced one by one, new creative insights and approaches will be allowed to
unfold in this area. At this time, suffice it to say that singing is nourishment for the body, mind, and soul. There seems to be a
suggestion here that we might be able to sing, cry, laugh, dance and whatever ourselves into a higher state of spiritual
enlightenment. I suspect it's true. In sum, all vocal expressions can serve positive purposes. Be they words of kindness, or
rejection of injustice. Be they tears of frustration or joy. Be they laughter or song. Use them and enjoy them, for they are the
gifts of the Gods. There are many who have overcome while singing about it. Expressing Within The Creation One final
comment in the area of self-expression relates to being at one in spirit with the Natural Creation. It is innately pleasing to
express through interaction with other

life forms within the creation. Creative expressions and art forms which interact with other organisms achieve a special
emotional reward. To create with flora, to garden, landscape, or even simply to walk among the trees of a forest, are actions
which strike a deep chord within the spirit in affirmation of the inter-connectedness of every apportionment of spirit. This is
more difficult when one lives in an urban environment and an alternative to the above suggestions in that case, might
be to interact on an intellectual or emotional level with spiritual writings or groups who explore spiritual matters.
Then, as often as possible, find an environment of pure nature and wallow in it. Interaction with animals is particularly
pleasing, generating a physical, mental, emotional and spiritual response universal to all humans. Such forms of appreciation
and interaction with all of creation are innately rewarding. This is a practical alternative where pets (dogs and cats) are
allowed. The latter seem to serve that need particularly well when not demanding undue attention or being an
annoyance to others. Thus, there is a counterpart responsibility for humans to ensure that their own creative technological
expressions are limited to those within the cooperative spirit that does not infringe upon any other form of life. This is a
responsibility that should be accepted and honored at its highest levels. Humans should ponder this challenge and begin

89
immediately to act upon it. As we continue to expand as a species and take a greater share of space upon this planet, the
very least we can and should do is apologize to the

other life forms we displace. It's the honorable thing to do. With the understandings in place to begin replacing the deadly
habits with life-giving ones, we can now turn the discussion to the human needs themselves.
Page 187-196 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Gamma Lesson Four A: Universal Values & Needs The Scientific
Authority Science is often considered the most acceptable source of human knowledge. A reputation well deserved for the
most part. But scientists might teach you that the universe and all of life is some sort of big cosmic accident. They might say
that consciousness itself arose from the primordial soup only after centuries and centuries of "evolution." Perhaps the worst
advice they offer is that there is no greater purpose than simple self-preservation, that life at its core is brutish competition for
survival of the fittest. We see the consequences of this philosophy most reflected by the medical profession with physical
life being preserved at all costs. This has deteriorated into a form of "for profit" health care that keeps a portion of
peoples' consciousness trapped in their bodies long after

their spirits have moved on to a better place. They offer such advice without acknowledging the overpowering evidence
that the universe and all of the natural creation operates instead upon a directive of cooperation toward a higher, divine
purpose of self-development and self-expression . Science is cautious in its assertions because it holds to objective, empirical
standards which seek to avoid the limiting influence of existing subjective beliefs---a most noble goal. For the existing beliefs
within the cultural memory run the gamut from the sublime to the ridiculous. They declare wildly conflicting truths and
righteousness about human values, purpose, and morality. Many place negative value judgments upon human nature itself.
There are no limits to humanity's creative interpretations. Any such belief can be entertained and passed down through the
generations. Many such limiting assumptions are passed along through religious frameworks as unimpeachable and
unquestionable truths. Therefore, there are many conflicting, inaccurate beliefs that need to be sifted and classified. Science
seeks objective laws upon which to base such subjective classification. But in its efforts to do so, it often commits the same
mistakes of infallibility that are adhered to by groups outside of the scientific community. It is in this flaw that "most
noble goals" can be subverted. To this end, scientists look to the natural world to find evidence that can explain life---but
without assuming that a Creator exists. Much to the chagrin of many atheistic

scientists, this approach will lead humans to the unmistakable, irreversible conclusion that there does exist such a force with
intention, value, and divine purpose. In nature, while hidden to some and obvious to others, lies the evidence of the
universal Spirit. Whether studying the human cell or a distant galaxy, a thread of purpose runs through the dynamics
of the essence of each. It is what led the poet to observe that the universe could be found in a grain of sand. When
scientists become acquainted with human nature and the emotional system, they will have all the evidence they need to
conclude the presence of a higher intelligence at work. For indeed, "God" is alive and well. The intention of the Creator is
evidenced in the creation with far more integrity, validity, and truth than any human philosophical or religious rendering.
Indeed, any "truth" put forth that is not aligned with actual human nature is simply inaccurate. For God does not play dice
with the universe. There is order, cooperation and intent. What is so obvious in the natural world outside of ourselves, is
even more impressive when we begin to explore and understand the potential of our inner natures. For the outer world
is truly a reflection of the inner, and therein lies our ultimate creative freedom. Scientists are finally on the verge of
discovering that the emotional language unites the intuitive (spiritual) qualities and the rational (mental) qualities. This has
been the missing piece of human puzzle since time untold. Once recognizing this natural, elegant mechanism, they will be led
to higher and higher levels of objective understandings. They might be resistant at first, due to their own particular

brand of dogma, which seeks to fit evidence into overly narrow paradigms. But those that heed the inner desire to know, more
than they fear where it might take them, will succeed. As this principle would apply to scientists, so it would and should
apply to theologians when they are willing to abandon power and influence for true spiritual enlightenment. Much to
the chagrin of religious zealots, these discoveries will alter the face of God as they know it. Nonetheless, great knowledge and
guidance can then emerge which can influence mass consciousness quite profoundly. And it will be knowledge that provides
far more fulfillment than any truths or values which will have to be abandoned. Scientists need only take what should be the
obvious step from the absence of Spirit to the ubiquitous nature of Spirit and be willing to lead philosophers and
theologians through a door of unlimited possibilities and into greater alignment with All That Is. Spiritual Intention Vs
Human Mental Values What they (scientists) will discover from finally coming to understand the human feeling feedback
system, is that there are indeed certain hardwired, biologically intended, universal values. Values are levels of quality which
are desirable and have intrinsic worth. Although virtually anything goes in the realm of mind, the realm of spirit knows---and
desires humans to know---inherent universal values.

90
This realization by the scientists of the world will give a boost to acceptance that ALL humans are endowed with a
spiritual nature so intrinsic that with a little encouragement, the human race will be able to take quantum leaps
toward resolving many of its problem relationships. Peace on earth will be a truly attainable reality. Humans may place
value upon any arbitrary traits, behaviors, or objects as long as they are in agreement. Although human values can come and
go, changing with the times and varying widely across cultures and human history, the spiritual values are those that are non-
negotiable, and everlasting. They have always existed and they always will in their purely elegant but simple form. The
difference is that universal, spiritual values are the same for each and every human being and perhaps every form of life itself.
This is the concept that has always enhanced human dignity and led to forms of government, for example, that defined
human rights and established the "principles" to protect those rights. These universal values can be found underlying
many cultural traditions, rules and codes. Many human values are, in fact, symbolic representatives of these spiritual values.
For example, dollars, ducats, francs, pesos, lyre, pounds, wampum, etc., are all representatives of monetary value. The money
itself has no inherent value. But as an agreed upon medium of exchange, it often provides power, freedom, and can bring
fulfillment. The only reason money succeeds as a human value is because it hooks into the higher, spiritual values and brings
emotional rewards. On

the other hand, if the human value conflicts with a spiritual value, it will cause emotional pain. Many aspects of money do,
indeed, conflict with certain spiritual values. The relationship between human and natural values is captured in the expression:
"money cannot buy happiness." Yet, money, when infused with a concept of spiritual value, can bring opportunities for
fulfillment of body, mind and spirit. The trick is in keeping, it like anything else, in the proper perspective. Thus far,
many human values conflict with spiritual values, due to our lack of understanding. Many teachings and world views do not
recognize all spiritual values and overemphasize some at the expense of others. This creates conflict in experience and bad
feelings to such a high degree that humans think such negative experience is normal. There is thought to be no sense, meaning
or order in the universe and that life itself is meant as a torturous series of painful events, or that suffering is somehow good
for the soul. When in actuality, suffering merely signals when human choices are hurtful, so immediate corrections can be
made, restoring the intended state of enlightened bliss. If we begin to detach ourselves sufficiently from the immediacy of
life to understand that this physical experience is meant to be a true educational experience and a form of on-the-job
training, we can accept the lessons of life with greater appreciation, rather than wallowing in our personal self-pity.
Spiritual Values Embodied In Human Needs

Such suffering is no longer necessary. Now, with understandings of how the emotional language speaks the intention of spirit,
observing what happens emotionally when certain conditions exist, reveals exactly what that divine intention might be. For the
Creator's intention is hardwired into the human being at the physical, mental, and emotional level in what is called universal
human need. This is the great spiritual gift. We can explore indefinitely the distractions of the "tunnel", but we can
never completely ignore the "light" at the end. Human needs are about human purpose. They are designed into human
nature to internally orient each upon the Destiny Path. Each need plays its own unique role in the basic purpose of self-
preservation, as well as in guiding humans to their higher purpose of self development and expression. Each need derives from
(and points to) the spiritual values of self worth, divine joy, self expansion and cooperative unity. When human needs are
fulfilled in a balanced manner, the natural, divine human morality emerges in every thought and deed . It is the "all roads
lead to Rome" concept. It is intended that, whatever our perspective/path we may currently be traveling on, we have
an unlimited opportunity to utilize that uniqueness in our quest for our personal "Holy Grail". It bears repeating that
these values are translated into biological human needs. They have been previously introduced in two categories of Individual
(power) Needs

and the Group (connection) Needs. Now they can be examined more closely. Understanding the needs themselves can explain
a great deal about human behavior and why certain actions happen instead of others. They can provide key information that
helps accurately interpret feelings and identify the casual beliefs that need to be altered. For oftentimes, the beliefs place the
needs in conflict with each other. Yet the impetus to fulfill them is so powerful that it motivates choices often outside the
conscious awareness of the individual. This is because the spiritual needs, biologically impressed upon the human being, play
a very important role in the feedback information cycle of the language of emotion. Listening to the language of feelings will
lead you to your chosen beliefs of mind, but they will also lead to your inborn values of spirit experienced as the needs of the
flesh. There are times when the decisions we make seem to defy our logical process. Yet, on a level we hardly
understand or appreciate at this point in our history, we are making these "decisions" on the basis of an intended
spiritual form of growth and, ultimately, this is how things work out. The Role Of Human Needs There are many ideas
and beliefs regarding human need. Many such dictates and values spring from human culture, from mass consciousness, rather
than from spiritual validity. Which means, of course, that there are many distortions put forth about human need in general.
One such distortion is that it is considered a good thing for one

91
person to "need" another. A second distortion is that each person is supposed to fulfill the needs of others, in selfless charity,
while their own needs go unmet. This only brings confusion, martyrdom, co-dependency, unhappiness, resentment and
conflict. For each individual is intended to fulfill his or her own needs. Now that might be a hard one to swallow.
However, in the name of needing each other, a lot of emotional damage is inflicted that could probably be avoided if a
little more detachment were practiced. It may also sound callous to suggest that helping others is sometimes less than a
noble act, but an imposed obligation (exercised through guilt) to help someone else while one's own needs are yet to be
met, is simply a distortion of charity and is bound to bring on perverted consequences. This spiritual directive is so non-
negotiable, important and powerful, that each human is born with preset biological self-protecting reactions to ensure that they
will be met. If self-needs go unfulfilled, the emotional signal will sound. If the corrective message is ignored, the emotional
intensity will continue to build, motivating the person to seek relief in any way possible. If we accept the principle that we
can and do create our own reality, then when we give strength to the role of victimhood, we discourage the true
capabilities of our existence. This basic connection between need, emotion, and the urge to act sets the stage for many
actions which seek escape from the painful emotions. This is the basis for nearly every competitive, violent, aberrant,
compulsive, or addictive behavior perpetrated by mankind. Thus, it is imperative for humans to understand their needs, be

empowered to meet them in any manner they so choose, and to listen to the emotional signals for guidance and feedback. Our
true knowledge and power comes from within ourselves. When we intentionally rely upon others to meet our needs, we
do ourselves the greatest disservice. As we have become acquainted with the language of human spirit, we have learned how
the human feelings provide continuous guiding feedback information. We know that the goal is to compare and balance mind
and spirit. At this closer level, we can see exactly what gets compared. These needs are the internal spiritual standards against
which the emotional signals compare external results. These needs are the measures against which the beliefs are evaluated.
In short, the emotional signal in any given moment tells us how well our needs have been met by our beliefs. The feelings
compare our needs with our beliefs and constantly inform us which beliefs help meet our needs and which frustrate them, so
that corrections can be made. Bear in mind that our needs flow from our destiny and intuitive knowledge of spiritual
intention---a source far wiser than our minds. They drive us toward divine intention no matter where the mind thinks it ought
to go. This way, the desires and actions will steer the mind in choosing the best beliefs. If we believe poverty is a virtue and
we are unhappy in our state of deprivation, we can realize that to alter our financial state, we will need to examine and
revise our beliefs.

The best belief systems, of course, are those built upon this spiritual feedback. The best mindscapes will allow all needs to be
met in some balanced manner, without neglecting some to meet others. In the course of the learning experiences, the safety
feature of the emotional system will motivate automatic physical corrective actions, if the mind does not choose successful
ones. These responses will often occur before the mind is even invoked. They are intended to ensure survival long enough to
ponder how and why such a situation came about to foster mental correction. If no correction ever comes, the human is
reduced to a basic instinctive, reactionary level of experience which does not utilize the rational capacities. Because we are
more than animals, we have more control over our state of existence unless, of course, we buy into a contrary belief
system. Thus, the universal needs are the basis for all directed human action---whether consciously chosen or unconsciously
habitual. Emotion is the force that moves us to action, the need provides the direction. When actions meet the needs in a
balanced manner, the "golden mean"---the intended state of balance, decreed, desired and dictated by the Creator---has been
achieved. We are all capable of achieving a state of balance in our spiritual progression, just as surely as we can learn
to ride a bicycle. The needs are the Creator's delightful, ingeniously designed insurance policy that humans would never
completely distance themselves from the guiding wisdom

of their spiritual source. The needs are designed to lead us to our highest purpose. No matter how long humans may flounder
in limiting choices of belief, their feelings will urge them toward this state of balance. No matter how ignorant the application
of free will, the inner guidance back to the light is always available. The biological needs, empowered by frustrated feelings,
will drag humans---kicking and screaming if need be---in better directions than the limited mind has been able to provide.
Eventually the Creator's love will overcome our own personal Self-absorption, even when the only block to our
evolvement is simply stubbornness. Only when all the needs are respected, and beliefs and strategies are in place to get them
met, are humans allowed to be fully human. The course of human evolution will only move toward this eventual outcome. The
ultimate, truly civilized, systems of living---those that will not self-destruct or suffer the social symptoms of fear and anger---
will recognize and provide a balanced approach where all of the needs are continuously respected and met. Once we realize
the above expressed truths, we can begin working toward the creation of a society which compliments the truly
spiritual nature of human beings. The Dynamic Flexibility Of Needs The wisdom of the Creator allows tremendous
flexibility in how humans choose to meet their needs. Free will means

92
just that. There are no rigid rules. The human needs can be met in any number of imaginably creative ways. Simply looking to
the many diverse human systems of thought and living will attest to the tremendous freedom the Creator allows humans to
chart their own course. What follows belief systems are judgement systems that often show disapproval of the manner in
which some achieve their needs in comparison to others. But on the basis of the above statement, all efforts are
allowed, and ultimate consequences are the governing factor. The level of need fulfillment in a given individual or society
reflects the level of understanding of human purpose. To date, most human civilizations and systems of living do not meet all
of the needs all of the time. In fact, some needs are not recognized nor respected at all. Often, the individual needs are pitted
directly against the group needs, or one is ignored so that the other can be emphasized. This sets the stage for failure,
emotional pain, and defensive self-preservationary responses which seek to remove self chosen roadblocks. It is only through
creative, if not deviant, behavior that much fulfillment is accomplished at all. This is why science has declared, if not
relegated, human purpose to be that of mere survival or self-preservation. (Religion, however, for all its mistakes, has kept the
faith of a higher human purpose alive until science can catch up). In adopting the "survival of the fittest" principle, science
has ignored the need for all to be winners and the need for all to survive. Most religions, on the other hand, recognize
the enduring spiritual nature of human beings.

For humans are a hearty species indeed. Temporary retreats can help them survive intense amounts of mental and emotional
conflict and pain while they are finding their way. This human tenacity can be credited to the wisdom of the Creator, who
offers timeless patience and faith in human nature. This inner strength, resiliency, and self-protection was a gift to match that
of free will, giving humans the ability and strength to endure while learning for themselves how to restore the inner guidance.
Having taken the roughest road to enlightenment up until now, we can finally begin to find the smoother and more
expeditious way to our prescribed intent. But there are definite limits to any such flexibility. Although feelings will always
sound the alarm, they can be ignored for only so long until the needs are neglected beyond even the Creator's tolerance level.
The self-preservationary reactions of flight and fight occur when this limit has been reached. These inborn self-
preservationary mechanisms will ensure that a minimum amount of need-meeting will happen, regardless of how conflicted
the realm of mind might be. These defensive responses will ensure that some of the needs will at least be met all of the time,
and that humans don't dip below the minimum level, threatening preservation of the species. This is why the self-
preservationary impulses to fight and take flight are so powerful. Humans are not intended to tolerate such continuous pain
and suffering. These responses ensure that the individual will at least physically

react to meet the needs regardless of how well the mind or world honors them. Someday we will stop making heroes out of
the people who are the most successful in killing their fellow human beings. When that time comes, we will have taken
a giant step toward true progress on the planet. Like anything else, need fulfillment itself can be used as a strategy of
escape and denial of the bigger challenge at hand. It is all too easy to seek refuge in the emotional pleasure of meeting one
need to soothe the frustration of another. This is how need-meeting behaviors often become compulsions. Impulses to overeat,
drink or self-medicate nearly always spring from unmet spiritual needs. As debilitating as this can be, it is not without
temporary benefit. For until the system is understood, it is often necessary to seek refuge from overly intense emotional
signals. The practice of seeking solutions outside of ourselves (even in the form of mind altering substances) can only
serve to postpone our awareness of the solutions that lie within. But all defensive responses are merely temporary fixes. As
always, the feelings---when understood---continuously ask for permanent correction in any and all circumstances brought
about by limiting beliefs which have left needs unmet. Hardwired responses only meet some immediate needs, while rational,
emotionally directed responses address all needs on a long-term basis. Self preservation is only a stage or stepping stone to the
higher, purposeful responses of self-development and expression. Thus, it is

essential to become very well acquainted with each of the needs, so that the messages of emotions can bring the maximum
progress. The full aggregate of our needs must be established and reviewed and this is what these Lessons intend. In
sum, emotion moves action toward meeting needs. For emotion addresses beliefs in relation to these needs. The need lies
under the feeling representing the voice of spirit, just as the belief lies under the feeling representing the voice of mind. The
feeling then motivates the action. Thus, emotion is very powerful and the primary force behind every human action, with
each feeling addressing one of six, core, rudimentary, basic, spiritually ordained, and biologically imbedded human needs.
Understanding needs is the final piece of information to ensure maximum use of the emotional message. The needs are not
complex, nor mysterious. In fact they are quite simple and clearly recognizable, once we make their acquaintance. To this end,
we will now discuss, in detail, the needs themselves. It is in reviewing these "needs" that we take the next step in
preparing ourselves for the journey toward a truly spiritual point. The Need for Power This is perhaps the most basic of
all human needs. It is the essential requirement that each human being be able to control his or her destiny. Power is the
unrestricted ability to act , and to have the world respond to those actions.

93
Individual empowerment is the divine conduit of free will. Each human being must be able to act in ways which allow them to
succeed in getting what they need. Power in its most basic form provides the safety of knowing that you can fend for yourself
and make your life work. Without the power to exercise our "Free Will", it would soon atrophy. Likewise, without
"Free Will", there would be no purpose in exercising our power. To the degree that we retain and utilize our "power",
we create our lives. The need for power is perhaps the most basic, most rudimentary and non-negotiable of the human needs.
If the power need goes unmet, all other needs will be subordinated immediately to restore this most essential degree of control
and safety. The power need reflects the universal spiritual values of cooperation, and self determinism. Without the
cooperative give and take between individual and environment, life simply cannot happen. The point here seems to be that
"power" must be exercised with an awareness of others in our lives. If not, it becomes corrupting. There are ample
examples in history that show what can happen when too much power is concentrated in the hands of too few people.
Whenever human beings experience a lack in the power need, they will feel fear . They will be physically motivated to
immediately remove themselves from that situation or to fight to change it to ensure survival. The basic social conditions must
allow humans to have enough empowerment to act upon their thoughts and feelings and

be able to learn through their experiences. The greatest gift you can give another human being is to trust him/her with the
necessary "power" to serve your needs in a creative way. Nothing can be more complimentary. From the very moment
of birth, humans need to experience their power and ability to control the environment. Even a helpless infant exerts power by
expressing the feelings through vocal outbursts until a parent or caregiver comes to satisfy the need. If no one responds to the
crying, the infant simply does not survive. If the crying is only successful some of the time, the infant is not assured of its own
power, and emotional dissonance immediately begins, setting the stage for inadequate emotional development. (Many
disconnected souls spend their lifetime seeking power in violent angry outbursts due to this initial condition of questionable
power within a non-cooperative foster environment.) If we could take the "angry" back to their early childhood and
recreate what might be a period of neglect, then we might be able to correct their history and, hopefully, help them
alter their own personality. Power and personal control over one's destiny is often confused with other trappings of power.
Money, position, status, and control over others often compensates temporarily for a lack in the personal empowerment need.
If someone does not feel safe, then they might be motivated to find temporary escape or pseudo-safety in any ways their
distorted beliefs might dictate. But such responses to emotional pain are simply flight responses and not those

that will ensure development and expression. Adding knowledge which has passed emotional muster is far more empowering.
Knowledge is, indeed, power. "Knowledge" is "power" because it gives us understanding and with understanding we
can acquire a greater degree of personal security. Consequently, we can relate in a more caring way toward those
around us. How many bosses would become more mellow with some added knowledge of why they are the way they
are. Hopefully, many! The most important point about the power need is that it is an essential need that opens doors to the
meeting of all other needs. The need for personal power and control over one's destiny is simply non-negotiable. Individual
empowerment is the naturally ordained right of each and every spirit in flesh. Thus, it is essential to honor this need and
establish internal beliefs and external social structures which allow the maximum self empowerment. It goes without saying,
of course, that with such naturally ordained power, comes the corresponding naturally intended responsibility for chosen
actions. This is why the life-giving habit of accountability is so important. The American constitution is a beacon in the
world and is so often emulated by other countries because it contains the seeds of the empowerment described above
and establishes the "external social structures" to guarantee and enhance the exercise of self empowerment. Humans
often give their power away due to misunderstandings of the choices of belief. They often channel their power indirectly
through other people or through social structures that severely limit their

fulfillment. This error will be signaled by anger, frustration, and eventually the sadness and depression of self-loss. These
feelings all scream for the power to be restored, for the beliefs to be altered (with Right Responses) from those that have
allowed it to be given away. True empowerment is reflected in beliefs which rarely invoke anger or frustration. Power is not
simply being able to control the angry feelings; it lies in structuring the mind with beliefs which restore control over the daily
challenges, so that they are never even elicited. Instead, the threat to personal power often allows the fight response to take
over, regardless of what the best response might be. When vested interests replace the will of the public in representative
government, the public eventually turns cynical and indifferent. This state is first evident in the "turn-out" figures at
election time. Even while government tries to blame the public for the indifference, it ignores or protects its own
indifference to those they are elected to represent and whose power they are required to exercise. Suffice it to say at this
point, that the need for power will overcome the other needs if necessary. For self-preservation can only occur if the
individual has the power to act upon the environment and meet the innate needs. If conditions are such that competition is
necessary---"so be it" deems the Creator. It is, indeed, the individual that will make changes in the world, not the group. The
group can never change or fully control the individual in ways that prevent these innate human dynamics. Evolution happens
at the level of the individual, and thus, it is imperative to ensure maximum empowerment of each. If relative

94
empowerment for safety and control is not achieved, there will be chaos and eventual demise. While the rights of the
individual can not necessarily take precedence over the rights of the group, the right of expression can and should be
sacrosanct. When offensive, such expressions can be ignored, but when productive, they should be honored.
Page l97-206 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Gamma Lesson Four B: Universal Needs Continued The Need For
Freedom Beyond the power to control one's destiny, lies the freedom of movement and thought with which a human can
both broaden the mind and alter the world. One can have control, yet not have the freedom to expand the internal and external
worlds. Once self-preservation is assured (the power need met) the human is immediately motivated to begin self-
development with the urge to be free. But the urge to be free is also very basic and non-negotiable. The human value of liberty
embodies both the power and freedom needs. The words: "Give me liberty or give me death"...were deeply and spiritually
accurate. The need for freedom ensures that humans will be able to think for themselves and decide how to design their
mindscape to

best fulfill their innate value. The very word "freedom" has almost become erased from our societal lexicon, along with
words like "liberty" and "honor". As these words fade from use, so also do the principles for which they stand and the
activity which they inspire. The need for freedom was the Creator's insurance that free will would be honored and nurtured.
Life is meant to be experienced in the present moment, with spontaneity and enthusiasm supported by constantly evolving,
unlimited mental structures. Learning is intended to be an individual experiential trial and error process---and never to be
replaced by a limited or singular way of understanding and interacting with the world. Although human education and the
passing on of culture is very helpful for shared living, it has also, over time, profoundly reduced other options of thought and
action. Life is not meant to be learned from the experiences of others. Divine intention is that learning will occur only through
the experiences of the self acting upon the world in trial and error behaviors, with the ever-present guide of human emotion
judging progress. When we reward perfection and punish error, we discourage many from involving themselves in the
learning experience. Thus, those who might have been able to inspire us to take the necessary chances to achieve those
physical, mental and spiritual goals that are held up as examples, instead let our institutions intimidate us into
believing that straying from established criteria will only lead to being removed from those institutions. To put it
another way, if you want those "A's", you better buy into the curriculum, else you flunk out. The intention of the
Creator is born out in the adolescent

years of developing human beings. What has become feared as the inevitable, willful rebellion of teens is simply the Creator's
inborn desire for each person to learn for themselves through their own experiences. This is why humans often reject the
advice of their elders, even good advice from those who are very respectable. For the urge springs naturally from the right and
true, deep and abiding need for freedom of thought and action. They must learn certain things for themselves, despite all the
frustrations of those who have already had similar learning experiences. Thus, the need for freedom and individual
experiences must be honored, accepted and accommodated within each individual mind and in all social structures. This is
particularly difficult for parents seeing their children go through their adolescent years. How much easier it would be
to endure this period if our society placed greater emphasis on faith in Divine Spirit and trust in the importance of
emotional guidance. This does not mean that all structured learning and education should be thrown by the wayside. Instead,
it should be tailored to allow individuals experiential learning within the existing structures to strike the needed balance. All
"knowledge" should be offered as flexible and consensual and treated as a suggestion or a framework of reference from which
individuals can create and imagine bigger and better explanations. Nothing should be offered as an unimpeachable "Truth,"
but instead as a potentially useful tool for self-discovery. Education and knowledge should be offered in the context of
Socratic questioning and discussion, along with situational dramatics which honor,

respect and facilitate each person's right to experiential learning. (Situational dramatics and role-playing are very powerful and
underutilized tools for experiential, precautionary learning. They can bring about vicarious, yet painful, messages of emotion
without the actual experience itself, imparting wisdom without paying the price of learning the hard way). How much more
emphatic would have been the consequences of prejudice had the integrated classroom become an environment where
the daily prejudices were acted out so that both groups would have been placed on the receiving end of discrimination,
before the final step became the reality. Simply put, societies that do not allow freedom for all of their members, will not
survive. Any human grouping which seeks to contain and control its members by erecting mental and physical walls, can
never succeed in the long term. When societies provide the right amount of freedom, there will be far less violent rebellion,
anger, fear and manipulation. For, when freedom is suppressed, the need becomes magnified to the point of a compulsion.
This can bring exaggerated defensive responses which are not at all in the best interest of the individual or the society. This
concept throws new light on the element of violence in our society. Some might argue that such is the result of too
much freedom, but the above suggests just the opposite. It is a "concept" that bears further reflection. The Need For
Creative Expression

95
Once the need for freedom has facilitated movement, growth and mental flexibility, the urge to self-express becomes readily
apparent. Although all of the needs are always present, the power and freedom needs will come to the surface immediately,
usurping all others, should they become frustrated in any way. Only when there is a minimum amount of power and freedom
can humans fully focus and become conscious of other, higher needs. The word higher in this context means merely that these
needs are removed from the automatic self-preservationary mechanisms and can relate more to "higher" human purpose. For
they will remain at the edge of consciousness until the basics of survival are in place. One circumstance that could well be
beneficial to bringing forth the opportunity for achieving mankind's "higher purposes" might be a greater level of
economic security. When the burden of eking out a living is reduced to secondary importance, and greater importance
is put upon security of health and general well being, the mind can shift its priorities beyond mere self-preservation
toward greater development of the soul. The need to create reflects the spiritual values of self-worth and self-expression.
Creativity is about making internal visions and dreams actual in the physical world. The creative need motivates achievement,
and the attainment of all goals. It is about being the most complete form of your spiritual self and acting it out upon the world
in truly unique and valuable ways. Creativity is an ability often thought to be limited only to artists and musicians. But this is a
far too narrow way of thinking about creative self-expression. For each and every action, each word, and each

motion is an outward creative reflection of the inner creative spirit. Those expressions that reflect limits of mind, of course,
will also be apparent. Any such inadequacies, however, will in turn elicit the necessary feedback, once the feelings are
understood. Then, with accurate interpretations of, and responses to the emotional signals, the inadequate beliefs of mind will
gradually give way to better versions, such that each and every action becomes the creative expression of true spirit. If you
consider what should be the obvious, i.e. that we are creating reality at nearly every moment of our physical lives, then
the very definition is automatically broadened to a near unlimited point of appreciation. As indicated above, even those
creative ways of limiting ourselves, are proof of our innate ability. We need but learn to appreciate the God-given
feedback system. Creative expression melds the spiritual values of self-development and expression into the motive to
achieve bigger and better results; to build a mindscape of knowledge, skills and abilities to express and create in all realms or
find success in a wide variety of challenging environments. If creativity and growth is stifled, boredom will surely set in as a
spiritual reminder toward continuous evolution and expression. Boredom is a good example of the emotional feed-back
system that alerts us that we are experiencing a state of stifled spirituality. It's a very simple emotion and as valuable
as it is common. Children are sensitive enough to pick up on it almost immediately. In adulthood, we tend to think "it"
is normal and acceptable. The creative expression of such a spirit would consistently

exhibit joyous, spontaneous, meaningful, cooperative and exuberant thoughts, words, movements, actions and interactive
deeds. Any other types of expression still contain the effects of a limited mindscape, with negative emotional experiences and
responses asking for the needed corrections toward this ideal spiritual existence of creative expression in flesh. "Well, if
you're bored, I'm sure I can think of some work for you to do around here", a mother might say to her child. Or she
might say (as an alternative), "Well, instead of me just giving you some mundane task to do, why don't you come up
with some ways to make our home run more efficiently so that I have some extra time to play with you", and mean it!
Thus, each and every human being has the inborn need to express one's self. This is experienced as an inner understanding or
knowingness regarding one's universal value. It is also the irresistible urge to do whatever is necessary to know that valuable
self, to develop that self, and to go forth and share that self with the world. The sense of committed contribution springs from
this urge to create. That inner inspiration to achieve, to change the world, to make it a better place, springs from the spiritual
creative need. The work ethic that has built civilizations is based on the need to create. The need to create motivates
individuals to go to work each day and leave their unique mark upon the world. And each creation, no matter how seemingly
insignificant in human terms, holds tremendous value and cosmic significance in the spiritual realm. We can actually bring
spirituality to our educational system without the

risk of violating our constitution, simply by moving from the quantitative manner in which we measure intellectual
progress to an environment where creativity is not only encouraged, but rewarded. The Need For Connection The
human individual needs are, indeed, very powerful motivators, and they will come to the fore if they are not met, to ensure
self-preservation. But in order to truly and fully be human, the need for group connection cannot be denied. This is the need
reflected in the urge to commune, affiliate and share life with others. Indeed, the overwhelming feelings and urges to love and
be loved spring from the connection need. When we live in an environment where connection declines (often a city or
suburb) and communication between even neighbors is almost non-existent, human qualities tend to suffer. We may
not notice it, but over time even our other personal relationships are affected in an adverse way. The connection need
embodies the spiritual values of unity, love, and cooperation. One can only find fulfillment in temporary ways when seeking
only to fulfill the individual self needs of power, freedom and creativity. Such a soul would be quite lonely indeed. Many such
souls, motivated by fearful competition, keep themselves from finding broader creative fulfillment of true cooperation. As we

96
move toward a society that honors every effort to create, we will be honoring the spiritual quality of any and all
inhabitants who find and express the divine spark within. What we learn in communication

with each other, forms the basis for a collective spiritual expansion. The need for connection ensures that great spiritual
offerings will meet with the highest and broadest levels of creative expression, for more people will be around to help. A
magical thing happens when groups of people set out to achieve a common goal, when the creative and connection needs
merge into a singular motive. The whole is often better than the parts. A certain synergy is sparked wherein each person's
creative thrust adds to the original vision, making it far richer than first imaged. In fact, the universe is designed for like
energies and entities to attract each other to intermingle and reconnect in new and unique ways. With this in mind, we might
begin to fashion our prayers to instigate a broadening of our desires. This could include visualizing greater group
participation toward building a society along the enlightened guidelines suggested in these "Lessons". Humans have a
deep and abiding longing to love and to be loved. This need springs from the connectedness of each and every spiritual
apportionment and speaks its truth through the spark of human (and even animal) connection. When the connection needs are
denied, even in the best of individual circumstances, the soul suffers its lonely sense of loss. This is why the accepted strategy
of competition should give way immediately to the understanding of necessary cooperation. In fact, most "competitive" win-
lose human situations are actually based upon agreed on, cooperative rules. Thus, the connection need underlies any
seemingly successful or fulfilling competitive activity.

It would appear that even a successful form of competition is dependent upon a base line of cooperation. However, you
could not say the reverse is true. Cooperation does not necessarily require competition. Nonetheless, the connection
needs can be subordinated and postponed for quite long periods of time if the survival need for power has not been attained.
Humans can be driven away from one another, into violent competition when the rules for connection become too steep. For
the connection need can also work in negative ways. For example, the martyr dutifully strives to satisfy the needs of all the
loved ones, oftentimes at the expense of one's own hopes, dreams, and needs to creatively express. The martyr then
experiences frustration and resentment, since their own needs are neglected. Such frustration often results in passive-
aggressive, back-door, power-seeking dynamics. A person involved in some humanitarian activity can exhibit a
personality that seems to contradict what we would presume to be a "loving" nature. The resentment that bleeds
through betrays the appearance of spiritual dedication. Or a parent might constantly remind the offspring of the
sacrifices made on the child's behalf, while really using the tactic of guilt in an act of manipulation. For the individual
needs must always come first. Resentment often results, and subtle and then perhaps violent outbursts will be played out upon
the loved ones of the group if this imbalance continues to exist. Warm fuzzies and recognition from cohorts should not be
accepted in lieu of basic power, freedom or opportunities. Like every need, the connection need must be honored, understood
and respected without sacrificing another.

When we surrender our "power" and "free will" to the needs of another, we create an impairment to our spiritual
nature that even praise from others can not override. The connection need has its abuses as well. It can be used by some
seeking power over others. Relinquishment of freedom of thought can be the price charged for admission into a "loving" or
"safe" group. Cult-like mentalities often result from humans who huddle together in their own darkness rather than risk being
lonely. Yet, freedom and control is often traded away to join such groups as well. This breeds yet another brand of emotional
problems, with such symptoms as paranoia, anger and social disconnection. In any grouping where external control seeks to
replace internal control, you will always find dissonance and maladapted individuals. Cults are often only the extreme
expression of fraternities that require loyalty beyond the perimeters of respect for the human spirit. There are times
when uniting for the sake of carrying out a particular goal is appropriate, but this condition should never be prolonged
beyond the point of necessity. The power of love and attraction includes a hardwired urge to nurture, to procreate and live
communally. Oftentimes these physical urges can be confounded by limited beliefs, leaving humans in compromising
positions which require need tradeoffs. Solid relationships are based upon mutual understandings which recognize and honor
each of the self needs and allow each member to meet them in ways they so choose. Compromises between two conflicting

perspectives which make both sacrifice for some third middle-ground alternative are not recommended, for no one's need is
satisfied with such a compromise. The connection needs must not on a long-term basis, usurp the individual needs. Those
who elect to come together on a permanent basis, must recognize the importance of each to be able to fulfill their
respective spiritual needs and that of the other party. Any compromise that threatens such "needs" of the other is a
detriment to the relationship. The connection need often serves as a refuge when other needs are not met. Subcultures spring
forth as defensive responses from those who have not been allowed sufficient individual freedom and empowerment within
the accepted cultural framework. Although often temporarily necessary, such fractionating between peoples does not work
well over time. For, as with any need, it urges humans toward the truth of universal values. Fragmenting humans into separate
groups only achieves disconnection that promotes hatred and violence against one another. When a particular group elects

97
to break a connection with the whole, it should serve as a signal that the majority needs to examine its value system. An
effort should be made to resolve the differences that led to the disconnection to determine if spiritual values have been
violated. Then reunification and growth should follow. The Need To Find Meaning The urges to survive, to creatively
express, and to love and to be loved go a long way toward helping humans find their

higher course. But without a doubt, the need that will give them the most rapid success in solving the secrets of the universe
and understanding the mind of the Creator, will be in answering the inner urge to find meaning. Blind faith stifles the effort
to find "meaning", just as physical blindness hampers the ability to move in any direction. A state of dissatisfaction
with what we know will keep us expanding ourselves. Again, the Creator was ingenious in encoding the chemical cloak
with the need to discover, to understand, to know, and to make sense of the world. Humans are curious beings, born with the
desire to seek solutions, to solve riddles and puzzles. The need to find meaning evidences the spiritual value of self-
development and expansion of human experience, as well as universal order and meaning itself. Like any other need-meeting
experience, it brings a degree of emotional joy. When humans learn their inner truths, they experience that unmistakable
resonance, a very pleasurable chord struck within them that validates their finding. The need for meaning spurs humans to
know self, know their world, and know their place in their world. This process not only brings continuous satisfaction, it
brings a surge of life to our very being, described above as an "unmistakable resonance". In the meantime, religion,
science and world views provide meaning in a seemingly meaningless universe. Science has yet to connect the dots and see
the greater order, wisdom, and cooperation---the meaning within each and every physical interaction from microbes to
universes. Religion has yet to realize the consensual nature of its chosen beliefs

and to understand that truly spiritual cooperation does not pit one against another, nor hold a monopoly on truth, nor attempt
to defile or alter their GOD-given nature. As science progresses toward a more "universal" appreciation of its purpose,
religion will grow to understand and appreciate the true nature of its spirituality. Yet, despite humans' struggle to attain
enlightenment, they are rallied each and every day when they find meaning in their deeds, the events, and the actions of their
lives. They find meaning in the order, value and beauty of nature. To gaze upon a golden sunset evokes the resonant meaning
or order and validity of the universe. These tidbits keep us going until we finally find what we are supposed to find. Until we
finally stumble upon the connection between our beliefs, our needs, our feelings and the events that occur in our lives. Until
we finally live and breathe the Creator's intent. The very physical law of cause and effect has its counterpart in our mental
and spiritual lives as well. Once apparent, the whole of existence begins to make sense. To date, humans experience
frustration in wondering why things happen. Particularly puzzling is why bad things happen to good people. For the
connection has not yet been made that humans do, indeed, create their own reality, quite literally attracting each and every
event that they experience. Such events actually reflect, with crystal clarity, the beliefs chosen by the human being. Such
reflections are intended to be acted upon as feedback with

feeling signals to address needs and direct the refinement of beliefs to achieve more rewarding results. This is the ultimate
meaning that the Creator intends the creations to embrace. Each time someone appears to be about to influence the
collective mind toward the above stated truth, forces step in to close down the "light" of understanding and retain the
blinders firmly in place. But these props are weakening and beginning to bend. They will eventually collapse. When the
light begins to shine, humans take great delight in everyday occurrences, for they realize that each and every event holds
hidden meaning and perhaps opportunity to develop and express. They will begin to recognize how the most surprising,
unlikely and unexpected of events can open doors that will greatly increase their own successes and move them quickly
toward their stated and envisioned goals. Each day is filled with wonder and anticipation as events are recognized beyond the
confines of time as those specifically requested by that spirit. With meaning, life becomes an exciting and wonderful
adventure wherein positive feelings attract the entities to their highest experiences. Without it, life is a cycle of misguided
action, pain, and reaction to avoid further pain. Events are created that seem chaotic, random and pointless. Just watch the
evening news and you will understand easily why we are where we are. Watch a sunrise and you will get a glimpse of
where we can be. But humans can also misunderstand and abuse the need to

find meaning. Humans can create world views that explain why things happen the way they do. Many such philosophies
provide meaning at the expense of other more urgent needs such as control and freedom. The group goals can often conflict
with the individuals needs and the rules will ask for individuals to sacrifice for the good of the group. This is counter
evolutionary and destructive. The very phrase, "It's God's will", destroys the apparent nature of our own free will and
creative potential. Conformity is rewarded and non-conformity discouraged. The Need To Build Self-Esteem The
higher purposes of self-development and self-expression are attained through each of the basic needs. Bur perhaps the most
direct contributor to the balancing, growth and expansion of self is the powerful human need to achieve self-esteem. A key to
open this door is the awareness of our spiritual nature and potential for development that this understanding suggests.
The term "self-esteem" captures every such concept that recognizes the value of the collection of beliefs, skills and strategies

98
that have been assembled and willfully chosen by a given individual. Since the mind is also the Cultural Self, the identity of
the individual is intimately connected with the level of efficacy the mind has attained in the world. Self esteem naturally
follows when a person knows that

they can handle life's challenges. When they know that they have worked hard to learn from the world and to adapt themselves
accordingly. This is a quality that should develop along with the process of growing older. When not appreciated or
recognized, the society tends to bring undue problems upon itself. True self-esteem can only be earned by making the
necessary Right Responses and learning the lessons from life's challenges. True self-esteem cannot be built upon empty
compliments, unfounded sentiments from others, or self-deceptive beliefs. Self-esteem must be based upon actual adaptations
and expressions accomplished by that given individual. Although the mind can adopt inaccurate, unrealistic or skewed beliefs
about one's self from such sources, the spirit cannot be fooled. We may be deluded by flattery, but it is a shallow delusion
that fails in time of need. Knowing ourselves, for better or worse, is preferable to fooling ourselves with
unsubstantiated beliefs about ourselves. The reward from each learning experience is felt through the positive emotions.
Each such experience adds to an ever increasing level of self-esteem that both celebrates successful interactions with the
world and builds confidence in achieving future successes. Indeed, the Creator gives the nod when the high road has been
taken by offering joyous emotional reward. We experience that "feel good" feeling whenever we achieve something or do
something positive for our self or someone else. It can't be acquired through false actions, it can only be known
through our inner

being. It is also important to recognize how taking the low road to a false elevation of self-esteem can also be a seductive trap.
True self-esteem is based upon successful self-development and expression. But false or temporary self-esteem can also be
attained through self-preservationary responses as well. For example, actions of retaliation for a wrongdoing, getting even, or
deliberately demeaning another can all momentarily give one a sense of superiority over that person. This can bring an
accompanying good feeling of justice in having successfully defended one's self against an aggressor. But superiority assumes
a competitive relationship, not one of truly rewarding connected cooperation. The ultimate revenge, if that is what is
needed, truly comes in rising above the negative experiences that others may impose, for this leads to the development
of those qualities that will eventually prove our superior, personal worth. When examined closely, many human
interactions are based upon the jockeying for superiority, and a great deal of energy is wasted upon self-preservation, when
self-development is the true desire of spirit. Many reactions are those that deny and defend limited boundaries of mind, or
strike out against the bearer of the feedback message. Both reactions are of course, the limited, self-preservationary responses
of Flight or Fight. Society sends many messages, particularly through our entertainment industry, that getting even is
more important than gaining wisdom. An

alternative message is desperately needed. Thus, it is particularly important to understand the many automatic responses
that occur which use the esteem need in this way. Each interaction with another human being pits one mind against another,
with each person experiencing emotional signals about how well they stack up in that particular "world." Choosing Right
Responses which broaden the boundaries of mind, automatically expands and strengthens the self. These feelings about the
self are a constant and powerful motivator, usually residing just below the conscious focus, yet underlying each subsequent
action. Casting the conscious focus upon them can avoid a great deal of unnecessary, hurtful human interactions.
Remembering that we are Divine in nature, governs us in how we relate to our fellow human beings whom we also
recognize as being "Divine in nature". The need for self-esteem is quite powerful indeed. It ensures that self-development
and self-expression will occur. It reflects the spiritual values of self-worth and the continuous expansion of All That Is. Like
all needs, it must be honored, understood, and met in ways that do not compromise any other need, nor settle for actions of
mere self-preservation. Moving toward this goal is akin to moving toward our complete development as humans and
spiritual beings. Summary Of Human Needs

These are the six basic human needs that lie within each human being: The need for power, for freedom, the need to create,
to connect, to find meaning, and to build self-esteem. They all ensure survival of the species. They all steer humanity toward
discovery of self-understanding and guidance toward their highest purpose. They underlie all human action, whether
consciously chosen or habitually acted out. They are the spiritual values and boundaries against which the emotional message
measures the success or failure of beliefs and strategies of mind. They can be met in a wide variety of ways and are quite
flexible. They can be used to achieve peak performance or they can be misused as mechanisms of escapism and violation.
This makes it clear that as we polish and use these needs, we can enhance the achievements of our lives in all areas, be
they physical, mental, emotional or spiritual. It is imperative to recognize, honor, and respect each of the human needs and
design strategies of living that allow them all to be met simultaneously. This is the true intention of the Creator. Genuine
happiness, fulfillment and growth can only be experienced on a long-term basis when each need is honored. The life-giving
habits of self development and expression are all based upon balancing these human needs, just as the deadly habits of self-

99
preservation spring from misunderstanding and denying them. The feeling signals themselves each address these needs. The
very universe itself rests upon the values they embody.

The ability to balance these "needs" can be achieved through the use of our "feeling signals", as has been previously
indicated in the Lessons. The "values" spoken of are both individual and universal. Understanding the universal human
needs completes the information cycle of human spiritual communication. We can now refine the understandings and address
its implications upon humanity--- for restoring spiritual guidance will forever alter every area of mass consciousness. With
the end of this particular Lesson, we again go on to specific refinement.

Page 207-218 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Delta Lesson One: Implications For Self Concept Introduction The
wisdom within these Lessons is self-evident, upon a bit of experimentation. Yet, due to the many limiting ideas that exist
within the Mind of Man, it is essential to point out each and every implication of having access to the voice of spirit. For until
this time, humans have been left to their own devices and the creativity resulting has left a jumble of conflicting factioned
groupings which need to be reassembled into the Family Of Man. Thus, each individual within the world, each and every
belief system, each institution within each culture, need now be cleansed with the knowledge that comes from the voice of
spirit. This may sound like a horrendous challenge. In fact, it need not be. We have at our disposal a system in place
that would allow us to carry out this process in a collective manner, in a more effective way than in any time in known
history. This global cleansing is the challenge of each Earthbound entity. It is not to be accomplished with darkness or
violation of any type. It cannot be accomplished with competition, battles, or Holy Wars, It can only be accomplished through
the cooperative, developmental efforts of individuals redefining the mental landscape under

the direction of the spiritual guide, followed by expressive efforts to alter the cultural landscape accordingly, to accommodate
the nature of humankind. The task is a daunting one, yet the time, the energy, and the human receptivity to internal guidance is
at a peak point. The patterns of resistance, competition, and self-preservation have been repeated so many times throughout
human history that the futility and negativity of such a course is now apparent to all. Humankind now experiences en masse
the effects of lack of evolution, the effects of disconnection from the spirit within, the effects of separation from the Creator,
and is now trapped within the gross limitations of their own creations. Such a life of pain, guilt, and futility is hardly the
intention of the Creator. There are two ways to look at the state of Humankind. One can presume that this state is the
result of some built-in flaw that can only be corrected by association with some religious or governmental institution or
personality. The other is to presume that such an observed "flaw" is really the result of a faulty communication system
– the system between the lesser self and the greater self. Thus, the spirit urges from within, through feelings of frustration,
signaling the need for individuals to rise to the challenge at hand. In response to the inner feelings, civilization can now be
accomplished through each individual effort---and even the slightest, most seemingly insignificant successes impact the
energy far more than might be suspected. Indeed, world peace can be accomplished through the accumulation of such efforts.
The seeds planted now by the enlightened ones will flourish, and in time the garden now choked with weeds

can return to its original Edenlike state of creative freedom and spiritual fulfillment. We are the gardeners whose plots are
limited in size and influence only by our respective imaginations. Whether our intent is to change an individual habit
or alter the course of history for the better, we can plant our seeds, fertilize them with positive feelings and watch in
amazement as they come to fruition. All accomplishments of self-development and expression rest upon the ability to rise
above the self-preservationary reactions that now hold most humans captive. Understanding the self will reconnect humans
with the universal values so they no longer must argue over which political, economic, religious, educational, social, and
ethical ideas and approaches should be pursued. With mind, anything goes. Minds will always disagree until spiritual values
are understood and invoked. We have been taught that maintaining opposing views in some legal/peaceful fashion is one
of the virtues of our form of government, but it is what we can unite about and cooperate in that moves us toward
accomplishments in every area of our lives. With spirit, there is a correct, purposeful course---one deemed so by the very
Creator. It is written on the wind, evidenced throughout all physical nature and encoded within each cell. It presents itself as
innate needs which cannot be left unmet. It is evidenced by the natural repercussion from biological safeguard systems. It
follows the pleasure and pain principle, the approach and avoidance action impulses clearly observable in every physical unit,
from human beings to subatomic particles.

All aspects of our environment strain to give us illustration of the influence of Spirit as an ongoing instructor. We but
need stop, look, listen and reflect upon what we experience to find that road more easily traveled. Tremendous progress
can be made. A true and empoweringly great leap forward can be made, but there is a particular sequential order to this global
transformation. Thus, the first step is to attain the total and complete understanding of the "Self". For it is the many muddled
ideas about the self that keep humans from claiming their spiritual birthright. To this end, we will now pull together and
discuss existing concepts of self. Much of what we believe about ourselves is based upon what we have been mistaught

100
by others and the institutions that support those teachings. It is our inner being which can help bring us to a more
correct state of awareness. These "Lessons" can play a major role in that effort. We have acknowledged the problem of
how all beliefs become associated with the self-identity and signal the feeling system. We provided the solution to this
problem by establishing the crucial division between mind and spirit, and of how different feelings relate to these different
aspects of self. With these understandings in place, it is now useful to add the body back into the mix. In this physical reality,
our body is the immediate bio-feedback tool. It is our essential vehicle and must be included in any effort to expand
our Consciousness.

It's crucial to remember that the mind still holds the focus upon the physical realm and can greatly distort the perceptions and
restrain incoming information, skewing the impressions of the physical world. It's also essential to know that the energy of
spirit contains all information from both mind and body. But now, clarifying within the self concept the exact role of body,
can usher in less abstract understanding of the self-preservationary impulse. For although it is disruptive when misunderstood,
it is the basic, safeguard system, level of human purpose. The Self and Human Purpose The human is actually comprised of
a trinity of self. The spirit is the energy, the life force which carries information between the twin physical and nonphysical
realms. It has access to all available information from both realms. The mind is the vehicle of free will through which the
individual can design the life accouterments to their liking and to best fulfill their destiny path. The mind has the express
purpose of self-development. When the mind does its job, the spirit can meet its purpose of self-expression in ever-expanding
areas of experience. This might sound like a duality rather than a "trinity", but the physical "self" makes the third part
and is the essential quality of solidifying the progress we make in the other two roles. From the energy of Spirit, the
mind can convert the non-physical state into the physical state of being and does so continuously. This is something
that is obviously observable.

With adequate information exchanges and feedback between these "Twin Selves" humans can enjoy the maximum most
rewarding physical experience. The life giving habits are all designed to meet these higher purposes. As we progress along
our mental and spiritual lines of development, we will naturally benefit at the physical level as well. These "selves" are
not independent or unaffecting of each other. Unfortunately, the mind has complete free will and can develop itself with
slivers that can take humans in less rewarding directions, should the communication with spirit somehow breakdown. This is
the risk of physical existence and the downside of free will. This is why the wisdom of the Creator has been imbued into the
body itself. This is the safety feature that can save humans from themselves by keeping them oriented upon a purposeful path.
The body contains the needs to move humans forward, and its physical responses of fight and flight to move them back when
they stray from their intended course. The body's basic purpose is to self-preserve so that the human is kept alive long enough
to discover and act upon its higher purposes. Thus there is a trinity of purpose swirling within humans at their present level.
Imagine driving your car down a winding, hilly road with guard rails on each side, traveling faster than one should
and using a steering wheel with too much play in it. Hopefully, the journey can be completed before the damage to the
car causes too much disability. If we can tighten our steering and slow our speed, we have a chance at arriving at our
destination in much better shape.

The human race has not yet reached sufficient self-understanding necessary for the cooperative level of existence which they
now are faced. They remain at cross purposes within themselves because the emotional self-signals have three distinct
meanings which need to be understood. The feelings tell body to self-preserve . They tell mind to self-develop in ways to
ensure the body's purposes are met. They speak the truth of spirit for its purpose of self-expression. You might say that the
human race is still in that teen-age driver state, learning through the process of trial and error. Local Self Distinctions
So it is now useful to recognize the trinity of self, to best understand each feeling signal as it is experienced at this quite
primitive level of human existence. Thus, all other terms used to capture any concept or portion of self will fall into one of
these three simple self-categories of body, mind and spirit. It is essential to define this trinity of self to decipher the language
of human feeling. The most difficult part of this "defining" will be the redefining that will be necessary. Establishment
supported knowledge is the most challenging to redefine. Those who profess to know the most are the last to admit that
they might not "know it all". There has been a tendency for humans throughout their history to theorize and dissect the
human self and declare certain portions to have specific functions. Although

incomplete or inaccurate, many have been quite elaborate, and have created further confusion. This tendency has been rooted
in the very real distinction between body, mind, and spirit, yet was always clouded by the knowledge of the day, mental
judgments and the perspective of the theorist. Like most opinions, they are often passed on without testing them against
our inner compass, without weighing them against the context of the spiritual nature of our being. As someone much
more wise than I once said, "Those things not worth remembering, are preserved in books." Many theorists identified
three major categories, but there was so much fuzziness and overlap that the role of feeling signals in the spiritual self-
regulation system could not reveal itself. Many of what was supposed to be higher divine values, were simply the passing

101
fancies within mass consciousness. As we know now, any such belief taken from the cultural storehouse of mass
consciousness, is freely and willfully chosen and maintained by its owner. In the physical world, what we own tends to
eventually decay. This can apply equally in the mental world when the exercise of creative free will is not fully
appreciated and encouraged. For example, the historically accepted Freudian distinction between Ego, Id and Superego. The
Ego represents the individual's conscious mind. the Id, which he defined as an inborn, unconscious, impulsive portion of the
personality, represents the body. The Superego, which was thought to be a sort of conscience or higher inner guide, was a
combination of external social dictates, mores, and rules

from the realm of mind, mixed together with a vague concept of inborn internal spiritual directives, inaccurately entangling
them into a third fuzzy category. Such is also the case with the early philosophy of Plato, with his rational (mind), spirited
(spirit) and appetitive (body) portions of the human self that based (were the basis for) the later Freudian thought. While Plato
at least gave credit for the existence of "spirit", Freud, affected by his own Darwinian times, felt compelled to reinvent
the metaphorical wheel of man by rearranging and replacing some of the spokes. The result has been a great deal of
terms, each used to describe various portions of the human psyche. With the precise clarity of redefining each aspect of self,
cleansed of its cultural judgments, the feelings can begin to take on their purposeful meaning. To this end, each term now
must be relegated to the proper category of Body, Mind or Spirit to further cement this critical distinction. Thus, the following
is offered: BODY: MIND: SPIRIT: (Inborn qualities) (Learned, developed qualities) (Enduring divine qualities)
Purpose: Self Preservation Purpose: Self Development Purpose: Self Expression Physical Genetic Self Mental Self
Nonphysical Self Id/Superego(internal, natural rules) Ego Superego(divine rules) Unconscious(hardwired drives)
Conscious Focus Collective Unconscious Mass Consciousness (info beyond space/time) Unconscious Soul Appetitive
Rational Spirited

Evolving Self Actual Self Ought Self Ideal/Destined Self Intellectual Intuitive Natural Knowledge Beliefs/Cultural
knowledge Truths/Divine Knowledge Plans/Expectations Divine Intention/Mission Temperaments Attitudes/Mood
Divine Exuberance Talents Skills Soul Development Drives/Needs Goals Destiny Path Physical/Natural Influences
Nurture Influences Spiritual/Influences CONCLUSION: Each and every aspect of a human being that is learned and
changes after birth resides in the realm of Mind. Each and every aspect that is innate and hardwired belongs in the realm of
Body. Each and every aspect that is enduring, divine and life giving belongs in the realm of Spirit. If we can keep this
straight and enhance our understanding of "IT " by constantly reviewing the above chart, we have a good chance of
"psyching" ourselves into the new millennium. Other terms commonly used to describe aspects of self, often combine and
overlap between these realms causing further confusion. Examples include: personality, character, mentality, psyche, and even
brain. The term personality for example, is a combination of innate spiritual tendencies acted upon by the specific experiences
and beliefs held in mind which shape behavior choices. The

word brain is a uniquely confusing word. For of course, all aspects of self are manifested within the physical structures. The
brain is clearly part of the body. It comes with its own abilities and temperaments and talents. But the brain can then be
expanded upon and developed through experience. Quite literally, as humans learn and have experiences, the brain structures
themselves change and grow in ways specific to that individual's experiences. But it is the energy of spirit that pulses the brain
with life, giving rise to mind. "Personality" for example, is a fluid quality that can be refined as we bring forth the
qualities of our spiritual nature and expand the mental information of what we truly are. If we can think of the brain
as the computer, than we can accept mind as the programmer. Interpretation of Feelings And Attribution An
instantaneous recognition between the purposes of body, mind and spirit is crucial to the accurate assessment of the feedback
offered by the Spiritual adjudicator, the emotional information system. The feelings take on the three distinct levels of
meaning to the enlightened mind. But without adequate understanding of the separate functions of each aspect of self, the
system falls into automatic mode to ensure survival. Consequently, when we make ourselves aware of the true value as
well as the sophisticated scope of our nature, we automatically begin to move toward a new level of growth, giving
ourselves greater purpose than the instinct to simply survive.

In this mode, (automatic mode) the system operates upon the self/not-self distinction with body, mind, and spirit lumped
together motivating actions toward a singular goal of self-preservation. Self preservation of mind creates limitation and
emotional boundaries and stifles the spirit's purposeful expression. Evolving humans must rise above the automatic cycle by
mindfully intervening and rising to the higher purposes of self-development of mind and self-expression of spirit. Thus, it is
essential to correctly understand which portion of self any specific feeling addresses. We are truly astonishing creatures,
more complex than we have been led to believe, but more understandable than we have anticipated. The clue lies in
our intent to achieve full cognition. Without the inspirations of "intent", there can be no growth. This is a process called
attribution. Attribution is the part of the Right Response which acknowledges the specific portion of self which has elicited
the feeling signal being interpreted. This is a relatively simply task when one understands the difference between body, mind,

102
and spirit, and will eventually become virtually automatic for enlightened ones. But what happens without such information, is
that the entire self gets credit or blame for each and every feeling, and automatically seeks to preserve itself by avoiding
situations that invoke bad feelings, or automatically approaching those that bring pleasurable ones---oftentimes not at all the
best choice of action. Again, we have the capability to differentiate between this trinity of qualities, but the first step has
to be one of awareness of the

"completeness" of the humans that we are and always have been. Actions which meet one need at the expense of another
provide a benefit of momentary relief from bad feelings or pleasure from good ones, but at a cost of future problems. Lacking
this ever-present boundary and the correct attribution of the feeling signal, the message of Divine Intention is far less
accessible, and the human needs can become mental enemies instead of spiritual allies. If the feelings are mis-attributed or
unexamined they can work against the spiritual goals by helping instill slivers rather than removing them. Partial, temporary,
or artificial need fulfillment can perpetuate misconceptions that set the stage for future pain. Something that feels good
physically, may be quite damaging mentally or spiritually, especially when the action does not take into consideration
the long term effect, or the result one's action might have on someone else. For instance, the need for Self Esteem. Self
Esteem and the feelings of joy, hope, trust, honor, pride, faith, and the confidence it brings, are the spiritual rewards for
successful developmental and expressive responses. They are the validation that willfully developed beliefs, skills, and
strategies of mind that have allowed the spirit to shine upon humanity. But such feelings must be attributed to their correct
source, or confusing, conflicting, and inaccurate beliefs and ideas can result. Such slivers, in turn, create future situations
which will signal far less pleasant emotions.

This is one case where feeling good about one's self can be trusted to be from a spirit source. If there are "second
thoughts" which tend to contaminate that blissful feeling, an examination of one's belief system (as it relates to the
particular experience) might be in order. For example, a spirited young girl of eleven tender years dances into the living
room of her parents, displaying adept and imaginative choreography. Even as she dances, she experiences joyous emotion for
the creative expression she is achieving. Her spirit sings its happiness as she meets this essential need, to which she
rhythmically and energetically responds. The joy is intensified due to the fact that she is also meeting her connection need by
performing for others. When her performance is complete, her parents give raves and applause, and again her spirit soars in
reward for her skillful accomplishments, and her sense of self is strengthened. This is an example of pure joy, a completed
action that results in the kind of uplift that can have long-enduring benefits. As we move into adulthood, we begin to
meet the blend of the misguided around us. But among the praise for her creative expression, her tenacity in practicing, and
her innate talent, come other, perhaps more sinister, praises: "What lovely golden curls, you are so beautiful, just like a lady!"
Or comparisons might be made: "You're so much better than your cousin Jane!" The positive emotion that accompanies such a
glowing review prompts an automatic response, where these new concepts of self, "beautiful," "ladylike" and "better" are
added to the tools of mind. This is also known as conditioning or positive reinforcement. Like all needs,

the esteem need ties directly with the feedback system and its objectives to identify things that are good or bad for self.
Without conscious mental intervention, all portions of self will be included in any situation of positive reinforcement. Recall
that true self esteem is based upon self-development (of mind) and self-expression (of spirit), both of which are purposeful,
individual actions. But recall also that esteem needs can be met in other temporary or artificial ways through self-preservation
of existing ideas or mindsets. There are several potential problems in this situation: What follows is self-explanatory and is
designed to alert us to a negativity that we might not necessarily be aware of until we examine it a new perspective.
Positive Feelings & The Self This example brings to light how positive emotions play their role in the learning cycle.
Although the negative emotions are the most problematic, it is essential to understand the subtleties of the positive ones as
well. Since all feelings can be attracted to contents of mind or self concept, the pursuit of pleasure is also wrought with
potential self-preservationary responses . Keeping an "eye on the prize" and a positive attitude works as a sort of a
mental magnet is bring about the experiences that generate the growth sought. This also weakens the influence of those
negative slivers that we are constantly exposed to and will then naturally reject.

We have discussed in detail how each of the emotions speak from different aspects of self, how the primary emotions of joy,
anger, fear and sadness spring directly from a frustrated or expanding spirit which brings bodily safeguards into play. But joy
is also intimately connected with any contents of mind that have met with success previously. And joy takes on many subtle
shadings in the form of the learned emotions such as pride, confidence and even hope that operate in the mind. Although
temporary and misleading, it is far easier to retain slivers which bring pleasure than those that bring pain. This is where a
refined filter system comes into play. We develop this "system" by attuning ourselves to the thoughts and attitudes
and, more importantly, the feelings we find ourselves experiencing in relation to the world as we move through it.
Thus, to be just as cautious in understanding the positive emotional signals is to be truly enlightened. The best advice is to
think about the incoming positive feedback and scrutinize just what belief it is suggesting or what need it is fulfilling, like the

103
young lady in our example. As you go through this process, pay particular attention to any bad feelings that arise, for they will
expose limitations to the incoming or proposed "gem." If the pleasure does not allow denial or an escape response from
something that causes pain, if it doesn't compromise one need to meet another, or if it shows promise of a truly better
approach, let it in. Let it become associated with your sense of self---in full awareness that this is the mind which is always
purposefully seeking change and improvement. For the

beauty of the spiritual adjudicator, is that if it is truly a sliver it will create future negative feelings such as anxiety, fear,
frustration, guilt, or sadness, which will then expose it for removal or alteration. There is a built in propensity to believe
that that which is for our spiritual betterment will sustain and be retained, while that which is the opposite will become
painfully evident, which is the tool of encouragement that should lead to rejecting such. Consequently, that which we
desire to be will naturally become us. In sum, each incoming feeling, good or bad, and the experience or incoming feedback
information that spurred it, should be pondered and applied to its correct source. With a few conscious interpretations and
attributions, these thought processes will soon become as unconscious as the ones which now automatically attribute every
feeling to the entire self. In other words, we need merely change our "habits" of thinking and once accomplished, the
new habits will carry us forward to the unlimited possibilities these "Lessons" promise. It's really as simple as that.
Each feeling, indeed, springs from an aspect of self and should be recognized as such. For mind is the pinnacle of physical
existence, but it also stands directly between spirit and the body in its physical world, placing the responsibility upon the mind
to resolve its own complications. All humans simply must apply this knowledge to each and every feeling as soon as it is
experienced. If the source is mind, the best response is to adapt beliefs and learn. If the source is body or spirit, the

best response is to honor the need, express the higher ideal, faithful in the wisdom of spiritual intention. Of course when the
mind is enlightened to the degree that it can direct actions within all three purposes, such conflicts do not arise. This last
sentence is the ideal toward which we strive. Other Self Goals There are also other terms regarding the self and its goals
tossed around which can be clarified as well. Some examples are: self-efficacy, self actualization, self-love, self-hatred, etc. At
this point applying them to the correct aspects of self should be relatively easy. As long as the understanding is in place
between the developing and enduring qualities, interpretations of self become the proverbial piece of cake. Presumably this is
in reference to the common cliche to "have one's cake and eat it too". This should become more clear as we proceed.
For example, self efficacy is defined as the effectiveness or ability of an individual to make things happen. It is related to self-
esteem and belongs in the realm of mind. Self actualization, on the other hand, is about allowing the spirit to fully express its
gifts upon the physical realm. It speaks of something that already exists within the body that needs to be developed and
actualized or made apparent in the world. This of course is the spirit. But without development

of mind, without skills and strategies with which to express spirit, self-actualization is not as likely to occur. Let's say that a
person has a particular gift that comes forth when he/she is put in a position to build someone else's sense of pride,
such as a teacher. Yet, because the person believes that he/she is not intelligent enough to enter such a profession, the
"gift" is never allowed expression. Self love should always be above spirit. Self love is about valuing that which you are
despite the illusions of the physical realm, the slivers of mind, the limitations of body, and the judgements and injustices of
mass consciousness. Self love marks faith and trust in the Spirit and in its higher wisdom. It is strengthened by the absolute
certainty that spirit is one with the Creator and All That Is. Self love is not conditional upon anything that might rest in the
realm of mind, or body. Love for self and others flows naturally when the needs are met. Patience, compassion, humor and
self-acceptance regarding the body, the mind and its developmental progress are also such expressions of self love. When we
truly love ourselves for what we are, then it automatically follows that we will love our spirit and recognize that it is a
part of a greater Spirit that encompasses ALL, including all others who are and will be a part of our being. Self hatred
should never exist. But it is an easy tendency when blaming is a chosen strategy. As we now know, any legitimate negative
feelings about the self, point to deficits within the realm of mind and beg for learning experiences and corrections of
conflicting beliefs. Many cultural

systems instill such conflicts by asking individuals to believe things that go against their spirit and their natural bodily
inclinations. Guilt almost always is the result of such conflicting information and external dictates. When spirits choose their
own actions which do not agree with the mind's chosen religious tenets or moral view, they experience guilt and self-loathing.
So many of us have been taught that we are basically sinners, doomed to everlasting punishment, without the help of
our religious institutions. This sets the stage for discouragement of free will and plays down any appreciation of our
spiritual nature, resulting in all the negative experiences that follow. It must be completely accepted by the mind that the
spirit, the body, and all of its inherent nature, are good and beautiful and natural as defined by the Creator. They should be
loved and celebrated and placed as superior to any man-made ideas or methods which deny, defile, control, or attempt to
overcome the spirit's nature. A close look at Nature itself, reinforces the apparent truth of its perfect state of balance,
regardless of how mankind may attempt to improve upon it. So it is with humans, who are already perfect in our own

104
nature, if allowed and encouraged to connect with our true spiritual essence. Feelings of guilt and self-loathing should
automatically be examined to find the underlying slivers which pit mind against body or spirit, and demand that nature bend to
the ideas of mind. This is an affront to the Creator, and this is why it is a violation of the response rules. It never works, for the
spirit will continuously offer its message of

disapproval through the subsequent negative feelings. This is as close to "sin" as humans can come---to deny the Creator's
intention. True doctrines which celebrate spirit do not even attempt to legislate natural behavior, instead they attempt to
understand the wisdom of the Creator by honoring the creation and accommodating each of its natural working systems.
Would that this concept be adopted by the religious institutions. In place, it would lead mankind back to our intended
relationship with All That Is. In sum, the distinction between the trinity of self is the basic foundational understanding which
can unlock the complex meanings contained within each emotional signal. It can demonstrate how all three purposes are
suggested within each feeling. It can show how each feeling suggests the sequence of specific internal or external corrective
actions set forth in the appropriate response rules. It can unlock the mystery of how the safeguards of body are forced into
action when the mind is not sufficiently developed to lead humans along the destiny path. It can expose the folly of such
concepts as evil and sin. It is, at this point, time to review this "trinity" once again, with the intent of fully grasping the
value of what we are meant to be and become. It can acknowledge the existence of the spirit and its special functions and
divine wisdom. It can give the spirit credit as the ever-present life force that communicates information from all physical and
nonphysical realms. It

can acknowledge how the spirit provides the insights and inspirations from the wellspring of universal consciousness, once
humans unblock the mind. It can hint of a grander more purposeful level of existence than that which now exists. In other
words, it can open all our "physical senses" and unlock our mental and spiritual potential far beyond what we can
presently perceive. This first level of self understanding provides the foundation for further implications upon personhood, as
we now turn to the process of learning culture.
Page 219-237 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Delta Lesson Two: Implications For Childrearing The Parental
Responsibility The implications of spiritual reconnection have profound impact upon how humans treat their offspring. Each
interaction between parent and child will be a formative one, from the very moment of conception, throughout the first several
decades of life. In the womb, the emerging spirit will be slipping on the chemical cloak which can be

severely influenced by the actions of the host mother. Later, upon birth, the spirit's dependence upon the state of the body will
be compounded by its complete reliance upon the caregivers to instill the preliminary contents of the mind. If that weren't
enough for concern, the entire emotional relationship with the world will depend upon the early relationship the infant has
with the caregivers. If there is a single example of "oneness" for any and all to observe, THIS IS IT. From the very
beginning of a person's existence, the relationship between parent and child is of critical and constant importance. At
present, conditions for an incoming spirit are far from optimal. Confused parents have no universal guidelines and are left to
fall back upon patterns from their own upbringing---both good and bad. Most parental missteps are self-preservationary fight
and flight responses: The venting of emotional frustrations in explosive outbursts; or the attempt to exert control through fear
and violent punishment; or the escape from parental pressures through denial, compulsive activities, substance abuse or
outright abandonment. Sadly, many parents do not even exercise free will in the decision to become a parent. Many seek to
fulfill connection and esteem needs through sexuality, resulting in unwanted pregnancies. Just as many more start a family
simply because it is expected of them. The enlightened approach is for parents to fully embrace and to purposefully commit to
their responsibility for the physical, mental, and emotional development of their children.

Even Dr. Spock's book on child care does not clearly explore the spiritual tie between parent and child before the
moment of birth. Nor does it explain the true importance of getting beyond the mere survival of the relationship. The
broadened view of these "Lessons" starts the act of parenting before the very moment of conception and continues as
long as appropriate, stretching the limit of our understanding far beyond our own experiences and into the realm of
spiritual growth. The Parental Choice The first optimal condition for bringing forth life is when the role of parenthood is
purposefully chosen by two loving, bonded entities, who have made prior preparations of mind and body. The mind is
prepared by enrichment with prevailing wisdom, evaluated of course against the wisdom of spirit. Prior to conception, the
body can be prepared by fortification, fitness, and enriched nutrients within both mother and father, as well as a period of
abstinence from any debilitating activity or substance. Such conditions are continued by the mother throughout the pregnancy
and duration of lactation. The preparations for parenthood are no less important than the preparation for any other
career in life. Except in this case, one is preparing to create the environment for another life to go from spirit to
physical reality. There is hardly a more important role. There is, fortunately, a tremendous amount of spiritual resilience
and a level to which the incoming spirit can directly influence the physical development, despite a lack of preparation on the
part of the parents. Many spirits work behind the scenes, making deals with familial entities on

105
other levels of consciousness to ensure a destined conception will occur, and imparting feelings within both parents to make
the parental choice, as well as to impart urges for the mother to eat or do certain things that will help the developing form. But
the level of parents' receptivity to such actions dictates the level of success, and is dependent upon their own level of
enlightenment. The influence of the incoming spirit can range anywhere from a complete and total cooperative effort between
parents and child, to a complete competition between parasite and host. It should be clear that a society that values new life
will provide the best possible environment for that life to be born into. Life is sacrosanct – new life particularly so. In
the latter case, the free will of the mother is primary and a choice to discontinue any pregnancy should remain within the
realm of option. For even a mother who chooses to offer an unplanned infant for adoption after birth, has a tremendous role in
its proper physical development. This means a committed, cooperative effort at least through the duration of pregnancy to
ensure a normally developed body for each incoming spirit. Anything less would be a violation upon the child as well as upon
unsuspecting adoptive parents. There is nothing mentioned in the above paragraphs about the benefits to the unborn
child which might result from an abortion. The emphasis would appear to be on those acts which would make the
child's environment as friendly as possible. The choice to parent is clouded with many limiting beliefs

and myths which unnecessarily challenge nontraditional families. Despite such obstacles, there are many variations upon the
family unit that can meet with equal success in childrearing. Assumptions that only the biological parents should raise a given
child are inaccurate and limiting. As long as a support network is in place wherein the child has the opportunity to learn from
many loving adults, it matters not what style of family is involved. The cooperative nature of conception between mother and
father and again between mother and child evidences the Divine intention of cooperation in general, and the desirability of
both male and female influences, not necessarily that they are to be the only potential parents to the incoming spirit. The
opportunity to be a loving parent to any child outweighs any lesser role in a society. Other vocations might result in
discovering some solution to a collectively serious health problem for example, but nothing can exceed the importance
of giving another human being a loving environment in which to evolve spiritually. The power of procreation should be
highly respected, with the right to choose, the accountability and responsibility of the choice widely available to all involved.
Should the potential parent not yet be ready to take on that responsibility, replacements can and should be made wherein one
abdicates to another who offers a full commitment. In such cases, the earlier the chosen parents participate, the better, to
ensure adequate physical development of the child. The best case scenario is to provide wisdom, assistance and support and
make the pregnancy a cooperative effort within the host mothers and

minimize the chance of careless activities which could adversely affect the developing child. In short, if a child is to be invited
into the physical realm, the biological mother must be willing and able to fully commit to the needs of the child within
throughout gestation. Anything less justifies ---and indeed justly requires---the option of abortion. In other words, a
developing child existing in an environment which can have a seriously adverse effect upon his/her future existence in
the physical realm, should be allowed to exit that state and find another opportunity of better conditions. When nature
steps in to terminate the process, it is called a miscarriage. The Parental Role - Physical Development The conditions of
gestation must ensure the presence of an adequate amount of nutrients and the absence of toxic substances within the maternal
system. There is no need to go too far in the opposite direction in an attempt to improve the internal conditions, flooding the
body with excessive amounts of vitamins or other "enhancing" substances. This would be the mind, again attempting to
second guess the wisdom of body and spirit, wherein the best of intentions can actually backfire. It's the old adage of too
much of a good thing becoming a bad thing. We see much evidence of this today, particularly in the area of exercise.
Those prone to excess become workaholics, marathon runners, overachievers, etc., until their lives begin to fracture
and their relationships break apart. Moderation in all things is still a wise guideline. Based on the above paragraph,
the propensity for excess might just be laid much earlier in our lives than we suspected.

With an adequate chemical balance, nature's miracle of reproduction unfolds quite naturally, but its inherent biological
projections cannot prevent external chemical assault caused by the mother herself. To date, many infants are born with
compromised bodies and brains due to self-destructive tendencies of the mother. Many toxic substances are routinely ingested
which create weakness and developmental delays and disallow the spirit a full and complete chance at physical viability. Drug
and alcohol abuse create insurmountable conditions and often irreversible effects, underscoring the crucial commitment to the
child beginning with conception. In a drug oriented society, too much emphasis is placed upon achieving solutions to our
problems through the ingestion of substances outside of ourselves. This can range from something as immaterial as
beliefs to something as materially destructive as heroin. As previously related, this is our orientation and the above is
too often the consequence. It's not that we are taught to take illegal drugs at an early age (although "example" can be
very educationally effective), it's that we give our children legal medical drugs so readily that, come adulthood, the
lines of common sense become blurred. In addition to a balanced chemical environment, the incoming spirit can also be
benefitted by mental, visceral, and verbal expressions of love while still in the womb. The brain itself can be developmentally

106
reinforced by external stimulation from the parents. Activities such as creating or listening to music, speaking soothingly, and
reading to the developing fetus can all bolster the brain development. Visualization of future family harmony and subjective
communications wherein love energy is directed toward the

incoming spirit are also very powerful. The love energy spans space-time, it beacons and welcomes, attracting those with
chosen destinies matching the conditions offered. Adoptive parents can also interact in these ways during gestation to begin
spiritual and emotional bonding. Yes, talking or reading to the unborn child can and does have a positive effect. Oh, that
the evening news would announce the entire above paragraph to be, at the very least, likely "true". Of course, in our
competitive world, some parents would be prone to "overdo". Overall, though, the above paragraph is probably one of
the most important pieces of guidance in these Lessons. After birth, the parental responsibility for the child's physical
development will continue in the form of lifestyle choices. These choices include nutritional support through intelligent
approaches to diet, the physical safety through instructional awareness of environmental hazards, and musculoskeletal vitality
through regular creative movement. In other words, find a good "motherly" example, and follow it! Review the material
of these "Lessons" and meditate on it. Trust in the All That Is and find joy in the parental role...and if your parental
role is behind you, never, ever say to yourself, would that I knew what I know now. Most parents have access to
information through the health care professions that can allow a fetus and infant adequate physical development. The bottom
line is to ensure a normally developed body, followed by providing the necessities to meet basic survival needs. The lesser
understood and more challenging parental responsibilities

lie in the realm of mental and emotional development. Here is where the information which follows will be most helpful.
The Parental Role - Mental Development There is substantial overlap between physical brain development and mental
development. Brain development is synonymous with mental expansion and is tremendously influenced by the people who
comprise the foster environment. Brain cells bud and branch forth as mind expands. Scientists are correct when they note that
memory nodes exist which can by physically manipulated influencing the state of mind. But they are incorrect to assume that
consciousness arises from brain tissue alone. For mind is far more than brain tissue, it is alive with the voice of spirit which
spurs it toward purposeful development. Thus, children are far more capable of understanding and decision-making than most
parental myths might suggest. They did an experiment in which they placed a variety of baby foods in front of a child of
six months and watched to see whether he would go for the vegetables or the fruits, etc. The child, familiar with all the
foods, went for the better tasting choices and it was presumed that if, given the free will to choose, would continue to
eat nothing but that which was pleasing to the pallet. However, it soon became apparent that this was not so as the
child in due course, ate all of the foods and naturally consumed a perfectly balanced diet. How many mothers wish
they had known that when they were trying to get Johnny/Jannie to try the mashed peas when the child clearly didn't
want to try them.

In order to fully accommodate free will, the brain will expand or contract upon the chosen contents of mind. It will be
stretched to accommodate the most technologically complex mental scenarios, or it could be prepared for a far simpler
approach to life. The mind, of course, is the constellation of all contents of belief, knowledge, and strategies learned
throughout the life which characterize an individual. This mental flexibility ensures that any lifestyle choice, worldview, or
culture can be chosen as the primary focus of a given life. The brain is primed to absorb a great deal of information as early as
possible to set the primary mental stage. But there is a limited window of opportunity during this period, a window which
narrows after the initial mental stage is set. This fact of biology evidences the Creator's intention for each spirit's choice to
enter and focus within a particular space-time cultural scenario and the Divine effort to facilitate their particular destiny path.
There is a point in a person's life when decisions have to be made as to what direction the mind will focus for the
maximum opportunity for spiritual growth. From this point, intent follows this freely arrived at decision. This does not
prohibit the later decision to go in a different direction, if knowledge and circumstances dictate. Free Will always
remains in place. Thus, early mental development depends upon stimulation. Despite notions to the contrary, the child can
take in and understand far more, if challenged than when being shielded from anything "too complex." The best rule of thumb
for parents is: the more early intellectual stimulation, the better. There are neural circuits in the brain that will quite literally
shut down if they are not stimulated

during the early years. Providing a rich array of sensory stimulus can switch them on, and allow them to branch forth into
complex neural networks that can later be utilized for more complex thought. The tendency in current societal beliefs is
that if there are signs of above average intelligence, then stimulation should follow. Too often, a parent will form a
false judgment about the mental inferiority of a child and, consequently, elect to withhold the needed stimulation.
Mental development comes in a variety of forms and challenges the parent to determine what form it has taken. The
more direct complex communication, the sooner language can be acquired. (Each parental expression of "baby talk" actually
robs the child of an opportunity to grasp adult language). Reading aloud throughout childhood is a powerful positive

107
interactive activity, to stimulate imagination and diversity of thought as well as to facilitate language skills. Likewise,
subjective imaging, dream interpretation and manipulation, meditative visualization, and telepathic exercises and games can
develop neural networks and mental abilities now largely dormant. Any such activity that exercises the mind's ability to focus
in altered states of consciousness can ignite many hidden inner mental abilities. This is not to say that a child should be over-
stimulated. Following a child's cues and allowing the natural curiosity to blossom in individual pursuits will ensure the
necessary balance. The key word here is "challenge". With a slight shift in our presumptions with regard to the
universal mental capabilities of children, we can begin to serve as the best possible thing that can happen to a child,
when it comes to natural development. No one can

show more love for a child than its parents and no one is in a better position to optimize that love. Beyond these
implications upon brain development, lie the equally important implications of the parental role upon imparting the specific
contents of mind: the artifacts of culture, the beliefs, truths, and traditions that are imparted from one generation to the next.
The parents cannot help but pass along their own cultural wisdom and values to the child. The child observes the caregiver's
actions and each will model and display their mental strategies---complete with each gem and sliver. But it is a dangerous
myth that only one set of ideas is the best and only to be offered. Or, that children can be protected from the realities of a cruel
world, sheltered within a family or religious cocoon. For to under-stimulate or under-expose a child can do more damage than
good. If children are to be given the opportunity and encouragement to exercise their Creator's gift of free will and
furnished with the tools to make the most direct contact with their Spirit natures, then a parent must accept that the
children will not (and should not) become just a cloned copy of the adult. We would hope that the opposite would be
true since there is so much "slivered" material in human society today. Those teachings that are in alignment with
spirit will be surely accepted and those that are not should be rejected, regardless of their source. In the complex world
that exists today, mass consciousness has an inescapable effect upon children. The mind of man is the complex mass reality,
the cooperative product, that humans have created and are quite literally limited within, until they design it to be free of all
limitation. The challenge to each incoming spirit is to develop the mind to

work within the existing limitations and achieve individual expressions which remove unnecessary limitations. The illusory
trap of mass conscience as a singular unavoidable reality, often mires the mind to the degree that it loses touch with its very
free will. The first step on the road to "enlightenment" is to see the world as it is, with all its virtues and shortcomings
and then, with the guidance of spirit, make those changes within oneself (and ultimately wherever opportunity takes
us) which will propel us toward our collective optimum potential. But humans are indeed in creative control over defining
the earthly experience. The cultural creations---the mental and physical man-made technology---now overrule many natural
processes. Humans have devised a phenomenal technological capacity to share information. They share through newspapers,
magazines, televisions and computers, bringing mass consciousness to the doorstep of many who were once isolated. Ideas,
actions and truths from many conflicting perspectives now bombard and confuse. Humans are often unaware of their own free
will to accept or deny such information, and are continuously stressed with conflicting feelings and information overload.
Opportunities of communication are covering the planet like a fine-meshed blanket, thanks to this thriving new idea
called the "internet". The downside of this age of communication and interchange of information is the threat of
"overload" and subsequent closing down of our mental systems. The fact is we don't have to absorb it all. On the
contrary, a great deal of it is redundant. However, that said, it would be hoped that this "Lessons" material does
capture a primary level of attention, as it is most certainly essential to our optimum growth in all

areas of life. This is not to condemn the human ability to share information, but to point out that it has replaced much of the
interaction with the world that is necessary to impart individual beliefs tailored to the unique spirit. Human technology has
empowered mass consciousness often at the expense of individual consciousness. As well as offering confusion, it can
perpetuate a singular, limited worldview rather than facilitating the diversity of thought, belief, and choices of living that are
optimal for earthly spirits. Particularly through the medium of television, vast numbers of people are being exposed to
beliefs and patterns of thought without being given the opportunity to raise questions about the wisdom of the
information. Hopefully, this particular medium which these Lessons are being transmitted through, i.e. the web site,
will enable those exposed to it to indulge in an ongoing dialogue, even to the point of enhancing the full understanding
and appreciation of All That Is being imparted. Children---now more than ever---must be taught to utilize the internal
spiritual adjudicator in order to sift through the mountains of existing choices to design a mental landscape that matches the
desires of spirit. Instead, mass consciousness presently sets forth values, views, assumptions, and activities which become
cultural norms with which individuals feel compelled to conform. These norms close the mind to other values and ways of
thinking and acting, many of which are far more desirous by spirit. Many such norms hold unrealistic standards of appearance,
morality, and behavior which defy the standards and diversity of nature. A mind that attempts to adopt ways that

108
go against its natural leanings is doomed to create emotional pain, as the slivers signal the ongoing disapproval of spirit. Our
present society is laced with much evidence of the emotional pain that results from beliefs and practices that our spirit
nature finds to be in contradiction to the truths it attempts to lead us toward. We create our consequential problems
and then spend nearly incalculable hours attempting to solve them via less than spiritual means. We make "war" on
poverty, ignorance, drugs, and assorted "isms" of politics, economies and religions, using the weapons that ultimately
create old and new enemies, which exist within ourselves. The parental task is to ensure the exposure to many ideas---
resisting the fear-driven temptation to control information or to shield the child---and instead to help the children to enlist the
emotional system to guide their willful choices. Ultimately human technology, when utilized under the direction of spirit, can
be tremendously valuable in imparting universal understandings and focusing humans upon group goals. When the species has
reached this level, the corresponding feelings of joy and happiness will replace the present emotional pain and stress that
accompanies complex technology. The point made here is a valid one. Technology is not a threat to spirituality, but
rather a tool of optimum expression, one which when properly utilized, can enhance and broaden our whole being. But
until then, this poses the unique challenge to parents of instilling a breadth of understanding and the importance of free will,
yet realistically balanced within the existing limitations, structures, and rules of mass consciousness. It

is to teach them how to utilize the inner system to adapt to existing conditions in order to be successful and to make individual
spiritual expressions which creatively change the world for the better. The parent is to achieve this ideal with the help of
his/her own spirit, once he/she can reestablish that element of trust. Putting into practice those things which are
explained and advocated herein is an important step in that direction. Thus, an essential offering from parent to child is
the understanding that all incoming information is conditional upon validation of the emotional adjudicator. When
knowledge is offered, for example, a parent might preface it by saying: "This is what I have learned, and works best for me,
and you might find it helpful." and follow it by saying: "How do you feel about it?" Or when watching TV, "This is what the
creators of this program have found to be true for them. Try it on for size and see if it feels like it fits." This approach sets the
mental stage for the child to understand the complex intermingling realities, the flexibility and power of mind, the essential
evaluation role of spirit, and to maintain individual choice in all situations. The greatest challenge will be in helping
children deal with peer pressure, since other parents may not be as aware and enlightened. The child should come to
know the true meaning of "being in the world but not of it", maintaining that degree of detachment that is essential for
balanced success in dealing with and creating one's reality. Questioning and debate should then be encouraged and
facilitated in many forums. An open, flexible mind should be assumed and perpetuated at all times. It is critical to

understand that the parent is simply assisting in the choices of free will for the child until the child is capable of doing so for
his or her self. The purpose of self-development of mind should permeate the life and traditions of all within the family
community. Guidance can replace autocratic control where there is mutual respect for the spirit within each human
being, be they child or parent. When this environment is maintained, the spirit thrives. Drawing the child's attention to
how each situation feels, relating it to the chosen beliefs which guide the actions, is to bring awareness of the importance of
the voice of spirit. Any incoming information that is natural, enduring, and spiritual will be validated by the internal voice of
spirit through the feeling system. Likewise, any cultural knowledge that is helpful toward meeting needs and is consistent with
other beliefs, will also be validated by the emotional system as long as it remains effective. The really significant part of this
process is that children are naturally closer to their feelings and will be able to sense their spirit guidance without all
the baggage their parents have been loaded down with from their outer environment. An enlightened lifestyle is one
which also incorporates open, regular, communication in which the expression of dreams, goals, thoughts, feelings and
experiences creates discussion, reflection, and the sharing of insights among loved ones. This type of activity facilitates the
development of individuals as well as the development of family and group goals. The dinner hour already provides a

group forum where daily activities are shared. Adding self-knowledge, feedback feelings and what they mean can foster
connection, understanding, social skill enhancement, fulfillment, and family cohesion. Drawing connections between daily
actions, feelings, outcomes, and needs can tremendously empower a child. Examining daily events wherein the actions of
others seek to manipulate the emotions or seek self preservation can bolster understandings and identify effective strategies for
interacting with less enlightened others. Parents can point out and safeguard against the deadly habits of resistance, resentment
and revenge, as well as their effects upon the spirit. Reflecting upon unacceptable anger-invoking events with humor,
compassion, tolerance, and forgiveness can instill life-giving habits. Would that such a family environment could be
created, even as a fictional setting such as a regular television series, broadcast by a major network, but set in present
times with current challenges addressed. Now there's a challenge! Parents who begin an early practice of such analysis of
feedback cues, the identifications of source beliefs which bring emotional signals, and suggesting improved strategies for
reducing painful feelings and increasing joyous ones, set the stage for continuous internal self-analysis within a healthy child.
Such an approach can quite quickly attune an individual to the spiritual information cycle such that even without a group

109
forum, the child will automatically conduct the self-analysis to constantly live under the direction of spirit. Each daily
experience can be

analyzed to mine spiritual wisdom to achieve the maximum self development and expression. The child is then prepared to
understand, adapt, and succeed within diverse environments, as well as to build solid, supportive, enlightened, rewarding
relationships with others, and share his or her light with the world. Once children begin to attend formal schooling and
bring their experiences home at the end of the school day, the importance of a parent's presence in the home is almost
impossible to calculate. An enlightened family lifestyle also provides broad and open physical boundaries and many
opportunities for experience outside the comfort of the home environment. Just as the mind is stimulated by ideas, the spirit is
stimulated by a wealth of experiences. Once the cycle of internal thought, external action, external result and internal feeling
feedback is embraced, the more external experiences the better. Every child should be traveled so that they are apprised of
conditions existing in many diverse environments. These include anything and everything from work places, museums, shops
of commerce, artistic events, halls of academia, halls of justice, places of religious worship, political forums, community
action events, multi-cultural systems of living, diverse ethnicities and world views, distant geographic locations, places of
natural beauty, and even the positive and negative groupings which represent the successes and failures of group mind. the
footsteps of experience should meander into all walks of life.

I once read the definition of a well-educated person describing same as "one who is at ease in any situation". This
would seem to be able to come about only through a broad range of education and experiences of all kinds. This
external exposure provides a mechanism wherein the child can reconcile the differences between the ideal and the actual,
between the family environment and those with any disparity outside the door. The idea that a child can be sheltered, or
isolated from the shortcomings of the world is an antiquated, misguided, fear-driven practice, and one that can leave a child
ill-equipped. Optimistic realism is the key. Exposure can also bring understanding, tolerance, and appreciation for the broad
choices available to humans, as well as the effects and limitations of such choices. It can offer opportunities to recognize and
fend off efforts of others to control or to emotionally manipulate. Broad experience will greatly reduce fear and increase
courage. For invalid fear inducing beliefs will naturally give way to more spiritual knowledge as the emotional system
faithfully and accurately reports the positive and negative aspects of any given situation, and the mind correctively responds.
It is the fear of the unknown and imagined threats that get the greatest grip on us, for we end up fighting our own
imagination without our "knowing" it as a reliable ally. In sum, the parental role in mental development is to create as
many opportunities as possible to take in, analyze, and discuss various beliefs, strategies, and actions. This will maximize
formative brain growth and set the mind on a

life-long course of self-development. We, who have gone beyond the years of parenthood, are the transitional
generation. To us falls the responsibility of regaining the role of "wise elders", so that what we are learning from this
material can be passed on to the next generation, both by word and by example. The Parental Role – Emotional
Development Even within existing limitations, development of body and mind are already far less mysterious to parents than
the development of spirit. Despite the best intentions of the religious community, spiritual development is not about church,
rules, and holy books. Spiritual development remains a mystery due to the predominant misunderstandings about the voice of
spirit, the emotional system. Thus, spiritual development begins with emotional development. It is for this reason that the
parental role should be predominantly one of protection and restrained guidance. By encouraging greater contact and
acceptance of the innate spirit wisdom available to each child, we can ultimately create a more spiritual world. The
spirit, from the moment of birth, already knows what is best for itself. If caregivers provide a stimulating and accommodating
environment, the child can safely experiment with the growing knowledge, heeding the feelings as a guide. They can test
skills and beliefs in the world and constantly refine and build upon them. Within this framework, the child can come to know
the individual needs as they naturally unfold as motivators to action. But

none of this is possible unless emotion is allowed to play its proper role. And very specific experiences must occur for the
emotional system to fully engage. The goal of the parent should be to provide a free, stimulating environment of
multiple choices, with an atmosphere of physical needs and protections, balanced in an environment of love and trust.
Engaging The Emotional System The secret to understanding emotional development begins with the basic cycle of need,
feeling, expression and feedback from the world. For example, if the infant child (a boy perhaps) is hungry, lonely or unduly
constrained, his needs are not being met momentarily. Thus, his spirit is frustrated and the emotional signal sounds. He feels
bad, so he uses his innate expressive response to those bad feelings; he cries. His behavior of crying acts upon the
environment, and generally the caregiver responds by satisfying the need. When his survival needs are satisfied, all is well
again, the child feels good. This cycle is repeated many times in a given day. With each successful cycle, he gains confidence
in his own abilities to meet his needs and control his destiny. I remember seeing a segment on African family village life.
The moderator pointed that the children of the village were always attended by whoever was available, if not the

110
mother, up to a certain age. At that point, they put aside their need for this attention and began to explore their world
with the full confidence that their curiosity would be satisfied. American parents often place their children in the care
of strangers with too many children to take care of. Emotional needs go

unmet and in the later stages of development, emotional problems are evident. But, of course, any study which verified
such evidence could not be well received, at present. When the cycle is consistently successful and the infant's actions
create the desired changes, he will begin to recognize the cycle (and it can be pointed out directly by the parents when
language is in place). The parents can talk about needs, connecting them with the child's actions, and how they feel when
satisfied. They can casually, yet consistently, refer to the child's mind, or to the spirit, or to the body, so that he will grow up
with the natural understandings of the division between these aspects of self. As the child becomes more sophisticated, the
parents can clarify the three purposes and connect them to the needs and the behaviors, so that the child understands the whys,
the hows, and the whats of being human. This can be guidance without guilt, fear and anxiety. The results have got to be
better than what is so often produced in today's society. Also, if violence in parenting can be reduced, it's attraction for
younger minds will also, become more popular. Such development of emotional understanding engages the spiritual
adjudicator, and allows the higher purposes their rightful place in motivation. Thus, emotional development depends upon this
cycle and the child recognizing and embracing all that it means. A child with adequate emotional development will be
prepared to undergo the lifelong development of emotional intelligence that characterizes an evolved human being.

If there is a concern that this might produce a less "manly" male because of the greater attention paid to emotional
aspects of human beings, it would be well to consider that young males devoid of feelings are capable of atrocities that
end up on the evening news. We are losing more young people to violence in this country than we are losing in our
"wars" overseas, by far. Unfortunately, a more normal state of affairs on Earth at this time is one in which humans are
inadequately emotionally developed, unable to tap the wisdom of spirit, and are separated from the higher purposes. They are
then limited only to the basic purpose of self-preservation of body, imprisoned within predominately painful emotional signals
of fear and anger, and their choices driven by competitive fight and flight reactions which perpetuate individual and social
chaos. Such a state is separation from Divine will and loss of individual will and purposeful application of power. This is why
the parental attention upon emotional development is now essential. For there are profound implications and painful outcomes
of inadequate emotional development at the root of most "evil" human actions. If the above paragraph does not make the
point clear, I'm not sure what can, except maybe, being a victim of the negative qualities that currently predominate.
Attachment, Trust & The Learned Emotions A crucial understanding for anyone taking on the parental challenge is to
recognize that without adequate emotional development, certain feelings will never fully arise. Complex emotional signals are
learned and must be

purposefully and carefully instilled. Recall that the primary emotions of spirit, (i.e. joy, fear, anger, and sadness) combine and
mingle with the local customs and beliefs to develop the learned emotions of mind. The emotions of mind include all other
subtle shades of emotional feeling (i.e. guilt, confidence, hope, envy, pride, shame, remorse, etc.) These feeling signals are
learned through experiential interactions with the world. This speaks to the idea of getting married and becoming a parent
at an age when full control of the emotional qualities has not yet been mastered. What is taught to the child, especially
at an early age, is most often that which is best remembered. The emotions of mind come quite naturally when the child's
needs are accommodated, so there is no huge task involved other than setting up the proper conditions. The conditions
mentioned above are optimal, but in any environment where there is reasonable freedom, need-meeting opportunity, and
exposure to ideas, these emotions will arise. This is why so many humans with widely varying cultural traditions have
successfully learned these feelings despite the many obstacles. When two people from differing cultural backgrounds
come together to rear a child, that child is being exposed to what can and should be the best of both "worlds",
providing the parents are intent on passing on the best their respective cultures have to offer. However, it is also why
many have not. This is why some humans have not learned hope, confidence, or remorse. This is why there are often
artificially created feelings of

shame and guilt that drive humans to hate themselves. It is also why there are artificially created feelings of false pride, envy,
fear, and anger which create emotional boundaries between groups and drive humans to hate and violate one another. Certain
mental and criminal conditions spring not fully engaged. Mistrust and disengagement comes when the world does not
consistently allow the needs to be met, or the feedback cycle to return to the state of fulfillment. Parenting is probably our
least taught skill. Because of the propensity to emphasize the diversity in our religious and philosophical views on
morality and because of the false pride taken in those beliefs, a defined base line of child rearing is most difficult to
arrive at. Yet, were the intent to be shifted to what is best for the child versus what is important to the parent, much
progress could be made in this area. The critical concept here is trust. It shouldn't seem unreasonable for an infant to expect
to be able to trust the words and actions of those in the family home or foster community, nor for loving parents or caregivers

111
to consistently deliver. The dependent nature of humans upon one another is the Divine way. Trust is the understanding and
faith in the cooperative nature of the world. This is why without a cooperative, trustworthy early environment, the spirit will
simply vacate the body. Those that are born to chaotic worlds where a minimum level of cooperation does not exist, will die.
Those that are not fed will starve. Those that are not handled, loved and stimulated will fail to thrive and die of loneliness.
Those who must constantly compete for basic survival will lose to the "fittest" competitor.

It is said that "death finds an excuse". Sometimes those "excuses" are of a subtle, emotional nature, which we humans
are yet to fully understand and appreciate. Thus, a basic trust that the world will respond to one's efforts is part of the
Divine plan. Unfortunately, trust can be compromised and not allowed to fully develop due to inconsistent actions of parents
or caregivers. Consistency is the key. Ideally every interaction would build trust, and every cycle would end with fulfillment,
with only an occasional lapse. But when the cycle ends in repeated frustration more often than fulfillment, trust is
compromised. Trust is also compromised when parental strategies include physical punishment for ordinary learning errors
rather than corrective feedback. Violent punishment is rarely necessary within the enlightened approach. Simple removal of
freedoms, time-outs, and consistent restrictions, can allow a child to recognize quite quickly that the amount of freedom and
power depends upon the amount of responsibility and accountability to that freedom. Violent punishments can only
emotionally confuse, negate trust, and invoke survival defenses. Here, again, parents are prone to repeat the patterns of
behavior they were subjected to as children. Those who have conducted themselves in less than enlightened ways
during the child rearing period of their lives can only know regret. However, if they can impart this information on to
those who are about to, or are now involved in child rearing, recompense can be made. Once trust is compromised it is
very difficult to fully restore. The body will not let the mind forget anything that

has threatened it. Without a sufficient level of trust, the individual is condemned to a life of dysfunctional relationships of a
singular existence wherein self-preservationary motives undermine cooperation, communication, and intimacy. The worst
outcome, however, is that a lack of trust does not allow the emotional system to fully engage, and the voice of spirit remains
inaccessible. In a society that thrives on mistrust, insecurity and fear, this conditioned lack of trust is most difficult to
overcome. However, if the society can realize the value of altering itself to the benefit of those who threaten it the most,
positive change can evolve. Many anomalies of human behavior spring from this basic lack of emotional attunement and
development. Scientists have already recognized that there is an essential attachment period wherein an infant bonds with
caregivers and learns to trust. This period falls within the window of opportunity of brain development to establish the
relationship with the specific cultural world. Trust must enter through this window or forever be questionable or conditional.
Trust is the foundation for all cooperative impulses and the precursor to hope, confidence, pride, self esteem, and faith in
spirit. Trust is the assurance that one's actions will have a predictable impact, on the world. It is the foundation upon which
human intimacy, communication, and cooperation exists. Without trust there can not be hope. Trust in family, trust in
businesses, trust in government are all essential to a well functioning society; and behind all of this "trust" must

ultimately be truth. The attachment period facilitates the successful learning experience wherein the cycle of action and
reaction is established, and predicts each success for future interactions. It is where one is assured of the rightful power to
control and influence one's world. It is where one is assured of the Divine meaning and spiritual connection within existence.
Attachment occurs through a process of repeated successful interactions between the infant and the caregiver, wherein each
responds to the other's words, cues, and actions. When parents consistently respond to the needs, over time, the child begins to
experience a deep, affectionate, close and lasting tie. This loving tie evidences spiritual fulfillment and the trust that the
environment will continue to provide opportunity for this type of need satisfaction. The rule should be obvious. Early
experience in attachment leads to lifelong attachment, so long as a parent makes himself/herself available in times of
need. The trick is to maintain the love while giving up the control. Over years and years of successful trust-building
interactions, the child develops a healthy connectedness to the caregivers and other people that constitute this community, as
well as hope for the future. Trust becomes interwoven with all mental beliefs and strategies. Eventually this connectedness
will generalize to all humans. This sense of connectedness perpetuates what we generally call "a conscience," which makes us
accountable for our actions upon our loving others. It instills the

understanding that we are all part of a greater spiritual whole. With conscience, a violation upon another is equal to a violation
upon the self. Valid, natural guilt is when a person feels the very pain they have inflicted upon another, experiencing remorse,
resolving to never repeat the violation. The mind that violated did not yet know, and the remorseful mind has learned a better
approach. A mature conscience needs no external controllers whatsoever. Such a conscience is the Divine innate seed of
natural morality lying dormant within each human, desired by the Creator to bloom forth. The difference between contrived
guilt and natural guilt is in whether the source of the guilt is self-created or imposed upon us from an outside source.
Guilt can be used as a weapon by one person against another, as well as a method of control. But positive guilt is that
which comes from within and is in triggered through empathy with those whom we have offended. Conversely, if a child

112
survives being raised in a chaotic, neglectful, rejecting, or abusive environment, the message received will be that cooperation
is not to be expected or relied upon. It breeds the fear-driven belief that needs cannot be consistently fulfilled, control is only
intermittent and the spirit is disempowered, even violated. Since the child is powerless to alter these conditions, the spirit will
continue to shout its message through feelings of anger. Since the child can not yet interpret the anger and choose a
developmental or expressive response, the anger is utilized by the body to ensure self-preservation through primitive versions
of the fight or flight responses. (Remember, the body will bypass the mind if it does not hold beliefs that

will ensure survival.) Competition for scarce resources, for opportunity, for need fulfillment, and for love, will dominate each
thought and deed. The higher purposes of mental development and spiritual expression will always take the back seat to
physical preservation. The conscience of such an individual will motivate a morality of "every man for himself." With the
above paragraph in mind, we might want to give some closer reflection to the competitive system in which we live. If
cooperation creates trust and distrust creates anger (and violence), would we, as a society, not benefit by encouraging
the former and reducing the latter? Just as competition will be the main motivator in such cases, the predominant feeling
will be anger. The anger can be expressed in one of two directions. The child can turn it inward toward himself, by choosing
to accept the limitations of the world, effacing the spirit and losing touch with his needs. Strategies of self-deprecation,
learned helplessness, martyrdom, and self-hatred can become enduring personality traits. Such a choice can lead to an ultimate
state of depression or even dissociation and the dependence upon escapism from the ongoing spiritual pain. Compulsions,
addictions and self-destructive behaviors can then occur. Suicide is the ultimate act of internally directed anger. The road
between internally directed anger and ultimate self-destruction is usually long enough for most people to observe and
correct it. Understanding the source of this anger is a first step in that process of correction.

The other option is for the child to reject the conditions and turn the anger outward in explosive or violent acts that can be
quite anti-social, if not pathological. He might never develop trust, conscience, remorse, nor connectedness to his fellow
human beings. Never being able to achieve intimacy or love outside the family, or to build support networks, this child (and
eventually this adult) will be quite capable of acts that effectively cultured people would perceive as unconscionable or evil.
Most such acts would be misguided competitive attempts to meet needs in some manner or simply express the pent-up anger.
Murder is the ultimate act of externally directed anger. The effect upon the world of such an individual will be most
damaging. The effect upon mass consciousness of such individuals will be the mass belief that humans must be controlled by
society. Thus, all social controls (i.e. rules, mores, religious dictates, laws, and prisons) have arisen due to this condition.
Each time a violent act (such as murder) is committed, society feels obliged to stifle it's own freedom of expression.
Eventually, the decision to substitute total security for any degree of freedom will lead to tyranny. Examining the roots
of aggressive anger can help us to understand and avoid a destiny of spiritual decadence. It is essential for individuals
and societies to understand the critical nature of this early period and to accommodate and ensure paternal efforts to
adequately complete this bonding period. For a child who is not attached to others, cannot fully hear the voice of spirit. Such a
child will suffer continuous emotional problems and lack the compunctions

of conscience, necessary in a cooperative world. Anything less will breed criminals and other social outcasts, doomed to a
future of alienation, isolation, retribution, and pain. Creating trust-building conditions is not a difficult task. In fact, it takes
quite a bit to disallow the trust to develop, yet far too much neglect and abuse still exists. In the past, welfare regulations
established an environment that penalized recipients who allowed a parent (usually the father) to occupy the same
household, while rewarding the other parent (the mother) for having more children. This often reduced the time the
mother could devote to each child, while being deprived of the assistance of the other parent. The consequences of this
"state" are coming increasing evident as we continue to construct more prisons. In sum, if the foster environment does
not provide opportunity for its individuals to meet their needs, human beings cannot properly develop. Such a tragedy is quite
avoidable, yet its results can drive humans to quite inhuman acts against one another. Scientists are not convinced that such
misalligned people are redeemable. Yet the power of spirit can heal all wounds if given its proper voice. In fact, there are
some very enlightened spirits who even, in childhood, enlist self-love, compassion, tolerance, and forgiveness who can
overcome quite severe conditions of neglect and abuse. The voice of spirit is loudest and most clear in such hearty children
even if a minimal connection is allowed. But once disconnection occurs, an effort to reverse the condition requires intensive
long-term restructuring of the entire mental realm. It may turn out that the best environment for correcting this wayward

course of life, lies in the prisons we continue to place these alienated people in, and the best people to help with this
correction are those who are, themselves, the inhabitants. However, this is not to say that children should be molly-
coddled and that parents should jump at their every whim. Indeed, there is a very important difference between needs and
wants. If the environment is unchallenging and over-accommodating, the child will be robbed of developmental opportunities.
Emotional signals of boredom and contrived annoyance will then arise. Or, if the freedoms offered or challenges undertaken
are more than the child is equipped to handle, anxiety and fear will be elicited. Both broad and safe boundaries must be

113
defined and maintained. The act of simply loading down a child with every stimulating toy the child asks for or the
parent is motivated to buy, can result in the opposite result as that which is intended. There are times when parents
have to say "No", for the sake of their children and their own pocketbooks. In this case, other kinds of emotional
problems will result. Such unrealistic expectations can become firmly rooted maladaptive beliefs which also generate feelings
of anger. This would be the case of the "spoiled brat" who lashes out in tantrums against a world that is not immediately
accommodating all whims and wants. Indulgent conditions can instill false pride, vanity, envy, and hubris. Such a child has
developed a very unrealistic view of the world, which may set them up for a big fall in other, more challenging or dangerous
environments. There is a difference between unlimited freedom to have everything one

wants and intelligent expression of desires. The former leads to eventual self-destruction. The latter leads to growth
and fulfillment. Essentially, parents could achieve a balance by providing opportunity to accommodate all human needs, and
offering the tools to the child to develop skills to attain his or her wants. With age, the children should be increasingly
responsible to meet their needs themselves. Genuine pride and esteem are the natural rewards for such developmental
successes. This is the positive guideline which, in the end, contributes to the benefit of society, as a whole. Cultural
Manipulation of The Emotional System The latter example calls attention to the fact that culture can taint feeling. It is
crucial also for parents to understand how the emotional system can become entangled with the local values, truths, and
activities of the culture. All emotions---even the emotions of spirit---can be affected and elicited simply by the contents of
mind. (Remember, feelings help the mind to learn. Any cultural truth will work unless it violates a natural one or conflicts
with another). This is why the rules of response require looking first to mind before looking to the outside world for needed
changes. Anything the mind chooses to believe goes, and takes on positive emotion as a gem, until it is proven otherwise by
spirit. As conditions change in the world, such beliefs are meant to give way to improvements. Instead, they can linger and
cause pain. If not discovered,

similar slivers will be added, building upon the faulty foundation, creating complex belief systems which ensure
disempowerment. An imagined limitation is every bit as emotion-invoking as a real one. Imagined demons can elicit powerful
self-preservationary responses upon innocent others. Dogmas of religion, for example, that tend to put limitations upon
free will, are able to slip in as slivers when the established content of our beliefs is completely turned over to the
outside world. This is known as blind faith and once control is accepted by one institution (such as religion), other
institutions (such as government) will move to take advantage of the easily controllable. Thus, the most important
implication is that parents understand that what they teach will take on emotional flavor. The primary challenge is to turn on
the inner voice of spirit within the child. The secondary challenge is to minimize the passing on of any beliefs which go
against spirit. Instead of being understood as an internal control and advisor, emotion has often been used by parents in ways
intended to impart external advice and control. Parents should avoid such emotional manipulation in every way. Although
punishment remains a primary strategy of parenting, it should now be apparent that fear and anger should not be motivators
while parenting. Adjusting the boundaries of freedom and level of parental intervention to match the level of responsibility
and accountability is the key. But one emotion in particular has been used as a time-honored tool of such manipulation and
deserves special mention.

Making this shift of behavior will require most humans in parental roles to move beyond the beliefs they were taught
by their own parents and make that paradigm leap to a new level of understanding. The whole process of doing this
has been outlined earlier and the motivation, if not previously explained to sufficiency, will most certainly follow. A
Word About Guilt This is the emotion of guilt. It is a common practice in many, if not all, social systems to set behavioral
rules and codes to which a member must conform. A connected and healthy individual will then experience guilt if their
actions do not conform to the rules. So we can conclude by the above, that "guilt" is an essential quality of a society that
imposes its rules of behavior upon its members. This, of course, is guidance from a source outside of ourselves. Once
we are able to shift to internal guidance, guilt should go the way of error. Guilt is intended to help the mind find
conflicting beliefs that go against the needs and workings of spirit. It is intended to point out where the action choices have not
aligned with the beliefs and values. It is intended to be used to elevate the needs of spirit above the unnecessary limits of local
tradition. Guilt is not necessarily indicative of an active conscience. People can learn to attach guilt to virtually any activity
judged to be unacceptable by their local society. Guilt often exposes an inner motivator that is simply more powerful than the
external controller. The intended message of guilt is to straighten out the priorities and to drop any rules that are limiting to the
needs of spirit-

--often exactly the opposite of its culturally implied meaning. The difference between what "guilt" is intended to do and
what it ultimately results in, is evidence of what can go wrong when such an emotion is placed in the hands of those
more enamored with power than spiritual development. But when in place as an internal guide, it can alert a person to
the spiritual impropriety of adopted rules and practices. Had German citizens been listening to their inner guidance,

114
the holocaust might have been prevented. But guilt has become a powerful manipulative tool which pits humans against
their nature to the end of perpetuating certain cultural traditions, mores, and rules. Guilt is one of the most powerful tools of
religion. Thus, feeling guilty has become a routinely accepted part of human existence. An enlightened mind never accepts
external dictates, ideas, or "truths" which dishonor or reject internal (physical and spiritual) needs. Sometimes, even
nationalism, when robbed of the institutional rules that guarantee the responsible exercise of free will, will become
akin to pseudo-religion. Governments than lay "guilt trips" upon citizens who decline to support a particular policy,
i.e. an immoral war. Yet guilt is rampant and often compounded by another emotion of mind---shame. Guilt and shame are
often associated with normal bodily drives and functions. Some local traditions adopt extremely limiting and rigid beliefs
which institutionalize shame. For example, a belief exists known as "feminine shame" wherein an entire sex is taught to be
ashamed of their very bodies. A web of customs is built around the "dirtiness" of being female, complete with

body coverings, subservient behavior, and a rank status below that of males, and even the acceptance of violation and abuse---
a web which entraps and disempowers any spirit born into a female form. Each tradition is empowered by institutionalized
guilt. To greater or lesser degrees, this condition exists in most, so called, civilized societies today. In societies where
"feminine shame" did not exist, westerners sent missionaries to establish it. A more generalized guilt has been established
throughout many local communities regarding sexuality. Human sexuality is a Divine gift, the ultimate act of mental, physical,
and spiritual connection between humans in the flesh. It is such a powerful force that almost every society believes that
external control must be placed upon humans lest all sexual hell break loose. Sex has taken this bad rap due to the self-
preservationary responses. Like any joyful or pleasurable experience, it can become a compulsion if used as an escape, or a
violation if used to seize power or vent aggression. But like any natural process, when allowed to work in concert with all
three purposes, human sexuality needs no external limits. Instead, children should enjoy an open, respectful, anticipatory
understanding of the natural beauty and divinity of sexuality---in whatever form the spirit has chosen---balancing the joys of
spiritual, physical pleasurable communion of flesh with the responsibilities of health and procreation. The puritan influence
present in the establishment of the country is still firmly in place, to the point of invoking punishment upon those
whose conduct strays beyond the legal boundaries of proper sexual mores and

choices, even into the privacy of one's own bedroom. The bottom line is that most guilt and shame is unnecessary. Parents
must pay particular attention to guard against the perpetuation of any cultural directive that pits the mind against the needs and
purposes of body and spirit. The only durable cultural truths are those that allow all purposes to work together. A child should
be made aware of the Divine nature of the body, its processes, and its needs, and never to feel guilt or shame over the physical
form. Any such cultural assumptions should be soundly rejected. (This goes for any and every religious dictate that instills
guilt over any naturally ordained Divine process. Any such assertion defies the intention of the Creator it claims to serve).
Struggling out of an established environment of decadent practices will likely result in pitting one generation against
another, as those freeing themselves from burdens such as "guilt" will also move beyond the institutions that have for
so long used such methods of control. And finally, parents must resist the temptation to utilize guilt as a mechanism of
control. Such a strategy is not only doomed to failure, but it perpetuates needless pain. Mechanisms of external social control
are not necessary when the social system has been designed according to the voice of spirit. Forgiveness is the key in learning
situations. Errors signal opportunity to learn. Any actions of the child which elicit feelings of remorse should be interpreted as
those of spirit asking for integrity, accountability, and consistency between thought and action. Parental faith, compassion, and
forgiveness allow any missteps to be kept

in proper perspective and the child to use this information to further develop the mind. A child raised with the best of
guidelines listed above, will naturally gravitate toward an environment where the consequential qualities will blossom
and have a positive effect on the world around him/her. Such a parental approach will foster the faith, compassion and
forgiveness of self that are necessary for any human to thrive and creatively express self in the chaotic world of daily trial and
error learning. Indeed, it will be those who reconnect with spirit and follow its urgings who will change the very world. Thus,
it is essential for each enlightened one to ensure the enlightened perspective is carried forth throughout subsequent
generations. Therefore, the paternal role in inculcation is a particularly important one. For those of us who are beyond the
parental stage in life, it behooves us to recognize the spiritual value of what has been conveyed in these Lessons and be
prepared to share the information when an opportunity presents itself, as it surely will. In sum, the role of parents can
profoundly influence the incoming spirit. Thus, some primary conditional prerequisites for anyone choosing to be a parent are:
the understanding of the importance of the parental role, the lifetime commitment to the child, the ability to provide a safe,
accommodating environment, essential need-meeting opportunities, enlightened self-understanding, a network of family and
community support, the faith in the integrity of the spirit, a faith in the divinity of life's natural thrust, and a

wellspring of pure spiritual, unconditional love. Once adequate inculcation has been attained, the human is then ready to
pursue a lifelong course of development, which we can now discuss.

115
Page 238-256 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Delta Lesson Three: Implications for Human Development The
Developmental Responsibility The implications of spiritual reconnection also have impact upon how humans view the
developmental cycle. Although the body goes through a recognizable growth pattern and most societies deem an age of
"adulthood," there is no magic point where the development stops. Never. Indeed, mental development continues on a daily
basis throughout each day of the entire life. This should lay to rest the myth that age is a deterrent to mental and spiritual
development or that there is some point in our lives where we have reached a spiritual peak. The point and purpose of
physical existence is to enhance the process by which we evolve spiritually. Further, it can be presumed, our spiritual
evolution should have a positive impact on our mental and physical progress, as well. But the growth cycle that continues
does not do so

automatically. It happens deliberately at the direction of the human being---for it is growth within the realm of mind. The true
mark of adulthood is the acceptance of, the accountability to, and the active participation within one's own continuing mental
developmental processes. Each human being has the power to expand the mind and hone it to the maximum fulfillment of
spirit, or to resist change altogether and maintain narrow boundaries of mind. Of course, the latter choice will lead to further
emotional pain, for it will delay the desired spiritual expression. As the world around us appears to be changing at an
accelerating pace, there is a strong temptation to react and retract, keeping those ideas we are comfortable with and
declining to consider those which don't fit with our lifelong belief system. The decision to do so will not only stifle the
possibilities of spiritual growth, but will result in the "emotional pain" of isolation, with all of its ramifications. It is
crucial to recognize that a choice of resistance to mental development, will lead to discomfort in any arena outside the
boundaries of mind. Such a person will be imprisoned within a limited familiar home-base locale, where routines and
distractions mediate experience. Outside the boundaries of habit and routine, there will be stressful life experience. A static
mind will prompt feelings of being out of control and the anxiety of not knowing how to handle situations and events. The
feelings will be subtle or quite dramatic, but they will drive actions from just beneath the awareness. There will be pain of
sadness, guilt, shame, anger, fear and any other subtle shades of unpleasant feeling tone. If these signals are continuously
ignored, it becomes too painful to even venture about in the

world. The personality can harden into habits of thought and action that defend, retreat, and reject other human beings. There
will be no mistaking the less spiritually fulfilled human beings, for they will not be happy nor attractive. Their pain will be
difficult for others to be around. Some of us may have the unfortunate experience of knowing the type of people
described above. They live as examples in our lives of what can result from mental stagnation. It is also crucial to
recognize how mind, complete with its boundaries, will create the life events to match its contents. A reality conducive to each
and every limitation will most certainly manifest, along with the painful signals to point them out. If not corrected, such events
will prompt further actions of flight and escape, in a self-perpetuating cycle which further narrows experience. Creating the
illusion of escape from spiritual pain is only that---an illusion. We create our own reality, even (and especially) when that
reality is our own illusion. Once created, we are bound to live within its limitations until or unless we voluntarily elect
to do otherwise. Even if defending mental boundaries narrows the world so that all people are avoided, a completely solitary
life is nearly impossible in the modern world. And even interacting with one person with broader mental boundaries will
challenge the limits and signal a subtle negative feeling and motivate further avoidance. Such avoidance is an act of body
wherein the mind has abdicated its choice and even its conscious awareness of its own motivations,

since its existing beliefs are insufficient, yet considered otherwise. Of course, rather elaborate resistance strategies can exist
wherein nearly everything is rationalized to exist within the limitations of mind, but the feelings will never go away. Nor
should they, because they reflect the integrity of spirit and its intentional contrast between the actual physical arena of
successful expression and the unlimited one that is divinely desired. Creating a mental fantasy about one's physical level of
expression is simply that---a fantasy. While a 'fantasy' may have the power to hold us within the confines of our beliefs, it
does not have the power to make us feel good about it. In fact, the power to make us feel uncomfortable about it lies
within our true essence, our spiritual nature. Although resistance can become a lifetime strategy, the spirit yearns for self-
expression. And the more the better. The level of individual spiritual expression achieved will relate to the overall expansion
of universal Spirit. The spiritual path is far more rewarding than the temporary relief from pain the avoidance provides. For
just as pain from spiritual frustration will linger, the rewards of spiritual expression are everlasting. In fact, the more the
spiritual expression, the easier the physical experience will be in current as well as alternate lifetimes, past, present, and
future. The resonance of spirit within flesh is a feeling that will be clearly recognizable within alternate existences, helping
that individual to reconnect with inner guidance and to find fulfillment.

The key to breaking the hold of self-imposed restrictions of our spiritual growth, may well lie in any form of creative
activity. It can open one up to greater possibilities of expression while boosting our very thought patterns to new
horizons. Development and "Karma" There are many beliefs within mass consciousness that set forth conditions of an

116
afterlife complete with elaborate declarations about the meaning within "serial lifetimes". They often seek to explain
mysterious unexpected events, or justify the unjust, by drawing cause and effect relationships between the current and
"previous" lifetimes. In doing so, they often mistakenly declare that the control lies outside of the human mind. Each time we
observe a system of thought that suggests that our conduct is a result of astrology, genetics or (in this case) past life
karma, we are seeing an encouragement toward non-responsibility for our current actions and a disparagement of free
will in the creation of our own reality. These "systems" are engineered to appeal to the emotionally immature level
that is fading out of our collective paradigm. The Law Of Karma can be better understood not just as the force that creates
the outcomes of divine evaluation and spiritual justice---but as a force that lies within, and can be utilized to the advantage of
an enlightened mind. The mind creates life events and experiences through its present beliefs, which are constantly evaluated
by spiritual feeling signals . If its beliefs promote disunity within self and disconnection with All That Is, the life will be
reflected as

such---complete with ever more powerful painful signals so that corrections can be chosen. The term karma captures the
inevitability of repeated cycles of creating frustrations until understanding the nature of ones own creative power is attained.
Development in its grandest sense is learning to harness the creative power of will energy. Thus, "karma" becomes simply a
part of the installed feedback system that operates in our daily lives, but when ignored, is extended to our next
experience in the physical. The crucial understanding is that beyond space/time, the moment of all correction is in the present
moment, with the goal of divine balance met through eliminating any pain-inducing belief structures. When such changes are
affected by any given portion of the entity, emotional energy surges are felt within all aspects of the entity. Each physical
incarnation will experience "good luck" and joyous floods of insight and spiritual resonance. Thus, "what goes around"
emotionally "comes around" to all aspects of the entity, for joyous resonance and full creative empowerment is the way of
Divine Justice. It is only because of the lack of understanding within any given mindscape that such events are thought to
come from outside of the self, or as some form of external judgmental punishment. Part of comprehending this principle
involves understanding the complete ramifications of our nature by placing ourselves outside the box of "time/space"
and realizing that each of our incarnations is existing on the same parallel with the other. The stronger the presence of
spirit has been within a given

physical existence, will make it correspondingly less likely to become mired within the limits of illusory reality and Mass
Consciousness for any aspect of the entity. Thus, those that postpone the fulfillment of spirit and resist the needed
development of mind, will continue this postponement in alternate physical existences. There is no escaping the nature of
spirit to seek fulfillment and expansion---no matter how many life experiences it takes. Because we elect to operate in an
environment of time/space, we must accept the illusion as functional reality. However, the closer we get to connecting
with our spiritual nature, the more free we become of the physical laws, i.e. action and reaction. On the other hand, if
acceptance, accountability, faith in spirit and personal empowerment are the main life strategies, life becomes an ongoing
learning process. The entity is challenged to attain the maximum number of strategies and skills to allow spiritual expression
in as many environments as possible. Rising to the challenge is rewarded by the spirit's joyous feelings. The better equipped
the mind, the more active expression can happen. Imagine a mind expanded as far as the physical horizon, as far as the eye
can see. A mind filled with a rich collection of ideas and finely honed strategies for interaction with spirits with all variations
of mental expansion in all arenas within that boundary. Imagine further, a mind as wide as the earth, wherein comfort is
experienced in any and every location, any imaginable group, with any imaginable doctrine. Such a mind is indeed
enlightened, aglow with spirit and the predominant feeling in each interaction is joy.

This would seem to be our true destiny, to grow mentally and spiritually, not only to the limits of all that this earth has
to offer, but to unlimited boundaries of the existence, itself. Once we get the hang of what these Lessons have to offer,
that goal becomes not only imaginable, but attainable as a God given right. Such a person enjoys tremendous mental,
physical, and emotional freedom. There would be no culture-shocking experiences that could not be handled while meeting all
three proposes. Such a person would exhibit very few self-preservationary actions or deadly habits. Instead, the life-giving
habits, the rich and numerous skills, the human compassion, and humor would be used to minimize creating pain for others,
and light would exist in every human interaction. Such a mind clearly focuses and best utilizes its will energy attracting and
creating events matching the breadth of mind. Such a mind can create far more rich and rewarding events than most humans
now imagine, as well as recover its own untapped abilities. As mind expands, life expands in kind. As each life expands,
universal spirit expands and fulfills Divine Intention. If we can grasp this picture and make it our own, we can and will
become all that it promises. The pace of progress toward this end is ours to set. It will be easily recognizable when such
expression has been achieved, both from the inside and from the outside. From the inside, joyous resonance with spirit is
experienced consistently, life is meaningful and filled with loving, productive interactions. From the outside, there is a

117
distinct glow of spiritual presence within the eyes, and actions which show the fearless loving bond with each and every
human being. Such a person recognizes each day, indeed each moment, as an opportunity to further refine the mind and to live
and act in ways that leave the personal expressive mark upon the world, their unique spiritual expression. The world notices
the departure of such entities, for it recognizes their valuable contributions and even Mass Consciousness feels its own lack by
comparison. We know of such people. We have seen religions built around them. We are such people, in potential.
Development and Divine Judgment Human concepts of life assessment by deities are also related to the developmental
responsibility. If there are to be any after-life judgmental processes, they will relate directly to the level of spiritual fulfillment
and expression rather than any conditions that human religions have set forth. It would be far more useful to embrace the fact
that this judgment is ongoing throughout the life course ---for indeed this is the case. It would be far more pleasing to the
Creator if free will were utilized in each moment, in ways that meet all three human purposes, than for humans to limit
themselves within rigid man-made doctrines and guidelines. For the spirit speaks its evaluations through feeling signals of
pleasure and pain each moment of every day, leading humans to divinely intended, purposeful

actions. Because it is so tempting to do so, I am going to return to the analogy of driving the car. Suppose that instead
of making course corrections with the steering wheel of our auto on a moment-by-moment basis as we drove down the
road, we make those corrections once a week or at the end of the trip. Under the latter conditions, driving would
become much more problematic. It would stand to reason that when we are "steering" our way through physical life,
we would want to utilize a system that was as immediately responsive as possible, would it not? Anyone wishing to know
the evaluative judgment upon themselves from the Creator can have it at any time, simply by acknowledging their level of
pain. Anyone wishing to please the Creator, or to do "His work" can readily do so by designing a mind which reduces pain
and actively expresses the spirit in ways that reduce pain for others as well. We now have satellite technology that allows us
to know where we are in our automobiles at any given moment. Knowing where we are spiritually at any given
moment, is an inherent "technology" that has been in place at least as long as we have been in "this" place. Thus, the
responsibility for human development falls to the individual. Instead of waiting for development to happen as automatically as
a body maturing, the mind needs active, purposeful, hands-on application of free will. It requires unfailing self-honesty,
heeding the voice of spirit, and understanding of the trinity of human purpose. It requires designing strategies for daily living
that allow all three purposes to be fulfilled within each action.

It requires bringing us into the modern world in a much broader sense than we have done, so far, technologically. It
does not require the acquisition of any new, expensive equipment. It simply requires an understanding and
appreciation of what we already have. It's Never Too Late The beauty of the natural system is that no matter how long a
human being has lingered in resistance and emotional pain, each day brings a new opportunity to totally redesign the life.
There is no need for any human being to suffer in darkness even one moment longer, once they possess the self-empowering
knowledge of the spiritual light within. The above is a reflection of the resilience of human "spirit" and how, with a
combination of knowledge and intent, we can alter the patterns of thought that can remake us into what we wish to be.
There have been amazing examples of humans who have had life changing experiences and have undergone dramatic
alterations in personality. Complex, house-of-cards belief systems, defended and strengthened by years of resistance, can
come tumbling down with liberating, enlightening purposefully chosen changes of mind. Many limited minds have
unknowingly created dramatic illnesses, personal crises, even near-death experiences for themselves to reconnect with spirit.
But such drama is not necessary. Nothing is set in stone except that which is chosen, yet lies outside the owner's conscious
awareness. The spirit constantly points to such slivers with feeling signals that beg for learning more wholly successful

strategies. As we acquire this "future-altering" knowledge, we can put into motion a process within ourselves that will
result in an openness to change. This can be done with a simple, but sincere request to our spiritual nature, our higher
selves, if we wish. We can open the door to our new existence and absorb the information at whatever pace we feel
comfortable with. We have already started opening that "door" when we opened our minds to this information.
Indeed, cosmic awareness begins with internal awareness. It connotes the broadening of the mind to become aware of the
meaning within each moment of life experience. It means freely choosing to sculpt the mind until it can direct the actions
which can best express the spirit. Once the limitations are removed from mind, many yet untapped abilities can begin to
emerge. Once awareness of the meaning has been attained, the individual can set about immediately making the desired
changes to create the life events that will bring the maximum level of self expression. The mind has just begun its possible
expansion. Tremendous empowerment awaits the species as entities develop mind so that it reflects spiritual intention.
Dormant brain functions can open wide to the mind's true and astounding potentials. This is the most direct route from here to
there. Just as the computer opened possibilities of efficiency that had hardly been dreamed of a century ago, so the
potential of the human mind is capable of this kind of progress and a great deal more. "As we conceive, so we achieve"
may sound trite, but the fact is, most of the profound guidance given to humans has been expressed in the simplest of
terms, ex. "Love God with all thy heart and they neighbor as thyself". What

118
better formula for optimum human relations. Indeed, the human examples of directly accessing universal consciousness
continue to dwindle. Those pioneers, seeking wisdom through adventures in consciousness that set aside individual mind,
cannot help but be stymied by the interference of mass mind. For the energy networks of mass consciousness permeate in ever
increasing densities, as humans continue to produce cultural creations without the direction of spirit. Instead of accessing
universal consciousness as directly as some cultures have in days gone by, the density is now much more difficult to permeate
by spirit without the help of mind. It is now imperative to actively access universal consciousness through developing the
individual mind at the direction of spirit as divinely intended. This may sound like an overwhelming challenge, considering
the near omnipotent force we appear to be up against. However, this "force" is not built on spiritual truths and, as
such, is most internally weak. To alter the program of a secure system, you sometimes must find the built-in back door.
These Lessons are that "back door". Armed with the knowledge of these Lessons, humans can begin active development
immediately. Each moment becomes an opportunity to identify slivers and remove them. Free will can never fully operate as
long as slivers exist within the realm of mind. Slivers must be removed first from individual minds. Then the clear thinking,
unlimited spirits can offer light responses which can remove them from mass consciousness. Once this finally occurs,
newcomers to the physical experience will enjoy

far less limitation and pain, and a far more instant and lasting connection with the direct voice of spirit. Using the computer
as an example, again, built into the program of Microsoft Office (and in particular 'Word') is the ability to check one's
spelling mistakes and not only correct them but to plant that "correction" into the system so that the next time one
makes the same mistake, the computer will correct it automatically, without the user even being aware that it is being
done. We also have that capability and much more. Self Evaluation - Getting Started To get started it is essential to
know the learning cycles and get comfortable with each part. In brief summary: We know now that the Divine Spirit desires
both biological destiny of body and free will of mind for a full and complete human experience. We know that individual
spirit is not separate from Divine Spirit. Individual spirit communicates divine intentions to both mind and body through
human feeling signals. We know now that at every moment the actions are driven by motives of mind and body relating to
their specific purpose and are mediated through human needs. As we better know and understand the above, our actions
on all levels are carried out with a greater degree of confidence. We "know" that as we continue to act, what we are
learning is to improve the quality of our actions. The needs are the divinely designed, unchanging motives of body and
need never change or even be questioned. But

the motives of mind---the basic knowledge and understandings of life, the strategies for action, the plans and expected
outcomes---are based upon the current mindscape which must constantly change. The feelings which accompany each action
inform the individual of exactly how well that action, and its underlying beliefs, have accomplished the purpose of spirit.
Having knowledge of the needs and purposes provides a context within which to analyze each feeling signal and know which
correction it suggests. If the right response is needed, the mind can then identify and rethink the beliefs and strategies, remove
slivers, add skills, and try again. It can purposefully react in corrective ways that meet all purposes, not simply those survival
purposes of body. If the sliver lies in mass consciousness, then a light response is needed in which it is rejected and actively
removed from the world. The heart needs to pump as our internal organs need to carry out their responsibilities to keep
our physical being running smoothly. These involuntary actions need not require the attention of our consciousness.
However, our mental functions are the ongoing activity that guides us in an ongoing fashion, to refine our course of
activity with new awareness of our effect upon the world we live in, with the further understanding of our creation of
that world. With enlightenment, comes the awareness of this cycle and the sensitivity to feel the most subtle of feelings in
self and others. With this level of sensitivity, corrections can be made at the very seed of a limitation, solving it before it even
takes root. But best of all, as slivers become fewer and fewer, this level of sensitivity brings joyous feelings

and positive, purposeful movement along life's path. There are many women (and many fewer men) who are talented in
relating to the world in ways that express the content of the above paragraph. Add to this the confidence (the male
contribution) that comes with knowing that we can and do create our own reality, and a sense of peace and natural
happiness is bound to follow. The best starting point to assess the current level of development is to take a look at how well
things are going in general. The rule of thumb for evaluating one's development, is to note the level of pain in one's life. The
level of negative emotion experienced is the best measure of how well the spirit is faring in its physical existence. For
emotional pain reflects its level of frustration and lack of movement. This is where emotional pain (like physical pain) can
serve the positive purpose of educating us along the road of evolution. If we can accept that this "pain" is nothing more
than a learning tool and use it to our best advantage. True adulthood is to maturely embrace the developmental
responsibility by recognizing, becoming accountable to, and making corrective changes for each and every bad feeling
experienced. Adulthood is the ability to accept and adapt to the events that occur, and to ultimately take accountability for
their creation. It is to ensure that the purposes of body do not override the intentions of mind with its hardwired responses of

119
fight and flight, which cause disconnection and violation. It is to actively self-correct through right responses and to actively
express its empowering discoveries through light responses in the

physical world. Adult behavior is to allow each human being the respect and dignity of evaluating themselves in a like
manner, without judging their progress or comparing it to the progress of others. With these commitments, one can then
embark upon the continuous examination of how well the needs of body are being met at any given point by the strategies of
mind. We are meant to feel good about ourselves and the world around us. We were not placed in this physical
environment to suffer so that we can be happy later. That is a planted sliver. Our next responsibility is to rise beyond
"judgement" to "discernment" in how we view ourselves and other human beings of all walks of life. Awareness of
Needs A crucial component to developing inner awareness is becoming familiar with one's needs. The universal needs present
themselves uniquely in each person's life. To understand exactly how each is played out upon life's stage will be a tremendous
aid in identifying the exact source of emotional pain. The choices of partners, profession, and recreation all provide clues to
how beliefs are currently meeting needs, as well as shedding light on those needs which are less fulfilled. Even better
indicators, are those choices and habits that might not be good ones by external definition---the compulsions, the addictions,
the habits that feel good in the moment, but prevent humans from meeting their long-term goals. These are the need-meeting
action choices which are driven by faulty beliefs that are often

outside the conscious awareness, or those driven solely by bodily responses. Identifying needs can be accomplished then from
both good and bad experiences and can allow adults of any age to understand and take control of their current developmental
challenges. This might appear to be somewhat confusing and difficult, but by keeping in mind that whatever action we
take out of habit or choice, carries with it an experience of joy, or an absence thereof, we can begin to come to terms
with our gems and slivers. We know now that the human needs drive humans to serve their three purposes. Beliefs are
formed based upon need-meeting experiences. Nothing should be in the mind except that which has helped to meet the needs.
However, this does not mean that every belief ever adopted is worth having. Developing the mind is like building a wardrobe.
Beliefs are like clothing that suit the occasion, the climate and the tasks at hand. The moment the belief is no longer sufficient,
it will elicit emotional pain when it is worn in public. Likewise, any belief that is a classic, that serves all three purposes, will
never go out of style by eliciting emotional pain in any environment. These are the gems to collect and share with the world.
The old outdated beliefs never reused can simply rot away on old hangers in the mind for lack of use. Memory is very flexible
this way. In order to fit in socially at a particular age, in a particular environment, we might elect to adopt a belief that
is not the best for our long term interest. Because it is momentarily, socially acceptable, we enjoy the pleasure it
provides. Later, when we come to realize that this "belief" is less accepted, we have difficulty putting it aside. Teenage
smoking could be an example of this.

But any garment of belief can be donned at any moment, depending on the need-meeting requirements of the situation. The
enlightened adult will automatically tailor the beliefs as needed. A belief may have been adopted that was useful in some past
situation that is no longer applicable, served a purpose at the expense of another, or is could be a piece of cultural knowledge
that limits or rejects some aspect of human nature. Any of these kinds of beliefs become slivers, red-flagged by emotional
pain. The needs themselves, when examined at any point upon the life path, will provide patterns to assist the tailor in all such
mental redesign. A racial attitude that served one well in one decade, might cause embarrassment in another. Just as we
shift the type of clothing from one period in our life to another, so we shift our beliefs from one stage to another, even
though the shift may be a difficult one to make. Accessing Core Beliefs We have just discussed how early enculturation
can set the mental stage, in both good and bad ways. The early learning experiences will fill the mind's closets with garments
of belief. Any painful belief still employed from childhood, will offer a potentially dramatic opportunity for learning and self
empowerment. There is a common myth that access to these beliefs is difficult, if not impossible, without advice and counsel
from therapists. A myth no doubt fostered and encouraged by those established in the

trade. It follows in the footsteps of the "fire brigade" mentality of the medical profession. These "Lessons", if taken
seriously, might be considered a threat to many established professions. But this myth has endured not because such
beliefs are truly inaccessible, but because they are often carefully defended and protected from examination. These core issues
are at the center of very complex edifices of belief and lie hidden from the conscious awareness by years of resistance and
defensive habits. It is simply that if the mind has certainty about any belief, it no longer needs to look at it. Certainty is not a
desirous aspect of a dynamic ever-changing mind. Simply looking at those steadfast certainties with newfound self-
understanding will be very enlightening. It is not necessary to spend hours upon a psychoanalyst's couch revisiting childhood
to find these sources, particularly if there are slivers within the belief systems of such therapists, or if they seek to create a
market for dependence upon their services. A closed mind is also a stagnant mind, which is at total variance to the
dynamics of everything we observe in the physical universe. With proper intention, we have the full capability of
getting to know ourselves to a much better degree than anyone else, even those in a professional capacity, trained and

120
skilled in doing so. These "dependence upon...services" as a part of our social-economic complex is a subject that much
could be written about. However, in this particular context, I will refrain from elaborating. Suffice to say that a goodly
portion of how most of us make our living is (or has been) tied to a mindset that does not wish to upset the status quo.
This is a misguided approach, unless the therapeutic helper is offering self-liberating and empowering information

such as that contained in these Lessons. Far more damage than good can come from delving into the supposed dark recesses of
one's "subconscious" mind for hidden and repressed experiences and memories, or covering emotional pain with chemical
prescriptions. For any problem that exists, any sliver held in the mind, will surely present itself in daily living. Any garment
that is not needed will never be taken from the closet and will naturally fade from memory. More enlightened therapeutic
approaches already embrace this universal truth, and look to the present life events for clues of the faulty contents of mind.
What they do not yet know is how easily the accompanying emotional cues lead to these sources. These "Lessons" are no
quick and easy solution to what may ail us in the three categories we are discussing. Anyone who has read this material
so far, should agree with that statement. But this material is setting us up for a more willing acceptance of the help we
can provide for ourselves. When humans begin to embrace the voice of spirit, they reclaim an internal guidance counselor far
superior to even the most revered doctors of mind. All the information they need will come straight from the signals of spirit,
through the feelings of pleasure and pain. From there, they will immediately examine the situation that has just occurred and
see which needs and which belief systems are involved. The logical, organizing, and deductive powers of mind can be utilized
to think through new strategies which can replace the old. Recognizing the meaning of emotional signals alone can
immediately bring awareness of strategies

that deny, defend, or resist the reality of a given situation---many of which create the problems that arise in daily living. There
is a spiritual admonition to "Know Thy Inner Self". There is no further instruction to go outside of ourselves and find
others to carry out this directive, because such "instruction" is not necessary. It would be like a pianist finding
someone else to play the keys of his own piano. A good starting place is to first examine the daily life events for any
situation that invokes the feeling of joy. We know now that joy is the spirit's song telling us that plans worked out even better
than we had expected. It is the signal from spirit that needs have been met at even higher levels than we'd hoped. This feeling
tells the mind that something just worked, and worked very well. It asks the mind to do more of this, and to come up with
other similar strategies that allow this feeling to come more and more often. The feeling of joy can relate to any of the needs.
Identifying and establishing a lifestyle filled with healthy pleasures can reduce pain levels substantially, as well as reduce the
motivation toward unhealthy momentary escapist pleasures. So many of the "pains" of life are dealt with through the use
of the "escapist pleasures" that it is not difficult to spot those in our society who are in the most emotional discomfort.
But the most revealing and urgent feelings will be those that hurt. Each will be connected to one of the innate needs of body.
Many unnecessary limitations exist within every cultural tradition which deny legitimate human need-

meeting choices. It is important to keep in mind that truly adult choices of mind do not accept unnecessary limitations placed
upon the desires of spirit, no matter how convincing and culturally accepted. The choices for some may not be the choices for
others, and the Divine right of free will is the gift of the Creator. To date, many activities which are judged as unacceptable, or
morally wrong by some are, in fact, very legitimate choices according to spirit. Any activity or lifestyle that meets all three
human purposes without violation of another is a perfectly acceptable choice. It will prove itself as such by not invoking
painful feelings. If it makes you feel good (doing no harm to anyone else) and continues to do so, even after you've
completed it, such would suggest that spirit finds no fault in the activity. Traditional moralists might take issue with
such a statement, but constricting codes of morality are examples of a static state of mind and, again, in contradiction
to a dynamic universe. The positive and negative emotional cues will paint a picture of how well the needs are currently
being met. The key to the most broad and inclusive development is to maintain a balance between and among the various
needs. Some can be postponed for long-range goals, while others come to the fore. But in a larger sense, all must be met in a
balanced way, or there are likely to be telltale signs in patterns of behavior. We now know of the meaning within events that
are attracted and the challenge of finding the limiting beliefs which empowered them. And of course, the telltale feeling
signals of spirit accompany each such experience, so that we can make corrections.

If we attract what we fear, it is a necessary part of the process to encourage us to conquer these "fears" by seeing them
for the slivers that they are.
Needs And Life Stages The universal human needs drive actions and the actions result in learning experiences. A learning
experience imparts something into the mind of the learner, right or wrong, good or bad. Some vestige of the experience stays
behind in memory to provide information for future strategies. When these pieces of lingering information are not passed
before the spiritual adjudicator, they become foundations for related beliefs, creating quite complex ways of thinking and
acting, which may very severely limit the spirit. The earlier the sliver is allowed in, the more important it will be to find it and
remove it and all of its relatives. When such basic foundational beliefs/slivers are removed, there can be quite dramatic life

121
changes, all resulting in additional enlightenment and empowerment. There is a process in place and operates in the
general course of living one's life. How we use this "process" to best benefit ourselves is a choice we can make at any
moment, and do. They will each relate to needs, and will correspond to what have been called life stages. There have been
many ideas set forth about the stage of human development beyond the early years, the most famous of which is the inevitable
"mid-life-crisis". The age-groups for stages offered here are very loose and general, for there are no truly universal

patterns. The progress of each individual is solely dependent upon the free will and choices of mind. Also, the human body
can live a great deal longer than is currently the expected norm. There is a tendency to judge people and decide where they
should be at a particular stage in life. Parents are most prone to do this with their children. We forget that there are no
absolutes in the process of growth. Economic success, for example, can exist alongside of emotional failure and vice
versa in another period of one's life. But looking to the milestones of life for relational patterns can greatly increase self-
understanding and development. Most important is the common thread between them---how they relate to human needs. By
grand design, fulfilling the needs of the body is the stepping stone to purposeful living. The needs will motivate all three
purposes, yet the beliefs of mind may only allow them to be partially met. In such cases, body might take over with self-
preservationary responses to meet the needs temporarily in ways that go against long-term goals or other needs. For an adult
body cares less about connection than it does freedom and power, if the prevailing conditions for connection compromise
them. Oftentimes, choices of mind force the body to choose and its prime directive is simply survival. The mind may wish to
take a certain risk in order to gain its concept of freedom and/or power, but the body (concerned with survival of the
physical) will override the minds decision with the emotional override of fear, altering the decision to take an
unnecessary risk. All needs will be apparent at every life stage, but over the lifetime, there are periods where certain needs
take center

stage. They are punctuated by periods of self-reflection which are meant to foster corrective action for debilitating patterns
that have emerged over time. The individual is intended to be able to notice patterns of frustration, long-range moods, learning
personality traits and attitudes which bring emotional pain that has emerged from slivers that have not yet been corrected.
There is a spiritual significance in the number four. There are four-day, four-month and four-year cycles in which the spirit
will allow certain building up of frustration, and then a necessary venting. These cycles are intended to draw attention to the
cycle of human action, the feeling signals and how the beliefs are at the core of any problem. Each cycle offers a pattern that
the need for meaning motivates the individual to notice and explore . This might take the concept of a "leap year", which
occurs every four years and reduce it down to the "month" and "day" periods, making it a normal part of the natural
cycle of things, adding credence to this suggested system. For each day provides a chance for a new beginning, and the
needs interact over the life course to bring conscious awareness of the developmental challenge. We will now discuss each of
the needs and how their frustration presents itself in certain patterns and life experiences. This information can further assist in
the individual's development process, with additional methods to find and correct mental slivers. There is no period in our
lives that does not allow us the opportunity to explore and expand our nature, on all three levels.

Earliest Years: Trust & Connection The first to consider is the connection need . We have just discussed the infant
vulnerability, the enculturation process, and the early developmental challenges. The earliest of developmental milestones
includes the primal connection with the world and trust that it will accommodate efforts by the individual. If the child survives
neglect or abuse, there will be incompletions and lingering doubts about the depth of a loving connection. They will manifest
in situations of fear, mistrust, and a lack of faith. This sliver will be built into the very definition of the intimate relationship,
affecting communication, cooperation, and intimacy. Not all such humans will become criminals and outcasts, but all
subsequent relationships will be affected to some degree by such slivers. When children bear children and begin the
rearing process without the emotional development and support necessary to practice the type of dedication that a
parent owes a newborn child, the consequences are long term and difficult to reverse. The status of parenthood needs
to be elevated in every society, to the point that the society supports and favors the same highest possible level of
support for all its citizens. The unmet need for connection will become a prime motivation, even exaggerated in ways that a
neediness and fear of abandonment will drive the individual to neurotic actions to keep such things from happening. Strategies
of deception, people-pleasing, and avoidance will replace the

faithful and trusting intimacy necessary for communication and love. Yet the very beliefs that base the fears, will motivate
actions that will most surely manifest abandonment and loss situations. No amount of superficial financial aid can replace a
deep appreciation for and broad understanding of those values that make for complete and natural parenting. Without
the latter, the former is simply ineffective. Thus, life situations that arise can provide additional clues to expose the
underlying beliefs. There are no accidents. Each event will accurately reflect the beliefs of the mind that called it forth.
Events which affect relationships are likely signs to examine the strategies for meeting the connection need. Divorces,
breakups of partnerships, scrapes with the law, even very dramatic, complex loss situations will be manifested---all so that the

122
connection need can be noticed and met within all three human purposes. In an ironic fashion, those negative experiences
that we have in our relationships with other human beings are the signposts along the way that can direct us in our
struggle to overcome the handicaps given to us in the earliest stage of our lives. We need only begin to appreciate them
for what they are. Fear, ranging from mild anxiety to blinding fright will characterize this unsatisfied developmental need.
Fear of vulnerability and abandonment might be buried quite deep within layers of avoidant strategies, bravado, or image, but
it will surely be there, interfering with each and every intimate relationship. It will also interfere with normal day-

to-day cooperation among humans. For underneath the surface beliefs will be the nagging "truth" that others will take
advantage of you if you choose to fully trust and cooperate. Evasive actions will be taken to ensure the vulnerability is never
exposed, or angry explosive rejections will create chasms between "us and them". But, of course, true connection and intimacy
and the joyous loving rewards of spirit will remain at bay. Because the understanding of our world, as presented by our
media, is so saturated with stories of those who take advantage of the trust people place in others, the effort to alter the
atmosphere of cynicism will take more than a recognition of the problem. Ages 1-20: Freedom & Power Another early
formative belief is how one views their freedom of movement and personal power. A faulty belief structure regarding one's
freedom will result in angry rebellion and a lack of ability to adapt and cooperate within normal, non-threatening constructions
and guidelines. Slivers regarding one's power will result in a motivation to over-control self or others, or to resist any form of
control placed upon themselves. Slivers can spring from early life experiences that lack freedom or opportunity to learn that
one's destiny is their own. Over-controlling parents, rigidly limiting worldviews, and lack of just and equal opportunities, can
all convince a human that one must compete and win, lest someone dominate and control their choices. This strategy sacrifices
true connection and

cooperation, and limits life's purpose to that of self-preservation. The well-meant tendency to protect children can result in
a parent believing that if something bad happens to a child, he/she will be regarded as failed parents. Thus, the greater
the control of the child, the greater adherence to self-preservation, which eventually passes on to the child's view of the
world, along with all its consequences. Instead, the early learning experiences must deliver the gems that each individual is
the sole determinant of their life experience. First, there must be a healthy separation or sense of individual identity within the
context of connection with others. This is a healthy sense of self value and respect offered by the world, a rightful assurance of
mental and physical freedom. Second , there must be a sense of accountability for one's actions, with the understanding that
one takes the initiative to make things happen and then takes responsibility for what has happened. And third, that the effort to
honor the inner destiny is always put forth to live fully, to create and express their unique gift. Freedom, responsibility and
the capability of creativity are the linchpins that form the foundation of true adult behavior later in life. Together, these
gems meet power and freedom needs and manifest into a strong sense of self-purpose, a solid work ethic, and an inner reward
system to allow efficient success in purposeful living. Without them, there will be feeling experiences of doubt, guilt, shame,
inferiority, and lack of self-esteem. The events and patterns of life will be those of

dependency, blaming, lack of faith, resistance to learning, an exaggerated longing for external approval, and a general lack of
self-sufficiency. If one looks at the lives which reflect the latter "events and patterns", described above, and examines
the life of these individuals from early childhood to adulthood, the environment of their growth should be connected to
their current state of mind, in most cases. These primary needs for connection, freedom, and power are best accommodated
by developing successful strategies of mind during the first two decades of life. This is the period that is normally considered
childhood, adolescence, and the teen years, which mark the successful transition into adulthood. This period varies, depending
upon the complexity of the culture, with some systems instilling the basics much earlier. Disruptive, chaotic and non-
accommodating experiences will leave need deficits, faulty beliefs and strategies, and their telltale actions and feelings. It
would seem that the more complicated the lives of the parents, the less attention given to the rearing of children. When
a lack of care and guidance evolves, so also does a lack of understanding of self along the line of the three categories
listed in an earlier paragraph. When one is seeking enlightenment and empowerment, looking to these fundamental needs
can be a most beneficial approach to ongoing development of mind. For most every human being, born of the modern world
cannot help but be influenced by the many slivers held within mass consciousness. It can be extremely beneficial to look to
problems in areas of intimacy, control and self-

confidence to identify and correct any limiting contents of mind. The earlier in one's life that this effort is made, the more
easily the corrections of mind can be put in place. The younger the branch, the more easily it bends. Grandparents
who have come to these new realizations have a greater opportunity of planting the proper gems than parents,
involved in the responsibilities of economic support, so seemingly required in today's society. Independence, Creativity
& Early Adulthood In early adulthood, the 20's and 30's, each of these fundamental need-meeting strategies will be called
upon during the primary choices of partnership, professional direction, and the starting of a family. Dreams are declared, plans
are made and alliances are formed. Problems and issues that arise during this time period can call to light the early slivers.

123
Parenting one's own children offers a second chance to purposefully instill the most rewarding mental landscape as previously
discussed. In other words, young adults can endeavor to identify the virtues and shortcomings of their parents and vow
to live the best possible lives they can, as well as exercise and pass on the gems they have identified. But parenthood also
provides an opportunity for a rebirth of sorts. A mature commitment to self-development can allow the young adult to analyze
and recreate within their own mindscape those desirable traits they seek to offer their children. If there are any emotions
connected with the parents of those now parenting themselves, these can be

excellent clues for the need to address these issues. This time period can provide an opportunity to review the early years with
compassion, forgiveness, and faith in spirit. In the most natural of settings, parents of different generations can compare
perspectives, exchange views and, where it is agreed that mistakes were made, find a healing that will surely benefit the
next generation to follow. Then, toward the end of early adulthood, there will come a time of settling into making conscious
choices and productively creating. The plans will be carried out during this period. The need for creativity will come to center
stage. The spirit will yearn for purposeful living and producing something lasting and meaningful. This will be the time when
the urge to start a family will come to the fore, if it has not already. Biological clocks will begin ticking and life will be
examined for additional outlets for creative impulses. The urge to make something of one's life will dominate. At this point,
young men and women will marry, settle down and begin to create future versions of themselves, in a secure
environment where both are devoted to the making of a better world. Also, at this point, their parents will sound a
great sigh of relief. If creativity is stifled within the lifestyle choices, the need will manifest in other ways. Hobbies and
artistic outlets can be helpful when added to the primary profession, as long as they don't become escapes themselves. Any
strong compulsion to do something shows that it is meeting a need. If the creativity need (or any need for that matter) is

stifled, that emotional energy might be channeled into any other type of need-meeting or escapist activity. Adopting that
which will serve as an outlet for the creative need, making time for it and keeping it as one's own, can serve as a
stabilizing force in the day to day burdens of responsibility. This stage of life is a good time to ensure that balance is
attained between and among all needs and purposes. A telltale sign of emotional frustration will be any one activity or
tendency that takes more time than its products might warrant. Of course, the destructive activities are already acknowledged
as those to eliminate, but some positive ones can also begin to go beyond their own needed purpose if balance is not achieved.
An analysis of one's daily time schedule measured against its effectiveness for meeting each need and serving each purpose
can be an excellent way toward improving balance. There is a temptation in modern society to invest an excessive amount
of our time in the source of our income, in other words, too many of today's young and middle aged adults are evolving
into work-alcoholics. While the monetary and prestige rewards result, the spiritual loss down the road will be most
difficult to retrieve. Midlife Evaluation: Meaning & Esteem Then will come a period of self-reflection and life analysis.
During the 40's, 50's, or even the 60's, the inner urge for meaning will come to the fore to analyze and evaluate the first half of
life. Emotional frustration in many areas will become less tolerable as the spirit yearns for purposeful

living. Feelings of sadness, loss of hopes and dreams, and general discontent will motivate new beginnings. If continuous self-
development has not been occurring, the level of spiritual frustration will build until perhaps some crisis event forces the
issues to center stage. The conventional term for this condition is "mid-life crisis". It's usually described as that point in
one's life when one realizes that he/she is not likely to realize that earlier ambition because the price was too high.
These are usually materialistic goals because spiritual goals do not have this type of defined limitation. A revisiting of
early dreams and an assessment of what went wrong are now in order. Self esteem and confidence should be propelling one
along the destiny path at this point. Life revolves around successful relationships, professions, community leadership roles,
active parenting and other creative pursuits. If the professional avenues are not creatively rewarding, new challenges might be
assumed. This will be a time when mental and physical tolerance for unhappiness is particularly low, and conscious,
purposeful changes must be made. We reach that certain stage in life when we realize that the opinions that others have
to offer about us and what we want to achieve are not anywhere as good as what we know internally. This is when we
begin to develop greater faith in our own judgment and, more importantly, our instincts. In fact, physical malady and
illness might present itself as the body's way of expressing its emotional frustration of any unmet need. The body can assume
exaggerated or weakened immune responses, create tumors, or otherwise

scuttle itself if emotional frustration has become a daily reality. Special care and attention to the maintenance and respect of
the body is particularly important. Such physical clues can also shed light upon the underlying belief sources and need
deficits. Information of this nature is readily accessible, should humans choose to analyze their own needs, their strategies for
meeting them and how well they feel they are being met. Our physical bodies do communicate with our mental and
spiritual natures on a regular basis. Anyone who has ever read the writings of Louise Hayes is familiar with this
concept. The Golden Years Upon retirement from workaday activities, there will come a time for reflecting. Although it is
never too late to make dramatic changes in one's life, with the Golden Years comes a certain acceptance about how the life has

124
unfolded. The spirit still yearns for development and expression, but it relaxes a bit. It recognizes the inevitable ending to the
life and accepts the inevitability of certain limitations of mind, yet it desires a great deal of reflection at this point. This will be
a time to find patterns of meaning, the gleaning of wisdom from the life experiences and expressing them in new ways. At
such a milestone in a life, one can choose to wind down and turn off, or like any other milestone, i.e. graduation,
marriage, parenthood, it can serve as a beginning of a renewed adventure, with certain limitations and certain earned
comforts.

The Golden Years are a time of peaceful reflection and sharing of wisdom. They enjoy the maximum level of remembered
experience, wherein generations can be seen and the major patterns of life lie before the mind of experience. It will be a time
for tremendous connection with loved ones and with the world. It will be a time of powerful leadership, wisdom and guidance
for the most spiritually fulfilled. There may never be an official period of retirement, yet the activity level and participation
takes on a more guiding rather than driving role. This would result in a period of adjustment both for the one in this new
environment and for those who have not yet reached that point, as each views the other with revised feelings. Or, it will
be a time of pain and despair, if deadly habits have survived this long. There will be a necessary isolation from humanity, even
misanthropy if a measure of spiritual peace has not been attained. The stereotype of the crotchety old person captures such a
path. The particular patterns of emotion will still offer a wealth of self-evaluative information, and it will spill over onto others
as the elders become ever more dependent. This is a time when younger generations can play active roles in the reopening of
minds and fostering purposeful living in their own parents. The role that the "older" will play in relation to the "younger"
can be one of positive example and one of negative dependency. With more leisure time on hand, dormant interests can
now get the attention they deserve. On the other hand, self pity can make one most unattractive to

be around. Free will is still in place. Death & Dying The final stage of life is the transition from the physical realm and is
known as death. Human beings are meant to be aware and in control of the time to let go of life. An enlightened mind will
intuit the coming event and allow sufficient time to wind down and achieve closure on any life projects. (When the species
evolves in its mass enlightenment, death itself will take on new meaning.) In the present world, this final stage is a time of the
most profound need for meaning, and of attaining a spiritual connection. We will come to understand that there is no
"death", in the sense that we now view it. It will be regarded more as a transition experience, not frightening or
threatening, but as a "birth" into another state of being. The death process need not be fearsome or painful, or resisted.
Yet, limiting beliefs and misguided cultural traditions and technologies of prolonging life at all costs, have virtually redefined
it. Instead, the process can be a joyous culmination of the life experiences, the opportunity for accomplishing a final and
everlasting connection with loved ones, replete with any ceremonial, ritualistic or traditional trimmings imaginable by the
individual. The perfect death would be one that can be planned for and can include those connections and
conversations that bring closure to that which might need healing or awakening before one's final departure. It should
be a chance to make the experience as painless for those to be left

behind as is possible. The final period of life will offer a mental flexibility in ways likened to the plasticity of consciousness
upon the birth. The dream-world will become more significant as the mind experiments with altered states of conscious focus.
Individuals who practice and become comfortable and gain a degree of conscious control during dream adventures can aid
their transition. The mind might slip in and out of its normal focus quite often, as the spirit flexes and alters its vibratory rate,
in preparation for its journey home. Those less enlightened souls remaining in the physical might view the departing
person's state as being delusionary when, in fact, it is simply part of a preparatory experience designed to aid in the
transition. It can also be regarded as a "window" into the next state of being, valuable to both the departing and the
remaining. The current mass consciousness in most cultures promotes the denial of the death experience altogether. Etiquette
books suggest pretending that health will be restored in even the gravest of cases. But such advice wastes a powerful
opportunity for humans to reach out and to achieve closure and reconnection, and especially to heal old wounds with
compassion and forgiveness. This provides emotional rewards to all involved, for if such is not achieved, the ones left behind
are to linger in guilt, fear, anger and sadness noting their spiritual frustration. The entity passing on, however, will leave
behind the limitations of mind that created the life experience. The experience will broaden as consciousness becomes
reoriented. The spirit returns to its unrestricted arena

beyond time/space, but in which spiritual wisdom and feeling tone remains everlasting. Communications expressed to the
dearly departed enveloped in love energy will most certainly be received. Knowledge about the next stage of "life" is so
poorly explored that the fear connected with the "death" concept is bound to remain. Were the subject more accepted,
it is likely that those remaining in the physical would be experiencing more contact and helpful communication from
those who have gone on. Loved ones left behind experiencing any lingering pain can attain closure by promptly utilizing
verbal or visualization techniques enveloping the communications and images within love energy. Faith in spirit, compassion
and forgiveness can allow each and every painful memory to be replaced by more spiritually desirous understandings and

125
interpretations of interactions with the departed one. We, in this physical state, have daily opportunities to resolve
unfinished "business" with those who have gone ahead of us. We need simply make such our intent, utilizing our
senses to express that which we feel, toward that end. The essence of each stage of human development is the challenge to
attain life strategies and activities that allow purposeful living. At every point in life, embracing developmental responsibility
and all that it implies will keep the individual upon the Destiny Path. Understanding the unique purposes of body to survive,
of mind to learn and create, and of spirit to express, can guide each decision to consciously, purposefully and cooperatively act
rather than unconsciously, indiscriminately, and competitively

react. Understanding how the six universal needs move the body and mind toward purposeful choice of thought and action can
provide information in each moment that will allow for maximum happiness and spiritual fulfillment. Knowledge brings us
the power to create with intelligent and compassionate purpose. We are most content when we are exercising our free
will in this creative posture. The life-course, however meaningful to its owner, beyond time/space has its own brand of
significance. The past, as humans think of it, matters not to spirit in the grandest scheme. It matters not how the early
development proceeded, even if there were serious violations, injustices and lacks of freedom and opportunity, that the
urgings of spirit could not correct at the time. For each entity has the power in every moment to develop and even re-invent
the mind. It matters not to spirit the prior levels of frustration and pain, the amount of misguided thoughts and actions, or even
the enduring personality patterns that have emerged from such limitations. Development and renewal awaits in every moment.
What does not matter to "spirit" should not be of primary importance to us either. What is past is truly past and each
new day in this physical environment is a first day in our ongoing existence. What does matter is that spirit is eventually
heard. This can occur at any point along the life path. To begin immediately to allow the feeling signals to lead the mind to its
most ingrained, foundational beliefs for an audience with the spiritual adjudicator, is to reclaim the willful

design of mind and to honor the spirit. The spirit patiently awaits its opportunity to begin to live. All this should give new
meaning to the Christian prayer: The "Our Father" However, it does require that we understand that the "Father"
referred to is, in fact, our own spiritual nature, waiting to be expressive. One has to presume that since "spirit" exists
outside of the confines of physical time, patience is a virtue that is much more easily exercised. Accepting developmental
responsibility can offer just that. With understandings in place regarding what it means to be human, we can now proceed to
discuss, what it means to be human among other humans in Earthly experience.

Page 257-272 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Epsilon Lesson One: Implications For Morality Introduction The
implications of spiritual reconnection have profound impact upon how humans think of morality. Morality is that which seeks
to distinguish the right from the wrong and the good from the bad, so that right and good actions can be chosen, and wrong
and bad actions can be avoided. Morality is a virtue that operates as an inner behavioral guide. We sometimes refer to this as
our conscience, but it is more than that because, if I understand these lessons correctly, "conscience" is that which is
developed by what we are taught from an outside source, while spiritual guidance is an innate part of us because of our
spiritual nature as beings and is uniformly the same, as spirit is the same as it relates to human beings. While "spirit"
is a constant – conscience is a variable and dependent upon societal guidelines. Although morality should spring from
within, human groupings have devised rules, codes and laws which set forth externally controlled morality. Privileges,
perquisites and promises of spiritual reward are offered to those who follow the moral path. Likewise, punishments are doled
out for breaches of conduct ranging from the painful disconnection of shunning to the vengeful act of capital murder. But this
human form of carrot and stick, bribe and

threat morality has only been necessary since humans have not yet understood how to connect with their inner natural
morality. Indeed, humans are born equipped with an innate morality predicated upon a unison between the purposes of body,
mind, and spirit. The voice of spirit endows humans with an innate morality, complete with safeguards, which is far superior
to any human attempt at defining external behavioral controls or guidance. Morality should spring from "within" because
it is spirit driven, as previously indicated. When externally driven, it carries a great deal of unnecessary baggage with
it and usually fails in the effort to lift human beings to a higher spiritual potential. Because "controls" are essential to
institutions and also justify their existence, encouraging people to self-govern themselves would only lead to a
dissolution of these institutions and is, thus, considered threatening to them. The external moral and legal rules conflict
with one another in the modern interconnected world, and can wreak havoc upon the emergence of the necessary global
consensus. But worse yet, behavioral dictates which ignore, deny, or judge any aspect of human nature, will interfere with the
biological legislation of human nature. Moral codes which are based upon inaccurate declarations about humanity,
masquerading as cultural "truth", only further erode the connection between body, mind, and spirit. Just as the puritan
influence formulated a great deal of legislation over the history of our own country, so other countries have been
influenced by predominant religious philosophies, causing more moral confusion than guidance, especially in a country
made up of people of such varying cultural backgrounds as ours.

126
In doing so, they continue to pit humans' minds against their own bodies and short circuit the emotional communication
between them, ensuring that the bodily safeguards will rule human action. Until humans achieve understanding of the inner
guidance, they are doomed to a never-ending cycle of inappropriate self-preservationary actions that keep them at a moral
level far beneath their potential. Unenlightened behavioral codes set in motion a cycle which guarantees purposeless, amoral
actions in the truest sense of the word. Where moral guidance is not consistent, "amoral" action is consequential. Also,
moral teachings which are at odds (i.e. drinking alcohol in moderation is alright vs. drinking any alcohol at all is a sin),
tend to create confusion and social conflict where none need exist. Morality is ultimately about judgment, and as we now
know, only the spirit with its knowledge of divine intention can accurately judge. It is simply a matter of restoring the self-
understandings which reunite body, mind, and spirit and align the purposes in each action. Phase one of this restoration will be
the removal of any inaccurate, judgmental beliefs about human nature. One particularly damaging assumption about humanity
deserves first mention in the moral discussion. There are always those who suffer from a false sense of moral superiority
and "they" are the most prone to harshly judge their fellow human beings. Biological Hedonism

The English word hedonism has become tarnished by dogmatic assertions of religion. So much so, that its original
enlightened offering is now lost. But those that coined the term, had captured a universal truth. That which feels pleasant is
intrinsically good. These original ethical philosophers had embraced the idea that the Creator knew best how to orient human
beings, and endowed the human creation with pleasure and pain as guidance. They had an intuitive awareness of an
intentional, biological, divine predestiny despite the heavy misconceptions of external morality offered in their day. Even
though the admonition, "If it feels good, do it!", seems to smack of a form of social decadence, it reminds us that we
need not feel guilty simply because what we're doing makes us happy. To do so would be to throw us back into the
"Puritanism" mentality that made even laughing a near sin. They understood that emotion was somehow meaningful.
Unfortunately, they did not yet understand the divisions between body, mind, and spirit, nor the potential conflicting purposes,
enough to explain the self-preservationary impulse. Pleasure and pain seemed instead to only motivate selfish, competitive,
basal pursuits which did not bode well with the social order. Thus, their work was largely rejected for the less-challenging
concept of sin. It was easier to explain pleasure and pain within a universe of good and bad forces, evidencing a flawed nature
wherein humans succumb to the temptations of evil. But as should be clear, human actions follow pleasure and avoid

pain---without exception. Until this is accepted, evolution will be stymied. Imagine the constraints on evolving if this
natural form of guidance did not exist. The very term "human" would represent a creature that conducts
himself/herself solely on the basis of defined, dogmatic restraints. Impulse to stray from the established code would be
consistently punished and creativity would cease to be allowed. Societies that have come close to adopting this rigidity
have nearly destroyed the world. The word hedonism should take on its rightful and just divinity. For it is the mechanism
which provides an unerring guide toward purposeful self-discovery, yet without interfering with complete freedom of will. It
is only in freely bringing the mind to this understanding that the guidance can emerge. Mindfully observing the meaningful
patterns, the hardwired reaction of body, coupled with the mental analytical abilities, and the spiritual need for meaning, will
lead eventually to the messages within these Lessons. (For each of the Creator's systems comes complete with its own
evolutionary wisdom and balancing thrust, either leading to its purpose, or a cleansing to start over). In other words, the
road to recovering our spiritual nature leads either toward that goal, or if detoured, loops back to try again and again
until time, as we know it, ceases to exist. The basic impulses toward the good and away from the bad provide the most
supreme guidance, regardless of what laws or Holy books might declare. Hedonism merely follows the six basic human needs,
calling humans to

approach that which feels good and to avoid that which feels bad. These forces will lead to the discovery of the higher
purposes, and to the recognition that all amorality springs from action strategies that do not meet all three purposes. In the
final analysis, we can not be permanently deterred from evolving physically, mentally, and spiritually regardless of
how many institutions we may create to stifle this natural impulse. Psychological---indeed biological---hedonism is the
essential, first foundational principle upon which any social grouping must be built. In fact, it was one of the primary reasons
for the unit of the United States, which now exists as a microcosm for the global community. This particular community arose
with the express goal of avoiding the historical limitations of forms of government that prevented the necessary freedom and
empowerment of its people. Therefore, the official legal documents set forth the intention for life, liberty, and the pursuit of
happiness. This has been the unrecognized basis for most of this country's successes, although much progress is still needed.
One can hardly argue with the basic principles upon which one's own society is founded without confounding one's
very patriotism. It's hard to argue with success. Multiple Meanings of Emotional Signals The validity and divinity of
hedonism has remained elusive because the role of emotion has not been discovered. Since

127
the signals themselves have been falling upon deaf ears, their complex messages have not been able to provide their
purposeful guidance. The message is only complex to the degree that it addresses all three purposes. It is not difficult to
understand them, unless it is unclear that they have specific meanings for body, for mind, and for spirit---all of which must be
considered to guide any action choice. The reception of emotional messages does require a certain cultivation of mind, a
willingness to consider the possibility of such a system being in place. Before one gets to that point, one has to accept
that he/she is a spiritual being, first and foremost and that this physical existence is an intended experience with a
purpose. We know now that the emotional signals mean to body: "Act in ways that will self-preserve." We know that the
emotional signals tell the mind: "Act in ways that will self-develop." And that they urge from spirit: "Act in ways that self-
express within the world." Although this is fairly straightforward, there are so many limiting ideas set forth about emotion,
human nature, and the need for external controls, that it is no surprise that this fabulous gift from the Creator has gone
unnoticed. To preserve self, to develop self and to express self have to represent the essence of our nature and purpose.
To quiet ourselves sufficiently to listen is the challenge of our age. While we may act in an instinctive way to preserve
ourselves physically, we tend to use our mental messages to simply enhance our self-preservation and our spirit
guidance is too often diverted to the same end. There now exist so many conflicting behavioral directives about how to go
about the pursuit of happiness, that the

United States is crippled within its own confusion. Hedonism, is but one of many whirling, swirling, conflicting, judgment
calls within mass consciousness--- cultural "truths" about human nature. They are more accurately described as spiritual
falsities that perpetuate this self-limiting cycle of infighting and self-preservation. The result is another emotion laden
concept. For this cycle creates the illusion of "evil." While "New Age" types and "Fundamentalists" are busy looking
down their self-satisfied noses at each other, major religions and philosophies are preoccupied in exaggerating their
differences and scaring their members into believing that some other belief system is really a "threat" to all that they
hold dear. The Concept of Evil Evil springs from the valid idea of purposeless or backward living---even the word live
spelled backward becomes evil. Evil is simply the outcome of when something prevents the natural morality from leading
humans upon their intended life course. Evil is anti-progressive, and anti-purposeful living, nothing more, and nothing less.
There is no evil force that doles out rewarding good feelings for bad actions. Good feelings always serve some intended
purpose. But they can motivate violations upon self and others unless all levels of purpose are considered simultaneously.
There is no room for the concept of evil when the body, mind, and spirit work together in each action. It becomes as obsolete
as the stone knife, for it is but a temporary bridge to the higher understanding of

natural morality. Evil not only has no purpose in our lives, it has no power other than that which we give it by adopting
belief systems that institutions use to manipulate us. When we are in touch with our true spirit, there need be no fear
that we will err, so long as we devote ourselves to preserving, developing and expressing ourselves. The concept of sin is
its counterpart, which captures any behavior that violates the purposes of self or others. Sin, of course, is nothing more than a
self-preservationary action outside of the higher purposes. Many humans think themselves to be sinful, weak, flawed
creations, who must throw themselves on the mercy of some higher power simply for being what they are. Any hope of
learning or purposeful self-development then falls to rigid forms of external control which further confuse and short-circuit the
feeling system, leaving such humans virtually disempowered. The concept of sin itself is far more evil than any action labeled
as such. It is when we stray from purposeful living that we are tempted to think of ourselves as lesser beings. Those
who capitalized upon this self-deprecation are simply using that state of mind to control us further. When we elect to
weaken ourselves internally, we make ourselves vulnerable to outside control. Excitement And Morality Sin has been
attributed to many of the most basic of human processes which operate upon the principle of pleasure and pain. Thus,
hedonism has taken the rap for the inevitable

pitfalls which spring from misunderstanding the emotional system. The emotional system is indeed the intended guide to
natural morality, but its arousal and action components have drawn human suspicion since time untold. For it is often the
excitement of body that dictates behavior when the mind is not purposefully engaged, throwing fear into the hearts of those
who seek to control human action. Spontaneous expression is considered almost more threatening than an uncontrolled
nuclear reaction. Institutional control will not fade until there is greater trust and faith in the innate goodness of
human beings both in others and in ourselves. Then, pure joy will truly be appreciated for its "pureness". Humans love
the thrill of excitement. This is the energized, alive feeling that accompanies emotional arousal. Whether it is great love, great
anger, great joy, or great fear, the body revs up for action. The heart races, the hormones flow, the endorphins surge, and the
muscles receive energy to act. The experience itself can be quite intoxicating and rewarding. This is why there have arisen so
many activities for thrill seekers, and just as many aspersions cast upon excitement itself. When misused in the hands of
political or religious institutions, whole populations can be aroused to feel hate toward other populations and/or their
respective leaders. From this can follow military action and the setting up of an eye-for-an-eye saga that can go on for

128
generations. Throughout the world, the universality of human excitement can be seen, from artistic and literary offerings for
vicarious passion and excitement, to daredevil

exhibitions and roller-coaster theme parks. There are entire industries based upon thrilling competitions, from the early arenas
of the gladiators to the modern sports stadiums brimming with emotional spectators. With the technology of today, television
and computers bring all types of vicarious interactions right into the home. The passion for one's team can be so
pronounced that households can become divided and genuine feelings of anger can be misdirected with little
justification. In a larger sense, people have been known to die over the outcome of a "sporting" event. Excitement itself
has become associated with the confusion about feelings. This is because of the inaccurate interpretations of feeling and the
inevitable self-preservationary reactions that follow. Accurate understanding of feelings is the only way out of this dilemma.
Indictment of the arousal system or excitement in general is foolhardy. There shall be no moral judgments cast upon any such
activity, so long as it does not violate another, just the required awareness of what is actually occurring. There is nothing
wrong with having one's emotions aroused so long as "arousal" does not lead to the passions that, when carried to the
extreme, result in physical or emotional harm to another. A greater inner awareness leads to an equally greater
understanding of ourselves and the world around us. In addition to the problem of interpretation, creating vicarious
excitement also amounts to manipulation of the emotional system. For it creates an emotional response outside of the
purposeful interactions in which they are

intended to have the most meaning. But this is not necessarily a bad thing. Indeed, any such activities can offer emotional
refuge from a world not yet ready for enlightened ones. These activities often allow for the vicarious venting of emotional
energy and the necessary and welcome, but temporary, escape from overly stressful environments and situations. They can
make the difference between faithful perseverance and giving in to fear and defeat. In a world where the very act of making
a living can put one in an environment where being made to feel inferior is regarded as a proper way for some to
succeed, the frustration of not being able to counteract this treatment must find a safe outlet and "vicarious venting"
serves that purpose. Until truly enlightened management techniques dominate the workplace, stress-relieving activities
of the above nature will remain. The key to keeping exciting events within the realm of moral behavior is to ensure they are
mindfully chosen within the context of all three purposes. This means that they do not take the place of actual connections
and external expressions or violate the needs of others. This will also ensure that they are kept within a supplementary area, in
designated times of relaxation and leisure within the daily routines, and never to become time-bandits which rob precious
moments of physical existence from the purposeful destiny path---or worst of all, become compulsive or additive mechanisms
of escapes from the spiritual challenges. Like any other physical pleasure, excitement can become an escape response in order
to avoid emotional pain, or a pale substitute for truly

rewarding purposeful activities. One of the more common sources of humor is the frustration of one gender with the
sports-preoccupation of the other, but beyond this humor is a level of resentment cultivated by the practice of ignoring
opportunities to communicate and share in life's other opportunities. It is helpful to make a conscious distinction between
temporary and divine pleasure. All pleasure is good, but the temporary excitement of short term pleasures which might
potentially have long term pains, should be kept in their proper perspective. They serve best as temporary bridges to more
long-term purposeful paths, and should be respected for their allure as well as their potential to thwart higher more divine
pleasures. These are often the "guilt pleasures" we choose knowingly which do not hurt others, but might not be the best long-
term choices for ourselves. The suggestion here would seem to point to a social activity of immediate gratification
without a more permanent emotional commitment, a practice described colloquially as the "one night stand". All
concepts of morality should shift to accommodate the inevitability of the manipulation of the emotional arousal, and relax any
judgments against it. Humans should feel no pangs of self-reproach when indulging within most any activity, as long as
violations of self and others do no occur. All concepts of morality should then instead facilitate accurate understandings,
interpretations and responses to the three messages contained within each feeling.

In other words, does the activity preserve one's physical integrity, develop one's mind and encourage the expression of
spirit. An activity that does not compliment these three areas, should be reexamined. Guilt and The Human
Conscience Pangs of self-reproach bring us to the next aspect of morality---human conscience. Acting purposefully, is acting
morally, is acting within conscience. To act within one's conscience is nothing more than to listen to the voice of spirit and to
act upon it within all three purposes. In other words, to act to 1) preserve one's body 2) develop one's mind and 3)
express one's spirit should be in line with the dictates of one's conscience. Pure conscience, when not obstructed by the
culturally implanted slivers, is our most reliable compass. Part of the role of these Lessons is to help us in that "re-
purification". Breakdowns only occur when the feeling signals are misunderstood, leaving confusion and conflicting
impulses between body, mind, and spirit. Any action which ignores or denies any one of the divine purposes is truly amoral.
Self-preservationary reactions based upon fear and anger are amoral for they place body above mind. They choose to fight to

129
change the world to match an undeveloped, distorted, or unbending mindscape, instead of allowing the mind its moral,
purposeful, and necessary self-development. The result is a "loner" strategy that frustrates spiritual expression. It is fairly easy
to see how fear and anger can lead to violations upon self and others. But the more insidious and potentially hurtful emotion of
moral concern is the feeling known as guilt ."

We bear witness, almost on a weekly basis, of people whose anger has resulted in injury and death to one or more
other people. Would that those who do such could have been exposed to the principles spelled out in these Lessons.
Although guilt is commonly thought to be the emotion most linked with conscience, this is simply not so. Most events which
elicit guilt are in fact amoral, but for entirely different reasons than might be suspected. They spring from amoral mental shifts
which incorporate ideas into the mind which place mind above the body . This is when a learning experience, a right response
is chosen, but one which lets in a sliver. Guilt is too often a part of the mind that can be used to manipulate others, but
only for a temporary period until the user has succeeded in getting what one wants. The "mother/daughter
relationship" is a good example and should be examined further in light of the above. Instead, guilt has become a much
misunderstood and overworked emotion. Guilt has become a favored and powerful tool of manipulation by mass
consciousness, particularly in the realm of religion. Once humans instill the idea of sin and evil, "the devil" gets in the door.
Then they attach many natural drives and bodily functions to the concept of evil, pitting mind against body, setting the stage
for the bodily safeguards to dictate seemingly evil behavior. This is self-fulfilling prophecy at its worst. The irony is that
humans have the audacity to second-guess the Creator, and in His name, create and manipulate guilt feelings within their
adherents. And then to reinforce the

slivers by utilizing the very guilt signals they produce, as a constant reminder of the weakness and "amorality" of the person.
The too frequently used threat that "God will punish you for...whatever", is mass control at it's worst, reflecting moral
arrogance by those who claim to know what God wants, but spend too much time talking to God and too little time
listening to the Spirit within. But in reality, any directive that elicits guilt remains in the realm of mind and has solely to do
with cultural trappings which are learned. Mind should no more be elevated above body than body should be elevated above
mind. Both must work in concert in order to serve spirit. The instillation and manipulation of guilt is a heinous, power-stealing
practice, which misses the message of emotion entirely. It is designed to replace emotion and self-direction, while
retaining control of others under the guise of spiritual development. In fact, "spirit" is not given its due, but rather
relegated to the "back of the bus" while someone else does the driving. Humans should pay particular attention to any idea
which invokes guilt feelings and identify the underlying needs which are at issue. The concept of a guilty conscience should
be changed to the more accurate guilty mind. Then they should wholeheartedly reject any doctrine or idea that does not
embrace the divinity of their God-given nature. Humans are no more meant to experience lingering guilt, than they are meant
to experience lingering anger, fear, or sadness. Acting purposefully upon all emotional signals can allow humans to remove
the limitations that created the

signals so that they can attain the intended lingering state---that of joyous loving spiritual fulfillment. Guilt, when lumped in
with "anger, fear or sadness" is keeping company with those qualities that were never meant to be a part of a human's
experience in this physical environment or anywhere else. Once this is realized and accepted, the true role of body,
mind and spirit can proceed unhindered. Learning Error vs Sin Guilt, like all emotional signals, should be recognized for
its role in the learning cycle of self-development. Sin is simply an error in trial and error learning wherein feeling signals
evaluate action outcomes. Course correction begins with feeling signals that follow mistakes or successes. I'm not sure why
one would need to make a "course correction" following a "success", but the point of the above is that one need not
take an error (especially a sin) so seriously that the accepted consequence would be eternal punishment. The point of
life is to learn and develop, not to serve as the focal point for some sadist, especially One who is regarded as a Supreme
Being. The flexibility within natural morality, complete with the Grace of the Creator, ensures that humans can easily recover
from the inevitable mistakes. Even humans acting within all three purposes can easily perpetuate minor violations upon
themselves or others, simply because they are in need of further self-development. If each individual greets the actions of
others with humor, faith, compassion,

tolerance, forgiveness, and expressions of light, the learning error is quickly overcome and all concerned are restored to the
purposeful track. If we can grant the same open-mindedness to our fellow human beings as we would like them to grant
to us when we err, as we surely do, then progression toward perfection can be much less painful. Purposeful self-
development will break the cycle of self-preservationary violation and liberate humanity from such limiting self-concepts such
as evil and sin. All sin is simply learning error, on the road to strategies that satisfy all three purposes simultaneously. There is
currently a generation in place that was brought up under the guidelines of "sin & punishment" and all the trappings
that keep this mentality in place. Those who have rejected the illogical mindset of these dictums have been left with
little else to turn to except indifference or "cultism". Sin is simply a misstep from which important learning can be

130
attained. It is not an inherent flaw within the design of the human being, for which any relative deity must die in order to save
souls. Such terms as sin and evil arose only because they served the limited purpose of providing temporary meaning. They
offered believable explanations for when humans choose hurtful behavior. But they evidence a great distortion of the early
messages, wherein the message became the answer, not the message of self-understanding itself. Thus, what was meant to
be the creation of a system of understanding and enlightenment, deteriorated into a personality cult, with control

integrated into a sophisticated system of wealth and power. Such were the patterns woven into a blanket of security.
Crawling out from under this "blanket" has been particularly difficult until now. The Power Of Apology &
Forgiveness The religious message that humans who follow divine dictates will be "forgiven for their sins" carries this
distortion. On the other hand, it also has spiritual utility, for forgiveness does indeed mesh with divine intention. But it is not
the religious dictates that make this true, it is because forgiveness brings powerfully positive feelings both to the forgiver and
the forgivee. Forgiveness is a right and purposeful strategy because it brings divine pleasure. It is a life-giving habit. Those
who ask for "forgiveness" are in need of returning a state of balance created by error. Those who grant "forgiveness"
when asked for it, sense a touch of their own divine nature. Hence, the old saying: To err is human - To forgive is
Divine. But forgiveness does not mean that humans can do any old thing, and rest on their laurels because they can forgive
themselves and others for any indiscretion. This attitude toward forgiveness only breeds further feelings of self-reproach, for it
is the lazy man's way to the light. Apology and forgiveness take on very powerful meaning in the context of accountability.
Most any learning error, even violation can be redeemed when apologies contain an expressive, active effort to restore the one
violated to his former state or to one even better. Cultural forms of

restitution flow from this truth, yet they include anger and retaliation rather than true forgiveness and restoration of grace.
When we err against another, we create a state of emotional imbalance in the offendee, a state that requires correction
for the offender and the offendee to return to their prior relationship. To improve that relationship, which should be
the goal of all humans in "relation" to other humans, an opportunity for "betterment" is at hand. We are moving in
that direction when we ask criminals to consider an apology to their victims. True expressions of regret spring from the
higher state of understanding, from the learning that followed the violation; they come from the heart. The receiver knows
when this is the case, for they will resonate to the apology and offer forgiveness. Not only is the offender accountable to
expressively apologize to the offendee, but the offendee is also accountable to receive these expressions as if he sought
forgiveness himself. True connection with another recognizes the pitfalls of humanity and does not assume evil intent; for the
learning error is inevitable and the shoe will soon be on the other foot. If all humans embrace the nature of trial and error
learning and utilize the life-giving habits, then all will be forgiven and can quickly restore themselves upon the destiny path.
Rest assured, far fewer violations will occur when this is the normal state of humanity. Another consequence of this "giant
step for mankind" will be an escape from in the guilt-fear-hate-anger box we've created for ourselves.

The Historical States Of Moral Interaction It is helpful to instill universal forgiveness for human frailty upon understanding
that certain stages of moral development dictate different moral actions of their day. Competition was once the moral choice,
for biological predestiny utilizes competition to effect human evolutionary movement. We will later discuss this in detail, but
for now understand that the only true original sin is in lingering within early stages of human moral development. Where
once life was a struggle for the survival of the human species, it has evolved to a point where fighting for one's daily
food is no longer a sole or even primary activity. Biological predestiny is hardwired into all species as an orienting
mechanism, each interacting in the overall evolutionary process. The essential dynamic is how an individual organism is
moved from within to survive in any given environment. This movement might come from generic predisposition or adaptive
mutation in other organisms, but in humans, it comes from free will. With all humans buzzing about with everyone pursuing
pleasure and avoiding pain, there are bound to be some bumping into one another. When this happens they can willfully
choose to either interact competitively or cooperatively. Free will is meant to be guided by the innate morality within the
wisdom of spirit, which means to operate within all three purposes, and act upon the emotional signals in their multiple levels
of meaning.

When a great number of people occupy a dance floor, each couple can start competing for available space by banging
into other couples OR all couples can start coordinating their movements so that contact can be reduced to a minimum
and not considered to be threatening behavior. Only in a square dance is it necessary to have a source of outside
control. There is then a natural moral progression from the singular self-concept to the plural connected self-concept. At each
stage of moral development there will be certain needs coming to the fore, as well as an evolving understanding of the
meaning of the emotional signals. Until humans awaken to the power of free will, they are safeguarded against their ignorant
choices of mind by the self-preservationary reactions of body---serving the first stage of human purpose. As technology
advances and weapons of war become more sophisticated, the need for resolving the proverbial "bumping into one
another" in an agreed upon fashion, becomes increasingly essential to self-preservation. Clearly, the old guidelines of

131
inter-relationship will not suffice. Caveman Morality At this first stage, humans respond exactly like other animals,
influenced first and foremost by emotional memory and hardwired instinctual responses. This relates to the human pre-cultural
"caveman" level of morality. Humans at this stage are likened unto singular, lone wolves, competing against one another for
scarce resources, be they food, land, power, money, etc. With

competition, there is a win-lose outcome: one will get all of the resource, and the other will get none. At this stage, fear and
anger are the predominant motivators, fight and flight are the common actions, as the stronger often overpowers the weaker to
the victor goes the spoils. At this level self-preservation is the singular purpose, the level of conscience now known as
"selfish". There are still many (too, many) in our society today whose conduct would have a certain commonality
matching the above described characteristics. In fact, the corporate mentality would likely come the closest. On a
singular level, many women might recognize a former or current suitor. At this early, pre-cultural stage, competition is
the right and good choice of action, due to the fact that the individual needs take precedence over the group needs. The
emotional signals are interpreted to ensure survival and that the basic individual needs for power, freedom and creative
expression are honored. Once these needs are accommodated in the mind and world of such humans, then the other needs can
come to the forefront of consciousness and motivate further evolution. Thus, in some ancient but more sophisticated
cultures, even though technology had not come close to what we have today, there grew a very in-depth understanding
of the arts. The Greeks had finely tuned the mind and what followed then served as testimony to what could be
accomplished, when leisure was achieved. Unfortunately, a certain level of social "slavery" was necessary to maintain
that state of leisure for the selected few. For competition is not the only choice when humans

interact. The resource can go to one, or to another, or it can be shared by both. The sharing is known as cooperation. The
emergence of cooperation is inevitable, for the need for interconnection is built into the human system in many other ways.
For example, the cooperation necessary for procreation becomes an immediate hint of the higher, more rewarding approaches.
Images of pre-cultural females dragged into the caves conjure still valid emotional signals that simply could not have allowed
the lone wolf lifestyles to continue for long. Thus, was born the "romantic" concept which still serves as a mystery to
many of the male species. Cooperative Morality In answer to the connection need, humans begin to develop the mind to
include others in the self-concept. This ushered in the secondary cooperative level of conscience wherein self-development
and right responses became the moral action choice, in lieu of fight and flight. Thus, the earliest forms of cooperation began to
flourish, resulting in shared culture that would bring a lasting condition of interdependence. With cooperation, there is a win-
win outcome. Although neither will get all, both will get half. The trade-off of receiving only half the spoils comes from the
emotional reward of connection, and in the increased ability to gain through subsequent cooperation. In fact, what tends to
evolve from cooperation is not only the sharing of

what is, but a realization that the whole of society can be more than the sum of its parts, providing that the spirit is an
invited ingredient. At this stage, the higher "group needs" are considered in addition to the basic individual needs. Emotional
signals begin to take on the added meaning of self-development of mind and to embrace the group connection need, the need
for meaning and the need to achieve esteem-building expressions among others. Loving connection, and the fulfillment from
meaningful, creative expression become the dominant motivations as right and light responses become dominant action
choices. Getting beyond the mere acquisition of material items and worldly titles leads to an appreciation of nature,
knowledge and the spiritual qualities of other human beings. When allowed and encouraged, this can bring the
proverbial heaven down to earth. Before this stage is fully attained, some will still choose to compete, while others begin to
cooperate. At this transitional state, there is both the chance to win-lose, or to negotiate a win-win. When some trust others to
cooperate, and those others breach the trust and compete, win-lose and disruption occurs. In this stage, cooperation is the right
and good, the correct moral choice, and those who compete at the expense of the cooperative other are thought of as cheats.
Thus, external rules and laws to protect the cooperators from cheats become necessary. In that delicate stage when the
"cheaters" are on the wane but still in control of most of the wealth and power, those who make the rules will favor
them. And so long as the methods whereby the "rule-makers" attain and hold their positions are stacked in favor of
the wealth/power

group, the "cooperators" will be required to make an end-run to tip the balance in their favor. But, eventually, the
"100th monkey" principle will prevail, for it is a principle of Universal Law. The third and ultimately necessary stage is
wherein all competition between humans gives way to true cooperation: all self-expression is accomplished in the context of
cooperation. This is truly civilized morality. All emotional signals are interpreted within all three purposes, and all six needs
are accommodated. All major motivations spring from the approach emotional signals and the avoidant ones are rare,
corrective and evolutionary signals. In this final stage, each emotional signal is fully understood within the connection
between all. To hurt another would equally hurt the self, this is the complete and mature state of moral development. This is
the healthy conscience. Violations need not be controlled, because they simply occur only as learning missteps and are met

132
with tolerance, compassion and offers of light. There are many places in existence right now where much progress has
been made toward the above-described ideal state. But these settings are often more rural than urban and the
population is much less condensed. But transition to this stage is not yet complete. The movement away from fear and anger
toward hope and trust is now occurring. Human groupings have not sufficiently embraced the self knowledge, and even
enlightened individuals are stymied in their cooperative efforts by a world that embraces and declares competition to be "the
way." Spiritual frustration is experienced at every turn. To

end this cycle and embrace cooperation, one must understand the necessity of moving from fear, to trust. ...and I very much
look forward to the next title: The Role Of Trust. The Role of Trust This macrocosm of humanity can be reduced to the
microcosm of moral interactions between two human beings. Interactions will be motivated by pain until pleasure takes its
rightful place. Fear is the dominant motivator in the stage of competition. Moving from competition to cooperation is based
upon mutual trust. Trust is a necessary perquisite for cooperative moral action. For the cave woman could just as easily have
slit the man's throat with his stone knife while he slept, as she could have arisen early to build him a comforting fire. But, in
order for the relationship to survive, it was essential that some level of trust be maintained. Along with this "trust" was
the accepted presumption that each cared about the other, sufficiently to maintain the relationship and procreate,
going on to establish that trust as a pattern for their offspring to learn and accept. Trust is a touchy thing, for in a win-
lose competition, one who violates the cooperative trust can nearly always emerge victor of the spoils. Thus, there is always
room for violation to exploit vulnerability inherent in trust. It is very easy to take advantage of the trust of another. Yet, it
always comes with the price of living in fear, isolation and loneliness, not to mention facing the wrathful anger of the

violated one. Fear and the self-preservationary impulse alone never brings true fulfillment until the body's needs are fulfilled
in the context of spiritual connection. Despite this fact, those who retain a singular concept of self, and choose to compete and
endure such feelings will certainly lose out when competing with groups choosing cooperation. Fear driven strategies will
ensure a hellish fearful existence. The untrusting, lone-wolf personality will never successfully compete with those who
know the value of trust and can make it a productive part of their lives. Not only does it lead to cooperation but, more
importantly, to an acquaintance with the feeling aspect of human character. Until the pleasurable path of trust can be
truly embraced, humans are relegated to the transitional stage between fearful competition and faithful cooperation, between
self-preservation and self-development, between the purposes of mind and body, with conflicts resulting both internally and
externally. The good news is that while we are still in that "transitional" period we appear to be moving toward "trust"
and away from "fear". However, this trend will only continue so long as our faith in the divine nature of all things
continues to grow. A major influence upon this condition has to do with the economics of scarce resources. When there are
insufficient resources to be shared, fear will motivate competition. Resources are most scarce when there is overpopulation, or
when communities do not have equitable systems for the freedom and empowerment of their members. Moral

progress can also go backwards---when resources are scarce, cooperation gives way to competition. (Since humans have
become the dominant species and exercise free will in cultural transformation upon the ecosystem, they have taken on the
responsibility to ensure fair allocation of resources to any embodied spirit, of all species, or they will feel the competitive
results). It is only through cooperation that resources can be shared in a way that reduces the competitive atmosphere
and reduces the fear and mistrust that tend to creep into relationships. The law of abundance is simply confirmation
that nature is in place to supply all of our needs, whether they be material or spiritual. Tit-For-Tat Morality Thus,
morality is inextricably entangled with opportunity, and these predictable stages can point to the social changes necessary.
Until adequate opportunity occurs, however, there will be a rather fixed state of affairs. This state brings a correspondingly
predictable stage of morality. One in which there is a stand-off between the negative, competitive and the positive, cooperative
impulses where many animal species, and the majority of humanity, is now poised. This pattern can be seen through the entire
animal kingdom, wherein varying stages of competitive and cooperative efforts yield the most success for the species. It is the
less spiritually developed of the human species who take their cue from the animal species most preoccupied with the
competitive strategies, hence the colloquial expression: "It's a dog eat dog world!" This belief reinforces the type of
behavior least admired in humans.

This pattern is a mish-mash of both, wherein a moral rule of thumb is as follows: First, attempt cooperation. If the other
cooperates, then both can win. Next, if the other chooses to break the trust and compete against you, you will lose to him. But
your task is to then withdraw your cooperation with him and deal with another (more honorable) fellow, and the first will lose
your help, becoming isolated. Eventually he will come calling again, following a learning experience. Trust again, and if he
has truly learned, he will cooperate. The feeling signals all around will reward this more purposeful path, and the group effort
will be stronger than any one isolated effort. This is a good "rule" but not always an easy one to follow, as many will
regard this as a weakness on the part of the one who is taken advantage of by the one who has broken the trust. But
trust is a two-way street and patience is essential to educating the untrustworthy to the ultimate value of it. This pattern

133
is also apparent in the animal community, but they do not have the mental abilities of humans to remember and plan
interactions as thoughtfully. The body alone, via the feeling system, guides their choices. In this case, the animal has memory
enough to recall only the emotional outcome of the previous interaction. It is very common for such mindless violators to
come around again with every intention of perpetuating another violation, for the previous winning of all the spoils felt great.
But the duped one also recalls his own emotional outcome, one of sadness over the loss and anger over the violation. He then
plans on doing the same himself, perpetuating a violation

back upon the violator, in an "I'll show you how it feels" retaliation. This is where emotion must eventually be put aside or
overridden in order to break the eye-for-an-eye rule that can only deteriorate into an environment of never-ending
conflict. This is called the tit-for-tat strategy that works best when competition has not been completely overcome. In this
case, the violator comes calling with an offer of a second cooperation and trusts the first. The first in this case, violates the
trust and wins the spoils for himself. The second round often reinforces the soundness of the cooperative choice within the
original violator and promotes cooperation in future interactions. Otherwise, fear and anger drives a perpetual cycle of getting
even---a deadly habit among humans. Tit-for-tat means simply: First cooperate, and then in any subsequent interaction, do the
same as the other formerly did to you. The best you can say for this strategy is that it has the potential for being
educational for those who are in need of learning the value of cooperation from an emotional experience. The danger
in it is that the violator may not get beyond anger to a more enlightened state. Although tit-for-tat has its place, humans
are intended to discover their higher moral guidance. They are not simply limited to the emotional memory of the experience,
they can invoke the mind. If the higher purposes are heeded, trust outweighs fear, the connection is preserved, and winning
half---plus the emotional reward of connection---brings repeated cooperation that yields far more long-term

benefit for all concerned. The less cooperation among all species, the more fear and self-preservation will be apparent. The
more spiritual connection that exists, the more trust and cooperation can be observed, and more faith and personal fulfillment
is experienced. Sometimes, a group is encouraged to cooperate in order to exercise and take a competitive and unfair
advantage of another group. This moves a less-than-virtuous activity from a singular to a plural mindset and, in doing
so, only strengthens a non-spiritual form of conduct. Understanding the patterns of competition and cooperation can help
individuals determine the moral course of action when dealing with others who are driven by competition alone, as well as
underscore the most spiritually rewarding choice of cooperation. It should be readily apparent, however, that humans who
keep to their fear-driven competitive level of self-preservation are no more evolved than the animals over which they claim
superiority. When "competition" becomes such a virtue in a society that it is an end in itself, than the only resolution of
such an outlook is for the system to have a major breakdown. Because material success is often regarded as the
ultimate end and key to happiness, the hardwired qualities in humans lead them to such a consequence on a major
scale. The Golden Rule With these historical interactions in perspective, we can now see how they led to early forms of
moral guidance. This first step from competition to cooperation was captured in the early moral directive: "As ye would that

men should do to you, do to them likewise." This reflected the tit-for-tat strategy of the animal kingdom and the human desire
to overcome the cycle of retaliation. For to follow this directive, both would initially cooperate rather than to go through a
wasteful series of competitive retaliations. This directive is still inherent in most major religions, commonly known as the
Golden Rule. It has also been restated: "Do unto others, that which you would have them do unto you". This moral advice
has endured because it dovetails with many elements of innate natural morality. The Golden Rule assumes that there are some
universal right and wrong behaviors, clearly understandable by all humans---which there are. It assumes that all humans can
recognize "rightness" within others and in themselves---which they can through their feeling system. It is right-minded, basing
morality upon the emotional evaluation of the act, and the purposeful pursuit of happiness. It also appeals to everyone's self
interest and, thus, ties one's well being to one's own actions. But, one hopes that the other person will agree to and
accept the same Code of Conduct. But this rule is only part of the picture, and its use as a moral directive is limited. For it
assumes that everyone has the same values, which is never the case in a multicultural diverse world. It does not embrace the
free will given to each human being to design values and beliefs according to

their individual spirit. (What brings happiness to a member of one culture, might bring great unhappiness to a member of
another.) It embraces the contrived emotional boundaries which result from lack of continuous development of mind. It honors
only those with similar, local values, and does not embrace the entirety of connected humanity. (It is quite easy to do horrible
things unto others, if one does not consider certain humans as "others"---witness the Holocaust). One of the first steps in
doing harmful things to another is to dehumanize the other person. Governments are usually very successful in doing
this in times of war. It makes it much easier to accept the idea of killing the "enemy" if he is accepted as a "chink" or a
"gook". It has made the practice of racism easier when people formed support groups to terrorize segments of the
population. Even parts of the bible can be used to justify hate and worked well in many minds for quite some time
until "higher" laws prevailed. Nonetheless, with some simple variant twists, it can be a far more useful moral tool at the

134
current state of the moral development of the species. The first twist would be to recognize it in the context of all humans,
indeed to every spiritual embodiment, not just humans within any specific spiritual grouping. This fully honors the connection
need, bringing all spirits together in the self-concept, making it a truly universal dictate. An example of this might be the
acceptance that "All life is sacred." This could lead to a higher level of respect for both humankind, as well as all of
nature. Once this connection was made, threats to the environment would become manageable and life on the planet
would be more valuable and enjoyable.

This brings the next essential universal twist which adds far more sweeping application. This flips the rule around to utilize
avoidant impulses as universal guidance, using what humans don't like as a guide. Although a wide variety of diverse ideas,
strategies and choices, can bring pleasure, it is the truly universal limitations and frustrations of spirit that bring pain. With
these added understandings, this golden advice becomes far more useful in the form: "Do not do unto any others that which
pains thyself." This most simple of moral guidance allows humans to know in any moment what not to do and it frees the
feelings of spirit to lead them toward actions to which they are morally invited---indeed divinely destined. One need only
imagine how one would feel as the recipient of any contemplated action against another, and allow that "feeling" to
guide his/her actions henceforth. The final word about natural morality is that it suggests that far fewer controls need to be
placed upon human beings. Instead, energy and resources should be invested in ensuring that there is adequate opportunity for
each member to meet needs without competitive impulses coming to the fore. Humans can simply let go of all ideas about
what is right and wrong and allow their spirits to guide them. The self-righteous ones must step aside, taking their cultural
judgements with them, and allow each human the dignity, the privacy, and the freedom to pursue

happiness in their own way. For vitality and behavior, when chosen within all three purposes, which does not frustrate any of
the essential needs, nor intend to consciously violate another, and is chosen within the response rules, is moral in the eyes of
the Creator. We are all familiar with a four-way intersection, controlled by a stop sign at each corner. Each driver waits
his/her turn and trusts that when he/she starts into the intersection, it will be safe to do so. Now suppose that the "stop
signs" were removed and the rule of common courtesy was in place. Would the system not work just as well? It would
be a small step but essential to the building of a less abrasive society. With these essentials of right action in place, we can
now look more closely at human to human personal interactions.

Page 273-290 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Epsilon Lesson Two: Implications For Interpersonal Relationships The
Cooperative Level of Existence
The implications of spiritual reconnection have profound impact upon how humans think about, and interact with, one
another. Once humanity has been reconnected with the inner moral guidance, the next step is to build cooperation,

intimacy, and community with others. This is a quality that was apparent in more historical cultures and can still be
found in many rural environments. The urban world has much difficulty maintaining such an atmosphere, a state that
encourages fear and anxiety on a daily basis. As humans successfully interact and connect with one another, they begin to
take each other further into their own self-concept. They begin to respond to each other's thoughts, feelings and actions as if
they were their own. For once the connection need is discovered and honored, there can be no turning back to the conditions
of isolation. Indeed, a new stage of existence unfolds, one which coincides with embracing the higher purpose of self-
development. A state of trust leads to a state of greater intimacy and vice versa. Like grape vines in the process of
producing fruit, the more people become connected to each other, the more unlikely the connection will be broken. At
this stage, not one, but two purposes are accommodated with thought and action. Each emotional signal not only tells the body
to self-preserve, but it also now tells the mind to self-develop in ways that now and forever consider the pain of all others
before each action. At this stage, each human relationship is based upon the understanding of the interrelation and inescapable
spiritual interconnectedness that is The Way. Strategies of competition and violation are simply outdated ways of thinking
when one truly embraces the spiritual connection. Actions which hurt another are felt

as painfully as hurt to the self and become outdated vestiges of an uncivilized past. People begin to move from the self-
absorbed state to the altruistic state, with an awareness of and empathy with others in our environment. As we move
from the material to the spiritual stage in our development, the wealth developed in a competitive system becomes less
important compared with more evolved pursuits and values. This self merging is a necessary accomplishment for the
divine path to unfold. The complete individual self, the mind, body, and spirit, must be brought together first and foremost,
and then melded with the purposeful motion of each and every other mind, body, and spirit for true progress to occur. This
was the intended message of the earlier wisdom offered, but its meaning became distorted. Self-melding should now replace
any mutated ideas about self-sacrifice, martyrdom, and rising above self. With self-development, nothing need be lost, and
everything can be gained. Discovering our inner spirit is probably what was meant by: "To love God (our own divine
nature) with all thy heart, mind and being; and to love thy neighbor (seeing the divine in him/her) as thyself." Once we

135
know and appreciate our own true nature, we can naturally move on to relating to others in the same way. When this
transition has been successful, the dominant feelings become trust and faith which motivate the higher actions. The grander,
larger sense of time and meaning begin to come to the fore as the chaotic, fear-driven life of self-protecting isolation is
overcome. Reclaiming the meaningful messages within each emotional signal, will

direct the choice of actions within all three purposes. As mindscapes are further refined, fewer distress signals are necessary---
because life is working as it should be. This is a state of unimpeded energy flow within and between all spiritual embodiments
and brings its own emotional rewards. This is an intended and natural process that has been subverted by those who
were intent on establishing control over others and who still maintain that control by extolling the fear of evil and
violence so readily tied to particular personalities, be they the devil or some foreign leader. Even within a society, there
are always those who are eager to blame whatever is seen as wrong with society on those in charge of it at the moment
or those who should be in prison. Fear as the tool, is effective only as long as inner guidance is ignored. Intimacy &
Community: The Gift of Sharing There are tremendous individual and group benefits at this level of existence. Two heads
can do far more than one, and the more they interact the more progress can be made. Cooperation is the most basic level of
interpersonal relationships, and the next is called intimacy. We forget, sometimes, that we are a collective, separated by
our individualized personalities, our individual free will and our capability to create our own reality, but a "collective"
all the same. Because of this, we have an unlimited opportunity to cooperate with each other and, in doing so, to reap
the rewards of such effort. World peace rests upon international community. Community rests only upon the strength of
cooperative intimate trust between its individual members. It is easy to

cooperate with another human being toward some common goal; yet it is quite another matter to remove all defenses, share
your darkest secrets, and bare your soul before another. The more successful this melding of spirits, the more trusting and
intimate the relationship can be. The more intimacy, the more potential information for self-development and expression of
both parties involved. In a world where allies and enemies change roles from one decade to the next, and there have
been juxtapositions of contradiction during even the same time period, and countries have had nuclear missiles pointed
at each other while promoting cultural and student exchanges. In fact, it's a rule of social relations that the more
people learn about what they have in common, the more difficult it is to remain at odds. When both sides are moving
toward establishing areas of trust, cooperation is likely to follow. Intimacy means far more than the commonly accepted
definitions which capture the physical component. It is the condition wherein there has been a meeting of two individual
minds, or more accurately, building of a common-ground third cooperative mind, thought of as "us." This is the basic building
block of all mass consciousness, which is the culmination of all such common-ground agreements within all communities of
humans. Intimacy can be thought of as "into-me-see." It is about honesty, integrity and of opening one's self to the view of
another. A world that moves toward "intimacy" is a world full of fewer "me's" and more "us's". A world where the
"whole" is greater than the sum of its "parts", and is a natural result of spiritual evolution. Intimacy can be built within
any relationship. Building

intimacy begins with perspective taking. It begins with standing in the other person's shoes and becoming acquainted with
their particular unique worldview and mental lens. It involves the connection to another without resistance, pretense, power
games, or false image. For it involves the open, trusting, compassionate, and faithful understandings of true spiritual
connection. The Native American knew that to understand another person required a period of time (a moon cycle) of
walking in that person's shoes to truly understand that person's perspective. They just put it in less contrived terms.
Once the complexities of relationships are removed, life becomes much less stressful. That alone should serve as
sufficient motive. Universal love energy itself bases the connection which completes a circuit. Once loving connection is
established, it can never be severed, regardless of any temporary violations or limiting conditions. Such a connection exists
regardless of minor disagreements or even mistakes and self-preservationary actions which reduce the flow. Such a connection
can be---and should be---remembered in each moment. Intimacy is the condition which allows the most freely flowing
spiritual energy between two entities. The more complete the energy flow, the deeper the connection and the greater the
benefit. Without getting too "gushy" about it, we can expand our circle of loved ones, one person at a time. Naturally,
we'll tend to gravitate toward the most loveable first, but eventually we will begin to try to understand the others in
our environment and realize that what they really lack is a true affection for themselves.

The Energy Dynamics of Intimacy Specifically, when the body, mind, and spirit within any two individuals are aligned in a
singular purpose, there is maximum expression possible by both. The mind contains the gems that allow the spiritual its free
expression. When the two are united in a relationship, a common goal, or even a simple conversation, there will be a circular
flow of spiritual energy exchanged between them. Spirit itself is energy; energy which contains information that when
adequately expressed becomes part of mass consciousness. Or in other words, to the degree that common understandings are
attained, that energy is manifested as a physical cultural condition. Such energy networks form the basis of all spiritual

136
expression in the physical realm. What transpires between two people, be they intimates or just good friends, is that
energy which defies mere words. To experience it is to understand it, but to describe it is to limit it, and yet being
aware that such exists is an essential step toward seeing the "spirit" quality in all things. This flow can be likened unto a
circulating river of spiritual energy. As the purposeful expressions of one are received by another, it is clearly resonant and
recognizable in joyous pleasure. This is the spiritual validation of true connection and meaningful expression. This river can
be slowed down or sped up depending upon the amount of expression and receptivity of both parties---determined solely by
the beliefs of mind.

Once again it is suggested that our "beliefs" serve as the governors of our understanding and appreciation of the
spiritual aspect of our environment. This material suggests quite clearly that spirit is complimented and enhanced by
the mere sharing of ourselves with another. To those fear-driven entities that seek to hide from the vulnerability of open
intimacy, let it be known that there is no such escape. Spiritual energy that is put forth is unmistakable to the feeling systems
of others. The energy put forth cannot be falsified, it either flows freely or is prevented. It flows freely bearing the information
of all combined beliefs of mind and needs of body. The more enlightened the entities, the more conscious awareness and
sensitivity to this energy correspondingly develops. But regardless of conscious awareness, the emotional system will move
the body to respond to what energy is put forth. Those who know this energy and know the importance of reflecting and
expressing it, have the satisfaction of enjoying the free flow that results, even if the reciprocation is not immediately
forthcoming. All things considered, reaching that state of knowing was probably also slow in becoming. Conflict When
either party has a sliver, or any strategy that is not within all three purposes, it will invoke resistance that can slow the flow
until it is discovered and removed. When the expression is slowed, limited or reduced in any way, feelings of frustration will
naturally result. This is the external manifestation of conflict. The same type of

conflict can exist between mind and body, or within the mind of any one individual; but this is the external manifestation of
conflicting beliefs which lie between two people. The negative feeling signals remain exactly the same, as do the optimal
responses. Conflict, then, becomes an educational tool, to alert one or both to the presence of something that needs to be
examined internally, so that this "sliver" can be identified and removed. Of course, it takes both to make this search
and a willingness to accept that the "fault lies not with our stars but with ourselves", to quote Shakespeare. Of course,
if it's the other person with the "sliver," a good friend will help him/her find and resolve it. But the body's common
response to such fearful or angry frustration is to invoke the urge to fight or to take flight. With both parties feeling the
frustration, there are twice as many chances for unhealthy reactions. These urges bring about resistance and the deadly habits
which are the enemies of intimate connection and the antithesis of spiritual intention. The physical result is the shutting down
of the energy flow, causing backlogs which must be then expressed in some other way. Such resistance and closing off to one
another is the basis for most all forms of distancing, conflict, arguments, and losses of intimacy, as well as a great deal of
unnecessary emotional pain. The innate natural morality that arises from mindscapes designed to honor all human needs and
purposes can direct actions which can avoid disconnection. The "conflicts" that take place in our homes and on our
streets, are but microcosmic reflections of what is observed and often indulged in on an international level. When those
who profess to be the leaders of their

respective societies resort to resolving differences through the exercise of violence against another group (or a
particular leader of a group), it establishes a pattern of behavior, reinforced through our entertainment industry, in
which the "fight" solution is glorified as being not the "acceptable", but the only solution. Resolving these external
conflicts requires the same examination of the events, the existing beliefs and the identification of the conflicting ideas. Then,
and only then, can resolution occur. There can be respectful ways of approaching such conflicts, but communication and
resolution must occur if the energy flow is to be restored and progress is to continue. Following the rules of response, having
faith and invoking the life-giving habits can mediate conflicts quickly and clearly and keep all such connections strong. These
guidelines will allow the innate, natural morality to emerge and dictate action choices. In a small country in Central
America (Costa Rica), there exists (or did once exist) something called "The University For Peace". Its area of study
consists of teaching the tactics of conflict resolution to young people who would master them and return to their
respective countries to seek opportunities to put them into practice. In Caux, Switzerland every year, people from a
vast array of countries and walks of life gather to face their national opponents and speak frankly and openly about
their differences, in an honest sincere attempt to better understand their fellow human beings. These are some of the
"gems" that await greater polishing and serve as hope for a world of peace. Although natural human morality is the same
in every interaction, intimacy is more of a selective choice. The choice for an intimate relationship will relate to the spiritual
fulfillment and longevity found in the friendship or union. There are levels of intimacy that one can choose,

depending upon the nature of the relationship. The same actions and choices would not necessarily be the best ones at
different levels of intimacy. Less intimacy is necessary for temporary, distant, public, or professional relationships, while the

137
deepest intimacy would be called for in a loving, committed union. There are four basic classes of relationships, each with its
own, most effective, level of intimacy. "Intimacy" can be as formal or as informal as we choose it to be. Once the mutual
understanding is reached as to the perimeters of a relationship, progress can begin and a goal can be visualized. The
Fellowship Relationship This is the broadest, perhaps least personal or intimate relationship of the physical realm, yet it is
the one that exists between fellow spirits. The enlightened approaches to this most basic of relationships, are those set forth
within these lessons. Enlightened interactions and choices are those that consider all humans within the sense of connected
self. One that does not limit the sphere of self-fellows to anything less than one that contains each and every human being.
One that does not resist or deny rightful human respect. It is connecting with those who are strangers that often serves as
the greatest challenge. The "fear of the unknown" combined with an environment where most of the people we come
into contact with are "unknowns", as a daily experience, leads us to often regard the world as a cold, unfriendly place.
This tends to be more true in urban areas, but it can also be found in small towns where everyone knows everyone

else and outsiders are regarded with suspicion. There need not be any direct interactions within the fellowship relationship.
In fact, related fellows need never even cross physical paths. But they do affect one another. All actions and expressions
which become part of the external world can affect human fellows. The energy contribution alone will have its effect upon
everyone physically encountered. With connection, a sneer from a bitter, angry, isolated human is felt as keenly and
understood as keenly by a passerby as is a friendly smile or kind word. But this is particularly true for humans whose destiny
paths have taken their expressions into the public spotlight. These will be the most influential contributors to the mass mind.
Sometimes, the most disturbing experiences one can have with another human being is when we encounter hostility
from those we don't even know. The opposite is also true, a kind word or smile from a stranger can make one's day. A
friendly compliment directed toward a store clerk can have a reciprocating effect on down the line, as that person
adopts a cheerful attitude and affects the next person he/she deals with. We need not necessarily have a strong bond
with someone to affect their life in a positive way. Of course, those most visible in society can also have the most
influence on how society relates to itself. With this influence comes the responsibility to put forth expressions in keeping
with enlightened, connected, cooperative humanity and away from those of the limited, competitive, survival level of
existence. Expressions--- whether they be words, songs, books, poetry, stories, news, counsel, or legislation---should promote
all universal spiritual values. They should advocate maximum freedom

for choice of cultural values, and establish the most possible need-meeting opportunities, and exchange of spiritual resources.
Those that set forth expressions, opinions, and values which promote resistance, division, or remove freedoms or opportunities
from others do dishonor to their fellow humans. They also do "dishonor" to themselves, and if they are public figures,
they do it in a most public way. But whether we are public or private individuals, we carry with us the duty to promote
the quality of spirit in whatever walk of life we find ourselves. In doing so, we grow along with the collective
consciousness. The Professional Relationship This is the least intimate of the direct personal relationships. It encompasses
what is termed an "acquaintance," wherein the paths have crossed for any particular reason, yet no intimate action has
occurred. But generally at this level, humans have come together united for some group purpose, whether it be a business
corporation, a political group, an educational goal, a public event, an artistic effort, or one of religion. But at this level, there is
not much intimacy at all, there is no need to share as many aspects of self. Nor is much necessary, as long as it is understood
that the rules of emotional response should always be honored, and all life-giving habits utilized. Here is an opportunity to
put into practice some of the guidelines spoken of in these Lessons, while withholding a full emotional investment in the
outcome of events. If the other party with whom we are involved does not share the same view and values, it will soon

become apparent and either the relationship will improve or it will dissolve. However, on a professional level it can still
be maintained for practical purposes. Either way, little emotional damage need be incurred. Clear communication of all
goals and processes toward achieving them, is the emphasis at this level. The challenge is in accomplishing group goals
without compromising any rightful individual purposes or needs, and without violating the rights of others. Individuals will
constantly need to learn and rely upon adept social skills, tactful communication, conflict negotiation, and persuasion to attain
consensus without compromising honesty or integrity. Solid bonds and powerful group actions can result with hardly any
level of intimate, personal exchange. To borrow a cliche, "Business is Business!" That said, it is also a pretext for the
smooth functioning, cooperative exercise of creative action, based on guidelines of spirit involvement, where humans
can put egos aside and blend their efforts toward a shared vision. In fact, until civilization fully embraces the enlightened
understandings, there will be an intense need for privacy between these public and private spheres of interaction. This springs
from the freedom need, freedom from a world far too limiting. This condition also creates an even more intense need for
intimacy and honest open sharing within the safety of home environments. Every entity needs a place of beauty and intimate
sharing. A respite, a haven of intimacy to return to after a harsh day of taxing professional interactions in the world choked
with the limitations of mass consciousness.

138
Herein lies the true importance of intimate relationships on a private level. When we support those who face a less
than spiritual world on a daily basis, we are doing the equivalent of healing the sick and comforting the poor in spirit,
preparing the other to face the cold climate of indifference and, often, callus disregard for human/spirit values. Most
human job opportunities involve this type of more external relationship. The contractual obligations and time allocations of
the standard workday do not lend themselves to more intimate interactions. But mistakes are made in both directions by those
involved in professional relationships. Some attempt to build inappropriate levels of intimacy is time-consuming and can work
against the performance requirements. But by far, most errors come from the lack of connection, cooperation, and trust.
Defensive territoriality keeps many such group efforts from attaining anywhere near their most effective level.
Insubordination, infighting, and even sabotage are common occurrences. There is no room for such survival level strategies
and reactions within cooperative frameworks. They are simply like cancers that stop energy flow in its tracks by denying the
connections. When our "work" becomes our life, it follows that the nature of these professional relationships is
eventually transferred into how we relate to those with whom we share more intimate relations, to the detriment of the
latter. The "work" environment is more conducive of the "competitive" school of conduct, even when people cooperate
to reach a goal in the war of competing against a rival. All this brings forth the judgement that "It's a jungle out
there." Understanding this will help us cope with what we are required to deal with, without surrendering to

these lower vibrations. Entities involved in professional relationships should make contributions that establish group values
and frameworks wherein each individual can meet their needs and purposes within the context of the mission and goals of the
group. They should build group values and standards that encourage self-development, the most free-flowing communication,
and conflict negotiation to gain the maximum value from expressions of each member. From such strategies will come
tremendous success toward group goals and minimize any self-preservationary reactions. Such a climate can also build bonds
which might move some to step up to the next level of intimacy, that of friendship. Those in positions of responsibility and
leadership can set examples that serve to inspire the type of conduct that reflects spirit coming through. To do so,
personal prejudices have to be put aside. There is no place for favoritism based on unjustified biased leanings. Each
person has to know that he/she is valued on the basis of what they can do, in line with their particular abilities and
chosen limitations. Friendship A friend is one who can freely exchange personal experiences with another in an unimpeded
way. A friend is a comrade and compassionate confidant in the game of life. A friend can offer a broader and less restricted
form of interaction that is more intimate, more safe, more honest and free-flowing. There will be no need for many

intermediary forms of communication and negotiations, for the realms of the individual minds will overlap far more. There
can be a more immediate, unimpeded, and rewarding flow of energy between friends. It is the oldest friendships that are
valued the most because of the history of trust being so strong. We make friends throughout our lives, but those
relationships that go back the farthest are the most comfortable. Even as lives diverge and common interests are fewer,
it is still the fact that each knows the other so well and respects each other's confidentiality that maintains the bond.
Would that we could establish such a two-way street with our higher selves. Friendships usually occur based upon some
mutual commonalties and interests which operate as boundaries for interactions. The more intimate the friendship and the
more common choices and interests, the deeper that friendship can be. Interactions between humans at this level involve some
form of regular exchange of energy which springs from conversations, recreational activities, educational exchanges, Socratic
discussions---any activities wherein there is some meeting of the minds and sharing of experience. Without sharing,
friendships tend to be pretty one-sided. But, sometimes that is the nature of the friendship until, or unless, there is
sufficient interest in expanding it on both sides. Some friendships are older than either party is aware of, and the ties
that bind people may extend relationships of which neither has a conscious memory. In such cases, commonality is not
a factor and sometimes, the relationship is more adversarial than friendly. However, it's just as essential, if not more
so. In the discussion of human development, such interactive

forums were recommended within families for the maximum self-development of incoming children. Through friendship, all
the same benefits can arise through an entire lifetime of adult development. The benefit being of course, that you can freely
choose who comes into the sphere. The intimacy of friendship offers new arenas for self-development, wherein the feedback
from intimate others can often point out patterns kept hidden by resistant tendencies within the self. It takes faith, honor, trust,
and courage to be, and to have, a true friend. Those who are insecure in themselves are often the most friendless. This is
because if a friend even hints that the person is lacking in some fashion, the reaction is to immediately terminate the
friendship. This is unfortunate, because if one remains open to a loving observation, it can serve as a positive feedback
tool to educate us into a broader perspective of ourselves. This, in turn, reduces our insecurity. When humans come into
contact with one another, they will feel attractions to those that can most freely exchange energy with them. The more the
energy is allowed to flow, the more the spirit expresses, and the more attractive this person will be to others, and vice versa.
Friendships can be built with most anyone, depending upon the rate of mutual self-development and energy exchange. There
will also be natural, spiritually familiar relationships wherein a nearly instantaneous recognition and attraction occurs,

139
allowing intimacy to begin immediately. These are often the result of creative energies following the spiritual destiny path,
combined with the existing conditions of mind. Such a friend can enter a life and dramatically alter its course and be off again
on a different track.

The length of a friendship is not always the measure of its significance in one's life. There are occasions when an
intense meeting of minds and emotions for a short period can alter the very course of a person's life, for the better or
worse. Each friendship, like every other experience, has educational value. However, our best and most reliable
"friend" will always be our inner self. There will also be certain relationships where there are inexplicable repulsions and
dislikes, also relating to certain challenges along the destiny path. Situations wherein people will be thrown together with little
in common, yet entangled in necessary relationships. In either case, the rules of emotional response and avoidance to deadly
habits will facilitate the most productive and fulfilling relationship. What we learn from a "relationship" may far outweigh
the pleasure we get from such. If the "friendship" is going in a negative direction and threatens to result in unjustified
pain, an honest expression of its value may be in order. While this may cause some temporary pain, it could avoid
complicated entanglements down the road. But when creative reality is fully understood, humans will begin to see exactly
how both positive and negative kinds of people are attracted into the life. For if the mindscape insists that some people must
always be in one's life, existing as the proverbial thorn in the side, such will be the case. If there was some inescapable
annoying or hurtful person in the early life experience, this belief can take root. Even if the original antagonist moves on,
another will quickly manifest to fill the void. Humans can be especially enlightened by finding the meaning within each such

person who enters this life. There will always be powerful learning potentials, for angels can come in some challenging
packages. We attract to ourselves what or whom we need to grow in body, mind and spirit. Those who serve the role of
antagonists are there only because we need them. Once we've grown beyond that kind of "need", we will begin to
attract those who stimulate us in a more positive and pleasant fashion. In the world at present, there will be immediate
obstacles to friendship due to the many existing territorial, competitive rituals common among humans. One area from whence
comes a good deal of this resistance deserves special mention. This happens in the male-female relationship. Before we can
discuss the next level of intimacy, we must first address one interference factor that effects all levels of intimacy. Whole
communication patterns and less functional styles have long been accepted which virtually guarantee obstructions to the
spiritual energy flow. On this curious note, we can proceed to explore these obstructions in the most popular role of
relationships, the gender exchange. Gender Roles The major impediment to self-development, communications, and the
free-flowing energy of purposeful living, has been the nearly universal pattern of humans defining gender roles. Every culture
seems determined to divide up human potential and allocate certain attributes to women and others to men. Although it is true
that there are some basic biological differences between the sexes, a very

large percentage of this variance is due to limiting ideas---slivers---from human culture. Until they are removed, they will
have profoundly limiting effects upon the intimate energy exchange. History is filled with culturally established belief
systems and habits of thought which are in place to divide one group of individuals from another. It might be based
upon race, religion, nationality, cultural, economics or simply contrived differences. Gender division is a part of this
ubiquitous pattern. Humans need not worry about the real biological sex differences, they will take care of themselves. But
they should take vigorous steps to find and eliminate as many of the unnecessary cultural judgments about gender as possible.
For the spirit will unfailingly speak of painful limits placed upon needs and desires for every human regardless of the physical
form they have donned. This condition sets the stage for energy to seemingly switch on and off, as habitual patterns of thought
and action send signals which have distinctly different meanings for either sex. Scientists currently advise us that there is
substantiated evidence that the brains of men and women function differently. This is supposed to confirm the reason
for the communication problems which genders have with each other. In fact, it is "mind" that controls brain function
and herein lies the crux of the problem. The gulf between the sexes began innocently enough, in the form of shared labor. It
is much easier for two to accomplish a task when each is responsible for a specific part. Since the female of the species carried
and nursed the

offspring, the duties revolving around the home became her domain. She began to be dependent upon the man for more
external functions, as well as to become the keeper of all domestic and family operations---even communication itself. The
female was also associated with dark, internal, receptive energies, intuition, submission, and cooperation. And most
importantly, she became the keeper of emotion, as the singular receptacle for the realm of spirituality. Though these qualities
served the female well in the performance of her designated duties and societal functions, it tended to relegate those
valuable qualities away from the "opposite" gender and into the confines of her nature. The male of the species became
the active one, the aggressor, the hunter, the provider, even the creator. Man would use the logical mind to create the tools and
build the communities and compete for scarce resources. Man was dominant and powerful, strong, silent, enlightened, and
independent. He was associated with the external, rational, objective, physical world. Man laid claim to most attributes of both

140
body and mind. And in time, his manliness was defined by them, and questioned if he exhibited signs associated with
"femininity." While establishing a list of qualities that encouraged growth and expansion of "reason oriented" talents,
this enforced limitation resulted in a deterioration of the natural link between body/mind and Spirit. The cultural
institutions would encourage this division between the sexes through social convention, religious teachings, and even laws
which would subjugate and

disempower women. Such limits would spur women to develop backdoor methods and even skills of manipulation to gain
their needed power. The same institutions would deny spirit itself and would separate men against their own emotions,
dooming them to a competitive level of behavior. Each new generation born into such cultures would find a certain limited
reality associated with their sex. There are many accepted situations of Earth today, wherein women are not even allowed to
educate their minds or freely control their own bodies. And perhaps many more wherein men are not encouraged to even
experience their emotions---the very voice of spirit---let alone seek to understand the messages they bear. As a consequence
of this blanket of prejudice, established division was honored as a necessary virtue and, at this very moment, the
largest and most influential religious groups still maintain a policy of gross servitude where women are involved.
Unquestioned slivers would become self-reinforcing, and self-preservationary actions would result. For what has actually
happened through this gender typing has been an institutionalized separation between the certain aspects of self. This only
offers the opportunity for some of the people to meet some of the needs only some of the time. No entity should be born to
such unnecessary and correctable limitations. Certain separate types of "energies" are now assumed and associated with
masculinity and femininity, yet there is only one pure spiritual energy. Such self-disconnection would become so profound,
that the spirits of both sexes would eventually rebel with both

social and biological results. The modern movement toward freedom, equality, and androgyny within gender roles evidences
this needed rebalancing, as does the biological shift toward alternate forms of sexuality. Where there is injustice, there is
dissatisfaction and determination to correct that injustice. Where there is a deficiency in the guidance of Spirit, that
"correction" can result in diversion from a clear course of action. One consolation is that women have kept spirituality
alive and helped it to flourish. This is quite an accomplishment considering that the entire realm of spirit has been long
relegated to religion and dominated mostly by the males of the species. But spirit exists within all and is now on the verge of
rediscovery. It must take its rightful place in both sexes if civilization is to evolve. Thus, it is evident that women have a gift
worth sharing. It is up to those who pride themselves with having higher intelligence and reasoning power, these being
mostly men, to recognize and learn to incorporate these "gifts". Each entity desiring to be restored upon the destiny path
must first reclaim the entire self. The gender roles must be revisited within the context of separation between mind, body, and
spirit, in consideration of the six human needs, and the purposeful messages of the emotional signal. It then becomes readily
apparent that both sexes need all human attributes in order to even have a chance to know how to approach life. Expressions
from fully restored, enlightened humans, can alter the traditions and

consciousness at quite rapid rates. The sexes need each other and they need to familiarize themselves with the positive
qualities that the gender roles have perfected. This is a time of expansion on all fronts. To let limited traditions stand in
the way is not in anyone's self interest. Each entity following these messages of spirit and acting upon them within all three
purposes cannot help but change the world for the better. All the best concepts within both "masculinity" and "femininity" are
important, necessary attributes to bring daily fulfillment. For together they constitute the potential whole of human body, mind
and spirit. Each forges a link in the chain of mind-body communication through the voice of spirit. To disconnect a man from
his spirit, or a woman from her mind or body is to maim. Each quality is necessary for the functional unity,
intercommunication, and flow of energy within the trinity of self. Only then can the flow be restored between members of any
given sex and between members of the opposite sex. It is not just to the benefit of both sexes to restore connections
between each other, this restoration also truly benefits themselves. It is /would /could be called a double win. It
compliments the value of love of self and another at the same time. To even begin to have a chance, each entity of any
biological sex or sexual orientation should have equal opportunity, freedom, and power enough to control their own destiny.
This basic universal right should be self-evident. It is the essential first link in the chain. For one

who must compete for basic freedom or power, one who cannot even direct the life events, has no hope of acting purposefully
or cooperatively. This means that neither sex should seek to escape into the comforting limitations of either sex role, but to
consciously accept responsibility for personal control of the destiny, and attune, with commitment and integrity, to the
spiritual voice within. The emotional rewards of such a choice will far outweigh the feeble, temporary comforts of
dependence, fatalism, machismo, femcheesemo, and martyrdom. One can not have growth without risk. If that means
being willing to confront one's secure place in life, compliance with the approval of family and friends in order to
broaden one's physical/mental/spiritual horizons, then there is little choice but to do so. When all aspects of masculinity
and femininity are considered, the chain of mind-body communicative interaction can commence. There is a special place in

141
the cycle for each passive, active, receptive, aggressive, rational, and emotional thought or action. This requires the empathy
necessary to put one's self totally in the place of the other. Symbolically speaking, each must be willing to "walk a
mile" in the other's shoes, know the world through the other's eyes, hear what the other hears and cope with what the
other copes with. First, each member of both sexes must be earnestly, passively, openly receptive to even the most subtle of
emotional signals. This receptivity is awareness itself, this is intuition, this is heeding the voice of spirit. Without the receptive
quality, no such guidance can occur, and the

chain is broken. With passivity and receptivity associated only with femininity, men are instantly left limited to self-
preservationary reactions of fight and flight, for the cycle of spiritual information stops before it can even begin. Resistance
and defense is the masculine norm. Thus, the reputation for man as warrior, or those of porcine mind who can easily succumb
to the motives of the flesh. As the more bold of the two sexes, man will be called upon to take the initiative in closing the
gender gap and be willing and able to do so without the insecurities of giving up masculine qualities. This is not a
trading of one quality for another, but an incorporating of both to create a more complete human being. Next, each
entity must enlist the mind to rationally analyze the meaning of the feeling signals in the context of all three purposes and in
enlightened understanding of the universal needs. The mind is the most essential component and is quite often left out of the
feedback loop, and body is allowed to automatically respond to emotion-invoking situations. Without accurate interpretation
of each emotional signal, the chain is broken. Acting upon the emotional signal alone, the mind is bypassed, relegating
humans to a level beneath their birthright. Women should no more abdicate their rationality than men should abdicate their
emotion. This means that the maximum amount of self-development of mind should be available to, and embraced by, each of
the sexes. Again, this is an example of "not giving up one quality for another", but of each of the sexes using their own
strengths to understand their own contrived weaknesses. There is a oneness in nature that is a

consequence of the evolutionary process. This is a way to that "oneness". Next, each entity must again actively enlist the
mind to consciously choose the most appropriate corrective response. For the mind alone can only know when the fight
response is in order. The mind must first eliminate the other options by directing a right or light response. If the mind is not
actively engaged, the chain is broken once again, and the body will respond in fight or flight or appropriate approach
reactions. Worse yet, without actively engaging the choices of mind, humans remove themselves from rightful free will.
Disempowerment always results. Only through aggressive spiritual expressions can progress be made. Feminine passivity
prevents women from the persistent, active expressions their spirit demands. It opens the door to a reputation for femcheesmo,
and for mind inclined toward feline, sneaky, manipulative power plays. Masculine competition and independence prevents the
necessary communication, connection and cooperation needed to achieve the higher purposes. The exercise of mind may be
more associated with male qualities, but the female can not afford the luxury of putting it aside and relying strictly on
emotions or physical communications, if true understanding of the process is to be achieved. Thus, before intimacy or
cooperation can be truly achieved, entities must remove the garments of masculinity and femininity that have been handed
down generation upon generation, and dismantle any closets that may have resulted. Entities who are true to their spirit in this
manner

can enjoy the much greater heights of intimacy, and even sexuality, when one creates wholeness of spiritual fulfillment within
themselves. Entities who are tolerant, compassionate, and spiritually connected will no longer feel compelled to cast
judgments upon the unique spiritual propensities of one another. The term "coming out of the closet" applies to more than
a less prevalent state of sexual orientation. One nearly guaranteed benefit of this broadening of perspective is a natural
propensity to enhance one's creativity, which is a reflection of one's spiritual evolution. Intimacy and Sexual Love Once
these limitations have been removed the next level of intimacy can be attained. Love is the ultimate pleasurable human
experience. Friendship at its highest level can include that spark of physical attraction and the desire to commune physically
with one special person. Although humans can engage in sexual activity with others outside of the bond of love and intimacy,
the highest emotional rewards come from an intimate sharing with a singular loving other. When one is in love, no other can
be but a pale substitute. The connection need and profound pleasure of spiritual love brings humans together in these special
physical couplings. This is part of the grand design to perpetuate the species within the most enlightened of conditions. An act
of creating another human being can have no more suitable environment than the bonding of love between two
individuals. When

this takes place, the result is an optimum condition under which a soul can enter the physical. Even where procreation
is not intended, the very act of expressing sincere affection in a physical blending is a profound experience for each
individual. Sexuality is good evidence by the natural pleasure it produces. It is a gift from the Creator, not just simply for
procreation but as part of human creative expression. Sexuality outside of procreation is also intended to be chosen within all
three purposes and in conditions of intimate love of souls in flesh. It can greatly facilitate the spiritual connection and
communicate energy exchange between two humans and is a physical celebration of love. It can also induce altered mental

142
states of consciousness and strengthen psychical energy centers. The physical need for sexual activity, and the pleasure it can
bring, is the insurance that the species will continue. It is an optimum "feel good" experience. In it's own essence, it is an
expression of the divine. This is why it often transcends the accepted cultural mores of a society and is then corrupted
by the guilt associated with such infractions. Yet, at the moment of peak emotion, there can be no regrets. Such
couplings also serve the higher purposes. They offer a loving, intimate, common world to be designed and shared, a mini self-
designed mass reality in which offspring can be raised. The spirit soars to the degree that such common-ground worlds allow
for fulfillment of the six universal needs. Children thrive, and energy flows best between two such lovers under such
enlightened and empowering conditions. There is such universal agreement about the positive value in the longevity of such
couplings that some

form of marriage, or formalized coupling, has arisen in each culture. The permanency of this bond cannot be ignored and
the establishment of an institutional seal is a natural consequence of this level of commitment between two people.
Love As Distinct From Need Yet certain spiritual conditions must exist or the longevity and success of any such union will
be severely limited. These are the conditions wherein each member of the unit has the opportunity to develop knowledge and
skills, and freedom and power to actively express in ways that meet the six universal human needs. Each individual is
intended to do so for themselves under the direction of their own spirit. In the intimacy of this relationship, each
participant must be free to carry out the urges that come from deep within his/her spirit. Indeed, these free and
opportune conditions must exist throughout the world for humanity to succeed as well. But change begins within individuals,
moves outward in concentric circles, into their familial units, and then into their communities. Thus, couplings and domestic
partnerships can provide the testing ground for spiritual expressions and purposeful change. If what is expressed between
two people can serve to inspire a greater respect and appreciation of humans for each other in general, then this
natural urge can serve as a grounding for further efforts to break down

the barriers between humans in a general sense. One very limiting result of centuries of gender typing has been the idea
that other persons are responsible to fulfill one's needs. Men have traditionally been held accountable to provide certain things
for women (perhaps economic freedom and power), while women have been required to provide other such things (perhaps
nurturing, meaning, and emotional support), to men. There is a misguided acceptance that loving someone is synonymous
with needing someone. There are mores and even laws which perpetuate a state of codependency between couples. Indeed,
the lasting, stable, loving, cooperative efforts of unified spirits allow for fostering of the most enlightened and fulfilled
children. Within the true meaning of an ideal bonding relationship between a man and a woman lies the setting in
which any child can evolve to the maximum of his/her potential. With this in mind, each person can bring forth not
only their best of each other but the best possible for the resulting offspring. Yet the divorce rate, neglected children,
domestic violence, and spiritual malaise is evidence that mandated mutual dependency is not the way. It will only be through
the rejection of any sliver which limits and disempowers any individual, regardless of their sex, that the most successful
loving unity can emerge. Independence within a cooperative unit is highly spiritually rewarding, for it fosters the freedom and
empowerment for each individual to pursue their purposeful path. Yet doing so in the context of love, connection, intimacy
and shared experience,

allows the two paths to dovetail. When each partner can enjoy the freedom to expand their respective talents and still
appreciate and adhere to the integrity of the relationship, then the gifts of their respective knowledge and experience
can not help but strengthen the experience they share. The Myth Of Love As Codependency The division between men
and women, and the lack of self-understanding, has perpetuated many limiting ideas and strategies toward love and marriage.
Many unions do not survive due to role limitations and dependency upon one another, including the unspoken expectation of
one member to have the other member meet their needs. Resentment, anger, and contempt are inevitable if one plays the
game, and the other benefits but does not reciprocate. Dysfunction will most certainly result unless both parties are
responsible for and expressive about meeting their own needs. What happens then is the energy flow narrows and eventually
closes off and love diminishes. Too often the resentment one partner bares toward the other remains just below the
surface where it smolders in an ongoing fashion like a fire beneath a former coal mining town, until the aggregate of all
negative feelings breaks the surface and consumes the history of the relationship, resulting in irreparable damage. Or
if it does not result in this explosion of expression, it slowly but surely builds a wall of separation on a day by day basis.
Many recommended, but limiting, rules of the marital

union reinforce the confusion. The word compromise, for example, means to negotiate a common win-win solution.
Compromise does not mean one gives up what they need in honor of another. It does not mean meeting someone half way,
somewhere between what each desires, for neither is a single lifestyle. "Self-less" living does not mean giving up one's needs
in order to serve those of another---it is not about martyring one's self, gracefully losing a win-lose competition, so another
can win. It means rising above the competitive self-preservationary impulses to accommodate all three purposes for self and

143
others. It means melding all parts of each self and designing a lifestyle of common cooperative goals. A union between two
people is a dynamic thing, growing with the passing of time because that is the desire and intent of both. This can only
happen if both see the value of this growth. It need not sacrifice the evolving process either physically, mentally or
spiritually. Rather, when each serves as a welcome mirror to the other's progress, that intimacy can grow while respect
remains intact. Love And Its Pitfalls Yes, emotion pushes and pulls humans toward their destiny, with good and bad results.
The more the mind is actively involved, the more rapid and purposeful the directions can be. It is easy to see how negative
emotions and the self-preservationary avoidance responses can wreak havoc upon individuals and societies. But what can be
more insidious are the automatic approach reactions to positive feelings that pull people toward each other. Love,

in particular, should be carefully understood within the context of these Lessons. For love, with its propensity to entanglement
with sexual procreation, is among the most powerful and volatile of human experiences. In an era where sex is often
confused with love, and the former used as a merchandizing tactic, we have come to regard love as a condition that
might follow sexual intimacy and which is likely to be unfulfilled if the sexual relationship is not perfect or lasting. We
forget the sex is only one of the ways that humans can express their love for each other and need not be a means to an
end. Love is that unmistakable spiritual resonance with another human being. But like all emotions, love exists in both mind
and body, and if either seizes full control, trouble can result. In the mind alone, love can be attached to a love object that is a
fantasy or image which matches one's ideal mate, having nothing at all to do with true expressed external connection. Love
can motivate delusional fantasies, with compulsive, even violent results. Love can be mistaken for need fulfillment, when
other needs for power, freedom or meaning are met within the context of a relationship. Love can be associated with pain,
wherein you only hurt or get hurt by the one you love. Love can arise for all the wrong reasons, yet its force of attraction is
just as powerful when it is based on slivers, as when based upon gems. Hence, the expression, "Love is Blind." To see the
experience of "love" in a clear light is one of our greater challenges in this life experience. Like mastering any skill that
can be harmful if not fully understood, love requires the art of pacing oneself. Since the experience of "love" requires
the exploration of one's own nature as well as the other

person's, any distraction (particularly sex) from this necessary process, can lead to confusion and distraction further
into the relationship. But perhaps the most all-consuming power of love, is when the body is in full control; when the
mysterious spark ignites the body into its sexual mode, bringing love or raw desire into the physical dimension. This is the
arena wherein humans succumb to the pleasures of the flesh in the immediate moment. The ideal conditions of procreation are
when each party chooses the sexual act within all three purposes, wherein the body, mind, and spirit of each are aligned in the
decision. Unfortunately, in the confused modern world, this is more the exception than the rule. Sex outside of purpose can
wreak havoc. So much so, that the activity itself has been defiled, controlled, and judged, and it is now laden with a
tremendous amount of excess baggage. The understanding of centuries past kept love and sex more in their proper roles.
The so-called liberation movement of the last half of this century in this country is still in the process of finding a
balance. Europeans have not been much of a guide in this field as the depth of understanding from that quarter seems
even more limited than our own. Many of our western institutions (religious, economic, political and psychological)
have failed to define an intelligent course of behavior, with the kind of clarity necessary to capture the imagination.
Rather they have furnished us with contradictions and distractions, leading only to greater confusion. But the baggage
has come from the fallout from the distorted motives and actions resulting from misunderstanding the force of sexual desire.
Indiscriminate sexual activity, devoid of love always seeks to address

other needs beyond procreation, among the six psychological human needs. A female giving in to sexual conquest in order to
gain self-esteem is as equally empty a reward as the momentary power gained by the male conqueror who truly seeks more
general life control. Combining strategies of competition and anger with the quest for power can motivate rape. Any number
of misguided motives and actions can result from the lack of self-understanding and purposeful guidance---many of which
result in unwanted pregnancies. The sexual act, when considered as an expression of giving rather than taking, when
considered as an expression of love for the other person and an act of enhancement to the togetherness concept, will
take place for the right reasons and highest ideals, rather than for singular and self-centered motives without concern
for the possible consequences, be they a pregnancy or a narcissistic act of self-satisfaction. Cultural Conditions Placed
Upon Love Historically, the love force has proved to be a powerful, yet mysterious and uncontrollable aspect of human
nature. Thus, there has been an outcropping of external controlling directives and myths which are designed to counteract the
inevitable disruptive and painful events which spring from self-preservationary sexual impulses. There are many useful beliefs
about love throughout mass consciousness, but there are just as many myths that do far more damage than good. Love is
indeed a gift from above, but not nearly with so many conditions and trappings as might be believed.

Take a pure and simple concept such as "love" and begin to attach rules, dogmas and conditions to it and, before you
know it, it begins to break down, unable to sustain itself when more demands are placed upon it than are justified.

144
Each mind contains a unique mixture of impressions from role models, learned information, and spiritual creative and intuitive
insights about the meaning of love. Whole lives can be put on hold due to ideas which limit the suitability of a love object, or
they can be filled with the dramatic turnover of many unrequited, or short-lived loves. Each individual has the responsibility
of knowing what their mind contains and purposefully designing the most fulfilling strategies. Each belief about love must be
carefully granted an audience before the spiritual adjudicator. To put "love" in the category of a responsibility, is to place
it where it is not normally found. To suggest that a current preoccupation with this concept should be examined and
subjected to our "spiritual adjudicator" flies in the face of almost all conventional wisdom. Yet, because of the status
of the subject in our lives, and considering that it usually strikes in the more critical years of one's life, it would
behoove us to approach it as a physical, mental and spiritual experience, with all that is then implied. But there are
some basic misconceptions and popular myths about love and marriage that can be immediately dispelled. The first is that
everyone must meet and marry and procreate. If the spirit does not desire marriage, then this message should be heeded first
and foremost; for the intended destiny path might necessitate freedom from such

entanglements. A spirit forced to conform to normal family standards against its own yearnings will suffer cruelly, as will the
others trapped in such a unit. Marriage is only one of the alternatives in the process of living out one's life. It is not
mandatory and, for some, it is not even necessary. Remembering that marriage involves two people, it can not be
entered into simply to satisfy one's anxiety about the social attitude toward singlehood, even when the predominant
pressure to marry is from one's parent(s). Wrapped into the myth is another which insists that one male and one female are
necessary to produce and parent healthy offspring; when in reality, the loving contributions of many enlightened adults of
either sex can foster an enlightened, connected child. The conditions (those described for optimal human development), rather
than the players is what determines a successful "parental unit". Even a single parent with a good and stable support network
can achieve success far easier than two competitive, fearful, conflicted biological parents. Whether the enthronement be
urban or rural, whether one parent or two, whether affluent or low-income, the bottom line of importance is the
determinant that a child has the necessary love and support from the adults in his/her environment to fulfill his/her
physical, mental and spiritual potential. Another, is the romantic myth of a singular soul-mate, that basic missing half of
one's soul with which each person is destined to find and reconnect. This myth is meant to promote monogamy and longevity
of relationships, but can also set impossible expectations. This is not to say that

there are no spiritual destiny paths meant to cross, for this is a common occurrence. To spend one's life with a person for
whom one has strong affection, to share the challenges of that life, to have children together and create an environment
in which other lives can bloom, is a feat that should never be degraded on the presumption that the two people
involved in this effort are less than a "perfect match," in any sense of the phrase. But it is to say that there are many
potential soul-mates and that progress along the destiny path will be a predictor of who is right for whom at any give point in
time. It is to say that the free will and the pitfalls of an unenlightened physical existence can greatly influence the progress. It
is to say that humans can cross paths and give each other what they have to offer and then go in alternate directions, that free
will can alter paces and probable paths. It is to say that even when a spiritual "soul-mate" recognition occurs, this does not
mean an automatic "happily ever after." It is to say that such a person can be a good choice to attempt to build intimacy with,
but if one such party is not ready to do so, or are too limited by their own mindscape to the illusions of mass consciousness, it
is best to understand this and move on. There should not be shame or guilt when full and purposeful living takes lovers in
alternate directions. The marital union should hope for lifelong affinity, but make no promises for enduring the death of spirit.
Because marriage is regarded as such an important concept of lifelong importance, it is probably better to resolve the
conflicting issues of one's life before entering into such an arrangement, even if that requires waiting until one has
played out that casual sense of

commitment in order to go on to the required level of maturity. Marry later, rather than earlier, and the probability of
permanency is likely to increase. It is also true, however, that spirits who recognize one another have a stronger potential of
sharing enlightenment with one another. The existing connection can help transcend existing limitations if both are committed
to doing so and capable of the trust, intimacy and expressive efforts necessary. Following feelings of approach and love in
such cases is a good practice, as long as the spirit is allowed to communicate the right time for letting go should either party be
unready for such growth. For purposeful love is only created when completing the circuit of intimacy between two melded
souls. If two people, who are meant to be together in totality for a lifetime, should meet at an early age, then that
"destiny" quality need not be deterred. This experience, however, is often the exception. Any worldviews that put
stipulations upon whom one can marry should also be rejected. Religious prejudice, racial tension, and socio-economic class
distinctions can all limit the potential pool of love objects. Tremendous limitation has occurred due to such practices. Entire
gene pools have been created due to such limitation; some complete with genetic mutations which have been detrimental to
the species. A healthy, unrestrained mixing within the diversity of genetic combinations will assure the necessary diversity
continues. While the qualities that married people have in common do tend to

145
make for a comfortable relationship, too much of such commonality can make for a redundant society which, in the
physical sense alone, can be detrimental. The very act of mixing cultures, religions or nationalities can broaden the
perspective of each soul, as well as bring forth the best of each in their offspring. Ultimately, so much of human destiny
rests upon the unimpeded flow of energy between two individuals. No matter which level of intimacy exists, each will play an
important role in the evolving of individual minds and of mass consciousness itself. Least we forget, in marriage, the total
of the relationship is by its very nature, more than the sum of its parts. When energy is allowed to flow within and
between each individual, the spiritual expression is maximized, as is the expansion of the experience of All That Is. But
individuals alone are not the only active players in this process. We can now proceed to examine how groups of individuals
interacting, can take on lives of their own, creating unique energy dynamics and avoidable obstacles. So, as individuals
connecting with other individuals, we are an example of what nature tends to encourage. This environment of intimacy
has all the necessary qualities for spiritual growth.
Page 291-305 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Epsilon

Lesson Three: Implications For Group Relationships Why Groups? The implications of spiritual reconnection have
extreme impact upon how humans think about themselves as members of groups. Ultimately, humanity as a unified whole, is
the highest group to which each individual belongs. The spiritual connection impressed upon the body as the powerful urge to
commune and interact with brothers and sisters, moves humanity to discover themselves as members within this singular
group. It is obvious that through interaction and feedback we learn as much about ourselves as we do about others in
our environment. This is why it is so essential to have social connections, be they with immediate family or people on
the other side of the planet. The technology at use right now can bring the latter into being and, in doing so, make that
"spiritual connection" an intrinsic part of our development. Ultimately, the human hedonic design pushes and pulls
humanity toward connected cooperation as an entire species, but such movement occurs whether or not the mind is engaged in
the process. All purposeful movement is predicated upon following spiritual wisdom. Until full self-understanding is attained,
there are predictable patterns and pitfalls which will emerge. Some of these "patterns and pitfalls" have been life
threatening in the fullest of human terms. Fortunately, there are other life forms beyond this sphere that have a vested
interest in helping us to match our

spiritual development to our technical development. But the ultimate responsibility lies with each and all of us. The
modern world revolves around the human group. There are many good reasons to form and belong to groups. People are not
only pushed together by the pains of loneliness and isolation, they are pulled together in order to meet all their human needs in
cooperative ways. There is power in numbers. There is loving connection, opportunities to earn esteem, find meaning, and a
great deal of creative energy possible. The group can attain far more than any one of its members alone. There is a veritable
magic that can happen in the cooperative sharing of resources, a synergy of energy wherein the whole becomes more than the
sum of its parts. There is a divinely intended balance and vitality when all organisms freely interact to meet their needs.
Indeed, the entire physical world is based upon cooperative interactions between and among individual spirits. This is the
family of humankind. It's separate parts reflect the collective whole. Just as each human cell contains the knowledge of
its entire body, so each human being holds within his/her self the information necessary to sustain and progress the
entire whole. It is through group communication that this information is interchanged and a progressive movement in
all areas is sustained. By offering need-meeting opportunities, each kind of group plays its own unique part in the
cooperative purposeful whole. Family units are the core of society, greeting incoming spirits with open arms and orienting
them along their destiny path. Membership in workgroups can provide

basic survival resources, as employees toil and earn resources to provide for their families. Membership in support or
friendship groups can satisfy needs for connection, meaning, and creative expression. Recreational, sporting or entertaining
group activities can satisfy personal needs for power, fun, freedom and excitement. We sometimes tend to fail to see when
the above process is in place and working properly. The often disruptive nature of some urban environments
(commonly referred to as slums) tend to distract from the small town environments where the above traditions are
preserved and honored. Our electronic age has served as a distraction to many and the accelerated pace of work loads
and the subsequent "acquisition mentality" has drawn many away from the ideal as expressed in the above paragraph.
Educational groupings, book clubs, and discussion groups can greatly assist in self-development. Health groups can offer
connection and support, and motivate more healthful life choices. Religious groups can provide spiritual guidance and
meaning. All groups that allow individuals to develop and express can help build self-esteem. Political groups, advocate
groups, and workers' unions can help solve problems, and protect one another from unjust conditions. The significant aspect
of forming any group is the guidelines under which the members can exercise their free will and avoid the pressures of
conformity. Along with focus, there must be tolerance and an appreciation of divergent opinions. Rigid rules and an

146
overemphasis on conformity can not help but result in diminished creativity. Diversity of thought and membership
should be celebrated when and wherever possible.

But there are also some predictable and avoidable traps of group memberships. When armed with the wisdom in these
Lessons, one will be aware of the many pitfalls, and the painful prices one can potentially pay for group membership, and can
take the necessary actions to ensure that they do not occur. This material offers knowledge and experience from a far
greater perspective than most of us could likely imagine in our lifetimes. Herein lies the value of what we are doing in
reviewing this material. Also, the greater the diversity of those who review and comment on it, the richer the
experience will be for all. The Group Organism At present, all of the maladies that haunt the unenlightened individual, also
plague the groups they form. The resulting social symptoms have become so routinely accepted that they are never noticed to
be symptoms of deficit states. Thus, the corrective signals are never received or acted upon. Just as we are not encouraged
to know our inner selves, we are also not prone to examine ourselves as a group. First, because peer pressure does not
encourage that level of honesty, in fear that it might threaten the cohesion of the group. Secondly, it is foreign to our
natural pattern of thought in a competitive environment. When reclaiming the voice of spirit, individuals will begin to
recognize that the groups to which they belong are also like individual organisms. Each group has unique features,

like genetics of an individual, its own language, rules, and power hierarchy. It matters not if the group is a family, a sports
team, a professional business, an artists union, a governmental agency, a gang, a church group, a local community, a country,
or a planet---each group has its own developmental cycle, purposes, and pitfalls, likened to those of the human being. With
the exception of the latter, i.e. "pitfalls", the qualities of a group can be beneficial to spiritual development, in the sense
that it can be a learning experience toward individual growth. It is also an environment in which to make needed
friends. For just as cells come together in forming organs, and organs come together in forming systems, and systems come
together in the whole that is a human body, human minds come together in creating new group organisms. This fact is the
basis of all mass consciousness, and can be seen in the various groups that have arisen. Each group will have the same
functions and the same purposes of the human being---the trinity of purpose---to self-preserve, to self-develop and to self-
express. And each group will have the exact same pitfalls and challenges as a living, breathing human being. The law of
nature supports the formation of groups of like mind, it is in this "likeness" that groups find their natural weakness.
For it is essential that in order to keep any group intellectually fresh, that there be room for introduction of new ideas
and self examination. Without these qualities, groups become stale and rigid. Fortunately, each group will also suffer the
same painful emotional signals and can gather the wisdom and take

immediate corrective actions. But this will necessarily change the face of many human groupings as they now exist. For many
groups are alive due to their ability to manipulate and misuse the emotional system rather than align with it. Some groups take
on a life of their own, outliving the original purposes and minimizing rather than enhancing humanity. Some prey upon human
weakness and take power from their willing, but unaware, members. Others simply suffer conflict and dysfunction because
there is not unity within. It was Thomas Jefferson who suggested that all governments should be disbanded and
reformed every seven years. This is an idea that might well be appropriate for all groups, whatever their purpose and
make-up. In such a practice, a freshness and freedom would automatically spring up and likely reduce the tendency of
excessive control from creeping into the nature of the group. It might also be a way whereby bureaucracies might be
irrigated and revamped. Conformity The first of the pitfalls of group membership arises immediately upon entry. For once
one joins a group, the group and what it stands for becomes part of the person's self-concept. And, as we know, anything that
is taken into the mindscape and becomes "self", will then become subjected to the self-preservationary responses of the body.
The group will then seek to preserve its unique identity in several ways. The term "group mind" means exactly what it
describes. In nature, we observe it as a flock of birds in flight, following the lead bird in

whatever direction is elected. We accept certain mental guidelines incorporated into the group, whether they be
professional or recreational. In doing so, we agree to surrender a part of ourselves. Depending upon the levels of the self-
needs that are satisfied within the group, there will be a corresponding emotional value of the membership. The value of the
membership plays out in a group as the need for conformity. The ideals, rituals, and activities of the group all become rather
sacred and in need of preservation in order for the group to survive as an entity. This means that certain rules will be followed,
certain assumptions will be taken for granted, certain symbols have specific meanings, perhaps even certain clothing will be
worn that distinguishes the group. There might be a special initiation, or a secret handshake, a unique language, or any other
kind of distinguishing commonalty that one can imagine. Again, we are speaking of a surrender of a part of ourselves to
the will and practices of the group. The spirit was not intended to be subservient and when placed in an environment
where such becomes the case, then the exercise of free will is traded for security and self-preservation. The urge to
conform springs from the connection need as well as the pressure from the group to match its expectations, and creates the
force which continuously regenerates the group bond. It is often so powerful that it can override the thoughtful choices of the

147
individual. Thus, the price one pays for the pleasures of group membership comes with a potentially steep cost of individual
will and freedom of thought.

Life, it is said, is a trade-off. We give up some things in order to enjoy others. We give up our "individual will and
freedom of thought" in order to enjoy the security that comes with group mind and support from fellowship. It would
be a unique organization that could provide both freedom and security. The urge to conform is quite intense due to the
general human lack of self-understanding. Thus, in terms of individual purpose, conforming to a group can bring one either up
or down depending upon its beliefs and values. The urge to conform can bring an individual into the rewarding embrace of
those who can offer self-development, or refuge from an abusive or unenlightened previous group. Or it could be merely to
serve a frustrated power need, and provide an allegiance to a gang which seizes power through drive-by shootings and random
acts of violence. Either way, there are ongoing positive and negative forces that will bond members within their groups. This
suggests that as we progress spiritually and become more acquainted with inner self, the need to join conform-minded
groups will decline and, as a consequence, groups will alter in nature and make-up. People will still work together
toward a common end, but the nature of such groups will become more temporary and less binding. The latter portion
of the above paragraph described the "cult" type of group with all its negative consequences. This continuous emotional
bond works in two directions. Conformity brings pleasurable positive reinforcement, tapping the inner pull of purposeful
need-fulfillment, wherever a member behaves in characteristic ways of the group. When members display the correct values
and

actions, they will be rewarded by smiles, pats on the back, high fives, or some other sort of recognition for their conformity,
and they will feel good. Positive reinforcement from without is pleasurable in our current state of spiritual
understanding. When we have succeeded in connecting with the spirit within, we will come to know the joy that follows
complying with the urgings of that inner spirit. The opposite force appears with nonconformity. Depending upon the value,
there will be the corresponding threat of rejection, the ever-present possibility that the group will ask a member to leave. This
will compound the positive desires to conform by adding the fear component. Different actions and beliefs are instantly
trounced upon by negative reinforcement in order to preserve the group identity. In this latter environment, the freedom to
explore one's insights which refute or transcend the dogma that is firmly in place, is surrendered and not likely to be
recaptured in one's lifetime, unless a concerted effort is made to break the programming which surrounds us. Thus,
any group will also be maintained by the force of negative emotions. There will be fearful feelings within each member to
follow the path of the group, as well as an anger which ensures that other members do as well. This aspect can bring about
some quite negative outcomes. For where there is emotional force, devoid of understanding of its purpose, there will be
mindless self-preservationary responses. The Shakespearian line about not being able to see the trees for the forest comes
to mind as the appropriate analogy here. The preservation

of the group becomes more essential than the purpose of the group. Western religions have given in to this failing, in
particular, with the elders turning on their own children when they do not maintain their allegiance to the core group
beliefs and elect to expand their own spiritual understandings. For with fear, it becomes an individual motive to stay
within the group---at all costs, including doing things the mind would not direct. With this added force to conform can come a
shift toward risky behavior to prove one's mettle as a worthy member of the group. Hazing and other dangerous initiations into
the groups and acts of allegiance often end in tragic events as well. The reference here, is to fraternities. However, such
organizations are only reflections of the larger and more controlling institutions and serve as a prelude to those
institutions which will eventually hold people to their various allegiances of the political, economic and religious world.
Such challenges of group membership which go against the spirit will also motivate anger. This will also spur all group
members to ensure that their own sacrifices and risks are matched by all other members or retaliations might result. This can
show up in either very subtle or dramatic ways. But there will be constant maintenance of the boundaries of the group, the
prodding and cajoling by members for each to prove their allegiance, to measure up. And if any one dares to act differently
than expected, they will be immediately cajoled back into compliance. Particularly if they imply in any way they might be
thinking original thoughts which might go beyond the established guidelines or boundaries of the group.

Even in what is accepted as a so called "free" society, non-conformity is still regarded as a threat. This flies directly in
the face of what one's "Spirit" nature truly stands for. The freedom to exercise one's creative impulse is essential to
spiritual growth. The institution that does not recognize this, will also serve as an adversity to the spirit within. For
example, a gang member begins to be interested in a community youth dramatic program offered by his local library. The
program offers brief classes in dramatic acting, and a loose and informal setting for its members to put together creative plays.
It only takes one evening out of his week, and is on a night that his gang isn't together anyway. He finds many rewards in this
new creative outlet, and wants to share his enthusiasm with his gang. Here is a natural process taking place. An individual
is looking beyond the parameters of his known environment. This is a process that is as deep seated as an infant's urge

148
to walk. But when he begins to describe his experiences, his fellow gang members will respond to this nonconformity as a
threat to the group. Without even mindful awareness, they will automatically respond in defensive ways. They might interrupt,
ridicule, and chide him for using new words, and tease him about becoming a sissy actor. As they do so, they will give each
other high fives and be less interested in what the actor is saying. They are simply maintaining the unit of the group, for his
new activities have threatened its "self-concept". How many times have we turned away from the temptation to explore
new concepts or interests because the reaction of those around us was less than enthusiastic or was even clearly
discouraging? Like some

unwritten rule, those who threaten to go into unfamiliar territory are most often met with whatever is necessary to
revert them back to the status quo. If any member actively pursues individual self-development, then he must either hide it,
or somehow convince the entire group to develop along similar lines. For the self-preservationary impulse of the group
organism is every bit as powerful---if not more---than that of the individual, and defensive responses will occur as predictably
as the moon does rise. And where there are self-preservationary responses outside of emotional understanding, there will
always be breakdowns in purposeful movement. A perpetuation of the limited thinking of individuals or groups can only
lead to an eventual deterioration of the spiritual qualities of each conforming member and the organization as a whole.
The Developmental Cycle Of A Group To address where each of these breakdowns occur, one can look to the natural
developmental cycle of any human grouping. The first group to which any individual will belong is that of the family. This
group is unique because it is already established and does not go through the formative stages. But each spiritual principle and
emotional dynamic has particular meaning within the family unit, for it is the vehicle for adequate emotional development and
the climate that can make or break the spiritual connection.

The environment which two people create for the benefit of nurturing a new life being introduced into the world is
critical to the formation of the individual on a spiritual level, in additional to a physical and mental/emotional level.
Given this fact, no one should elect parenthood without understanding the full significance of this role. For humans are
born immediately into a specific group, within a specific community, within a specific cultural heritage, and within a specific
accepted worldview. (Ultimately, the largest grouping is the current level of mass consciousness itself.) The family group will
bear the responsibility for imparting the initial frames of reference, the first beliefs, for the entire reality of the incoming
entity. These early beliefs affect the very brain structures, as they form the lens of the reality that is offered. A safe and
interesting environment, where information is imparted when not laden with fear and anxiety about the manner in
which the world/universe operates, will surely free the potential adult from carrying an unnecessary supply of negative
emotional baggage into what can and should be a productive lifetime. Of course, in an enlightened world, the necessary
flexibilities and self-understandings will be the first and primary offerings, but until then many pitfalls will continue to occur.
These will involve the actual development of the emotional signals themselves. A child can be taught enlightened, connected,
cooperative, life-giving habits which allow the natural feelings to flow, and a lifetime of pursuing the higher pleasures will be
fostered. Or the child can learn that the world is a dog-eat-dog competition for survival, where fear and anger are one's only
true friends.

Unfortunately, most of life's lessons are taught by example and there are far too many examples of the latter in place to
hope to spare the newest generation from that type of influence. One can only wish that those more positive examples
will end up being exercised by those in our society with the greatest influence on the younger generation. We
desperately need shinning examples of spiritual maturity for younger generations to aspire to emulate. Most of these
other groupings can be changed through choice, but the family cannot. This is not to say that one cannot build a new family
community to replace one that has been escaped for necessary reasons, not that one's birth family was not chosen through
prior arrangement: it is simply to note that an incoming infant is fairly well stuck with the initial group. It has no say-so upon
arrival, aside from departing the physical realm entirely. The rebellious stage of life comes upon the young as they reach
the brink of adulthood. It is at this point that the person begins to sense the information that he/she instinctively should
reject. However, some of this information being spiritually valid, is thrown out with the less-spiritual bath water, so to
speak. Often it appears that the child is headed toward personal destruction. Here is where the element of
unconditional love is called upon, along with the patience and faith to allow the powerful ingredient of inner spiritual
guidance to kick in. The developmental task of any group is to establish the conditions for true, connected cooperation within
and between its members, in order for any group goal to have and enjoy the synergy of the combined energy of its members.
This means that there cannot be competition within and between members, or certain predicable patterns will arise.

Some parents incorrectly believe that the best preparation for the adult life is to place the young in an environment
where they are competing amongst themselves while still in childhood. Usually they end up competing for their
parents' love. But, if the family environment is one in which love and cooperation are nurtured, and I believe it is, then
trying to mix the former (competition) and the latter (cooperation) is the equivalent of mixing fire with water. Power

149
Dynamics The first will have to do with the one's relative power in a group. If this is not stated upon entry, then it will emerge
through struggle. Entities are not always consciously aware of the struggles, but they participate in them constantly. This is
particularly apparent when a group is forming. The evolution of leadership should be a natural process, when possible. It
happens in the formation of a jury, for example. It can happen in other aspects of society, but it should be remembered
that the so called "leaders" in a group are not necessarily the most valuable people. Often it is the more unobtrusive
but wiser person who can make a significant contribution. Groups form when people come together for some common
purpose. They each will be drawn to the group by inner knowledge that they have something unique to offer, and something to
purposefully receive. If they feel frustrated in any way while trying to make this exchange, they will experience some mild
form of anger. This anger will move them to express themselves to remove whatever obstacle is in the way. These expressions
will be how a group develops its language, negotiates its rules, and power hierarchy. It will not be until each person has found
their

place of necessary fulfillment within the group, that cooperation can begin. The early stage of group formation, while
appearing to be the most discontent, is of great value in that the comfort level of each member is being established.
Once done, the collective process can move forward. Many existing groups have never truly reached this cooperative state
of being. If any member is not adequately fulfilled within their place within the group design, they will be motivated to find
alternative ways to meet their needs. This sets the goals of an individual against, and in competition with, those of the group.
This is likened unto the disconnection between mind and body in an individual, or even dysfunction between the heart and
lungs of a human body. Competition ensures that only some of the needs will win and others will lose. We, in western
society, are constantly exposed to the competitive nature of relationships. Because it is held as always being a virtue, we
often forget that success through cooperation requires that it (competition) be put aside for the benefit of progress
through harmony. Yet, the competitive mindset that is the accepted norm within mass consciousness does not recognize that
embracing win-lose competition is like allowing a cancer to grow within the organism. This limited belief often accepts and
promotes an adversarial position between individual and group needs, which is spiritually and biologically unsound. For the
needs of one are the needs of all, without exception.

If, for example, freedom were to be considered to be the right of only elected or appointed government officials,
placing them above the law of the land, it would soon become evident that such a government would have a limited
future. So it is with other "groups", be they social clubs or businesses. A truly successful group or organization must
feel comfortable and satisfying to most of those in it or morale will suffer and the success of same will be diminished.
The need for sufficient power to control one's destiny in a group is just as powerful as everywhere else. Likewise are the needs
for freedom, connection, creativity, self-esteem and meaning. The task of the group is to design a structure in which each
member can actively meet adequate levels of these needs to ensure the maximum contribution from each member, and to
facilitate the maximum progress toward the group goal. If not, the negative impact will be seen in direct relationship to the
level of frustrated need fulfillment. Two qualities should be foremost in the minds of all group members. 1) The goal of
the group should be clarified and able to be envisioned by all those in the group. 2) The complete democratization of
the group should be emphasized again and again, so that each individual knows that his/her opinion or vote is equal to
(but not more important than) all others in the group. One the other hand, the majority are not always the final
determinant. Abraham Lincoln once had to remind his cabinet, when they overwhelmingly disapproved of a policy he
was about to implement, that in the case of that group, he was the majority. When breakdown occurs, the emotional
forces leave the members torn between the need for power and the need for connection. We know now that the power need
will always win out. Freedom and power ensure survival, and if the group does not allow them, the member can simply leave

the group. But more often than not, particularly in work groups, the primary economic power of membership itself forces
employees to stay. This leaves the individual divided within himself and against the group, stranded in a deficit state, lingering
in painful unanswered corrective signals, and doomed only to hardwired self-preservationary responses. For as we know, the
body will overtake the mind when necessary. As we move toward a more enlightened economic paradigm, groups who
operate in this environment will come to realize that the mental and spiritual state of its members will be reflected first
in the state of morale and, consequently, in the level of the groups rate of success. This realization will be necessary at
all levels of the group. For example, perhaps the group endeavor is a business and the individual is an employee who belongs
to this group in order to make his living. He will be given the free authority and the resources to perform his job. He will be
told of the requirements and expectations, given the equipment, supplies, training, and he will agree to a specific salary
package. These will cover his first basic needs for freedom and power, particularly if there is room for promotion and
advancement. The more freedom and responsibility an individual is given to carry out assigned tasks, the greater the
creative energy that will be unleashed. Recognition of positive efforts and results is only the natural way of
acknowledging an individual's highest spiritual qualities. In this way, inspiration to evolve toward such defined ends, is
spread throughout the group in a natural fashion. Suppose that our worker was unhappy with the amount of

150
pay that his job provides. (As is the case with most workers, in an unenlightened world with imbalanced worldly conditions
and limited opportunities). But since there were no other available jobs, the worker agreed to the salary. In the world that
exists today, money has become synonymous with freedom in many ways. Economic freedom is tantamount to the freedom of
movement as well as providing the resources to meet other needs. Also, "money" has become the yardstick by which we
measure the worth of an individual, even more than beauty, intelligence or mental agility. Things have become so tilted
in this area that senior company executives end up being grossly over-rewarded for successes that really belong to
nearly all the others in a company who make valuable contributions. If the arrangement was not considered fair and just,
this worker will experience anger and might be motivated to cheat or steal to get what he feels is rightful, or it might move
him to do little things to get even with the group and sabotage the group goals. These kinds of self preservationary responses,
of course, show that true cooperation has been overridden by survival competition. When this happens, the lower needs of
body win out over the higher ones of mind, and both the employee and the company will suffer. Systems too often play a
determining role in corrupting individuals. Nowhere is this more prevalent than in an organization that is strictly
profit oriented. Those who surrender to their "anger" are motivated to regain some semblance of freedom by reeking
revenge in subtle but significant ways. When the level of this activity reaches critical mass, the organization is existing
on borrowed time.

Other symptoms and informal power hierarchies will also arise. If there is inflexibility and inadequate freedom to
communicate, negotiate and control one's destiny, then underground grapevine lines of communications and gossip, fear and
mistrust begin to breed. If contributions are not recognized or valued, then anger, envy and hostility can arise. Sneaky acts of
retaliation and sabotage against group goals will occur. There can be thefts, embezzlements, the designing of destructive
computer viruses, even territorial urination in the corporate water-cooler. Where open lines of expression exist, trust is
nourished and morale is kept high. No one in an organization should be used or encouraged to spy upon anyone else.
Concern about the dissatisfactions of everyone in the group should be of importance to all its members. Only then can
free expression thrive. The Group Structure These painful symptoms are exactly like the corrective emotional signals
experienced in an individual. Any group must have the enlightened leadership to ensure that a structure evolves which
accommodates the needs of each of its members. Each and every such symptom should be acted upon immediately to restore
frustrated need-meeting opportunities. Each group should ensure its continuous purpose of self-development and expression.
The leadership of any group should respond exactly like an enlightened mind, to adapt itself to each and every incoming piece
of information and design the

organizational structure and rules to best allocate resources and eliminate internal competition. The most popular and
admired leaders of any group are those who respect the spiritual dignity of the members and reflect that respect in
what they do to enhance it. But the responsibility for group enhancement lies as much with the group, itself, as with its
leadership. The secondary role of leadership is to stimulate organization and cooperation. Failing to respond to such
symptoms is like closing the door of the mind in a flight response to denial, and all the problems inherent in that choice will
befall the group. Such dysfunctional groups can be identified for their dependence upon ideological, emotionally
manipulative, psychological or physical walls to contain their members. Such walls are erected to keep individuals from
escaping into more rewarding and spiritually fulfilling groupings. In an enlightened group or world, no such walls need ever
exist. All such walls, of course, are spiritually unsound, for they will eventually be broken down by the safeguard angers of
those frustrated spirits imprisoned within. In business structures, where the entrenchment of leadership is too often
dependent on the profit line, leadership may elect to ignore the warning signs of discontent until it is too late to
successfully correct them. In political and religious groups, other controlling factors can keep the body contained
through fear and intimidation. The Berlin wall was a metaphor for the crumbling of all organizations that control
people to the detriment of their spiritual development. Dysfunctional groups are far less likely when the structure
facilitates the most natural and purposeful contributions

from its members. Any group desires, of course, that each of its incoming members to be as capable, resourceful, and
functional as possible; but some qualities are far less important when the environment is fertile. For the group can bring out
the best, or worst, in any member, depending upon its structure. Nature, itself, offers many lessons of enlightened
organization. But these lessons are often subtle and need to be studied and appreciated. For this to happen, nature
must be appreciated. As for a group that is bringing out the "worst" qualities in any of its members, serious reflection
is in order. The inevitable struggles occur in order to eventually bring about the just and spiritually desirable structural
conditions. The more the structure accommodates human nature, and allows each individual to fulfill the trinity of purposes,
the more successful it will be in its group endeavors. First and foremost, the structure must accommodate the basic individual
needs for freedom and power or there will be the corrective feelings of fear and anger in its members, and retaliatory self-
preservationary acts against the group. It is a cycle. When fear is introduced into a structural environment, anger is an

151
eventual consequence. When anger surfaces, fear is enhanced. Many school systems are evolving into such a cycle and,
unless reversed, will suffer serious consequences. Fear and anger are not to be accepted or tolerated over long periods of
time. Yet, they are often embraced and even manipulated by group doctrine and leaders. Many human groupings do not
understand that leading through fear and

intimidation will never work well. For these are deficit states indicative of an arena where justice does not dwell. External
justice is the social counterpart of individual purpose. Until humans embrace this natural truth, all group organizations will
have to deal with continuous anger and fear. Justice is simply the external condition in which each individual has the rightful
freedom of movement, and the opportunities for empowerment to meet the needs. One has to ask the obvious, if the
freedoms spelled out in our constitution are sufficient to guide our government, would not these same principles be
worthy of emulation in our economic and religious institutions as well? Should they be accepted and put into practice,
all such institutions would compliment and spiritually enhance each other, to the general benefit of all involved. It is
quite easy to see how most groups, be they families, communities, religions, political groups, businesses, governmental
organizations, schools---any type of grouping finds its own way of utilizing rather than eliminating fear and anger. These
feelings are used not to give the necessary power, but to take away even more. Indeed, emotional manipulation is a major
strategy in an unjust world. The only true protection against "emotional manipulation" and a firm determination is to
free oneself from it. The first step in doing so it recognizing it. The second step is in accepting that the only person
entitled to manipulate one is oneself. The final step is caring enough about yourself to take control of your own destiny,
once and for all. This is a subhuman state of living but has been accepted as the norm among humans. Religions used
fearsome fire and

brimstone to force moral actions; businesses use threats and power-wielding to get the most effort out of workers;
governments pass laws restricting freedoms and threatening fines and imprisonment, but nothing will work except a structure
that provides natural justice. For the human spiritual system is designed to pull individuals forward along the naturally moral
purposeful destiny path. The push of painful feelings only ensures that there will be no backward movement allowed. Is it
possible to imagine a world in which the above described tactics (fear and threats) would not be in place? If it can be
imagined, it can be achieved. This millennium is, in effect, a crossroads for the future of humanity. New possibilities
are dependent upon which destiny we elect to create. It will take our physical, mental and spiritual determination to
take that road better traveled. The ideal structure instead assures each group member the necessary freedom to move about,
to do what is necessary to meet needs and challenges of the environment. There must also be an adequate balance of resource
allocations such that each member can both draw from and give to, the group unit. These are the only two required conditions
of justice, and when they exist, the inner positive feelings drive purposeful movement. Whether it be in a unit as small as a
family or as large as a government, the giving and receiving process must be apparent in the minds of all the
participants in order to give purpose to one's existence. There will always be some who give less than seems
appropriate and others who give more than their share, but if we can get beyond judgement and accept the built-in
variances in humans, overall happiness will take an important step forward.

An enlightened leadership, aware of the pitfalls, would build a structure which would assure that the positive feelings always
remain stronger than the negative ones. Although money might be tight for salaries all around, there can be allocations of
projects which can offer added empowerment and creativity, special incentive and recognition programs which build self-
esteem, informal business activities that allow connection, and group missions which offer meaning. The structure can provide
for all the needs and salary itself becomes far less important. The above should stand as an inspiring guideline to be used
in the creation of any organization, regardless of size or complexity. In fact, there are probably successful groups in
place right now that can serve as living examples of what can be. Any group organization can dramatically improve its
internal relations and its external successes, by structurally tending to the emotional needs of its members. This is the only
way to foster trust, connection, and true cooperation. Soliciting constant communicative feedback and attending to the
emotional information is essential. There are many deadly habits routinely undertaken by both leaders and members when fear
and anger are allowed upon the premises. A gentleman by the name of W. Edwards Deming did wonders for the Japanese
auto industry and established a list of fourteen guiding principles which eventually became an American business
program called Total Quality Management. Among these principles was #8 which stated: Drive out fear. People often
fear reprisal if they "make

wages" at work. Managers need to create an environment where workers can express concerns with confidence. The
enlightened leaders that have discovered these patterns, have found that the resources invested in attaining such enlightened
structures, have been far surpassed by the values of the positive changes within the workforce. The employees of such
organizations find true joy and pleasure in going to work each day, and are more aligned within themselves as individuals,
simply due to the structure of their working world. They bring home enhancements, as well as bacon, to their families.

152
Unfortunately, in a business climate where competition gains too prominent a position in the practices of an
organization, or where spiritual qualities are overridden for the sake of maintaining power through fear, no tweaked
management program can ever be truly successful. The opposite is also true. To the degree that fear and anger are simply
incorporated into the system, there will be an eventual downfall, for it does not jive with the spiritual nature of humanity.
Even if members are forced to remain within religions, workforces, political parties, countries, or even families that deny them
basic freedom and power, there will be symptoms within the group which point to the necessary corrections. Thus, there will
be systems which arise to handle the steady discontent rather than to effect repair. The only long term solutions are those
which follow the guidance of spirit and engage the inner natural morality.

Depending whether one sees the glass as half full or half empty, we are observing the definite evidence of trends
happening in our society today. Of course, the news media is focusing on mostly negative happenings. Yet, in not so
noticed but significant ways, a certain positive anticipation of this next one thousand years is beginning to seep into the
collective consciousness. Since we have managed to survive the Y2K phobia mostly intact, there is now a new wave of
optimism heading toward our troubled beaches. Every such grouping can benefit profoundly from this same principle.
Heeding the wisdom within each of the negative feelings that arise individually and en masse, and correcting its source
immediately can allow every type of group to evolve as dynamically as can individuals themselves. We can also be assured
that with the evolvement of each individual comes progress toward the evolution of all groups. The Isolated Group
Regardless of the level of inner harmony of the group, it will still behave like an individual entity---complete with a version of
each of the same pitfalls. Another error that commonly occurs among human groupings is that they can try to isolate
themselves from incoming ideas. This is the counterpart of the individual who seeks to avoid incoming information, and
preserve the mind in its existing state, rather than adapt and develop purposefully. After a certain period of time, the habit
of excluding outside information becomes self-perpetuating. At this point, it takes a traumatic experience to shake lose
the ingrained thought patterns and

open a wedge through which new information can flow. If a group functions reasonably well as a unit, then it becomes
likened unto a separate mind. It quite literally does take on a mind and a life of its own. But with the choice of isolation, it
attempts to disconnect itself from the grander cooperative whole of humanity. It closes its doors through walls of rules and
codes that are intended to keep members in, and the rest of the world out. Such isolation, of course, denies the spiritual
interconnection between all humans and automatically sets the stage for a whole new series of painful symptoms. (For the
grand cooperative spiritual interaction is the only Way). When an individual or a group elects to set it/him/herself apart
from the outside world, then it does so either with the intent of plugging into its spiritual/higher self or with the intent
of sparing it/him/her self from outside information that might contradict a belief system. Through isolation comes an
absence of evolution, which is in contradiction to the very nature of spirit. The first symptom is known as "groupthink"
wherein the minds of all begin to meld together and form a unique view of reality. And although this is not necessarily a bad
thing, in the isolated form, it breeds profound emotional boundaries and a warped sense of reality. What happens is that as the
members embrace the rules of the group, their emotional systems become entangled with the ideas, values and cultural
knowledge held therein. They learn to feel good about certain ideas and feel bad about others---but based only upon the rules
of that particular isolated environment---without the input from their experience and

interactions with the rest of the world. This can spur a cult-like mentality, detached from its larger family of humanity, lost
within its own delusions. The cult mentality that we are conditioned to believe is not only inappropriate but possibly
even threatening, and is one which has been around as long as their have been religious, economic, political and social
institutions. They serve to provide security at the expense of freedom. In fact, they discourage the latter and strive to
maintain a certain degree of control, usually through fear. They encourage and ultimately deteriorate into division,
among themselves and between their respective groups and others of like kind, if not like mind. Membership in this type
of distorted reality is often taken on by personal choice, and is later perpetuated by naive belief that free will still actually
exists. Power mongering violation can then occur. But the spiritual feeling system is alive and well. Its frustration will signal
fear---an inherent quality in all such groups. The fear will then become part of the driving force of the group and nearly
always at some point, the group will begin to take action within the larger community. They can turn to actions which follow
this contrived worldview and act out upon that fear against the others in their world community, in a warped sense of self-
preservation. "Lord, I am truly sorry for having offended Thee...because I fear the loss of heaven and the pain of hell'.
This should strike a certain chord of familiarity with some. Just a the crusades dominated the middle ages, so in
modern times, governments lead military actions against other governments for the remotest of fears. Such actions can
and do become prolonged and costly not only in economic terms, but most certainly in human terms as well.

This error is apparent in hate groups that hold ideas about racial or ethnic superiority, terrorist groups that hold ideas about
right and just political conditions, and whose members have no logical qualms about unjustly violating others to attain them. It

153
is apparent in jingoistic propaganda of communities which persuade their members to view their ideas as superior, and worthy
enough for which to fight and perhaps to die. It is apparent in religious groups that shun members for individual thought or
non-compliance and close the door to incoming perspectives and legitimate, spiritually directed questions. It is apparent
within cults who take up arms in the name of their faith. This kind of damage is the strongest in those groupings which
deliberately manipulate the emotional system of its members, to take for themselves their power of choice. Moreover , it is
apparent among governments and established religions and should be recognized as such. While the media may make
a definitive story from the bizarre actions of a particular person, it will veer away from any evidence that this is being
practiced on a broader scale, if doing such a story would be considered a clear threat to large and established
institutions. For the emotional system is the only safeguard system that saves humans from faulty choices of the free mind. If
the mind is filled with ideas that exploit the defenses of the emotional system, that take power through instilling fear, guilt,
anger, and hate, they can effectively turn the system against its master. Although the concept of "brainwashing" is a physical
impossibility, the exploration of the emotional system in this way happens quite regularly. But those who become victimized
will know by the level of fear and other

negative emotion that the spirit is suffering under oppression. Entities are encouraged to heed the feeling signals, the true
voice of spirit, above and beyond faithful adherence to any group doctrine. The comfort level of any group is conditional
upon what feelings exist in each member. If one feels good about the purpose of the group, the way its members relate
to the individual, and feels free to leave and return to the surroundings of the group whenever it seems appropriate, it
is likely that "fear" is not prevalent in the group makeup. Indeed, isolation is no longer possible in the global community.
Enlightened ideas must spread from individuals and flow freely throughout all human groupings for true civilization to
emerge. No mind can be any more isolated than can a person, a country, or a spirit---for all are connected at the most essential
levels of being. There is to be no turning back from the emerging global marketplace, but the spiritual guide must take its
rightful place. So we have a dichotomy of the individual mind with its personal guidance system and collective
consciousness as it interrelates within itself. What each mind brings to the collective is that which either enhances or
detracts from its spiritual evolution. What is described in the above paragraph could fit with the system we call the
"internet." As below, so above. The root source, as well as the most damaging of group pitfalls, are these powerful
emotional boundaries that are erected between groupings. Emotional boundaries unchecked within the individuals will
inevitably lead to emotional boundaries with groups. These are the walls of shared belief that keep members in and new ideas
out.

Just as individuals become stagnant and hostile to the outside world if growth is not experienced, so groups become
withdrawn and defensive if its members are not allowed to experience their own growth. Isolation eventually leads to
hostility and alienation. We have seen how, when the mind follows the body's urge to self-preserve, it will interpret each
negative feeling as one to close the mind and defend its presents contents. This is exactly the opposite of its purposeful
message to mind. We have termed these emotional boundaries, since the feelings always point them out, but they are actually
boundaries of the mind and its beliefs. If we are taught at an early age that we are not to go beyond the mental
boundaries of an instilled belief system, then it would follow that comfort would be sought within the confines of group
structure we are most familiar with and distrust would be held toward those outside of the group mindset. The worst
effects come from groups who have decided through their own distorted lens that other specific groups are the dogs to be
beaten. This is how hate is learned. This is how intolerance, social judgement, racial discrimination, and holy wars are born.
Since the dawn of humanity, the reality of emotional boundaries has been continuously overlooked, and powerfully exploited.
Most humans know intuitively that hating others is wrong, for the spirit desires no boundaries between individuals, let alone
groups of them. But we don't think twice about seeing others as different than ourselves because of their free choices. So the
solution to the flaw of group hate is a greater emphasis on the

virtue of "free choice." With the enhancement of this quality comes a natural respect and appreciation of those who
are, by chance or by choice, celebrating their differences, as should we all. Social Stratification Just as conformity urges
boundaries from the inside, there is an opposite effect which also maintains the boundaries from the outside. Just as members
cajole each other to stay the same, there is also a tendency to compare themselves to outsiders, and feign a certain superiority.
This also strengthens the perceived value of the group. When members of a group are taught to think of themselves as
superior to those not in the group, a predictable attitude is incorporated into the thinking of group members, which
prevents them from having an objective view of the world around them. When the group survives over a long period of
time, its need begins to take on a life of its own. Individual members come and go with time, but the values become
institutionalized, and rarely questioned. This can be likened to the Frankenstein monster that can aggress against its members,
the first of which were its master designers. Some groups have become so unquestioned, that their original purpose no long
exists, and its values have mutated into those that divide and drain humanity at large. Certain government and religious bodies

154
have fallen into this category. When we begin to question whether a known religious body is still intent on encouraging
its members to evolve spiritually or when we

begin to wonder if the democratic form of government we live under is truly "democratic" in its values, then we are
moving to a greater awareness that turns away from participation in the rituals of such organizations. Church
attendance may wane, voting participation may decline, and this may strike a familiar chord. Yet, these groups are still
preserved through the emotional forces effected upon their members. Lines are then drawn and institutionalized insiders and
outsiders arise. The group remains strong through belittling outsiders, who are not group members. Weakening the outsiders
then strengthens the unity of the self within the group. These lines establish long-term competition instead of enlisting
connection and cooperation within humanity. It is simply a grand scale deadly habit which is the motivational force behind all
sorts of social stratification. Unable to find the needed strength from within these groups, those who then become the
"outsiders" begin to seek their guidance from within themselves.. Eventually, that guiding spirit supersedes and
transcends that which the group was failing to provide. In other words, those outside a religious group might begin to
experience more spiritual growth than those within it. This is how nearly permanent lines get drawn---and maintained---
between groups of people, whether they are based upon race, culture, family, socio-economics, geography or any other
arbitrary sort of classification. This is the emotional root of all prejudice. This is how the family of humanity became
fragmented, disconnected, and relegated to a state of spiritual frustration. For such classifications also come with their own
limitations, particularly in the areas of freedom and opportunity for

empowerment. Whole subcultures thus arise that in some way push against the whole, just as cancers are allowed to grow and
fester within individuals. There is beginning to come into existence a system that has the capability of breaking down
these prejudicial barriers, a system that invites difference in mind rather than body or even belief systems. In this
environment, ideas can be exchanged and examined objectively on their merits. In this environment, the identity of the
"proposer" of any idea is less important than the merits of the idea itself. The system I speak of is, of course, the
median through which this material is now being passed along. Any cultural ideology, system or law that is based upon a
required division of peoples is spiritually and biologically unsound. For the individual spirit will continuously rail against any
constraint upon its spirit, creating the predictable social symptoms too prevalent in the world today. What can best accelerate
the breaking up of the divisive cultural ideologies indicated above? It would have to be the individual determination to
trust one's own Spirit to act as his/her final guide. Enlightened Group Affiliation The solution to each of these pitfalls,
lies within each and every individual spirit. For at the heart of all groups is the individual, and at the heart of the individual
lies its innate feeling guidance system. Each and every interaction, when guided by the spiritual evaluative information can
ensure maximum individual purposeful progress, as well as that of

any group to which that individual might belong. Once bad feelings are recognized for the corrections they suggest, the deficit
states that have long been accepted as necessary evils will begin to naturally disappear. So long as there is the freedom of
exchange, the spirit will be enhanced. We are but chapters in the book of all life and we evolve by our interchange of
perception. This is the true gift of Spirit. Indeed, group efforts can move mountains when each member is moved from
within by the pulls of spiritual pleasures rather than pushes of its pains. Spirit leads. Mind and body can but follow. With
these fundamental understandings in place, we can now discuss the enlightened changes necessary to the specific human
social structures.

Page 306-317 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Zeta Lesson One: Implications For Religion Religious Purpose: Divine
Connection The implications of spiritual reconnection offer tremendous insights for human religious institutions. Religion has
remained the one bastion of spirituality that has been kept alive in the face of humanity's tremendous disconnection from
spirit. Religion has sought to foster Divine Connection. This applies to the principle of intention like a string attached to
the deepest part of our being. We can take that string and follow it to it's origin and, in doing so, recover our spiritual
essence. The benefit of religion has been to provide meaning, and a direct connection with the higher powers and forces at
work in the universe. Religions seek to define All That Is, and explain life events so that humans can find guidance in daily
living, and peace in times of suffering. They seek to decipher and share God's Word, to ensure that it is carried out to the best
of human ability. Many entities rely quite heavily upon religion and can now find a far richer spiritual liberation and Divine
Connection through the natural inner pathways. We would be in error to condemn religion just because it has been

distorted by the institutions which have surrounded and subverted it. Religion is an outer garment we wear while
attempting to rediscover our inner source of warmth. Thus, religion is not a requirement of enlightened living, but it can
be an empowering supplement when aligned with the purposes of spirit. Religion can take a central role in the spiritual
education and in promoting lifestyles and community actions that can allow the natural morality to unfold. They can
accomplish preventative spiritual attunement so less governmental "curative" measures are necessary. (An ounce of spiritual

155
prevention is worth a pound of governmental cure). The providing of moral guidelines is made easier when there is a
community institution in place to reinforce lessons taught by example. However, without an example of spiritual
conduct, the subject of learning can become confused by a hypocritical environment. The best contribution of religion
can then be to focus upon Divine Connection within and between spirits, and to mine the meaning of life experiences to align
with the trinity of purpose in individuals and en masse. As entities regain inner harmony, the self concept naturally expands to
enfold all other spiritual embodiments, leaving no room between religions for tensions, competition, or even the oxymoronic
concept of a "Holy War". Divine connection is The Way, no matter the race, the creed, the religion, the sex, the age, the
language, the culture---Divine Connection means just that. The truly spiritually oriented religion makes it clear to its
followers that all human beings share the same spiritual core and while culture,

background, ritual and practice may vary, each individual has a spiritual connection with every other individual and
that differences are less important than commonality. But like all human thought systems, each religion has arisen without
the full understandings of the nature of spirit. Religions have evolved, utilizing the symbols and major assumptions within
mass consciousness. Instead of awakening the connection within, they have served as a go-between, and inadvertently,
often a barrier. They have been heavily influenced by the restrictions and power struggles of the historic conditions, so each
will address the universal human needs and purposes through its own unique collection of gems and slivers. Many will have
strayed into the realm of power and freedom due to wrongful cultural judgments about human nature with tenets that actually
weaken the Divine Connection and create additional spiritual pain. Most western religions have emphasized the practice of
prayer over meditation and, in doing so, have encouraged its members to talk to God, but to listen to its leaders for
spiritual guidance, instead of encouraging its members to find true guidance from the Divine within. The enlightened
attunement divulges the misconceptions within any religion while validating spiritual principles. Any slivers will be readily
identifiable through the negatively toned feelings of fear, guilt, or anger, and each religion must be cleansed of each painful
tenet. Fortunately, there is sufficient spiritual validity within each of the major religions for individuals to build upon the
foundational truths, to ensure that uplifting religious

structures need not be abandoned. Nonetheless, there are some essential understandings which must be part and parcel of any
religion if it is to do more good than harm. Those who truly wish to evolve spiritually can find success in that intent
whether they are members of a religious body or elect to find their enlightenment by marching to the beat of their own
drum. For some, the former is the better path to take. For others, the latter should be accepted and respected as a
viable alternative. Divine Freedom The first is the ground level understanding that free will is a gift which indicates the
Creator's desire for every mind to create its own experience. Therefore no religion can insist that followers blindly believe
what they are told, for valid faith embraces the evolving and open nature of the mindscape. Human minds are designed to
interpret and utilize religious teachings in highly individualized ways, and there need be no valid concern about blasphemy by
allowing the feeling signals to pick and choose the tenets themselves. The result of such flexibility will be the creation of as
many unique approaches as there are unique minds---each infused with evermore creative inspirations and insights that unfold.
There can be no declarations of singular truths (like those so readily made), for such is not aligned with the willful creative
nature of reality. What would be the point of "free will" if not to be put to use in the very act of creating one's own
reality. Having faith in one's own divine nature would lead a person to explore that very nature with the full
confidence that whatever the experiences, it is intended to be a part of

our spiritual evolvement and, ultimately, our personal gift toward the expansion of All That Is. Entities are far more
validly serving All That Is, when they utilize the gift of free will, than when they mindlessly follow anything passed off as the
"Word Of God". The Word of God exists in its purest form within the natural creation itself. It is spoken directly to each
individual mind through feeling signals unique to the personal destiny path. It is far too rich and complex to be held in a single
book or thought form. Thus, every entity should creatively design within themselves, by passing each belief before the
spiritual adjudicator, the most meaningful, spiritually pleasing form of communion, and participation within All That Is. Just
as the Music of the Spheres is played out through the creative mind of each composer, as well as the interpretation of
those who conduct and master the instruments to give such its full and unique expression; so each work of art begins
with a free thought and expands into physical expression, paying ultimate tribute to the gift of free will. Divine
Freedom is based upon Divine Connection. This kind of mindscape includes the divine tolerance and compassion for the
rightful freedoms and choices of others and the peaceful coexistence of an endless variety of religious interpretations and
persuasions. Ultimately, as light responses are made within such a freely evolving system, the commonalities between each
thought system will become part and parcel of all other social structures. They will be those universal ideas and beliefs which
consistently promise spiritual pleasure within every human

being and foster natural morality. The extras, the rewarding colors and flavors of any particular worldview, and the individual
touches unique to each developmental level and destiny path, can be added by choice. If certain rituals, traditions, and

156
concepts bring long-term pleasure, they can be retained; it matters not whether they are included in anyone else's structure .
The truth is an expanding concept, a process of discovery and expression. Were it to be the prerogative of the limited
few, it would end up being a static product in a dynamic universe. But it is a self-correcting process driven by the pure
nature of the All That Is, just as the difference in its expression is a cause for celebration. Ritual is simply the dance of
that expression. What should always be discarded is any idea of ritual that brings spiritual pain, for each limiting tenet, rule,
or code will signal the objections of Divine Spirit. And there are many, for the churches have added unnecessary limitations
by straying from their purpose of connection and meaning, and involving themselves in the business of power and control.
Rituals of grandeur tend to emphasize a separation, whether it be between church members and the leadership, or
between humans and their own divine nature. Either of these have little to do with the true purpose of ritual, which
should be to give physical expression to Divine Truth. Divine Empowerment Divine Empowerment is the spiritual
intention that every

individual shall personally control his or her own destiny. Such empowerment is inherent in free will, and humans are
designed to be biologically "controlled" only by their internal natural morality. The highest power comes with unifying the
self and expanding the self concept to include All That Is. It is in the recognizing and being accountable to the immense power
that lies at the fingertips. The greatest challenge of such an accomplishment is that of taking on the responsibility of
one's own destiny and the ties to those outside of ourselves. It begins with expanding beyond parental/adult control and
growing from there. There is no valid place in an enlightened religion, for placing power outside of the trinity of self. Yet, a
major defining characteristic of religions has been the reverence of a superman or higher power that is unreachable and
separate from the lower human self. This happens during times of injustice, and competition for survival, when anger and fear
mark the day, leaving chaos in lieu of any understanding. Since the corrective messages remain unanswered, the hardwired
fight and flight responses to fear and anger perpetuate further chaos and confusion, and forms of external control will
predictably arise. Emotions are often used as tools of manipulation and their messages remain undiscovered. This is how
religions began to remove individual power, placing it instead in the hands of a vengeful God, in an attempt to legislate
external, unnatural morality. In this way, political and economic chaos, and the hardships that follow, serve to reinforce
the dependency upon institutional religion and

government. Religion fills the gap between confusion and sanity, with government coming to the rescue with the
promise of economic security. Is is any wonder that the major religions of nations seldom make a collective effort to
oppose the making of war upon other nations. There would appear to be more to the explanation than simply a
professed state of neutrality. Divine Goodness An enlightened religion, instead, understands internal control and promotes
the unfolding of the natural morality that is Divine Goodness. This includes embracing power, freedom, connection, and
meaning through internal controls, and the selection of self-understandings and belief structures validated by the spiritual
adjudicator. Although this is an individual process, there are some common, deeply rooted assumptions within mass
consciousness which are clearly slivers. Religions that place a strong emphasis on regular church attendance, are those
which also place great importance upon the exercise of power and control over its members. As long as these religions
support the governmental environment under which they operate, they enjoy the security and support that such
governments can provide. Should these religious institutions begin to encourage greater freedom of conscience and
inner guidance, they would see the power base begin to shift away from a form of central control and back where it
was intended to be. The first is the concept of evil. Such an idea was prompted partly by ignorance, but also partly by the
leaders in order to keep individuals locked into a rigid pattern of fearful ignorance and blame, which keeps them from
discovering their inner power. (Religions are every bit as self-

protecting as governments or gangs, and control over one's members ensures job security). The early forms of such
manipulation offered such mythic characters as Satan, and demons who would do his bidding. Such a scapegoat would
prevent the anger of disempowered spirits from being directed at those leaders and social structures that were actually
responsible for the lack of the necessary power and freedom. Could this be suggesting a clever plot to make sure that those
of us still in the physical (and a state of controlled ignorance) might be prevented from being influenced by those who
have gone beyond this physical state and into a state of greater awareness, there to discover the limitations that were
placed upon them earlier and angry about the control and abuse, they had been subjected to? To thwart that "anger",
might religions simply label these discontented souls as ultra-human influences from the world of evil? This might
explain the opposition to channeling as a source of spiritual enlightenment. Of course, not all channeling is spiritually
enlightening. As humans became more complex and less easily distracted, the focus went from external evil to internal evil
in the concept of "original sin". This was partially due to deliberate manipulation, and partly influenced by the need to provide
meaningful explanations for self-preservationary actions that were disruptive to the whole. Any amoral act is simply one not
aligned within each of the three purposes, yet religions blame both the mind and the body in various ways, and claim that the

157
human design is sinfully flawed. (Such a declaration hardly suggests faith in the Creator.) This is the irony of the biblical
story. A God considered to be all

perfect, creates a race of humans who are imperfect. Then, to correct the mistake, He/She sends a family member to
organize a religion to take control of the situation and bureaucratize man's spiritual nature. Western religion has
gotten help along the way from the Freudian school of psychiatry which holds the subconscious as the source of
mysterious, disruptive evil in human nature. Instead of recognizing this divine system which unites body, mind, and spirit,
religions offer ways to appease the evil and flawed nature, either by having a divine one martyr himself for human sins, or
through strict controlling codes of action that prevent sin from rearing its ugly head. Religions assume that purpose and
goodness must be forced upon the followers from the outside, since it was assumed that evil will surely come from within. All
this gives religion a purpose for controlling its members, while maintaining a subtle level of control upon that aspect of
society which has drifted outside of its orbit, through the satellite support of political and economic institutions which
have their own instruments of control. The idea of sin has only endured because there has not yet been a suitable
replacement which can shift the idea away from a world of external controlling forces and chaotic and meaningless actions, to
one where each action has purpose and is driven by divine, internal control. When the trinity of purposes and their potential
conflicting nature is understood, there is no need for such a concept as evil or sin. In that age of enlightenment, we will
come to understand that there is no "evil", just as we will come to recognize that there is truly no "death", but only a
moment of transition from one state of existence to another. This will be the next paradigm shift.

Divine Desire Instead, the concept of Divine Purpose, shall be that which shifts the focus of religious followers from one of
flawed disconnection, in need of supernatural, external guidance and rigid control, to one of Divine Connection through which
one can attune to inner guidance and control, through natural explanations and understanding the force of Divine Desire.
Divine Desire is that force of spirit which is omniscient. It all-knowingly communicates divine intention through the
experience of pleasure and pain. It carries wisdom from all aspects of existence and offers its constant energy to evaluate each
experience against spiritual purposes. It is the only valid judgmental process, for it feels and shares the divine intentions.
Divine Desire is inseparable from individual desire. Having misunderstood it, religions have judged it, defiled it, and have
made it their enemy. They try to control the evil hedonistic tendencies in their followers, and instill guilt by telling them that
they are separated from their Creator, hopelessly dependent upon religious leaders to interpret "his word". This, of course, is
the exact opposite of divine intention, as evidenced by the guilt and fear that such ideas produce. In the final analysis, the
most reliable measure of what one is told is the feeling it conjures up deep within. If the feelings it produces are
negative and uncomfortable, beware. They are not in line with Divine intention and should be rejected.

Divine Desire is that which will naturally unfold into human experience when the natural emotional developmental process is
no longer obstructed, driving humanity toward its intended Destiny Path. Acknowledging the wisdom of the spiritual
adjudicator is to embrace Divine Desire and to rise above the mindless cycle of simple bodily safeguard responses to spiritual
signals. Take a simple prayer like the Our Father and listen to the words. Take the concept of the Father from outside
oneself and bring it's Divine Nature within, making it one's own. Feel the concept of Free Will come alive and know
that any outside guidance will never again match the Inner Spirituality that lives in each of us. Any religious structure
should replace each and every cultural judgment with the concept of Divine Desire and build its tenets accordingly. But
whether or not the religion itself accomplishes the necessary changes, the individuals can proceed to do so themselves. For it
is pleasure which judges a belief as spiritually valid, and pain which begs for spiritual correction. The mind cannot judge its
own contents, but unexamined experiences can be filed away in the mind with the corrective signals still attached. Although
some experiences bring empowering beliefs and good feelings, far many more bring painful slivers. Not every experience we
have is meant to be acted upon immediately. Some can be filed away for future reflection. However, the feelings
attached to those experiences should and will be a part of what is put aside. With reflection, a pattern becomes
apparent and will serve as a guide to future action, separating that which caused pain from that which brought
pleasure.

Many existing teachings intentionally instill cultural judgments, painful beliefs, such as sin, and of hierarchical levels of
accessibility to the Divine. They then manipulate their followers by using these painful feelings of guilt and fear with images
of fire and brimstone, of hell and damnation, in order to gain further control and power. But as should now be apparent, each
and every belief with an attached negative feeling, has not been consciously processed through the spiritual adjudicator and
the mental judgment remains, the body will defend itself, creating the illusion of amorality. The power of spirit can truly
liberate followers from this cycle by identifying each idea that is anti-spiritual, and can allow them to more fully embrace
those that will set the spirit free. This can be the enlightened role of religion, to aid and assist society in identifying those
qualities that represent the Divine. It need not be its final role, but a good place to start. The Power Of Prayer One very
rewarding and powerful ritual common among religions, is some form of prayer. Prayer is the accepted pathway of

158
communication with All That Is, and can be a very effective facilitator of spiritual insight and focus of creative will. Verbal
affirmations are useful and the Meditation of the Clock has been offered as a form of secular prayer, and such a structure can
help focus the will energy of individual desire. Either can be used in any

degree of regularity, with each session adding emotional energy to the image vividly desired. Emotional energy is the engine
which drives the intent of prayer. Without emotion, prayer is little more than small talk, superficial and of little
meaning. It is the difference between the lover who reads another's poetry repeatedly, rather than compose his own.
But the crucial understanding is that the prayers are actually answered by the creative capacities of mind. The Creator has
honored humans with the blanket power of creative will, to be actualized through chosen belief structures of mind. If entities
are to verbally affirm, or supplicate to "The Lord" for that which they truly fear they can not have, no such prayer will be
answered. In fact, quite the opposite will likely occur. For the emotional energy and the thought to which it is attached is the
mechanism of creation in the physical realm. Intensity, rather than positive or negative poles, will energize the mind's choices.
When we pray we are, in effect, speaking to the higher aspects of our creative selves. The language we use is pretty
much based on our respective culture and belief systems. The success of our prayer is based upon our faith/belief that
it will be answered. Thus, praying for the sake of praying, achieves little in the way of results. In fact, the greater the
belief of an opposite effect , the greater chance of opposite consequences. Prayer occurs with each thought that is laden
with pleasure or pain---whether intentional or not. Fear can answer a prayer as surely as can joyous desire, but the fears are
often attached to unexamined thoughts which will deliver

realities far less desirable than conscious, joyous choices. Creative prayer will be most effective if energized with the most
joyous and faithful feelings riding upon meaningful beliefs in one's individual power and accountable role within the creative
process. This can gather additional spiritual energy to infuse into such visions and verbal renderings. The more energy, the
sooner the critical mass, and the more likely the event can occur in the physical realm. Urgent and highly desired events can
be facilitated by a thrice-a-day prayer session or meditation. In a larger sense, we pray without ceasing, for each thought is
a form of prayer. We can, in fact, attract what we fear or worry about. For prayer is as effective as a magnet. Hence,
there are rules of creativity just as there are rules of physics. It must be recognized that prayer works in both directions,
for it is that same thought/feeling combination that rides the stream of energy flow and is constantly available. It is the Divine
Desire of self from beyond space-time that brings purposeful information regarding the status of purposeful living. Likewise,
judgment day lies in each moment, for fear-driven experiences are received as underenergized in the spiritual realm, and
joyous, purposeful experiences are received through the fullness of Divine Desire. Entities are challenged to remove each
belief structure that stands between aspects of self and the totality of All That Is. Asking for an answer to a troubling
situation, accompanied by a thrice said prayer before retiring for the night, along with a belief that an answer will
come in one's dreams, will result in that which is desired.

Worry, by itself, tends to detach oneself from the Divine energy. Once we master the true workings of the belief
system, we will open the door to a better life. Thus, prayer sessions should accommodate both incoming and outgoing
desires. In addition to moment-to-moment attunement to spiritual feeling signals, a quiet reflective time period scheduled
daily apart from the creative meditations or prayers, is also beneficial in helping entities attune to the intuitive voice of spirit.
For just as the creative words and visions send forth messages from the physical realm, the reflective meditation period opens
the door to incoming visions, intuitions, and insights. Most entities are naturally open to such pathways immediately upon
waking, and can bring revelations fresh from the dream realm, but a concerted effort to attune can also assist the unfolding
pathways. Spiritual insights are always accompanied with joyous tinges of feeling. The louder they are heard, the more the
resonant joy. "We sleep, per chance to dream…" But it is in our awakening moments that we come close to that spirit
state and can experience not only our insights but experience the joy which accompanies them. As feeling signals are
followed to their source and good beliefs are developed and limiting beliefs are discarded, entities will naturally begin to
notice more and more receptivity to the stream of universal consciousness that courses through the mind. They will know that
impulses spring from spirit rather than from the frustrated needs of body, for the mind has accomplished full energy passage in
both directions. Entities need no church, nor congregation,

to attune to Divine Guidance, but such creative and receptive reflective periods, when organized toward group goals, can be
quite powerful indeed. Such synergy can be a powerful offering of an enlightened religious structure. We, as the human race,
will experience a greater state of attunement which we will eventually recognize as a state of enlightenment. At that
point, we will be aware that in our collective state and right intent, we will truly be able to move mountains – or, at
least, prevent the mountain from moving us. The Temple of Light Spiritual principles are one and the same for each
physical embodiment. The bodily desire for, and the deep intuitive understanding of, the connection between all humans
brings unifying urgings to each mind. The frustrations of Earthly struggles are felt by all. These feelings encourage entities to
set aside surface differences and unite in spirit to make corrections. No matter which faith, what creed, what worldview, all

159
entities can participate as one in group efforts to creatively alter the probable path of humanity. Religious institutions and
economic systems each contribute to the concept of separation between "physical embodiments", in the first case by
failing to encourage the importance of the love that should be maintained between "neighbors"; and the second case
by encouraging competition over cooperation in social/economic exchanges. By encouraging a state of separation from
one another, the capacity to unite creatively in rising to the challenges of physical existence, is seriously compromised.
The Temple Of Light has been established as a conceptual

meeting place for entities to gather and participate in enlightened pursuits--- regardless of where they might also go for
Sunday service or daily worship. Despite any surface appearance of isolation and differences, entities can come to the Temple
and enjoy the resonance and participation within focused efforts to alter mass consciousness. Individuals visiting the Temple
can both leave offerings as well as obtain benefits. They can participate as individuals or en masse. Is it not appropriate that
the focal point of a gathering for spiritual purposes should, likewise, be of a non-physical nature? True spirituality is
considered to exist beyond the limits of time and space. If such is also our true nature, and it is presumed that it is,
then practicing spiritual communication beyond the confines of the physical would appear to be quite appropriate
training for our next state of existence. The Temple is "located" between space-time and can be accessed through
imaginative pathways, with specific images open to the design and choosing of the individual. But a simple meditative
exercise such as the following can suffice: Meditation For The Temple Of Light While seated in a comfortable
upright position, in a quiet place of little distraction, close the eyes and relax within. Focus the
consciousness inward, and further the depth of this relaxation within a series of (minimum of ten) deep
cleansing breaths, allowing each exhalation to wash the relaxation throughout the body. Create the image
of a golden path with a winding staircase of

ten stairs (leading either up into a cloud-like world, or down into a glowing subconscious realm whichever
is most pleasing). Slowly imagine yourself progressing upon the staircase. Take another ten deep breaths,
one for each step toward this realm, slowly and deeply relaxing the consciousness into this image. At the
final stair awaits a golden door behind which lies the Temple Of Light. (Create ornate markings, and other
sensory accouterments to further involve the feelings and imagination.) Gather the feeling of love to gain
entry. (Recall, or recreate a moment when love swept over the mind/body and recreate this vibratory
feeling). All who enter the Temple acknowledge the loving connection between spirits and carry it with
them within. With the power of love, the door can then be opened, revealing a world of brilliant sunlight
and natural beauty, in the midst of which sits the Temple Of Light. It can take the form of something akin
to the Taj Mahal, a Greek temple, a palace, a futuristic edifice, an alien outpost, or any other image
pleasing to the spirit. But there is a noticeable radiant energy funneling between the highest peak of the
Temple and on upward toward the Universal Source, a vortex wherein energy is constantly cycling upward
and downward. There are healing pools, waterfalls and fountains to be seen, you might encounter other
visitors and enjoy a peaceful telepathic resonance with them. Take flight upon the wings of desire and be
transported to the Temple itself, and again the feeling of love will part the golden entry gates. Beyond the
gates, spiritual resonance overpowers any tinge of fear or negative emotion. The vast entryway is bathed
in golden light and can be constructed with brilliantly crafted stonework, carved woodwork, golden
metalworks or in any pleasing way. There will be flora and fountains, and endless hallways to rooms
which beckon, where virtually any energy exchange can take place. There are rooms with libraries of
books with all the answers necessary to daily problems. Healing rooms with libraries of books with all the
answers necessary to daily problems. Healing

rooms with magical amulets and wands and lasers that can be both energized and utilized by all who
enter. Rooms with healing pools which immerse the body/mind within the life force itself; youth fountains
wherein one can bathe; rooms limited only by the desires and imaginations of all who enter. There is a
central theater, wherein groups of entities, or individuals can creatively participate in international and
local physical dramas conducted upon the screen. Entities can create images of existing problems and
choose enlightened outcomes, and create alternate probable historical courses. The feelings of love,
connection, and intuitive understanding permeate this theater. Even the most fearsome events are viewed
with the detached, compassionate understanding of the evolving nature of mass consciousness and
within the firm belief in the ability of Divine Desire to bring purposeful outcomes and infuse the images
with empowered love energy. (Those yet outside the Temple will see an outflux of light rising upward from
the Temple as your energy joins with others, passes through the vortex, and energized the probable
outcomes which can then become actual in the physical realm.) There are unlimited private theaters
wherein each individual can play out the life events desirous in a like manner, in the recognition of the

160
cumulative power of all entities who enter. Everywhere in the Temple, individual contributions synergize
exponentially, making a vast power source available to all. Meetings can be arranged with difficult
relationships; calls can go out to find soul mates; loved ones can be touched and healed; there is no limit
to the uses of the Temple. The more empowered love energy that is experienced while in the Temple, the
more is left behind for others to share. When the spirit feels a degree of fulfillment, the reverse path can
be taken back to the physical realm, the breaths can each restore the conscious focus to the physical
realm, and the experience is complete. Entities can visit the Temple as often as desired, expanding upon its structures,
rooms, functions, accouterments, etc.,

in any and every way imaginable. The joining together of group efforts to gather for specific reasons at the mass theater can be
tremendously helpful in altering probable courses of humanity, and are heartily encouraged. Such visits will also reinforce
individual plans and heighten the spiritual signals surrounding those thoughts and beliefs which will help or impede them.
They will heighten the senses to the subtle insights and impulses that can be acted upon to contribute energy to the physical
manifestations of all goals. Such activities can accomplish the valid goals of organized religion without the inherent
competition and isolation that much of the existing dogma demands. Entities of all faiths who feel limited in any way by their
chosen worldview are invited to find release in the Temple. Such visits are perfectly compatible within all forms of religion,
and need not even be confessed. At this point, it might behoove those who review and value these "Lessons" to propose
some sort of program wherein those who wish to participate, could know that at certain periods in time there would be
someone "online" (if you will) who could join in any efforts to raise the general spiritual vibrations. One has to wonder
if something akin to a Chat Room might have potential in this area. Religious Transcendence Once individuals have
removed each of the slivers from their worldview, (such concepts as sin, of martyrdom, of evil, of the mind's capacity to
judge, of the need for spiritual intermediaries of any kind), the valid transcendence can begin to unfold. The concept of

transcendence is implicit, if not explicit, in most worldviews and formal religious structures, and is held out as a goal for
human potential and development. This common strand with the transcendent experience relates, of course, to the emotional
development, the natural expansion of the self, and the trinity of purpose. Mind, body and spirit are but different aspects of
the same soul. Each plays a different role in whatever environment we elect to put ourselves.Each can have an
influence on the other and nothing need separate one from the other. The trinity of purpose has been couched in
symbolism such as the trinity of the Father, The Son, and The Holy Spirit, which respectively represent the mind, the body,
and the spirit within each individual. The unity within and between has always been the goal of religious transcen-dence. Such
unity is accomplished by an enlightened mind (the Father) attended to the feeling signals of spirit (The Holy Spirit) that has
chosen beliefs at the direction of spirit which fulfill the needs of body (The Son). The natural developmental process is the
ongoing expansion of self to eventually merge with All That Is. The unity within the trinity of self can accomplish the trinity
of purpose in each and every action, and open the mind to transcendence. With the above information in mind, try resaying
the "Our Father" prayer and see if it gives new meaning to the words. The purpose of this prayer is to move us along
the path of transcendence. It is a tool for this purpose and as its meaning is expanded, the path becomes more clear, as
we become more centered. The unity is designed to unfold when the incoming spirits

undergo the natural emotional developmental process. The body feelings of joy, fear, anger and sadness drive the earliest
understandings of the ability to control one's destiny and gain a mindful sense of rightful power and freedom within the
context of cooperative connection. This is the contribution of The Son, wherein the biological predestiny ensures that
purposeful courses will be known (despite the other portions of self) to ensure the primary purpose of self-preservation. The
Son represents the singular self-concept that is the necessary foundation of all further self-growth. When the feelings have
done their job, there will be the first of the emotions of mind; those of trust, confidence, and frustration when obstacles arise.
Neither physical nor emotional pain would be possible without the body, which serves as the instructor and guide to
assist the mind in overcoming obstacles with cleverness and compassion. While giving us a sense of individuality, it also
allows us the opportunity to comingle and, in doing so, discover other aspects of ourselves. These basic feelings are then
further tempered by learning experiences wherein they differentiate into the more subtle feeling tones which address the
beliefs of mind and promote the higher needs for creativity, esteem, and meaning, while retaining freedom, power and
connection. These feelings are the contribution of "The Father" which relate to the teachings of the local culture and the
beliefs held within mass consciousness. These feelings address the care and feeding of the mind, wherein each with a positive
tone connotes a belief that is spiritually desirous, and a negative tone connotes a limitation. These signals allow the

mind to achieve its purpose of self-development as well as continuing to honor the purposes of body. This self-development
fosters a plural self-concept to enfold external others within the feeling system as well. The emotion of love has a contagious
quality to it. When we see it expressed between two individuals, be they mother and child, brother and sister, husband
and wife or friend to friend, we sense the quality within ourselves, and it gives us joy. In like fashion, when we observe

161
contention between others, we feel an immediate vacancy of spirit. We feel pain. The full purpose of spiritual self-
expression can begin when both body and mind are in unison. Then the contribution of "The Holy Spirit" can fully come into
play. These will be marked by the highest feelings, the most rewarding and positive resonance with All That Is. These highest
feelings will pave the way for and accompany intuitive insights, telepathic communications, reception of energies from
beyond space-time and the information held within each energy unit. They will complete the expansion of the three-fold self-
concept by merging it with All That Is. (The expansion of the self concept in the transcendence process has often been
mistaken for the surrender or destruction of self. This has been another misconception that must be purged from religious
structures.) Once the threat of losing one's "self" in a surrender to the All That It Is is abolished and the true meaning
of unity of body, mind and spirit is appreciated for the expansion of the potential that lies within ourselves, then the
path to this destiny will be clear. When the mindscape accommodates this reception of

spiritual flow, the transcendent process can begin. It will lead each individual to the highest levels of meaning and the most
direct actions for the maximum purpose and reward in the physical experience. It can apprise earthbound entities of the
relationship between physical actions and creations and their greater cosmic validity and purpose. Transcendent moments and
states are characterized by such feelings as compassion, faith, divine love, bliss, devotion, courage, gratitude, and exuberance.
These are the sign posts along the path and as each is passed, the destination is realized as being the path itself.
Religious Community Service One final value of the institution of religion is that it can serve as an individually driven
community support resource. As individuals gain enlightenment, they can go forth into communities and help organize
uplifting structures that can offer empowerment and freedom to all members of the human family. Such ventures do truly
reflect the state of an enlightened entity. The need for this kind of courage is everywhere and those who can take that
next step along the road to spiritual truth, are destined to come to a full understanding of merging with the All That Is.
In sum, the more enlightened the religion, the more it can support the internal controls inherent in spirituality. The more it
embraces the trinity of self, Divine Connection, Divine Freedom, Divine Empowerment, Divine Goodness

and Divine Desire, the more valuable it will be. The more valuable the religious institution, the less external governmental
controls will be necessary. We can now discuss what the unique role of government might be in an enlightened society. There
are powerful implications for the economics of human purpose. Any religion that can assist its members in being their own
best spiritual guide, is serving the true purpose of what a "church" is intended to be, i.e. a parent who has the wisdom
to stand back and let it's child live a life of his/her own destiny, while encouraging the full development of one's own
spiritual nature.
Page 318-329 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Zeta Lesson Two A: Implications For Government - Economics of
Need-Meeting The Grand Game With individuals reattuning to the divine inner guidance, they will immediately be
confronted by certain mistaken assumptions---slivers which have been incorporated into many social structures. The central
primary mistake, has been the persistent mass belief that humans need external control. This inaccurate idea has left humans
shackled

within a world filled with all forms of controls which actually foster just what they seek to prevent---amorality. As the entity
Jean Jacques Rousseau once said: "Man is born free, but everywhere is in chains." The argument for the need for "external
control" is reinforced every time someone deviates from acceptable, intelligent conduct and acts in a fashion that is
harmful to himself or someone else. It can be the smallest of minorities that will result in the largest amount of control.
Governmental structures exist to provide an organized way to establish agreed upon public policies that reflect the desires and
contributions of the people they serve. It is the official way of determining what will become part of the rules of the social
game in any particular local, collective consciousness. Governmental structures are like shoes that should fit their people. The
shoes must be generic enough to fit everyone, but flexible and adaptive enough to be altered and adorned by willful choice of
each human. But instead, many try to force human feet to fit in ill-designed confines. The fact is that any ill-conceived
governmental shoes will rub and pinch until their cultural rules match the biological rules in the grand natural game.
Government bureaucracies too often attempt to apply the "rules" in a fashion that fails to exercise an innate
knowledge of human nature. The regulation often takes precedence over the people who are subject to it. When this
happens, the subsequent conflict results in the domination of the former over the latter, even when it has become
abundantly clear that the former is not practical in its application. Indeed, the spiritual corrective signals will arise when
individuals are confronted with each ill-fitting confine, for

the physical experience is designed with its own universal, and inescapable, structures and rules. When the innate motions of
humanity are understood, far more flexible, liberating, creative and supportive rules for the game will arise. These rules will
replace the guesses and assumptions with the self-understandings of universal human needs, and how they relate to human
rights which must be protected. They will not be limited to any one locality of government, but will be embraced on a global
basis. For they are the biological boundaries of all human spirits. They are the rules for the grand game of purposeful energy

162
exchange. This will not come about though, until/unless human beings begin to trust and have faith in their own
spiritual nature. As this happens, the importance of outside regulation will begin to wane, while many will begin to
develop a message that people can and should be responsible for their own environment. Those who fail to take that
responsibility, (whether they be individuals, corporations or governments), will risk the disapproval of those more
enlightened who do understand and appreciate the importance self-responsibility. This game of energy exchange is
played upon several stages, at biological, ideal, and spiritual levels, corresponding to body, mind, and spirit. Each kind of life
form has its unique role and inner impetus to play it out upon the physical stage. Some life forms, such as basic elements and
plants, are limited to the biological level, where energy exchanges are physical transfers of matter often in response to the
willful thoughts and actions of other life forms. Others, including the higher animal forms, enjoy a bit of mental participation,
where an ideal realm allows individual thought and mental energy.

There is a suggestion in this paragraph that "plant forms" act "in response to the...thoughts and actions of other life
forms". Does this give confirmation that plants that are prayed over will respond favorably and produce a better
growth rate, or that plants respond both positively or negatively to human intentions and/or emotions, as suggested in
the book, "The Secret Life of Plants" by Peter Tompkins and Christopher Bird? Each kind of life form offers a unique
physical experience in space-time, from which spiritual apportionments of All That Is can choose to consciously "embody".
Each such life form has an essential biological role and right to its being within a grand balance. Each has its unique
perspective and participation to yield meaningful understanding in the earthly learning ground of creative energy
manipulation. But no matter what kind of life form, each will be moved from within to carry out its unique purpose. We
consider ourselves the highest life form on this planet and we certainly are the most technologically accomplished. But
there might be some self-deception here if we presume that technological superiority would automatically guarantee
superiority in mental, emotional and spiritual areas as well. To do so, might result in a false sense of pride. Humans
enjoy the most complex forms of energy exchange, wherein spiritual energy is received in mind and willfully manipulated.
Humans have the utmost conscious freedom to convert and exchange energy on the physical level by designing the most
purposeful and rewarding mental conduits to full spiritual expression.

In being granted this superiority, we are also given the responsibility to make the most of it by not only developing our
spiritual understanding, but in sharing our insights while in the process of doing such. Economics of Resource
Exchange To design an optimal governmental structure, the true nature of the physical game must be understood. Although
humans enjoy mental free will, every physical creature has innate biological orienters, the inner movers and shakers, which
lead it toward purposeful action. These are the spiritual signals of pleasure and pain. The intention is that the pleasure will pull
all organisms toward basic survival, reproduction and any higher purposes encoded into the genetics. Or, if there are deficit
states, wherein certain balances are disrupted, at minimum, each organism can ensure its own survival by pain reduction.
Physical pain reduction should be able to suffice, unless the deficit states become more long-term. Then psychological forms
of pain arise, manifesting as fear, anger, sadness, and the defensive responses they bring. Here is a suggestion that there is a
direct relationship between a physical malfunction or "dis-ease" and our emotional state and that when we experience
the latter, we are already moving into physical states which could eventually be life-threatening. Medical pain reducers
may relieve a particular condition by masking it over, but if the imbalance is not corrected through diet or exercise, or
the removal of the appropriate slivers from the belief system, then it will eventually be reflected in our mental and/or
emotional state. These same inner movers and shakers are built into all life

forms in varying degrees of complexity. Each organism in the simple acts of freely following its inner urges, becomes its
genetic potential, and in doing so, contributes to the interactive environmental whole of nature. The hedonic patterns of all life
forms demonstrate the unified cooperative nature of the physical experience---the Creator's intention of a grand, purposeful,
cooperative, interactive game. No cultural laws will suffice which violate these natural spiritual motions, for they will prompt
fear, anger, and natural safeguard defensive responses. Those belief systems that are imposed upon a culture from outside
sources, can be discerned to be spiritually enhancing or detrimental simply by the feelings they conjure up among a
society's members. If control is maintained through fear, then anger will seep into relationships. Where greater free
will and creativity are fostered, less outside control is necessary. All such movements interacting with one another define
the grand game of energy/resource exchange. The divine dance of all organisms freely moving about meeting their needs is
the way of the natural, physical world. The living world turns on its axis empowered by the energy expended as each organism
goes forth into the world to meet its needs. The "Creation" is the unique balance of life forms which provide resources to one
another so that all needs can be met by each life form. This balance is designed down to the chemical and even atomic level,
where atoms move forward and backward in terms of their own inner purposes, as consistently as metal filings are attracted to
magnets, and humans are attracted to the pleasure of fulfilled needs.

163
All of nature exists in a uniform state of balance. The "dance" is carried out on a daily basis, with each part acting in
unison for the benefit of the whole. Humans who disrupt the synchronicity, risk a consequence that is designed to
correct the straying from an appreciation for universal values. In other words, "It's not nice to fool Mother Nature."
In the grand game of resource exchange, each individual is likened to a buyer and a seller in a marketplace. Each goes forth
into the world to fulfill its needs, by "purchasing" or otherwise obtaining the necessary resources. (These are the basic survival
needs for food, warmth, safety, etc.) It expends its own energy in doing so, whether it be physical energy, time, or money---
some cost is always paid. All expended energy becomes a resource available to others in the grand marketplace. In fact, may
the buyer beware, for he himself might become an edible resource to something else in the grand marketplace. We know
there are sharks out there waiting to prey upon the unsuspecting. By keeping our needs simple and our values
spiritual, we protect ourselves from the greed mentality that can make us vulnerable to the economically carnivorous.
This is the most basic physical level of the game. But the rules are the same in the realm of human culture---the realm of
mind. Ideas are exchanged which build the cultural world. The information-energy within human thought becomes transferred
through thought and action into physical events, structures, buildings, and entire governments. Yet it is all a grand game of
energy exchanges and conversions, dependent upon each

individual freely following the internal urgings and purposeful self-regulation systems. A plant is fulfilled by growing to its
full height, an animal by daily survival and seasonal cycles, and a human by actualizing the most of its developmental and
expressive potential. While we give great attention to developing and enhancing our physical and mental potential,
presuming that this - in itself - will ultimately fulfill our joy level, we often leave the spiritual part of our nature for
outside forces to govern, when it is the establishing of an inner connection with this latter aspect of ourselves that
would actualize all that we strive to express. Universal Human Rights - Basic Self-Determinism The entire game is based
upon the fundamental natural right of unrestricted movement of the organism or entity. No player can hope to understand or
succeed in the grand game, if not freely empowered to control one's own destiny. In humans, this right of self determinism is
experienced as the basic need for freedom and power. As we know, these are the first priority needs to fulfill, for they are
essential to the bodily purpose of self-preservation. Freedom of thought and movement are not possible without the
necessary "equipment" (brain, body, etc.) to exercise such basic need. When power is hoarded by the few at the
expense of the many, a society as a whole, suffers. An enlightened society constantly seeks to keep the "freedom and
power" in the hands of the many, not just the vested interests. This should be particularly true of an enlightened
government.

In humans, this essential freedom and empowerment is the foundational basis upon which all other needs and purposes must
be built. Our attempts at social unity based upon external control will merely become chains which enslave us. As we now
know, the inner self-regulation for humans is the feeling feedback system which leads humans to broader bands of
consciousness and creative internal "control". The trial and error nature of human self-regulation depends upon the mind's free
thought and the body's free action necessary to call forth the subsequent spiritual evaluation, to guide mindful corrective
adaptations. Thus, if basic freedom and empowerment is stifled, the whole design will be scuttled. Then the spirit remains
frustrated, the mind cannot self-develop, the body will fall back upon safeguard defenses which severely limit purposeful
experience. What is essential to putting into practice a mindset that supports a willingness to rely upon "inner"
guidance versus "outside" guidance is a belief (faith, if you will), in the innate spiritual nature of humans and the
unquestionable importance of maintaining a clear connection between our physical, mental and spiritual natures. Until
and unless we can accept this as a valid precept, we will continue to depend on outer sources to control our individual
destinies. Without the basic freedom and empowerment, true connection and cooperative living will always be just out of
reach. Competition and power struggles will become the norm, for it is a biological certainty that the group needs will fall if
the individual needs are unsatisfied. Just as any human will stop working to eat when hungry or sleep when tired, when the
body is unduly restricted, it will stop win-

win cooperation, and defensive win-lose competition for basic power and freedom will ensue. Anything less than free
movement will relegate humans to inner motivations more likened to animal instinct. A truly free state of mind must be
created from within. If it relies on institutions such as government or economic forces to grant and protect its exercise
of free will, it shall come to the eventual realization that these outside influences have other agenda, motivated by the
need for power and wealth concentrated into the hands of the fewest possible number of individuals. The Biological
Condition of Justice Free movement and empowerment are essential, for they are part of the physical design, and part of a
divine natural, state of balance. This balance occurs when all organisms are interacting and purposefully exchanging energy
within the grand need-meeting marketplace. When inner need-meeting balance is attained, external actions are purposeful and
when all purposeful actions dovetail together in the grand marketplace, there is an optimal divine external balance. We begin
with a state of inner balance. This is reflected on the physical level by a lack of "dis-ease". We can (free)will this state
by certain mental practices, i.e. meditation, for one. We can truly exercise our (free)will to bring about a state of

164
physical and mental balance, which brings us into line with our spiritual nature and empowers us to bring balance into
our created environment. EUREKA! This divine external balance is the biological condition of

justice. Biological justice is the state wherein all organisms are free to move about and empowered to control their own
destiny, and that there is sufficient influx of available energy/resources to compensate for the required outflux. Justice allows
balances between supply and demand in the marketplace of physical and mental resource exchange. The greater the demand
made upon our need for spiritual growth, the greater the supply of insights to satisfy that need. We have the
opportunity to apply that Universal Law that states: "Ask and you shall receive. Seek and It will be given unto you."
As this applies individually, so it applies collectively in any marketplace. This means that humans are not designed to be
limited or externally controlled in any way. We should not be prevented from choosing any experience, exchanging any
resource, as long as in doing so they do not violate the same rights within others. For if any human need is involved, it will be
a necessary experience to meet it, and any need-meeting resource will create such a demand. Instead, social structures should
strive to provide as many avenues for self-development and self-expression as possible. When this principle is applied on an
economic level, it encourages the concept of free enterprise. However, the application of spiritual principles also
ensures protection from the excessive self-interest of someone else. A well-oiled economic system should provide an
opportunity for those who are able to exchange their labors for that which is desired; and it should also provide for
those who are unable to exercise a form of labor or creativity, a level of comfort and hope. Indeed, biological justice is
the external counterpart of

internal natural morality. When just conditions exist, each life form can follow its inner urges and will be guided toward moral
actions. There are no implied rights or wrongs in what takes place in the physical need-meeting arena---other than that which
creates pain. There is no more or less implied significance in the death of a spider than the death of a human. In time, all forms
go back into the earth and enrich its chemical resources, and non-psychic spirits reunite with All That Is. The statement,
"There is no more or less implied significance in the death of a spider than the death of a human." is, by itself, almost
unconscionable unless viewed from a broadened perspective. From a narrow view, it seems to imply that the taking of
human life (in a painless manner) is as justified as taking the life of a spider. But any taking of life which causes pain to
anyone, whether it be to the victim or anyone saddened or deprived in any way by that loss, would have to be regarded
as a "wrongful" act. Death finds an excuse and comes about most often by accident or circumstance - and there are
few real accidents since it is our prerogative to exercise our free will. But humans have been given the gift of free will and
the most power of all life forms in terms of affecting the divine natural balance. Through the use of culture, we have radically
redefined the natural marketplace by adding cultural resources which create a group mindscape, alter the landscape, dominate
all other species, and build social mini-markets, all within the grand marketplace of resource exchange. That which we find
around us is a product of the human freedom of an exercised will. Because perspectives vary with individuals, there is
an evolving state of intermittent progress perpetually in place. Any state of

progress is intrinsically tied to free will. Without this "gift", we would be limited to the total control of an outside
force. Many religions suggest that we are and should be allowed to follow the dictates of our own conscience, but they
do so under the guise of their own intent to manipulate us. Biological justice must underlie any successful form of social
justice. Instead, through our historical lack of emotional self-understanding, humans have upset the natural biological justice,
causing further disturbances that we then must also scramble to control. We have only but to listen to the messages inherent in
all pain to live up to the honorable gift. Once we are practiced to attuning to the natural world around us, we will have
no difficulty in acting in such a way that is beneficial to that world and, in turn, to our existence to same. All forms of
psychological pain, fear, anger, sadness, and disgust are based upon long-term deficit states of injustice. When the mind
remembers past injustice and anticipates future injustice, the safeguards kick in. Anger, in particular will ensure that the man-
made chains will not be tolerated for long. Anger is the force which forces countries to move in more just directions, often
through painful revolution, instead of the more pleasurable evolution. But either way, positive change will eventually result.
Until the spiritual message is answered and justice restored, humans will linger in painful experiences and remain shackled in
self-made chains and will be painfully dragged to their destiny. In our present state, we may find our viewed "pleasure"
subject to the interruptions of "anger" over such things as an increased price of fuel

or some other commodity. In a free society, with a free economy, it could be the motivating factor that results in the
creation of an energy source which is less harmful to the planet. This would be a "positive" result. Just as a solar
source of energy frees a homeowner from the dependence on his local power company, so we can free ourselves, if only
in stages, from those who control all aspects of our existence on this plane.
Social Justice
These simple biological economic realities of hedonic movement have been overlooked by most forms of government. Needs
for freedom and power must be accommodated before cooperative structures can evolve. All social structures can be likened

165
to organisms, for they reflect human nature. Any form must address the body, (the needs of its people), the mind, (its mass
knowledge and values), and the spirit, (its unified cooperative interactive whole.) Ensuring the basic human rights to free self-
determinism ensures that bodily purposes can be met. Attempting to skip over them, and structure life around the mind, will
only bring further inner and outer conflict. But this has been what many governments have done---attempting to enforce
cooperation, while inadvertently setting the stage for competition and struggles for basic freedom and power. Until there were
two predominant world governmental strategies, which have broken free from those that rule through rigidly controlling
religious ideologies. They are generally known as Communism and Capitalism. Both try to make up rules for the game of life
by which individuals are forced to play, yet both leave out some aspect of the biological needs and scuttle the self-

regulating process. The basic reason that both are doomed to failure is that each one of them puts a low value on self-
expression. While attempting to create the facade that democracy is a highly valued quality in a society, processes are
set up behind the scene that ensure that governing will be carried out by the fewest possible, by manipulating the
masses to conform with the will of this power-hungry minority. The workplace does not allow or appreciate a
democratic philosophy unless it is producing profit. The distribution of information is controlled by corporations
which own most of the media. The political system is strongly influenced by the vested interests. The above would
appear to apply only to the Capitalist system, but as the Communistic system defaults, it is being replaced by the
Capitalistic system which includes the characteristics listed above. For example, Communism embraces the connection
need, and seeks a cooperative, socialistic structure based upon equal empowerment of its citizens. They attempt to provide
equal access to education, job opportunities and health care to all citizens. Establishing cooperative structures for individual
self empowerment is an enlightened idea, but it often comes at the expense of the need for individual freedom. Their desire for
equal results does not recognize the rich diversity of human creative focus, the many destiny paths; nor does it accommodate
the necessary free movement. They often offer a bland limited menu of resources and opportunities which stifles creativity,
esteem, and the ability to find meaning in one's existence. This puts the cooperative cart before the horse of justice, and the
citizens suffer in silence until they eventually revolt. This approach also recognizes that group ideals are necessary and has
often attempted to control ideologies and religious choices of its members, through controlled information,

media, and propaganda. This requires a certain amount of isolation, which immediately severs the connection with other
humans, as well as violating the free choices and developmental opportunities required for a fulfilled spirit. For many of the
reasons listed above, the Communist system was doomed to failure. One might presume that it was defeated by
Capitalism, a myth trumpeted by the politicians of the Capitalist system, but this is not quite the case. Communism
failed in its competition with Capitalism as a result of the stifling of the basic freedoms of a truly democratic system,
i.e. those listed in the American constitution. While limiting the freedom to expand intellectually and economically, it
handicapped its citizens on the path of development in all areas. The end result became stagnation in most areas, a fact
that became more evident with the development of more sophisticated systems of transportation and communication.
Capitalism, on the other hand, embraces individual freedom, but fosters empowerment through win-lose economic
competition, often leaving many unempowered. The misunderstandings about the true nature of competition discourages true
connection and promotes individual and group isolation. (It should be recognized that all American competition relies upon
cooperative frameworks. Raw win-lose competition is seldom allowed.) One example of cooperative competition might be
members of a particularly large corporation working together to defeat another, smaller corporation until the latter is
forced into a financial condition where it must allow the larger corporation to buy it out. Following this "buy-out" the
larger corporation initiates a "down-sizing" policy and many of the employees of the bought corporation are forced to
seek employment elsewhere. This, inevitably, leads to a mentality of cynicism and a loss of faith in the system.

Win-lose competition in terms of freedom and empowerment will not work. Basic opportunities to learn how to meet needs,
and job opportunities are often linked to financial economics, but are essential to biological justice. It sets people apart and
allows individuals to run roughshod over one another, and to assume that some are capable of taking care of themselves and
some are not. They celebrate the diversity and do not seek equal result, but use it to rationalize away equal opportunity. They
ignore huge pockets of the disempowered and disenfranchised, and allow subcultures to arise which will work against the
cooperative whole. At least building from the initial priority of individual freedom satisfies one of the conditions of justice,
but the full concept of freedom and all its implications have yet to be embraced. Even Americans profoundly limit human
freedom unnecessarily, which correspondingly limits the opportunities for empowerment. While most may believe that they
are enjoying the benefits of free thought and movement, the very system that grants them these privileges is, at the
same time, depriving some in their environment of these needs. Knowing that they operate in a system that, at any
moment, can put them in that "deprived" state, takes its toll in fear and insecurity. Both states of mind are
uncomplimentary to true freedom. Where the benefits of the empowered are not enjoyed by all, those deprived of its
benefits will seek to empower themselves through less acceptable means, which may often times include violent acts. It
is any surprise, then, that America imprisons a significantly higher percentage of their population than any other

166
democratic nation? Dare we look for a deeper explanation for this confounding state? Some would say it is the price we
pay for a "free society". It is NOT!

Both forms are guilty of limiting individual liberty with all sorts of cultural judgments which attempt to legislate morality and
limit certain activities. This violates the individual's right to privacy wherein any choices and learning opportunities should be
available for any developmental experience. If any activity is chosen within the three purposes, it is a moral choice. Even if
any activity is chosen through unconscious hardwired defensive responses, it is still a learning opportunity. With adequate
education and social safety-nets, any "amoral" or corrective experience can offer the necessary insight, without the ongoing
cycle of repeated learning errors that currently plagues most societies. (As we now know, this is a source of the illusion of
evil). The natural result of restricting freedom is prevalent everywhere, yet most societies do not recognize the symptoms and
simply deny that their controls are ineffective. If ideas are restricted, there will be underground sources of information. If
religion is restricted, there will be underground religious networks. If any specific resource, commodity, or service is
restricted, a black market will surely emerge. With humans, when there is demand, there will be a supply. Such is the need
driven behavior and creativity of humanity. This is the lesson not quite learned by the American experiment of Prohibition of
alcohol. Take something that one portion of the population finds acceptable and allow another portion of the
population to make it unavailable, and you set up a situation where conflict is initiated between the two varied points
of view. This state of conflict ultimately results in ramifications throughout the society. Create undo stress in such a
society and some

will choose to escape through the intake of recreational drugs for example, whether they be legal or otherwise. This
will eventually produce an environment where laws are flaunted and crime is rampant. Thus, both Communism and
Capitalism have part of the human story, but neither has it all. Both groups suffer social spiritual corrective signals of fear,
anger, crime, violence, revolution, and emotional malaise. For all life forms are intended to be free and empowered within the
context of connected cooperation. And the feelings will settle for nothing less. They are, in effect, two peas in the same
political/economic/social pod, opposites in their goals, but quite similar in their methods. Both adopt the principle that
the end justifies the means and attempt to subvert the spiritual nature of humans in an effort to achieve a perceived
ideal. When each evolves toward its own extreme state, those under its influence move perpetually toward a state of
dissatisfaction. Communistic attempts at cooperative living will immediately dissolve if either freedom or empowerment is
compromised. Likewise, although individual freedom is essential, Capitalistic "competition" is not the way to get the highest
kind of freedom in an interconnected cooperative world. Disempowerment occurs frequently under the guise of innocent
competition, and despite jingoistic affirmations to the contrary, American competition only ensures "liberty and justice
for...some". Those without it will rebel and secede from the cooperative unit. Where fear and anger exist, free-flowing justice
is sure to be missing. Where justice is missing, defensive self-preservationary, amoral actions will be commonplace, as will
external forms of control seeking to prevent them.

It has often been presumed that the reason cooperative systems fail is that humans operate on a basic instinct of greed,
when in fact it is the squelching of "freedom or empowerment" that has been most responsible for the failure. In like
fashion, the typical capitalistic enterprise usually discourages most forms of free thought and action, removing the
protections normally guaranteed in the social and political realms. The choices are most often to go along with a policy
or move on to another environment or risk being ousted from one's job. Thus, an inevitable schism evolves between
workers and owners. Justice is the required global condition that must be promoted by all world leaders. Justice ensures the
fundamental respect and defense of natural biological boundaries that are valid for every human being despite the rich cultural
diversity. In fact, justice encourages diversity of thought and action and life style, for it allows the freedom of each individual
to creatively self-express in its own unique way. Justice opens doors and never closes them, unless to enforce the prevention
of violations, (which are far less likely, when justice prevails). Justice provides to the world what bodily boundaries and
safeguards offer the trinity of self. The very words "...with liberty and justice for all", capture the essence of the above
paragraph and are incorporated in our pledge of allegiance to our flag, a symbol of the freedoms and rights
guaranteed by the Law of the Land, our Constitution. Would that these words be put into practice on a uniform basis
and a great deal of the intent, as expressed in the above paragraph, would become a reality. Justice ensures that humans
will be free to move about and feel the evaluative outcome of their thoughts and actions in order to find and progress upon the
developmental path.

Justice will ensure that humanity can lift themselves beyond the survival level, and discover the much fuller potential of the
being and transcendent levels of human experience. For indeed, humans are intended to be pulled toward their purposes by
positive feelings instead of being pushed away from misguided thoughts and actions by painful experience. In short, a society
is not just if it denies the universal rights and freedoms that the Creator has bestowed. Such arrogance should be self-evident.
Once the attractiveness of physical, mental and spiritual fulfillment is made plain to humans, there need not be systems

167
in place to force them to move in a particular direction. The only systems that need to be kept in place are those that
favor freedom, justice and of appreciation for one's fellow human beings. The Biological Condition of Civilization
Connection without justice is simply not possible. Only when the environment is structured in ways that ensure basic freedom
and empowerment to control one's own destiny, can it begin to evolve into a true civilization. It is one thing to know an
ideal. It is another thing to put it into practice. To do the latter requires a full appreciation of what we are, in a most
complete sense. To know that we are physical, mental, emotional and spiritual and that we are free and creative
beings. Then we can start to explore. The biological condition of a true civilization, is one wherein justice prevails at all
times, and individuals can then unite into a cooperative, connected social whole.

Civilizations are advanced kinds of social structures that offer opportunities for their members to meet all six of the universal
human needs. There are no right or wrong ways to do this. In fact, the more imaginative and creative the structures, the more
opportunities they can provide. Civilization is not dependent upon technological advancement, only the effectiveness of its
cooperative nature. Contrary to popular belief, the most technologically simple "savages" that have attained true cooperation
are far more civilized than even the most technologically advanced warrior competing for basic power. The best example of
advanced civilization is nature. Unless interfered with by humans, it maintains an overall balance while continuing to
evolve. We can observe it and we can even compliment it, but we can only improve upon it when we learn to emulate it.
True civilizations have social structures which enhance the life experience with many opportunities for self-development and
self-expression, emphasizing the higher needs for connection, esteem, creativity, and meaning. There are free flowing ideas
and myriad---unlimited---opportunities to meet needs and fulfill purposes. In a civilized community, all needs are met without
violating the needs of any others, hence the natural morality of "do not do unto others that which pains thyself". This includes
the pains of injustice perpetrated upon life forms by human folly. If we can picture what we would like the world to be,
understand the level of freedom necessary to work toward that goal and respect all the forms of existence around us
while we strive to reach that goal, then we

will be able to begin to call ourselves "civilized". Any enlightened global social structure must ensure that it provides
justice alone, and allows each individual community to devise the desirable civilized structures. The rich cultural traditions
that have arisen are testimonial of the human creative expressive abilities and the natural enjoyment from tasting the fruits of
many diverse customs and values. A cultural civilization can be likened to a mind---ever evolving, improving, and expanding
in ways that allow for the maximum spiritual expression and fulfillment of its members. And many minds are, of course,
better than one. The only uniformity we need to concern ourselves with is that all are free to choose their own path, so
long as that path brings no harm to another. Only with such a blessed attitude can we open ourselves to our true
potential. A civilized society is a purposeful society. For when all six needs are met, all three purposes can be met. For
example, libraries, educational and technological systems exchange mental resources, share the knowledge we gather, and
ensure avenues for gaining esteem and self-development. Our social, economic and political structures promote connection,
cooperation, and accommodate the ongoing creative resource exchanges and social refinements. Our arts, religions, and
sciences facilitate creativity and provide meaning. The flexibilities within our justice system ensure that cooperation is the #1
rule, violations are not tolerated, and just conditions are maintained.

As we expand along our path, we may even come to find out that there are more than "six needs" and more than
"three purposes". It is when true freedom of possibility begins to seep into our institutional overlays, that we will
escape from programmed strictures. If we look closely, we can already begin to see our institutions crumbling before
our eyes. The Role of Government Recognizing the simple economics of need-meeting can define the role and dramatically
enhance the effectiveness of government. A government is simply a structure through which the cooperative choices of the
people can be carried out. If it becomes a controller or manipulator of freedom and power of its people, it shall never work,
and should be heartily rejected---in revolutionary ways if need be. When governments stray beyond their defined
purposes, those who are affected by the increase in tyranny can act individually and collectively, within established
guidelines or outside of them. We need not assign ourselves a perpetual role of victimization, unless this is all we can
create for ourselves. We too easily forget that government is in the role of "employee" and that citizens are the
collective "employer". Thus, it is the will of the latter that governs the former. Just as an employer would not tolerate
an employee taking control of his business and operating it as he might wish, so the citizenry should not tolerate a
government doing so at any level, i.e. conducting itself without consultation with and approval of that citizenry. When
those elected to represent the public tend toward favoring the needs of the selective and vested interests, then it
behooves the public to force those elected representatives from office or force them by public will, to alter their
behavior. Government at its raw essence is an organized structure

which ensures that the cooperative unit is established, maintained, and continuously improved, based upon individual
contributions which increase freedom and add opportunities. Good government adds resources, and facilitates that maximum

168
creative, and ingenious forms of resources exchange. If it works with human nature, and succeeds in its role of facilitating
justice, the economic and social health will naturally improve. It will promote far more pleasure than pain. (In fact, economic
shifts accompany all social change and a healthy economy in the global interconnection is a sign of enlightened progress.)
While a government that institutes policies that enable its citizens to prosper at the expense of the disenfranchised or
disadvantaged, may be favored by those who financially benefit, it lays the ground-work for upheaval, whether it be on
the economic front or the political/social front. All boats must rise with the tide. Those that get ahead of the tide will
only become unbalanced and eventually run aground. Good government will provide additional resources and
opportunities for all members to freely meet their needs. For it will not promote isolation of present methods, but will assist
each individual in self-development and self-expression and to be embraced within the cooperative whole. Part of
maintaining a balanced society is seeing to it that those who lag behind are given the opportunity to catch up with
those who are enjoying the fruits of the system. This is not "help for helps sake", but "helping those who wish to help
themselves". Good government will focus only upon ensuring justice. The focus will remain upon individual freedom and

empowerment. Opportunities will be built into the structure wherein each and every human can find avenues to meet their
needs within the structures, regardless of money, family birthright, sex, age, race, or any other arbitrary distinction between
spirits in flesh. We do, in fact, create the level of freedom we deem appropriate for ourselves. To the degree that we
believe in what we are entitled to, we acquire those things we feel we need. Good government should compliment that
process and does so when we define its role as such. Bad government will attempt to interfere with and control the natural
flow of resource exchange. It will attempt to limit, to legislate external morality, control free information and resource
exchanges, invade privacy, and cause far more harm than good. It will attempt to judge and prop up "the weak" while at the
same time disempowering its members, creating man-made victims, martyrs and criminals. It will experience inner conflict,
warring factions, and gridlock to the point that cultural evolution grinds to a halt. Over-regulation, welfare states, prohibition,
victimless crimes, over-crowded prisons and even revolution will all result; as well as fear-driven, volatile or black market
economies, and the subcultures, crimes and isolation they promote. Much of what is described in the above paragraph can
easily be found in our society and the societies of other cultures around the world. While we delude ourselves into
believing that other cultures are inferior to our own, we are in danger of failing to hold ourselves responsible for our
own shortcomings. In a general sense, government must ensure structures

which facilitate and protect self-determined actions of need-meeting self-preservation, while fostering the maximum
opportunities for self-development and self-expression for each of its members. It should not attempt to externally control or
remove power beyond the ensuring "liberty and justice for all". For without liberty and justice there can be no individual value
fulfillment, without which there can be no expansion of the consciousness of the species, without which there can be no
unobstructed expansion of All That Is. Beginning with what we appreciate about ourselves and taking it the point of what
we wish to have preserved by our tools of government, we fortify our environment with those characteristics which
move us along our spiritual path. With these simple principles of self-regulated self-determinism in place, we can now turn
to the specific activities of enlightened, twenty-first century governments.
Page 330-345 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Zeta Lesson Two - B: Implications For Government - An Enlightened
Government Structure The Governmental "Body"

The most essential tasks of an enlightened governmental structure are those which mirror the hardwired tasks of the body
within the trinity of self. As we now know, the role of the body within the divine self-regulation system is to ensure the
minimum standards necessary for self-preservation. The body will overrule free will of mind with purposeful biological
predestiny whenever its most basic needs are left unfulfilled. The mission of good government should be to establish external
structures which prevent the needs of body from being overrun by the misguided choices of mind. Like the human body which
contains the seeds of all needs and purposes, enlightened governmental structures use the natural attraction of positive
emotion to guide and pull citizens in the highest directions, and use the push of pain as a fail-safe only to correct a misguided
course. A successful government will acknowledge, value, and nurture the inner seeds of human purpose within a global
citizenry. Today, too much of "government" has become obsessed with manipulating humanity rather than nurturing
its inner needs or "seeds". This is almost inevitable when government becomes separated from the populous by
distance and falls under the influence of collective vested interests. It is further compounded when more economically
powerful governments use the tools of usury to influence other governments and prevent or discourage them from
fully addressing the needs of their own people. This mission translates into several goals common among all enlightened
governments. First, that individuals are all afforded the essential informational resources to:

Understand themselves, to understand the grand game, and to take accountable control of their own destiny. Second, that
structural opportunities exist which allow each individual to: Join the cooperative unity, to freely and creatively engage in
need-meeting resource exchanges; to enjoy ongoing self-development and self-expression; and to begin contributing as soon

169
as possible. Third, that structural safeguards are in place to: Protect the freedoms and rights of all within the cooperative
unity from isolation and competitive violation. With the "First" intent, free or affordable education (whether private or
public, whether at home or in an educational institution) be made available to child and adult alike. With the
"Second" intent, a place should be created in the collective psyche for toleration of all forms of economic endeavors,
whether they be public or private, socialistic or capitalistic. With the "third" intent, certain protections should be put
in place that would check the economically superior from brutalizing those "mom & pop" operations which only seek
to serve a need and enjoy an acceptable income. Enlightened governments accomplish these goals by allocating the shared
resources of their citizens into creative infrastructures which accommodate and stimulate these inner guidance mechanisms.
The role is better one of temporary guidance than ongoing regulation. Those who attempt to repress or control through rigid
external laws will only create predictable forms of malaise and revolt, for humans are not designed to ensure artificial
(external) control or accept institutionalized pain. The human spirit will not tolerate being forced into submission, and will
move the body to burst free from any such chains. Many

governments have fallen or become massive, unwieldy, monsters because they fail to understand or accommodate basic
biological justice. Thus, true civilization cannot arise until the condition of justice for all is achieved. The "inner guidance
mechanisms" referred to above is bound to become a casualty of a mentality that believes that the only way to deal
with elements of society which do not conform to a highly (but artificially) defined criteria of "what" human behavior
should be, is to pass more laws. The increase in "laws" leads directly to an increase in the size of bureaucracy and an
unwielding state. In a free society that cares about itself, guidance can supersede the need for all but the absolutely
necessary laws. A system to collect the necessary revenue to run government can and should move toward
simplification rather than away from it. The maintaining of friendly relations with other governments (even when
those governments hold an alternate political or economic philosophy) can reduce the likelihood of war or the need for
expensive military equipment or large standing armies. Safeguarding - Ensuring Global Justice For maximum benefit,
governmental budgets must be prioritized just as the trinity of self priorities its needs. The safeguards must come first with the
foundational assurances of basic freedom and empowerment of all people. Only when rightful self-preservation is
cooperatively accommodated can true self-development and self-expression be fostered. But only recently in human history
has the concept of freedom even begun to take root. But without the enlightened understandings, freedom leads to natural
evolutionary breakdowns which are perceived as threats of disorder and create the fearsome image of a

sinful people run amok. The fear of disorder then causes defensive responses which pile on all forms of external control,
which only erodes the fledgling freedom. Freedom without a recognition of the innate spiritual qualities of those granted
such freedom, conjures up fear of where that freedom might lead. Fear is then likely to be followed by repression.
Those who occupy the higher levels of government, or any other institutions, are prone to belittle the depth and
strength of character of the masses. In doing so, they mistakenly place control ahead of responsibility and, in doing so,
corrupt the ideals they are sworn to uphold. Like individual development, all defensive responses within an organization
simply scuttle the natural learning cycle, impede growth, and create further emotional pain. As this painful cycle continues, it
is only a matter of time before any such government or group will collapse under their own excess weight. Governments that
cling to any political or religious doctrine of rigid external control are biologically destined to fail socially and economically.
It is only through rightful freedom and empowerment that this cycle can be broken. Within any democratic form of
government there should exist a special unit which is charged with the responsibility for reducing governmental
influence. The purpose of such a unit would be to encourage a people to take greater control over their lives and
developing greater faith in their own sensibilities. A government that works in tandem with such an effort will grown
in spiritual qualities along with the governed. The most recent historical forms of government, including the American
community, have taken an enlightened step forward. They have arisen due to the growing recognition

that liberty---both freedom and empowerment---are the only way. The early American visionaries held a faith in the laws of
nature and the inherent rights and abilities endowed within human nature. The organizing and constitutional documents
recognize the universal equality of human beings, honor the basic urge to pursue happiness, and set forth protection of
individual liberty. This is the ideal upon which the American government was founded. But make no mistake about it,
there are always those who operate within such a system that find such ideals to be in conflict with their separate
agendas. It is for this reason that such liberties are eroded. But like all other governments, they have failed to recognize
the role of negative emotion as a driver of both freedom and power---power devoid of unenlightened external controls.
Somewhere along the line, the misguided notion that humans have a sinful or animalistic nature replaced the idea of divine
providence and faith in nature. The result is the attempt to grant freedom, but without any real empowerment of the people,
and competing political factions which can be likened to the conflicting purposes of a self-preserving body and a self-
developing mind. Both religion and science have contributed to the deprecation of human nature, each by making
presumptions of that nature that robs it of its dignity. If humans are sinful, then they need to be kept in line by

170
religious dictates. If they are anarchistic, then they must be controlled by a plethora of laws. In each case, outside
control strives to take the place of inner spiritual guidance. This is simply due to the lack of understanding of human
purpose. Until the understanding is in place that humans

have not one, but three purposes such infighting will continue. Rightful empowerment must be based upon the inner
accountability to use freedom in purposeful ways that bring long-term pleasure. Until humans know of their inner goodness,
how to follow divine guidance, and how to avoid animal level fight and flight responses, there will be the illusion that they
cannot control themselves, the perceived need for external controls, and all kinds of competitive advise on how to attain such
control. The road to spiritual enlightenment must be paved by those who are willing to give up some of the traffic
controls and trust that those who travel down that road are quite capable of steering their own way toward that
universal goal. Separation of church and state in America has been successful in disentangling the government from the rigid
and competing belief structures which caused most historical revolt, and it has encouraged cultural diversity and tolerance.
But it has also created an attitude against any natural purpose, values, or morality, which in the context of competition
becomes a free-for-all of ignorant moralistic passions which further divide the union. All political factions which pit
conservatism against liberalism, equality against freedom, competition against cooperation, one moralistic doctrine against
another, or rights against responsibilities, are misguided and will ultimately be forced by its citizens to change. When you
separate spiritual values from government, you encourage separation within spiritual institutions, economic
philosophies, and governmental bodies, to the point where all issues automatically become

divided and in opposition to each other. The acceptance of inner conflict between body and mind actually bases the concept
on good-old-American competition. It is revered as a pillar of national economic success, yet it denies equal opportunity. This
is a grand illusion, for it is the cooperative freedom that makes the capitalistic marketplace a success. Global freedom and
empowerment can only be attained if external controls are removed, the concept of purposeful inner directed cooperation
embraced, opportunities created, and the rights of all protected against violation. Ironically, the misguided ideas about
competition actually perpetuated a great deal of violation that would not otherwise exist. The concept of a people divided
against each other for the purpose of economic gain only contributes to a fostered state of conflict where there must
ultimately be a victory and an vanquished. Peace, harmony and cooperation do not naturally evolve from a state of
encouraged and established conflict. Global Cooperation Without Violation Rightful freedom and empowerment will
minimize competition because it will minimize anger. Anger is that force which draws the line in the sand, and safeguards our
innate rights by moving us to fight for them. Once the line is drawn---for all the world to see---rights are acknowledged and
protected through just social structures, competitive anger and win-lose scenarios are no longer desirable or necessary. In
short, there is no need---nor

impulse---in a cooperative world for disruptive, defensive aggression. Then, as the feeling signals are allowed to accomplish
their purposeful tasks, the self-concept naturally grows and expands to enfold the needs of others. To the enlightened
mindscape, perpetuating violations to one is emotionally understood as a source of pain for all. Nonetheless, until mass
consciousness embraces the essential human knowledge, defense from violation is a necessity. It would be naive to presume
that all it would take to create a world where conflict would be universally opposed because those who view it would be
repulsed by it, is to wish for such a state and it would be so. In fact, a large portion of the leadership of the planet's
population still believes that conflict resolution is best achieved through conflict. It is still considered the solution of
first resort rather than one of last resort. As part of the safeguard systems, any government must have structures in place
which discourage and negatively sanction survival-level competition or any action which results in violation. Violation is
basically the infringement upon the rights of others to freely control their own destiny, or any acts which obstruct another's
free engagement in purposeful, cooperative resource exchange. Violations are acts of singular self interest which deny the
interests of others. It would behoove any government to set up a system of communication that encourages those with
legitimate complaints to make their views known, with ample opportunity for those with opposing views to respond in
kind. Following these exchange of views, the general public would be invited to weigh in with a more detached
perspective. In this way, a fair public hearing would evolve to enable governments to make

fair and equitable decisions where "infringements upon the rights of others" might arise. Humanity has yet to evaluate
the very concept of violation and to extend it to all life forms in the political structures that they willfully design. These
reflections will lead to values which recognize that global resources are limited, should be respected, shared, replenished, and
conservatively utilized in social structures that balance resources with those that rely upon them to meet their needs. Runaway
population, inadequate resources, and cultural values which consume more than they contribute, are all states of imbalance
which enlightened governmental structures can avoid. For when balance in the resource marketplace is attained, emotional
energy flows freely, win-win cooperative exchanges become the natural norm and violations are greatly reduced. Wherever
global resources are not being replenished or intelligently managed, government can play an important role in

171
encouraging and requiring those who are exploiting those resources to relegate a certain portion of their profits to
coming up with alternative sources of the needed material or a re-cycling system that reduces the consumption of such
resource to an acceptable (and non-threatening) level. For example, if the consumption of petroleum as fuel is
threatening the environment, the use of such fuel can be taxed and that tax used to reduce that level of consumption
and find an alternate, but viable source of energy. Reducing and eliminating global violation must focus upon establishing
the global values of cooperative resource development, sharing, replenishment and free exchange. With the freedom and
empowerment for each country to

develop and share their unique resources, global economic health and development can be assured, without overtaxing the
environment or institutionalizing violation of other people or species. Successful economics will always ensure that they do
not consume more resources than they produce, nor squander valuable assets. For example, with enlightened global values,
countries that now have economic dependence upon the export and exploitation of exotic but dwindling animal species, can
instead develop specific exotic experiences by attracting paying visitors who can find discovery and meaning in the local
nature and culture. Photos, books, cultural traditions, and stories can be shared instead of pelts, bones and blood. A country
might outlaw the shooting of endangered animals with rifles, but encourage the taking of photographs or videos with
telephoto lenses from safe distances and the sharing of these accomplishments between those of like mind. Threatened
species would then survive, thrive and multiply, to the benefit of all who value them. We have choices other than to
deplete our natural resources. Only the self-involved minority wishes to destroy to the point of general deprivation. We
need only but to evolve beyond the point of government of, by and for the vested interest. Fostering Global Connection
When leaders of the free world recognize the biological human blueprint, the greatest achievements of all forms of
government can be culled into some basic global principles that underlie the development of structural opportunities to
empower and connect all individuals. Freedom and empowerment can establish justice, but when the

connection need is also satisfied, true civilization can commence. Communication among diverse cultures that agree to
share the values of human worth, i.e. that human beings are the true treasure of the planet, can override the most
perplexing of problems and lead to creative solutions, which in turn can lead to increasing civility and opportunity for
all. Like any group, each nation, in its own way, seeks to foster connection amongst its people for cohesion and cooperative
living. But it is the concept of global connection that is yet to come. Connection cannot occur without justice, for if basic
power and freedom is compromised, individuals will necessarily break unity and self-protect at the expense of cooperation.
This is a biological certainty and an important safeguard for any individual---from cell to country. But the highest pleasures
and the long-term rewards of purpose will only be met through global cooperative connection. When a nation can apply on a
global scale those qualities that are exercised in achieving connection among its own people, it can take the lead in
achieving justice with tolerated diversity. As barriers begin to come down, the free exchange of information and goods
will encourage the resolution of imbalances and misunderstandings. Attaining connection translates into global
governmental efforts to unify and unite individuals and to reduce the isolating roadblocks that are now so prevalent within and
between human cultural and geographical communities. At present, the fledgling NATO community is laying the first
foundations for what will become a global constitution of

sorts. It will set forth a mission of universal self-determinism and cooperative dictates just as the body sets forth the universal
human needs. While NATO does have the potential to break down barriers and bring a greater level of cohesion
between former enemies, it is still oriented toward the use of force to bring about desired results. Having been founded
as a military entity, it will have to rise from its own ashes to become an enlightened force for spiritual progress. If
enlightened, it will not attempt to regulate, moralize, or otherwise interfere with the individual choices within the resource
guidelines. It will ensure the basic freedom and empowerment of each individual country to control its own cultural destiny
and to cooperatively contribute its unique creative, cultural, and natural resource offerings for exchange in the global
marketplace. Such a document shall contain the general tenets suggested in the Global Government Mission Statement, and
Declaration of Unity offered herein. (See conclusion of this Lesson). It will move toward becoming a United States of
Europe, while allowing the necessary individualization of each respective country, knowing that as communication and
travel expands between these separate countries and cultures grows, so will the energy of enlightenment grow as well.
Such a document can base an enlightened, cooperative world marketplace, wherein individual countries choose to participate
and to play by the scant, but effective, global rules. Members accept freedom as well as the responsibility and accountability
for its purposeful, cooperative use. Official participation can take the form of economic

membership contributions which support the minimal administration of such a world government. When it comes to the
establishment of "global rules", the basic rule should be the fewer the better. The intent to maintain "minimal
administration" would be not only essential but enlightened. By encouraging each country to exercise whatever
creative means it chooses to blend with the ideals of the collective whole, the true spiritual energy of each will likely

172
come forth. There can be varying levels of recognition status that can be earned within the world community, based upon the
positive contributions and the level of cooperation acted upon the world stage. Positive sanctions and esteem can be offered
for exceptionally enlightened contributions, as well as corrective sanctions when necessary. Such a structural strategy would
set the stage to accommodate the present tit-for-tat morality until full cooperation is attained. Eventually all countries will see
the tremendous benefits of global membership and willfully choose to partake, rather than be bullied into compliance by even
the most well-meaning of countries. Some of these principles are already in place in the western hemisphere and are
beginning to bring economic benefits through agreements such as NAFTA. On the other hand, the World Bank and
the International Monetary Fund are running into feedback that should be telling them that they need to make a
course correction along the lines indicated above. The American government, which has helped give birth to the
enlightened global order, has also interfered with its natural evolution by overzealously exporting the concept of

freedom in an unenlightened guise also promoting unbridled competition. Those countries that recognize the value of equal
empowerment, feel genuine fear and anger over such imprudent use of aggression, and have resisted cooperation within the
NATO unity in defense of their value of equal opportunity. For no global cooperative can work without freedom, equal
empowerment, and connection among its empowered parts, or the oppressed will rightfully aggress and defense will be
necessary. Too often, a nation that excels in its power base, inversely fails in its ability to exercise tolerance of views
that seem to threaten economic portions of its power base. This is the point where corporate business interests must be
reined in. A government's military arm must not be used simply as a protective arm of vested interests which are
failing to practice an enlightened policy. Competitive Vs. Cooperative Defense But just as the human body is designed to
accomplish defense by cooperative self-regulation, so does a government require a cooperative form of self-defense.
Competitive forms of self-defense are the kind wherein the mind tries to bully the body into conforming to misguided beliefs.
The deadly habits are all strategies of competitive defense, wherein one appears to win temporarily, but both actually lose in
the end. Resistance and revenge upon the legitimate interests of any country are tantamount to revenge by the right hand upon
the left. Competitive defense is simply a manifestation of the fight and flight responses, symptomatic of a world without
mindful

understanding and control of itself. The level of competitive defense can be assessed at any time by the amounts of both
weaponry and prisons. The United States is the leader in both areas of "weaponry and prisons". This is a distinction
that should alert us to the fact that we are probably not in the state of enlightenment we could and should be in. In our
case, the mind of our enormous government plays the role of bullying us into believing peace is best maintained by
standing ready to make war. As a result of this misguided concept, we tend to indulge in military actions on a regular
basis. In evolving into a singular world power, it would appear that the inconsistency of that philosophy is not even
considered. Instead, cooperative forms of defense are those which seek out informational signals from all realms and act upon
them with Right and Light responses. Cooperative defense will bring lasting changes that come from global efforts of self-
development. All such efforts will build opportunities which empower, rather than disempower and destroy people in denial of
the messages of their voices. Defense will take the form of enlightened prevention and avoidance of conditions which create
painful individual and social symptoms. Cooperative defense will be far more effective at resolving the root source---the lack
of freedom and empowerment---rather than simply flailing against the symptoms themselves. The concepts of "fight and
flight" carry with them a propensity toward hysteria which tend to creep into the decision-making process whenever
there is an international situation involving one country on the edge of conflict with another. Where there are no
international examples of conflict resolution that do not involve taking military action, the latter becomes the norm
rather than the solution of last resort. For example,

consider how much enlightenment was involved just prior to our involvement in the Persian Gulf War. It would
appear that peaceful resolution to avoid military action was hardly given consideration. The time is past when humans
can deny their brotherhood. The evolution of human technology has forced humans to confront their need for global
connection and cooperative defense, there can be no more competitive jungle struggles in a nuclear age. Most countries
already recognize how fight and flight defense can easily become global annihilation, yet many still scramble for the power
and safety of a hearty nuclear arsenal in a world that does not yet ensure biological justice. With enlightened global guidance,
countries will be pulled into the unity for the pleasurable, synergistic benefits of cooperation, rather than be forced into
compliance with painfully competitive threats and bombs. Great leaders do not so much push as they inspire. If you are
recognized as being a great and powerful nation, that very status will entitle you to the distinction of being listened to.
If you capitalize on that position, you can then bring to the world those qualities which ensure true peace, along with
social justice on all levels. To paraphrase one well-known saying: "If you carry a big stick, you need only speak softly."
Cooperative defense consists of a two-pronged approach, of adding unifiers and removing dividers. Unifiers facilitate the
cooperative whole and utilize positive emotion as an inner motivation to guide purposeful living. Dividers are those beliefs,

173
(individual and en mass), which promote inner personal disunity which is then experienced as outer, social disunity. Indeed,
"no man is an island".

The point which should be emphasized in a situation of potential conflict is how much the adversaries have in common,
how each nation's children may be only different in the language they speak or the customs of their respective cultures.
To put them at risk for reasons that can probably be worked out in good-faith negotiations, is to commit a crime
against one's own most precious resource. Unifying structures are those that force healthy emotional development, self
unity, expressive opportunity and social cohesion. They find and impart common understandings, allow all citizens to join the
community family, to freely and consistently meet the basic survival needs in the marketplace of resource exchange, and find
and refine avenues of self-development and expression. They are common systems of enculturation which share common
values, methods, strategies and impart knowledge and skills. They are common infrastructures to facilitate maximum
opportunity through communication, mobility, productivity, creativity, and potential resource exchanges in local and global
marketplaces. They are mechanisms to ensure access to minimum standards of living, public safety, and prevention of and
defense against competitive violations. Unifiers will foster and usher the emergence of natural morality. It is when we begin
to care about each other as human beings and fellow planet dwellers, that we move toward adopting those "principles"
and "structures" which put in place all the intents and purposes listed above. It begins with an exercise of will and
plays itself out through an unlimited series of creative opportunities. Dividing structures are any and all which counteract
true

inner and outer connection. They are the institutionalized slivers, the worldviews, educational systems, political persuasions,
religious beliefs, economic institutions that misunderstand the trinity of self, and/or divide humankind into fragmented,
isolated, competitive groupings. They are external attempts to regulate behavior, legislate morality, prohibit certain
experiences, thoughts, and/or actions, and justify the disempowerment and relegation of some humans to positions of isolation
or dependency. Dividing structures ensure that natural morality will be thwarted. When competition is taken down to the
local human level and people are set against each other because of their differences, all manner of social problems
spring up and fester. Yet, it is in moving to promote common interests and the development of those qualities basic to
the best in human nature that the engines of human progress begin to hum. Such basic and loose guidelines for resource
conservation, freedom, empowerment, connection, and cooperative defense within the global community shall be sufficient to
reestablish biological justice. Once these fundamental needs are met, the only necessary limits to individual offerings are the
boundaries of insight, creative imagination, and spiritual feedback. From there, individual countries can enhance the global
structures with creatively diverse forms of civilizations and technological ingenuities which meet the cultural and creative
desires of their citizens. Each country can establish civilizing structures of their choosing which can foster the meeting of
needs for self-esteem, creativity, and meaning---all of which should contribute significantly to the resource pool and economic

health of the country. There are countries on the planet which are good examples of what can be achieved when the
above described environment is put into practice. While such countries may not be in complete compliance with the
ideals expressed at this point, they can stand as beacons of inspiration to those on the road to progress. Success carries
with it a certain degree of responsibility. Cooperation in carrying out that responsibility is a goal worth striving
toward. Sanctioning Violations Once a global cooperative agreement with just parameters is in place, there will arise a world
self-regulating feedback mechanism wherein continuous communications, evaluations, and corrections can be made. This will
include a feeling-driven judicial court of sorts, wherein grievances can be heard, mediated, and violations negatively
sanctioned. It becomes the responsibility of each country to actively express in this manner when any violations are perceived,
in order to reduce pain of any life forms. What might be construed initially as merely a series of "bitching" sessions, can
be the opening of a collective line of communication directed toward achieving a responsible exchange of views, with
the ultimate intent of reducing those frictions which (when not addressed properly) too often lead to exchanges of
force. This is particularly true in a world awash in armaments. The most effective "punishment" for violators, is not
punishment at all, but negative sanctions which communicate the non-acceptance of the violation and which actively enlighten
the violator about the nature and

responsibility of free will. Once a violator truly understands the concept of connection, his or her own emotional system will
guide the moral actions, for they will know with fearless trust that their rights are also protected in this manner. It would also
be important to have these discussions carried out in a public forum so that citizens from all countries and cultures
could view the positions taken by each side of a disagreement and make it clear to their respective governments their
own insights about the merits of each side. This would put in place a faith in the innate spirit of human nature with an
opportunity for such spirit to be freely expressed. The tit-for-tat moral structure can be accommodated within the
membership status classes, wherein trust is assumed, but status is commensurate with the level of cooperation actually
displayed in resource exchange interactions. With varying levels of membership which reflect the global esteem earned

174
through cooperative contributions, countries can earn global respect and leadership positions. The learning component in all
sanctions is necessary, since development is an individual process, and trial and error learning with pleasure/pain feedback, is
the most direct route to purposeful self-development. Just as a child should be given as much empowerment as can be
responsibly used, so then can developing countries be offered conditional membership, and allowed their normal growing
pains as they learn. Once politics and manipulation are put aside and leadership, coupled with responsibility, become
the virtues and examples expressed by the stronger nations toward those not occupying such positions, the evolution
toward a tradition of peaceful resolution of respective

problems will follow naturally. This form of global sanctioning can also be used locally to replace many unnecessary,
expensive, and excessive forms of punishment---which are, at heart, competitive forms of defense. The concept of
incarceration is wrong-minded for many violators. Safeguard protections would be far more beneficial wherein the violators
were educated, and able to redeem themselves in ways that positively affect the victim or community. Giving such a learning
experience constitutes an expressive correction, a Light Response, as well as a Right Response and is far less costly and far
more aligned with the spiritual system. The popular idea that redemption and rehabilitation are not possible is a severe
limitation within mass consciousness perpetuated by the myth of sin and evil and fostered by structures which deny equal
opportunity. Humans can become convinced of their own evil if never offered an alternative, more enlightened explanation for
fight and flight impulses. There are times when an incorrect policy must be allowed to move to an extreme before the
fallacy of it can be apparent on a broad enough scale for it to be corrected. When one country elects to imprison and
execute a larger percentage of its population than any other country in the world, it must eventually face the possibility
that it is not living up to the highest ideals or the most enlightened policies. Religious and political institutions that can
not lead their members to a greater state of enlightenment will, in the end, be the followers of the process of change.
The educational system alone can accomplish many such safeguards and will be discussed separately, but self-regulation
information can be made available in many

existing systems and outlets wherein entities can continuously have access to higher and higher levels of self understanding,
and be given opportunities to choose the more purposeful and rewarding life track. Before such a process can proceed to the
point of making a difference in the world we live in, a greater level of awareness of the value of all human beings must
creep into the collective unconscious. This can only start out with conscious reflection on an individual level.
Local Government & The Feedback Cycle As should now be apparent, all organisms operate upon the self-regulating
principles of cyclic interaction, feedback, and correction, and government is no exception. These natural patterns will guide
the most effective forms of any human grouping and should be recognized as the Creator's divine blueprint. At present, even
with its limits, the American form of government with its three branches illustrates this emerging pattern: What may seem at
times to be gross misconduct on the part of our government, is simply a propensity to stray from the principles upon
which it was founded. One branch or another may seem to be falling under the influence of forces that are, one might
say, less than enlightened. Yet, because these respective branches can add varied perspectives to the issues of our time,
the opportunity for self-correction remains in place. The legislative branch sets forth the laws of public policy which can
ensure certain constitutional rights of its people. This policy is likened to an individual mind's chosen mental motives which
seek to meet the body's needs. The

administrative branch carries out the policies by establishing and maintaining avenues of opportunity while ensuring the
public safety. These activities are likened to the behavioral actions in the feedback cycle, where the motives are tested in the
world to see if they attain the desired outcomes. Then the judicial branch has the task of evaluating that outcome. Finally all
three play roles in correcting strategies and policies. When each branch sticks to its respective role and carries out that
role in the best interest of the governed and is not swayed by political consideration and future elections, or vested
interests and their monetary assets, then the process can operate in a pure environment. When these respective roles
are subverted, the entire system suffers and no one branch can effectively correct the missteps of any other. This form
of government has several of the enlightened puzzle pieces in place, yet still contains judgmental assumptions and unclear
lines of responsibility that promote infighting, conflict, ineffective communication and development---all of which can be
rectified with the precise understandings of the trinity of self. There exists in society at this time an institution which can
play the role of bringing about such a rectifying. Unfortunately, it lacks the understanding of what these Lessons are
trying to express. Were it to adopt this new paradigm, it would be in a position to begin to influence other institutions,
such as the type of government that was created for the United States to operate under. The first of which is the
entanglement of economics and the legislative process, which limits the amount of feedback that is considered in the policy
making decisions.

Another is the removal of unnecessary controls that attempt to legislate morality or cultural value. Another still, is the removal
of excessive regulation and taxation which interferes with, an often prevents, free enterprise. All such changes flow from the

175
spiritual adjudicator, and eventually will come about through the internal forces of the needs of the people. What is being
referred to in the first case is simply influence paid for by vested interests which donate generously toward re-election
campaigns. The second refers to influential religious groups that claim to represent voting blocks and, thus, attempt to
influence legislation. The third is the evolution of bureaucratic departments which develop a life of their own and
begin to exercise power far beyond what any of the respective branches of government ever intended. The correction of
these mis-directions lies in the bowels of the human spirit and can come forth in the proper environment. At present,
the judicial branch can only evaluate against existing, often conflicting policies, and is severely limited in its empowerment
and often does more harm than good. Many such judges, base decisions upon doctrine of sin and evil and further stymie the
developmental progress of the nation. This branch has now become entangled with more administrative functions in carrying
out corrective actions according to existing, and often flawed policies and laws. Their evaluations and suggested corrections
often breed further intolerance, victimization, isolation, and loss of personal freedom. There has been a resurgence in the
judicial branch in recent years to presume that acceptance of the taking of human life under what are considered to be
justified circumstances is in line with the moral

guidelines of our society. Such actions have only resulted in demeaning the quality of life itself. In short, such actions
have and continue to be counter-productive. If this branch is to be at all effective at balancing power, it must clarify its role
of evaluation. It must have ultimate authority to render decisions that are fully aligned with the spiritual adjudicator to ensure
that legislation---even the constitution itself---and all forms of correction stay within the bounds of the divine design. With the
final authority of natural law as evidenced in the emotional patterns, all cultural laws can be correctly evaluated so that all
guiding policies continuously evolve to match the divine design. This may require the stretching of understanding beyond
the limits of religious dogma and tradition. It may require the acceptance of ideas that stretch beyond the limits of
Judaic-Christian culture. It will require, at the very least, a willingness to seek guidance more from within and a trust
that this is where all true guidance dwells. Representative Government - The Value of Each Voice Like a body attuned
to all of its cells, a government is indeed "of the people, by the people, and for the people." Enlightened governments are
based primarily upon the input of the people they serve. Those that are based upon rigid worldviews, competitive economic
interest groups, and limited ideologies discourage the purpose of self-development and shall relegate their members to daily
doses of spiritual pain. Indeed, like the body, a government guides the development of the public mind---a mass

reflection of the individual minds which comprise it, with equally important fluidity in its chosen beliefs and cultural
strategies. Most governments remain in rigid adherence to value judgments handed down from earlier days wherein religious
worldviews dominated governments. While the old expression, "You get what you pay for", might be all too appropriate
in our current economic/political situation, in the American system, citizens do end up with the kind of government
practices they have come to tolerate. The fact is, like the governments we have come to expect, our cultural outlook is
subject to the same limitations of our traditional way of thinking which are reflected in how those who govern us think
and perform. At present, those governments based upon this democratic input process have enjoyed the most success, but
many still suffer the pitfalls of excess economic dividers. As long as representative government promotes competition at the
expense of cooperation, there will be factions of power instead of the free opportunity for all to become empowered. The laws
will follow the reinforcement of the "haves versus the have-nots" as those empowered become the loudest voices in the input
process. These are the modern vestiges of institutionalized dividers along lines of blood and class, which forced many
historical revolts as human voices raged in spiritual anger. When 5% of the population ends up with 80% of the wealth,
economic injustice is bound to prevail. Such economic power ends up being passed down from one generation to the
next. Wealth buys the influence to protect those who have it. This state feeds a level of discouragement which can't
help but grow toward mass indifference toward the political process and a social level of anger expressed in violence.

Hence, more crime, prisons and public executions. An enlightened government must also embrace the true meaning of
freedom and equal empowerment and fully honor the spiritual meaning implied therein. These judgments automatically stifle
many voices whose individual destiny paths necessitate experiences deemed to be off limits by the cultural moral choices of
some which become local law. Laws which deny the free-flowing patterns of human trial and error experience merely thwart
their own best interest. To have the principles of freedom stenciled in concrete around the statues of those who helped
found a government, apparent for all to see and believe; contrasted against a compromised system which seeks to
maintain economic inequality, is to breed a level of spiritual anxiety destined to result in a continuing level of decay. A
government, like a parent, must allow some opportunity for learning through mistakes, as long as no serious harm is
done and opportunity for corrective action remains in place. Whether or not the contribution of each member is officially
offered in a political process, all voices can easily be heard to an attentive ear. A truly representative government listens to all
voices by attuning carefully to the spiritual feedback its structures bring. Market fluctuations, public opinion, cultural themes
and trends, crime levels, mental illness, and every form of human pain are all voices to be heard. When the government

176
servants of an electoral system spend more of their time concentrating on acquiring the economic resources to get
themselves re-elected than to attuning to the physical, mental and

spiritual needs of their constituents, then the system suffers and declines. Each community can readily observe the
spiritual symptoms of its folly should it choose to avoid resistant defense. Black markets, economic subcultures, overcrowded
prisons, exorbitant health care costs, welfare states, self-abuse, addiction, and violence comprise a veritable chorus of
resounding voices which now falls upon deaf ears. Each social problem contains its own solution when the underlying needs
and emotional patterns are addressed rather than ignored, denied, or written off as sinful or incompetent human nature. Good
governments actively seek out these voices and effect immediate resolutions to the lingering malaise following the needs and
purposes of spirit. The cynic proclaims, "People are just no good!", while forgetting that he/she make the very species
they condemn. Too often, those who hold political power delude themselves into thinking they are separate and a step
above those they are elected or appointed to serve. Thus, their time is spent listening predominantly to those of like
mind and stature. For example, most governments struggle against the human desire to experience altered states of
consciousness by imbibing chemical substances. Likewise, many struggle helplessly to combat the sale of sexual services.
They struggle because these offer, at present, necessary human learning experiences. As long as there is a demand for certain
experiences, there will be a supply in the grand marketplace. This is simply in keeping with the trial and error nature of human
learning, the hedonic inner movers,

and the nature of free resource exchange---all inherent in the Divine Design. The greatest government resistance is against
those substances which can not be taxed. Those substances which are heavily taxed by government, become the subject
of an economic addition when governments come to rely on the revenue resource. But the deeper problem is the
general lack of understanding of human nature and its need to explore its surroundings. Also, it should be understood,
that a life of frustration can sometimes lead to "chemical" escape. As we now know, all experiences are moral if they
serve as learning experiences, and steps in natural individual development. In fact, many of the current desires are based in
defensive escapism due to the lack of self-understanding and the predominance of institutionalized disempowerment and pain.
The demand for such experiences will dramatically reduce once more unifiers are in place. To imprison people for initial
mistakes may be educational in intent, but the company of warped attitudes present in such an environment seldom
leads to a state of spiritual enlightenment. Further, if the economic system continues to punish people long after they
have "served their time", then further violations of law are almost inevitable. Rehabilitating the wrong-doer should
take precedence over punishment, and this requires understanding and compassion. Although the answer of simple
removal of unnecessary restrictions would profoundly improve the efforts of government, these symptoms are ignored and
denied. The voices are given no official validity. Likewise, there are many positive voices which speak of systems, ideas and
values which are working because they bring long-term pleasure. Thus, a truly representative government must

actively search, listen, and decode each of its positively creative as well as negatively symptomatic voices. Fortunately,
despite historical upheaval and revolution, many of the enlightened ideas have taken root here and there, for spirit does indeed
push humanity in purposeful directions. Government should be in a constant state of revolution, restrained and
controlled, but guided toward the intent of constantly improving the opportunities of its citizens to express themselves
in creative ways. Only in this full level of opportunity can spiritual enlightenment survive and thrive. The modern
technological advances are beginning to facilitate the kind of communication and information exchanges that can yield a far
more representative government which can Although the answer of simple removal of unnecessary restrictions would
profoundly improve the efforts of government, these symptoms are ignored and denied. The voices are given no official
validity. Likewise, there are many positive voices which speak of systems, ideas and values which are working because they
bring long-term pleasure. Thus, creative as well as negative, a truly representative government must actively search, listen,
and,decode each of its positively symptomatic voices . Fortunately, despite historical upheaval and revolution, many of the
enlightened ideas have taken root here and there, for spirit does indeed push humanity in purposeful directions. attune to and
synergize all such voices. These information exchange technologies will begin removing the judgmental and divisive ideas
and

mechanisms and can open the floodgates. Administrative governments can interact within their various institutions to gather
and analyze each kind of feedback and incorporate it into evolving policies. Then through the ongoing attunement and
analysis of the feedback, governments can shape and develop themselves as effectively as the most enlightened mind. It can
then allow its people to freely evolve and accomplish the maximum self-development and expression to hurtle humanity
forward in enlightened cultural evolution. The government that follows the principles of unity of purpose cannot help but
blossom and provide enriched opportunities for fulfillment. With the communicative systems we now have in place for a
significant number of our citizens, the public can make its opinion available to the most responsive branches of our
government. Public support can and should guide government actions. Governments, in turn, can not afford the

177
luxury of ignoring the public mind. Even today, our news media is beginning to solicit the public's view on daily
happenings. This is an example of an institution taking the lead in moving toward a more enlightened society.
Financing Good Government The current situation of humanity is still far afield from the potential experience of full
creative manipulation of energy and physical matter. The constant energy conversion and physical manifestation is now
mostly accomplished through the earning and exchange of money. Thus, the grand natural marketplace has become an
economic cultural resource arena wherein individuals work to receive

the financial freedom to design the life course. The empowerment comes through job opportunities to create and contribute in
the grand marketplace. Thus, freedom and empowerment now revolve around the ability for each individual to find an
economic niche and make a living. Government then garnishes a bit of these earnings to contribute to the cooperative
structures, or attempts to redistribute resources to the "needy" who are often not held accountable for any form of contribution.
So it is that government plays the role of arbitrator of the earned wealth of the majority, funneling a portion of same to
those they deem in need and giving justification for the ever increasing size of each department in the process. The
existence of poverty provides a comfortable livelihood for those who make up and apply the regulatory hoops the
needy are required to jump through in order to get the needed assistance. But there is a movement of late to get them
beyond the state of dependency which, if understood and appreciated, could lead to an increase in enlightenment on
many levels, provided it is carried out with the proper level of compassion. In lieu of enlightened guidance, most
governments thwart themselves with conflicting assumptions that cause them to squander the available resources on ventures
not aligned with natural emotional patterns. There is infighting and shifting of political tides wherein one party reverses a
course, and then another reverses it yet again. Entire agencies are born and take on self-protecting lives of their own.
Government can then become an unwieldy spendthrift, causing a citizen backlash of fear, anger, and mistrust against the
government. In a democratic system, these swings of the pendulum are regulated

through the election process. Where this safety valve doesn't exist, change tends to be more violent in nature.
Whatever the method of this warring mentality, it is clear that the nature of this dissatisfaction lies deep within the
human psyche and will not be resolved until and unless the true values of human nature are once again honored. When
governments actually find out and provide what people are willing to pay for, they can earn the public trust and can easily
sustain themselves upon a minimal monetary contribution from each member. Such contributions will be happily offered, for
the fruits they bear will be apparent. Eventually, when a fully cooperative unity has been attained, the financial institutions
will be deserving of the term "public trusts" and can serve as direct collection points for governmental taxes, dramatically
reducing the need for entire collection and enforcement arms. The elimination of black markets makes all commerce above
board, legitimizes each enterprise, and brings all humans into the cooperative whole, and thereby dramatically increases
available resources. Once all individuals enjoy just freedom and empowerment, taxation can be likened to a simple banking
service or a percentage interest rate charge. Public trusts and representation can even come together into some form of
individual designation of how the tax dollars are to be spent. This can allow individuals to put their money where their mouth
is. In this way the values which bring the most cooperative empowerment will naturally emerge. In our present economic
environment, corporations do their best to avoid paying their share of the revenue. In some cases, they are completely
successful in finding sufficient loop holes in the tax laws to

the point of avoiding taxes altogether. In a competitive system, this practice is naturally encouraged. However, since
the cost of paying taxes is usually passed on to the customer as a cost of doing business, there can be no justification for
avoiding this responsibility other than the mentality of pure greed. A general simplification of the tax laws could be the
only practical solution, since it would remove the Murphy Law that more rules created, the greater the opportunity for
exceptions. Public Infrastructures The government can provide many unifying pathways between citizens which can bring
the maximum freedom and mobility to each individual life experience. The public educational system provides a fundamental
unifier and the most direct avenue to the task of providing unifying informational resources. It will be discussed later in some
detail. But there are also other structural unifiers that the government can foster and even support if necessary that not only
provide safeguards, but facilitate empowering opportunities. There is always the need for some baseline of uniformity so
that all can maneuver safely and comfortably within the parameters of reality upon which we have collectively agreed.
Just as rules must be in place to foster the smooth function of automotive travel, so society needs to agree to certain
rules of interaction to most benefit from one's surroundings. Major infrastructures such as transportation and
communication networks, public works, public health, and community utilities are all necessary to an unconnected body.
Governmental guidance and assistance can develop and link private enterprises and increase need-meeting

opportunities for all and ensure equal access to survival resources. They will draw upon the inner motivations to welcome all
citizens into the collective, cooperative fold and foster the honor and responsibility of creative, meaningful membership in the
world community. Even the human body could not function in an operative manner unless certain understandings of

178
how physical health should be maintained were not innate to all levels of consciousness. If and/or when a particular
portion of the body or mind began to overstep its boundaries of influence, a state of dis-ease would surely develop. Just
as the Captain and crew of a ship know that an indifference of one portion of same can result in disaster for the whole,
so a broadening perspective among all portions of society toward the well being of the whole is necessary for the
preservation of life in this spaceship we call Earth. The primary governmental task is to open the free market doors and
ensure that the maximum amount of resource exchange and trade can occur. At present, a great deal of infrastructure is
controlled by administrative government, which could just as well, if not better, be taken on by private enterprise. The
governmental hand is best when gentle, temporary, and guiding rather than firm, permanent, and controlling. A government
that forms itself around these innate tenets, shall arise as the most effective, economically successful, and creatively helpful to
the unfolding evolutionary destiny of the human species. In the economic arena, government serves best by holding
private industry to the task of serving public need satisfactorily, while remaining with the confines of justifiable but
modest profit. Private enterprises may even compete for the right to acquire that limited responsibility, so long as
competition does not become an end in and of itself.

We can now examine the specifics of the cornerstone equalizer of any good government, an enlightened public educational
system. Global Government Mission Statement To faithfully, actively, and cooperatively honor divine providence by
offering universal guidance in all ways which safeguard the natural interactive processes and resources of the planet, and
foster purposeful, connected, creative evolution of the human species. Declaration Of Unity In acknowledgement of alliance
with divine biological predestiny, we the people of the planet Earth declare that: 1. By divine providence all humans are
created equal; with the innate biological goodness, impetus, ability, guidance, and rights to freely control their
individual destiny in cooperative concert with one another. (Note the similarity to the first sentence of the Declaration
of Independence.) 2. With the right of willful destiny comes the self-evident responsibility for humanity to
purposefully, intelligently, and responsibly use culture to design systems, technologies, social structures, and

cooperatives that align with and enhance natural predispositions in order to provide the most fulfilling experience
for all life forms. (Universal freedom cannot survive without an equal share of responsibility.) 3. Creative diversity
shall be encouraged, in agreement that any cultural assumptions, values, beliefs, institutions, and activities shall
strive to rest upon the solid foundations of natural universal principles found in the creation itself, and no longer
seek to judge, defile, or deny the divinity, purpose and sacred value potential of all living beings. (Nature, itself, can
be the best illustrator of life values.) 4. There shall be no undue organized interference with the exercise of
individual, willful acts of purposeful self-preservation of body, self-development of mind, and self-expression of
spirit, within the guidelines of the global cooperative unity and dictates of natural emotional dynamics of adaptation
and evolution. (Freedom should predominate over outside regulation wherever possible.) 5. There shall be active,
cooperative, and creative efforts to establish global freedom and equal opportunity to every human being as basic,
just conditions which meet the non-negotiable inborn

needs for freedom, power, and connection; toward the goal of reducing deficit states which prompt fear, anger,
isolation, and competitive defensive responses, and enhancing those desirable states which prompt joy, trust,
compassion, and unified purposeful responses. (Private citizens should have built-in avenues of communication to
encourage the process.) 6. There shall be active cooperative, and creative efforts which foster social structures to
enable all humans to meet the secondary needs for esteem, creativity, and meaning which foster desirable states
of faith, inspiration, courage, honor, and creative delight, without undue interference with the cultural choices of
other members of the global community. (In a fostered environment of cultural exchange, this can happen.) 7. There
shall be a global effort of cooperative defense to prevent, reduce and correct any violations which interfere with the
free empowerment for individual countries and persons to pursue the happiness derived from purposeful value
fulfillment in manners they so choose. (For a limited time into the future, this may require a form of military action.)

Page 346-361 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Zeta Lesson Three: Implications For Education Developing The Public
"Mind" Just as the government must facilitate the needs of body, it also must assist in the establishment and ongoing
development of a common public mind. Public transportation, technological, and commercial infrastructures can unite
individuals physically, but it is through public education that they are united in thought and action. Public education provides
the essential communicative pathways which transmit and enhance culture in the organized, purposeful manner. Mass
consciousness exists without public intervention, but it can be guided away from limitations and developed to its maximum
value potential with enlightened approaches. As a top priority, the public mind must embrace and instill the basic self
understandings within citizens to begin purposeful development of each individual mind. There can be a thread of
agreement allowed to run through the whole of public education. This thread can be a collective understanding that
the subjects of the education system are capable of far more than is currently presumed and that the only restriction to

179
unlimited development is the application of limiting possibilities. Self-development is the most critical purpose for
humanity

to discover at this time, given the dogmatic assertion of science that survival is the only life purpose. The admission that
"natural selection" evidences pre-determined direction will bring the next wave of official progress. But it is self evident that
humans, by virtue of this natural capacity to remember and learn, have the dual purpose of self-development. Learning allows
adaptation to any external challenges far better than waiting around for genetic mutations. It will also allow deeper
understandings to unfold concerning why such mutations occur and how they can be consciously controlled. The "survival"
instincts attributed to the human race can not, by themselves, explain the accelerated progress observed in recorded
history. This process strongly suggests that a second, more intrinsic element is present and has its roots in a quality
beyond mere body and mind. That quality, when finally recognized by science, will be identified as Spirit. The public
mind is at present a loose conglomeration of conflicting bits of natural and cultural knowledge, attitudes, trends, and values,
steered by the scientific community and limited by governmental defensive safeguards. External legal controls, and
prepackaged value judgments become incorporated into educational approaches as educators scramble to balance conflicting
ideals and offer "official" information. This problem is compounded further with the recent explosion of available information
which often competes with---and wins out over---official declarations. As a result, the public mind presently flounders and
individual minds are left with conflicting and limited guidance.

As long as there is conflict and competition, there will be a variance in what is accepted and taught. This is particularly
true in the arena of metaphysics which has little if any standing in the scientific and academic community. It would
take the discovery of an impressive body of information outside of the accepted paradigm to alter the current mind set
in the educational field. Might this material serve that purpose? This situation will continue until there is an enlightened
awakening to the emotional patterns of human nature which expose the inner guidance, the divine system of self regulation
that drives all purposeful learning. The line must be drawn between information that promotes versus the destructive path. The
relative nature of reality, information, and individuality must be embraced. For the mind is not a vessel to be filled with
useless facts and figures, but a receptive canvas whereupon each of inch individual life unfolds, with experience and spiritual
evaluation as the brush which colors, shades, defines, and creates meaning. Such a natural portrait brings forth the most
beautiful and complete expression of the innate value potential, symbolic of the most purposeful rewarding and most
expansive life experience. This approach satisfies the recent request of the Dalai Lama to enhance education of the mind with
"education of the heart". Educational institutions such as the War College and the infamous training school at Fort
Benning, Georgia must be closed down. We are beginning to realize that there is something called 'Emotional
Intelligence', which is made up of more than cold facts and reasoning. It includes instinct and intent. As it becomes
more appreciated, we will move toward a new level of learning.

Creative Experiential Learning Vs Receiving Judgments A fundamental change in educational approach involves
understanding the nature of judgment. As we now know, the mind has no capacity to make judgmental evaluations, due to the
unrestricted nature of free will. Likewise, the creative nature of mind leads to unique, individual realities which will
unfailingly replicate themselves in physical experience---slivers and all. For this reason, the mind is not designed to simply
accept and absorb the conclusions and experiences of others, such would violate free will. Memory is as fluid and creative as
reality. Historians are beginning to recognize that any given account of historical events is colored by the perspectives of the
day and that as such, history is not fixed. This understanding, taken to its natural conclusion beyond the limitations of space
time, recognizes that the power of mind is always in the present moment and to clog it with unnecessary limits defeats the
very purpose of the creative physical existence. The mind alone cannot make judgments. It is the body, through feeling,
that evaluates. The mind, thinking it can "judge" by itself, is what Jesus meant when he said to "judge not" and what
the bible meant by the "fall" when Eve bit of the apple from the tree of "human knowledge of good and evil". The
mind can not judge or invent evaluative knowledge that works without emotional guidance. Also, the creative nature of
mind has a direct impact on our physical reality, for better or worse. Even memory shares this quality and can
recreate the past to our liking, should we choose to do so, and we do. This is what is meant by the virtue of "living in
the NOW".

An enlightened educational approach must rest upon the trial-and-error nature of experiential learning rather than the one-way
teacher-to-student flow of information. At present, many systems waste a huge amount of time and squander the potentials of
great minds by failing to recognize the natural cycle of action, evaluative feedback, and adaptive learning. Boredom, loss of
passion for discovery, acceptance of meaninglessness, and angry acts of rebellion are all symptoms of systems that fight the
natural propensities of purposeful self-development. Many so-called "learning disabilities" would be far less debilitating if
natural experiential, interactive, trial-and-error learning were allowed to occur. The grading system of most educational
institutions rewards those who best absorb the thoughts and undisputed facts of the authority figure in the room, the

180
instructor. Yet, it is those whose spirit compels them to repel this system that are punished by it. Interactive
participation and an opportunity to exercise one's creative quality will always outweigh passive non-resistance in the
learning process. The emotional system will continue to reject much of what is offered under the present systems, for the
spirit fights to keep the mind free for its own creative sake. Of course, this is not to say that the idea of sharing the experiences
of previous generations is not valuable and necessary. For the mistakes of the past can offer a wealth of strategic information.
But it is to say that each individual must pass any incoming information before the spiritual adjudicator. The spirited mind
seeks to find the patterns within the stories, the meaningful transitions, and feeling

experiences emphatically and intuitively shared. The only way to discover innate values is by sharing experiences in such a
way that vicarious feelings alert the mind of the personal interest or aversion to any given experience. Long-term learning
comes only from impressing the mind of its duty to discover and create strategies that bring long-term pleasure and avoid all
but learning pain. It must first be allowed to self-direct and create in order to evaluate and correct its work. The student who
is caught between accepting the instructor's or the text book version of truth and his own instinctive understanding of
same, will find that going with the latter will result in his/her being rejected from the learning institution, or at least
being "down-graded" for the effort. The making of mistakes should be a built-in opportunity and considered essential
to the learning process. In other words, the current "grading" system is counter-productive and leaves little room for
"doubt and reflection" on behalf of the student. With this essential information in place, enlightened educators will focus
far more on how to understand and embrace the natural learning and self-regulation process. In fact, they will distinguish
immediately between mental value judgments and emotional evaluations, truly willful gems and conditioned slivers, and help
individuals find and resolve existing judgmental slivers they may already hold. They will instill with mantra-like constancy
the understanding of the experiential learning cycle of "motive, action, outcome, evaluation, and correction". They will
provide active, expressive opportunities to learn why things hurt and why they feel good, and how each feeling holds meaning
at each step of this ongoing cyclical process, as

they evolve evermore complex understandings of themselves, their world, and their purposes within it. In other words, the
best instructor will teach individuals how to best use their emotional bodies to learn and expand the Spirit. In this way,
mental limitations imposed by prejudicial thinking will eventually be recognized for its limitations and the
"limitlessness" of human nature will be encouraged and rewarded, not just in school but in life. Classroom hours will be
spent in far more interactive cooperative, experiential processes, and far more outer excursions and hands-on activities will
take place. Meaningful transitions will be embraced and celebrated as abilities and boundaries expand, but without long
periods of separation between grade levels. Opportunities to contribute will abound from the earliest ages, wherein peer
counseling, tutoring, and mentoring allow mutually beneficial exchanges, skill modeling and plenty of practice
communicating, negotiating, and creatively expressing. Public education can provide the safety-net for any citizen who may
seek escape and solace from any ongoing situation of violation. It might be time for educational institutions to formulate
their own "Mission Statement". Much as that term is maligned, it would help to give focus to the purpose of what a
properly educated person can and should be. Educational perimeters can be expanded when barriers between those in
the learning process are removed and those who think they have learned something can be exposed to those who need
to learn and both can benefit and grow. There will be constant focus upon the natural developmental track that each human
being proceeds

along. It will stand in stark contrast and constant comparison with the wrong track of survival's competitive defense. There
will be encouragement and opportunities to attain the highest and broadest level of self-development and self-expression.
Trust will develop through the organized, synergistic, cooperative support networks wherein humans help each other along.
All forms of resistance and defense are well known as roadblocks to long-term reward and students offer one another
structured support with feedback when defenses are displayed in any form. Because today's grading system rewards those
who conform and comply with the line of information and the method of delivery, those who benefit the most from this
erroneous method of indoctrination will also be its greatest defenders. Those who are given the lowest scholastic
marks, will generally lack the self-confidence and support to question those who defend and support it. Such an
educational environment will provide the common understanding and acceptance of the uniqueness of each person's reality
and the sharing of perspectives with the goal of broadening each person's self-concept to include perspectives, needs, and
purposes of others. This inclusion can range from anything from merely respectful, nonjudgmental detachment which allows
very different individuals to respect each other's willful choices from a safe distance; to compassionate tolerance for varying
developmental levels which foster cooperative interactions; to creative compassion wherein action choices pull vastly
different individuals together in common cooperative developmental and expressive exchanges.

The greatest educational experience can come from the honest sharing of perspectives, based on individual
experiences. Once we get beyond judgment, the method of involvement will be regarded as that which is appropriate to

181
each individual and his/her comfort zone. The only basic ingredient essential in the mix is tolerance. The Scope of
Public Education The enlightened self-understandings will suggest immediate changes in the scope and structure of public
education. The educational institution can play a primary role in ensuring the just conditions of equal empowerment. Thus, its
scope must expand to ensure as many avenues of unifying developmental experiences and expressive opportunities as
possible. This will involve cooperative purposeful structured interactions with the economic marketplace and all other social
institutions. Government can play a leadership role in terms of setting policy, structures, and initial funding, but eventually the
educational systems can be run by unified networks within private enterprise. The concept of allowing private enterprises to
handle the educational responsibilities of a society is not that foreign. The best schools are often those identified as
private schools and tend to stay in business because they are able to compete with public schools of like kind, even
though those who sent their children to them, were required to pay for the privilege out of their own pockets. But to
create a level playing field, all schools (like businesses) should be private in nature, so no schools would have the
financial advantage of being "free". First and foremost, an enlightened educational system must

embrace each and every citizen--- with equal access at any and all ages. Access to unifying and empowering information and
developmental opportunity is the best form of cooperative, preventative defense against a tremendous amount of individual
and social pain. At present, the prohibitive economic dividers against equal access to educational opportunity have squandered
a huge percentage of creative value potential. If every citizen, regardless of age, had an equal opportunity to acquire a
quality education, whereby the expense of such would be available to public funds paid to private institutions, which
could collect those funds only if they prove capable of supplying and accomplishing the educational needs of each
respective student. Schools would compete for students just as car manufactures compete for customers by producing
the best product for the dollar. The presumption is that the better a society is equipped, the better it functions. Another
obstacle is the institutionalized belief that development is one dimensional, automatic, and stops at some magical age of
adulthood, perhaps at age 18. In fact, if adequate emotional development is not in place by such an age, then it is all the more
essential to offer educational support. Each and every individual who roams the streets of any village in the world, driven by
corrective pain rather than being pulled by purposeful pleasure is symptomatic of this need. The world has not only been
deprived the synergy of many ingenious offerings, but has been dragged further down, defending itself against the resulting
competitive criminal approaches to basic need fulfillment created by injustice and emotional isolation.

Given a choice between learning a trade or acquiring insights into the meaning of life, versus being forced to adopt
creative and daring means of survival which can lead to incarceration, the former will tend to be the likely choice.
Universal education can provide a door to the positive alternative. The expense of "policing" a society is better spent in
educating it. The most fundamental goal of public education is to provide orientation and practice into the workings of one's
self and the workings of the world in general. With enlightened education, each individual is awakened to his or her own
purposes, value potentials, rights and responsibilities, and provide opportunities to develop and freely pursue them in any
manner of willful choosing. It will find incredible success in engaging the inner self-regulating mechanisms and pulling
individuals toward their value fulfillment with the positive emotional reward of connected, esteem building, meaningful,
creative experiences. Eventually, awarded degrees (such as BA, MA or PHD) could be replaced with Certificates of
Knowledge in particular fields of learning. Thus, each particular accomplishment would add to the individual's self
esteem and allow him/her to pursue their own area of interest, regardless of what that interest might be, so long as it
contributed in some way to the betterment of society. The most successful structures will be those designed to accomplish
the maximum opportunity for need-meeting, those that offer hands-on ways to meet the six universal needs and embrace the
purposeful development within each experience. These experiences will facilitate understanding of universal needs and foster
the cooperative respect for the

needs of all others as well as crystallize understanding of how each feeling signal offers corrective guidance. Educational
institutions which equip their subjects with the broadest possible level of understanding of themselves, society and the
universe beyond, and which supply them with the skills to function in a positive manner, are playing the essential role
for which they exist. This would include the earliest possible recognition of the connection and emotional universality
between humans and foster cooperation, tolerance and compassion for the choices and errors of others. It would honor the
inherent value potential in each human being, respect that the creative power lies in the present moment, and create an
urgency for it to manifest itself in the world. It would make the mind aware of how esteem is earned through purposeful
development and expression, and not through defensive superiority of belittlement, idle indulgence, family connections,
materialistic competitive consumption, or empty external praise. It would release the mind from its chains of bondage, teach it
to remove any existing slivers, and set it free to create. So much of our intellectual and emotional energy is wasted in
maintaining delusions about the measures of value that have little to do with inner spiritual development. These false
perceptions may offer enhancements of self-worth to some, but too often do so at the expense of others. A uniformly
rising tide raises all boats equally, regardless of size or stature. The Structure of Public Education

182
This expanded scope can be facilitated by added structures which network individuals and groups and remove as many
isolated conditions as possible. Public education would blend both purposeful self-development and self-expression. The
expressive, experiential component can be facilitated by student networks throughout all age-levels who offer guided support
to one another through structured community service requirements. Such roles as school bus helper, playground negotiator,
cafeteria litter patrol, nurse assistant, art assistant, peer counselor, office assistant, language helper, math helper, etc., can all
be structured into the daily educational experience. A shifting schedule of assigned roles can allow students to engage in
varying levels of challenge and explore areas of interest that dovetail with the real-world of marketplace resource exchange.
Erasing the barrier between trade school education and preparatory schools for higher learning by allowing students
in all school systems to play out roles of responsibility in all walks of life, will not only raise their level of experience in
the world beyond schooling, but will help to reduce an elitist attitude in future societal roles. At the earliest ages, this
provides immediate understanding of how the interactive resource exchange occurs and engages the emotional system in the
context of cooperative interaction. This affirms immediately that when one takes, one gives back to the best of one's ability,
immediately embracing the esteem of being an active, contributing part of a cooperative whole. To the youngest students, each
can

pass equally through a set number of diverse "jobs" wherein they all gather a wide exposure, begin to feel attractions in special
directions, and recognize that equal opportunity implies equal value, no matter what dividers might otherwise exist. Such
experiences can bring positive emotional rewards at even the most tedious and "lowly" of jobs. For the feeling of connection
and contribution alone can embrace even the most isolated individuals when they recognize their value and the rewards of
contribution. The best method of democratizing a society is to begin at the earliest possible stage where individuals must
begin to have social contact in some formal setting. The educational field is such a setting. What the young learn here,
they will carry with them into their adult lives. Adult society will function more or less smoothly, depending on what
lubricants have been worked into the early social patterns. A wide variety of such community service jobs should be
offered at each age level, with more variety and diverse levels of challenge offered as the students progress to higher grade
levels. This flexibility can provide opportunities for many levels of ability, interest, learning styles, backgrounds, and
individual inclinations as well as encourage the taking on of increasing levels of challenge. Such community service structures
can also provide significant manpower and resources to enhance learning without equally dramatic cost increases. Higher
level students' regular structured learning would include assisting in the education of lower level students in cooperative
resource. This can provide big-brother/sister mentoring and unions which can fill voids within family

structures as well as provide enriched learning experiences for both parties. The point and purpose of education would then
move beyond the regular teacher/student relationship to a blending of student as teacher, applying that which is
learned through the process of passing it along to others at an earlier stage of the learning process. Younger students
would find role models to emulate and older students would develop a sense of responsibility toward others in society
who wish to better themselves. The ramifications of such practices would have long term win-win consequences, both
for individuals and society as a whole. As the educational scope broadens, so can the actual structures utilized within the
educational process. Interactive networks within and between all public and private need-meeting organizations can facilitate
synergistic benefits and profitability for all concerned. For example, if it were to begin at much earlier ages, public education
could provide quality, structured, enriched environments in lieu of day care for working parents, with emphasis upon early
emotional engagement, self unity, and cooperative trust. This could provide safeguards which could dramatically reduce the
isolating effects of family dysfunction as well as provide enrichments for the most fertile developmental periods. Likewise,
senior citizens could share their wisdom and find purpose instead of isolation. Transitional housing, hostels and even long-
term living arrangements can be incorporated into the educational network to provide the open-armed welcome social
embrace of safe escape from situations of injustice and violation. Similar interactions with the judicial system can provide far
more successful rehabilitation than can

incarceration alone. The very process of developing educational opportunities (whether they be in the role of teacher or
student) in all areas of life could result in moving the more disillusioned from a life of despair to a life of promise and
achievement; on toward the establishment of family and financial stability. Once education is extended to individuals of
all ages and circumstances these community service jobs can include actual apprenticeships and positions within the public
marketplace. Within a continuum of complexity, the community service jobs can simply transition into established positions
structured for the purpose within and throughout the larger community under the educational umbrella. Temporary,
transitional, educational positions pave the way for gainful employment into private professional relationships. Open door
education could facilitate adaptation to life-changing events, offer ongoing retraining, and offer opportunities for career
changes at all ages. While these transitional experiences are already taking place in present-day society, too often there
are periods of genuine financial hardship experienced in the gaps between one stage of life and another. Refining the

183
educational process along the lines suggested in these Lessons would go a long way in minimizing those hardships and
keep society in a more stable state. Interim systems of transferable monetary vouchers wherein students seeking any form of
education can participate in interactive apprenticeship programs which provide labor in exchange for hands-on experiential
learning. These specific

"educational" jobs, designed for specific and myriad skill levels would offer increasing levels of challenge throughout the
resource marketplace. Such strategies not only can balance the needs of all, but can accomplish mutual profitable benefit.
Such cooperative structures could first be supported through tax breaks to participating businesses and alignments with non-
profit charitable organizations. Eventually, such guided educational opportunities could be interwoven and solely supported
by private enterprise. Private enterprise can be moved toward a position of financial sponsorship when it can see that its
vested interest is benefitted. A business that needs a study supply of trained and capable employees, will see the
financial merit of helping to develop same. If tax incentives are the means through which a corporation is so motivated,
this can serve as the instigating factor. Again, this can be a win-win situation. Companies that now hire lawyers and
accountants to avoid paying taxes, could waive the expense and further experience the rewards of being philanthropic
while improving their public image. For example, each business could structure 20% of its work-force to interact with the
educational system to an equally valuable percentage of tax benefit. Hotels and living complexes that participate in
educational safety-net housing would enjoy similar tax benefits or subsidies. Eventually, the wisdom and benefits of such
cooperative interaction will eliminate the requirement of monetary exchange , for they will become integral profit enhancing
parts of the resource marketplace, naturally improving upon existing systems and filling social voids. The ultimate
governmental role would be only to provide the structural

guidance of educational policy and to ensure the maximum avenues of educational opportunity are established. Just and equal
empowerment is the ultimate educational goal. Business can be brought to this point of enlightenment by those who can
begin to see that long-term profit and financial security is based upon a balanced investment in human resources,
leading to realization that all potential customers are employees and vice versa. It can become apparent that a trained,
educated and employed society will keep the wheels of business humming. Government can and should play the role of
leading the proverbial horse to the water, while convincing it of the merits of taking a drink. Such a structure would far
more validly align with human need, purpose, diversity and biological justice. It would acknowledge and facilitate the
ongoing nature of self-development, acknowledge the long-term rewards of cooperative interaction and not confuse equal
empowerment with equal result. It would celebrate and encourage individual proclivities and offer multitudinous avenues of
opportunity most suited to any particular destiny path. It could prevent the continuing contraction of public education and
replace musical and art programs that have gone by the wayside and aggressively increase all avenues and opportunities for
creative expression. Rather than try to force individuals into narrow molds, such a structure would honor and encourage the
diversity of thought and expression necessary to drive purposeful evolution. A society's individual successes need not be
tied to levels of productivity in the area of goods and services. Some of the contributions to the general well-being can
and should come in the areas of the arts, for this

is also necessary for a well-balanced civilization. Just as corporations get tax breaks for their financial contributions to
public radio and television, so such could get the same financial incentives for assistance to educational institutions
which sponsor special studies in art, music and theater. The additional work force from community service and training
programs can also resolve unaddressed problems at their source, ultimately replacing many existing corrective social
programs through successful prevention of the emotional disunity that creates most every social ill. It can even eventually
replace much of which now goes into prisons and in global competitive defense, and shall remain the cornerstone of good
government---indeed the foundation of civilization. The pouring of government money into social welfare programs may
seem like a good idea on its surface, but experience has suggested that it often tends to condition people to a state of
dependence which ultimately is detrimental to the spirit. Because this financial aid is so minimal, those on the receiving
end often seek other means of support beyond the confines of the system, a system that then punishes their efforts to
help themselves. Such systems which attune all individuals to the way life works, the way body, mind, and spirit each offer
united and unfailing guidance, and provide the maximum amount of interactive opportunities can allow all people to
understand and passionately follow the bliss that will manifest the maximum progress along the destiny path. To take the
bold steps in this indicated direction does require an enhanced faith in the innately positive nature of the human
family. Some evidence is beginning to emerge that the potential of these

broadened solutions is there and that maintaining a balance in financial areas can compliment balanced growth in
human areas, as well. Early and Elementary Education The earliest education should provide the enrichments which can
allow hungry minds to flourish and the development of complex and balanced brain structures. The earliest school years will
focus upon emotional attunement and early mental development as discussed previously. These are the spiritual fundamentals

184
which must underlie all methods of transferring important cultural knowledge---teaching the standard reading, writing, and
arithmetic. By combining these principles with early learning opportunities which exploit the brain's plasticity, incredible
learning can occur---which includes dormant multi-lingual, musical, and artistic talents, and manifests dazzling potentials and
creative inclinations which would boggle the present day public mind. Educators are well aware that the learning of a
language, for example, is easier at the earliest stages of learning. Creative opportunities in music and art are also ready
for tapping at this early stage. When educational systems can layer the 3 "R's" upon a program of creative expression,
the long-term result is an overall stimulation of the learning experience that lasts well into adulthood. Spiritual
understandings can be presently instilled without upsetting any existing doctrines which separate church and state, if the
emphasis remains upon biological self-regulation of the dual-self model (body and mind). But one major change will be
understanding that experience and emotional feedback are the best teachers, and the purpose

of self-development insists upon an open, liberal, and individually designed mindscape. The idea of mind control, sheltered
protection, censorship, and the filling of an empty vessel with "the right ideas" is quite limiting. Instead, classrooms will offer
safe and structured real world interactions that immediately orient the child to their ability to control their own destiny. No
legitimate controversy need arise from practices which facilitate cooperation, connections, empathy, respect, responsibility,
and self control. Universal principles of positive human relationships, devoid of the accouterments of dogmatic belief
systems, can compliment the learning process and teach individuals that they can play a major role in creating the
successes in their respective lives. How they feel about what they do can serve as the appropriate guiding factor to
behavior. Guilt need not be programmed so deeply that it causes emotional problems later on. In truth, it need not be a
"program" at all. Mistakes can be viewed as a part of the learning process and not something resulting in eternal
punishment. Curriculums, exercises, cooperative projects, field trips, stories, presentations, "job" experiences, and routines
will seek to instill basic self-regulatory information, an empowered sense of unique value potential and willful perspective; an
equal, universal, sense of belonging within a welcoming world; awareness of life along purposeful developmental paths, and
the evaluating role of feelings. Contrasts will be made continuously between the right track of purpose and the wrong track of
deadly habits. Mistakes become laughable growing pains and opportunities.

The greater the level of enjoyment associated with the learning process, the less resistance to the idea of learning. This
is bound to have beneficial, long-term effects on an individual's life experience. Confidence is built by doing and much
learning is meant to be a process of trial and error. Without a recognition and appreciation of the latter, there can be
no lasting progress. Providing an unwavering cultural expectation of mutual acceptance for all human mistakes as inevitable
to the learning process, combined with communal agreement to support each other to make corrections, can build cooperative
trust, empathy, and mutual respect, as well as minimize defensive responses which might otherwise become habitual. Making
a clear distinction between meanness and kindness and emphasizing the feelings produced from both strategies will minimize
the competitive and isolating defensive and offensive actions. Humorously contrasting effective communicative techniques
with ineffective ones, both verbal and nonverbal, that contrast feelings of giver and receiver can foster solid expressive skills
and awareness of how others' perceptions might vary. Enjoying ongoing repetitive cyclic experiences where plans are carried
forth to completed outcomes will instill the understanding of how keeping organized and on top of all challenges keeps the
stress and pain of unfinished business at bay. Each instructor must keep the level of kindness in the learning environment
at the maximum whenever possible. Nothing is more distracting and demeaning than the cruelty of one's peer's.
Meanness is not only detrimental for the recipient, but it is also a harmful habit of conduct that results in negative
experiences later on in life. We have

already begun to see and understand the dire consequences of indifference to the "bully" mandate in our schools.
Recognizing the role and power of fear and anger as signals of deficit states that need immediate correction, and how they
lead to hurtful defenses can keep even the youngest children aligned to the purposeful path. Offering clear understandings of
how self-deception, even little white lies, are actually methods of defensive escape which create painful distance instead of
enhancing happy connection. Play-acting scenarios which demonstrate tit-for-tat morality and vividly depict how lies always
bring pain in the end can help curtail the development of many common deadly habits. All such self-regulation information
will foster the emergence of natural morality and allow the unfolding of the higher feeling signals of trust, confidence,
compassion, pride and courage, and prevent learned shame, guilt, arrogance, or hatred. Plays and cartoons with a moral
point can benefit those in the learning process, particularly when those "points" are a subject of guided discussion. In
an environment where truth is encouraged, trust is bound to follow and, with it, a whole series of positive feelings and
experiences. People are always characterized as good, yet necessarily subjected to human learning error as the price paid for
free will. Violations are treated as learning mistakes. Positive inducements are used to open inner motivations, and withdrawal
of pleasure is used when corrections are necessary. Intimidation, ridicule, corporal punishment, and any form of negative, pain
inducing motivators are contradictory, and even destructive to an evolving sense of

185
value and cooperative trust. They demonstrate a lack of faith that the child can exercise self-control and are contrary to
purposeful self-development. In a positive learning environment, the subject is given the necessary instruction to
perform a task. He/she is then allowed to attempt that task and, if an error is made, shown the correct way and
encouraged to repeat the effort until the task is mastered. The rate of learning is not held against the subject and no
social stigma is attached to the time or effort needed to achieve a particular end. It shall be readily acknowledged that
grownups can make mistakes too, and neither teachers---nor parents---are ever excluded from the feedback process. Indeed,
children have much to teach their elders about openness, spontaneity and discovery. The absence of blame and the presence of
empathy shall allow exploration of alternative choices to any traditional approaches. Habit patterns from dysfunctional homes
can be discouraged through "time-out" isolations where the child feels the loss of companionship and the benefits of
cooperation, but the belief behind the behavior is discussed as well. Drawing comparisons and constant references to how
each action puts one either on the right track or the painful path can quickly reorient the mind to the spiritual feedback cycle.
Intellectual arrogance is an example that teachers and adults too often set forth. If learning is to be held up as a virtue
and goal, then a willingness to learn should be something taught by example. Those who come from a less than
conducive environment can be helped by those with an opportunity to spend an extra amount of time in one-on-one
communication and empathy. This can be built into the teaching curriculum and made an essential part of the process.

The daily routine will be punctured with many hands-on, interactive projects and activities. There will be an emphasis on
problem solving, puzzle completion, artistic creation, musical appreciation, and every form of experience through which
meaningful patterns can be discovered. Recognizing patterns and rhythms within sound and light will create neural synapses
which recognize and intuit patterns of meaning. Experiencing plenty of both linear and gestalt patterns will unite and
strengthen the dual hemispheric functions within the brain. The most balanced form of thinking is that which results from
a complimentary relationship between those respective qualities of the left and right brain. It should be noted that
there will likely be a tendency of any child to lean toward one side or the other. However, this need not be judged to be
good or bad in any way, but as natural as tending to be right or left handed. Reading and other exercises with vivid
imaginative visual imagery and powerful emotional resonance can stimulate untold brain networks which would otherwise lie
dormant, and open young minds to many of their highest capabilities. Physical movement, vocalizing, and the broadest variety
of new and diverse activity experiences can all maximize physical, as well as mental, and spiritual health. Curriculums will
include regular, fun, and actively shared dreams and detailed images of what children want to become in the future, how they
want to live. Dramatic role playing or otherwise depicting or sharing the most exotic of fantasy potentials are "games" with
very powerful and very real positive effects upon the developing

mindscape, and the realities created. Any activity which helps an individual exercise his/her creative potential,
particularly that which puts into play the imaginative capabilities, is essential to reorienting and putting into practice
the act of forming one's reality. While being introduced as imaginative play, it can be taught as a natural tool in a
reality which is a product of one's inner world. There will be regular and diverse treks into nature to explore and discover
meaningful patterns and dispel fearsome myths. Resonating with nature and feeling a sense of belonging can rapidly facilitate
respect for and attunement to the inner abilities and guidance. Pattern recognition is the most awe-inspiring within nature,
wherein the mathematical precision of natural processes and cycles inspires the highest faith in the integrity and intelligence
within creation, which transcends to the self as part of that creation. Children need never fear, but to respect the power of
nature. They can find both safety and power in discovering the night sky, witnessing the foraging of nocturnal creatures,
planting seeds in the dirt, being drenched by rain, and whipped by wind. Such exposure develops a healthy sense of
unwavering faith, connectedness, and respect for the goodness and power of nature. A respect and appreciation of the
universal laws reflected in nature can only serve to ingrain a willingness to protect one's environment to the fullest
degree. Once nature becomes less feared and more respected, the urge to exploit it will diminish and nature, itself, will
adopt a greater role of protector instead of destroyer. Playing in the rain is even healthier for children than swimming
in a chlorinated pool and

certainly more spiritual. As self-development unfolds in the context of freedom, power, and connection, the self concept of
each child naturally expands to enfold an ever broadening range of "'others". Empathy and compassion deepens as the pains
and pleasures of others are vicariously experienced. Competitive games of win-lose superiority will lose their allure, as the
truly cooperative nature of playing by the rules and taking turns is recognized. Acceptable forms of competition will be those
that pit any child against only himself as additional motivation to continuously better his skills and abilities. Win-win
solutions are encouraged within all interactions, and activities structured to demonstrate that when someone a child cares for
has any success, that success feels good to both. This vicarious pleasure indicates a healthy connection while the pain of
jealousy or guilt is recognized as an indicator that further self-development is necessary. To refute an often quoted sports
icon, "Winning is not only not everything, it is not even the only thing." A game of golf played with one's self as the
only opponent is far healthier than a game of professional football where the ultimate prize is little more than financial

186
security or a loss thereof. Sports develop character only when they bring out the best in children, that being a
willingness and understanding that all benefit from individual success. Early education can instill freedom and
empowerment to create within the context of trust and cooperative connection in ways that can release humanity from its
chains of survival-level competition. It can rapidly usher a

far more civilized, cooperative state of existence. For a system to change from what it generally reflects today to what it
can reflect tomorrow, requires a paradigm shift in the general thinking of the adult world. Unfortunately, since the
adult population is generally less open to non-traditional perspectives, it sometimes takes a major upheaval to
stimulate that "shift". Intermediate and High School As each grade level is completed, higher levels of both freedom and
responsibility are to be the rewards of such rites of passage. At these older ages, children are ready to absorb more abstract
and symbolic concepts, although the experiential and interactive strategies shall continue. The emphasis becomes providing a
myriad of structured opportunities for students to independently manage, and learn from their experience---to try their wings
and get support, corrective advice, and encouragement when they make learning mistakes or "fail". Cooperative empowerment
is enhanced by more challenging and diverse opportunities to create, express, build esteem and be able to find meaning in
each experience to further hone the budding mindscape. Because peer pressure can be such a positive or negative force in
the learning process and because it is often reflected in the outward appearances and manners of the young, great
emphasis should be put on allowing the learning activity to take place as publicly or privately as circumstances can
dictate, while keeping the supervision and encouragement of the learning process intact.

The most enlightened structures will allow for a blend of short-term and long-term goals which will allow the student to
advance at any pace possible. Such advancement comes with the completion of structured challenges and within the broad
array of experiential opportunities to test one's wings. There shall be no limits externally placed upon the desires and efforts
when accountability and success is demonstrated, nor should there be judgmental sanctions placed upon paths which might
meander or need additional time to recover from previous limits or deficits. So much emphasis is placed on keeping the
learning pace as uniform as possible, that the heard instinct becomes predominant in the minds of the students and the
educators as well. Instead of emphasizing the achievements, it is the failings in particular areas that end up getting
most of the time and attention. It should be recognized that the learning process is as diverse as the individuals
indulging in it. Curriculums in traditional middle and high schools can build upon the earlier base with the finer and evermore
complex points of the divine spiritual feedback system as well as share all forms of cultural knowledge and experience. All
delivery of cultural knowledge can then be accomplished without the normal pitfalls of force-feeding facts, figures, and
prepackaged judgments which are quickly forgotten, but rather emphasizing the dynamic patterns of human adaptation and
creative change. All "information" should be acknowledged and treated as conditional, to be offered as potentials which might
be useful upon the purposeful path at some point. Instilling the necessity of the complete openness of mind, how value is

relative to the universal needs, and individual value potentials will be far more effective. Tolerance for the choices of others
will lead to a natural state of open friendly banter, feedback, mutual respect, and agreement to disagree while remaining truly
open to all potentially rewarding information and strategies. The history of human progress is the history of creative
response to the challenges of the time. Such successes (or failures) serve to point future generations in a constructive
direction. Specifics are less important than patterns of behavior and sensing the experience of the times in a
memorable manner which holds meaning in the mind of the student for an extended period of time. Just as
perspectives vary, so do creative solutions. The sharing of perspectives in an atmosphere of open-mindedness is the key
to a full and complete educational experience. Job opportunities, direct and vicarious learning experiences, and general
curriculums could revolve around the purposes of body and mind, the conflicts between them, the innate defenses and
distorted mindscapes, and the deadly habits they create. Dramatic play-acting of undesirable as well as purposeful experiences
can instill the preventative gut-level understandings of how short term pleasure can bring long-term pain, and develop life-
giving habits which will endure short term pain to gain long-term purposeful pleasure. Here is where the arts and theater
are essential to a completed education, as they serve as an opportunity for those in the learning process to identify with
the problems of their own time and how the solutions they elect to apply to them can continue to reverberate
throughout their lives. Such plays can be written, directed and performed by any and all who wish to participate.
Then, they can be evaluated for their learning content.

The mind's evolving ability to recognize and intuit meaningful patterns will become ever more adept as deeper patterns within
nature and within the mathematical and logical harmonies rise within the conscious awareness. Mindscapes freed from time
consuming slivers, create realities and further developmental experiences which can instead expand upon themselves in
astounding ways. True creativity, when pointed in the direction of enhancing the quality of life in a harmonious
environment, can produce results which can be expansive in nature. At these stages, the complex emotional signals are
deciphered and each feeling tone is seen in the context of self-development and self-expression as well as the complex

187
emotional patterns of others. Clarifying the two good and bad life tracks can expand to include the stages of human evolution
and how living within purpose naturally brings one from the survival level, to the being state on to the transcendent destiny
potential. The specific pitfalls (cognitive distortions, deception, resistance, and revenge) of the wrong track of defensive
responses become more complex, as students begin to grasp the higher level of the directive to "judge-not". Exercises which
give plenty of experience with uniqueness of other's reality, and how honest intimacy builds and deception breaks down trust
and communication can prevent a myriad of painful learning experiences in the real world. Developing specific expressive
communication skills, win-win persuasion and conflict negotiation can foster success in all real-world

interactions. It is so much more effective to build these learning concepts into the process at the earliest stages, than to
try to alter behavioral thinking patterns that are set in place, although this, too, can be successful, if and when the
older generation begins to understand the value of creating a more enlightened environment. This is also an appropriate
age to discuss relationships and family life, love and its pitfalls, and the life-long developmental path. Sharing and discussing
biographical life experiences of historical and current public figures (both successful and the infamous), can offer emphatic
resonance to the tenacity needed for overcoming challenges, and the clarity needed in avoiding treacherous choices. Blame-
free sharing and contrasting of parents' individual and generational challenges with levels of potential value fulfillment can
both foster respect, forgiveness, and ways to hold fast to and accomplish the highest of dreams. The family environment, for
better or worse, is and can be a positive part of the learning experience. For such to be the case, it must be viewed from
a detached perspective in an environment where judgement is replaced by discernment. All experiences have
educational value in showing the merits or adverse consequences of an established pattern of living. While thought
patterns are often passed on from one generation to the next, there are always opportunities to keep the best ideas and
leave the rest to the dung heap of history. Reinforcing the equal value of each unique spirit in each structure and interaction
will ensure that all students are embraced within the community of humanity through an

enlightened public mind. With such a mass consciousness, the kinds of isolating and violent outcomes of fear and anger which
exist now as scourges upon humanity will become virtually extinct. We know from recent history what the consequences
can be when some reflect their sense of isolation through violent means. The simple removing of the weapons of such
violent expression can not resolve the problems nor remove the causes of negative activity. A shift in attitude and
policy must begin to be explored by both educators and parents, alike. This should begin as soon as possible.
Continuing Education The most valuable structural change in public educational systems would be to ensure that each
and every citizen has the opportunity to continue on to the maximum level of education desired, free of economic obstacles.
When the government prioritizes its structures around the human needs and ceases squandering its resources on conflicting
strategies and competitive defense, its first and foremost priority will become ensuring all citizens---of all ages---organizing
educational opportunities. When the networks are in place with private enterprises, the transitional community services,
projects, apprenticeships, and internships are established under this umbrella, the costs will be far less than might be
suspected. This will not only allow any student to progress through to the PhD level, but it will also allow returning students
of all ages and situations.

Most educators and economists would agree that the greatest boon to the American economy following World War II
was the GI bill which enabled returning veterans to acquire a free college education. This educated class then went into
the work force and benefitted the entire society. Had the program continued for veterans and non-veterans alike,
illiteracy could have been nearly eliminated in the country. Just the curtailing of some defense programs (such as "star
wars" for example) could initiate such a policy and could easily be paid for with a modest tax on the recipients over a
later period of wage learning. With enlightened understanding of the biological self-regulation system, the academic
community can overcome the need of separation between church and state by acknowledging the emotional process as a
feature of the third self-component of spirit. At the college level, the body-mind dual model of self can be fleshed out to
contain the highest levels of meaning and implications which might formerly have been relegated only to religious discussion
and found objectionable in the lower levels of public education. The separation being made between spirituality as attunement
to the natural inner guidance, and religion being any specific set of beliefs in a supernatural higher power outside of the self,
will more than adequately draw the necessary line between church and state. It would also acknowledge within the theory of
evolution that consciousness indeed underlies all matter rather than being a product of it. This would liberate frustrated
research scholars who are now forced down wrong-minded tracks of inquiry which only allow the public confusion and social
pain to build. The initial step of transcending the church-state block in the field of education is one that would be
essential to any program of higher

learning and universal education. Organized religion must face this issue by giving proper credence to the spiritual
qualities innate in the human framework and accept it is the variance in perspective which leads to
compartmentalizing of spirit and which results in different religions, and nothing more. Then the true nature of spirit

188
and its relationship to consciousness can cease to compete with the scientific perspective. The acknowledgment of
conscious intention within natural selection will open many new areas of study wherein the inner self-regulatory system leads
to the unfolding of the transcendental inner sensitivities and abilities that now lie dormant. There can then be experimentations
with the boundaries and focus of consciousness that will unite and resolve many existing conundrums such as mechanical
versus quantum physics. When the secrets of the mobility and connectedness of all consciousness begin to unfold, there can be
tremendous breakthroughs in the approaches to space and time travel that cannot otherwise take place with physical
technology alone. The universe cannot be understood until such inner pathways are utilized. As emotion becomes understood
as the basic physical manifestation of spirit in pleasure and pain, it will allow the mind to open its intuitive pathways to more
direct energy/information which resonates with the unmistakable validation of universal joy. The current "limitedness" of
thought in the area of physical/mental connection and it's relationship to emotion and spirit continues to result in a
mechanical view of the universe we occupy, not just from the depth beyond the stars edge, but back to the sub-atomic
level of our own physical bodies. Our very state of health is distorted by the ignorance of the potential power of mind.
Our chemical/surgical attitude toward the

practice of medicine, for example, has left us nearly financially drained and chronically ill. With physical and mental
health so limited, so also is our potential for growth. In such a structure, scientific academicians at the college level would
take the reigns of the ongoing development of the public mind. Their activities and findings will not be limited to dusty
unintelligible journals, but will be shared through many avenues of communication as the private media become aware that
good news can help reduce the horrors of shocking violence of present headlines and televised stories. These networks will
provide continuous updated self-developmental information to the public and directly to policymakers which would weigh
much more heavily than the desire of special interests. Shared knowledge is contagious, especially if it is of a positive
nature. Further, a society not constantly bombarded by the negative, can get beyond the normal mentality of perpetual
fear and anxiety and begin to function at a more creative level and in a ubiquitous fashion. The structural opportunities
for learning specific technical skills and job training will ensure that justice is attained wherein each citizen is rightfully
enabled to join in the resource exchange marketplace in any way that the spirit directs. Unique lifestyles, work schedules, and
need-meeting approaches are not only tolerated, but actively encouraged throughout the entire structure. The most creative
and visionary contributions will be actively facilitated and valued within such a system so that entities such as Albert Einstein
need not squander precious life hours in boring classrooms or menial jobs in order to

simply meet survival needs. Special think-tanks, artist communities, and other such structures will be encouraged to allow the
most fertile and synergistic ground for fine minds to flourish. Likewise, special recovery communities shall serve those
needing the most assistance. All structures will promote maximum value fulfillment and the most direct and personally
rewarding destiny path for all citizens. The concept of leisure can be redefined and expanded to the realization that such
can produce many positive results when directed at problem-solving and producing works of art and literature which
benefits society as a whole. It took the depths of an economic depression to produce an atmosphere where artists and
musicians could enjoy financial security while they contributed to society. Today, that state is much more precarious
and our society, as a whole, suffers as a result. It is time for us to re-evaluate our priorities. The educational system will
be the crowning glory and the hope for humanity as the facilitator of cooperative defense and mindful development. We can
now turn the discussion to the implications that enlightened self-understanding bring to concepts of mental and physical
health. Would that these concepts of "Enlightenment" reach the mainstream of our communication system. The
challenge comes in removing the prevailing "bushel basket" which now covers them. Would that this "light" serves
that purpose.

Page 362-377 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Eta Lesson One: Implications For Mental Health The Concept of
Health Throughout history, humans have struggled within mental prisons of their own making. The legacy of judgment,
misunderstanding, and distortion befalls incoming humans immediately, crippling them through the well intended but
unenlightened actions of parents. At present the human experience is but a pale comparison to that which is intended, and to
many an utterly hopeless and hellish karmic sentence. Until understanding of the human self-guidance system is firmly
embraced within mass consciousness, the very concept of health will be distorted by the judgmental interference with the
natural developmental system. If the above paragraph isn't enough to give motivation for expansion of our
consciousness, it's hard to imagine what would be. If we look back over our lives and recount the number of times we
have experienced illness and mental discomfort, is it any wonder life has so often been labeled a "vale of tears". Yet,
nature seems to offer so much balance to the other forms of life on this planet, it has to be presumed that mankind
should be entitled to a greater level of happiness then he/she presently enjoys. Health is a reflection of how much energy
spirit can bring through to its physical body-mind. The vibrant high

189
energy, happiness, and creative enpowerment of an unimpeded spirit is a state of holistic vitality nearly unrecognizable to a
species who believes firmly that health is simply the absence of disease. Indeed, health is ease of spirit flowing through an
ingenious mindscape designed to its evaluative specifications. Health is an easy mobility of consciousness that accesses many
alternate focuses and sources of intuitive information. Health is the experience of few and irregular painful feelings, for the
mindscape and the cultural landscape are intended to be designed to minimize and eliminate these deficit states. It is folly to
simply allow them to exist and assume that suffering is part of the natural experience. Such an idea is like a cancer, and indeed
can bring about such maladies. Once the perspective is switched from an attitude that health is simply an absence of
disease to an assumption that when unimpeded, health is a consequence and result of spirit being reflected as it is
naturally meant to be, then even the medical profession is compelled to move toward removing the psychological
pitfalls and recognizing the merits of the wholistic approach to physical and mental well-being. All pains are
symptomatic of dysfunction within natural systems that seek immediate correction. When these symptoms are examined
within the lens of self-understanding, many truths about health will become apparent. First, we will address the concept of
mental health, for emotional self-understanding will forever alter the present concepts of "sanity", "normalcy", and "evil".
Mental health, as suspected, does indeed reflect the state of mind, for it is the mind that holds the slivers that prevent the
growth that is necessary for a vital and complete

existence. Until the boundaries of body, mind, and spirit are clearly recognized, mental health will remain entangled with
judgmental beliefs, confused with emotional dysfunction, and shrouded in mystery. The Freudian school of thought gave
strong credence to the presumption that mental illness lay in the dark crevices of the subconscious and was traceable
to some unpleasant experience in early life. This was only a partial truth which was formulated without factoring in
the spirit nature of human beings. Had the latter nature been taken into account, the solution would have evolved with
an altogether broader understanding of the problem as well as a corrective solution to the experience of mental illness.
Biological Flexibility And Destiny Challenge Both mental and physical health are essentially rooted within the working and
safeguard mechanisms of the body. As we will see, good mental health springs naturally from the unimpeded cognitive,
emotional, and intellectual development that unfolds through experiential trial and error learning. But all humans are bound to
the uniquely specific genetic package inherent within the cloak that they have donned for each specific lifetime. Indeed,
spiritual entities choose specific physical features, sensitivities, and challenges when designing the chemical cloak to ensure
the maximum possible success in overcoming both the general and specific destiny challenges. The evolving mental
personality then works within that specific range of biological predestiny to maximize and express the innate value potential.

Again, in reviewing the learning experiences we have had, it should be apparent that those things we have said and
done and those actions we have taken or avoided are all the consequence of the learning process and have resulted in
pleasure and pain both mentally and emotionally. Sometimes that pain has even been physical which turned out to be
necessary to focus our minds and realign our priorities. Yet, we did prepare ourselves and our bodies to meet those
challenges we wished to deal with, choosing the make-up of our constitution as we would decide what kind of an
automobile we would purchase and make the best use of in our journey down the road of life. The range of biological
predestiny is linked to the specific areas of focus of the spirit/entity. The entity desires that its multiple aspects enjoy the
broadest and most well-rounded experiences in order to continue the expanding expression of consciousness. As we now
know, the body is designed to pull and push the mindbound individuals in purposeful directions which fulfill these larger
destiny challenges. These inner movers and shakers come in the form of human needs which when met in an ongoing manner,
accomplish the destiny challenges of the earth experience. The needs guide the developing mindscape to create evermore
successful beliefs and strategies. As the mind responds to the direction of its spiritual feeling signals, the mindscape becomes
more and more attuned to the intuitive knowledge of other aspects of its spirit to further assist in a creative, purposeful life of
self-development and expression. When body, mind and spirit are united in thought and action, health is a given and the
experience would be nearly unrecognizable to modern humans. The secret to optimum health seems to be in the
understanding of the

values of uniting mind and spirit through the guidance of our feelings. Once this is mastered and the old paradigm is
discarded, the natural result is a healthier physical and mental state than we can yet imagine. However, once such a
state can be imagined, such an achievement can not be far behind. At present, the necessary potential range of biological
diversity has been overlooked, and "normal" has been assigned to those falling in the mid-range of any given trait or
propensity. Those individuals who possess uniqueness at both ends of any trait spectrum have uniquely specific experiences
and offer many hints into the human potential. There are varieties of intellectual ability, perceptual focus, sensory sensitivity,
openness to interaction, and flexibility of consciousness---all of which allow specific avenues of experience potentially
benefitting the whole of the entity. We have more to learn from the example of our fellow human beings than we could
ever possibly learn from textbook theory. While we may dice the brains of our geniuses, hopefully after they have died
a natural death, we can hardly find in such physical matter the reason behind their respective virtues or vices. Such

190
are the result of mental attitudes which spring from spiritual guidance. But for the most part, a great deal of what is
considered abnormal, or disordered in terms of mental health relates to the developmental experiences in a world that is
misunderstanding and thwarts the unfolding of the self-directing self-consciousness. Most syndromes and disorders are the
direct result of misdirected emotional signals, the hardwired bodily defensive responses, the long-term mental judgments, and
the patterned habits that follow. In short, a great deal of "disordered" mental health

is an unnatural, man-made cultural phenomena, the inevitable perverted outcome of abusing the divine self-system. A society
that has failed to make the connection between the mental and the spiritual or that has placed more emphasis on fear
and guilt than is rightly justified, has contributed much to mental disorders while failing to offer a sensible way out of
perceived malfunctions. Natural Self-Development We have discussed human development in the context of the unfolding
universal human needs, But now we can elaborate upon how needs, feelings, spiritual challenges, and mindscapes are intended
to naturally unfold in a healthy unimpeded fashion. In essence, as the needs of the body push the individual toward necessary
experiences, and the mind observes and self-corrects via the spiritual evaluative signals, there is a wholistic balance between
body, mind and spirit that allows for the maximum purposeful experience and vibrant health. The nature of a human being
is such that there is a constant coordinated effort on the part of body, mind and spirit to achieve the greatest amount of
progress over the longest possible period of time. Sometimes this process is painful, but it need not be, provided that
the mind is willing to seek and recognize the guidance from spirit. If this process is successful, there is hardly any limit
to how much the entity can experience while in the physical state. The universal needs correspond with specific spiritual
challenges that are part of the physical experience. These

spiritual challenges have been discussed in such contexts as karmic cycles and archetypal patterns within the collective
unconsciousness. They are simply part and parcel of all human experience which assist in discovery and fulfillment of
purpose. Conquering each of these spiritual challenges leaves behind the gems, the archetypal understandings which facilitate
a healthy mindscape. The inner need to conquer them helps humanity discover the all-powerful nature of the creative mind,
and appreciate the crucial importance of conscious development of the mindscape and the diligent efforts to keep it free from
mental limitations. Conscious understanding is the only prevention against falling victim to the illusions of the physical
system. The progress that human beings can make toward the necessary understanding that frees us from the
established limitations of our creative ability, are driven by spirit and its universal knowledge of what we were
engineered to achieve. The distance between where we are and where we can evolve to is only as great as we elect to
make it. The difficulty in spanning this imagined distance is only as great as we choose to make it. We have been taught
by our religious institutions that we can not close this gap without their assistance but, in truth, these same institutions
have proven to be more of a liability than an asset in such an endeavor. As needs are met and these challenges are
conquered, the human becomes "mature", and the desirable state of functioning can begin. The natural process of surmounting
spiritual challenge, builds one upon the other to complete the functioning human being. The self-development allows for the
innate value to come forward in the physical realm and then self-expression can be ensured in as many realms

as "time" allows. In short, life begins when these challenges have been surmounted. Nothing builds character and develops
a mature state of mind like the achievement of a goal. Each such "goal" accomplished is like another brick in the
construction of the human dwelling. To view each level of completion is the equivalent of witnessing one's own
personal growth and the satisfaction as well as the confidence that naturally follows. As part of the physical growth
process, one challenge will unfold after another in a predictable developmental pattern over the first two decades of life. The
challenges can be likened to images on a vertical totem pole, wherein one climbs to new heights, each step based upon the one
below. As the individual matures with age, the challenges unfold like the changes of the seasons. If each challenge is not fully
overcome and the archetype readily available to the mindscape, there will be continued struggles until they are surmounted
completely. It is not unusual for the "climber" to discover that unless the "challenge" is completely conquered, it will
fail to support one in the next step of advancement. Sometimes, it will be necessary to go back and repair/replace those
steps that only appeared to be stable enough to support the climber to the next level and to get rid of those "steps"
which ate away at the presumed accomplishments and threatened to bring the whole "totem pole" of life crashing
down. The less completion attained at each level of challenge, the more challenge the individual must then continuously
juggle as the struggles of life become compounded. One who reaches any level of challenge in any degree will be pulled
downward on the challenge totem pole on most

occasions until the foundations are in place. Then they will snap back to the highest level of challenge. Challenge levels can
vacillate from moment to moment. When the mindscape aligns empowering beliefs in any given moment, even if it might
have conflicting or limiting beliefs held in memory, the challenge level can bounce quite high, only to plunge when the
conflicts consciously align in a subsequent event. A healthy mindscape, of course, is free of such conflict. What is
encouraged in this process is a level of consistency. When this is not present, there are a great many steps forward

191
followed by equal steps backward. But even with this rough road to progress, there is still a general state of
progression. The educational process continues to motivate those who seek to evolve along the path. When the process
is better understood and integrated into the life style of more entities, then the collective consciousness will become a
part of a flow toward the universal end desired. At present, average humans exist in various vacillations between one
unmet need or another, and have surmounted some, but not all challenges or have mindscapes with so many conflicting beliefs
that challenges often repeat themselves to no avail. Such individuals experience suffering, confusion, identity issues, and
mood swings---but they are considered normal by most standards. Others are affected much more with long-term disruptions
of the emotional system held fast by habits of thought and action that bring about corresponding chemical imbalances, and
compromised mental health. It has become commonplace to accept as normal a perpetual state of

anxiety which is compensated for by seeking outlets in the consumption of legal drugs and aggressive behavior
experienced vicariously. Avid devotion to violent sports played by professionals or amateurs devoted to particular
games is considered a prime form of entertainment and absolutely necessary for the proper function of society, even
though such violence appears to bleed through into instances of uncontrolled violence from time to time. This is what is
tolerated as a level of normality. We can now discuss this spiritual developmental process, noting where specific challenges
create specific constellations of mental/emotional syndromes. With each challenge, the mind must learn and become
consciously adapted through right responses which overcome the challenge and refine the mindscape. With each challenge a
new self-insight is added which together comprise the full levels of functional self-understanding. Either the mind adapts
purposefully, or it adapts in ways that serve only to defend and preserve its limited boundaries, creating two distinct types of
experience. We can then contrast two tracks of existence: the natural purposeful path versus the chaotic and painful path, to
pull together the cognitive, emotional, moral, and emotional developmental components of the spiritual self-regulation
process. Only within this perspective can the present day suffering be seen for what it is---a perversion of the natural process.
It becomes nearly impossible to discover the irrationality of some behavior when one is running parallel to the activity
and the society around one is caught up in the merits of the process. Greed and need are so intertwined that to
threaten one is to threaten both. Thus is the collective unconscious kept on track.

Challenge I: The Mother Versus The Victim The very first challenge that befalls an incoming infant is to experience that he
or she is connected to a functional whole. The development of trust corresponds to an emotional understanding of what it
means to be a mother. The mother archetype is the manifestation of what the mindscape contains after this first challenge is
surmounted. The mother constitutes what has been called the yin force of the ability to receive energy and information
through the empathic and intuitive pathways of insight. The mother embodies the concept of an unconditionally loving and
giving universe that embraces each of its points of conscious light. The mother embodies the connection of the individual to
the world. The mother listens and emphatically receives messages of the spirit and of all spirits. The mother concept
encompasses both Mother Earth and the Goddess energies of mythology. The "Mother" establishes a link with the physical
world that leads to a trust in its friendly nature and starts the entity on the road to acting in a creative fashion. This is
then reversed by the belief that other entities and their institutions are necessary to erase that "trust" and rely on an
outside force to control further conduct of the entity. During this most early challenge, the brain development is
insufficient to hold many conceptual thoughts, and the senses alone provide the information. Actual conceptual thought is
confined to memories of action patterns of approach and avoid. Voluntary movement is possible at this stage, but conscious
strategic future intention is not yet

present and most actions are purely bodily responses. The neural development ensures that the sensory systems will be the
driving force, before the mind has an opportunity to absorb habitual judgments. A sense of permanence is not yet formed until
the second year of life to ensure that the foundational patterns of moving to the inner needs are firmly ingrained. Up to the
age of at least two, the entity is in justified need of a full emotional dependency for the brain to develop along natural
lines. A complete sense of security and reliance on the mother figure is essential to normal psychological development.
For this reason alone, a child should be kept in a most "motherly" environment. Day care is, at best, a poor substitute.
The mother also constitutes that first sense of freedom to move within a safe and secure environment. As the parents nurture
and assist the child in all of its need-meeting activities, the child is pulled up upon its own independent feet and the mind
forever embraces what it means to be a mother. The child is firmly rooted in its body in its world, comfortable in the goodness
of both. In an enlightened environment the child, either a boy or a girl, will conquer the mother challenge during the first year
of life and shall carry this conceptual archetype within the mindscape and be able to function in the role of the mother if
parenting should be a choice. With the mother, come the feelings of trust, faith and love which offer lifetime empowerment to
be open and to receive life's feedback and courage to overcome challenges. For the above reasons alone, these have to be
considered the most

192
critical years of a child's development. Though so called psychological experts may cut that time period in half for the
sake of smooth productivity in the workplace, it will not serve society well to have anything less than fully developed
children bring a state of balance with them into adulthood. On the other hand, the child might continue to struggle with
the mother challenge, perhaps for the entire lifetime. The quality of the early foster environment makes a crucial difference
upon the first success or failure at this challenge. If the mother challenge is not surmounted, this sets in motion the less
purposeful chaotic path of compromised emotional, intellectual, mental, and spiritual development (in terms of expansion of
the entity.) The child instead develops the victim archetype in the mindscape. The victim archetype can last a lifetime unless
consciously altered through conscious self-development. The victim fears for its safety, mistrusts the world, experiences a lack
of mobility, becomes overly dependent, feels as if others "owe me", and uses the strategy of denial and blame instead of
action. The victim becomes avoidant and does not receive the incoming energy necessary for fully functioning and unity.
Since it is the receptive energy, the victim fails to do anything to change the situation, simply taking on more and more pain.
Once again, the "foster care" environment versus a more natural "mother care" one, is bound to have consequences
for an entity, which can last well into adulthood. Nature offers its own lessons in child rearing and teaches most
effectively by example. But because many so-called human experts consider nature as an inferior life form, the
appreciation of natural law goes unnoticed.

The victim will also display a constellation of what have been termed anxiety disorders, for fear will become a lingering
corrective signal. When the individual does not feel safe in one's own body or in the world, the stage is set for panic disorders,
generalized anxiety, phobias, and somatic, bodily disorders such as hypochondria. This is a bigger potential pitfall for those
who are particularly genetically sensitive to stimulus or having a low pain threshold. Organic propensities and events can also
lead to autism, wherein a curtain is drawn between the individual and the rest of the world and certain sensory information is
simply not received. Devoted "motherhood" is not necessarily a guarantee for the development of a perfect human
being, but it can go a long way to modifying what might be the potential problems that can be present for other
reasons. Although there probably have never been objective studies done between childhood psychological problems
and the parental care environment, it would behoove society to take a much closer look at the relationship and the
benefits that can result when natural patterns of nurturing are kept at the fore. Challenge II: The Father Versus The
Martyr The second challenge that falls naturally during the second year of life, is that of embracing the father concept. The
father is the archetype that embodies the yang energy, the aggressive, rational, and active properties of the human self. The
father energy is embodied in autonomy, initiative and empowerment to actively control one's own destiny. The father
challenge furthers the sense of individual safety,

connection, and freedom, and adds to it the power to make things happen in the world. It adds a grounding in the mind like the
mother challenge grounded the body, as the mind chooses joy as its guide. The father is the developmental challenge, that
hooks the consciousness into the divine system of self regulation. Both yin and yang can then interact in a balanced exchange
and provide the solid foundation for unified, purposeful living. In order for this opportunity to be present, a certain
amount of leisure has to be enjoyed by both parents. To allow the necessary amount of time available for parents to
carry out this role, (particularly the father, on whom society tends to place the greater provider role) society must
come to understand the true value of the suggestions outlined above. The developing brain at this point can hold crude
representations but not long-term or complex strategies. The "mind" is not yet fully functional, but with each successful
environmental interaction, it grows evermore able. Throughout this process, the child's basic sensory perceptions take on more
and more intuitive abilities, and a wholeness of being begins to take form. This suggests that the more time spent in
"interaction" between parent and child, the mental and even psychic growth process of the child is enhanced. This
results not only in enhanced mental capabilities later in life, but in the confidence in the self-awareness of the
"wholeness" of one's being. Would that parents who compete against other parents to get their children into the best
early schooling, see the true value of serving as their child's primary teacher and guide in the earliest and most
formative years. In other words, putting the parent-child relationship first from the very beginning.

The father challenge builds upon the "all is one" receptive connection of the mother archetype to add "honoring others" in
active thought and action. This provides the foundation for the aspects of parenting as well as the ability to take care of one's
self in the cooperative context of loving others. The social strategies become cooperative interactions and the morality is to
reduce pain in all. Feelings of confidence, hope, and honor accompany this passage. The father challenge is naturally
surmounted within the second to fourth years of life. Nothing teaches proper parenting to succeeding generations like
example, especially as learned by the child in the early stages of his/her development. As closely as a mother's total
presence might be to the child's development in the first year, so of equal importance is the relationship with the father
from the second through the fourth years. If not, the individual will struggle with "father" issues in addition to the mother
challenges. They will revolve around freedom, power, and creating abundance and well being. There will be a tendency to
take on pain on a long-term basis, and eventually to take on the pain of others in the martyr archetype. The fear takes on

193
shades of shame and doubt as both active/receptive roles are questioned and bring a lingering fear of losing control. The
martyr subjugates his or her own needs for the sake of others in a misguided attempt to please or actively provide. Many
currently fashionable beliefs about self-deprecation and religious selflessness create this dysfunctional pattern. While the
victim will blame himself or his oppressors, the martyr will blame opponents. There can be wildly creative

strategies of self-deception that uphold and justify the martyr archetype. The main social strategy will become competition,
and the moral development will be arrested at the level of avoiding punishment. The mere spending of time in the father's
loving care and company can result in the benefits listed above. This would apply to both boys or girls, as the
consequences would be complimentary to the adult life of either. In a society that has come to place a great value on
productivity, even at the expense of family life, there is bound to be serious consequences for each maturing
generation, if "maturing" would necessarily be the appropriate word. Although the father challenge can be surmounted at
any time during life, characteristic patterns occur when it remains unmet. The mental conditions that spring from the
unanswered father challenge can result in impulse control disorders, obsessive compulsive tendencies, sexual disorders and
dependency upon psychoactive substances. Impulse disorders spring from unmet needs as the martyr continues to neglect the
self. Patterns of compulsion to engage in any behaviors that meet needs temporarily or provide escape from the pain of the
moment can result in chemical addictions, gambling, workaholism, pyromania, fetishes, and other sexual perversions. How
many of the social disorders of our society can be traced to the absence of the father figure? Social policies that
discouraged the presence of the father in the home seem to be taking their toll in present-day society. All this was the
result of a decline in the general value placed on the importance of the nuclear family, which previous generations had
valued most highly.

More severe conditions result from combinations of unmet mother and father challenges, which can base further
developmental disorders.Individuals with a special gift of intuitively attuning to alternate self-aspects can later create multiple
"mindscapes" wherein particular memories and responsibilities fall to different alternate personalities. Attunement to such
intuitive senses at this age is one predictor, but this condition is generally facilitated by an abusive environment, and can
usually be avoided entirely. Multiple personalities in adults have already been observed to be associated with an abusive
childhood. For this reason alone, the emphasis on providing a whole and loving environment should be given primary
consideration. Should other emotional disorders be traced to similar malfunctioning family situations, it is possible
that the importance of such may once again come into vogue. Challenge III: The Contributor Versus The Servant The
contributor challenge has been referred to as the whole child or even the warrior archetype, for it builds upon the yin/yang
spiritual energy by adding a separate sense of self. The contributor challenge culminates in a unique conscious focal point
identity that of "self". It is the culmination of the emerging "mind". The contributor attains a finalized sense of autonomy, but
within the context of a connected interdependent world. When placed in the most advantageous environment, the child
becomes a "contributor" to its own autonomy. There is a natural growth process that results in a creative stimulation,
which is most motivated toward a

maximum potential as result of being exposed to an optimum setting. The contributor challenge meets the need of self-
esteem within the context of freedom, power, and connection. Honoring one another translates to honoring self as an equal
contributing part of the whole. The contributor challenge establishes a sense of equality and cooperative equal exchange, a
personal sense of empowerment, value, and contribution to the whole. Feelings of pride, self-confidence, self-worth and
excitement come from surmounting the contributor challenge. The contributor experiences a sense of personal reward for
contributing their unique offerings. An early sense of creativity and meaning begin to form as strategies are personally chosen.
The morality level takes on a sense of personal moral duty to contribute positively to self and society; and is no longer to
simply avoid negativity but to actively contribute positively. Just as a flower grows to full bloom when placed in good soil
and provided with sufficient moisture and sunshine, so a human being is likely to live a fully balanced life when
provided with sufficient nurturing and love. Like the necessary corner of a triangle, each child feels compelled to play
a complimentary role of gratitude toward the creators of his/her environment. The contributor challenge builds upon the
others and can be completed by age six or during adolescence. During these years the brain is growing in leaps and bounds as
the mind comes into its own. Its processing abilities and logical thought begin to engage in order to put objects in the world
into order in the new mental repository. This is

the most fertile time period for interventions which can turn around detrimental courses caused by abusive or under-
stimulating foster environments, and prevent a good deal of future mental and emotional dysfunction. This would suggest
that the proper learning environment would compliment the ideal environment or correct the shortcomings of earlier
experiences. The formal education would need to encourage a creative process and minimize the counter-productive
programming which might come back to undo the benefits of the secure nurturing established by right parenting up to
that time. This further educational process would not be a time for the introduction of fear and guilt. On the other hand,

194
the contributor challenge might not be met, and problems can continue to compound. If none of the challenges have been met,
there can be further developmental delays and future anxiety, impulse control, and mood disorders. At this point, the child is
particularly vulnerable to dissociation, since the mind is emerging as a singular self-unit. Although there has been a pattern of
attuning to alternate states of conscious focus, they now can become alternate self-aspects, or multiple personality
counterparts. The nurturing process that avails the child to continued guidance from the devoted yin and yang
influences will help to offset whatever negative influences that the contributory challenge might be required to face. In
other words, good parenting does not end at the age of six. Alone, this unmet challenge can establish the pattern of the
servant. The sense of self is established, but within the dysfunctional martyred context of value in the self only from pleasing
others. The servant experiences low-self

worth, does not feel appropriately rewarded for his contributions, and becomes stagnant due to lack of pursuing self-needs.
These lower personality characteristics might make the subject more manageable in a controlled society, but it would
also result in that decline in creativity and spiritual growth. More civilizations have probably declined because of a loss
of creative freedom than any other significant factor. Avoidant strategies of blaming continue, and accountability for one's
actions escapes the servant's notice. Feelings of feigned superiority, inferiority, boredom, role confusion, and guilt all
accompany the servant mentality. There will be difficulties in self-discipline, in setting personal boundaries and in meeting
needs. There will be fear of rejection, over emphasis upon physical appearance even defensive narcissism, fear of making
mistakes and over-sensitivity to criticism. If these characteristics are apparent in the maturing child, it can now be
clearly diagnosed as being the result of the environment created by the parents, in which the child has not been
allowed to develop a balanced relationship with his/her world because of the misconception of feeling that he/she is
supposed to remain in an inferior position, even into adulthood.

Challenge IV: The Lover Versus The Actor

With the challenges surmounted that have satisfied initial connection, power, freedom, and esteem, the brain developed and
the mind is place, the need for connection is revisited in the challenge of the lover. This challenge

generally falls around puberty and early teen years and comes to the fore with the help of hormonal sexual urges, although
sexual love is but a small part of its offerings. One has to wonder what the absence of "hormonal sexual urges" is
indicative of; of course such urges can be turned inward and result in masturbation until and unless a greater level of
trust with another is accepted. Otherwise, this can be a very risky period to work one's way through. The lover
challenge entails learning the ability to have intimate friendships, to share openly without fear and to develop the deepest of
human bonds. It fleshes out the early concepts of connection by coming full circle and offering yourself to others as the
mother once offered herself to you. This stage marks the genuine expansion of the self concept to fully include others in the
thoughts, feelings, and actions. Creative impulses also come to the fore and the need for meaningful encounters strengthens.
The lover begins to build a common reality with intimate friends without limit, fear, or competition. The morality of the lover
honors the social order, but takes on a higher sense of duty and commitment to building the intimate friendship. Of the two
qualities, sexual drive and intimate relationships, it would seem that the latter reflects a higher level of development in
the human level of progression. This would explain why the female, at the earlier years of adolescence would seek
friendship with more depth in thoughts and feelings and accept the sexual nature as a necessary part of male
companionship. Feelings of compassion, love, tolerance, forgiveness,

loyalty, honor, faith, and hope are the rewards of surmounting the lover challenge. These feelings are based within a
mindscape that understands love as the divine power. On the other hand The actor archetype can instead emerge. The actor
understands that there is some inherent value in connection with others, but is overcome by limiting beliefs that create
mistrust, fear, and anger. The actor uses deception to pretend intimacy but remains isolated within a defensive mindscape.
There will be emptiness, shallowness, competitive dominance and submission, and sabotage of relationships that get too close
for "the mind's comfort". The "actor" can have a strong sexual drive but will more than likely not have the level of
maturity to be content in an emotional attachment. Such an individual will engineer a severing of any relationship that
appears to demand a lasting and permanent connection with another person. This is often carried out on a
subconscious level without fully comprehending the mental forces behind such behavior. The lover challenge when
unmet can create further mental conditions such as mood disorders, personality eccentricities and erratic and dramatic
behaviors. The feelings of jealousy, contempt, hostility, and even hate can come from a lack of loving reconnection with the
world. A good deal of histrionic, sociopathic and psychopathic behavior culminates at this point when there has been
dysfunction at the lower levels of challenge. Individuals can retreat into severely limited mindscapes, and isolate themselves
from others both mentally and physically. Just as physical pain can serve as an alert to a state of bodily

195
imbalance, so can emotional "pain" serve as an alert to a return to the totem pole of development. Here the need for
rebuilding is likely to be called for. At the very least, a fuller understanding of the natural/obstructed process of
human growth should be reviewed. Challenge V: The Speaker Versus Silent Child During adolescence, challenges come
upon one another as the growth process reaches its goal of physical maturity. The speaker challenge engages the creative
impulses to the maximum level so that external expression can be shared with the world. "Speaking" in this sense means any
form of creative expression in the world that communicates an original perspective, becoming an abstract or concrete cultural
contribution to the world. This is the point of verbal creativity, but can also be expressed in a succinct form of humor or
a tendency to be rebellious. Whatever form it takes, it is an expression of uniqueness and should be appreciated as
such. When funneled into positive activities, it can establish one of the bricks upon which future development can be
made. At this point in the natural unfolding development, the mindscape has been finely honed and is attuned to both body
and spirit. Life becomes a passionate pursuit of self-development and creative self-expression. The need for meaning also
becomes more and more salient as the intuitive pathways continue to blossom. The speaker is characterized by strengthened
truth and integrity, seeking broader arenas for creative expression, solid boundaries and self-solidarity. The morality of the
speaker continues to respect social duty, but also speaks up when limits of

convention hinders any self in any way. The feelings of creative accomplishment, passion, courage, mirth, and faith become
constant companions of the speaker. As the "speaker" looks around and sees the hypocrisy of his/her world, there is a
compulsion to make corrections wherever possible This leads to a level of natural hostility between the adolescent and
the adult population and a strong drive to separate oneself from the trappings of conformity. Oddly, the conformity
then tends to follow the trappings of one's own peer group for strength in the conflict between adolescent and viewed
adult. The speaker challenge accomplishes a sort of merging of the mind with spirit that appears to be a surrender to the
divine, and opens itself freely to the offerings of life. The speaker courageously goes forth, speaks and acts creatively, and
fears not what will come of it. For the speaker feels the spiritual joy of creative expression and is becoming more and more
attuned to the meaningful patterns of life. The mindscapes that hold the fundamental archetypes, of course, minimize painful
missteps. Like sailors mindful of the rules of the sea, the better prepared for the voyage, the more likely the chances of
finding an intended port. This is where the early comfort and assurances prove to be of tremendous value, for true
creativity can not be carried if the distractions from early life have diverted the ship of destiny. If the challenge goes
unmet, the silent child pattern will instead be evident. The silent child falls victim to a limited mindscape that creates ongoing
fear. It hides itself in shame and hurt. Its unexpressed creative energies are often channeled in internally directed anger.
Feelings are held in,

but burst forth in dysfunctional thoughts, and self-destructive actions. The pain of separation is a constant cross to bear, and
the accumulation of pent-up feelings often prompt the escapism into avenues of chemical dependency or other forms of
avoidant withdrawal. When we see such a troubled adolescent, we see little more than a "challenge" who is lacking in an
opportunity to indulge in an act of creative expression. Many times the mere discovery of a particular interest or talent
can stave off a self-destructive path. The educational system can be trained to recognize the cause behind such
behavior and bring to the attention of both adolescent and parent (on a separate basis, if possible) what talents are
recognized; and establish opportunities where attention can be directed. If there has been an ongoing failure to meet
needs still at this stage, there can be quite severe psychological repercussions. The more severe forms of mood disorder and
thought disorder begin to appear at this time in those most genetically vulnerable. Symptoms such as schizophrenic psychosis,
self-mutilation, and suicidal depression can begin to present themselves. In recent times, a great deal of financial attention
has been directed toward the area of sports and away from such equally important areas as music and art. Even
technology as is possible with the use of computers would be of benefit, provided it is encouraged to be used in a
creative manner and not just as a tool to excel in a profitable career at a later period of one's life. Challenge VI: The
Seer Versus the Intellectual With all former challenges surmounted, the foundation is in

place for the unfolding of the higher brain potentials. Enlightened mindscapes have all archetypal understandings applied in
conscious thought and action and experience far less emotional interruption than that considered normal at present. Where the
spiritual energy flows easily between body, mind, and spirit, there is no resistance to feedback, and the individual can "see" far
more clearly and intuitively. If not raised in that more perfect environment where parents are ideal models and
everything is lined up properly for the natural evolution of mind, body and spirit, the only true road back to this solid
balance between "body, mind, and spirit", may be through such practices as meditation or intent as expressed through
prayer. The latter may seem a simplified process, but as a supplementation to intent, it is likely to produce powerful
and satisfying results. The seer has conscious control of the self and is unified in every sense. The seer has clear and accurate
mental perceptions and has no need for avoidance or deception of any kind. He or she is secure in power, freedom,
connection, esteem, is creative and now becomes compelled by the need for meaning. The seer begins to focus attentions to
the higher, more meaningful aspects of mental creativity, but remains firmly rooted in body and in actively expressing in the

196
physical world. The seer begins to access psychic gifts and tap potentials from beyond space/time. The seer begins to
understand the meaning within the nuances and synchronistic nature of life. The seer no longer has the blinders created by a
limited mindscape, and begins to embrace the true nature of the physical experience. The mantra of the seer is to "seek only

truth". What separates the "seer" from the intellectual is a willingness to strike out into territory that the so-called
intellectual consciously tried to avoid for fear of being rejected by his fellow intellectuals. The seer can be comfortable
both in the area of conformity and non-conformity, knowing that true mental and spiritual evolution comes from a
level more sophisticated and detached than the world generally upholds and defends. The seer begins to recognize and
willfully control each of his creative events. Ideals of external controllers, superstitions, and fear-driven beliefs of power loss
are simply not part of the seer's mindscape---for such slivers have never been seriously entertained. The illusory cause and
effect relationships of the physical realm begin to give way to the higher understandings from beyond space/time as the seer
becomes ever more broad in his scope of conscious vision and exploration. There are few lingering emotional corrective
signals, as the seer creates events and situations that no longer limit and frustrate the spirit. The predominant feelings of the
seer are compassion, love, honor, mirth, bliss, gratitude, passion of living and purposeful experience, excitement of creation,
and the delightful surprise and wonder in watching how desired events will unfold. The truly well-rounded person can look
at life and see what a blessing it offers to those who do not take it too seriously. To see that it was meant to be enjoyed
and to offer experiences that lead to greater understanding of our own nature and our role in the overall scheme of
things. Once that relationship is fully understood, the limits to our creativity are put aside.

The seer enjoys the fully functional nature morality, wherein the moral directive is the universal principles of justice, equal
empowerment, compassion, respect, honor, and accountability. The seer neither needs nor accepts external forms of moral or
legal control, for they are known to be generally less enlightened than internal controls. The seer understands the deepest
meaning within all symbolic morality systems and lives by the inner urgings of his spirit, enjoying cooperative, emotionally
rewarding interactions with all fellow humans. The "seer" transcends the world of power and control and establishes a
confidence of both to where he/she does not need to rely upon others, be they individuals or institutions, to guide the
conduct of one's life. Once the person is comfortable in such a state of mind, no additional guidance is necessary,
except that which comes from within. The only challenge is to learn to trust in that inner guidance. In an enlightened
environment, the seer can emerge as early as in the late teen years. At present, however, the full value of the seer expressed in
the physical realm is rare indeed. The more recognizable pattern can be recognized as the archetype of THE
INTELLECTUAL. The intellectual is too often judged by the educational credentials and the refined manner of
expressing such information which is accepted among his/her fellow intellectuals, or at least not too far adrift from the
"accepted". If the scientists declare that nothing can travel in excess of the speed of light, this is regarded as sacrosanct
and not to be questioned. If the existence of the spiritual quality of humans is not immediately evident and measurable,
it is deemed to not exist. Thus, whatever is placed at the highest point of the intellectual levels of society, is never to be
doubted. It is the modern day practice of scientific

dogma. The intellectual has made some positive progress, but has a mindscape that revolves around the existing mindscape
rather than a genuine openness to ongoing self-development. The intellectual has come to certain judgments and finite
conclusions and holds fast to them, often going to great lengths to rationalize, justify, and even deceive to make incoming
information fit the existing mold. The intellectual must constantly defend the mindscape against any corrective emotional
signal and engage in selective perception. The intellectual will often have a strong sense of superiority and be loath to allow
anything or anyone to question it. A great many of the intellectual and scientific presumptions so highly prized in the
world today, when compared with the previous ages in the development of mankind, bear a striking resemblance to the
dogmatic positions of past centuries. It is not so much in the information upheld, but in the manner in which it is
defended. The broadening of a perspective can not be accomplished without a willingness to question that perspective.
The intellectual will become less and less likely to engage in genuine self-development. The mental judgments will continue
to become evermore complex and perhaps impressive to some, but all judgments do nothing but limit potential and create
spiritual distress. The intellectual will find it more and more necessary to subordinate the intuitive functions to the rational
analytic processes because the intuitions bring information contrary to the mindscape. Eventually the entire right brain will be
less involved than

the left. This is especially true when the educational process defends and practices an attitude of programming which
appears to worship one method and almost literally ignores the other. Degrees of recognition are awarded to those who
conform to the process that is most recognized and accepted. Those who decline or veer away from such accepted
curriculum, pay a dear price for such intellectual/emotional individuality. The intellectual will not be able to escape the
signals of fear, anger, sadness, and guilt. Their mental and physical horizons will begin to collapse. They will necessarily
narrow their field of activity and limit their friendships to those who can be persuaded to agree with them. They will put others

197
off with haughty superiority, rigid opinions, and judgmental expressions as well as ensuring a safe physical distance. They
will lack compassion and tolerance, and may demand perfection in everyone but themselves. There will be a natural isolating
effect as the intellectual retreats to live in the superior surroundings of his or her own mindscape. The above description
might be familiar to a great number of so-called professional people in our society. It might even be described as a
state of insecurity that follows success. Unfortunately, it hints at a true sense of failure in that once a determined state
of separation from ones fellow human beings of contrary viewpoints becomes an adopted life style, mental and
spiritual growth tend to suffer. The intellectual, having lost touch with the feeling system, will attempt to hold in feelings
and subordinate them to ration, in evermore impressive mental contortions to justify

the limited mindscape. The spirit will then work overtime during both waking and dream states to get its message
through. The feelings will manifest inwardly, however, in depression, paranoia, and resentment. If underlying challenges
have remained mostly unmet, there are serious repercussions to the intellect. Such a mindscape has little effectiveness at
surmounting daily challenges, lifestyles; and worldviews are quite distorted and detrimental. In fact, not many individuals
even remain living if a minimal amount of progress is not attained by this time. The entity might simply decide that willful
limits are so profound that life is a try-again, do-over. There will then be a direct spiritual hand in the final exit. Perhaps a fatal
illness, an "accidental" death, or the more direct suicidal exit. The above paragraph clearly suggests that the repercussions
of imbalance toward the intellect, at the expense of the emotional, can be life threatening. But before that point is
reached, it can simply be life-distracting. In a left-brain oriented society which awards prizes to intellectual pursuits,
we run the risk of maintaining a perpetual state of distortion which eventually supports rationalization to a point of
disaster. A good example of this was this country's early attitude toward our involvement in Viet Nam. Even today,
there are too many who believe that greater levels of aggression and violence would have achieved a desirable result.
The inner needs and intuitive forces which propel the challenge of the seer cannot help but broaden the bounds of
consciousness at this point in physical development. If there are any propensities toward a mobile consciousness or
personality fragmentation, they can become psychotically profound at this point. As the intuitions and

information from beyond space/time impinge upon the closed mindscape they can be distorted and misinterpreted, but
considered valid and real. They can facilitate episodes of delusional, paranoid, psychotic, and manic-depressive behavior. If
this isn't enough of a warning to inspire one to a point of self-examination, I'm not at all sure what it would take. The
"episodes" listed above are too often considered by the medical profession to be little more than mysterious chemical
imbalances when, in fact, they are more likely to be the consequences of one's personal distractions. Challenge VII:
The Transcender The final challenge lies in the continued focus upon the evermore complex levels of meaning that can be
derived from the creative physical experience. As the self continues to expand internally and externally, so do the creative
talents and powers of the individual. This archetypal understanding can be called the transcender. It has been historically
referred to as the wise old man, the guru, the ascended master and other such related concepts. Reaching the full and complete
state of the transcender is very rare indeed in the current Earthly experience. While it is true that the current earthly
environment is not conducive to developing the wisdom necessary to become an "ascended master", such can be
overcome by intent. Information expressed in such examples as the "Lessons", can assist in the process. And while
opportunities to apply these lessons may appear to be few and far between, as we absorb such information, the
opportunities will automatically present themselves.

The transcender lives spontaneously in the present moment but can only do so due to the finely honed mindscape that is
skilled in all worldly spheres. The mindscape is free of both positive and negative judgments, yet the experiences created
bring emotional delight, and the spiritual resonance from a blissful instant, intuitive, ineffable, energy/understanding. The
transcender is indeed, the full and whole human potential---the experience that the physical embodiment is designed to be. A
major step in evolving to the status of the "transcender" is getting beyond the temptation to indulge in the "positive
and negative judgments" spoken of above. Naturally, this is difficult to do in an atmosphere where so many others
revel in the practice, but it need not be. We are all individuals with the freedom to choose to do or not to do whatever
we like. It may require getting beyond our comfort zone, but the rewards are far greater than mere security. The
transcender has the entire world at his or her fingertips in complete understanding of the purposes and functions of the
physical realm. Such an individual has developed and enjoys a tremendous flexibility of consciousness and is no longer
simply limited to the narrow mental daytime focus of the personality. The transcender is often competent in mobility of
consciousness in realms beyond space/time, enjoying out of body sojourns, lucid dreaming, extra-sensory perception,
telepathic communications, and is highly effective at manifesting energy into matter. The transcender is also competent at
conscious willful control over bodily processes, and exhibits impressive healing abilities. Some individuals have mastered
some of these

198
potentials including those that can manifest matter seemingly from thin air without any time-lag. The entity known as Jesus
Christ can be offered as the best example of the potential of the transcender. There are those alive today who have mastered
many of the qualities indicated above. Yet, they are not fully recognized by a world so caught up in the intellectual
illusions of our time. If it doesn't fit into the current paradigm, it simply can not be incorporated by the international
media. So, those few who do witness these qualities tend to worship the "pointer" and failure to comprehend the
lessons behind the genius/spiritual qualities that make it possible. Therapeutic Approaches to Mental Health To the
enlightened mind, it should be clear that the best approach to mental health is in allowing it to unfold, without messing it up
with social fear, judgment, and external control. Evolving beyond the idea that human nature is flawed by mental disorder or
"sin" can go a long way toward attaining mental and emotional order and purpose. Until the emotional system is understood
and given its rightful place as the divine self-regulation system, most attempts at mental cures will be only marginally
successful. Let's begin again with the acceptance that we are not automatically introduced to this physical existence in
a state of perpetual probation, with the only hope of being allowed to evolve into complete entities tied to the governing
regulations of some particular institution. Rather, let the beginning of a person's physical existence be unmarred by
anything other than the past-life baggage he/she might choose to bring aboard. From that point on, we can sail and
tack in the direction we elect to

travel. At present, many cures for mental illness cause far more harm than good. It is only when the emotional patterns are
recognized and accommodated in the natural developmental process, that mental health will naturally manifest. Approaches
which examine and alter belief structures are of course the most effective forms of therapy, but the added spiritual
understandings are essential additions to any such practice. Loving connection, trust, compassion and support between human
beings is far more therapeutic than most "cures". Would that the medical/psychiatric profession come to understand that
the establishment of an honest relationship between two human beings is the necessary groundwork for working
toward the cure of emotional problems. Once that is established, then the examination of the patient's belief system
could be approached for review. Pharmacological approaches are by far the most popular cure for most serious disorders,
but often do far more harm than good. Most individuals that take regular doses of psychoactive drugs can only continue to
take them because the chemical system has adapted to interfere with their potency in order to right and protect itself. But more
often than not, individual bodies and spirits heartily reject regular doses of powerful chemicals that simply alter the emotional
system instead of attacking the problem at its source. In fact, pharmacological therapy is a symptom of mass denial regarding
the knowledge of the human condition.

One of the saddest conditions of so called "modern" medicine is the administration of drugs to maladjusted children.
While it may have temporarily positive effects on their respective conditions, it leaves the true cures more distanced
and difficult to bring to the fore at a later time. Surely we can leave a better heritage for future generations. Healthy
emotional systems can easily be thrown off balance by ongoing stressful situations which tip the delicate chemical balance.
But there is presently far more susceptibility to such imbalances due to such factors as diet, exercise patterns, and of course
internal and external conflict. Many individuals who find themselves in a period of depression can simply enhance nutrients
and eat a more natural and balanced diet to completely restore chemical balance. Although individuals often respond
positively to a temporary dosage of certain medications, it is because they have jump-started the natural system into producing
the chemicals that have been insufficient. Even inert substances, when empowered with belief, can bring astounding
improvements. What do placeboes do if not pay tribute to the mind's capability to address and correct the state of dis-
ease that exists within us. Chemical substances such as typical manufactured drugs, have their place in the treatment
of illness, but as we come to understand the true nature of what makes up a human being, we will elect to approach
these states of imbalance with the balancing qualities of nature itself. But it will only be through the loving cooperation
within humanity that true mental health can emerge. With this lens of mental health in place, we can now discuss the
ramifications and connections for physical health.

Page 378-389 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Eta Lesson Two: Implications For Physical Health The Physical Focus
Historically, humanity has focused on the study of human health and based the therapeutic approaches upon the inner
workings of the physical form. Although it should be readily apparent that the body comes complete with its owns systems,
balances, developmental and healing processes, humanity has assumed the modern scientific understanding to be superior to
the wisdom of the body. Although the expansion of scientific self-awareness is a noble and necessary pursuit, at present, the
level of understanding is quite meager indeed. The emphasis is still upon the physical manipulation of the form as if matter
were an inert, unconscious, malleable putty to be shaped by human hands. What is not taken into account when viewing the
human body is that consciousness (mind) is an integral part of the state of human health and that unless it is addressed
and factored into the practices of health maintenance, the physical body takes on little more viability than an
automobile and the physician no more empathy than a mechanic. This level of understanding has based most approaches
to

199
the practice of medicine on the central assumption that permanent corrective alterations can be made through introducing
external substances and externally manipulating symptoms of inner states. Indeed, when an organ is surgically removed there
is a permanent change made to the material body itself. And indeed, there can be some valid benefits in taking such drastic
approaches when humanity is in the early stages of its evolution. But this approach only addresses a single aspect of the self-
construct, and works only at the level of the body. It manipulates symptoms when actual causes are located in other aspects of
the self. Therefore the physical approach cannot help but be shortsighted, and can yield only limited and temporary health
benefits. With the evolution of mankind, it should become more apparent that that which appears to be is more and
that the underlying explanation for a condition can be determined with the cooperation of the subject at the deepest
level of his/her being. At present, this assumption is so deeply rooted within mass consciousness that it underlies many
common beliefs and daily health practices. Some support good health, but most create a fearful artificial dependency upon
external medical caregivers and substances that are necessitated by the lack of faith in the natural healing processes. The
modern day health care crises illustrates the absurd level of external power that has been assumed. The government has been
forced to become entangled with providing health care due to its misguided efforts to control so many other aspects of human
experience. Ultimately, the removal of unnecessary

legal restraints and expansion of its educational role will reduce governmental involvement and allow individuals to reclaim
their rightful power for self-determinism and well-being. Ultimately, it is reduced to a question of "control". Who is going
to have it? Is it going to be something that will remain within the individual or must it be imposed by an outside
source. The state of one's healthful balance and the treatment of an imbalance must, in the end, stay with the
individual, until and unless the outside source is invited to play a helping role. Be aware, internal empowerment is the
key to optimal health. And indeed, the focus upon the body can give back a degree of that power. People can, in fact have
quite a positive impact upon their health by simply respecting and caring for their body. This is true because the body has its
own set of needs and requirements for its peak operation and carries out everyday healing miracles below the level of human
consciousness. It must simply be given clean air to breathe, wholesome foods to eat, clear water to drink, the activity and
mobility to keep its strength, flexibility, and vitality, its required level of restorative rest, and a lifestyle which honors these
six universal needs. These simple requirements underlie the smooth operation of many incredibly intelligent inner systems of
checks and balances that when left alone can bring far better heath than might be expected. Although these "simple
requirements" might be considered to be acceptably achieved in the normal course of one's life, there are serious
questions about the quality of our food and water, the opportunity for sufficient mobility, the chance for necessary rest
and the emphasis

being placed upon these requirements by those who can have an impact upon our environment, whether it be in the
workplace or in our homes. Active Faith In The Body The first strategic approach then becomes accepting the
accountability for one's own health and embracing the natural wisdom of the body. This will involve replacing any limiting
ideas about "natural" disease processes, vulnerability to communicable diseases or pollutants, and genetically inevitable
disorders of any kind, with the simple and well-founded faith in the body. The body's ability to cleanse, to adapt, to
manufacture anything it needs, and to control and protect its "self" are far and away more reliable and effective than any
external medical methods. Indeed it is the spirit that works beneath the mind's conscious focus to ensure health and immunity,
and its available information of how to do so is vastly unlimited compared to even the best of modern minds. Truly embracing
this understanding naturally brings the necessary feelings of faith. This is a most significant paragraph and one that holds
much potential to the state of good health. If we are truly spirit beings, with minds that have total control over our
physical nature, as these 'Lessons' seem to strongly suggest, than it is not unreasonable to presume that we can and do
have control over our state of health and well-being. That said, we must also factor in the belief system under which we
were raised and we now operate. The drugs and outside treatments we accept for our healing are our conditional
placeboes, without which we have difficulty operating. Yet, with the exposure of our minds to this new 'Enlightenment'
we have an opportunity to consider a basic point of

understanding and, hopefully, move in the direction of universal health, as it was/is intended. This faith motivates taking
active responsibility for one's health and designing a lifestyle best suited to supporting, rather than interfering, with the
automatic unconscious bodily mechanisms. This faith will be courageous enough to listen to medical advice or to take in the
latest scientific information, but to do so without embracing any limiting ideas which create fear. When faith is stronger than
fear, and integrity and honor for the body is stronger than denial of the personal responsibility and creative power, the limits of
the world need not become the limits of one's mind. With faith and relative absence of limiting beliefs, the spiritual energy
will flow naturally and unobstructed, the immunity and healing processes will operate at peak performance. This approach
will spur a natural evolution and betterment of the lifestyle in general as the individual finds higher and higher levels of
meaning within daily experience. The key to any state of health and well-being is faith in the best possible nature of our

200
being. This 'faith' transcends all of life's operations, whether they be tied to our vocational practices or our accepted
health practices. In the end, nothing will give us satisfaction or relief unless we believe we are gaining physically,
mentally and spiritually from that which we process into our lives. There is far more individuality than might be suspected
in lifestyle approaches that can bring equal health and vitality. This faith will include adherence to the spiritual feedback in
designing the individual lifestyle. Like all human

systems, health is a self-evolving condition which is directed by the genetic challenges and propensities and spiritual desires
of the entity, and mediated by the energy/information provided by the feeling system. This suggests that we may inwardly
know as individuals what is best for our physical state of being, even if our health problems are related to our genetic
make-up and have little to do with any current, environment conditions. If we can offset the external causes of illness
with faith in what we can become, we can also alter the genetic codes that we are supposedly conditioned to be victims
of, should we so decide. As individuals are allowed to explore life, follow inner urges, and learn through active experience
and spiritual feedback, they will develop the best internally directed approaches to all aspects of health. As these lessons
suggest, feelings of pleasure and pain are the essential language of spirit that speaks specifically to each aspect of the self. An
essential rule of the body is: "If it feels good, do it". Of course, this advice comes with the usual caution about denial, escapist
short-term pleasures, and self-destructive tendencies based on reduction of pain, but pleasure by its very nature is health-
giving. A warning is suggested here that the consumption of recreational drugs for the obtaining of immediate and
temporary "pleasure" is simply escapism at its worst, not to mention its ultimate, destructive consequences. The true
feelings of pleasure come from the unobstructed sources deep within our nature and must be gained without such
outside stimulation. The Pleasure Principle

Creating the conditions which invoke emotional pleasure releases hormones which affect all organ systems and make physical
changes to the form itself. Sensate pleasure and pain is the language of body, with emotional neuropeptides and receptor cells
in every area of the body to reap their benefits. The natural pleasures need never be questioned, for they are as valid as any
other universal truth. They are integral to the self-developmental process and intimately connected with meeting the universal
needs, whether or not the mind is yet aware of the details. It is the natural pleasures that are too often stifled by feelings of
supplanted guilt which, when so effected, often lead to other substituted pleasures offered from outside oneself. These
pleasures come in the form of legal or illegal drug forms and soon fall beyond the realms of control. Whereas the
natural pleasures of life, when tied to altruistic emotion, can be most beneficial in spiritual development. Although
pleasure is an individually defined pursuit, there are some general validities which affect all human forms. The life-giving
habits have already been offered which can facilitate this process and enhance the state of vitality through specific expressive
activities. A lifestyle which incorporates creative movement, vocalization, and touch into the daily routines can bolster the
physical health no matter what other choices might be made. Explorations into any number of ways to give the body pleasure
can yield many surprising methods of invigorating and restoring the body. Nothing can bring pleasure to the spirit, (and
thus the mind and body,)

like an activity carried out with an expression of love, whether that be in contact with another human being or in some
collective or artistic fashion. Tapping the creative juices is the equivalent to touching the spiritual, inner self. For
example, human touch and massage provides a great deal of pleasure because it stimulates and influences many of the
automatic bodily processes--including the muscular, central neural, and lymphatic systems, as well as providing human
connection. Vocalization from speaking and singing to shouting and crying not only vent emotions, but they give the body, a
rest from the effects of the mind, and they cleanse and move blocked energy. Such expressions help restore the bodily feelings
of freedom. If one can get a good massage from a devoted masseuse, share a hot tub with someone who can indulge in a
meaningful conversation or just sing one's lungs out in the morning shower, then there is a restoration of the
circulatory system in all aspects of being. Pleasure and pain is always a valid spiritual guide. One simple truth, however, is
that many humans at present will experience physical pain and emotional resistance to needed levels of physical activity.
Movement satisfies needs for freedom, creativity, meaning, connection, and builds self-esteem as the body is actively
respected and consciously honored and new challenges and worlds are conquered. A form of daily physical activity is
essential to the maintaining of a state of balance in the system, not to mention what it does for one's sense of well-being.
Whatever momentary periods of pain may be involved, these are more than offset by the positive results.

This is because such overemphasis has been placed upon the mind and its abilities, the body has been neglected. Mental work
and play have replaced many of the active forms resulting in sedentary lifestyles. Physical activity will be painful at first, and
the long-term gains and pleasures must be the driving force to get past these growing pains of the body. But the required
activity is so well accommodated within the natural flow, that the body itself compensates for any temporary growing pain
with natural chemicals that reduce the pain and allow the natural pleasures to take over. Endorphins are released that find
purchase within pain-reduction receptor cells, the heart gets pumping, and the body comes alive with vitality and enthusiasm.

201
Pain is often symptomatic of very neglected, sedentary bodies that have begun to atrophy for lack of vital activity. Some pain
is essential as a signal to alert us to a deteriorating situation and a reminder that allowing that state of deterioration
involves a price for correction. Happily, the mind helps to reduce the severity of the lesson by instructing the brain to
reduce the severity of the needed pain with a naturally produced chemical. With this kind of assistance and a little
discipline, the individual can recover from the self-inflicted state of imbalance. Athletes that utter the mantra "no pain no
gain" are aware of higher pleasures that follow activity and the more normal functional realm of the body once such deficit
states have been transcended. But one need not be an athlete to enjoy the life-giving pleasures of movement. (Any simple, but
regular regimen of dancing, walking,

running, Yogic posturing, Tai Chi-like movements, sexual activity, sports activities, etc., ----anything which honors the
integrity of the body, that allows the breath to increase, the heart to pump, the cleansing sweat to flow, and the feelings of
free-flowing spiritual vitality to arise, will do.) Generally, any action is better than inaction, but a routine of such movement
three to five times per week for 15-45 minutes each is sufficient for vibrant health. A vigorous walk every other day for a
half hour may be just enough to get one back on track. Then, whatever additional activity one might feel comfortable
with, would only be an added plus. Age is a relative factor and subject to the human will. A 30 year old might become a
skilled athlete, while a 90 year old might end up doing a slow jog. Each person will provide for his/her self whatever is
wanted and needed. Physical health can also be enhanced by ensuring the body adequate rest and relaxation. There are
physical and mental approaches to relaxation, both of which bring pleasure and restoration. Winding down periods of
relaxation after mental and physical exertions are also necessary toward keeping the overall balance of health. The body
responds well to muscle relaxation techniques, deep breathing, saunas or hot baths, massage, or even moderate alcohol
consumption. The mind responds to music, to expressing feelings and concerns to loved ones, to absorbing tasks, to engaging
hobbies, watching television, working puzzles, playing games, meditation and creating visual imagery, as well as to some
natural mind altering substances. All pleasures which bring active learning, self-development and expression are divine by
natural dictate.

To the degree that we wish to, we can gain in physical, mental and spiritual development by the simple actions of
indulgence. If a good walk is followed by a drink and a little soft music or television, then to that level, there is gain.
Should it be a degree of meditation, followed by an act of reading and written communication, so that will be the level
of gain. We all select our own timetable and compete only with our inner selves. Sleep itself is a highly individualized
process, but human sleep cycles have been dramatically affected by the cultural choices and conventions of humanity. For
example, six hour sleep periods alternating with six hours of wakeful activity are much more suited to peak physical health.
Short restful naps also enhance mental acuity and physical coordination. Meditative sessions are also helpful for many
reasons, but do not compensate for lack of sleep. The accepted adage that everyone needs eight hours of uninterrupted
sleep daily is probably not sound advice when it comes to physical and mental health, particularly when artificial
drugs, (i.e. sleep-eze, etc.), are taken to guarantee that full eight hours. A mid-day nap, in a cultural environment that
encourages such, can be much more beneficial to one's overall wellbeing. In sum, the simple, unobtrusive, care and
feeding of the body can make profound differences in one's state of health. Simply attuning to and answering the bodily urges
will lead to meeting needs and ultimately to conscious understanding of unconscious bodily wisdom. But with the human
mind, comes the ability to take over conscious control of many of the body's subconscious processes. Indeed, the challenge of
the physical realm is to learn how to manipulate matter with mind and create the conditions

which allow for the broadest expansion of spirit. But with mind also comes the capacity to reap ignorant destruction upon the
body. Thus far, the effects of individual mind and mass consciousness have been far more detrimental than necessary due to
the lack of enlightened self-understanding. We live in an era of spiritual ignorance. Religious institutions have failed in
their efforts to teach their members the importance of balancing the qualities of body, mind and spirit. Consequently,
our societies have become equally unbalanced, one feeding upon and contributing to the other. The solution to this
detrimental influence lies within, should we elect to seek it. The Power Of The Mind For mind creates the reality of its
beliefs, and the generally accepted mixture of conflicting directives within the concept of health and medical care is enough to
burden even the finest minds---and negatively impacts even the finest bodies. The mind can imagine and create any number of
maladaptive beliefs, attitudes, and strategies that can interfere with nearly every automatic process. We can, in effect, end up
being our own worst enemy when it comes to creating an environment for growth and even stability. We tend to thrive
on contradictions and are satisfied to ignore the end result in order to worship methodology. To answer the question of
"Why", we need to explore further. For example, the widely held belief that health lies in the hands of a medical
practitioner. With this belief, healing

and cure can be stimulated simply by a conversation with a medical practitioner, or it can be impeded by the thought of one's
physician being incompetent or uncaring. Suggestions of potential diseases which fit nicely into limiting belief networks,

202
judgmental attitudes, and unresolved spiritual challenges, can manifest those very conditions if fear is allowed to take root
over faith. These kinds of limiting beliefs are so deeply ingrained within many societies that people often suffer much shorter
lives simply because they believe themselves to be without the medical support needed, or hopeless victims of the latest
popular disease. Our pervasive medium of education in western society has now become the television set or the printed
word. The evening news brings into our home environment a high level of negativity regarding, among other things,
our personal health and well-being. Not a day goes by without a new threat to worry about. What else but a state of
"dis-ease" is likely to thrive in such an atmosphere. As stated, the body is an elegant cloak designed with incredible
resiliency and tenacity toward maximum vivacity and health---unless the conscious mind misguidedly decides otherwise and
actively interferes. (Indeed, having no mind at all is often better than one which works against its master). The body responds
incredibly well to the directives of mind, for the mind is intended to consciously expand and become the willful, creative
controller of the self. An elegant example of the bodily adaptive cooperation with mind is what has been called the "placebo
effect". Even with minimal suggestion, the body can heal itself or stop pain simply by using the energy that comes with the
idea of cure.

People of little capacity for rational thought or focus, such as those in mental institutions for most of their adult lives,
manage to enjoy relatively good health well beyond their expected life span. Those of low intelligence, as we tend to
measure it, will recover from illnesses or maintain a state of good health, with no more stimulation than a suggestion
from a respected source. No matter if the curative property is a sugar pill, a strong chemical, or a ritual chicken sacrifice, the
body responds to the idea embraced in the chemical or ritual. Generally, this is enough to release bodily chemicals to right
imbalances, but soon enough conflicting beliefs will return and negate its effect. Indeed, the body can produce far more
substances than are yet recognized, when maintained properly. But it is not the property that has cured, it is the belief in its
power which has channeled will energy into consciously altering the body. (Hypnotic suggestion and exploration will be a
future area where much will be discovered of the mind-body interactions.) In our present state of "mind" western man is
still too caught up in a mentality that dictates those limited beliefs of a mechanical nature toward the treatment of the
human body. Each part is regarded as a separate, disconnected section and a cure is the result of such limited focus.
The "placebo effect" is not to be accepted into this paradigm. It simply doesn't fit. As long as mind is regarded as a
product of physical evolution, it can not be allowed to play a part in the creation of reality. It is this particular belief
that serves as the essential flaw in our physical/mental/spiritual progression. Whether it is the entangled slivers about
health care, its own misguided need-meeting strategies, or its inefficiency in the role of converter of spiritual will energy, the
mind is

truly the source of health . If individuals are to simply look to their lifestyles and the beliefs that support their choices, they
will see many, many practices that work against the simple bodily requirements. If mind is eventually accepted to be the
source of illness and cure, then it will have to be accepted as an essential creative force of the state of optimum health
and well-being. Ignoring the obvious can only prolong a general state of suffering. Western society will have to begin
by facing the reality of things as they are and then move in the direction of what spirit wants them to become. For
example, the concept of food and what it means, sets people up for many mindtraps. Food becomes entangled with many of
the psychological needs, with cultural and social rituals, resulting in many dietary preferences, habits and attitudes that close
the mind to the wisdom of the body and the benefits of ongoing development. Food then is no longer considered primarily as a
nourishment mechanism, but becomes an avenue for pleasure that is missing in other areas of unfilled need. Mental deficits,
not physical ones, may prompt dietary choices and result in lifestyles that compromise the body's balances. Such choices over
time can contribute to weight problems, digestive problems, hormonal imbalances, diabetes, cancer, and many other disorders
and diseases. Do we eat to live or do we end up living to eat. Eating out and consuming lavish amounts with regularity
results in exaggerated appearances and, more seriously, internal and incurable states of illness. Intermittent pleasures
override the simple need for nourishment. Our excessive "gain" results in unanticipated "pain".

An effective strategy to counteract the habits and patterns which often inhibit the body, are cyclic dietary restorations. Since
the body develops tolerances and accommodates many debilitating habits, it can be reset, by periodic fasting. Breaking a rigid
dietary habit pattern can allow the body to return to a more natural state of balance and actually alter conditioned taste
preferences and habitual impulses, allowing the actual hunger and satiety conditions to change. Indeed, it honors the body to
regularly, perhaps once per year, undergo a three-to five day period of cleansing with juices alone as the diet. Then the gradual
introduction of solid foods over the next two weeks, beginning with fresh fruits and raw vegetables and relatively smallish
portions taken regularly throughout each day as directed by the urges of the body. This restorative fasting allows many
processes to return to much more natural states, and new preferences and patterns to emerge. Indeed, any habitual pattern
should be broken from time to time, to simply invite innovative alternatives. Such activity reflects a trust of the body to
know what is good for it and assists it in moving toward its natural state of balance. It is the "trust" that motivates the
process. The very act of fasting and abstaining is appropriate to reinforce the connection between mind and body. This

203
natural bonding can not but help achieve positive results. It is comparable to the "bonding" which takes place between
mother and child and the long term consequences which have been observed to follow. A mindscape with a simple,
natural approach to food drawing upon the gifts of nature, without much mindful intervention, will experience something
much closer to

peak physical vitality than even the most complex knowledge of vitamins, supplements, and curative potions. Nature has
provided all the organisms and seasonal rhythms to offer many forms of the basic nutritive requirements, as well as the inner
self guidance system to evolve the best personalized approaches to diet. If this is a matter of doubt, make a close and
unbiased observation of nature when not exploited by man. Balance is the base line upon which all natural life on the
planet thrives. There is a constant act of communication going on between plant/animal life and that higher source of
its being. Only when interfered with, does the system break down. As the natural self-developmental process unfolds, the
mind automatically seeks higher and higher levels of meaning, and there is a corresponding alteration in the evolving lifestyle
of the individual. Thus, there are as many approaches to food, exercise, and health as there are levels of spiritual development.
If the mind is truly doing its job, the spiritual feedback signals will bring continuous improvements to the strategies that
underlie health. As denial and blame are replaced with accountability for all of life's experiences, the importance of building
health will take a much higher priority, and a corresponding change in diet, exercise, and general faith in the body will
naturally unfold. The key to our growth and maintenance in our physical state is an appreciation of our ubiquitous
spiritual environment and nature. As we continue to raise our ideals and intentions, we invite the balancing aspect of
nature to come to the fore. The two are a blend that is not to be separated for as long as we occupy this physical state.
When we have

completed our understanding of our capacity to manipulate our physical environment, we can take the value of that
lesson on to a more etheric state and continue to expand upon the process. There are no necessarily right or wrong
approaches to meet the body's requirements, and an over-emphasis upon which approach is "the highest" can sacrifice the faith
in the body and bring unnecessary fear. For example, vegetarianism. As entities begin to evolve the self-concept to include all
life forms, it can become dissatisfying to choose to eat animal flesh and rob a conscious life form of its experience. Such
choices are well within the range of necessary human experience as the species' evolution unfolds. But at the present level of
mass consciousness, the limited concept of a "life form", the illusions of space-time, and the tremendous disconnection from
spirit create a good deal of confusion. Honoring the natural urges and learning from all emotional experience is the best way
to honor all spirits as well as design a dietary lifestyle. Because of what we have likely been exposed to in the usual
programming under which we were reared, there is a tendency to become dogmatic about the proper way of going
about conducting ourselves. It is best to avoid doing so (being dogmatic), lest the means becomes more important than
the end. All roads can lead to Rome, if that is one's destination. Keeping the ultimate goal in mind will serve as a guide
to whatever individual road we choose to take. At present, removing slivers is the first challenge to the mind's role in
maintaining health. For a mind choked with conflicting beliefs invests its energy so poorly that its higher potentials cannot
even present themselves, let along develop. There must first be an unblocking of energy,

before the full vital force can flow. Then there will come an individual developmental process where each person attunes more
to the feeling signals of body and embraces many available intuitive insights about what the body needs at any given moment
to bolster its vitality. Habits of thought die hard. Breaking a pattern may involve altering an environment or those
within it. In the end, we are nothing more than the result of our intentions. With that in mind, we can not fail in the
long run. The idea that the form is the only controlling force has blinded researchers to the role mindful experience plays in
the onset of most disease processes. As individuals embark upon this developmental process, they will become acquainted
with the bodily predispositons and the spiritual challenges they represent. As the challenges are surmounted, certain symptoms
begin to disappear. Many disturbances with symptoms such as allergic reactions, cancerous tissue overgrowth, and hormonal
imbalances are the direct result of emotional stress that has not been properly understood or addressed. As we continue to
expand the stress in our society and in our individual lives, we will invite the consequences which follow. When we
begin to backtrack from the end result to the primary cause, we will also begin to experience the benefits. It may
become unaffordable, economically and otherwise, to continue the patterns of poor health and a state of
"unaffordability" may ultimately end up being the motivating factor. As the divine self-regulation system provides its
unifying guidance, many apparent genetically inevitable conditions will simply reverse or not arise. Hidden beneath a pile of

conflicting and limited beliefs about health, lies the valid need for the mind and body to constantly interact in the divine
feedback process. Pause, look and listen. The answers to our problems lie within nature and within ourselves. It has
always been this way and will continue to be so. Managing Emotional Stress An essential part of maintaining health in the
world at present lies in understanding and mediating the daily stressors. Reconnecting to the inner spiritual guidance will put
the concept of stress in its proper context, as the cumulative level of unresolved emotional conflict. Stress is the symptom of

204
conflict between the self and world, due to the opposition between body and mind. Each conflict obstructs the flow of spiritual
energy and begs for correction. The more the stress, the bigger the physical detriment. Stress then has both a role in the natural
feedback process, and in how emotional energy builds, accumulates and creates disruption. At present, the ability to
understand and manage stress is essential to building health. Stress has been identified by conventional wisdom as a major
contributor to a state of poor physical and mental health. However, that having been done, a permanent alleviation of
the problem has not been addressed. There have been partial solutions suggested but none truly address the whole
problem. While it is agreed that stress is essential to our normal activity in this physical world, more is not necessarily
a good thing.

The divine self-regulation system is the instrument for effecting purposeful internal and external change. Since this divine
self-regulation system is intertwined so completely within the human biology, emotional arousal has a direct effect upon the
physical immune system. It is to be expected that any sort of change will bring emotional signals, and the more unexpected
and dramatic the change, the stronger the feelings will be---both good and bad. But in a general sense, stress is the cumulative
effect of lingering negative feelings of fear, anger, guilt, envy, resentment, etc. Embracing the concept of growing pains and
responding to the slightest signal will ensure that unhealthy amounts of stress do not accumulate. It would seem that the
wisest way to deal with any kind of stress is to invite the body/mind to recognize it early and deal with it accordingly.
The greater the accumulation of negative stress, the greater the risk of damage being done to oneself. When not dealt
with and relieved, the negative feelings associated with it, will pile up like bricks creating a wall. As the wall becomes
higher, it separates us from the All That Is. The amount of momentary stress or emotional dissonance, experienced in any
given moment can range from minor anxious growing pains, to a shocking and overwhelming emotional reaction that can
even overtake consciousness and cause one to faint dead away. The highest stressors have to do with major losses, such as
death of a loved one, loss of health, businesses, jobs, or major need-meeting resources. The worst experiences often surround
the power, freedom and connection needs. In the world today, sudden, unexpected, and painful life events will surely arise,
until

fully enlightened mindscapes are in place and events are created in line with all desires. It is not so much the nature of
stress-causing happenings which are our undoing. Rather, it is lacking of a broader understanding of these events
which cause us to react poorly. As we grow in knowledge of our physical, mental and spiritual nature as human
entities, we will be better prepared to deal with the stress created by these unexpected events. When age brings wisdom
instead of just accumulation and deterioration, then we will be able to integrate the lessons of life and help to pass on
this information to future generations. Indeed, as humans begin to embrace the enlightened understandings, there will be
accelerated progress and plenty of change. Individuals will begin assessing the very core assumptions and values which have
based long-term decisions. They may outgrow their friends, and even spouses, yet attract entirely new and more suitable
comrades. They might change jobs and even whole careers when recognizing and answering their inner urgings. They might
end or begin all sorts of group affiliations. Although this brings tremendous progress to the individual, it comes with a good
deal of emotional ups and downs---all of which can be reflected in the health unless a solid strategy of stress management is in
place. The art of managing one's stress is just that, an art. To achieve the quality of success necessary in achieving this
end would take an equal amount of wisdom and dedication (not to mention discipline), and could not be achieved on
any lesser plane than that which would inspire that dedication to change in the first place. In addition to the tender,
enlightened care and feeding of

the body, good stress management will involve structured ways to promote enlightened feedback and support for the process
of change itself. Such structures will include intimate friendships wherein life circumstances can be discussed. Each human
being can benefit tremendously by simply sharing life events, feelings experienced, and solutions in the context of connection
and the search for meaning. Such community is tremendously pleasurable as well as offering a forum for exchanging
perspectives, information and potential solutions. Would that such environments could be created and encouraged.
Despite all the clubs and organizations that exist as extracirricular activities, few pay tribute to the free flow of ideas
and values and the tolerance to consider what might be opposing points of view. Such structures will also counter
negative events with balances of healthy pleasures. Individuals can benefit tremendously from counterbalancing each
negativity with one active positively given to the self. This is particularly important in an historical age when selfishness is
condemned and martyrdom is advocated. The popular ideas that "suffering is good for the soul", or that giving something to
one's self is somehow less noble that giving pleasure to another, are simply unsound and create further emotional stress. With
a united body and mind and expanded self-concept, the pleasures of the individual self are never excluded from the pleasures
of all. Balanced and appropriate levels of self indulgence are not only recommended, they are required.

To overcome the programming that so many were subject to as young children and which remains so deeply ingrained
in the human psyche, we must begin at some defined point in time. For the sake of all concerned, that time must be

205
NOW. If the seed of such change can grow to fruition in only one individual, there is hope for a better world. Restoring
a sense of equity and balance can keep stress to a minimum. Thus, it is essential for each individual to know exactly what
brings about personal pleasures. Producing a list from the highest, to even the most minor, pleasures can clarify exactly how
the universal needs are fulfilled. When painful changes occur, after the necessary right and light responses are made, it is time
for legitimate celebration and reward. A selection from the pleasure list of an indulgence of appropriate size and
correspondence to the problem itself can help counter-balance stress as well as motivate quicker corrections. This is, no
doubt, good advice and many people practice it instinctively by seeking pleasures from a variety of possibilities when
they have been struck with a most damaging experience. As long as such "pleasure" is not at the expense of or damage
to someone else, then it can only be spiritually beneficial. Even "guilty pleasures", sinful foods, vacation getaways, or
expensive gifts when parceled to one's self in a balanced way can greatly enhance health without compromising the
contributions to others, the form of one's body or the resources of one's pocket book. Again this is an individual process, but
there are indeed many healthy pleasures to be had, with balance and moderation being the key. Universal pleasures, are of
course linked to the universal needs. Optimism, altruistic actions, confessional intimacy,

continuing education, creative expression, gaining control, life examination and finding meaning, laughter and tears are
healthful and life-giving. We are entitled to enjoy the best pleasures in life because we are, collectively, the best that life
has to offer. If we elect to refrain from this "doing and being" because we have been programmed to believe that the
more suffering we experience in this life, the more happiness we will experience in the next, then it will likely be that it
will take a long time to break that pattern of thought, regardless of whatever state we find ourselves. In sum, the mind
should be designed around the parameters, needs, impulses, and urges of the body to promote the most natural flow of health
and vitality. Take care to attune to and honor the body, to face all growing pains with courage and integrity, and to embrace
full accountability for making healthy lifestyle choices. The mind can then ride the wave to faith in the integrity of nature, of
spirit, and of the body to build and maintain health and vitality. In the end, the optimum word is "trust". If we can trust in
the universal goodness of All That Is and see that quality in all that surrounds us, we will likely find unlimited
possibilities to express our true nature. Wholism Fortunately, the time has come wherein humanity is awakening to a
bigger version of health and indeed a broader understanding of the human experience. Not only has the power of mind begun
to be suspected, but over the

past several decades, there has been a growing interest in alternative and wholistic approaches to health that also add the
spiritual component. Wholistic self-unity is indeed the bedrock for all kinds of health and vitality. It is only when there is
disunity that the spiritual energy force cannot flow freely between physical and nonphysical worlds, and freely throughout the
physical body. There is a spiritual force that permeates the physical body and it is the same force that exists in mind
and the same force that is Spirit. It is the ocean that exists in a wave and it is only mind and its programming that
contrives a state of separation so that there can be a source of control from without. Once this state becomes a
realization and is put into practice, the "last" source of control becomes the "first" and the "first source of control
eventually becomes the "last". This is the true state of the awakening. Humanity is poised on the brink of discovering and
enjoying a radically optimistic view of health---and life in general---as they embrace the enlightened understandings. It is
reclaiming the divine emotional system that shall at last reunite body, mind, and spirit in the vital whole that is intended to
regulate and support the most purposeful physical experience. There are subtle shifts taking place in the thought processes
of the "so-called" political leaders that seem to suggest that a new paradigm is beginning to have an influence. At the
moment, there is strong resistance from the collective establishment. But like a thief in the night, this "shift" is
creeping into the collective unconscious and bringing in the "gems" of enlightenment that spread like the vines in a
vineyard, until a wholistic view can no longer be ignored. As individuals re-attune to this long-lost inner sense, the

natural process will unfold. If the right and light responses are made to each painful emotional signal, the mindscape is more
and more cleansed of slivers and judgments, awareness of the natural bodily processes evolves and unclaimed potentials will
simply emerge. Health and vitality come along with this process, and the unification of body, mind, and spirit in any given
lifetime cannot help but promote maximum health and expression in all counterparts and aspects of the entity. Indeed, healing
brings a fuller spectrum of spiritual vitality across space-time. There may be many conventional processes we may have to
go through in order for the body, infused with spirit, to take control of the situation and gain that state of balance and
unity with Spirit. But being in a state of knowing (as is provided by these Lessons), will spark that process and achieve
that healthy state as is desired. When this unifying sense becomes embraced within mass consciousness, tremendous catch-
up progress can be made. The focus will immediately shift to the model of the trinity of self, and the roles of both body and
mind will be recognized as integral in the expression of spirit. The body will be rewarded and fulfilled by the mind, and the
mind will fully accommodate the spirit through enlightened belief structures, and be free to create any experience of its
choosing. As higher and higher levels of meaning are attained, individuals will recognize the constant interactive cycles within
and between the physical and non-physical realms. On a planet where only a small portion of the population can read, it

206
would behoove us to find a way to distribute this information and these insights in a ubiquitous fashion. One such
method might well be television. It would require a collective effort on the part of the communicative portion of society
to be willing and able to pass along the wisdom these Lessons offer. The internet could not completely serve this
purpose, since it normally requires a state of literacy. However, this technology is constantly expanding and greater
possibilities are at the fore. What is needed now is a human catalyst, a force of dedication to such a noble cause. For as
purposeful self-development and self-expression occur, there is an actual expansion of consciousness itself. With evolving
vibrancy there is a continuous increase in mental abilities where the eventual instantaneous manipulation of matter by mind is
entirely possible. Health and healing will be entirely different constructs than those which currently exist within mass
consciousness. We can now discuss the first step to this destiny in the new holistic understandings which are becoming known
as energy medicine.
Page 390-407 Lessons of Enlightenment Section Eta Lesson Three: Implications For Wholistic Health Health In The
New Millennium

The turn of the millennium marks a significant transition in the human consciousness with the rediscovery of the inner self-
regulation sense of feeling. Upon reattunement to inner guidance, when feeling signals are decoded and acted upon
purposefully, the subsequent enlightenment will naturally unfold. Individuals will begin to discover and reclaim the vast
empowerment that now is invested in limiting beliefs which purchase only minimal levels of expression---and allow only
minimal levels of physical vibrancy. The opening of a chakra is the equivalent of an opening of a portion of the mind to
the spirit. The terminology may seem strange and uncomfortable to us, but if we can accept that we are basically
"spirit beings" and are in a state of programmed limitation, we can begin to accept that there is a built-in
physical/mental/spiritual system in place through which we can expand our predestined potential. "Argue for your
limitations and they're yours". These are the words from the book: "Jonathan Livingston Seagull". Today, they have
more significance and meaning than ever. We have had our limitations chiseled into our minds like the words that are
chiseled in stone on our monuments. It is now time to abolish these monuments and get on with living our lives as the
creators that we were designed to be. The lack of self-understanding has dramatically reduced the amount of the potential
health and vitality of "normal" human living to the degree that disease, disorder, personality and even character development
have been placed outside of individual control through the "truth" offered by mass consciousness. In a world that insists that
humans are slaves to genetic predestiny, or the effects of bad parenting, or cultural violence---only to be rescued by blindly
following religious doctrine---the creative power of mind is short-circuited. The power over health and

development has been placed in the hands of "experts" instead of in the minds of each individual where it truly belongs.
"Conditioning" is a powerful tool, especially when it is used on the pliable minds of the young. If the mind is stifled
during even the rebellious years, it is very difficult to bring one into a state of rebirth until and unless the condition can
be recognized for what it is and corrected with determination. But as the dawn of conscious enlightenment sweeps
humanity, there can be a fairly quick recovery and return to the state of conscious, unified, creative experience of spirit in
flesh. This empowerment will replace the emphasis of good health back upon each aspect of self as a self-regulated, willful,
unified whole and a far more profound understanding of the spiritual aspects of humanity will be apparent. It would be hoped
that the "enlightened sweep" would take place like the "Hundredth Monkey" principle, i.e. that as one person comes
to realize this new concept of consciousness, his/her state of enlightenment would somehow be transmitted on to those
in the same environment and then beyond, so that it would spread in a subtle but effective manner throughout the
world. These "Lessons" offer the opportunity of such seeds of enlightenment being planted at various points and that,
with encouragement, their respective growth would bring this material to fruition. So as vines of a vineyard spread
and produce their fruit, let nature take its course. Energy Medicine & The Flow Of Consciousness The beginning of this
trend can already been seen in the

recent interest in energy medicine by Western civilization. Although Eastern disciplines and medical approaches have long
embraced the nature of the body electric, with this shift, the energy will be recognized as the vehicle of consciousness itself.
Reclaiming the emotional sense will sever the final strand of the Western notion that consciousness arises from life, instead of
consciousness underlying all life. It will create a flurry of intellectual connections between many isolated areas of science
including quantum physics, as consciousness takes its rightful place as the energy/information of the cosmos, the expanding
"mind" expressing the spirit of All That Is. Going back in time to correct a fundamental flaw in perception of what
consciousness really is and what role it has always been destined to play in the understanding of what we are really
comprised of and how we can retain our state of physical and mental balance, will unleash a plethora of new concepts
that can barely be imagined from our current perspective. The energy field will be recognized as various manifestations of
consciousness and seen as an interacting portal between body, mind and spirit---with varying intensities and mental and
physical manifestations perceived as various aspects of the emotional system. Indeed, varying levels of certain features of

207
energy such as vibratory frequencies etc., will be recognized as unifiers of body, mind, and spirit as consciousness cycles into
and out of the physical space/time continuum. These cycles and processes will be central to the new concept of wholistic
energy health.

What seems most lacking in our understanding of the true nature of health at this point, is the realization that we are
not the end product of evolution. We are, rather, the examples of a universal consciousness which is responsible for all
evolution and that this "consciousness" existed before time/space and the material world we experience. These latter
qualities are simply the illusions we experience for the purpose of our consciousness/spiritual growth. Indeed, the flow
of energy and its conversion from one form to the next is the process that maintains all physical matter, and the conscious
human mind plays a far bigger role than is yet suspected. The energy network that comprises the spirit in flesh can be likened
to an infinite cycling of energy of spirit flowing through mind and body. A visual depiction can help: Imagine an infinity
symbol and the pattern of cyclic energy flowing between its two sides. One side is the physical realm and the other is the
nonphysical spiritual realm. Trace the outline of the figure below to feel the cycle course of energy flow.
Within this image of circulating energy between physical and non-physical realms, we can recognize the conscious energy
potential of spirit. The spirit's breadth of consciousness transcends any attainable level of physical consciousness, but provides
guidance through the emotional sense to bring the fullest breadth of conscious physical experience to mind. It resides in the
non-physical and constantly journeys into, and out of, the physical realm when the entity is embodied. It is the life force that
animates the body, handles all "subconscious" processes and moves it impulsively towards its purpose. Thus, both sides of the
infinity symbol can also be acknowledged as body and spirit within the trinity self construct. But now

focus upon the intersection point between the two, as this tiny point is actually the mental realm, or the mind, as depicted
below. To quote Edgar Cayce: "Mind is the builder." It is the focal point between the physical and the non-physical
aspect of our nature. As we program it, so it functions and as we limit our beliefs, so do we limit our progress. The mind
is the focal point of the individual personality, the conversion center of the will energy, as well as the mechanism for
expanding consciousness. With this image, it is apparent how the mind, as a door-like portal, can influence the energy flow.
The mind receives energy from both the spirit and from the body and directs thought and action through belief structures. The
body, with its needs and impulses cues the mind through unconscious impulses to consciously act in ways that meet the
physical needs. This is how it receives feedback from the world regarding how well its needs have been met. The spirit , with
its challenges and drive for breadth of expression, moves the mind through pleasurable inspirations, dreams and creative
insights. The information from the energy of spirit is experienced in the mind with the emotional resonance of joyous
connection to the divine. As creatures of spiritual creation, we are entitled to all the "joys" that accompany the existence
of spirit. That is to say, we are entitled to all ultimate happiness. However, that said, it should be noted that there is no
free lunch. We can not expect to be handed this gift without participating in the acquisition. We were created and
supplied with the given tools to carve out our own, individual work of art. We are invited to be co-creators of our own
reality. We are given free choice of how and how long we wish to take to discover our true nature and to make

all that we can make of it. Our possibilities are only as limited as our imagination and that, once we become fully
realized, has no limits. The energy from the physical world is experienced in the mind as more basic emotional feelings and
impulses. The feelings are experienced as need hungers which seek satisfaction and which are satisfied through the impulsive
movements of body. If the body's needs are not satisfied in any given moment, it cues the mind through the painful corrective
feelings of fear and anger, and impulses for fight and flight responses. As the mind recognizes meaning within the patterns, it
expands its conscious ability to direct purposeful thought and action as well as embracing and expressing its value potential in
any manner desirable. The greater one's familiarity with the true workings of the mind as it relates to one's body and
spirit, the greater the likelihood that one will accelerate toward the truly intended goal of spiritual expansion. The
concept of this relationship is not so complicated as to be beyond the limits of any range of what we measure as
"intelligence". Rather, it is within the confines of any trial and error basic learning pattern; that which is evident in
the lowest form of plant and animal life. In organisms less complex than humans, there is a more direct connection between
body and spirit, without much conscious mind to intervene. The energy information flow from spirit acts directly upon the
body. But in humans, the energy information from body flows into mind so that it can become consciously aware and take
willful control over need-meeting actions. This is how it learns and can come up with creative need-meeting strategies which
are far better than the simple "instinctive" reflexes of body. While the energy flow within animals is relatively

constant, in humans, the energy flow to body can be disrupted by the will choices and contents of the mind. If the mind
chooses to not attune to the incoming emotional messages or clings to beliefs that do not do the job, the mind closes it's doors
in self-defense, and little of the precious energy can flow between physical and non-physical realms. Such is the peril or
possibility of the quality of free will. Not only do humans reap the negative consequences of adhering to wrongful
choices, but we are also gifted with the positive capability of creating our own reality. Once this latter quality is

208
recognized and appreciated for what it is, and the system of the feeling-feedback is put into practice, the "positive"
benefits will be both appreciated and applied. But a fully closed mind could not facilitate life and a closed mind is not
usually the true obstruction. It is, of course, the beliefs that become part of the mindscape. As we now know, the mind
develops from the moment of birth in order to consciously and willfully direct the creative experience, so it builds beliefs in a
third mental realm which transfers the energy from it's spiritual form to its mental form. In this mental realm, the beliefs act
as energy targets which channel and direct the will energy into creative events in the physical realm. The energy flow is not
disrupted or minimized unless limiting belief structures are planted within the mind, and these disruptions, of course, prompt
the corrective signals of emotional pain. In this context, emotional pain signals distortion of the pure energy/information of
spirit and suggests changes to the mindscape.

Emotional pain is the feedback which should signal us to make a course correction as we travel along the space/time
continuum. When we ignore this type of "signal", we are missing an opportunity to develop our
physical/mental/spiritual nature. If we can take the time to identify the "sliver" that is signaling us through this
emotional pain signal, we can revise the belief and benefit from future pain. The mindscape is meant to be designed to the
desires and specifications of each individual, to be planted and nurtured like a personal garden which converts will energy into
purposeful and desired life events. The mind is meant to become complex with the individually unique perceptions and value
expression as part of the experiential expansion of All That Is. As mind evolves conscious understandings, it can speed up and
personalize the flow of energy between body and spirit, but at present serves more to obstruct and water down the flow of life
force. This is the very genesis of the condition of compromised mental and physical health. The implanted state of our
mental and physical health is directly related to the failure of our created society and its institutional structures to
compliment our creative capacities. This is done by keeping the proverbial door closed to such creative possibilities. In
great part, this status quo is maintained in order that power and control factions can remain intact. As depicted below,
the mindscape, the creative mental realm can either convert energy efficiently with its myriad gems, or it can block it, if it
contains a sizeable amount of slivers. Emotional signals mark the trapped energy in the mind that is frustrating the flow of
spirit and under-energizing the body.

With this image, the complete energy construct can be introduced. What has been depicted with this infinite energy loop is the
trinity of self. The mind is the conversion portal of physical and nonphysical energy. It is not simply one construct, but a
series of energy conversion points which have been termed chakras . The mind or mental realm has also been termed the
emotional body, energy body, or ethereal body, but it can now take its rightful place in the self system. Adopting a visual aid
to understand and expand our acceptance of our true nature, may help and encourage us to operate on a higher level
of existence. Once we are exposed to this form of expanded information and let our true nature follow its "natural"
course, then the outcome can be trusted to reach an accepted level of achievement. Now the image of the infinity symbols
can be collapsed back down into its more valid depiction. The trinity of self intersects at the portal chakras of mind in an
overlapping interactive conversion system that has been likened to a "spinning wheel". Each chakra of the mindscape is more
accurately depicted below.
Indeed, the "mindscape" (with its beliefs which either increase or subdue energy flow) is not located in one place, but rather it
straddles space-time encapsulating the physical body. The mind is thus centered at seven locations corresponding with each
of the universal needs of body and the spiritual challenges. During the natural developmental process, as the challenges are
surmounted and the successful need-meeting belief structures are put into place, each of the mind's chakra portals becomes
fully

engaged and operating at peak capacity. At peak capacity the will energy is smoothly converted from the non-physical realm
into the physical realm and back again through its personally chosen belief structures. There then exists in every human
being a system that, when properly programmed, can deliver an exchange between physical, mental and spiritual as a
source of information which can be in maximum creativity and expanded enlightenment. The only variable appears to
be an awareness and an expanded series of beliefs. This is how reality is created through the mindscape as well as how it is
guided by the feedback of the spiritual energy force, and how peak health and well being is attained. If belief structures are
limited in any way they will create events which cause emotional signals to tell us that we are focusing our energy in ways
less conducive to spiritual intention. If signals are not answered with conscious adaptive learning corrections made to the
mindscape, the energy disruptions affect thought, action, and the health of the physical body. For ongoing painful signals
indicate unacceptable deficit states wherein the individual is not fully functional, or even fully alive. Understanding the
nature of the mechanism that allows us to exercise our creative capabilities may well enhance our confidence in doing
so. Once this system is not only understood but appreciated, we can begin utilizing it for not just our health and well
being, but in the variety of ways in which we can lay aside our limiting beliefs and free our creative nature. This energy
state underlies all aspects of mental and physical health. For the displaced energy lingers and builds, creates chemical
imbalances, and adds urgency to the body's unconscious need-meeting impulses until some purposeful change occurs. The

209
body can help dissipate the energy through movement, creative action, vocalization, and tears, but it will continue to be
problematic until each of the spiritual challenges are surmounted permanently with successful belief structures that bring
positive emotional outcomes on a long term basis. For physical life is the creation of blissful human experience which delights
and expands the universal consciousness of All That Is. Suffering is not a spiritually desirable state. This last sentence runs
in complete contradiction to the emphasized beliefs of current Christianity, as it has been practiced over too many
centuries. The very concept of "Hell" is an engrained part of the "suffering" scenario. Now we can begin to see and
accept that there is an alternative belief, based upon this newly described paradigm, that can free all human beings
from anticipated suffering and open the door of opportunity to levels of happiness that heretofore have been
unimaginable. Humanity has become so mired in limiting beliefs that disorder and disease have been accepted as normal or
inevitable conditions of life. Each emerging mind has been so choked with value judgments that the intended course of human
development remains unattained. Although physical life is graced with tremendous flexibility and resilience such that we can
survive with severely under-energized forms, such a life is painful, brutish, relatively short, and devoid of much meaning and
value. Full healthful development is the challenge of bringing unconscious processes under willful conscious control through
purposeful belief structures. This peak development is mastering the ultimate potential to creatively manipulate matter with
the conscious mind. The fully aware and alive human being can convert matter into energy and quite literally prevent and cure
disease with the power of the mind. Just as the belief system can explain the phenomenon we know as the placebo effect,
i.e. causing someone to obtain health-restoring results from a mere sugar pill, so are we gradually beginning to
understand the power of the mind and its potential effect on our physical state of health. We need not suffer. We need
not die in pain. We need not lead lives of quiet desperation. The transcendent potential within humanity includes
transmutation of the physical form itself. Wherein conscious conversion, dissipation and reintegration of the physical form can
allow certain types of time-space dimensional travel. With such a destiny, the species are profoundly handicapped even when
we appear to be fairly alive and healthy. But the progress of the species is contingent upon conscious awakening to the
interaction of the trinity of self and ceasing to ignorantly interfere with the unfolding mind. A minimal level of
consciousness, on the physical level, has been responsible for the level of evolution observed and championed by the
"Darwinists". But what has been missing and should soon become apparent, is the role of the mind in the evolutionary
process, both in fact and in potential. Mind is not only the builder, it is the "evolver". The process can proceed if the
energy flow remains open and circulating, the chakras spinning, so that mind becomes conscious of all spiritual potential and
expresses it in the world. At the optimal energy flow, feelings from the nonphysical realm deliver steady enthusiasm, creative
inspirations, and a passionate drive toward purposeful self-development and self-expression of its value potential in line with
the entity's desired destiny path. When this optimal flow occurs, health is naturally vibrant, and life is consciously directed,
spontaneous, meaningful, and rewarding. Otherwise, disruptions occur which effect health and well-being and misdirect
energy into limited beliefs and creations. "Ask and you shall receive. Seek and you shall find. Knock and it shall be
opened unto you". These are the words of Universal Law. The key to opening this promising door lies in the simple
application of feelings. Passion for the unlimited, positive possibilities is as viable and possible as mankind's desire for
freedom and opportunity. HENCE, LET THE PROCESS BEGIN!

Disturbances To The Chakras Of Mind

Interference in the natural developmental process manifests itself in one of two ways. The energy comes into the mind from
both directions, flowing through the mind's belief structures cycling feedback information between physical and non-physical
realms. As mind evolves its consciousness, it becomes better and better at deciphering the energy information from either side
without creating distortion, while choosing any desirable manner of belief to carry out spiritual guidance. Any limiting beliefs
of mind can act like a conceptual gate at either side of its portal which filters and limits a portion of the energy. The mind can
also develop habitual defensive strategies that can substantially impact either gate. If the mind blocks the energy from either
direction, the chakra itself will contain either too much or too little energy. Implanted fear is the characteristic of most of
the blockages or portals which interfere with the natural flow of energy into the mind from either the physical or
spiritual sources. In the former case, it is usually physical pain, but in the latter case it is the unfamiliarity with the
spiritual state itself which causes most of the panic. We are so conditioned to believing that the source of Spirit must be
some religious cult or institution, that when it comes to us in pure and natural form, we fail in our ability to trust It.
The mind can block energy as it comes from the spiritual realm if it contains belief structures that do not honor the divinity
and connection to All That Is. This is the condition of being under-energized , with characteristic mental and physical
symptoms resulting in lethargy and depression. Or the mind can allow the energy/information to enter, but lack the efficient
belief structures to channel it properly in creative expression, resulting in a frustration of blocked energy. Or the mind can
defend itself with denial to the incoming feedback from the physical realm. This is the condition of being over-energized, with
its own set of symptoms, which involved increased impulsive urges.
The practice of blocking the "spiritual energy" from entering the mind is bound to have negative effects on one's
mental and physical well-being. What the paragraph and diagram illustrate is that these "effects" can be identified
and the process/reason for experiencing them can be avoided.

210
Either condition prevents the full breadth of its potential experience from flowing into the physical realm and back to its
source in the non-physical realm. The condition of being under-energized, can still allow a flow of feedback information
between body and mind, but spiritual input is minimized. A chakra that is open to spirit but becomes closed to feedback from
body, fails to act upon the energy information, and experiences creative frustration and pressure from world challenges that
increase subconscious bodily impulses. All of existence is a cyclical state. The more this is accepted and encouraged on
the personal level, the more our Spiritual/Mental/Physical state is enhanced. These Lessons admonish us to learn this
principle, but even a simple observation of nature, itself, can bring such truth into our understanding. The energy is
then forced into future experiences through unconscious approach and avoid responses to complete its intentions of self-
preservation and drive toward conscious self-development and self-expression. This trapped energy moves the body in the
purposeful directions, in specific patterns of behavior so that the mind can take note, "get it right" and change its structures
and increase the energy flow. It will continue in endless cycles of negative events until the mind becomes aware enough to get
it right. We can either learn slowly and painfully or we can learn pleasantly and quickly. It's our choice. What is also
our choice is whether to hang on to our programmed beliefs or to expand them toward love and understanding. To do
the latter is not to establish a state of conflict with the world but to simply play a chosen role in its evolution.

If the person allows their mind to cling to its limited beliefs and shuts down at both ends, this is the most serious compromise
of the health of the mental chakra, and the most powerful threat to survival. This generally occurs when denial strategies
prevent the feedback from body from entering the conscious awareness, yet there are also few belief structures to receive the
higher inspirations and feelings of faith offered by spirit. Without using the feedback information, the mind becomes
disconnected from body and body alone acts out its pain. This creates a sense of futility, yet an energized anger that is
unleashed upon the world. How many examples of this "anger" can we see in those around us. It might be in the form of
road rage or more generalized in the form of mass oppression. It can be domestic in the form of spousal physical or
mental abuse and, sometimes, even child abuse. If we choose to let it, all these states can affect us in an adverse fashion.
However, if we can recognize and understand these states, we can begin to heal them and remove them from our
physical/mental existence.
This is the essence of the concept of karma. If the mind is not sufficiently open at any point, it will be forced by the negative
experiences it creates to learn of its power and how to utilize it more purposefully. Such a mind will create disease by
continuously forcing the body into stressful emotional cycles---disease that does not necessarily go away with the physical
death. For even if the life ends long before the mind has opened itself fully, it's experiences and limitations then become future
challenges for the entity to overcome in alternate/subsequent experiences and incarnations.

The opportunity to make corrections in our learning is most optimal while we are in the physical state, but the
opportunity to understand the process can be available in whatever state we might wish to exist. Learning and sharing
what we learn are activities that never cease to exist. The person's chakras of mind become part of the entity's "history" of
expansion following any given incarnation and all deficits become top priorities to round out and complete itself as part of the
general expansion of All That Is. This is how choices are made for subsequent birth conditions, physical challenges, and all
genetic predispositions. They are intended to focus developmental efforts on the least fulfilled spiritual challenges.
Enlightened health analysis will use genetic conditions and propensities as indicators of the specific challenges that must be
addressed, such that these disorders need not arise. Enlightened parents can then ensure the best conditions to keep this pattern
from repeating, and the individual can use the information to recognize inner urges that relate to these challenges. Indeed,
wholistic health reaches far beyond the simple aches and pains of any given day, or the disease processes of any given life,
addressing the spiritual challenges and their broadest implications. We are, in this century, approaching a point of
comprehension; one in which we can begin to grasp the true value of identifying the genetic code. If we can grasp the
value of using this information in a way that protects and helps us offset the worst of the negative consequences and
help each other to benefit along our respective paths, the rewards can be unimagined, but most fulfilling.

The Seven Chakra Centers Of Mind

The secret is, of course, realignment with the inner self-unifying processes through understanding the function of spiritual
feeling signals as they circulate within and between all aspects of self. As we now know, the bodily needs and the spiritual
challenges manifest in this process of purposeful mental self-development. This develop-mental process is the intended
natural opening or turning on each of the chakras of mind. The optimum word here is "understanding". If we don't
completely understand or appreciate the workings of the Chakra system, it only requires exposure to this information,
even if that means repeated exposure. There is no shame in having to read or listen to it more than once, considering
how alien it is to most of our belief systems. It is as mysterious as our understanding of how atoms and molecules relate
and this is something that most were not even exposed to a mere hundred years ago. When we open the gates of the

211
mind, we allow a whole universe to flow in and, with discretion, we can grow as a result. Ancient symbolic wisdom has
linked the chakra system to the elements of earth, fire, water, and air; to the sensory system; to aromas; to musical notes and
tones; to colors of the spectrum; all in addition to health issues. The recent pioneering efforts in energy medicine have begun
to synthesize the ancient symbolic wisdom and to tap into the physical maladies linking them with the unmet physical needs
and unfulfilled spiritual challenges. Although there is less specificity and precision than will ultimately emerge, this
rudimentary wholistic concept of health is a necessary step in the evolution of the species.

The whole concept of digging into the ancient past in order to understand the present and alter the future for our
betterment, might strike some as unorthodox, at the very least. But a rudimentary review of history will show that our
understanding of such things as philosophy and mathematics comes from the thinkers of Greece and other cultures
who made their contributions thousands of years ago, or what we might describe as "ancient times". To assist in this
evolving self-understanding, it is most useful to discuss the over-energized and under-energized symptoms at each of the
chakra centers. These physical and emotional conditions can be used to identify the unfulfilled spiritual challenges, to resolve
conflicting beliefs, and to remove the destructive slivers. Individuals can draw from this wisdom to find many useful
techniques to assist their self-developmental progress. The use of tone and color are particularly helpful in visualizations,
vocalizations, and creation of soothing, relaxing, and grounding external conditions. Once the mind is opened to the idea of
examining new ways of bio-feedback, then the suggested techniques, no matter how foreign they might seem, can be
put in place and the benefits applied. As the chakras themselves are introduced, their descriptions will include some of the
traditional wisdom. But it is essential to recognize the supplementary nature of element, tone, and colors associated with
specific chakras and that the focus remain upon the spiritual challenges and conscious development of the mindscape. The
chakras must first and foremost be recognized as the very manifestations of mind itself which have a direct energetic,

electrical, and chemical effect upon the body. The chakras are where and how the specific beliefs of mind effect the bodily
conditions. In a general sense, the chakra system has three major categories or stages in a sequential developmental process.
The primal or bodily grounding, the psychological or mental grounding and the psychic spiritual awakening. We are now
moving into a territory that modern technology can not yet measure. This means that current scientific thought will
have difficulty in accepting the existence of the matters described. This may be significant but not that important.
Science has always played catch-up to reality and frequently uses the word "discover" to describe its latest findings.

Chakras One & Two: Bodily Grounding

The first two chakras are opened fully as the mind learns its place in the world, becomes connected with inner and outer
processes, and learns to both give and receive energy information. There can be a good deal of overlap in the physical process
and symptoms of these two basic centers, but the health maladies offered can point the mind in the direction of the spiritual
issues and bodily needs that require corrective attention. The mere fact that these two chakras are up and running at the
time of our entrance into physical reality, should serve as a stimulant and incentive for further development. The next
step is to learn to use them to their maximum potential.

The Root Chakra

The root chakra is the first and most basic energy center of the emerging mind. It is located around the tailbone, and it
represents the basic connection need to be grounded in one's body and in one's world. The feelings of body push and pull
through inner impulses to lead the mind to develop the successful beliefs which overcome the mother challenge. The root
chakra is profoundly effected by the infant's environment and is influenced by the predestined focuses of the incarnation. It is
the tribal connection and offering of mass consciousness which can make or break an emerging sense of connection, freedom,
and power. Unconditional love from family and acceptance into the world is essential for the complete opening of the root
chakra. The root chakra has been associated with the sense of touch, the color red, the earth element, the note of C, and the
tone of short "e" as in "red". Here is an example of where science is beginning to catch up with the metaphysical. Experts
in child psychology are starting to recognize the importance of the giving and acceptance (or absence) of the "love"
emotion in the life of a newly born. By experiencing this emotion, the individual also achieves the necessary grounding
which will have the long-term positive effects necessary to aid in the development of a balanced life. A fully open and
balanced root chakra is characterized in the mother archetypal energy, by a centered groundedness, a safe and healthy sense of
self-empowerment, unlimited physical energy and the ability to manifest abundance. It supports the values of loyalty, honor,
and justice. The

sexual energy is loving affectionate, passionate, trusting and sensuality is experienced throughout the body. Kinda makes one
wonder where the rest of us went wrong! Well, the good news is that it's never too late to make a course correction. If
only those born to a perfect environment could have an opportunity at evolving, the universe would begin getting very

212
minimal in size. In fact, just the opposite is true. The greater the opportunity for improvement, the greater the
opportunity for expansion. Disturbances in this chakra relate to unresolved challenges and mental slivers that have been
instilled which close the door at either end of mind. An over-energized root chakra presents itself in such characteristics as:
victimizing archetypal energy, perfectionism, impulses of greed dominance, and addiction to wealth. Sexuality is often
indiscriminate, mostly genital, often sadistic and filled with nervous sexual energy. An under-energized root chakra is well
captured in the victim archetype, characterized by weakness, confusion, inability to attain goals, and self-destructiveness.
Sexuality is influenced by feelings of being unloved, or of being abandoned, and often results in little interest in sex or
masochism. We all know people who occupy such categories and may even recognize a certain portion of ourselves in
this description. This should not be of great concern, for the mere capability of "recognizing" suggests that we are
sensitive to those lesser qualities which we might wish to alter. The capability to do so will soon be expanded upon.
Physical symptoms of disturbances of the root chakra will involve: the spinal column, nervous system, legs, feet, immune
system, the blood, and the bladder. They can

include: lower back pain, sciatica, hyperactivity, fever, low or high blood pressure, sluggish digestion, flaky skin, varicose
veins, shock, anemia, poor circulation, rectal tumors, and depression. If all those symptoms are not enough to point to a
recognition of a chakra shortcoming, it would be difficult to imagine what might do the trick. There are so many
signals in our physical existence that can help us to make the necessary course corrections, that to ignore them would
be to put our ships of state into reverse. But the tide of progress travels in only one direction and sooner or later, we
must fulfill our deemed destiny. The Second Chakra The second chakra is located in the lower abdomen. It is associated
with the father challenge, the sense of taste, the color orange, the element of water, the note D, the tone "o" as in "open". It
involves the sexual organs, the hips, bladder, appendix, pelvis and large intestine. It is the center for physical prowess,
empowerment, friendliness, creativity, money, blame, guilt, and sexuality. A healthy and open second chakra of the
mindscape drives a friendly, humorous, and optimistic disposition, solid attunement to feelings, strong empathic connection
with others, creativity, imagination, and intuition, and a beginning sense of universal connection and altered states of
consciousness. Sexual energy is very sensual and a potential desire to have children if such has been a destiny choice.

It should be of interest that three of the qualities attributed to the second chakra are "money, blame and guilt".
Among all the qualities listed, these would have to be regarded among the least virtuous. Excessive energy in the second
chakra is evidenced by emotional explosiveness, aggression, being overly ambitious or manipulative, being caught up in
fantasy or delusion, and overly affected by the feelings of others. The sexuality might be obsessive, with a view that people
are objects. An under-energized condition is characterized by detached emotions, shyness, guilt, mistrustfulness, self-sacrifice
and resentment, and well described by the martyr archetype. Sexuality is often overly needy, repressed, guilt-ridden,
dysfunctional and may bring difficulty with conception. What are listed above are all the adverse consequences of a state
of imbalance in this particular chakra. These are qualities that might be recognizable in western society, especially in
the more urban centers where populations tend to be condensed and competitive. Physical symptoms of disturbances in
the second chakra can be: Ob/gyn problems, kidney weakness, constipation or diarrhea, lethargy, allergies, urinary problems
or bladder infections, muscle cramps or spasm, infertility, impotence or frigidity as well as chronic lower back pain. At
various periods in our life process, we are often prone to experiencing the above related physical problems. Should
such problems be recognized and appreciated as signals designed to encourage course corrections, we might learn to
appreciate one of the more obvious benefits of physical and emotional pain.

Chakras Three & Four – Mental Grounding

The next two chakras are concerned with the mind's grounding in its tasks, abilities and functional role as the conscious
controller and instrument of self-development and creative expression.

The Third Chakra

The third chakra is located in the upper abdomen at the solar plexus. It is the center of personal power and value fulfillment at
the developmental point where the person comes into one's own in full recognition of the drive to develop and express inner
gifts. It is associated with the contributor challenge, sense of taste, the color yellow, the element fire, the note E and the tone
"aahoom" as in "room". It involves the stomach, the middle spine, liver, gallbladder, adrenal glands, spleen, abdomen, upper
intestines, kidney and the pancreas. It involves issues of trust, self-esteem, pursuit of happiness, compassion for self and
others, responsibility for decision making, fear and intimidation, sensitivity to criticism, and personal honor. It is presumed
that on each occasion when there is the experience of pain or discomfort in this particular area of the body, that a
signal is being transmitted to the mind that a review of one's thoughts and actions in the attitudes being currently
reflected, is in order. If such a review results in a positive step being taken to alter such attitudes or beliefs, than the
result would lead to a greater level of happiness both within and without. An open and balanced third chakra is
characterized by: respect for self and others, an outgoing and cheerful disposition, a strong sense of personal power and

213
responsibility, awareness of inner value potential and its need to express; skillful, relaxed, intelligent, spontaneous, enjoys
good food, and likes challenge and activity. Sexuality is free, uninhibited, emotionally warm, intimate and mutually
pleasurable, with a sense of tremendous value for, and committed responsibility to, family. To have all of these qualities, all
of the time would suggest that one has achieved the "opening" and the balance that has been imagined and achieved by
desire and dedication. This might sound like a lot of hard work but, in fact, it is simply a state of mind that has been
allowed to make the shift to intent. From that point, all progress comes in an uninterrupted fashion. Disturbances in the
over-energized third chakra include: judgmentalness, perfectionism, workaholism, demanding, resentful, overly intellectual,
seeks chemical escapism, and a superiority complex based upon feelings of inferiority. Sexuality might include complaining,
testing one's partner, being overly demanding or overactive but rarely fulfilled. An under-energized third chakra brings:
depression, lack of confidence, confusion, following rather than leading, fear, and loneliness. Physical symptoms of these
disturbances are: poor digestion, food allergies, gas, liver problems, diabetes, hypoglycemia, over-sexuality, depression,
difficulty breathing, gallstones, and nervous exhaustion.

The overachiever and the underachiever seem to share balanced extremes. Both also share a state of perpetual
unhappiness, which when viewed from a detached perspective, are no more permanent than a state of mind. These
personality characteristics are similar to the descriptions we read earlier of physical pains which signal us of states of
imbalance.

The Fourth Chakra

The fourth chakra is located in the heart area. It is the center of full connection and empathetic compassion. It is associated
with the lover challenge, the color green, the element air, the senses of touch and smell, the note F#, and the tone "a" as in
"ah". It involves the heart and lungs, the circulatory system, and the thymus gland, the arms and shoulders, the ribs, breasts
and the diaphragm. It involves the issues of love and hate, grief and anger, resentment and revenge, loneliness, commitment,
hope, trust, forgiveness and compassion. It is clearly the most feeling of the chakras and that in most need of exploration
and definition in our current time/space experience. It is too often confused with the sex drive when, in fact, it is the
parent of that particular expression. In this age, we tend to put the order in reverse, presuming that the passion
aroused in sex is the perpetrator of genuine love. This might explain our notoriously high divorce rate. A balanced
fourth chakra is characterized by: full emotional attunement, intimate relationships, compassion, humanitarianism, faith in
human nature, nurturing, in touch with feelings in self and others, active in community,
discriminating, and outgoing. Sexuality is a merging of spirits in intimate communion, a dissatisfaction with lesser forms and
the strong inner motivations and patience for the higher intimacy. It is difficult to have compassion if there is little passion.
It is difficulty to have higher intimacy if there is no appreciation for intimacy at a lower level. The stifling of the sexual
drive is detrimental to those qualities that enhance our humanness and motivate our love of the divine. It is for this
reason that so many of those who take vows of celibacy are drawn toward sexual activity or end up having a difficult
time making an emotional connection with those they have made a commitment to simply serve. Excessive energy in the
fourth chakra is reflected in: possessiveness, overly demanding and critical behavior, melodramatic, manic-depressive, uses
money and or guilt to control. Sexual energy is conditional love, and manipulative control. Under-energized conditions result
in: self-pity, indecision, paranoia, fear of abandonment, fear of vulnerability, and worry over family members. Sexuality is
stifled by feelings of unworthiness, fear of rejection, neediness for constant reassurance. When emotions seem to run the
gamut from being overly demanding to a semi-state of depression, it is likely a natural energy of some sort is being
stifled. If that energy is emotion, it will likely be reflected in the natural methods that society regards as acceptable.
When certain practices become unacceptable because of age, an unmarried state or a religious position, then emotional
problems are likely to surface in many ways, particularly among those which are described above. Physical symptoms
of fourth chakra disturbances are: congestive heart failure, heart attack, mitral valve prolapse, asthma, allergies, lung cancer,
bronchial pneumonia, upper back and shoulder pain, breast cancer, high blood pressure, negativity, fatigue, breathing
problems, tension, insomnia, anger, cancer and paranoia. Listen to those terms: Heart failure, heart attack, lung cancer,
breast cancer, high blood pressure, tensions, negativity, anger, paranoia. Those all relate to the emotions or the organs
we identify with emotions. It is only when we have related these doorways with the forces that pass through them, that
we can begin to make progress in the areas of our most prolific problems. The Final Three Chakras – Grounding The
Spirit The final three chakras are involved with the grounding of spirit and attaining the maximum connection with the
highest guidance and communion with All That Is.

The Fifth Chakra The fifth chakra is located in the throat area. It is the center for creative expression. It is associated with the
speaker challenge, the color blue, the sense of sound, the note "G", the tone "u" as in "blue". It involves the throat, the thyroid,
mouth, teeth & gums, trachea, esophagus, parathyroid, the neck vertebrae, and the hypothalamus. It involves the issues of:
creativity, choice and strength of will, value fulfillment, personal expression, judgment, faith, and knowledge.

214
It is not only the "center for creative expression", but the guiding force of that expression, allowing for a direct link
between body/mind and spirit. It effects the balancing of the tools of expression and maintains a ideal of focus. The
balanced fifth chakra is characterized by: artistic inspiration and expression, spontaneity and living in the present, good
speaking and meditating skills, intuitive, centered, and prolific. Sexual energy is incredible, or it can be channeled into other
creative outlets, making abstinence an easy choice. One would not think that the choice of sexual abstinence would
necessarily have a positive result but in this case, that is exactly what happens. The greater the abstinence, the higher
the spiritual development, the more positive the expression of spirit. Is there life in the absence of sex? Yes, and most
abundantly. Excessive energy in the fifth chakra involves: being over-talkative, self-righteous, dogmatic, addictive, or
arrogant. Sexuality is preoccupying, subconsciously macho and might seek partners that can be dominated. Too little energy
results in: intimidation, holding back, unreliable, inconsistent, confusion, devious or manipulative, and having trouble
expressing one's thoughts. Sexuality is fearful, tense, and in conflict with cultural teachings. Here, again, a self-examination
of one's personal characteristics can give clues to where greater balance can be achieved. Of course, the primary
incentive for achieving that state of balance is the desire to do so, and without that desire, the imbalance and all of its
ramifications will remain dormant. Physical symptoms of disturbances in the fifth chakra include: thyroid problems, sore
throat, teeth and gum problems, exhaustion, mental fatigue, skin irritations and rashes, ear infections, laryngitis, and swollen
glands. Any visualization techniques exercised to alleviate these conditions should also include a vision of achieving
balance in the chakra to which they are related. In fact, this is a sound suggestion for all consequences of chakra
imbalance. The Sixth Chakra The Sixth chakra is located in the forehead area. It is the center of intuitive vision and finding
meaning through an ever-widening conscious awareness. It is associated with the senses of sight and self-regulation, the color
indigo, the note high "A", and the tone "om" as in "home". It involves the brain, nervous system, the eyes, nose, and ears, and
the pineal and pituitary glands. It is connected with issues of: the seer, seeking truth, self-evaluation, uniting intellect with
emotion, openness to others ideas and feedback. The connection of the balanced state of this chakra and the sound "om",
might suggest that if one were to spend a modest amount of time making this simple sound, he/she might well be
enhancing those positive qualities in self that are listed above. The fully open sixth chakra is evident in: charisma,
attunement to universal consciousness, emotional detachment from material things while open to the joy of aesthetic, no fear
of death, model of liberation and self-mastery, telepathy and clairvoyance, and a mobile consciousness. Sexuality is spiritual
melding, with androgyny attained by both partners, or celibacy and transcendent bliss is substituted. It is only through the
evidence expressed above that we can know that these portals to the higher level of development are truly open and
operational. In our current society, the qualities described herein are not always appreciated, especially by those who
have no clue as to what is being "described". An over energized sixth chakra results in: authoritarianism, religious
dogmatism, manipulation, and egomania. An under-energized sixth chakra instead brings: lack of self-discipline, fear of
success, and a melding with feelings, energies, and identities beyond the personality. The "over energized" characteristics
might be attributed to many of our "so-called" successful political and religious leaders. Unfortunately, these
personality types are tolerated (and sometimes admired) by the general population because of a state of imbalance
within the general population. This is true of the "under-energized" qualities, as well. Health conditions that accompany
sixth chakra disturbances, include: stroke, brain tumors or hemorrhage, neurological disturbances, blindness or deafness, full
spinal problems, seizure disorders and learning disabilities. In other words, the more egotistical and "uptight" we become
about the world around us, or the more insecure we find ourselves to be, the greater likelihood we will develop the
above described health problems.

The Seventh Crown Chakra

The seventh, final chakra of the mindscape is located at the crown area of the head. It is the center of spiritual transcendence.
It is associated with the transcender challenge, the need for the highest meaning, the color violet, with extrasensory
perception, and the transcendent lure of life-long unified self-regulation, the note B, and the tone "e" as in "see". It involves
the muscular and skeletal systems and the skin. Its issues are spiritual awareness, mobility of consciousness, conscious
creation, faith, inspiration, and cosmic humanitarianism. As we move toward the greater "opening" of this last chakra, we
will begin to feel the peace of mind that can only be associated with our arrival at a complete state of balance. Those
not near this state will find themselves feeling uncomfortable around this balanced state and take steps to distance
themselves. This is as it should be, for all must travel their own road in their own time. The fully functional seventh
chakra is characterized by purposeful thoughts and actions that lead to the highest ethics and values of natural morality,
communion with the divine, the self actualized potential, the endless boundaries of the self concept, miraculous abilities, the
humanitarian efforts for the broadest realm of self-expression, faith, courage, compassion and devotion, and a relative absence
of negative emotion. This is often set up as a near unachievable state, but we are much closer to it than we might
imagine. A great deal of progress toward the opening of this and the other "chakras" can be achieved effortlessly by
the simple act of making a defined request before we go to sleep at night. This technique might appear very attractive
to those who indulge in multi-tasking, a term of our modern era.

215
An over-energized crown chakra brings: constant frustration, unrealized power, frequent migraine headaches, psychosis,
depression or mania, destructive impulses, and delusions of grandeur. Sexuality fluctuates between passion and distance. An
under-energized crown chakra leads to: indecision, low vitality, and catatonia. Physical symptoms of the crown chakra
disturbances include: energetic disorders, mystical depression, chronic exhaustion without any physical source, and extreme
sensitivity to all forms of sensory stimuli. It would seem that any apparent state of personality or physical/mental
imbalance can be associated with a state of too open or too closed chakras. With this particular section of the Lessons,
we can now identify which chakra point we can direct our attention toward.

Personal Health Care

In light of the reunification of body, mind and spirit, health maintenance becomes the daily care and feeding of the body, and
of ongoing refinement of the mindscape to expand the consciousness through the specifications of spirit. As more successful
belief structures conduct spiritual energy/information, the chakras that comprise it can open and "spin" freely allowing for the
most purposeful, vital, rewarding, and healthy life experience. The mere exposure to enlightening information regarding
the relationship between body, mind and spirit is the initial necessary step in this expansive process. Once initiated, it
will become impossible to reverse the course of events. There may be steps backward, but they will be simply detours
in the time/space environment. Progress comes as the result of a simple request. Infant natal charts will include courses of
parental actions regarding the specific challenges indicted by genetic strengths, weaknesses and disorders. Individuals can
then take the lead at any point which they become conscious enough to recognize their unique sensitivities and life events as
relating to the overall challenges of the spirit and any deficits that may be lingering. They can quite literally map the slivers of
mind by using the information from the body through the evaluative wisdom of spirit. No doubt, the above described
process will rob the conventional scientists of their own plans to explore and manipulate the information gains through
their genetic research. However, as values change and become more spiritually refined, so will the benefits of the
knowledge gained through this research. Enlightened individuals can immediately begin using the mental and physical
symptoms to find disruptions in the energy/information flow, and alter the slivers that now stand between the spirit and the
person. The spiritual challenges, the physical needs, and the mind's conscious ability to meet them through personally
designed willful strategies are all reflected through the various manifestations of the emotional sense, with the spirit pulling
humanity toward the highest feeling tones, the broadest mind, and the most vibrant health. Each state of imbalance offers a
clue to what need only be connected through willful intent. A great deal of the energy to carry out the restoration of
chakra balance can be carried out while we are in a semi or unconscious state, such as sleep. The process of doing so
should be obvious. The chart below can be of tremendous assistance in analyzing all aspects of every health challenge:
With the understanding of the interacting self-construct, health is no longer a power handed over to external professionals, but
an individual responsibility of continuous self-development and self-expression. For health is but a byproduct of the divine
unified self-developmental process. It is a process that not only drives the evolution of individual consciousness, but one
which drives the very evolution of the species---which we can now discuss.

Section Theta
Lesson One: Implications For Evolution The Pursuit Of Self-Understanding
Throughout human history, the need for meaning imbued within human beings has driven the constant quest for self-
understanding. Humanity will feel the existential pull of emotional angst and will suffer the mental, social, and physical
symptoms, until it achieves the unifying of self-understandings that are offered within these Lessons. The emotional push and
pull, of course, underlies and drives all kinds of purposeful change, developmental progress, and all aspects of evolution itself.
This information prepares the mind to open the door to inner channels of information and processes that can allow the many
further secrets of life to unfold which can then maximize the evolution of the species along the most fulfilling probable course.
The suggestion made is clear. These "Lessons" are not designed to supply one with metaphysical enlightenment as
much as they are to stimulate and motivate a willingness to find spiritual knowledge and wisdom within oneself. There
are methods of doing this that are suggested, but the stimulus for doing so must come be a result of desire and intent.
But at present, a good deal of progressive change has been stymied by the mass misconceptions which have resulted in the
disunity of the Trinity Of Self, and an historical dualistic split in human theoretical approach and perspective. Some
philosophical "schools" of cultural traditions chose only to believe in or focus upon the body, or the material aspects of the
self---an approach which was officially adopted within the realm of science. This line of thought held fast to the idea that all
natural phenomena, including human behavior, was driven by natural physical forces, often denying that anything that could
not be seen with the naked eye could even exist. And as we will see, there is a large element of truth underlying this
assumption, although the answer is far more complex than presently accepted. The definition of what exists and what
doesn't has grown to include that which can be measured by current instruments and made apparent to our five
senses. As our instruments improve (as they continuously do) and our senses expand, so will our sense of what is

216
"reality" and how we can manipulate it. From this first perspective came the ideas that would dominate the evolution of
Western scientific thought, A central theme was one of dualism, wherein opposing forces interacted to cause all worldly
events. Such concepts include: the energetic and material universe with Newtonian mechanical laws governing predictable
and deterministic actions; the Darwinian notion that organisms and environments competitively interact, with nature
chaotically selecting and recreating genes which cause human behavior and drive evolution; the Cartesian notion that mind
and body are separate entities; and the overall rejection of any supernatural or nonphysical forces at work in Earthly events.
Nothing conceived could have resulted in a greater state of unexplained chaos than the concept that life and the
universe we know was nothing more than a series of accidental circumstances subject to a lack of a uniform center of
intelligence or even guidance. It would be the equivalent of trying the explain the function of a horse while ignoring the
obvious fact that it has a head. The second approach held fast to the intuitive and emotionally appealing idea that something
more must be going on than that which meets the objective eye. Those of this leaning gave supremacy to the concept of spirit,
and ideas of higher levels of intelligence that had a causal or influential effect upon the physical world. This second approach
most heavily influenced the Eastern evolution of thought and action. The great world religions all contain symbolic wisdom
gleaned from this approach. But this approach led to black and white ideas about supernatural forces of good and evil ruling
the Earth, the need for rigid and punitive external moral controls, and promises of after-life rewards for enduring a painful,
brutish, and disempowered existence, all of which tended to minimize and devalue the entire purpose of human physical
experience. No system of organized religion or philosophy that relies on fear, guilt and control from outside of the
individual, whether it give credence to Spirit or not, has merit so long as those who are exposed to its ideas are also
expected to comply with its limited dogmas. Free will and a commitment to the guidance of the spirit within, must
always be the ultimate bedrock of any spiritual system. All others are subject to the corruption of those who seek
power and control.

Unfortunately, both approaches failed to define nature properly (science too narrowly and religion too judgmentally), and
neither left any room for the free will of human beings to have any sort of influence upon the events of their life. No mater the
doctrine, the conclusions were the same: Either natural or supernatural forces pushing or pulling the hapless, helpless humans
hither and yon---which ultimately ruled out effective self-understanding, self-unification and self-control. Also, these initial
assumptions have been worked and reworked by subsequent human minds and have left a huge gulf within mass
consciousness between the two valued perspectives. This gulf has perpetuated conflicts between science and religion, between
impulses and laws, between socio-political objectives, and ultimately between the body and mind of human beings. At
present, the most elemental manifestation of this problem is the ongoing causation debate between creationists and the
evolutionists. Those who try to melt the gap between religion and science, as is often the case with religious institutions
of higher learning, tend to create more confusion than clarity in the minds of those they wish to mold. The problem in
achieving success in such an effort lies within the built-in flaws of each of these fields, as previously described. Once
those "flaws" are addressed and the closed-mindedness of science and religion laid aside, the great minds in each field
will be able to bridge this "gap" and the mind of mankind will be set upon a path of unlimited enlightenment.

Evolution Vs Creation

Without a more complex and accurate concept of "the self", such debates and conflicts will continue to range---thus the
urgency of spiritual reconnection. But without the elementary understandings offered herein (concerning the basic boundaries
and functions of body, mind, and spirit and the unifying language of human feeling), the intricate layers of the self that relate
to its many gestalts can never even begin to unfold before human consciousness. Indeed, as human beings reattune to the lost
connective and evaluative sense of human feeling, the expansion of consciousness will expose the many secrets of the depth,
breadth and intimate functions of the human self which explain in full the delicate balance between free will and divine
intention. It can be said that it is the Divine Intention that humans be allowed to exercise their free will in a fashion that
allows them to unilaterally create their reality and that such reality serve to reflect the Spirit in all that exists. But
spiritual reconnection is the essential first step. For the present, the evolution versus creation debate illustrates that nature's
divine "intention" or "purpose" is not even yet acknowledged within mass consciousness. The turn of the millennium will
mark a dramatic shift forward as scientists begin to embrace and carry forth in theory and action the implications of the
discoveries of quantum mechanics. Although this information has been available for some time, it so radically challenged the
existing dualistic and dogmatic paradigms that supported and even defined the scientific approach, that they were fearsomely
resisted and ignored in biology, psychology, medical and political science. Indeed, the rediscovery of the emotional sense will
achieve the critical mass necessary to prove that nature not only has intentions, but that humanity has spiritual access to
understanding, as well as the responsibility to carry out such intentions. It will become common knowledge that each human
body participates unconsciously, and each mind participates consciously in both evolution and creation. Evolution and
creation are processes motivated by an intention that we are still struggling to recognize. But, in fact, the capability to
ignore the obvious is quickly disappearing and what will take its place will serve to explain not only our reason for

217
being but the vast potential we represent. The spiritual reconnection offers final reconciliation with the scientific
acceptance of a redefinition of consciousness. At last, nature will be recognized as the manifestation of interacting gestalts of
consciousness which constantly exchange energy and information at every level of biological organization. It can no longer be
denied that such energy/information that operates so flawlessly below the human level of consciousness, is not highly
intelligent and does not come from some non-physical source. This acknowledgment will open the door to reunification
between science and religion as the reconnection with spirit meets their long-pursued mutual goal---to discover the natural
wisdom, secrets, and desires of "the creator". To put it in more precise terms: Nature and all that is observable beyond it,
serves as unquestionable evidence of a master plan in operation. We, as humans, can elect to either recognize and tap
into that ocean of thought, or we can continue to swim against the proverbial tide, wallowing in the shallows of our
limiting vision. The Trinity of Self, the symbolic Trinity of Father, Son & Holy Spirit can be reconciled and understood
within the scientific self-regulating paradigm of body, mind, and spirit, providing a backdrop against which both can compare,
identify, and purge their respective misassumptions from mass consciousness. With this cohesive approach, both creation and
evolution become valid and significant concepts in the ultimate timeless reality of the ongoing expansion of All That Is. For
evolution is simply the cumulative changes that result from ongoing purposeful creations that are accomplished by all life
forms within the physical system. In short, there need be no tension between the concepts of creation and evolution---both are
equally valid. It is only the physical illusion of time that separates them. Because we judge all processes from our
particular perspective of the illusion of time, we are prone to separate evolution and creation, crediting the former
with an individual identity and the latter with some undefined mystery when, in fact, they are one and the same and
serve to illustrate our own unlimited capabilities. We are both the observer and the creator, the sender and the
receiver and, ultimately the subject and the object of our own being. The self-regulating principles that balance creative
change and stability, operate at all levels of physical complexity in accomplishing nature's divine purposes. At varying levels
of complexity, each life form---each gestalt of consciousness---each "self' plays its role by following its inner urges. The least
complex forms fulfill the most basic stability purpose of self-preservation which gives the continuity necessary for physical
form and interactive existence. This is the purpose that scientists already embrace, but they have no idea of how intricate and
creative this basic purpose is within the Earthly ecosystem. Indeed, the inner impetus of self-preservation, with each simple
life form doing its own particular thing, is what accomplishes a great deal of the ongoing reaction of the physical realm. It is
in observing the "Whole" that we come to understand the sum of the parts. It is in appreciating all that is involved in
maintaining a state of balance, that we can come to see a reflection of our own true nature and the creative energy
source of inspiration we can draw upon, should we elect to do so. As we add more of the parts to the puzzle, we can
begin to see the complete picture. That picture is nothing less than the All That Is. The Ongoing Evolving Co-Creation
With this new awareness of consciousness expansion, the primitive ideas of one single creator and a long-ago creation will
give way to the reality of ongoing co-creation. Indeed, when the full understandings of the quantum implications are
embraced, all life forms will be recognized as integral perceptual conduits for converting energy into matter, and quite
literately recreating the Earth in each moment. The process of photosynthesis is an excellent example of how the "lowly" plant
life forms convert light energy into matter, a single process that provides renewable food resources and makes possible the
entire food chain. What is not yet realized from this fact is that all life forms play an equally unique and important role in
translating energy from the probable field---the unlimited possibilities with the spacious present self-awareness of All That
Is---into matter to form the actual physical realm. It is the arrogant assumption that humans are all knowing, "soldiers of God"
with a self-generated Word-Of-Truth" Bible in hand, given dominion and the manifest destiny of conquering nature that has
led to ecological disasters that are yet to be recognized. With the understanding that man and nature are integral parts of
a collective whole and that this whole is a perpetual process of converting energy into matter and vice versa, it will
become appreciated that each and every form of life is essential to survival and growth of the other, in a physical,
mental and spiritual sense. From this realization will come a greater level of respect for life in whatever form and the
barriers of prejudicial separation will melt away. Each level of consciousness plays a purposeful role despite its level of
complexity. Without the simple operations of atoms consciously attracting, repelling and exchanging electrons, no physical
life would be possible. Indeed, it is at the atomic level that all dimensions and realities connect, exchange energy and interact.
Through atomic activity, the energy is converted from the probable to the actual fields as electrons zip into and out of "orbital
fields" or alternate dimensions, retrieving and delivering information with each action---information that provides the very
elements that organize and comprise all physical matter.

If such activity does not provide sufficient evidence of a universal presence of intelligence, it is difficult to imagine what
would be necessary to do so. To suggest that this would be the result of some random accident is to decline the validity
of any intellectual intent and to put the point of life in the category of a mathematical minus. Each life form, simply by
meeting its basic survival purposes, plays its role in this ongoing manifestation of the physical realm. What will follow from
the initial revelations about the role of consciousness, will be that more complex gestalts or "selves", through their actions and
sensory perceptions, exert conscious directions to all inner selves comprising that life form (be they organisms, organ systems,
organs, cells, molecules, enzymes, substances, elements, atoms, or subatomic particles) that create material changes to both

218
the environment and the organism at all levels of organization. When organisms are sufficiently complex, with brains that
allow a unique new form of self-consciousness, they offer forms of experience that include thought and electro-chemical
memory patterns that serve as mental blueprints which facilitate the ongoing co-creation of existing life forms of lesser
complexity into which consciousness can enter and achieve self-expression. At the top of the scale is an already recognized
human consciousness. What can now be discerned is that the overriding characteristic of this state of consciousness is
it's co-creative quality. It will further be discerned that this particular quality is the glue factor that keeps the lesser
levels of consciousness in the consistent, dedicated, ubiquitous pattern which permeates all material existence. These
blueprints create psychic structures with physical counterparts likened to the enzymes similar to those within photosynthesis,
that help recreate the life forms that it experiences. (Simply by being locked in the memory of a predator, the prey's existence
is energized.) The physical manifestation of this process can be observed as the replications and mutation genetic DNA. (The
mental, self-conscious thought processes have far more effect upon matter than is imagined, which is why the inner guidance
system is so essential to ongoing re-creation.) All such thoughts, perceptions, and actions are evaluatively driven by inner
electromagnetic emotional guiding principles. The sum result is that the physical realm has a continuity of existing life forms
into which consciousness can venture and seek expression. As long as there is sufficient latitude for value fulfillment within a
species, it will continue to be chosen and reproduction will continue. On the other hand, if a species loses sufficient
opportunity due to imbalances within the ecosystem, extinction will occur. Herein lies the ultimate value of a balanced
state of being, for if humans can achieve a uniform state of balance as a species, that state will reverberate down
through the ecosystem and, in doing so, sustain a continuing state of balance and growth throughout the nature of All
That Is.

The Power Of Free Will

At higher and higher levels of self-awareness, gestalts of consciousness from mammals, to primates, and finally Homo
sapiens, along with more complex brains and thought, there is ever more willful control and conscious creative participation
within this process. At this stage of complexity, the crude psychic blueprint can be tremendously affected by the mind itself in
ways that can enhance the experience and opportunities of the species. This is the power of creative will energy---the power
that can either enhance of destroy---depending upon its level of attunement to inner guidance. There is a base line quantum
here that is key to creative process. It is comprised of a connectedness and appreciation for the body, mind, spirit
complex. When the mind is open to a higher level of guidance and ideals are formulated which make for a reality
which compliments the role of humans as a whole, the process of creating one's reality is smoothed and enhanced.
Herein enters the secondary purpose of self-development joining the first, wherein the mind can exert its creative control and
influence upon the many levels of existing processes. Herein, also, enters the complex feeling tones that offer the mind its
highest directional guidance in order to ensure quality control. Self-development allows the mind to collect and utilize ever-
increasing levels of understanding concerning the processes of its many levels, so that it can do a high quality job of
enhancing the value of experience. Self-development occurs first through conditioned unconscious learning processes until at
some point the organism recognizes the meaningful patterns and mindfully adapts with right responses. In either case, the
mind will create actions and reactions, which in turn create chemical alterations which change the external environment and,
to some degree, affect its own DNA, allowing it to pass along the improvement to its species' gene pool as well as the
collective species consciousness.

There is a recognition and unconscious understanding achieved wherein the evolution of a particular member of a
species, upon reaching a higher level of physical, mental and spiritual development, will alter its DNA in a way that
aligns with this state of development. That portion of species most responsible for the reproductive act, will seek out a
reproductive relationship with that species member in order to participate in the developmental process. In more
mundane terms, development along the lines described enhances one's state of sexual attraction. Both thought and
action create evolutionary change. It is through the changes, the creative enhancements affected by the highest life forms that
new gestalts of consciousness become possible within the physical realm. Indeed, the human species itself is collectively a
"self" as its mass consciousness exerts influence upon the free will and biological predestiny of the humans that comprise it.
The more guided purposeful expansion of consciousness, the more complete becomes the creative free will. Thus, the broadest
self-actualization of each individual helps enhance the potential fulfillment of the entire whole. (The whole includes all
members of the human species despite any sort of racial diversity, for a species is defined by its members' ability to
reproduce.) There is a sort of hundredth monkey theory suggested here. While the conventional process of elevating the
general state of the human species is considered the physical reproductive system, the very thoughts of any particular
member can cross the imaginary lines of separation in some form of morphic resonance and result in a collective
raising of consciousness among those who are open and desirable of such an elevation.

The most dramatic forms of human evolution occur now within the realm of mind. The changes in mass consciousness
are trends in human cultural evolution and are driven by the collective changes brought about by all three purposes

219
accomplished by each individual. Following the inner urges to manifest the inner value potentials, humans create ever more
complex mental and ethnological tools which drive the expanding mass consciousness. Indeed, the human mass consciousness
can rightly be described as a single planet in a still higher universe of planetary consciousness---with its own value to fulfill.
Thus, it becomes essential for each portion to offer its highest and best contribution to the whole. This is the most deliberate
form of expression, described herein as the purpose of self-actualization. The initial process of thinking one's self into
existence is followed by the creation of the higher levels of mind and the physical and mental tools to expand that
expression. On a physical level, the planet is experiencing a global connectedness through a system commonly known
as the internet. On a mental level, the opportunity to share information in a quick and inexpensive manner, as
provided by this same "internet", enhances the occupants of the planet as a whole. Humans are indeed the creative
custodians over life forms influenced by their culture and technology. Without the inner guidance, there is much corrective
work to be done. For example, the treatment of the cattle species for the food source of beef by many Western cultures. Beef
production that disallows a natural developmental experience and free range sensory experience, offering instead only a life of
limited mobility, manipulated by growth and anti-bacterial chemicals, and ending in a painful and violent death, has
negatively affected the mass consciounesses of the species, resulting in such anomalies as "mad cow disease". On the other
hand, cultures that honor the cow as sacred and allow it a more meaningful natural experience, have positively affected the
species' consciousness, perhaps forestalling a mass extinction. The seeds of destruction of a particular animal species are
sowed by the attitudes of the higher life forms in its relationship with that species. If the qualities of free will are not
honored uniformly, than the general deterioration that follows will serve as an early signal of the adverse consequences
to follow. The difference between feeding lots and a free range environment is just beginning to be signaled and
appreciated. Early aboriginal peoples, particularly the native Americans, had a much more highly evolved consciousness in
terms of spiritual connection with animals of all kinds. They had quite well-developed intuitive senses and actually practiced
telepathic communication with animal totems who offered wisdom and guidance. They asked permission in pre-hunt prayers
and post-hunt celebratory feasts, dances, and rituals. This honored the spirit of the animal, creating an emotional connection
highly desirable to the species. They participated in the food chain as their needs dictated, but they did so with honor,
gratitude, and respect for the life that was taken, and called forth only those that were ready to end their physical journey.
They used humane killing techniques and utilized every portion of the animal with minimal waste. Unfortunately, the Western
technological dominance disrupted such cooperative practices, arrogantly misunderstood and defiled such "savage" rituals and
concepts, and created near extinction of the buffalo species through their own misguided and willfully ignorant approach to
hunting. To this date, a folk hero known as Buffalo Bill is still romanticized for his practice of contributing to the near
extinction of the animal he slaughtered with impunity. His activity, and the profit and prestige he gained from such,
earned him a special place in the American psyche, much to the detriment of both animal and man. There are endless
examples of how free will of humanity, when separated from its inner guidance, has diverted the species' evolution from its
most directly purposeful and rewarding path. As we have learned, it is the force of human emotion---the unifying voice of
Spirit---through which all levels of consciousness are evaluatively informed of the directions of movement and creative
thought that will best manifest the highest purposeful opportunities in the physical experience. Human consciousness is guided
in both quantity and quality by the feeling sense to avoid the potential pitfalls of free will before the higher understandings
emerge. Thus, the basic blueprint for human development compensates for ignorance, but is propelled forward by the spiritual
challenges which assist in designing the mindscape and opening the chakra energy centers to full mental efficiency and
communication with the higher wisdom from gestalts of consciousness (levels of self) with which it is most intimately
affiliated and directly connected. To try to put this in more colloquial terms, the act of asking for guidance from our
higher spiritual nature, when relating to our environment, will bring forth the best of both that same environment and
ourselves. To make that connection most effective and enduring, we will need to re-learn and re-appreciate the feeling
system with which we have been so graciously endowed. It is the fairer gender of our species who can be most helpful
in this process. Of course, the energy information that is constantly infused into the physical realm, springs from these more
complex gestalts of consciousness that exist in the non-physical, spiritual realm. The most appropriate term for the self-aspect
just "outside" or psychologically adjacent to the psychical realm would be the entity of which each past, present and future
incarnate physical ego personality is a part, just as cells This is the "location" of the spiritual gestalts that are symbolized in
the religious ideologies (as angelic hierarchies with a pinnacle God-head as the most complex, omniscient, omnipotent, and
omnipresent gestalt), that recognize the various levels of organized self-consciousness within the totality of All That Is. It is
the wisdom of the entity and its own source of higher, more complex and broad wisdom that unites and guides the thought and
action of its personalities through feelings of pleasure and pain. As an aura surrounds the physical body of a species and
serves to both reflect and collect information helpful to the physical and mental state, so there exists an aura of wisdom
that accumulates around the mental body and connects it to its higher levels of being and maintains that guiding
connection with the more spiritually refined portion of one's nature. While this entire complex exists as a singular unit,
it is only through conditioning that we have come to maintain a misperceived state of separation.

220
Thus, creation is ongoing and evolving in far more elegant and purposeful ways than many suppose; for both are ongoing
aspects of the ever-expanding consciousness of All That Is. Quite simply, through the active dilemma of desiring to know
itself, all actions of consciousness continuously recreate and evolve evermore complex gestalts of consciousness. When the
self-aware mind enters the picture---whether the mind is simple or complex---seeing is believing, but remembering enhances
the believing that in turn colors the perceptions of seeing, which re-create the mental blueprints into which energy can flow
and manifest as matter. So scientific objectivity is joined by the subjectivity on the part of all "observers" within the physical
realm. Indeed, thought and feeling create perception which re-create the blueprints which reinforce believing and generate
thought---completing the subjective, objective, creative cycle. Just as we learn about our physical environment and the
history of our activities by reviewing material in our institutions of higher learning, so we expand our understanding
and individual/collective gestalts of consciousness by the very act of exercising our creative qualities. We evolve
ourselves and our environment in an expanding and never-ending spiral of enlightenment. This is nothing more or less
than an exercise of free will. This objective subjectivity of co-creation is why staunchly held beliefs, assumptions, and
competing concepts of creation or evolution work in direct opposition to the needed conscious inquiry and can stymie the
creative process itself. Mass consciousness must be sufficiently evolved to orient the human away from misusing the free
will, or the very mental blueprints of life will be---and have been---altered in destructive ways. All beliefs about anything
must be open to momentary re-evaluation and change as part of the evolutionary thrust of life. As decadent belief systems go
unexamined and unchallenged by contemporary minds, the society, as a whole, is prone to slip into a decaying state of
existence. Fresh and renewing mental/spiritual activity must be brought to bear on the physical world for the
evolutionary process to progress along all lines of development. Until recently, such assumptions as "natural selection"
having no prior plans, intentions, or predestiny; that humans are born sinfully flawed; and that emotional suffering is a
necessary cross to bear have clouded the mass mind and quite literally degraded the human experience---and the effect of
limited human consciousness has been detrimental to the overall evolution of consciousness. As the understanding of the
spiritual origin of the species is not only appreciated but realized to have been and continues to be a nature state, such
realization will expand the boundaries of what the species can achieve as it proceeds with the progression of this
alignment.

Evolution Of Consciousness & Information Processing

A crucial stumbling block for scientists has been their stubborn assertion that everything in the physical realm is caused
therein, with chaotic natural competitive forces that evolve ever more complex organisms---quite by accident. They witness
the incredible amount of intelligent energy exchanges going on within cells and organs and between plants and animals, yet
deny the deep wisdom and information that it takes to accomplish interactive life so seamlessly. They wonder when
consciousness arose, ignoring the quantum implications that consciousness itself is the very fabric of the universe---for their
mathematics predict far more dimensions than their crumbling paradigms can handle. Each and every minute particle of
matter is a manifestation of energy imbued with consciousness in some form or another. Where there is matter there is
energy, and where there is energy there is information, and where there is information there is consciousness. Where
the presence of information exchanged is perpetually present wherever one looks in nature, it would be a tremendous
stretch to presume that such a state would be reflective of accidental activity. Intelligence is hardly possible without
information and its expansion through an interchange system. Nor could such a system exist for long without the
element of intent. Chaos is in and of itself the formula for destruction, even when it is organized. Survival demands
supportive forces to come into play in order to support such a goal. Finally, energy and matter are ubiquitous and even
science proposes they are interchangeable. Thus, how could they be sustainable as uncomplimentary forces when they
are more likely to be simply different forms of the same essence. The information processing concepts will help scientists
overcome the dogmatic fiction that consciousness is a result of life. They will find that it is its ultimate cause and destiny as
thought is allowed its rightful place in the creative cycle. For indeed, without consciousness coming first, there would be no
chicken or egg, or any cause and effect relationship of one begetting the other. But all ignorance and arrogance aside, they are
correct in recognizing the power and dominion gained by the emergence of the human mind. This will be the key to
recognizing the evaluative guidance that came along with the emergence of mind. To place thought in the position of being
the consequence of material evolution is to not only place the proverbial cart before the horse but to suggest that the
cart causes the horse to move in a random direction when everything suggests that the horse is motivated by a more
sophisticated form of guidance. Man. Humanity will recognize from their own technological accomplishments of the
information age that the Trinity of Self operates like a computer. The body will be likened to the hardware, with its preset
parameters, brain processing and memory, and protective systems designed with the highest non-negotiable laws and values
which are to be honored, respected and preserved. The body's emotional communication network will be recognized as the
language of the human operating system, when found in electric brain pathways, in chemical production and receptor centers
throughout the body, and computer chiplike properties and operations of the very cell membrane. It can then no longer be
denied that the human self is an information processor, cycling information within and between all spiritual, mental and
physical realms. It will be clear that emotion mediates the evolving consciousness at physical levels through subconscious,

221
instinctive and impulsive actions. It should also become clear that even if some type of extraordinary force of
circumstance was responsible for bringing the portions of the computer together, it would still take a source to throw
the switch, a source to provide the power and a source to utilize it in a creative fashion. When the evidence of such a
source becomes so overwhelming as to defy misinterpretation, a new paradigm will be in place. The mind will be
recognized as the metaphoric software for the computer system. The focal point of human mind, which begins at birth of any
given personality, collects self-experiences and makes patterned sense of them. It takes the sensory processed outputs of the
hardware and consciously alters and adapts them creatively---becoming the full designer and conscious controller at the
keyboard. Beliefs, habits, attitudes, and strategies will be recognized as the macros which are used as creative shortcuts by the
mind. Herein comes wonder and power of free will to not only be aware of existing and ongoing bodily processes, but to
actively and creatively participate in ways that enhance the life experience---and allow the unfolding of the highest destiny
path. Emotion will be recognized as the evaluative guide of mindful thought, which aligns itself with the patterns of impulsive
action and creates long-range strategies for ongoing pleasure. The described "will to survive" is exceptionally short-
sighted for, again, nature suggests so much more, especially in the case of higher consciousness where creativity is
evident. When one observes the strides in music, art, prose, etc., one sees expressions of spirit being the primary
purpose of life and the survival skills simply relegated to a secondary role. The spirit is the timeless energy source and
grand designer of the entire hardware/software system. Without the spiritual force, the system would be unplugged---dead. It
is indeed the breath of life that connects the most minute and least complex levels with the ultimate complexities of All That
Is. It is the inhaling of all energetic sensory wisdom and exhaling the mental and emotional self-created expressions that
manifest the lyrical artwork of human culture. Upon attunement to the spiritual guidance available in feeling language and
attainment of conscious unity in each breath, the human awareness can expand in both quantitative and qualitative ways to its
full cosmic proportion. Just as the computer can not activate without the operator throwing the switch, so life forms, at
whatever point in physical reality, can not exist in a dynamic state without an energy source. Each new computer
model plays a role in the design of a more complex and efficient one to follow and that process is dependent upon free
will and the universal creative force. In humans, and many animals, the safety features of the hardware parameters of the
body are designed to accommodate varying levels of mindful consciousness, depending upon the quality of the willful use of
mind. As humans learn and grow through the individual evolutionary process we have described as purposeful self-
development, the mind collects more and more quantitative information about what is going on in the information/energy
exchange process. (This energy flow has been described as the infinite cyclic exchange of energy information which is
allowed admittance and exit through the chakra centers of mind as the spiritual challenges are met.)

There is an efficiency in nature that encourages all systems to enhance themselves with use. This is especially true of
those systems that acquire and perpetuate information. Knowledge begets knowledge as intelligence begets intelligence
and spirituality begets spirituality. An "evolved" consciousness does a high quality job of adding enhancements rather than
disrupting the process by dishonoring, suppressing, ignoring, judging or attempting to overrule the hardware parameters of
body---particularly the suppression of feeling signals. If the mind has not sufficiently expanded to successfully handle a given
situation, this is when the body will take over with its unconscious control and instinctive actions. These are the impulsive
aspects within the feeling system that work behind the scenes with which the mind must align. In short, if the mind is not yet
capable of doing the multi-purpose job, the body will default back into pre-set, unconscious, single purpose, safety-net
control. If emotion cannot guide thought and action it will always settle for protective action alone. When the mind places
the body in a position where circumstances pose a fatal risk to it, the body will do whatever is necessary, even a
temporary shutdown of all system in order to preserve itself. This is a part of the self-learning process. Of course, if
this becomes a pattern of behavior that is repeated to the point of being insulting to higher intelligence, a permanent
termination of activity results. To put it less subtly, we die. This process is mediated by the degree of fear or joy that the
incoming perceptual information contains. If the thought processes are sufficiently evolved through willful guided learning,
feelings of confidence will allow acceptance of the information into mindful consciousness. Fear affects the perceptions, and
any information likely to overwhelm the mind is filtered or denied entirely. The ego identity of the mind responds to these
feelings unless they are decoded, serving as a gate that can swing closed in order to protect the stability of the mind and the
subjective reality it experiences. When this happens, the information is rerouted back through the body for unconscious
processing and corrective, active responses are carried out through impulse. This is how a person can have instinct take over
before the mind has even comprehended what has happened. Although a wonderful safeguard, the ego gate is intended to
evolve away from this function (as soon as we understand the messages within feelings), for it stymies the potential expansion
of consciousness. (This ego resistance is also how chakras can become under or over energized.) If we are unaware of how
feelings grease or freeze the ego doors, our defaulting to the autopilot mode to control sacrifices the higher potentials and
relegates us to a lower level of mere survival. Anyone who has spent time around the higher animal forms, i.e. those most
popular of the "pet" type, will see clear evidence that our dog or cat will learn to carry out certain activities through
reward or punishment. More accurately, it is the motivating factor of joy or fear that will act as the near exclusive
motivator of behavior. Because these species are hardly capable to getting beyond these limited processes, they can not

222
reach a point of emotional maturity or intellectual equality with their masters. Oftentimes, portions of the human
species can become entrapped in the same limiting mindset and kept there for the duration of a particular physical
existence. The physical system is quite elegant in its flexibility and ingenious in its balancing of spiritual predestiny with
mental free will, and the clues to this type of biological evolutionary flexibility are readily available to the scientists. From the
lowest and least complex organisms, all the way up the purported phylogenic evolutionary ladder to humans, along with the
increase in the complexity of form, there is also an observable increase in behavioral flexibility, brain capacity, and emotional
processes that all support varying degrees of conscious willful control over the life experience. At any stage, there will be
successful bodily regulation either through unconscious instinctive processes or conscious willful processes, or a combination
of both---mediated by the emotional information flow and experienced as a unique spirit-in-flesh kind of experience. Just as
we can know and appreciate this variance, we can also come to understand that there is a point and purpose behind
the existence of such a system. As simple math can evolve into a form of near abstract calculus, a seven note musical
scale can be manipulated to produce the complex gestalt of a classical symphony, or a brush stroke of paint upon a
canvas can initiate the production of a captivating work of art, so the spirit which exists in All That Is can continue to
evolve into a state of perpetual growth. As we have learned, emotion is a sense that is the closest approximation to the non-
physical informational vibrations of All That Is---the language of spirit linking physical and non-physical portions of any
gestalt of self. Without casting judgment upon any particular form of life, humanity can observe a myriad of available
experiences and adventures in consciousness, each expressing value and experiencing emotional reward while dovetailing
together in the physical realm and co-creating the Earthly ecosystem. The evidence of this uniform state of being is
virtually impossible to ignore. What is apparently possible to ignore, is the evidence that there is an interconnecting
theme woven through a physical reality that is composed of those same qualities (to a greater or lesser degree) that we
recognize in each other. As humans become more and more consciously adept at recognizing the patterns within their own
physical history, they will surely detect this evolving nature of consciousness and cast a new light on evolution both at
individual and species levels. As this awareness unfolds, the gulf between hard-nosed scientists and those of enduring
religious faith will come together. There shall be a reconciliation as the light dawns upon them both that the never-ending
questioning of science is coming up with many of the answers that the faithful have long held. They will both recognize the
inner compass and the true north of Divine Joy. They will achieve Divine Acceptance of the mutual connection, and interface
and exchange more information allowing dogmatic rigidity within both camps to relax and a far more cooperative venture
shall drive a cultural evolution which is long overdue. This anticipated state of blending of tolerance for each other's
position, followed by a new paradigm of understanding of what each contributes to the whole will bring about a more
complete understanding and adoption of the so often suggested
Heaven on Earth.

Darwin & Lamarck Revisited

No scientist will dispute that it is indeed the individual within each species that is the unit of evolutionary change---that it is
the genetic contributions of each organism that influence the species as a whole. But this is only a part of the story. The moral
to this incomplete story is that the only purpose of any life form is to reproduce---to perpetuate his/her genes within the pool.
It is assumed that genes are unchanging, predetermined codes (unchangeable hardware parameters) that constantly reproduce
themselves. It is only when some error in the copying of genetic information that mutations occur which offer any form of
adaptation which may enhance the genetic information. But it is well known that mutations can also degrade genetic
information, and thus all enhancements or anomalies are accidental whims or mistakes of nature. Why should it be presumed
that something so basic to life itself, i.e. the genetic code, be excused from the evolutionary process? Surely there has to
be something more to such a complex system than mere "unchanging" perpetuation. But the DNA is far more complex
and attuned to human experience than is now suspected. Fortunately, the information processing model will offer the uniting
paradigm that will make it plain that both genes and the environment create changes in one another that call for and depend
upon the higher purposes of self-development and self-expression. Not only does the physical environment effect inner
changes, but the entire realm of mental thought is also a profoundly influential addition to the environment.

Likewise, the coded instructions of the genes create chemical expressions and secretions that contribute to the ecosystem. The
ongoing energy conversion/information processing cycle will leave no doubt that the effects of the environment which are
largely controlled---and indeed created---by the human mind, have a profound effect upon the activity and replication of DNA
itself. This fact will bring about a revolution in the realm of evolutionary thought, but it will also hearken back into human
history where this possible path of inquiry once diverged. The concept that our destiny is locked into whatever DNA
qualities are discovered to exist in our physical history will now be subject to a widened interpretation of the what this
system is and how it relates to our own creative capabilities. It should become clear to scientists and religious alike that
the quality of free will and the capability to create our own reality out weighs any pre-ordained presumption that we
are stuck with predetermined probabilities unless this is accepted as an unwavering belief system which we have
chosen to adopt. Long ago, before Darwin became canonized and causality was decided to be in the genes alone, there was an

223
alternate evolutionary theory set forth by Jean Baptiste de Lamarck. Lamarkian thought was that there was some cooperative
force at work within evolution that worked toward the benefit of the entire species, not simply the genes alone. He intuitively
understood that the experiences of any given life form must have some way of affecting their offspring or all learning and
creative expression would be meaningless. His concept of "felt needs" which inspired certain changes was far ahead of its
time. For indeed, it is the mental and behavioral adaptations that create emotional conditions which alter the chemical
reproduction and coding within the genes themselves. Again, the genetic code is not likely to be so permanent as to be
impossible to alter if one so wishes. The process of changing one's DNA is no more complex than affecting one's
immune system by visualizing a strengthening process which the mind can than convert into physical alternations. All
past, present and future conditions are subject to our creative free will. Having said that, one need now only to believe
it, a process directly connected to our needs. It is also the ongoing developmental and expressive exchanges between parent
and child which alter, switch on or off the genetic potentials with which either are born. Indeed, it is the constant replication of
DNA, that very re-creation of any given bodily form that can be profoundly influenced in each moment by the consciousness
that creates it. The mind can dramatically enhance the rapid, creative "adaptive mutations" thought to be accidents of nature
by simply creating mental and physical experiences of long-term pleasure. The DNA are the tools of the mind and can
successfully alter our own developmental potential, not just that of our children. This is just another form of
information locked deeply within our cellular make-up. Once activated, it has massive and nearly unlimited power to
formulate whatever state of being we can imagine. The concept of ongoing, evolving co-creation would have arisen long
ago had both parts of this picture been recognized as valid contributions instead of opposing approaches. With the information
processing model and emotional self-regulation uniting the two, it will be plain that evolution is driven by both internal
environments (spiritual, mental, electrical, chemical, genetic, and atomic processes) and external environments (sociocultural
landscapes, opportunities for purposeful development and expression, and basic survival conditions). It will be clear that a
constant give and take mediation is occurring wherein adaptive mutations are created by thoughts and actions---ever guided by
the balancing, safeguarding, and enticing emotional messages of spirit. More progress is stifled by the artificial
establishment of opposing concepts than can ever be found justified in our current state of mind. All competition must
include the trust in spirit which guides the human being toward the greatest possible potential. The turning of the
millenium marks the potential of critical mass as the revelations of the inner unifying mechanisms sweep through mass
consciousness, accomplishing another dramatic shift which will propel humanity up to a higher "being state" of
consciousness. With the understandings of how evolution is accomplished, we can now take a closer look at the trends within
human cultural evolution.

Section Theta
Lesson Theta Two: The Spiritual Compass In Evolving

Gestalts of Consciousness The Quantum Potential & Expansion Of All That Is

Once we have the enlightened perspective upon the concept of evolution as ongoing co-creation, we can begin to recognize
the undeniable spiritual unity within the material Earthly realm. For indeed, the expansion of All That Is, the unfolding of
universal consciousness itself, underlies the energetic/information wisdom that moves each organism to fulfill its unique
creative purpose. It is this expanding action force that drives the interacting processes of stability and change which
accomplishes all forms of evolution. The informational networks we have been describing are simply the particular flow and
attunement channels, or self focal points within and between the overall consciousness of All That Is. All systems have
describable characteristics. The qualities and the processes of interchange are what define the particular
characteristics which we recognize and relate to. We imitate, emulate and identify with all physical and mental reality
to whatever degree we choose. What we often fail to achieve is the understanding of the roles nature offers us, thinking
such is there to be exploited or controlled. This is basically the result of our sciences and religions indoctrinating us
with the fear element and failing to make us fully aware of our own creative qualities. With each individual life
experience, regardless of whether that life is an atom, a molecule, a cell, an organ, an organ system, a vegetable or animal
organism, or a human being, the motion of its electrical existence alone legislates interactive influences with the quantum
potential which is the energetic manifestation of the consciousness of All That Is. Indeed, that which physicists have begun to
recognize and term the quantum potential, is indeed the energetic informational database of cosmic consciousness, the
Akashic Record of all experience, the Brahman of truth, the source of omniscience, of "God" and is also known as many other
names---all of which imply the ultimate divine informational source. This is the spiritual energy/ information that both
guides and drives all organisms in the unified and ever-expanding cooperative gestalts. On a limited level, this so apparent
"truth" has been labeled in a limited fashion in such terms as the survival instinct or the Tao, for those more
metaphysically inclined. Some have called it the forces of nature, for lack of a better description. What might better
describe it might be the term omnipotent interconnection. It is not simply that "All Is One", but that such "One" is in
a perpetual state of expansion. It is not just that the physical universe is in a state of expansion, but that each form of

224
life is in that state as well. It might be added that in a dynamic universe, each state of movement is a form of life. For
humans to take their rightful place in evolutionary history, it now must be understood that it is this co-creative process, with
its delicate balance of biological predestiny and free will, that allows all organisms to mutually coexist. For it is the guidance
of spirit as communicated and accomplished through the experience of emotion and feeling which regulates and maintains this
balance and ushers maximum value fulfillment and expansion of all forms of consciousness. Through purposeful responses to
each inner guiding impulse, all the physical life forms participate in the ongoing co-creative process, likened unto vessels
steered about on the material sea by ever-present guidance signals from the cosmos. We are never far from a source of
personal navigation. It exists to assist us in our every step along the progressive pattern of our physical, mental and
spiritual development. It is not something that we have to qualify for. The indigenous societies and the most
technologically sophisticated ones are equals in the qualification to the tapping of this source. We of that latter
category might find ourselves more handicapped, but only because we have been programmed to believe in our
limitations.

Receiving The Purposeful Guidance

Just like the ancient mariners learned how to steer their ships by learning about the patterns of the stars, humans have also
been in training to learn the most pure form of directional guidance by observing the patterns within human feeling. For like
the light energy perceived from the stars, the quantum field sends forth spiritual signals which are fine tuned to each of the
living receptors which offer unfailing, individually tailored, directional guidance toward the highest purposes. Unlike the
ancient mariners, the guidance of human feeling does not need to rely on available outside technology but has been
equipped with its own system located within. Connecting with our human feelings is not a capability of one gender
versus the other. It need only require the over-coming of some early conditioning. It is most useful to think of the
spiritual signals from the quantum field as likened unto radio waves available on various bandwidths. Each form of organism
is equipped with specific receptors and innate responses which are effected by the radio signals it is designed to receive. Thus,
by simply attuning to and reacting to the available information, the organism regulates the self activities necessary for
purposeful experience. As organisms conduct their daily business, their thoughts, and actions affect changes---physical energy
manifestations---that are encoded with information which cycles back into the quantum field, expanding its wisdom and
potential guidance. Since the information is continuously sent forth from the expanding ultimate source, it contains within it
the requirements of all other organisms---all bodies---within that physical cooperative. This force is the infinite cyclic action
of consciousness, the ongoing information flow between and within the multiple aspects of the human self, the body, mind,
and spirit. The very concept that humans, not to mention all of nature itself, can and do contribute to the ever
expanding gestalt of the All That Is should attract the attention of anyone seeking to expand beyond their current
perimeters. In many quarters, this proposed "principle" would have to be considered to be sheer sacrilege. In fact, it
pays tribute to what is described as "God" by suggesting that we are no less noble creations than those whom we
conceive and strive to bring to maturity in our own homes. These are the evolutionary dynamics which take place in the
Earthly ecosystem, manifesting as the scientifically observable interactions between organism and environment. The grand,
economic, need-meeting marketplace runs smoothly due to these inner mechanisms. These are the interactions that allow the
chaos within the quantum field to become the orderly ecological interactions that underlie the idea of "natural selection" and
the idea of "the intentions of nature" or the "divine plan of the Creator". Since the separation between any form of
consciousness is an illusion necessary for unique forms of physical experience, there is no real division between organism and
environment. But all the richly magnificent diversity within nature is based upon the relativity of the "self" unit. There is no
greater proof of the validity of this observation than nature itself. It is our grandest "need-meeting marketplace" and
even when it appears to be malfunctioning, it is merely indulging in a form of self-correction or balancing, if you will.
While what often appears to be a whole picture, under close examination reveals itself to be a grouping of separate
units and, in turn, what is often labeled as separately functioning parts does, in fact, have a wholistic quality. A prime
example of this might be the human physical body. Indeed, the self is every bit as relative as time and space beyond the
Earthly physical boundaries. Although this might come as a shock to the human ego consciousness, who knows itself as a
separate, distinct, and perhaps superior life form to a plant, an animal, or a rain drop, such is still the case. For it is the self-
defined identity, the self-consciousness experienced by the organism which corresponds to a specific bandwidth of quantum
informational guidance that creates the illusion of separation and the resplendent wonders of diversity within the unity of All
That Is. The internal "self" environment of any given organism is that which receives information directly through its
emotional signals from the quantum

field, and the external environment is everything outside of its innate identity. Might it be considered proper to suggest that
a "rain drop" could enjoy a state of immortality? Yet, why should any form of sub-atomic vibration be excluded from
a permanent state of existence. Because its level of "self-consciousness" might be at a different specificity of vibration,
it need not be excluded from all the potential of the most refined form, no more than the Morse Code beeps of a short
wave radio should be excluded from the same broadcast reception that delivers the strains of a violin concerto. Thus, in

225
the ultimate sense, the quantum potential comprises the entire environment---with internal and external boundaries as arbitrary
as space, time, and any self distinction. And although the boundaries of consciousness may change, the self-regulating
spiritual dynamics remain the same. With this in mind, we can explore the various manifestations of self and the interactions
which underlie the mysteries of life itself. For these principals underlie the Trinity of the human self and facilitate both its
cooperative unity and collective progress, or its competitive diversity and ongoing suffering. There is a constant in the
referred "spiritual dynamics" that remains such in order to support an environment of unity necessary for a
confidence in progression; for the All That Is must remain in place for "All That Are".

The Self In Evolutionary Context

Every self consciousness knows what it is. An oxygen atom even recognizes itself as distinct from perhaps a hydrogen atom.
Through the simple knowledge of the boundaries of itself, it interacts with the quantum field (its internal environment) and
with other atoms (its external environment) to form the foundations of all organic life. Likewise, a cell knows itself as a cell,
an organ knows its identity as a heart, pancreas, or kidney, and an animal knows that the boundaries of its skin or fur mark
where the self leaves off and where the world begins. (In the humans, the precision of the immune system defines that which
is the body self, and protects the body against invaders that are non-self, while the ego defines the self-parameters of mind and
seeks stability through the protection of the self-identity from any incoming information that might be too painfully
overwhelming.) Like humans, but in less complex forms, each self of any given species is attuned to its particular frequency
within the emotional sensory waves of the quantum field. What constitutes the difference between an Einstein and a water
molecule? Did the former play out his role in society because he was perpetually aware of the level of his genius, while
the water molecule plays out its role without giving it a second thought. We are beginning to consider the existence of a
quality described as "emotional intelligence" and, of course, presume it to be a quality of humans only. But what we
may have to do is come to expand the definition of the word "emotional". But within each self consciousness unit, there is
also a gestalt of mini-selves---a collective consciousness attuned internally to its signals and changes of collective "body" as
part of the interactive information exchanges within the
spiritual network. Each gestalt of self, regardless of its complexity, both gives and receives energy information from the
quantum field that allows for the cooperative interactions that facilitate the need-meeting of all organisms involved. As stated,
this is orchestrated by the emotional signals received within the range of its relative receiver. While we may appear to be
sole individuals operating independently from one another, the above paragraph suggests quite the opposite, i.e. that
each of us is a part of a collective whole which operates at the physical, mental and spiritual level and has a built-in
support system at each of these levels. The efficiency of the interchange of information between these three systems is
conditional upon the development of our feeling skills. As we now know, the emotional spectrum spans electrical,
chemical, motivational, and cognitive ranges that bring many forms of sensory guidance. As a general rule, as self units
become more complex, their physical structure, sensory equipment, and brain size dictates how much of the bandwidth of
emotional information is available. The less complex the life form, the more simple the experience, the more pure and of
relatively short life duration as compared to more complex forms. As the complexity increases, there is also an increase in the
free will of the organism to choose self-directed behavior. In other words, a simple self is a body only, while a more complex
self is joined by a mind as well. Thus, with any form of mind, comes volition and more potential misuse of free will, so nature
provides safeguards in the form of more levels of emotional guidance to ensure both the quantity and quality of physical and
mental development of any given life form. Free will appears to be a compliment and a reward for advancement of
complexity. Just as the teenager has reached that stage in life where he/she can get a driver's license and begin the
practice of moving tons of metal around in some safe and responsible fashion, so other life forms take on greater
responsibility as the mind becomes more developed. It is presumed that youthful drivers probably have "guardian
angels" that are required to perform extra duty. For example, an atom is attuned purely to the electro-magnetic
positive/attraction and negative/repulsion properties of emotion. It has little ability to freely choose imaginative behavior,
although it follows its innate feelings of attraction and repulsion that allow it to enter into chemical bonds with other atoms
which underlie other material life forms. (It is due to this relative lack of free will that the Newtonian precision of the material
universe can be counted upon.) But it is the thrust to expand encoded in all information from the quantum field that drives the
atoms to enter into unions with other atoms which orchestrates the chemistry of all organic life and creates higher and higher
levels of self consciousness. There is in the lower/lesser forms of existence the will to "expand", but there is also the
minimal ability to choose "imaginative behavior" that maintains orderly expansion in the physical universe. It is the
evolution of the "mental" aspects of the species that results in the tapping of the spiritual energies and the capability of
creating the near unlimited form of one's reality. By simply following the inner guidance, atoms participate in cooperative
gestalts to create molecules that are consciously aware of themselves as a self unit, and molecules to participate in gestalts to
create cells, and cells to create organs, and organs to create organ systems, and finally entire plant and animal organisms
whose self consciousness perceives internal information from the gestalt collective consciousness of all its component parts.
This is accomplished by specific sensory attunement to a broader and broader bandwidth of emotional guidance. A good deal
of the bandwidth information, (the electrical and chemical aspects in particular), are carried out below the level of conscious

226
awareness of the complex self-identity, thus not having to burden the mind with extraneous details. The human mind/body
has a similar system in place which is commonly referred to as the subconscious mind or the involuntary nervous
system. This system keeps our heart pumping blood and the gastrointestinal system digesting our food, etc. But
because we have evolved imaginative capabilities, we also have the capacity for greater creativity in the exercise of free
will. This "capability" can override all other systems within our reality. For example, consider the man-made automobile.
It would be unduly burdensome if the driver needed to consciously direct the operations of the pistons, the gears, and the
rotation of the tires in order to use the car for its intended purpose---transport his body from one place to the next. The details
of traffic negotiation and avoiding accidents would be much harder to keep in mind if the driver had to consciously concern
himself with controlling all workings of the car as well. Thus, they run automatically by design. Such is the case of many life
forms. But as life forms become more complex, they also are designed with more attunement to the guidance---guidance
which is necessary for the conscious participation of the willful mind. To continue with this analogy, the modern
automobile has a computer system which shuts off the headlights within a minute or so after the motor is turned off, in
order to avoid discharging the battery when the driver forgets to do so. The human mind can condition itself to carry
out many automatic functions, but we have yet to tap the full creative capacity that lies just below the surface of our
normal functionality. Like in our car and driver example, human life forms are intended to use conscious free will to design a
mindscape that allows for living within the three purposes. Simply trusting and respecting the feeling signals will ensure that
all the inner mechanisms of the body remain in peak performance without undo interference from the mind. (Humans need not
consciously concern themselves with the cooperative efforts of their cells and organs, other than awareness that they are
intended to regulate, correct, and heal themselves.) The ego self of mind must instead attend to and heed all our incoming
regulatory informational signals in the secure knowledge that the body speaks its needs in this manner, and all will be unified
and well. Of course, the process of keeping ourselves in an optimum state of good health does not get much support
from the modern media which bombards us with drug commercials (and the side effects connected with each of them)
which are supposed to correct whatever physical ailments we are troubled by. It only re-enforces the belief that all
solutions come from outside of ourselves, rather than from within. We have yet to appreciate how such experiences as
reflected in our dreams, for example, can be much more helpful in maintaining a state of balance than can the medical
profession.

Thus, the self-regulating guidance system exists as a natural force. By natural law each self-identity marks the bounds of
conscious involvement and the Earth falls together by all organisms exercising varying degrees of free will choice. This
accomplishes the on-going, co-creative, adaptive, evolutionary expansion while also preserving the genetic integrity of the life
forms that consciousness can inhabit. Through the interaction of unconscious and conscious information processing, life forms
enjoy a spectrum of behavioral guidance ranging from nearly complete instinctive or "autopilot" self-regulation to nearly
complete "manual" control, free will self-directed self-regulation which only intervenes automatically when low quality
choices are made. And as is the central message of these Lessons, it is through the emotional corrective signals that are
received within the motivational and cognitive bandwidths that the guidance is both communicated and carried out in such
complex forms as the human being. As humans, we are complex creatures. But at times, we fail to appreciate and often
confuse the differences between conforming behavior and a state of what is often defined as mental illness. We just
recently began to understand and appreciate the mental state known as "idiot savant", for example. Eventually, we
will come to realize that when placed in a collective environment of like kind, these people can operate a near perfect
society without the help of the outside world. But humans are also subject to all emotional information whether it is
processed consciously or not. It is crucial to be aware of and trust the influence of the electrical, chemical, and motivational
aspects of emotion in order to interpret the encoded information of the cognitive feeling experience in order to offer the
highest kind of creative participation in the life process, to live within one's highest purposes. This means that although
humans are much more complex, they are also subject to simple autopilot self-regulation that can come into conflict with the
manual directions of the mind. Mindful humans must ensure the right use of free will to maintain the integrity of the body, just
like a driver must be aware of his or her role to avoid mistreating or wrecking the car. (Not to mention if the driver
misguidedly puts brake fluid in the gasoline tank, the car would experience breakdowns in its smooth operation, or blatantly
ignoring warning lights and road signs would crash and burn.) This may be where the emotion of love plays its most
important role. If we can approach a normal activity such as driving with a loving attitude toward our vehicle and
those who operate such vehicles in our environment, we can begin to experience a much safer driving style, as well as
protection of the "health and well being" of our own vehicle. A similar attitude toward our physical/mental/spiritual
conveyance will likely do wonders to improve our respective journeys in that sphere.

Autopilot, Semi-Autopilot and Manual Modes of Guidance Autopilot Self-regulation

In order to gain full control and the highest benefit of the emotional guidance, it is essential to cognitively understand how it
operates at three basic levels. For it is the ignorance of mind and gaps in self-understanding that allow the breakdowns in
communication between the electrical, chemical, and motivational signals of the spirit's emotional guidance that lie at the

227
cause of mental and physical breakdowns of the body and mind. What we don't understand results in a malfunction of a
process that, when grasped at a mental level, can lead us to correcting this "malfunction". We need not have PhD's in
psychology or biology or even chemistry to grasp a system that pervades all of nature, of which we are a normal part.
Humanity must recognize that all mini-gestalts of self within the bounds of the physical body and mental identity know how
to do the best things in order to keep the whole functioning---without much intervention from the mind of the person involved.
This is the autopilot level of self-regulation that is characteristic of atoms, molecules, and cells which make up the body
proper. They are attuned to the electrical and chemical bands of the emotional sensory spectrum and both give and receive
information within the whole body that keep each piece well, intact, and operating toward its highest purpose. Observe a
woman in the pregnant state. She does not have to concentrate on the act of building a human being within her own
body. This process takes place in a natural pattern, time after time. An interchange is taking place automatically
between woman and the child who is in the process of becoming. Nowhere does there exist a more perfect example of
what is being discussed above. Although at the autopilot level, self-preservation is the primary purpose, self-development
also occurs even at these most simple levels of organization, as atoms, cells, and organs adapt themselves in order to cooperate
and adjust to changes in the environment. This kind of adaptive self-development also allows for higher, more elaborate and
complex forms of self-consciousness to emerge. In the human, there exists a capability to be physically and mentally
innovative when forced to deal with an unanticipated change in environment. A person moved from a particularly
warm climate to a cold climate, will find his/her body adjusting to change in simple ways such as thickening or
thinning the blood. Over longer periods and more dramatic changes, other portions of the body will do what is
necessary for self-preservation. While scientists may see this and wonder at the capability of the body, they inevitably
miss the whole picture. But at the autopilot level, the flexibility of behavior is relatively fixed, that is to say there is not much
willful choice over the actions of an atom, a cell or an organ beyond their hardwired responses to the electrical and chemical
messages they receive. Honor, respect, and gratitude should be given them, for their fixed type of experience provides the
essential and necessarily reliable building blocks which give foundational support to all life within the grand ecological dance.
Like automobiles, higher gestalts of consciousness could not exist without the nuts, bolts, and gears which comprise them. It
is evident that all portions of the collective whole are programmed to carry out necessary functions to maintain a total
state of balance; and while some systems have limited functions and ambitions, they are just as necessary as those
which exercise more complex and sophisticated patterns of behavior.

But the experience and purpose of an atom or a cell is every bit as important and "rewarding" as any other more complex life
form. Indeed, it cannot be overemphasized that it is through the individual cooperative participation of these autopilot forms
of consciousness that the Earth exists with the predicable trustworthy continuity upon which more complex forms rely. They
respond with predictably reliable actions of attraction and repulsion to positive and negative electrical polarity within the
emotional signals, they respond with agonizing (cellular bonding and creating change) and antagonizing (blocking and
preventing change) responses to the chemical messages of emotion, but are far less aware of the familiar sensation of hedonic
pleasure and pain than higher life forms. For example, an atom or a cell can quite happily die when it is no longer needed by
the whole without feeling any lack of purpose or discomfort---for its purpose has been served, its potential has been
actualized---it has lived its chosen life. Atoms can spontaneously be reborn in some other organization or form, as they
transform from one complex gestalt to another as part of the grand energy exchange process. Certain aspects of the human
experience are just as fixed and spontaneous. (The human spiritual challenges are orchestrated through inborn instinct and
movements to meet the universal needs.) When the mind becomes aware of these innate patterns through the feeling language,
the development of less automatic kinds of volitional adaptive behavior begins to arise. Going back to the automobile
analogy, as we become more familiar with the operation of the vehicle and trusting of the performance we

can expect by carrying out actions on our own part, we set aside our conscious attention to these functions and allow
the vehicle to "do it's thing". It is this level of trust and understanding that results in a more perfect and productive
relationship. Herein lies the potential for all the relationships with our physical universe, whether it be with the auto
carriage or our personal physical carriage (our physical bodies). In sum, the experience at this guidance level is fixed,
automatic, and ruled mostly by the natural laws of the physical realm. The self-consciousness is less complex, the identity is
more merged with All That Is, and it is only the grace of these autopilot organisms that allows the continuing expansions of
higher and more complex forms of life to emerge. A long-standing relationship between the lesser energy forms and the
All That Is, supports the necessary stepping-stone to the next level of existence below. Semi-Autopilot Self-regulation
To the degree that the life form has sufficient neural complexity, sensory networks and a broader emotional bandwidth
receptivity, it begins to be able to move about a bit under its own self-direction with creative kinds of adaptations based upon
not just its hardwired responses but from learning from past experiences. These are animals ranging from reptiles all the way
up past mammals on the evolutionary ladder, who have specific brain structures to process a new kind of emotional
information, the motivational bandwidth, the sensations of pleasure and pain.

228
Here is where we can observe how our pets relate to the world around them; how they seek out those things which give
them pleasure (i.e. eating, sleeping, being given human attention); and how they make certain independent decisions to
achieve those goals. With brain processing capabilities that can pair emotional experiences with memories, these animals can
learn through classical conditioning how to respond to situations before the outcome actually occurs, based upon past
experience. This allows for tremendous adaptive and creative advantages. Although this kind of guidance does not yield much
free will, it does allow for much more behavioral flexibility than in lower organisms which have fixed attract/repel motions
from the feeling guidance. At the semi-autopilot level, there can be memories that create electrical and chemical responses
within the cells and tissues that allow the whole animal to move protectively away from danger and move instinctively toward
things that bring growth and pleasure. We, as humans, have the same built-in hardwiring and, when trusted, will bring
the same self-preservationary results, not to mention "growth and pleasure". It is often when we worry and doubt in
the universal All That Is, that such natural qualities are short-circuited in our electrical and chemical make-up and
unsettle our natural thinking/feeling progress. Our mothers, often in the belief that to worry is to do what mothers are
supposed to do, are actually undermining a process which can serve us well as we grow into adulthood. At more
complex levels within the semi-autopilot category, the emotional experiences of joy and fear are added to the perceptual
receptors from the spectrum of emotional information. This allows for more complex, long-term, kinds of conditioned
learning known as operant conditioning, wherein the animal knows that there is a link between its actions and the outcome
that was created. The feelings of joy and fear form electro-chemical loops in memory that allow for even better adaptive self-
developmental actions to take place. (Such patterns underlie the energy body and emotional memory that can be recognized
within the human chakra system later on in the evolutionary scheme.) Feelings of joy promote behaviors that are creatively
adaptive, such as play. Play serves as practice for real life situations, and marks the threshold into willfully cooperative
behavior, the preferred adaptive strategy over simple competition alone. Young animals are seen playing in a natural way
and we know that such activity, even with our own young, can contribute to the development and adjustments that will
be needed later in adult life, so long as such activities do not stretch beyond enjoyable play into the stress of achieving
perfection for the sake of a parental goal. All life should be an experience of learning and pleasure. Pain need not be
essential to progress unless we make it so. As we now know, the general pattern of increasing self-complexity includes
increasing complexity in conscious volitional experience. The semi-autopilot level is essential so that an evolving mind can
have time to learn, while the body and its needs are still protected by the hardwired responses of attraction /repulsion and
approach/avoidance. Thus, this kind of learning is not conscious learning, but it has conscious corrective results. The
emotional guidance comes in the form of the feeling which follows a given action, but gets stored in the cellular memory in
order to activate defensive responses in the future before another disaster strikes. (Perceiving fear when a threat to survival is
looming, and being able to run in the opposite direction before it strikes is highly beneficial.) But the animal is not truly
conscious of what has occurred until after the fact. This level is also apparent in humans, as learning experiences create
cellular memories and flexible habits and attitudes that can either contain gems or slivers. (Ongoing fear, of course, robs
humans of their conscious participation.) Fear has its role in our existence, but it is only to stimulate the sensible action of
fleeing a life-threatening situation and to, thus, maintain our physical existence and comfort. Once this has been
accomplished, "fear" can be compartmentalized and we can go on enjoying that life we so naturally just preserved.
Keeping it at the forefront of our thinking will only end up obstructing our growth and development, which is only a
more subtle form of death.

Manual Free Will Self-regulation

In the highest animals and in humans, the emotional experiences of joy and fear branch out into the six basic feeling signals
which not only offer approach and avoid motivational guidance, but also the opportunity to comprehend the cognitive
informational messages within the feeling tones themselves. As experiences are remembered and external situations become
familiar, the feeling of fear speaks of external threats, the feeling of anger speaks of potential obstacles to need-meeting
opportunities, the feeling of sadness speaks of losses that must be replaced, and the feeling of disgust speaks of unwholesome
foodstuffs that should be expelled and avoided in the future. The motivational urges still operate upon approach and avoid
impulses, but the joyous feelings associated with growth also prompt a good deal of purposeful creative innovation. With
greater emotional development comes the complexity of choices which can often lead to levels of anxiety that get
beyond our control. What passes for simple self-concern can become a state of obsession/compulsion and, eventually,
neurosis/psychosis. If we can practice sufficient detachment from ourselves occasionally, we can spot these trends and
make the necessary course corrections. We can also rely on those who love us to make these observations and
suggestions. As humans pursue that which brings them joy, they begin to learn more and more about their innate needs for
freedom, power, connection, esteem, creativity, and meaning. Conquering the spiritual challenges fully opens the chakra
centers and allows full conscious experience and fosters excellent mental and physical health. It is through the successes
of their creative adaptations that all human culture arises, and mass consciousness takes a place in the creative formation of
the life experience. It is at this point when right and light responses can replace the cruder fight/flight, and approach/avoidance
responses that served only self-preservation purposes. There comes a point of morphic resonance when the human race

229
turns from its less evolved practices associated with such emotions as fear and anger and begins to relate to each other
in ways that promise greater joy and fulfillment. Each of us contributes to the achievement of that "point" with our
personal commitment to that end. With full manual control over one's actions, the emotional guidance becomes even more
important than ever. Because if the self is not attuned to all the available information within the motivational and experiential
aspects of human feelings, the mind can create all sorts of slivers that will promote thoughts which electrically stimulate
chemical messages which operate oppositionally upon the inner selves (the cells, tissues, and organs.) This is how the mind
and emotional baggage can create all breakdowns and disease processes within the human self system. Now we have an
explanation of the direction relationship between a state of mind and the state of dis-ease in our physical and mental
bodies. It is not the complexity and stress of our societies that cause our states of illness, but how we react to that stress
and what steps we believe we can take to remove ourselves to an environment where we can exercise our creative
nature and experience the joy we should feel we are entitled to as participants in the All That Is. It is also only in the
highest life forms that an experience of time (past, present, and future), and a cause and affect relationship can be drawn
between actions and changes they create---for their commission, their role in the entirety is to create meaningful change
instead of maintaining the status quo. Non-physical entities (the higher gestalts which direct their human personality
manifestations) do so from beyond space-time allowing for an overall perspective that enfolds all human "incarnations" at
once and indeed, many alternate forms assumed simultaneously. The manifestations of creative change in all sentient
organisms come from the impetus of the entity and bear the distinct mark of conscious, purposeful intention and of course are
communicated through spiritual feeling signals. It is the establishment of contact between ourselves and our "higher"
selves that can and should be the goal of our existence on this earthly plane. There are a variety of methods to
establishing and maintaining this state, but the first step must be desire and the second, intent. Creative opportunities
will follow. The choice to embody a specific life form is open and available to all gestalts of consciousness, and indeed many
who think of themselves as isolated identities have far more roles than they can possibly be aware of, different focuses of the
gestalts of which they comprise. But then this is part of the fun for All That Is to be able to experience so many unique
aspects of itself. Simply knowing of these types of consciousness games can tremendously enhance the meaning of a single
individual. The knowledge of one's role in greater challenges and games is communicated during the dream sojourns and
awareness of this fact can tremendously enhance the guidance. Think of oneself as an "us" and not just a "me", and
consider the possibility that the experiences that each "me" of the "us" has can be shared during a non-active portion
of our daily lives. This would occur at that point when we put our intense focus (active consciousness) aside and open
ourselves to a vast array of information that can enhance our individual lives in a plethora of ways. Indeed, it is through
dream sojourns that entities interact directly with personalities, as the ego gate is closed for direct interactions and exchanges
occur with the higher gestalts of self within the quantum field. It is in the dream state when collective missions get carried out
on psychic levels that facilitate the optimal evolution of the species. For humanity has been collectively creating the
evolutionary course of its species---and with some pleasurable successes and with some very painful limitations. Here is a
field of opportunity which has barely been tapped for the rich source of wisdom it is capable of providing. If
appreciated for its full potential, much of the "pain"mentioned could be replaced by a greater sense of joy. The
Emotional Evolutionary Destiny of Humanity The trust for expansion and value fulfillment of All That Is can be likened to
a force that desires the fastest straightest course for each of its living vessels or "ships". But since life is not all autopilot, that
creative free will and imagination can define and influence the life course, the fastest most direct course is that which is
mindfully imagined and purposefully created, but under the full guidance of the spiritual compass. This means that there will
always be varying degrees of value fulfillment, courses that are more or less meandering and indirect, and with potentially less
than complete value fulfilling journeys. This fact is built into the physical system and its reincarnational nature so that
necessary ignorance can be accommodated as the species evolves its consciousness.

Indeed, human ships can turn in continuously misguided circles, repeating the same mistakes again and again until the patterns
of self-created pain are too powerful to ignore. Such is the tradeoff for the gift of free will. On the surface, this may appear
to be a callous system which is not concerned about the level of suffering which might result from repeated errors in
judgement. However, the alternative to such consequence would be to remove the "free will" quality from the human
creature and surrender control of all activities to a "Higher Power". While this might result in a more consistent state
of contentment, it would also result in a total absence of the development of the divine quality of creative will. It would
further result in limiting the benefits of varied experiences enjoyed by the All That Is. But it is always true that positive
feelings will mark the most direct pathway and negative pain will steer the vessels away from misguided courses. With the
strategies of attuning to and acknowledging each feeling signal, immediate progress and recovery from past slowdowns is
possible. The key is in the acceptance of as much incoming information as possible, the broadening of consciousness, that
begins with letting in the feeling signals themselves. When the individual human ego consciousness attains divine acceptance,
formerly painful situations will then be experienced as neutral and the mindscape will be built into the evolutionarily desirable
perspectives that will promote positive feelings in all situations. It is beyond the time when we should put aside the

230
misbelief that the more suffering one endures the greater one's reward in heaven. This distraction has led many to
states of unhappiness that were better avoided. The path to enlightenment can and should be a joyous one.

Anything less is misdirected and should be brought to a halt as soon as possible. Indeed, the evolutionary path is away
from pain and toward the highest pleasures, and ultimately to the feeling experiences of universal oneness with All That Is.
The beating stick of pain is merely a crude form of spiritual guidance, and when the static is removed from the clouded
consciousness, all inner channels to broader bandwidths of information can become consciously available through direct
intuitive insight. The mind will become consciously aware of how information is received directly, electrically, through the
very action of each breath. Humans will then breath in insights as easily as the air. This is the transcendent destiny of
humanity, that will come as consciousness expands at the direction of the emotional messages of spirit. This is the direction
and means that humankind was meant to travel as a natural process in the continual acquisition of enlightenment. We
are but ships traveling toward a home port and, in the process, bringing with us the tails and lessons learned on our
various adventures. Unlike those who read about the experiences of others, we are in this physical environment to
create our own ships and do our own sailing, which is what being in the physical is all about. On an individual level,
development progresses in designing the optimal mindscape through the spiritual challenges which can be chartered by the
feelings that occur in the present. Humans can use the evolving course of feelings to examine and refine thought processes and
to reframe perceptions within higher feeling states in order to heighten their individual progress. The chart on the next page
offers a general pattern of the human spectrum of feeling and a picture of how the expansion of consciousness toward
universal oneness is experienced along the way. It can be used to assist individual examinations of the life course. It can be
used to determine how close one might be to acceptance, and to offer insights into how to find alternative beliefs that can
immediately replace slivers with gems. Such activity will, of course, rapidly increase the progress upon the destiny path, and
the more individual efforts, the faster the species mass consciousness can evolve its own value potentials. With these dynamic
patterns in mind, we can now turn to the evolutionary patterns within the human species that have carved out human history.
Each building block of spiritual information can play a role in accelerating the process of development. We need only
open ourselves with the intent of gaining that which is given.

Evolutionary Path Of Evolving Consciousness and Feeling Experience

----++++++
Fear => Anxiety => Growing Pain => Acceptance => Learning Anticipation => Confidence => Excitement ð
Courage => Faith => Universal Oneness Anger => Frustration => Annoyance => Tolerance => Acceptance =>
Patience => Curiosity => Mirth => Compassion => Universal Oneness

Sadness => Loneliness => Acceptance => Liberation => Attachment => Trust => Hope => Love => Universal Oneness
Disgust => Annoyance => Tolerance => Acceptance => Curiosity => Camaraderie => Attachment => Friendship =>
Compassion => Grace => Universal Oneness Envy/Guilt => Anxiety => Frustration => Acceptance => Confidence =>
Compassion => Grace => Universal Oneness Attachment =>Trust =>Hope =>Love =>Compassion =>Faith
=>Universal Oneness Worthiness => Confidence => Pride => Gratitude => Devotion => Universal Oneness

*********
Watch your thoughts – they become your words
Watch your words – they become your actions
Watch your actions – they become your habits Watch your habits – they become your character
Watch your character – it becomes your destiny

We create our spiritual destiny with our repeated thoughts and most of those thoughts are implanted in our minds by
others who suffer long-standing mental mis-presumptions which are seldom, if ever, examined. These Lessons are an
invitation to indulge in that examination. Rejection of it will only add a level of delay and pain that is clearly not
necessary.

Section Theta
Lesson Theta Three A: Human Evolution The Journey From Pain to Pleasure
Just as individuals proceed down a path of optimizing spiritual value and purpose, humanity as a whole, the mass
consciousness of the species, travels a similar path. The self-developmental impetus moves humanity forward in the expansion
and creative use of group consciousness as surely as it does for each individual. Although it might not be too evident at
times, we are a more evolved species now than we were a millenium ago. We have made progress and continue to make
progress in our spiritual evolution, both collectively and individually. Now we can come to understand how the rate of
this "progress" can be dramatically accelerated.

231
As with individuals, the species has vacillated back and forth between the dynamic forces of protection (self-preservation) and
growth (self-development) as it has become collectively conscious of natural processes and evermore adept at quality creative
participation within them. When groups recognize their common roots, interests, and collective power, group purposes and
self-identities begin to emerge---kinships, villages, cities, and countries. Each group then responds to its collective social
patterns of pain and pleasure to attain its highest value fulfillment. Of course, the "self" is relevant, and any group distinction
that does not include the entirety of humanity is limited in its breadth of consciousness. It must be made clear in every
element of society, from family to country, that all human life has dignity. Individuals who have personal frailties and
seem to be out of place with the collective, deserve the respect and love of the group simply because the are a part of
the All that Is. Historically, the pains and pleasures of each group within the species have collectively influenced the overall
health and evolution of the whole. In a world where some choose the higher path of cooperation and others remain at a more
reflexive competitive level, all humans must default to some degree to the lower defensive, fear-driven path. For example, the
early European practice of colonialization, the seizing of power and imposition of Western culture upon any isolated
communities. This era was simply a power-seeking expansion rather than a unified cooperative effort honoring the connection
need, the insights, or the wisdom of different others. Many enlightened collective and ecologically sound cultural traditions
were obliterated, squandering a good deal of value that had been earned. For when thoughtful ideas and words are up against
guns and perceived superiority, the meek will predictably suffer. Yet, despite the collective cruelty shown by these
conquers, those who survived under the imposed tyranny were able to bring forth a conviction of love and forgiveness
that eventually overcame the pain being inflicted upon them and the "power-madness" of the particular era eventually
gave way to a giving and caring that can still be found in the less fortunate, should one elect to look for it. But as many
seers have also predicted, the meek shall indeed inherit the earth. For the cooperative destiny of the human species shall only
unfold when humanity recognizes the universal guidance within the human feeling sense. The meek are those who
consciously embrace the wisdom within the feeling sense, that recognize the universal connection of all life, that honor the
human responsibility to create purposeful change, and are driven by egalitarian respect, compassion, gratitude, loyalty,
devotion, and love instead of competitive fear, anger, superiority, contempt, and hate. Although there have been many groups
that have had advanced consciousness and understandings, they will continue to be overcome by the ignorance of those who
do not--- for the species is indeed an evolving whole with "majority" if not mob" rule. (The Energy of every human thought
forms the pool of mass consciousness, no matter the purposeful quality of thought. As creative will power is equal, all energy
is equal.) Indeed, the most accurate measure of the condition of any connected chain is indeed its weakest link. We, as human
beings, are linked together in thought. We experience this most acutely with those we care about and less so with those
we only know. But we all know each other on another level and can influence each other with emotional energy. Giving
strength and love to those who are the "weakest" among us, allows all of us to move together to change our world. The
self-defining identifiers within mass consciousness offer clear reflections of the transformational energy progress that has been
made. For any competitive, divisiveness, warring, discrimination, prejudice, or injustice marks the early stages of human
progress. Until the majority of the human population becomes aware of the emotional guidance available, pain will be the
teacher and pleasure will take the back burner, as repetitive historical patterns of mistaken and limited-purpose choices
continue to occur. The measure of Earthly pain marks the necessary corrective call to action to remove the cultural slivers
from mass consciousness. At present, ongoing human pain is thought to be a normal condition of life, competition is heralded
as the highest value, the universal human needs are frustrated, and humanity has created profoundly excessive emotional
malaise. The disease model approach to human mental and physical health dominates, whitewashing the massive symptoms of
humanity's folly. From this perspective, it becomes clear that humanity has a long way to go. But it also becomes clear that
with reattunement to the emotional sense a good deal of catch-up progress can be made.

It is written that "as we ask, so shall we receive". The keys to that Kingdom of Understanding are no further away
than our reach. Once the door to desire is unlocked, the emotion of love will come rushing in and bring with it all we
seek. The evolutionary patterns of punctuated equilibrium, the sudden and rapid changes within longer periods of relative
stability, mark the times of enlightenment such as that which now presents itself to humanity. At such times, there is a critical
mass attained within mass consciousness, such that it effects a sudden burst of evolutionary movement. These convoluted
periods of fascination that we have witnessed within this past century, periods of racial, cultural, economic and
political division, act as mirrors to reflect back to us the mass confusion we have brought upon ourselves with our
personal prejudices and the our preoccupation with what divides us from each other. From all this will eventually
come a new understand and appreciation of where we should direct our future energies. Each such change begins with a
wave of new information becoming available within the mass consciousness of humanity. As each individual receives
creative insights and contributes cultural enhancements to his or her group, and each group contributes to the species, the
culture undergoes a new cycle of progress. These cycles are simply large-scale turns through the human action cycle wherein
the social, emotional evaluation of that which has been created increases public awareness and hones the public motives. With
sufficient consciousness of the cause and effect relationship between beliefs and outcomes, and recognizing the emotional

232
evaluation to the degree that right and light responses are effected to the public mind, evolution marches forward at an
efficient pace and in a highly purposeful direction. We have an opportunity to alter the course of history by merely
altering how we think and putting those thoughts into the mass consciousness for evaluation and further reflection and
action. Each of us can be a spark in the chain reaction of enlightenment. We need only present our "gift" and let the
ocean of thought carry it beyond the shores of what we conceive as our immediate boundaries of influence. Of course, it
is the task of each individual to embrace and utilize the available information if the highest collective progress is to be made.
Embracing the fact that humans (and even many complex animals) have two ways to process information, one higher and one
lower, it becomes apparent how and why humans continue to spend time on the lower evolutionary track. Since humans are
undergoing the individual process of becoming even more aware of the information cycles, and have suffered the loss of
disconnection of the spiritual guidance of that process; at present, humanity remains largely driven by unconscious processes
still struggling to gain basic understandings necessary for conscious control. To be still is to come to that state of knowing.
In an age in which we are bombarded by messages to buy and try, to acquire and control, to achieve and obsess, we
can hardly imagine where to find that opportunity of silence. Yet, it is there waiting for us every night. We need only
close our eyes and ask. In short, humans are far more like animals than the biological form allows. (Compassionate
understanding and recognition of this fact will allow the "ego" gate to remain
open long enough to comprehend and effect the necessary changes.) The pain persists because most humans still process the
flow of information in largely unconscious ways, because the mind has not yet evolved enough to handle the job. Most
individuals then struggle between high and low roads as life goes on without the conscious understanding of how their self-
accepted slivers interfere with self-development and reinforce the unconscious habitual reflexive protective processes. And, of
course, individuals are immediately subjected to the gems and slivers of past generations as soon the incarnation begins. The
concept of "good" and "evil" contributes to a duality of thought that suggests that "joy" can only be achieved through
"suffering" and "pleasure" through "pain" etc., etc. When, in fact, we can experience all the positive gems of life
without going trough the negative slivers, if only we will accept ourselves as reflections of a higher nature which is
permeated by the All That Is. Thus, the individual and group minds continuously interact in the dynamics we have
described---pushing the species with pain to discover the destiny of purposeful spiritual pleasure. These dynamics underlie the
historical progress of every human group. As local groups struggle and test human value systems to see how the spirit
responds, certain unmistakable trends appear. Because it is our nature to try, it would seem to be our nature to fail. But
from the experience comes the lesson, again and again, until errors become fewer and the trials become more positive
and exciting. At some point, we realize that a little inner guidance can carry us on a long and pleasant journey.

A Brief History of Cultural Evolution

What we have described as mass consciousness is indeed the collective species consciousness reflected in local and overall
trends of cultural evolution. (The species is simply a less recognized gestalt of consciousness.) As the evolving social mind
tries out new ideas, it runs them up the flagpole by testing them in the world, either the collective spirit will salute or not, with
informational signals of pleasure or pain. As the individuals and groups continuously respond with right and light responses,
more information is exchanged, and more inventive mental and physical tools and technologies are created. All that we have
in the physical world, especially that which has been invented and distributed by mankind, is the result of creativity
siphoned from the spirit down through the human mind. In some cases the new idea worked to the spiritual benefit of
the physical/mental world. In other cases it has not. In the latter, it has been a failure of the human mind to adhere to
the spiritual signals being given when the idea or invention reached the mental state which has resulted in a negative
experience. A brief historical assessment at the species level can set the contextual stage for the current evolutionary
quickening as well as showing the potentials for that which is to come. In essence, the trends will show that the evolution of
mass consciousness is steadily moving humanity toward conscious creative, cooperative interdependence, and away from the
pains of brutish competitive animal survival struggles. This can be observed in patterns that relate to how well we process and
exchange information with one another, for---just like individuals---societies are either pushed by the pains of unconscious
animal safeguard processes when they can handle less information, or are pulled by the pleasures of conscious creative
successes when they can handle more. For as we have learned, emotion guides the expansion of consciousness by mediating
the information exchange internally as well as externally and can protectively close the door to consciousness and default to
lower levels of information processing when necessary. Technology has advanced to a stage where the thoughts and ideas
of humanity, as a whole, can now be shared on a mass scale, without the interpretation or misinterpretation of the
vested interests of those who are threatened by a loss of power or influence. This is evident not only in economic or
technological spheres but in religious and philosophical arenas as well. We can examine human history within this context
and see how the dynamics of freedom, empowerment, and connection either enhance and speed up cultural evolution, or slow
it down to ongoing battles for simple survival. As we discussed within the context of human development, natural morality,
and politics, humanity is indeed a cooperative, interdependent species. But until the mass mind can embrace the plural "we"
self-concept, the emotional motivation will remain on a lower animal "me" level. There are forces in place in many societies
on the planet that seem to be striving to create a level of separation wherever possible. The traditional communication

233
systems appear to be attempting to capitalize on states of division and, in doing so, contribute to that state and even
enhance it. Indeed, when we reconnect to inner guidance, individuals can reclaim the natural trust upon which the empathic
attachment to other human beings rests. It then becomes generalized to a strong sense of public trust, providing a safe and
sturdy mental framework for the cooperative interdependent nature of humans. It is only due to the emotional ignorance of
humanity that this was not the case long ago. As such, the destiny of the species has been unduly influenced and stymied by
the slivers which have become institutionalized truths ---such as for scientists: "survival is the only purpose of humanity", for
religions: that "all humans are born with original sin". From the truths held in the public mind, comes the creative reflection of
its misuses of will energy and misdirection of spiritual purpose. Taking the above mentioned "institutionalized truths"
alone; there is enough mischief to divert human thinking for eons to come. The first is extremely limiting in explaining
the purpose of life. The second simply puts humans in an inferior position from which they must struggle their entire
lives (under the tyranny of an institution) to avoid a state of eternal pain. Without the concept of unity between body and
mind, and unity between people, the higher needs and meanings cannot enter the realm of consciousness. With this inner
communication breakdown, there will be an ever-present tension between the "me" body and the necessary "we" mind as well
as the "we" collective species. This internal tension is reflected externally in social groupings by symptomatic communication
breakdowns, mistrust, disempowerment, loss of freedom, and war within and between groups. (It makes no more sense for
humans to compete and interrupt the social information flow than it does for the body's cells to fight amongst themselves
interrupting the flow of energy information necessary for physiological functioning.) Indeed, without unity between the
individual brain cells which make up the human collective mind, human progress will seem dogged by a dichotomous social
yet uncivilized nature. Nothing seems to illustrate that better than the presidential election of 2000. It would take a great
leap of faith to consider the possibility that the waging of legalized war every four years can be detrimental. But when
competition is taken to the point where it is considered essential to the betterment of a society, then the dedication to
that misconception is bound to spill over into all aspects of life and eventually result in mass malfunction. Human
cultures arose due to the economics of need-meeting which we now know is mediated by the emotional language of spirit in
all life forms. Freedom and power were attained when need-meeting resources were readily available. When the territory of
the hunter-gathers was filled with natural bounties, early humans began to communicate and share information about where
the best resources might be found, and to coordinate cooperative need-meeting activities. Learning from others about distant
resources allowed bands to travel with the turning of the seasons to seek naturally occurring resources---plants, animals, tool-
making materials, etc. This expanded the territory and eventually led to the insightful practice of domesticate resource
management and replenishment. But it was the informational exchanges between people that led to the changes in the mass
mind that facilitated these cultural trends. The history of the development of culture exists as a beacon of what can be
accomplished through the distribution of information. By itself, it is not enough to turn a society into an environment
which can sponsor one's full spiritual potential. Clearly, the acquisition of information from within (where the Spirit
thrives) must be a part of group and individual development and it's appreciation must be recognized and emphasized.
When humans began to till the land and grow their own plant resources, the traveling became less physical, than mental. The
development and use of common language allowed the transport of information and new insightful ideas to cycle between
individuals, just as the senses cycled it within the individual minds and bodies. Over time, it was the ideas, the flow of mental
information that became evermore complex so that humans began to rely upon the tremendous cultural knowledge resources
that are now taken for granted. Indeed, power, freedom and connection are far more about mental exchanges than the simply
physiological exchanges involved in sharing and finding food. Ideas are the food of the soul. The sharing of them is
nourishment for the Spirit. Free will must be able to function in an environment in which it is honored. Creativity
must be respected as a spiritual quality in which humans are encouraged to indulge. Only then does the advanced
technology that makes all this possible tend to be a servant to mankind rather than its master. As the information within
the mass mind continued to accumulate, and roadways and networks expanded between people, there became a need for some
sort of centralization and leadership for more efficient assessment of sharing, and organization of the available resources and
information. With farming came the first forms of early governments and chiefdoms, that created cooperative groups larger
than families and bands. When leadership accomplished the successful cooperative meeting of the needs of the group, all
would be well. But more often than not, lack of freedom and equal opportunity for each of the members, would create inner
strife and competition within the group and would break down the cohesive structure. (Like any mind, a social ego can only
handle as many challenges as its own belief resources.) Large groups would then fraction into smaller, more manageable
groups with differing strategies and ideologies---and more often than not, competitive rather than cooperative goals. The
adverse consequences of competition may well be traced back to a concept that wherever there are competing
components, one must almost have to be considered to be "good" and the other "bad", with each group presuming the
other was in that latter category. Would that we could replace those concepts and perspectives with that which can
contribute to the betterment of the whole. One undeniable trend, however, despite these conflicts and dynamics of change,
was the evolutionary trend toward larger united groups that coincided with cultural inventions that increased information
flow and shared the mental resources. As humans shared their technological advances, the capacities increased and everyone
benefitted in kind. With the advent of written communication, chiefdoms evolved into city-states, with the printing press came

234
modern civilizations, and with the Internet came a globally connected information network between humans. Even without the
informational guidance, human creative technological innovation itself pulls humans to recognize the undeniable cooperative
nature of the species. Could it be possible that the present trend in technology can bring with it an expanded
understanding of the complete nature of human beings and that the distribution of that information through the
exponentially expanding communication system is the best possible hope for the world? A central message of these
trends has been overlooked. This message is that the sharing of information and resources, builds a feeling of public trust, and
yields far more long-term benefit than does the fearful power mongering, hoarding of information and resources, in order to
gain superiority or short-term advantage. (Taking less in order to share in the short run, always adds up to far more resources
in the long-run, since there is synergy and a lack of competitive retaliation from those left out.) Indeed, all cooperative
changes lead to increased freedom and empowerment of the individuals within the group, and the increased interdependent
connection within any given group---pushing humanity to recognize and acknowledge all three needs within social structures.
It is a fallacy that competition will bring anything other than ongoing battles and limited resources for all, but the
unenlightened impulsive mind cannot help but fight until the light begins to dawn. Indeed, humanity still struggles with the
first developmental challenge, that of understanding and creating trust. Here is the point of true conflict in the current age:
On the one hand you have the expansion of shared information through such instruments as the internet, which is
resulting in the "trust" level rising naturally on a worldwide basis. One the other hand, you have political, economic
and religious institutions feeling threatened as they become aware that their level of control is slipping away. What we
are observing is the confusion among these institutions which this trend is causing. Thus, there was a great deal of
isolation, revolution, mistrust, and fear that caused information hoarding and breakdowns to occur in ways that yielded the
Eastern-Western split between emphasis upon external versus internal empowerment, rational versus intuitive processes,
cooperation versus competition, freedom versus connection, and allowed opposing forms of government to arise. The West
honored freedom and the capitalistic right to earn economic power, while the East leaned more upon the connection need, but
often at the expense of basic freedom and empowerment to control one's destiny. The concept of equal opportunity was
misconstrued and mutated into equal result. The entrenched ideas of mechanism and original sin also arose which facilitated a
dogged, ignorant denial of the emotional forces which underlie and guide the evolutionary process.

We sometimes confuse progress and achievement with material acquisition. This is not a difficult thing to do when the
results are so apparent. Yet, the signs of a not-so-apparent emptiness still abound in a number of social failings in a
society that appears to have so much. There are gross inequalities and rampant brutality. The courts are filled with
people seeking to correct perceived injustices and children growing into adulthood in environments that are not
complete. To the degree that any ideology provided the information for individuals to empower themselves, the freedom to
cooperate within the whole, the higher needs for esteem, creativity, and meaning could arise and be met within the emotional
system. Great art, literature and music arose during particularly enlightened times, but only within the classes that were
afforded access to the informational resources necessary to meet both basic and higher needs. (Far too many great artistic
revelations are still born of frustration and pain, due to humanity's inability to fully value and accommodate the universal need
for creativity.) The pains of disenfranchisement would always arise and tear at the social fabric until required evolutionary
changes arose. The newest, most evolved, forms of government are attempts to ensure the foundational freedom and
empowerment that must underlie any successful collective cooperatives. While the rights to certain basic political freedoms
have been written down and held as ideals in the operation of government, attempts have been made to correct the
economic inequalities that have resulted from an economic philosophy that makes a virtue of encouraging unparalleled
greed. On the surface, these latter attempts seem to have failed, but the latest chapter of this particular period of
history is yet to be written.

In sum, although humanity thinks it is at the peak of the biological evolutionary ladder, the information flow and the capacity
for cooperation remains well below that which the form demands and the spiritual pull suggests. Humans still struggle with
the simplest of their developmental challenges. In short, they are far less evolved and aware than they suppose, and in far less
conscious participation and creative control than they believe. To the degree that basic freedom, power, and connection are
accommodated, the consciousness is allowed to expand, to receive, create, and exchange more information. But to the degree
that humans must fight for basic freedom and empowerment, they will retreat into autopilot, survival modes of fight and flight
impulse responses that continue to tear at the fabric of society. The spirit will not be silenced, for it has a much higher plan
than the mass mind can yet fully conceive. There is a propensity among the elite in any society to presume that the
knowledge at hand is the final word in all that is worth saying. In other words, currently accepted beliefs are quick to
deteriorate into a form of dogma, whether it be in the religious, political or the scientific field. Arrogance is the most
formidable opponent of truth. Yet, if history teaches us anything it is that this type of "formidability" is constantly
being overcome. The trends are very clear, and it is only now, at the dawn of the new millennium that the forces of spirit can
be given their full recognition. Indeed, it is the force of anger that causes disempowered individuals to rise up and change that
which is unjust, revolutionarily moving society toward the biological conditions nature and Divine Intention have set forth.

235
Unfortunately, the mass human consciousness cannot yet accommodate the flow of feedback information from its own
citizenry, due to the lack of universal values and spiritual self-understanding. Without such, the public mind will have less and
less cohesive influence, offer less cooperative advice and be vulnerable to all the impulsive actions of its weakest links. There
still exist, in many intensive portions of the planet, pockets of political and economic unrest which literally threaten to
ignite a nuclear power keg at any given moment. Words are not being heard. Injustices are not being addressed.
Passionate young people are dying in the causes of peace and equality. If hope for better solutions does not arrive in
time, hoped-for progress in these significant areas will be set back centuries. Indeed, the global community which has
always been spiritually and ecologically connected, is now fully technologically and economically interconnected and there
can no longer be any lingering at a lower level of consciousness—without epic consequences. The recent assaults with
computer viruses, germ warfare, and acts of terrorism with technological weapons illustrate the urgency of the need for this
enlightened shift. Hopefully, the content of these "Lessons" will serve to ignite those prophetic words: One small step
for man – One giant leap for mankind, providing they reach a sufficient number of people in an adequate amount of
time.

Levels Of Human Conscious Experience

By divine design, the physical experience has built within it the laws which direct the evolution of consciousness. These laws,
however, do not violate the potential creative free will which is inherent in the human experience, but simply include
physiological safeguards that ensure the mind can be oriented in the most fulfilling directions while operating within the limits
of the physical realm. The human needs and the feeling informational signals of the body motivate humanity to pass through
the developmental stages and to become aware of and surmount spiritual challenges which prepare and open the mind to the
fully creative human experience. The physical or mental experiences that seem to be and often are the result of incorrect
choices or a failure to hear the messages of our higher nature are the same experiences that stimulate growth in these
areas by bringing home to us the realization of the capability we have of creating our own reality. The bad news is: We
create our own reality. The good news is: We create our own reality. As we now know, it is the divine acceptance of as
much incoming information as possible which will tip the scale from feelings of corrective pain toward those of purposeful
pleasure. Acceptance marks the entry into the ego gate in both individual and cultural minds. Habitual denial ensures
ignorance and ongoing corrective pain until there is conscious acceptance of that which has been created. The degree of
acceptance corresponds with the level of conscious experience. At present, the species ignorance of the emotional guidance
sets the stage for incoming personalities to fall victim to the limiting beliefs offered as institutions, traditions, and truths.
The structure which accomplishes the acceptance of emotional guidance will give rise to far more optimal kinds of humane
experience. This fully human kind of functioning encourages the expansion of consciousness at a much faster pace than has
yet been experienced by most human beings. Acceptance suggests trust and trust equates with faith. But the faith
suggested is not a blind faith in that which is being served up by our established institutions, but rather a willingness to
trust our inner feelings when inviting higher knowledge to penetrate our consciousness. This material attempts to
make the point time and again, that there is already in place a system that can flood us with the knowledge of
unlimited potential of spiritual development and we need merely understand and appreciate the universal concept of
the All That Is. Nevertheless, these evolutionary levels of experience are all well within the grasp of any given individual to
the degree that an environment accommodates the inner impetus to evolve. There have been several cultures whose beliefs and
isolated nature allowed for some quite impressive development of inner abilities that much of the world has yet to embrace.
Those cultures that advocate meditative practices or utilize meaningful dream guidance which access inner information
through altered states of consciousness, have indeed much to offer the masses. But the most useful information source which
can bring such insights into waking consciousness and daily experience shall be through the original path--- the feeling
signals. This term, "feeling signals", may still present itself as part of a mystery when it comes to capitalizing on its
true meaning and implementation. If such can not be fully understood and utilized at this point in time, no matter.
Other practices, such as those mentioned in the above paragraph, i.e. meditation or dream guidance, will help us move
toward the "feeling" goal. These will serve as experiences to prime the pump of our imagination, so to speak.

Since a critical mass (the predominant percentage of energy) must be attained for macro evolution to occur, there will always
be individuals interacting who are at different places in terms of consciousness. Although the majority still linger in the
darkness, there are many intuitively enlightened individuals who have tenaciously gathered and evaluated as much
information as possible and have expanded their consciousness significantly. They recognize the self-made limits within mass
consciousness and are responsibly striving to remove them. The role in this process is not limited to anyone but those who
wish not to play their own personal role in this evolution. All who occupy the physical have chosen to do so because of a
particular gift of some kind. Such gift or gifts are held on a genetic level and can be brought to the surface by simply
expressing desire and intent. There are many who answer the calling spirit and offer spiritual truths through artistic
interpretations which resonate with others. Such inner directed and outer expressive individuals are often referred to as light
workers. Such individuals have accomplished the spread of spiritual information to the degree that critical mass is closer than

236
ever. It falls to these enlightened ones to carry the torch and to help bring their own higher levels of consciousness to the
masses. These people, the compassionately meek yet with courageous integrity, understand and forgive the cost of ignorance
for the benefit of free will. They seek to bring forth the Christ consciousness that lies dormant within the human potential---
faithful that even when pushed by pain the spirit will lead humanity from the darkness. Those who struggle against
conventional thinking to give expression to their inner spirit are now the beacons of light that shine as examples of the
potential within each soul. As the recognition of the connection between body, mind and spirit becomes more apparent,
the path of these pioneers will become more easily tread. Thus, there are levels of human experience ranging from painful,
unconscious incompetence and confusion, to pleasurable, consciously creative competence, and spontaneous value fulfillment.
Such is true for the entire species. On the macro level of human evolution, this occurs as three distinct levels of existence with
varying degrees of personal awareness, purposeful understanding, creative competence, social justice, and painful and
pleasurable symptoms. The choice of where we wish to place ourselves along this path is ours. The tool to what
knowledge we wish to accept or reject is our feelings. In the truest sense, if it feels right we can and truly should do
what we imagine we can. The Survival Level of Existence The first level is that which is currently familiar, but it is actually
a very primitive and crude form of human experience more likened to animal instinctive experience. This is the normal
condition of humans who have not yet consciously embraced their inner guidance system, and are subjected to the autopilot
modes of spiritual self-regulation. Free will and consciousness awareness are both severely limited at this level, but the
genetic collection of body wisdom ensures the divine goals will be protected and that the urgings of spirit can always become
known. There are portions of humanity in the present day that reflect the "primitive" qualities described above.
Unfortunately, these "portions" can, at times, become quite influential in the affairs of the world. It might even be
observed that such mentality is often supported and encouraged by those institutions which regard themselves as
having predominant superiority over the functions of most human life and all of nature. This, the survival level of
experience, is characterized by supremacy of body, with limited awareness of a good deal of the available bandwidth of
quantum information. The information exchanges happen largely behind the scenes carried out through electro-chemical
interactions within the body that bypass any form of mind and directly interface with the world. But even in the forms with the
most meager brain structures, these unconscious informational processes are depositing information in varying forms of
memory banks. There is a cellular form of memory which is the accumulation of all experiences of that particular gestalt of
consciousness---in its highest form. This kind of memory bank speaks within the bandwidths of quantum energy gestalts
(available to all forms of consciousness who can attune to it), directing all genetic operations, and it's information is called
upon as bodily wisdom. The body enjoys its own form of consciousness that is yet to be appreciated. Yet, this "gestalt"
is quite capable of learning and progressing; and observable history of humans on the planet stands in evidence of this
process. To often, as societies become more technologically advanced, its members become educated beyond their level
of understanding. Minds pried open with knowledge become closed by the force of intellectual arrogance. But also
through these purely physical processes, a second kind of memory then begins to take place. This occurs through a body's
pairing of events and feelings in memory in order to benefit from the experiences and creative will of the individual. This
manifests as conditioned learning in animals and in humans---and is created without conscious intervention---but it underlies
and gives rise to the emerging mind and personal forms of memory. For it is in the ability of any organism with a complex
enough brain to pay attention and recognize the patterns within the context of space and time and make some self-directed
changes and choices in the process. Over time, a mindscape develops with the unique mental representations of the physical
information that can take on an ego identity of its own. Humans are a primitive species engaged in the process of reaching
a state of self-realization. This "process" and the end result are guaranteed by the innate qualities of the species. What
is not guaranteed is the directness of the path taken. Free will can accelerate the process or delay it. Creativity can be
loosened or stifled. Sparks become flames only to return to the state of burning embers. The universe, in all its forms,
reflects a state of expansion and contraction, but never extinction. Thus, as the survival level mind evolves, these bodily
patterns are not only recognized, but the mind takes on more and more conscious control and creative participation within the
regulatory processes. In the natural expansion of consciousness, the mind first needs to grasp what is happening. The feeling
signals bring conscious attention to the outcome after the fact ---after the behavior and twice removed from the intentional
motive itself. This leaves the mindful consciousness mostly focused in the past with confusion resulting over why things
happen. Due to the resistant impulses of the defensive safeguards, the first kinds of answers will not embrace creative self-
determinism within the physical system and blame will be assigned externally. An avoidance of responsibility for creating
one's own reality will continue to lead to the habit of pointing a finger of blame in every other direction deemed
appropriate at the time. Such patterns of mental activity are usually followed by some physical expression or action
that eventually accelerates to a point of massively inflicted pain. Demonic personalities are pumped up well beyond
their level of importance, usually to encourage solutions of an over-simplified nature. Take, for example, human
superstition. Since the typical human experience is driven by mostly unconsciousness intentions, which create actions and
outcome perceptions that bring many surprises (both good and bad), the mind begins to recognize the timing and coincidence
of events and begins to assign cause and effect. This is a typical pattern as the mind strives to make sense of what is happening
as life unfolds each day. With the error of human judgment pairing the outcome with the feelings and allowing conditioned

237
learning, the mind can inadvertently associate cause and effect in a willy-nilly fashion. A free will mind can then believe that
human sacrifices bring the sun or rain, that different others are evil demons, or that vengeful Gods are meddling in human
affairs, in turn creating those very realities and perceptions---complete with all corrective signals. A collective mind that
dares to question the status quo and is encouraged to exercise a God-given free will to do so, will soon take a society
from the depths of ordained forms of superstition to a state of enlightenment which outpaces the qualities of fear and
guilt. Since the mind first emerges with its initial holdings gleaned from the past, the present remains driven by impulse, with
the feelings of pleasure and pain most meaningful in the moment, with long-term concepts and future events rarely
considered. This is what leads to the trend for competitive, short-term thinking instead of long-range, strategically cooperative
interactions, and mental strategies of cultural institutions that are based upon win-lose warring. It will only be when the
connection is made between the contents of mind and the outcomes created that trust in humanity's power and ability can be
established. If the current threat of environmental disaster on a global scale does not stimulate a broader vision of what
can and must be done, the planet's population will surely descend into another "dark" age. Yet, it is the collective
consciousness, acting on what may currently be an undetected level, that can turn the tide toward a more positive
result.

Survival Empowerment and The Chakra System

Another way of grasping this point is to look to the spiritual challenges and the opening of the chakra centers of mind---but
within the mass consciousness of the species. The survival level experience is focused upon the lingering

challenges of the first three chakras as tribal freedom and empowerment are learned through the unconditional trust and
acceptance of mother archetype and the autonomous creative activity of the father archetype . As the cultural information
provides for better and better parenting of its children, valid connection and creatively expressive contributors propel
humanity to the other higher understandings of the heart chakra for true global unity. The correlation between a
microcosmic and macrocosmic state gives evidence of how what can be accomplished on a unit as small as the family
can effect a collective body as large as a planet and beyond. A society that encourages the importance of understanding
the parental role in the development of a child can take hope that, in the end, an entire culture can be elevated above
the mentioned archetypes. The species is now faced with surmounting the spiritual challenge of the heart chakra, necessary
to balance the mass energies for full connection. The trend can be noted in the shifting values of religion, and indeed, a good
deal of the evolutionary patterns have been influenced by religion. The influence has been largely due to the fact that religions
have been the keepers of such concepts as spirit, soul, and divine guidance, and have been concerned with the questions of
empowerment and moral authority. In other words, as the mind evolves the ability to realign with internal empowerment, the
species will struggle to open its first three mass chakras to the full energy of spirit. This is a natural process that must
follow in evolutionary order. What can short circuit the process is the establishment of those systems which distract or
derail the natural evolutionary connection with divine guidance and self-empowerment and replace those qualities
with a form of moral authority that is enforced from outside the individual. As humankind has struggled to gain
knowledge and value systems that afford external empowerment over the harshly competitive conditions of the environment,
the spiritual impetus within has also been pushing for discovery of the internal values upon which cooperative empowerment
can arise. At first, religions focused mainly upon these internal values due to the natural sensitivity to the feeling signals. But
over time, the struggles for external power and authority allowed religious doctrines to mutate in ways that promoted unified
values and morality only through competitive external power. At this point it would appear that the pendulum has swung
as far as it can justify. With greater knowledge and open information exchange coming to the fore, the maximum point
of acceleration has been reached and we are beginning to move back from the extreme of the authoritarian world and
toward the appreciation of free will. As we now know, the uses and misuses of the emotional system underlie these
dynamics. In essence, any aspect of any religious doctrine that demands adherence to external authorities (be they deacons,
shamans, or Gods) through bribes or threats has limited purpose and will be identifiable by its exploitation of fear, guilt, and
anger from vengeful retaliation. Conversely, any that inspires internal cooperative empowerment is multi-purpose and calls
upon the higher feelings of compassion, integrity, courage, gratitude, loyalty, and faith shall be those that stand the tests of
time and unite humanity. The old and new testaments of the Holy Bible illustrate the trend away from fearful adherence to
vengeful Gods, external power sources and competition, and toward internal cooperative self-empowerment---true spiritual
empowerment ---advocated by the entity Jesus Christ. Still, humanity remains conflicted between two levels of conscious
understanding. While certain portions of the "new testament" are given much lip service, it is still those other portions
of same (along with complimentary portions of the "old testament") which support the system that encourages control
from without. This is the great failing of the message advocated by Jesus the Christ. It is also the flagrant misuse of the
Bible to the point of Western shame, i.e. not teaching His message of internal empowerment by example. This
vacillation between internally directed cooperative power and externally based competitive power has influenced evolution in
several ways. First, the tremendous diversity that exists in the human gene pool is characteristic of the geographic,
environmental and sociocultural inter-actions that have taken place between genetically isolated groups. Religion has helped

238
to both isolate and bring together the formerly noninteracting genetic populations due to competitive holy wars and as
missionaries associated with "savages" in order to spread the good word. Second, religious ideologies also have resulted in
self-preserving group identities and distinctions that continue even when geographic isolation is no longer a factor, creating
uniquely interacting kinds of gene pools and social environments such as race and ethnicity. (Indeed, scientists have given
little attention to the profound socio-cultural effects upon the gene pool.)

It should be evident that the greater the mixing of racial and cultural genes, the greater the advancement of such
groups. Nature approves of this process by bringing the best forth that each contributor offers. This is true on a
physical level as well as a mental level. There is no reason why it should not also be true on a spiritual level. For
example, the self-identifier of the group "catholic" influenced the intermixing of formerly isolated genes and physical traits
due to the beliefs advocated by that group. The purposeful concept of equality of souls and equal access to salvation within the
ideology resonated with the universal connection of humanity, and helped influence the mating patterns between formerly
isolated groups. The downside has been that less purposeful tenets have also been included such as indiscriminate
reproduction, institutionalized judgment, fear, guilt over natural drives, and loss of personal accountability. Nonetheless it will
be those united in spiritual community that will continue to lead the species until science embraces the spiritual nature of the
human being. The spiritual impetus is of course, moving humanity to unite, to connect, and for the whole species to benefit
from the unique talents and skills and cultural answers that have arisen. This sharing and exchange of both information and
genes is what will drive both cultural and genetic evolution toward its cooperative destiny. The fearful and angry racial hate is
simply a survival level phenomenon of less consciousness. A lesser level of consciousness, especially on a spiritual level, is
destined to give way to a greater level of consciousness. It is not just the "survival of the fittest" at work here, it is the
impetus of progress that motivates the process. It is one of the explanations for the greatness of a society which
encourages a constant influx of diversity, along with an integration of that diversity. In sum, the survival level of
experience is the mass mind's struggle to open its first three chakras. It is characterized by low levels of conscious awareness,
information comprehended, conscious competence, social self-understanding, self-acceptance, purposeful creative expression,
value fulfillment, social justice and cooperation, and positive emotion; and high levels of unconscious intentions,
incompetence, confusion, superstition, misinformation, impulsive actions, inner and outer competitive conflict, spiritual
malaise, and painful fear, anger, and hate. Individual pain manifests in social symptoms such as depression, rage, suicide,
violence, and creates a predominance of mental and physical health disorders. Of course, this is but a pale comparison to the
rich potential of higher level experiences that consciously embrace and participate within the co-creative flow of life.
Experience drives the mass mind to find better ways of conducting itself other than to pay a negative price of short-
sighted behavior. It suggests that there is an inner guidance system in place which can bring an elevated level of
consciousness, when accepted and encouraged. Indeed, hidden within all major religious themes, are the seeds of the
spiritual truth that humanity needs to reattune and be guided by the highest feeling tones such as compassion, integrity,
forgiveness, courage, and faith. All the answers do lie within and the promise of full human living can be attained by simply
decoding and following wisdom within the feeling signals. The discovery of the emotional sensory compass and the spread of
information regarding its use, will be the final catalyst necessary to unite science with all the religions and for the species to
fully balance the human heart. With this information, humans can then rise to the challenge of unity by using the feeling
information to allow the mind to align with---instead of war against---the desires and bodily processes and wisdom of spirit.
This will generalize socially to end the external warring between individuals and groups for basic power and freedom. There
are as many aspects of truth as there are perspectives, but it is "perspectives" which bring "truth" its potential for
expansion and encompassing the All That Is. We need not all agree all of the time, but it would be of great benefit to
learn to celebrate our varied perspectives. It would also be a broadening experience on all levels. Thus, at the survival
level of existence, humans are most concerned with self-preservation and the basic needs of freedom and empowerment, both
in obtaining resources and in creating a competent mind. The first competence a mind must embrace is that of its own
emotional guidance which relaxes its ego identity and propels it forward with enthusiasm and faith upon the purposeful
developmental path---this is the only valid and authentic form of empowerment. A freely empowered mind can then begin to
overcome the fight and flight impulses and respond with right and light responses that are effective over an ever-longer period
of time. A freely empowered mind learns from the past but is focused more in the future as it plans and strategizes how best to
maintain creative control over its destiny.

The school of life is full of lessons which are not always pleasant to absorb, but once the individual masters the art of
learning in a way that results in the least amount of pain, the mere of joy of attendance becomes the driving force to
the acquisition of greater enlightenment. This empowerment and liberation of each personality then drives the creative
expression that accumulates and manifests as cultural evolution. Each individual contribution builds toward empowerment and
freedom of the whole---building connection. The current information explosion within human culture marks the nearing of the
end of the survival stage and entry of the species into its next level. We might even consider recognizing the qualities of the
internet as being an essential part of this ordained process. The Individual Task At Hand As we have discussed, at

239
present, humans remain poised at a crucial threshold, ready to consciously embrace the undeniable truth of the emotional,
ecological, economic, and cosmic interconnection. As science teeters on the brink of recognizing the unified connection
between body and mind, as religions recognize the folly of superstition and the emotional voice of spirit, as political leaders
recognize the futility of oppositional parties, philosophies and countries---the connection need will come to the fore,
competition will give way to cooperative social justice and vault humanity up to the fully human state.

A half a century ago it would have been anathema to suggest that cooperation might be a greater virtue than
competition. The latter was the American way of life. Now it is safe to consider that unlimited capitalism might be a
crucial threat to not only to the ecology but to the survival of the human race. But this will not occur due to some
dramatic polar shift, weather patterns, planetary alignment, miraculous cosmic forces, or divine intervention---it will occur
due to the creative efforts of each and every individual to become aware. The miraculous divine forces are already at work and
have been throughout the entire evolutionary history of the Earth. The quantum informational field has been ready and able to
provide as much guiding information as the inhabitants of the Earth are prepared to consciously assimilate, rationally
synthesize, and to willfully act upon. This will go on being true no matter how long it takes for humanity to open to this
wisdom and evaluative guidance. To use another analogy: The electrical grid is in place and one need only plug the lamp
into the socket and turn it on in order to draw the energy source and bring the desired light into one's surroundings.
What we're talking about is not so much creating as recognizing and utilizing. Nevertheless, a much more creatively
delightful form of existence awaits beyond the shadows of human ignorance and has long been unfolding before the minds of
those ahead of the group game. With each individual effort to embrace the accountability to free will choice, to proceed
through the spiritual challenges, to develop the mind to be able to receive and process the maximum amount of information,
and to share those insights with creative expression which hone the cultural mass mind, the evolutionary progress of the whole
will benefit. By the very act of reading these Lessons, the energy increases---and by embracing the energy, increases
exponentially toward the mass enlightenment and the higher destiny. There shall be no martyrs of this cause, for the personal
rewards of transcending mere survival are beyond measure. This is not a situation of suffering our way to a state of
success. Rather it is a point of reference which we can choose to connect with and build upon. We are not operating
beyond the limits of our capacity. We are simply in a position to recognize that our limitations are self-imposed. With
awareness that the survival level is but a first step along the macro path, we can now go on to discuss the higher potentials
within the destiny of the species.

Section Theta
Lesson Theta Three B: Human Evolution Continued
Historical Survival
The patterns of human history reveal that humanity, despite all of its advanced technologies and creative cultural
achievements, is still in the early stages of its evolutionary destiny. Although nature sets forth a clear course through the
interactions of genetic memory and the quantum environment, this biological predestiny is intended to be embraced and
creatively enhanced with purposeful use of free will. Indeed, human consciousness plays an integral role in the pace of human
evolution. But the protective self-preservationary safeguards within the system ensure that the direction of evolution will
always remain the same---pushing and pulling humanity toward the True North of adaptive self-development, meaningful
self-actualization, and cooperative co-creation.
Just as rivers can never permanently run uphill, so the human spirit can not avoid it's destiny, that being an
envelopment with All-That-Is. Each time we embrace a fresh thought, share in idea, create something new out of the
multiplicity of our existence, we move toward a greater level of expansion, of which there is no limit.
Despite the repeated mistakes and cycles of ongoing pain within the Earthly experience, the patterns are readily available for
conscious comprehension and punctuated enlightenment to occur at any time. The higher destiny awaits, beyond space-time,
whole and intact, ready to unfold before the willing eyes, minds, and hearts of humanity. The survival stage is merely the
necessary transition as humanity grasps the meaning within the automatic processes and its abilities to consciously enhance
them. As a normal part of the expansion of All That Is, the human experience includes a transition away from automatic
processes and biological predestiny and toward ever-more creative, willful empowerment. Learning through the cycles of
pleasure and pain, however, will lead even the most recalcitrant to higher uses of the conscious mind until the inner delights of
the highest feelings begin to take over. It will only be due to continued mass rejection of the available guidance that humanity
could now undo the progress and destructively set themselves back, although such is within the realm of choice.
Free Will shall always be a part of human nature, along with the ability to create one's own reality. The appreciation
of the former and the compre-hension of the latter are the twin horses that pull the metaphorical wagon on it's
unending journey. But we are the final arbitrator of the pace of our travels, as well as the direction. The nature of our
adventure is ours to control. This is both our privilege and our responsibility.
But the biological variety within the human gene pool provides for many unique destiny paths to be chosen by advanced
entities or "old souls" and ensures that individual personalities can evolve higher levels of aware existence and be far enough

240
ahead of the pack to help instigate purposeful changes on the mass scale. Due to the collective efforts of the most enlightened
ones, at the current juncture, the species consciousness is approaching the critical mass.
Like the "Hundredth Monkey", we can play a significant role in bringing about those insights which take the human
race to that next step of evolution. It does not matter in what area we make our contribution or the comparative size of
such. We are equal in the totality of all life and can measure results against all we have been, currently are and are yet
to be.
As such, the historically painful struggle to understand and establish the biological conditions of justice can, at last, come to
an end. When the painful signals of fear and anger over survival competition are finally quieted, humans can begin to attune,
comprehend the meaning, and respond to the higher, more subtle and complex feeling tones of the spiritual language, and
begin embracing the higher purposes with all thoughts and creative actions. Such purposeful expressions will model and share
the knowledge and as the enlightened information sweeps across the international community, earthshaking shifts will be
made. Intellectual and social barriers will be removed, ushering in a new era. An era in which the species can begin to
experience what it means to be fully human.
We can put on this mantel like a fresh set of clothes and upon reflection, realize that we have not so much altered our
capabilities as recognized them. We will make that quantum leap as if it were little more than stepping from one rock
to the next across the stream of life.

The Being Level Of Human Existence

This is the best state of human experience, wherein human beings are more than just surviving animals, but fully alive with an
ever-broadening receptivity to the available bandwidths of information within the quantum field. The focus will shift away
from self-preservation and become meaningful self-development so that consciousness can expand to its full potential and be
guided to prepare itself for the highest quality creative expressions. The focus upon the external senses will be shifted with the
recognition of the inner senses beginning with the attunement to the emotional sense of spirit. At this stage of experience,
humans are much more likely to surmount all the spiritual challenges, open and balance all chakras of mind, and have a
wholly creative human experience. Thus, humans will also be far more healthy, energized, alive, creative, and passionately
involved in the daily business of purposeful co-creative living.
If this stage of development can be imagined and experienced, it would be the equivalent of achieving heaven on earth.
It would be the accomplishment of erasing the line between the physical and non-physical state of existence. What we
now view as life-after-death would be life-in-life or living completely in the now.

The being state allows for the mind to be focused in the present, but prepared with solid strategies, skills, and perspectives to
act spontaneously in ways that will facilitate and create a positive, purposeful, future. There is little impulse avoidance,
rationalization, blame, or any other form of survival defense necessary. This is the juncture wherein creative will unites with
biological predestiny and forges them together on the purposeful path. The daily life will be far more pleasing, as the
unfolding mind embraces evermore meaningful information and begins to direct multi-purposeful thought and action.
Imagine for a moment that one no longer had to preoccupy oneself with a sense of survival and could concentrate
solely on acquiring knowledge automatically and exercising creative expression without the fear of negative influences
for those who did not comprehend the virtures of self-empowerment. We could easily move into the All-That-Is State of
Consciousness.
At the being level of evolution, humans have embraced the inner guidance and can both learn at accelerated paces and can
unlearn everything contained in both kinds of memory banks. They can cleanse the mind of the distortions left over from
instinct, conditioning, and from low-quality conscious intervention. All conditioned learning, which is affectionately known as
emotional baggage, can be unpacked and processed through the conscious mind so that the fear and anger are dramatically
reduced from both the perceptual and creative aspects of the life experience. Right responses examine and decode all
emotional signals, to reconcile them within the perspectives and contextual frameworks that bring the highest emotional
responses.
We can evolve our personal mindsets by replacing those of lesser quality with those in line with spiritual evolution. We
can remember and build upon whatever we elect to, as well as revise and reject those beliefs and conditioned thought
processes which have and continue to lead us down the road of pain.
At the being level, humans are aware that every pain is a corrective signal to inform the mind to right uses of free will, as the
spirit's instructional guides to thinking and acting. As the changes are made to individual minds through right responses and
expressed outwardly in the light responses, the mass mind evolves accordingly in the creation of the just and civilized social
perspectives, strategies, and structures. Once the deficit pain of enslavement and disempowerment have been reconciled
within the cooperative, interconnected, enlightened world, tremendous cultural progress can then occur.
It is no accident that such practices as meditation and prayer have been suggested as the best methods to contacting our
inner spiritual nature. Now it is beginning to become clear that these practices are the keys to opening the door to our
self empowerment, as well as setting free our creative possibilities.

241
At present, a nearly sufficient number of humans have attained enlightened minds to the degree that this shift can take place.
For although we have many institutionalized traditions of survival level consciousness, most are recognizing the basic fact that
all people comprise a common species. Instead of the historically predominant experiences, and impulsive responses to the
protective pangs of raw fear, anger, and maladaptive guilt, resentment, and hate; the majority have begun to collectively create
the being state of passionate, creative enthusiasm and egalitarian feelings of love, compassion, respect, courage integrity and
loyalty.

This is what could only be described as a "grass-roots" movement in that it is not developing and being spread by our
contemporary institutions of power, nor by those who head those institutions. Rather, the movement toward this more
enlightened, spiritual state is happening where it's least expected. As religions and governments begin to crumble and
display their ineptitude, the general populace stands back in bemusement.
At the being level, the optimal developmental path will become the normal experience for each incoming human being.
Without all the painful static characteristic of the survival level, the mind can turn up the volume on all sensory channels and
allow in much more information---rapidly increasing the self-developmental pace. Humans will embrace the inner guidance
system from birth as enlightened parenting and educational systems shift from the paradigm of external authority and
competitive power to cooperative internal self empowerment.
This sounds almost too impossible to imagine as we view our present competitive society. Yet, it is the strength of the
imagination that precipitates progress in any stage of development. When any collective attitude is carried to a near
impossible extreme, its flaws become that much more apparent, even to those who are the least motivated to recognize
them.
With proper social structures and parenting techniques, individuals will be off and running with the most effective personality
patterns, attitudes and strategies, the full natural morality, and fully creative passionate empowerment to begin maximizing
their value potentials by age eighteen or even less. There will be no need for stages of confusion, rebellion, isolation,
addiction, or depression when the mass consciousness embraces and accommodates aspects of the feeling system and
welcomes and fosters the unique gifts that each human has brought to Earth.

It is in the most reactionary of times that the greatest amount of progress is achieved, for it is such states that the most
inner reflection is stimulated. If the 60's era seems to have reversed at the moment because the younger generation is
no longer doing drugs, dressing unfashionably and leading marches in the cause of peace or justice, it is only because
that particular group has moved on to a state where change can be accomplished through more subtle tactics.

Three Perspectives Of The Being Level

At the being level, although positive emotions will lead the way to purpose, negative emotions will still arise. This is simply
due to the fact that humans can---and will---make mistakes and perpetuate violations upon one another while learning through
trial and error. But the difference between the survival level experience and the being level experience will be that the
perceptions of the mind honed by feeling guidance will be different. When the mind is cleansed of its slivers and its gems
accumulate over time, the mind's perceptions are quite literally altered by the attitude and interpretations which fall from the
purposeful belief systems. Indeed, when allowed to develop naturally, the human mind arrives at universally optimal ways of
thinking and acting.
As a society progresses along the spiritual path, there will always be those that appear to want to swim against the tide.
The difference will become clear as the tolerance for error will increase as compassion begins to replace harsh
judgment and the spirit of All-That-Is is recognized to be within all human beings, just waiting to be brought to the
fore.
Thus, the being level of human consciousness is characterized by three mindful perspectives that are the natural result of the
mind responding to its own emotional guidance. First, the mind comes to see the world through "The Lens Of Unity" in
reflection of the fulfilled connection need and the enlargement of the ego-identity to enfold the feelings of others within the
emotional self-concept. Indeed, the role of the ego becomes less necessary as the mind understands the difference between
defensive resistance and empowering acceptance. Although the individual sense of self is still intact, the ego "me" protector is
no longer necessary. For the mind's identity understands the meaning sense of "we" and its individual role within the
interconnected whole, as its natural morality emerges. Through this lens, individuals automatically emote in tune with the
needs and feelings of others, thus making personal choices that will benefit others. They will be able to intuitively stand in the
shoes of all others involved and make cooperative decisions accordingly.
If such a paradigm shift sounds too idealistic to the average cynic, we need only be reminded that the teachings of our
religious institutions have been suggesting the importance of a collective love for quite some time. The lesser members
of these churches are now about to take them at their word. As this collective mindset expands, the leaders of these
institutions will find themselves being motivated to realize the direction of this progressive parade and put themselves
in front of it.

242
As the ego relaxes to allow in all the available information, the mind will become attuned to the subtle meaning and messages
of the complex feeling tones as opposed to being gripped by the raw fears, angers, and compulsions of the basic autopilot
mode. The initial empathic connection, trust, mutual respect, and loving connection within the family automatically
generalized into the public trust, public respect, and compassion for humanity that drives cooperative civilizations.
Meanwhile, the individual self concept blossoms into a full awareness of the unique inherent value potential and destiny
challenge and becomes the driving conscious force behind all motives and actions.
This is a two-step pattern. The self-preservation of the individual begins to give way to the realization that a collective
caring and awareness can provide much greater security and happiness. It then follows that out of this settled state can
come increased awareness and creativity.
This brings the second character perspective of the being level mindscape. This driving passion to discover, develop, and
creatively contribute all innate gifts brings with it feelings of enthusiasm, mirth, integrity, courage, and profound faith in one's
ability and in the meaning of each life event as an opportunity to advance along the destiny path. This mindset that emerges
from these feelings can be called the "Personal Accountability Perspective". Although the compassionate mind is aware of
human frailty, accepting of inevitable mistakes, and forgiving violations, the empowered accountable mind takes full and
complete responsibility for multi-purpose living, seizing every opportunity to progress along the destiny path, and solving
every problem that the personality encounters along the way.
At this stage, society begins to become objective about its state and encourages its individual members to exercise their
innate talents in creative ways to do more than just understand the state of its troubled members but to envelope them
in ways that bring greater respect and appreciation to who they are and how they can be helped.
With the being level lens of accountability, each individual activity avoids impulsive fight, flight, and approach responses and
ensures right and light responses become the predominant course corrections. With such a mind, there will be no blaming
others---no matter what role they might play in the situation; no self deception of any kind, no rationalizing mistakes, no
denying incoming information, nor being dishonest in interactions with others; and no competitive aggression (whether
passive to active) unless a violation has occurred and light responses have not been successful at creating the needed change.
The accountable mind seeks out the meaning within each and every life experience in the faith that meaning is indeed to be
found which guides the most purposeful immediate action to keep the self upon the most rewarding life path. The mind then
can see its own signature upon each event that is created and the final vestiges of survival level confusion, resistance, and
blame slip away.
What begins like a painful trip in the dark, evolves into an enlightened experience wherein the traveler becomes aware
that he/she need not progress by feeling one's way in some haphazard manner but can actually "see" the road ahead
and has the capability within to steer a more efficient course toward what chosen goal one might wish to attain and
that the ultimate "goal" is to be one with the All-That-Is.
The third perspective that arises naturally at the being level of experience can be termed the "Big Picture Perspective." Such a
mindset allows all outcomes to be evaluated in the context of the broadest awareness of the most information available over
the longest period of time. This perspective allows for the discovery of the meaningful patterns which make sense of the
surprises of every day events. Feelings of hope, faith, courage, and universal oneness both build and spring from this
perspective. The consciousness begins to recognize the relativity of space, time and even self, in order to see the meaningful
opportunities and learning messages in each moment. The "Big Picture Perspective" also results in the kind of intuitive
understanding of exactly what the long-range effects of any thought or action will have. It affords the person the rightful and
full range of conscious choice. It is the antitheses of impulsive, unconscious, short-term autopilot responses to simply bring
immediate pleasure in order to alleviate pain.
We might imagine, for a moment, what the consequences might be if we were able to examine a choice we are about to
make and see how each choice might play out in the long term. We would then be able to exercise our free will in a
more sophisticated fashion and avoid the slivers or pitfalls which might cause ourselves and others undue pain. With
less "pain" there would be more pleasure and with more "pleasure" our lives would come closer to what they were
intended to be in the initial creation of our species.
Together, these three perspectives will help remove any slivers and build a mindscape of gems. These optimal tools can also
be used to help people vault themselves into the being level. Individuals who feel trapped in the patterns of survival level
consciousness can simply borrow these perspectives as a way of reinterpreting any outcome that brings a painful emotion. In
doing so over time, they can become as automatic as if they had developed naturally. Thus, the active right response of
reframing each and every painful experience through one or all of these being-level lenses can be a tremendous aid to the
individual enlightenment process.
This suggested process does require a commitment of time for reflection. At this point in our cultural history there are
many who feel compelled to occupy every waking moment with some type of productive activity. We even have a term
for it: Multi-tasking. We have come to relate happiness and completeness with accomplishment and acquisition of
material things. Until we can begin to value repose equally, little progress will be made.

243
For example, some driver cuts you off in traffic, and the immediate feeling is one of anger, survival impulses take over and
you might likely honk, yell, or flash a crude gesture at the offender. But if you respond after the fact with a bit of reflection, a
right response can be attained. You might think in ways that allow in additional information for processing of an alternative
decision. By drawing upon the "Lens of Unity", you can put yourself in the "offender's" shoes. You might think back to once
when you made a mistake in traffic that was taken as a personal offense against a stranger, and the painful regret you felt.
With adopting the "Big Picture Perspective", your mind can find alternative, more purposeful interpretations of the act. As
such, you might realize that the offender did not know you and could not have meant any personal offense, might be stressed
to get somewhere in a hurry, or that the poor slob might just be hopelessly ignorant of anyone except his own immediate needs
and most likely did not even see you. At the very least, to recognize that this was an unconscious act of a struggling survival
mind allows compassion to replace and reduce the defensive anger.
The above serves as a good modern example that most of us who drive in urban areas can relate to and use to
advantage. Others can find similar examples of occasions when we felt anger toward someone without remembering
our own transgressions and misguided behavior. These annoying experiences might just be considered gifts to
stimulate both our memories and, hopefully, our sense of compassion.
Each such thought can reduce the amount of anger and perhaps on the next occasion, only annoyance will be felt when
someone cuts you off in traffic and the impulse to act does not occur. Using these perspectives in this way, in and of itself
honors the "Personal Accountability Perspective", for you are making the necessary changes within your own mindscape and
modeling them to the world. That is the highest gift one human can offer the species. Over time, with many such right
responses, you will at some point be able to shake your head with a knowing smile or even laugh when someone cuts you off
in traffic. The fear and anger signals of a defensive ego will have been replaced by the compassionate acceptance of the fact
that people can and will do that sort of thing without it affecting your freedom or power---or connection---in any way.
We make our spiritual progress in increments at whatever pace we choose. Each step is not only of personal benefit
but, even more, a gift to a multitude of others. Each such action serves as an example and motivating force for those
around us and can serve as a salve to an irritated state of mind.
In time, the being level experience will shift focus away from issues of power, freedom, and connection as true civilizations
arise, and humans can get right to the higher challenges and chakra centers. The needs for esteem, creativity, and meaning will
usher the highest levels of activity development and expression and the focus upon the highest chakras will be the major life
effort. As individuals find and use their empowered voice, the words of the leaders who have conquered the speaker challenge
will help humanity move ahead ever faster. The focus will ultimately be in becoming conscious of ever more complex levels
of meaning, or seeing and transcending the limits of the ego "self" identity as all chakra centers open to full capacity---and
beyond. The seers will experiment with altered states of consciousness and gain far more awareness of ever broadened
bandwidths of information, being enticed into a still higher level of human potential.
What begins as a point of intent will soon spiral upward in an ever-expanding awareness of our own nature and that of
all that surrounds us, until we both blend with the whole and come to comprehend the potential of our accelerated
progress.
In sum, the being level is characterized by: attunement to the emotional voice of spirit, recognition of the higher informational
use of complex learned feeling tones, individual purpose, optimal course of development, internal self-empowerment,
interconnection, cooperation, social justice, awareness of how and why things happen as they do, enlightened character
perspectives which alter perceptions of outcomes, and far more positive emotional and creative experiences. All of these
conditions pull humanity ever higher toward potentials far beyond what the present consciousness can yet conceive.
Above is the portrait of what we can become. We need but apply the paint of imagination to this blank canvas and
create an unlimited series of gifts to and for All-That-Is.

The Transcendent Level Of Human Existence

Inherent within every human is the ability to achieve a still higher level of experience which can be described as the
transcendent level of human potential. Indeed, nature familiarizes us with these potentials through the highest emotional tones
that resonate with direct insights and flashes of this kind of experience. Dreams also contain many hints of the mobility and
breadth of human consciousness, should humanity recognize that they are not simply ramblings of brain with its
consciousness removed by sleep. Indeed, it is a mobility of consciousness wherein the dream state affords the spirit its
freedom to interact directly with the body, with the personality as mindful controller out of the way. But as the mind evolves,
it is no longer a liability to mobility of consciousness, and can instead bring the creative personality into the game.
Eureka! Moments of cognition. The more frequent, the greater the appreciation of the human potential. Personality,
with all its baggage and hang-ups, becomes less of a distraction and more of a partner with the mind, determining the
what's and how's of greater moments of creation.
At the transcendent level, the full creative capacities can come to the fore as the mind has broadened to attune to and embrace
all the wisdom of body and add tremendous creative enhancements to the processes. The mind has transcended the pitfalls of a
struggling body and is finally fully in control, but plays a lead role in directing high quality thoughts and actions. There is no

244
longer conditioned learning, since all information flows into the mind for processing and as it expands, the more subtle and
finer distinctions can be made within the multiple levels of information that are available within each experience. The
predominant experiences are those rich feeling tones with the joyous resonance of universal clarity, the joys of compassion,
grace, courage, justice, mirth, exuberance, divine love, faith, honor, gratitude, devotion, and universal oneness.
Just as meditation brings into the mind fresh insights about the totality and meaning of our lives, so can mind grasp
the wholistic picture when not being distracted by physical senses and programmed apprehensions. While are five
senses are being reduced to a near neutral state, our soul (the Greek word for mind) opens its unfulfilled capacity to
the depth of understanding.
At the transcendent level of human experience, all chakra centers are open and continuously expanding as the mind attains an
ever broader conscious participation within the co-creative processes. The emphasis is upon the crown chakra, however, as the
individual actively practices the expansion and mobility of the conscious mind. Transcendence begins with the recognition
that the entire bandwidth of quantum information contained within All That Is, is accessible to the human spirit and that the
challenge of the Earthly experience is to actively create the conditions within mass consciousness to align the mind with the
breadth of spirit so that the species can evolve away from the necessity of limiting bodily safeguards.
Could this be what is meant by the proclamation, "The Father and I are One"? Mind and Spirit can blend and in
doing so, can put aside the preoccupation of self-preservation, knowing that the state of heightened awareness can now
compliment a greater state of security on all levels.
Once the being state unites the external senses with the internal voice of spirit, the finer aspects of inner sensory perceptions
will automatically begin to awaken. Indeed, the range of emotional sensitivity involves vibrational insights, and multi-sensory
mechanisms to enhance the breadth and quality participation within the co-creative experience. Although the species has much
progress to make as a group, certain individuals have attained transcendent level experience---it has been attained in the dream
state, through chemical manipulation, through meditative practice and even through religious revelation. Fleeting glimpses of
these abilities remind humanity of this inner potential, as flashes of intuition, sudden shifts out of the relative time, space or
"self", or instantaneous joyous, harmonic resonance with the quantum field.

Such sparks of insight are like fireflies that light up the night and suggest that were they to eventually become more
plentiful, the night could turn into day and we would come to see more of our world than we could ever imagine. We
need not wait until the hereafter to experience this knowing. It could be as close as our fingertips.
Indeed, the genetic physical potentials within the most chemically sensitive personalities allow for tremendous spontaneous
mobility of consciousness---often chosen for uniquely challenging, leadership destiny paths. Many misunderstood
experiences, that the survival level consciousness world deems to be abnormal, are in fact simply the innate ability for mobile
consciousness. Psychic, telepathic abilities, multi-modal perceptions and projections, multiple personalities, and even
psychotic delusions are all manifestations of a giftedly mobile chemical vessel intended to facilitate out of space/time/self
conscious sojourns in order to offer unique creative insights and contributions of the most challenging destiny paths.
Using the descriptive word normal, we tend to build walls around those observed experiences that seem too bizarre to
fit into our limited paradigm. In doing so, we lock out many potential experiences which could broaden our soul view.
Indeed, what appear as "mental disorders" to the confused public mind are actually splendid opportunities to learn the mobility
inherent within the human consciousness. Oftentimes, gifts in one area come with apparent weaknesses in those held to be of
value. It is an ignorant travesty that such individuals are feared by the masses, and taught that they are disordered or evil, and
are chemically medicated away from their gifts. Such out-of-time individuals often suffer rejection and isolation, and never
fully recognize the meaning within their unique experiences. They should instead, be revered, studied, and helped to align
with and balance their chemical sensitivity, attune to, and manifest their uniquely creative offerings. For even within the
survival level mass mind, these individuals often transcend severe limitations and put forth the most insightful and indeed
ingenious offerings.
It may just be that our propensity toward fear is what keeps us from appreciating those within our midst who could
bring us to the next stage of awareness at an even greater rate than we now hope and anticipate.
Of course, life at the transcendent level will include tremendous mobility of consciousness as a routine of daily creative living.
Even the normal range of human potential has far more gifts than have been discovered. Lucid and creative dreaming, astral
projections, and spiritual travels will become a far more common practice as the inner aspects of self take on larger and larger
roles and the mind attains ever more access to the vast information within the quantum field. The focus upon value assigned to
external sources of information will dramatically shift toward internal scientific explorations of time, space, and self. With an
open heart, the mind and eyes of humanity will expand to take in more and more of the wonders within All That Is. There will
be such highly creative and effective cooperative social structures that self-preservation and self-development will be a
respected right of every human citizen, so the immediate purposes of self-actualization will be the primary purpose of
humanity. This will include both the fulfillment and expansion of all potentials---hurtling humanity ever-further along the
evolutionary path.

245
The above words paint pictures upon humanity's canvas which already shows the outline of what can be developed.
We can fill in the blank spaces with the colors to be found within our innate nature. By exploring ourselves, we can
find the door to a world we could hardly have dreamt into existence. Once a candle is lit, darkness must retreat.
At the transcendent level of experience, there will be an unprecedented flow of newly available information affecting all levels
of consciousness. There will be ever-increasing intensity of inner telepathic resonance, of attunement to deeper and more core
memory banks, of self-hypnosis and inner time/space travel, of unifying the wisdom for altered states and dream
consciousness, of directing lucid dreams and facilitating communications and resource sharing with alternate personalities or
incarnations, as well as experiencing all the inner senses in the distinct nuances not yet even conceived. But most of all, the
human experience will be the spontaneous creation of exactly those experiences which can most fulfill the entity and all levels
of gestalts of consciousness within which the personality lies. The person will experience the rapturous resonance of fulfilling
the ever expanding destiny of All That Is with precision, creativity and panache.
Imagine going from the travel mode of a small scooter to the most sophisticated of jet aircraft. It would be the
equivalent of accelerated learning starting in kindergarten and arriving in graduate school in a single year. Of course,
this pace of advancement would be erratically self-determined. However, the potential remains a constant.
The potentials will continue to expand as the telepathic and intuitive pathways become dominant. Communication within and
between people will be far better and less restricted by the limitations of language. Thus, new mechanisms and levels of
information exchange will become the norm. Deception will be a vestige of the ancient past as travels in altered states of
consciousness allow humans to bypass the illusory boundaries of time, space and even self. The depth of empathic
compassion will have truly transcendent qualities as will the creative abilities. The social manifestations of the transcendent
level of humanity will be a global community much more akin to the elusive utopian society than the present pessimistic mind
of man can consciously embrace. Technological advances will occur more in inner realms as the self-system, internal abilities,
and willful self-empowerment are intellectually and institutionally embraced. Intuitive research, travels, and technologies
including energy medicine, and conscious participation within energy dynamics will be mainstream. Ultimately the creative
adaptive efforts of humanity can enhance the genetic code, and transcend certain limits of the psychic form. Such
advancements can allow consciousness to create physiological changes independent of biological processes---creating many
of the instantaneous miracles of religious legend. Value judgments and human knowledge will also be vestiges of ancient
history, as the Eden-like condition of mass consciousness is restored.
This is promised to be a process of advanced evolution of unprecedented dimension, wherein mankind will move from
the conventional physical/mental state into a profoundly spiritual state with all that such a "state" can entail. We are
on the threshold of such a shift - we need only seek it as our future ideal. If all this sounds like something similarly
described in our understanding of the after-life, it is only because it is little more than what brings that state into our
current physical state by erasing the barriers which separate that state (the after-life) from this state (our current life),
as well as that which separates us from each other.
Such is the promising path set forth for humanity. From this vantage point, the historical and present events provide
empowering evidence that the era of competitive self-preservation is nearing an end. All fear, isolation, confusion, and war are
the death rattles of the unconscious stages as humanity begins to consciously embrace inner empowerment, trust, connection,
meaning, and global unity. Each individual who embraces the inner voice of spirit shall help build the energy to propel
humanity forward. Such is the challenge at hand, a challenge to be entrusted to any and all whose consciousness resonates
with these universal truths.
Such is also the state of mind for those who will open themselves to the inner wisdom which occupies all inner feeling.
It is only when we stop fearing our deeper selves and remember to trust that which we intuitively knew before we
entered our present state of physical reality, that we rise to the level described above. We can begin doing this right
now.

Summary
In sum, the eras of humanity have all been leading the mass mind to become aware of the higher destiny, to make that
significant shift in consciousness which reconciles freedom and empowerment within cooperative connection to vault into the
being level and to begin to taste the fruits of human potential. The more individuals attain purpose in their personal lives, the
more the world can be shaped by their light responses to become the just, civilized, mass consciousness that is necessary for
the blossoming of human potential. This kind of evolution will not happen automatically, for the human physical
consciousness is necessary for the most purposeful and expedient cultural evolution. Of course, if humanity fails to rise to the
challenge, the unbridled misguided mass mind will ultimately lead to self-destruction---the outcome of the utter lack of self-
development.
It is only through intent that the positively described future above can become a reality. A reluctance to travel down
the road of spiritual awareness and expansion can only lead in the opposite direction. For this is a dynamic universe,
occupied by dynamic beings who are either moving forward or declining. Free will prevails.

246
Fortunately, the gathering impetus of individuals following the urges of spirit have already begun to set forth a successful
outcome. The macro patterns of human evolution are depicted below. The chart shows the relationship between individual
purpose and social justice, and how with each increase in individual purpose the world at large improves. The arrow
constitutes the history of humanity which is at present, poised to vault into the being state---guided by the enlightened ones.
The outline is in place. The dynamics are in motion. Each of us can now elect to be a part of the process or a part of the
resistance to it. The only question now is the nature of our contribution.
This is the legacy that awaits humanity when enough individual minds become enlightened to shift the mass mind toward
reattuning to the inner guidance system of the voice of spirit. The information contained within these Lessons is designed to
shine the light so that ever-more aware individuals can contribute to the critical mass necessary to boost humanity over the
threshold from the crude and brutish survival state of experience to feel what it means to be fully human. From there, the pace
can rapidly increase, leading individuals and eventually the species to the higher calling of the transcendent abilities and
leanings of nature toward the most creative and unlimited physical manifestations of the expansion of All That Is.
The challenge now is to get this information before those who would wish to participate in the evolution which is in
progress. The greater the distribution, the sooner the evidence of success will begin to become evident and acceptable.
As shown, we have in place, at this time, a system known as the internet, which is quite capable of spreading any piece
of information around the world and back in a matter of hours or a few days. So…………….
We can now turn the discussion to the final summation of what the Lessons have been sharing and see the concept of
enlightenment in the broadest perspective.

Page 460-469 Lessons of Enlightenment

Section Omega Conclusion

Lesson Omega One: Epilogue - The Lessons of Enlightenment

The Mission of Enlightenment
The purpose of these lessons has been to align the reader with the direct path to inner spiritual guidance. It has been to awaken
the reader to the reality of the awesome power of the creative mind and the urgent need to apply consciously guided willful
choices. It has been to acquaint the mind with the default patterns that will remain in place until the mind is sufficiently
enlightened to take over its own destiny course. It has been to establish faith in the spiritual nature of the universe and the
creation---in the knowledge that even the slow and painful path is advancing humanity in purposeful directions. It has been to
establish the calling, the compassion, forgiveness, courage, and integrity within those who wish to enhance and accelerate the
process with creatively positive feelings and expressions---as is the desire within the thrust of All That Is. It has been to plant
the first seeds within mass consciousness to bring about crucial shifts away from mere survival consciousness, negative
motivations, superstition, and submission to external controllers-- to the fully human being experience---the joyous guided
liberation and positive motivations of internal creative empowerment.
Like seeds which lie dormant, waiting to be placed in the fertile ground and watered with the desire of progression, so
this information has been placed into various computers, at various points upon the planet, awaiting distribution and
examination until they become fully integrated into the New Age.

Although there have been many tremendous offerings of enlightenment energy/information throughout human history, this
offering is significant in several ways. First, the uniqueness of this offering is relative to the evolving consciousness and in
response to the timely opportunity for a great leap forward. Second, this spiritual manifesto is also unique as an
accomplishment that has been long underway by a network of entities---as participants in highly complex gestalts of
consciousness---with the unified mission of rescuing humanity from the illusory limitations so thick within the physical
experience.
The Lessons are clearly a collective effort which was initiated from beyond this physical state and introduced in the
hope that those within the physical will bring them into a fruit-bearing point. This is a most opportune moment in the
stage of spiritual development and an opportunity for accelerated progress may not come along again for eons. Those
who come to drink at this fountain of knowledge can pass along the inert energy of this liquid wisdom to all the deserts
of the world.
Indeed, the words within these pages are some of the first made possible by the former successes and advances of this
enlightenment community. Throughout history, various manifestations of their energy have brought about the spiritual
wisdom that now exists as gems within the cultural mind. But they have always been limited by the boundaries of
consciousness and creative awareness of the species, and thus have utilized many vicarious and even back-door routes to
deliver the information necessary for each shift in species consciousness. They have worked near magic slipping intuitive
insights, dreams and inspirations into the consciousness of particular individuals, guiding them to make contributions through
artistic, religious, literary, and scientific revelations. With each such expression, the evolutionary winds have gathered force.

247
Like interconnecting vines of the vineyard, so are the various plantings bringing forth a pattern of progression which
might soon satisfy the thirst of the world. We each have our own unique contribution to make to this process. Up to
now, the effort has been more oblique than direct. That is about to change.
On the other hand, far many more insights have fallen upon deaf ears, or were received but never acted upon, due to the
limited beliefs and protective fear. Or the new insights expressed were socially stifled or rejected, taking a bit of the wind out
of the evolutionary sails. Still, throughout history, the accumulation of enlightened beliefs has reached many points of critical
mass that have propelled the species forward in punctuated strides---such as that which is now at hand. This happens at both
cultural and biological levels as individuals interact with the quantum environment.
Never has the mind of humankind been more fertile. Hardly ever has the level of communication technology been
more complimentary to the spread of this information. We need only ask for assistance in bringing about the
envisioned results and there are legions standing by to assist us.

Historical Shifts & Modes of Attunement

The first such shift was accomplished when specific entities with the mission of light work had significant enough
physiological sensitivity and mindful clarity to begin to receive particular insights from extra ranges of the quantum spectrum.
Although the information was often incomplete and distorted, the general spiritual thrusts achieved creative completion to the
degree that the mass mind began to take note. Although most of this information ended up being credited to superstitious
sources, still the concept of oracles and other types of intermediary paths to some form of higher wisdom, became part of the
mass mind. At that point of the human cultural journey, the interaction between the energy within the mass mind and the
corresponding genetic adaptive mutations facilitated the next major stage in the expansion of human consciousness to include
some of the inner sensory pathways.
Some of the evidence of contact with the Spirit was viewed as genius and some was presumed to be madness. Because
the connection was not always pure, there tended to be a mixture of both. We have now reached that evolutionary state
of rationality in that the recipient can bring forth that which is of a sufficiently pure strain so as to be taken seriously
enough to be threatening to the status quo.
The next major shift was accomplished when the human gene pool began to contain specific abilities for certain unusual
individuals to experience a broader mobility of consciousness---to have a different experience of space and time than their
"normal" others. This allowed for specific sensory sensitivities that permitted the voice of spirit within the quantum field to be
more accessible---so that messages could be heard and more guidance could be obtained. This led to the next major energy
shift which allowed for the adaptive mutations of even more mobile forms of consciousness in which the experience of self
also became highly mobile and unique. With this shift, humans with this unusual mobility could displace their personality and
allow the channeling of alternate gestalts of self to communicate directly through the physical forms. This phenomenon has
become widely known as mediumship---and was subjected to much distortion and misuse and still faces rejection as a
legitimate experience by the scientifically inclined. But the genetic diversity in the mobility of consciousness allowed for the
first transmissions of more direct information between the physical and spiritual realms.
Some of the material attained through "channeling" was of the highest quality. Yet, we have also come to realize that
such type of information must be reviewed for flaws of "misinformation", just as one would read a book of factual
intent that betrayed certain distortions by the author. There is a tendency to become mesmerized in this field simply
because of its other-worldly source.
Although this genetic ability (and the willful acceptance of extrasensory information that it added to the mass mind) was a
valuable and necessary step, it required the disengagement of the personal mind from the process. The experience was also
largely spontaneous and although often desired, was not within the realm of conscious control. The individuals often were
subjected to uncontrolled intrusions and chemical fluctuations that were highly confusing and often even promoted certain
forms of self-fracturing psychosis. Willful creative choice in the matter was minimal. Thus, these unique individuals were
labeled as mentally disordered, the implications of the mobility of consciousness was largely lost, and the lives of these
individuals were often brutish, painful, and short. Indeed, many complex souls have chosen such a path.
When sources of this type of information are semi-deified by the recipients, they tend to let their egos get away from
them. In other words, they tend to believe their own press coverage. Once this happens, the humility that accompanies
truth is lost and so is the subjective/objective status of the person acting as the conduit.
Nonetheless, this route of the medium or psychic, led to the next step in terms of even more direct access to higher energy
information. Next came the phenomenon of trance channeling, in which the personality has relative control over the mobility
of consciousness and maintained a certain relationship with other gestalts of self included in the enlightenment mission. But
still, this required little direct development of the mindscape and its belief structures. Thus, many of the benefits of the
information channeled could not be exploited even by those providing it for the masses. Still, the path of humanity's march
toward direct contact with higher gestalts of consciousness was ever progressing.

248
Progression is a perpetual path. As greater awareness replaces lesser awareness, the quality of human nature becomes
more recognized for its greater potential. It is when we recognize ourselves as spiritual beings in physical form that we
gain the comfort of all the ways of expressing that spirit quality.
Were it not for the efforts of all such heroic contributors, humanity would not now enjoy the energy which virtually sizzles
with potential at the dawn of this millennial era, nor the promise of the evolutionary propulsion now possible. Indeed, there is
a collective celebration occurring beyond space-time as the first experiments in direct transmission have been a relative
success. For these Lessons have been delivered, not due to vicarious or displacement routes, but due to the accomplishment of
personal awareness and unified attunement to the inner spiritual sense---for the time is right. Indeed, many individual facets of
this body of information are arising through many other sources.
To find proof of the evidence that our world is in transition per the above suggested paradigms, one need only open
one's mind and heart and sooner than excepted the trends will become evident. However, the "apparentness" of it may
not be in the conventional medium, but more in the eye of the beholder.
This is a momentous occasion for those within the enlightenment community at all levels of consciousness, for it constitutes
the evidence that the genetic memory of humanity---as well as the cultural mindscape---are sufficiently prepared and united to
usher in the age of direct attunement between personalities and their higher entities. The conscious recognition of the
emotional language---the sensory voice of spirit---has been a singular goal for eons, since it was originally lost due to the error
of human judgment. It has been a long and arduous path, traveled through the landmines of human knowledge and
misassumption, for the energy information to have finally reached acquisition.
This is the now we have struggled to achieve in the time/space environment and what it represents is a measure of
success that can barely be dreamed of at this point. An analogy in technical terms might be the equivalent of going
from the 15 th century to the 21th century in ten years. The greatest challenge will be in absorbing the comprehension
of it. Those who cannot will pass on to an environment where they can adjust to it in their own time. Those who can,
will become masters of their own fate and all that this entails.
Human language alone does little to help the transmission. As readers discover, nearly every word has become loaded with
judgments and distortions that make the language constructions necessary for this transmission difficult to embrace. But rest
assured, even the focusing upon them does far more than any reader might yet be aware. Those that brave the growing pains
necessary and build the mindscape around these new uses of words and concepts will be those who are instrumental in tipping
the scales still further. For the more will energy infused within enlightened concepts, the more the species will feel the effects.
Indeed, each human mind that reads, grasps the information and/or attunes to the inner voice will make it easier for those that
follow to embrace and utilize the information.
It is through the struggling to give new meaning to the words we use that we will influence the changes to come and
personally grow with those changes. Speaking, listening and reflecting is the path which leads to an expanded
consciousness. The invitation has been delivered.

Direct Access
The most salient significance of the method of the delivery of this material is that it marks the biological opening of the inner
channels within the species form. The cultural strides have been aligned with the emergence of biological mechanisms for
normal sensory information processing, to extra-sensory, to multi-sensory, and now to the full emotional inner sensory
pathway as the precursor to the entire intuitive language of spirit with all its transcendent potentials. The mindscape has not
abdicated the personal self to obtain the higher knowledge, but instead accommodated the feeling signals with the purposeful
belief structures which allow expansion of self and the inner channels to open. Indeed, the channels grew ever broader as the
material itself was delivered. For this reason, the word constructions have particular value relative to their sequential
placement in the material.
The mere exposure to these written words has resulted in biological change in the recipient and that change is essential
to what has to follow. The gates to consciousness have been pried open and what will follow will thrill the expansive
mind.

For this reason alone, readers are encouraged to study the material beginning to end, rather than skipping in and out of
particular areas of interest---with at least one full reading. The will energy applied to this first reading will enhance the species
consciousness regardless of the level of personal understanding gleaned. But the personal benefits will also occur on multiple
levels of consciousness. Indeed, multiple readings and study of the material are highly recommended, for each such
reading will ready the mind with a new layer, which builds upon the last in an ever broadening conscious embrace.
This is dynamic material and our interacting with it is essential for the promised progression which must follow. We
can read and absorb it, but the ultimate value will come as we integrate with it. Each paragraph is like a pearl and as
we continue to review the string, each will become more polished and valuable. We are the grains of sand that the
material will polish until we and it will become one, totally engrained force.

249
With the first reading, it is perfectly normal for many of the concepts to appear to simply make no sense. This is because there
are not yet any existing hooks of understanding upon which to hang the concepts. But diligence in the first reading will build
the foundations necessary for building hooks upon which they can be later placed. Another typical response to new
information of this type is confusion and resistance, due to the confounding or challenging of existing beliefs, attitudes, and
protective patterns.
Each new perspective on current reality runs the risk of being ignored or rejected as being simply not applicable to
existing paradigms. Like a nail being driven into a board, it takes repeated "wacks" of the hammer to drive home each
new point. Eventually the will becomes stronger and the board weaker until step-by-step a new metaphorical structure
rises from the ashes of the old.
It is essential to recognize these feelings as growing pains so that corrective adjustments will be made to the mindscape.
(Retreating into unconscious habits of fear and resistance for the sake of ego safety, comfort, and familiarity will only prolong
and slow the journey to a most tedious and painful crawl.) Simply facing daily challenges and feeling signals with faith in
their meaning will allow even the most rigid egos to eventually find a delight in purposeful change. Daily experience will
provide the proofs and insights, but a program of active study and application of the ideas will dramatically increase the
enlightenment process.
A simple prayer of requested help from the oversoul of our being will aid us in our journey to the higher desired state.
It will also do a great deal to smooth the road we travel and make it less arduous for those who follow.

Final Words
What If I am Struggling?
A word to those who are struggling with the new information:

Trust.

Trust that the universe is creative and compassionate. Trust that All That Is allows---and desires---for you to progress at your
own pace through willful choice. Trust that there is meaning within all events. Trust that you are a worthy, special, and gifted
individual with a uniquely valuable offering for the world. Trust that all mistakes are healing and growth opportunities. Trust
that all pains, violations, and fears are reflections of misuses of the creative mind, but will always mirror and expose the faulty
beliefs that created them.
Without this level of trust we would have to presume that there is no intelligence behind the workings of the universe
and that we are the consequence of an accident. What little we know of ourselves shows that we occupy a unique place
in the general scheme of things
Trust that all feelings carry guiding messages of your most purposeful uses of mind, from you the spiritual entity to you the
physical personality. Trust that these higher authorities within more complex gestalts of consciousness know what is best for
you in each moment and whisper through your feelings. Trust that your body and mind are designed to attain positive,
conscious, purposeful change far faster than the protective, unconscious, default path. Trust your spirit as your unfailing
guide. For it is so.
The greater the level of trust, the smoother the process of being in this physical environment. We have come to that
point of knowing when the inhibiting quality of fear can no longer be held up as the prevaricator of progress.
What If I Can't Break My Destructive Habits & Patterns?
A word to those who worry that they might not be able to break rigid patterns, to those who have blocked out the inner voice
for so long that they are unaware of many of their feelings:

Courage.

Courage to allow yourself to feel that which you have long suppressed. Courage to breathe in the power of your spirit in
moments of pain and resistance and proceed purposefully in the face of obstacles. Courage that each small success will open
more vast possibilities for larger ones in the future. Courage in the knowledge that the universe provides all the "time"
necessary for your journey, that despite missteps and false starts, even the smallest of purposeful steps will take you where
you need to go. (There are as many lifetimes as you need, and each moment is your point of power to resist or accept---in fear
or in faith.)
Courage is like youth. When it begins its growth to maturity it might shine because it does not know what it should
fear. We can recapture that state by coming to the realization that most of what we fear is little more than a
consequence of our own belief system and that once changed, the positive of life will fill the vacuum of the negative of
we have elected to hold in place.

250
Courage from the knowledge that even the smallest purposeful steps are of creative spiritual value. Courage in the knowledge
that braving your growing pains will always reap multiple rewards, even across space/time and levels of self. Courage in the
wisdom that with self honor and integrity all challenges can be not only accepted, but surmounted. Courage that others will
love, honor, and support your efforts and that they will forgive any mistakes along the way. For it is so.
It is too often the fear of how others might judge us that prevents us from listening to and carrying out the inspirations
of our higher selves. We block the messages of spirit because we have been taught that being different will lead to
ridicule. Yet, it is the one who takes that risk that will triumph in the end. History offers a plethora of examples.

What If My Journey Takes Me Away From My Loved Ones?

Love .

Universal love exists beyond space/time and even self. Find strength in the wisdom that the illusions of the mind and the
physical experience never allow love to end. Love can only expand. It can not contract—despite the end of relationships
which are no longer purposeful.

In examining the true nature of love, it must be evident that it transcends the boundaries of social acceptance. Those
who love us conditionally may well find themselves deserting us when our conduct transcends the boundaries of
conventionality. It is when we love all equally that we have the greatest love experience.
Love is not a state of deficit need, although such conditions can strengthen the protective attraction to a love object. But the
added strength comes only from the motivations of fear. To run away from one thing to the safety of a need-meeting love will
only recreate that which is feared. Love is an abundance of spiritual energy flowing between two connected individuals, while
fear diverts and redirects some of that energy and minimizes the connection. Love is the path of least resistance. Love without
fear accepts all events and instigates creative change in the most purposeful directions, regardless of how much of the past
must dissolve before a more valuable future can unfold. To truly love is to let go when the time is right. To truly love is to
honor and respect the potential in all, but to exercise choice according to the creative manifestations they have attained---little
or great.
Love broadens the mind as mind is brought into alignment with spirit. Conflicts and difficulties crumble in the face of
unconditional love. It opens the eyes of the observer and allows us to see the inner light of all about us. It removes the
prejudicial trappings which adorn the powerful and the disenfranchised. It restores confidence in our stature and
strengthens our broadcasting qualities.

How Do I Deal With the Unlovable Ones?

Compassion.

Compassion is the vibratory aspect of universal love that can be readily accessed for those who suffer the results of their
ignorance and who blindly or vengefully violate others in doing so. The price for creative free will is the potential abuse of it
until the consciousness expands sufficiently to use it wisely---thus patterns of learning error, violations, corrective feelings,
and protective responses are all an inevitable and enduring part of the physical experience. Situations that spur feelings of
frustration and anger can be perceived through the lens of compassion in the knowledge that everyone has been a violator at
some point in the course of their spiritual evolution. Compassion for the pitfalls of the physical experience and the trial and
error nature of learning can move mountains. Although those blind with fear and anger seek to seize external power through
competition and violation, the authentically empowered compassionate shall redesign and inherit the Earth.
Compassion is a reflection of enlightened souls. We reach that state by going through a process of learning and while
in that state, we are dealt with in a manner that reflects either more or less compassion. Compassion is directly related
to spiritual growth. It follows as day follows night.

What About The Worst Perpetrators of Violation?

Forgiveness.

To those survivors of multiple violations, perhaps the greatest power comes with forgiveness. Consider the forgiveness you
would like to receive for your own errors born of unconscious ignorance, and give it generously to others. Forgiveness washes
through the body-mind with a cleansing power of pure spirit, forever reclaiming the energy held in the past pain. For the
anger, shame, guilt, fear, or sadness experienced in any moment is the message that the event has not been concluded in its
most purposeful probability---and will continue to manifest in some form. Forgiveness of self often restores the most power,

251
and readies the mind to expand the forgiven self to unfold others with a blanket authorization to be human. Forgiveness, then,
opens the door to compassion and universal love.
When we can see ourselves in an objective light and can accept the fact that our errors were a natural process of our
own evolution, then we can begin to apply that same kind of forgiveness we apply to ourselves, to the others we meet in
this life.
How Do I Survive The Darkest Moments?

Faith.

Each moment that any given life event is perceived along with the feelings of trust, courage, love, compassion, forgiveness (or
any other of the highest feeling tones), will bring the enduring beliefs, the gems, which provide spontaneous faith.
Faith is but a state of knowing. Knowing comes with seeking. Seeking begins with intent. Thus, the path to faith is a
natural consequence of wanting to be more than what we are, or more accurately coming to know that we are more
than the way we act .
Faith is the unwavering validating feeling that accompanies sound beliefs and understandings that every event is creative,
purposive, and meaningful. Faith empowers each purposeful action, perception, feeling communication, and corrective action
in each moment and prevents the automatic processes from allowing us to backslide unconsciously into the darkness.
It is a looking forward and a commitment to movement toward an ever-expanding state of consciousness that is
compatible with an ever expanding physical, mental and spiritual state. It is an unwavering belief that this is both our
nature and our destiny.
But the darkest moments are those filled with the most potential. They are our constant tests and reflections of how well we
are using our conscious mind. Embracing the message within the darkness can bring the most brilliant flashes of light.
Breathing in the depths of faith in the most frightening moments can counteract even the most convincing beliefs and events
created by ignorant fear.
It is only in our state of desperation that we can dare to reject the slivers which have been programmed into us at an
early age and reach for that intuitive knowing. Unfortunately, this will be our primary pattern of progress until and
unless we can come to recognize our true nature and its relationship to the All That Is.
Faith has empowered the species perhaps even more than the feeling of love, for it is the glue that holds the spiritual
consciousness in the moment and keeps the mind involved in the creative processes. Without faith, there is darkness,
automatic default processes, limited guidance, and painful corrective signals. But faith need not be dressed up in Emperor's
clothing as it has been throughout the history of the species. Faith need never pit one system of belief against another, or pit
one group of humans against another, as has been the pattern. Faith allows the purely joyous energy force of spirit into the
physical system through a well designed mindscape of unlimited, yet purposeful, beliefs which manifest as fully open,
efficient, chakra centers transforming the non-physical into physical creation.
It is through faith that we acquire the wings which carry us from a state of crawling to the confident strides forward
into the knowing.

The Universal Spectrum of Love and Light

The spectrum of joyous universal love includes all these highest feeling tones, like the rainbow color spectrum which derives
from pure white light. When human beings experience them, they are attuned to the wave length of spirit, with body and mind
aligned with the wisdom of universal consciousness. The darkness of fear and each of its relatives (anger, sadness, guilt, etc.)
are simply precursor interim states to recognizing and correlatively attuning to the wonders of creative consciousness. The
more humans can heed and respond to each emotional tone, the broader and more effective the use of creative will energy.
It is through our emotional state that we are motivated to open the door to our greatest understanding and to
unlocking our potential on all levels. Essential to following this road is passion and the desire which drives it. Once this
is understood, there can be no metaphorical darkness.
It is a process of awakening to one's highest potential, likened unto each newborn opening the eyelids to the wonders of the
visual world, yet the language of spirit, with each of its colors, spans the relative continuum of space, time, and self. In each
moment, every human has the opportunity to awaken from the slumber of unconsciousness and default living patterns, for
each present moment offers a fresh co-creative beginning. There is no harm or retribution for past (or even present) patterns of
protective behavior which seek the safety, protection, or comfort of the darkness when one knows not how or what to do in the
light. There is simply the endurance of the painful signals which call to the higher and more pure manifestations of spirit that
await just beyond the door of the known. They will wait patiently---as long as it takes---for willful choice reigns supreme in
the co-creative process.
Just as the portrait of the Christ standing before the door with no latch, we can make this state of Spirit available to us
by simply opening the door from within. It is we who have the latch. The only effort required is to lift it.

252
But with each effort to find the meaning and choose the purposeful response to each whispering of spirit, the door begins to
crack open. The darkness is simply the void that attracts the most necessary information in each moment. With each brave
peek, the door will eventually open wide and be ready to receive the most complete information in each moment needed to
make the most enthusiastic decisions, actions, and the most rapid progress upon the destiny path.
What lies beyond the door of opportunity? Only the promise to make clear the statement that we are made in the image
and likeness of God. We are, in fact, the waves of the ocean and our essence can never be questioned, as it makes up the
All That Is.

You are now prepared to go forth into each new creative moment as fresh as the newborn for the willful creation of your
destiny. As with any sage creator, the task of your genesis is to "let there be light". Should you now recognize your unity with
all co-creators and choose to feel your way along,
in each creative moment…..there shall be light.
Amen, so be it.

Appendix: Readers’ Contributions

How I Attracted Miss Right Into My Life
The Lessons (sections Alpha, Beta, Gamma, etc.) teach us that we are constantly creating our own reality, whether we realize
it or not. The following true story illustrates the principle of specifying exactly what we want, in order for Spirit to fulfill our
visualized goals:
Of the many things I saw that summer (1967) in San Francisco, the most astonishing were the long-haired young
hippie girls, with blue eyes, who danced and sang the message of love as the young men burned their draft cards
in the public park, as policemen on horseback quietly observed them. I began to wish I was 18 again. I wanted
one. Back in Olympia, however, there was no time for courting anyone. By that time I was so deeply involved in
the Awareness work and the antiwar activities that there was no time for anything else. I had read a reading from
Awareness given to a man who had asked about a 'treasure map'. Awareness had referred him to a book written
by Ophiel. It so happened that I had that particular book and had read it. I went back and read it again, following
the instructions exactly.
I wanted a working mate who was into my particular trip, who was interested in the same esoteric and New Age
ideas that I was, and who could possibly become my wife later on if everything worked out. (It was the beginning of
the 'trial marriage' in consciousness that has continued to this day).
I spent at least an hour writing up my treasure map. I carefully thought out exactly what I wanted. I wanted first a
real worker who could assist me in running my office, which by now had become the headquarters of the
Organization of Awareness. I wanted a girl of about 21, a good mind, one who could grasp the concepts i was
working with and carry out various duties. I wanted a gal who could cook and who could keep house. (I was living
in a two-room cabin in the woods and it was beginning to look like only pack rats lived there. Books, magazines
and dishes were stacked everywhere. I did not know how to keep house. I wanted a woman about 5 foot 2 inches
tall, blond hair, blue eyes, good teeth and a face that smiled all the time. I wanted her to like classical music as
well as the Beatles and rock and roll. I wanted her to like to garden and to can the produce grown in the garden. I
wanted her to like brown rice. I wanted her to be able to drive a car, and I wanted her to enjoy the simple things in
life and not have expensive tastes or any desire to join country clubs or things of that nature.
There were a few other things, but I can't recall what they were al this time. However, all the above mentioned
things were written down in that treasure map. At the end of the map I wrote down a date, some six months in the
future, that I wanted this angel to manifest into my life. I even put down the exact time of day. (Ophiel had stated
that a minimum of 6 months was required). I then sat down, read the map twice, did a long meditation, and put the
map away in a dark and secret place and promptly forgot it.
About 5 months later this lovely blond, blue-eyed angel walked into my office bookstore (One of the things I sold
were Edgar Cayce type books), and she bought a poster or two and started up a conversation. Several weeks
later she showed up again and asked me if she could have a job working for me. I put her to work helping
Geraldine Morse, (whom Awareness had instructed me to hire as secretary/treasurer of Organization of
Awareness) who promptly put her to work addressing envelopes, inserting readings and other things, sealing the
envelopes to be mailed off to the many members receiving the communications from Awareness at that time.
As it turned out, her name was Vicki, and she was attending college at the University of Washington, and worked
for me that entire summer. Later that year she phoned me from school and asked me to come get her, she could

253
not cope with the vibes at the university and couldn't relate to the people there, most of whom were into things
other than the antiwar movement or the New Age activities. (She told me later that much of her time was spent in
fighting off male students and even a few teachers, all of whom were into the new sexual liberation of that time). I
went and picked her up, hauled her back to my cabin which she promptly took over, cleaned up and made livable
for the first time.
I did not realize it at the time, but in checking later, the night she moved in with me was exactly 6 months from the
date of my treasure map, and the exact hour listed was the time she entered the cabin. We lived together for a
year or so, then decided to make it legal.(The vibrations were compatible) As of this posting, Vicki and I have been
happily married for 32 years. (2001) I think this is the first time this has been made public. (And to you seven
members who have proposed marriage to Vicki T over the years by mail, all I can say is:

Sorry boys, I saw her first. Go make yourself a treasure map if you really want one!
(Avaton) Send e-mail to Avaton <mailto:CosmicComm@aol.com>

How To Ignore The Signals From Your Spirit

I have done some foolhardy things in my life (I could probably write a book). All of them were due to ignoring
obvious signals from Spirit within. This is an account of one of those ventures.
Back in the eighties my family and I were living in Austin, Texas. I was gainfully employed and we were
comfortable in our living circumstances. After 8 years I became very frustrated and angry because of all the work
and long hours required at my job, which left no time for studies or leisure. In my desperation I decided to move to
Las Vegas, NV, where our oldest son and his family lived.
Leaving my family in Austin, I set out for Vegas in an old 1971 Volvo. Before long I noticed burning smells and
strange odors. Then smoke began billowing from the front of the car. I stopped and discovered that the front tires
were actually smoking because the brakes were so hot. When they had cooled for an hour I found a Midas shop,
where they did their customary estimate. They wanted $2000 to repair the brakes, on a car I had paid $1495 for!
So I said loudly "It really is true, nobody beats Midas!" and left.
I figured out that the brakes only locked up when I depressed the brake pedal, so I drove the rest of the way to the
City of Lights using only the parking brake! Then my wife insisted I come back immediately and get her and the
youngest girl. So I parked the old Volvo in the long-term parking at the airport and flew back to Austin.
Upon arrival I bought an old ugly trailer, hitched it to our station wagon, and loaded what I could on it, leaving all
our furniture behind. Three miles out of town the engine overheated. My wife told me the car had overheated badly
the previous week, and she had paid some Mexican to replace the water pump. I discovered the coolant was
flowing in the wrong direction-- he had installed the wrong water pump on the car! So I bought another new pump
and installed it while we were behind a store after dark, using a flashlight, finishing at 10 pm.
We soon discovered that the car still overheated quickly, even with the correct water pump. At that time I had dark,
foreboding feelings that we were making a mistake attempting to drive to Las Vegas. But my wife pointed out that
we couldn't turn back-- we no longer had a place to live and I had no job. Succumbing to her specious argument, I
decided that we were committed to moving to Vegas.
Have you ever tried to drive 1300 miles in a car (with a trailer) that overheats every 10 miles? Believe it or not, that
is exactly what we did. In August. Across the desert, where the temperature was 100+ degrees. With no air
conditioner (didn't dare use that), a whiney little girl and a hot wife. I had a several 5 gallon jugs of water; each time
the radiator boiled over and we saw clouds of steam we would wait about 30 minutes (in the desert with no shade)
for it to cool down, then refill it with water and drive another 10 miles. I still can't believe we made it up the steep
winding road from Hoover Dam, where there is heavy traffic and no place to pull over.
When we finally made it to Las Vegas, I stopped at an automotive shop. They informed me that the car needed a
new head gasket, so I paid the guy $215 to replace it. It then became clear that the engine STILL overheated. I
confronted the man about this, to which he replied that I had only paid him to replace the head gasket-- the head
was probably cracked, but I had not paid him to scan it for cracks.....
Having no more money to spend on repairs, I picked up the Volvo (the one without brakes) at the airport, and was
required to pay a parking fee of $65-- don't ever leave your car parked at an airport.
I barely had enough money to get us a modest apartment, which we moved into with no furniture. Positions in my
line of work were not available, so I took a job as telemarketer for 6 hours afternoons and evenings to bring in a
few dollars. It was discouraging to watch the top 4 or 5 telemarketers receive checks every week for $1700,
$2500-- the top seller got a check every week for $3500! Those were the guys who got the good leads: the
suckers with lots of money to spend. The rest of us made the guarantee of some $3 an hour, because we were
calling the bad leads: the people with no money to spend. While talking with one of the privileged guys who got the
good leads, I told him I had quit a job in Texas that paid $3000 a month. He exclaimed "You f----- up!" Then it hit

254
me like a ton of bricks-- I had made a huge mistake in moving to Nevada. Spirit had tried to warn me of this with all
the bad feelings I was getting, just like we are taught in the Lessons of Enlightenment. When I kept ignoring those
feelings, physical obstacles were placed in my path, but in my

bullheadedness I still didn't get the message! Spirit must feel extremely frustrated with me at times.....
To make a long story shorter, I procured cheap parts at a junkyard and fixed the brakes on the Volvo, which I then
swapped for a pickup with a flatbed and rack on the back. We even managed to trade in the station wagon for a
car that didn't overheat. All our stuff fit into the pickup and we made it back to Austin, dead broke when we got
there. I was hired by another company and promoted to near-management level. After 4 years I quit that job too,
did some crazy things, and Spirit became very frustrated again.....
But that is another story.
Lloyd Ard lloyda27@attbi.com

The following is an excerpt from the CAC newsletter, issue # 496 (98-4)
Incredible Things Occurring in Her Meditations
(Lessons ot Enlightenmant Producing Dramatic Results)
Rasma Kidd sent Vicki a letter. It's not particularly a question, but it's an interesting letter and I'll read it and ask
Awareness to comment. She writes: "This letter is in response to the Lessons of Enlightenment. I have studied
each lesson over and over again until it is fully absorbed. Grace's language is very clear and easy to understand.
Then I meditate on the ideas expressed.
"While meditating on the ideas of the 4th lesson, I was totally gone for a moment or two and experienced bliss,
light and love. After it passed, regular consciousness returned. I felt like I was released from the prison. Free. Free
to be who I am, really, only I couldn't see who I am really, and I didn't care, as if this small portion in the earth
personality Rasma did not need to be identified, classified, filed and labeled.
"There is joy, love and peace in my soul. Things that bothered me for so much before have lost their intensity. I
can take it or leave it. The most curious experience is what I call my 'Higher Self,' and I often was aware of Its
presence, It doesn't exist any more. Neither does the 'lower self'' which I believed was ruled by the conscious
mind.
"Then the physical body and emotional/psychological body, again, a part of each other. Now I can't sort anything
apart. Everything is put together like different colored water poured together in one bucket, and I love it being that
way."
And then she says another thing: "I have been using the radiance of the Great White Light for a number of years.
Sometimes I could reach it, sometimes not. I could see it high above me, concentrate towards it, and it would pour
down on me through the top of my head. Every so often I was able to gather the Light and direct it through my
third-eye chakra and shine it on a person or condition or event in the world to help for the better.
"This doesn't work anymore. I can't plug into the Light anymore. To my astonishment I learned that there is a tiny
point of light in each of my body cells. I can turn it up at will when there is an acceptable purpose and direct it
through the third-eye like before. Now my intent is to learn how to work with the Light properly and efficiently.
"These are my recent experiences. Each day something new unfolds in the consciousness. I no longer say "In my
mind" as my mind files only what the consciousness will. I think my mind will be able to learn some mathematics
finally, as it is no longer busy running my life." That's the end of her statement.

COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness suggests that this description is part of what is described as enlightenment. This Awareness is
pleased that such success is being achieved, for this is a reflection of the fact that certain mental belief structures
were already in existence, which allowed the greater facilitating and acceptance of the information offered, and
that this partlcular entity can be congratulated for having had the initial preparation so that the information could be
effective, in such a minimal amount of time.

Simply Remove Existing Mental Structures and Beliefs

This Awareness suggests that acquiring such understanding is as simple and as difficult as removing the existing
mental structures and beliefs which presently frustrate the spirit and create events and experiences less than
desirable. This Awareness suggests that although this entity is experiencing satisfaction and success relatively
quickly, that other entities experience frustration and still are grappling with the words, yet are sincere in their
efforts to obtain the message contained in the Lessons of Enlightenment. Such entities are to fear not, for the
intention and the tenacity and the courage to work with the material shall afford great reward.

255
Examine Core Beliefs that Seem Innocent Enough

It is often the most innocent-seeming beliefs, the most basic pieces of knowledge which have never been
addressed and appear to be so completely realistic and valid that they comprise cornerstone beliefs underpinning
entire edifices of world view, which, when removed, can facilitate tremendous progress and enlightenment. Such
underpinning beliefs are different from entity to entity, but that with persistence, faith, and practice, such
enlightenment, and far, far more can be obtained by all.
This Awareness has one further comment for the entity (Rasma). The mind continues to run the life, for that is its
specific purpose. The difference being, now, that you have purposefully decided what shall be contained within
your mind, and you have begun to discard those limited beliefs that are frustrating the Spirit.
This is why there is an experience of a oneness, and this is just the beginning, for not only can you obtain
knowledge in areas where there may have been mental frustration and blockage due to existing limitation and
belief, that not only will mathematics be more obtainable to you, but that you can begin to manifest this point of
Light energy that you have discovered within yourself in ways your spirit will direct you, which has already begun
to manifest in altered states of consciousness, as you may be aware, to address you to a particular gift, and to
allow you more creative control designing the events and experiences you wish to experience in your life.

The Mind is a Wondrous and Powerful Tool

This Awareness indicates indeed it will be your mind that will run your life. The mind is a wondrous and powerful
tool, when it contains only those beliefs that facilitate the Spirit. Your feelings will tell you religiously what these will
be, for those entities struggling with the Lessons of Enlightenment, it is quite sufficient to attend to the feelings and
begin to identify those negative emotions and signals from Spirit wherein frustrations occur; for behind each and
every one of these frustrated feelings lies an existing belief, and only a belief-- which can be plucked from the mind
as simply as anointing it with consciousness and removing It, replacing it with one broader and more facilitating to
Spirit, and this is the reason the emotion is experienced.
This Awareness suggests that in addition to the negative feelings-- the positive feelings of joy point to those belief
structures which are in existence which do work and facilitate the Spirit and create the desired experiences and re-
empower the entity-- for many such beliefs are in place and that a complete demolition is not necessary.

Rasma's Joyous Experience is a Universal One

This Awareness suggests that the experience the entity describes is a quite universal one, although couched in
terms specific to her perspective and experience. She describes the unfolding and the complete experience of
freedom that is the human birthright. She describes experiences flowing into her life that she does not necessarily
plan or control, yet each brings delight and unexpected experience, fulfilling, so that even the most planned
experiences pale in comparison to those delivered by a mind operating upon intention of Spirit.
This Awareness suggests that there have been many comments from those studying the Lessons of
Enlightenment and the concept of unfolding and feeling the synchronicity and the rhythm of life. When the energy
is flowing unimpeded there are descriptions of blissful content, of excitement and curiosity and fulfillment as life
offers up one event after the next, each significant to the mind and each pointing to the clear connection between
the belief, the energy and the event.
This Awareness suggests that this is a tremendous feeling, almost foreign to human beings, yet recognized
immediately as something wonderful and universal, for it is the true living human experience.

Listen!
The eternal adventure speaks from inside.
Trust your equipment.
Your compass points to joy.
Breath connects us to the sky,
Where stars on incandescent journeys
Stoke the furnace of our mutual dream.
by Jean Turnbow

Our future path lies in our dreams and what follows is the dream of one human being who can visualize not only
what is not right with the present, but what can become right with the future.

Millennium Dream
Looking back through time

256
I see that I came
as a dreamer of dreams
as well as a child of the earth
But learned to ignore the dreams
And focus on real, material things
master the ritual
of becoming a successful individual
in the real world
Now I pause, wonder why
with our country's living standard so high
teens kill teens
millions of people are poor
billions are spent on drugs to lessen
pain, disease, anxiety, and fear
Holes appear in the ozone layer
polar ice melts
rains dissolve California cliffs
India explodes the atom
to show its' a player
in the real world
As night time falls
and sleep calls
Thoughts of material life dissolve
in dreams of turbulent water
devouring beasts
efforts to get somewhere
but destination unknown
I try to recall those dreams
that I came to dream
The screen before my eyes
turns velvety blue-black
spreads outward, inward
everywhere, nowhere
I sink into the bliss
of nothingness
And then, from nothing appears
a vaguely visible form
molding an empty energy ball
between vaguely visible hands
with great care and delight

while chanting a sacred medody

Until, in a moment of ecstasy
the universe springs into materiality
bathed from above
with compassionate love
The dream changes again
people appear, free from fear
working together in harmony
with earth, fire, water, and air
I come awake knowing
Now is the time
for all human beings
to recall their forgotten dreams
which provide the means
to move beyond
fear, anger, strife

257
Bring the joy of compassionate love
into material life.
This poem was contributed by Leonard Goodwin from his book "Journey Through Time - From the Great
Depression To the New Millennium" (It is a spiritual biography in poetic form available online from Barnes & Noble
or from the author, Leonard Goodwin) Email the author <mailto:tyeriver@intelos.net >
The following is an account of one person's journey from converting an experience into a belief system which was
then applied to a personal health crisis with outstandingly positive results. This is the ultimate point and purpose of
the Lessons of Enlightenment.

PATHWAYS TO FEELING BETTER

My sister-in-law and I are both experiencing symptoms of menopause, and she told me about a natural estrogen
product that was helping her. I determined to try it, but found that I needed a prescription to get it. This took me to
a doctor who wanted to give me a physical exam before recommending anything. I consented, and was prodded
and poked accordingly. It was a complete surprise to have the doctor tell me at the conclusion of the exam that I
had a lump in my left breast! Having undergone major medical procedures in the past, I did not look forward to a
new program of tests and treatments. The doctor suggested that I see a surgeon and have the lump biopsied. I
nodded assent, and the doctor's secretary made an appointment for me. She stated that the earliest appointment
date would be two weeks away. I consented, and left the office. My husband, David, was waiting for me in the
medical center parking lot. As I walked toward the car I experienced a sense of deep distress, and poured out the
story of my visit with the doctor and what he had discovered. I asked David if he would take me to see our friend
Lewis, who is a hypnotist. I wanted Lewis to hypnotize me and under hypnosis to repeat affirmations of wellness
and calmness. Without some help, I didn't know how I was going to deal with my feelings of distress. We made an
appointment with Lewis for the following day, and after the session I felt much better. I determined to steep myself
in a book manuscript that I had recently written*. It told the story of my surgery to remove a brain tumor, and my
recovery from that trauma. Interwoven in the story are 60 pathways to feeling better which I discovered and utilized
in my rehabilitation. For the next two weeks I read these pathways over and over and did what they suggested.
When I saw the surgeon at the end of the two week period, he did an ultrsound and breast examination to identify
the lump. His face became puzzled. He said, "I can't do a biopsy, because there is no lump in your breast!" * For
further details regarding the above account, you may contact Mary Morgan McKnight, the author of Jogging
Through Space, Sixty Pathways to Feeling Better. Her book is available for $15.00 + $2.00 shipping and handling
from Books Beautiful,
HCR 3, Box 15, McDowell, VA 24458.

Near Death Experience

The following real life story illustrates quite a number of the concepts embodied in the Lessons material.
I was very religious. I make a point of this because I did not have the usual NDE, which is unusual when you
consider my background. In 1965, I was working in a drive-in restaurant in Renton. I now had 4 children and my
husband was a lineman for the power company. I had developed varicose veins which ran in my family. I was a
deaconess and a Sunday school teacher in my church and my life revolved around my family, my church and my
home. I bowled twice a week. I began to have trouble bowling because after 2 lines of bowling my left leg would
give out and I could not stand on it. I went to my doctor and he recommended I see a surgeon to see if I could
have the veins stripped in my left leg. I went to see the surgeon and we decided to operate on my left leg and strip
the veins. It was elective surgery and I would be in the hospital only 3 days. I went to the hospital and was
operated on.
The next day I got up and walked around. The only thing that was unusual was that twice I found myself on the
floor with no memory of how I got there. On the third day, I went home. I was feeling fine. The next day I went over
to my neighbor, Pearl, for a cup of tea. We were sitting there and suddenly I felt strange. I told Pearl that I would
go home and lie down for a while. She said she would walk with me. I told her no, that I was all right and that I
would see her later. It was about 3:00 P.M.
I walked across the street and up a short embankment and to the middle of the carport. Suddenly I was floating
above my body which was laying in the carport. I had no sense of movement and I was not afraid. I was fully
conscious. I looked down and wondered why my body was laying on the ground and I was in the air. I thought it
was interesting how my body looked. I had never seen my body from this view before. The neighbor across the
street saw me fall and she came running over calling to Pearl. She and Pearl picked up my body, carried it into the
house, and put it down on the bed. I floated along with them. My bed had a bookcase headboard on it. I perched
upon it and watched them try to resuscitate my body without any success. My 4 children were standing at the end

258
of the bed watching them. Pearl told my daughter to call 911. She went into the livingroom and called them. My
body voided all wastes and they were trying to clean it up. They removed all the clothing except for a T-shirt.
The ambulance came and two attendants came in and put my body on a stretcher and carried it out to the
ambulance. They told Pearl to get in and she told them that I had just come home from the hospital the day before.
Shirley,the other neighbor, said she would tell Bill, my husband, to meet us at the hospital. As they placed my body
in the ambulance, I floated along with it. I was not attached to it in any way that I could determine. I just thought
everything was so interesting. The driver turned on the siren and we started for the hospital. The attendant began
trying to revive my body. Pearl was telling him what had happened and he was trying to find a pulse. He put an
oxygen mask over my body's mouth and applied electric shocks to the chest 3 times, each time taking a pulse.
Halfway to the hospital, he stopped and told the driver to turn off the siren. I was dead. The driver did and Pearl
started crying. I turned around and was immersed in light. I was completely one with love, unconditional love. I
knew I was complete at last. Never had I felt such safety and love before. Suddenly, I had all knowledge. Love
surrounded me and accepted me completely. All that I had ever heard or known was swept away and I knew all
knowledge. I knew that Christ had not died on the cross and that there is no sin or evil. I knew that I had existed
since the moment of creation and that I shall always exist and that all consciousness is in the act of becoming. I
knew that I had lived 900 times in physical reality and I watched those expressions and observed each of them. I
experienced what we mean when we say that we have free will and that we choose everything. There are no
absolutes.
I watched every thought I had ever chosen to its natural end. I watched each being it touched. I knew that I was a
speaker and I had always been a speaker and that I carried information between entities and their expressions. I
was in physical reality because it is time for the physical beings to mature and accept the responsibility for their
creation and to realize that they create their reality. I knew then that I must return because my role was not
finished yet. I also knew that I would die in 2010 and I would drown in my own body fluids. I would create my own
death as I had chosen it.
I turned around and I was in the hospital emergency room. In the room was Bill, Pearl, 2 ambulance attendants, 2
policemen, a doctor yelling at Bill, and a nurse standing at the head of the table on which my body was laying,
covered with a sheet. The doctor was telling Bill that I had died from extreme malnutrition. He was yelling that
women kill themselves trying to be thin. Bill was trying to tell him that he had just taken me home the day before
and it was impossible for me to have died from extreme malnutrition. I floated over to my body and sank down into
it.
I want to tell you what it felt like when I entered my body. I have never felt such joy. I was enthralled with this
wondrous body I had created. I could feel the consciousness of each cell in my body. I could feel the joy of the
blood as it rushed through the veins and the sharing of the creation of new life as each cell sang its energy. I truly
knew what the phrase "I sang the body electric" meant. I was so captivated by this wondrous creation which all of
me had created and the loving cooperation that existed between all the cells that had joined together to create this
marvelous body called Patsy. I joined in this song of life and thanked each of them and praised them. I could feel
the energy as it traveled through my nerve paths to its destination. How alive and vital this body was. What a
marvelous creation it was and how well it worked together in perfect synchronization in its exuberant celebration of
life. As long as I wear this body, I will never forget what I had experienced in that moment.
My body begin to shake and the sheet fell to the floor. The nurse screamed. The doctor ran to the table and
slapped her. I sat up and tried to get off the table. I wanted to dance and sing for the sheer joy of being alive. He
pushed me down on the table and told her to get him a shot. I was struggling to get up and suddenly I realized I
knew what everybody was thinking and they were all terrified. I calmed down and laid still. I told the doctor that I
was all right and I didn't need a shot. He was terrified to even touch me. The nurse did not want to approach the
table again. Everyone in the room was frozen in place. Their brains could not process what their eyes were
observing.
I became aware that I was ravenous and I needed food. I told the doctor that I needed food. He told the nurse to
send for an orderly to take me up to a room. He then told Bill to go with me. Then he went over to the desk and
begin to fill out papers. I could see that he could not think about what had just happened and he was afraid of me.

The orderly came and Bill and I and him went to the elevator. I was chattering away with the orderly and Bill was
staying as far away from me as possible. I knew in some way I had to help Bill because he had to go home and tell
the kids what happened. I told Bill that I was all right and I wanted him to go home and tell the kids that I would be
home tomorrow. He never said a word. He just leaned over and kissed me and took the elevator back down.
The orderly said to the floor nurse that all of them in the emergency room acted like they had just seen a ghost.
She asked me if I had seen a ghost and I said no but I was starving and could she please get me something to eat
and drink. She said the kitchen was closed because it was about10:00 p.m., but she would see what she could

259
find for me. She put me in a ward with 2 other women and told me to be quiet. She left the room and I woke them
up and told them we were going to have a party. I was singing and telling jokes and dancing around the room
when she came back. She told me to get back in bed and eat and be quiet or she would have to strap me down.
So I did.
The women went back to sleep and I laid awake all night. I read every mind in the hospital and wandered through
everyone's dreams. To the ones who were dying, I helped them to leave and explained to them where they were
going. To the babies who had just entered this reality, I had long conversations and they told me why they had
chosen to come and why they had chosen their parents. To those who were frightened and suffering, I helped
them to see that they really chose the suffering and they had to choose not to suffer because it was not necessary.
The next morning, a neurologist came in and asked me a lot of questions. He poked me with a needle. I read his
mind and told him what he wanted to hear. He left thinking he had been right, that I had just had an emotional
event that was caused by stress and he would recommend bed rest. I had planted these suggestions in his mind.
That afternoon Dr. Zeck, my surgeon came in and sat down and asked me what happened. I read his mind and
knew that he knew I had died. I told him he would not believe me. He said,' "Yes, I would, I have to go before a
board of my peers and tell them what happened, and why I released you to go home. I am a surgeon, and
everyday I face my enemy, death, across my operating table and the more I can understand about him, the better I
am able to help my patients. I have had 500 patients experience death and live to tell about it and I'm not moving
until you tell me what happened." So I told him. He told me that my file would be placed with the others and
destroyed upon his death. I asked him what I should do and he said, "I don't know." Your life will completely
change and I don't know how to tell you to live it." Where are the others who experienced this? He told me he
could not tell me. He told me not to tell anyone what had happened or they would put me away. I told him I could
read his mind and he said yes that he knew that. He said that in time I would lose this ability but at first it would
help me to adjust to my new awareness. He told me that I had been officially dead for 1 hour and he said he
thought it was more than several hours. I went home that day. I never saw him again. He was right. My world had
turned upside down.
I went to church the next Sunday and couldn't even sit through the service. I wanted to stand up and tell everyone
that this was all wrong and how wonderful they were. The ability to read minds stayed with me for almost a month
and then slowly faded into the background. I now use it in my role as a speaker. I began a search for others like
me. I explored the psychic community and found that they, too, taught that people were victims and powerless. If
you constantly seek your answers outside yourself, you will never find wisdom. You already have all the answers,
so you always must look within.
In 1974, I was told by a palm reader to go to Lacey, WA to a certain house and I would find my voice. I went and
when I arrived, I knocked on the door and a young man opened the door. He told me to come in and that "Gene"
would be back in a few minutes. 15 Minutes later Gene entered and I recognized him. He had been my tutor when
I was in Atlantis and had used his students to gain advantage over his enemies. He said, "I have been waiting for
you". He took me down to the basement to his library and gave me the book SETH SPEAKS.

He told me this would give me the language I needed for my work. I went home and read it and it was exactly what
I had learned in the light.
Gene died two years later from a brain tumor. For two years he helped me to prepare myself for my role as a
speaker. In the years since I have lived the principles I learned in the light. Many events have happened to me and
they will be in the book. You see, I have not had the usual NDE. I went to the NDE society here in Seattle and told
my story and they asked me not to return because I had said that I knew Christ did not die on the cross, at least in
this probability. I also did not go through a tunnel or see anyone. I was fully conscious during the whole time. In
fact, I did not sleep for a week after the event. I only sleep 4 hours a day now which is the usual for me. I have
never slept more than five hours at a time. I have no fear of death or anything. I live in the moment. I am in
excellent health and create what I want. I do not use drugs, alcohol or have insurance. I have never met a stranger
and I don't know what the word shy means. I have never been homesick and I am at home wherever I am. My life
has been a grand adventure. I stand between two worlds and I move easily between them. Patsy Davis
As we move from accepting our fate to taking the future into our own hands and adopting a willingness to stretch
beyond conventionality, we may find ourselves coming to appreciate the spiritual qualities of life and the creative
power at our disposal. This is the story of one person who has done just that:

REMISSION FROM CANCER

Fourteen years ago I was diagnosed with an incurable lymph cancer. My doctors used chemotherapy, radiation
and surgeries to fight my tumors and other cancer cells. As Dr. Bernie Seigel urges in LOVE, MEDICINE AND
MIRACLES, I complied with my doctors' conventional treatment methods while at the same time exploring and

260
utilizing alternative therapies. Many were physical remedies: mega-doses of vitamin C; Ann Wigmore's living foods
diet, including wheatgrass Essiac; daily health club workouts; even urine therapy.

My hospital system, Cancer Treatment Centers of America, was the world's leader in the nutritional care of cancer
patients, and pointed out that 40% of cancer fatalities are actually precipitated by malnutrition. So they put me on a
preventative regimen of nutrients and supplements, including selenium, a number one tumor fighter. And they
stressed that "cancer is a sugar-feeder": cancer cells are nourished best by refined white sugar.
But more powerful than these physical strategies, I felt, was the power of mind to effect a disease process—for ill,
or for good. I even sensed that the real power behind my physical therapies, both conventional and alternative,
was my will to live. I had made a clear and passionate decision from the start that I wanted to live. And this choice
led me to explore those parts of myself that did not want to live, the "helpless and hopeless" feelings often
characteristic of cancer patients well before the onset of their disease.
Thus I employed many techniques to mobilize my mind and spirit in behalf of wellness—including, of course,
prayer, and even hypnotically-reinforced affirmations. One of the most powerful methods I used was Dr. Carl
Simonton's daily visualization technique: in a meditative state, seeing in my creative mind's eye an animated force
for healing eliminating the cancer. In my visualization this continually-repeated scene involved an indomitable
husky dog chasing a stealthy little Mafia-like character out of my body.
With such methods I filled my mind with signs and symbols of recovery and health drawn from many sources—
from my dreams and music, to continual reading of inspiring literature, and more. And my wife, Mary, walked with
me every step of the way, an inexpressible blessing. As A COURSE IN MIRACLES instructs, we enter heaven two
by two, not alone. The COURSE also challenged me with its firm position that both illness and healing are a
decision we make, a plan we lay.
It has now been six years since I have had any tumors or other cancer indicators. I am tremendously grateful for
the new life and changed perspective which my cancer experience has given me. I see as never before the power
of our beliefs and feelings, both positive and negative, to bring about what we experience. And I have discovered
in a new way that what we truly desire, what we firmly choose to have and be, will ultimately come about.
DM of McDowell, VA E-mail the author <mailto:DMcKnight@mgwnet.com>

Insurance Claims Experiment

There are times when the opportunity to effect our own reality is presented to us in a way that is hard to ignore.
We might try an experiment in some area just as a lark and discover that there is a potential to have an important
impact upon our immediate environment. Because we succeed but realize that others will reject our results out of
hand, we rationalize the experience as being little more than a coincidence and hold back on any further efforts.
The following is a personal story of potential. I hope that in sharing it, others will find hope trying their own
experiment.
Many years ago, when I was working as a claims adjuster, I happened to read about a group of people who were
practicing transcendental meditation and getting some extraordinary results in the process. These people were
traveling to various cities and spending a specified period of time doing nothing more than meditating. Before
beginning their project in a particular city, they would examine the statistics regarding crime and automobile
accidents within a defined area and period of time. This information was easily available from public records and
established an adequate base line for the experiment. After practicing transcendental meditation (TM) for 30 days,
they would check the records again to see if there was a noticeable difference. There consistently was a fifteen to
twenty-five percent drop in both areas.
Because this was my profession, I wrote to the organization and asked them to send me some printed material on
their activity. They sent me a packet about five inches thick, quantifying the results they had achieved in a number
of cities.
I was impressed enough to try an experiment of my own. Having worked for my company long enough to acquire
three full weeks of vacation, I elected to take it all at once. At the time, I was receiving between 35 to 40 assigned
claims per month. Remember these numbers as they will be important later in this story. These claims ranged from
auto accidents, to theft and fire claims, as well as workers compensation injury claims.
The day before I was due to start my vacation, I sat down quietly in my office. I worked out of my home and the
house was completely quiet. I visualized a protective white light coming into the top of my head and coming out my
outstretched hands to each of the company agents for whom I handled claims. I then visualized that protective
energy going from the agents to each of company's policyholders. I did this for about 5 minutes and then went on
my vacation.
When I returned three weeks later, I called the branch office to check in with my supervisor to see if there had
been any problems on my other files. He advised that everything was fine but that while I was gone something odd

261
had happened. During that three week period, they had received only three claims in my territory. He went on to
say that the office had begun to wonder if the agents who normally sent the claims in might have been holding
them until I returned. But that didn't make any sense because people would have been calling and demanding that
someone contact them to handle their damages.
Naturally, they were puzzled by the fact that while I should have normally received 30 or more claims during that
period, I had only received one tenth of that number. I, on the other hand, was only amused.
I immediately realized the potential of what had happened. I thought about repeating the procedure on a regular
basis. I also thought about telling management what I had done and offering to teach others to do the same. But
then I imagined the reaction I would receive to such an offer and decided to postpone the whole process to a more
enlightened time.

Lloyd K Send e-mail to Lloyd K <mailto:klappl@cfw.com>

The Mist
When the Spirit moves through us, it often expresses itself in a way that captures both our intellect and our heart.
This is never more true than when our prose becomes poetic in nature. What follows is just such an example.
Expectation is the name of a Mist. This Mist has other names. Call It 'meaning' if You like. Call It 'knowing'. Call It
'desire.'
Clear this Mist away, some say, and Reality stands revealed. Their name of It is Maya, 'Illusion.' Worship the Mist,
bow down to It, others say, that we may be secure from troubles and pain. Their name for It varies from 'love' to
'ignorance' and includes along the way much of confusion and heartbeat and passion. Still others even today
insist: we must boil It, work It, chop It, smooth It, analyze It and refashion with It. And their name for It is 'science'
or 'reason' or 'logic' or 'justice.' And in with all these people and their legions of names and their conflicting
prescriptions, recipies, formulas and scriptures, is the Thing Itself -- the Mist.
Astrologers looked upon Sun, Moon, planets and stars -- their many apparent motions -- and they drew together in
the Mist ... and they draw on today. Psychologists and psychiatrists now pause to reflect, musing both within and
upon the Mist. Leaders of men, to whom many look for guidance or rule, know this Mist too well, for It intensifies
about them, becomes thick almost to the point of independent certainty. As Virtue, It is almost tangible; as Control,
It foregoes all happenstance; as Power, It would grow unbounded in both range and intensity.
Physicists wonder amidst matter what holds matter together, how energy may become matter, what matters most
amidst matter, they plumb the Mist. Divines look long and desparately for new aspects or answers to the problem
of Sin. The Mist is patient, finding Itself no problem at all. Artists toy and tremble with perception and the
determination to overcome or pierce its limitations, they clutch at Mist.
There is more to Mist than meets the eye; more to meaning, more to knowing, more to desire than meets the eye.
What more, what is more? -- more is Mist. Some would have it that Mist is "Mystery', that It always remains
occluded; that It is Occult, the occultists claim, so to claim It.
Mist. "Mist" is a word. 'Mist' is a potential image. Mist is prepotential certainty, a plasticity of imminent creation, the
spark of individual thought as well as its directly sustaining medium. A four-letter word, just like Mind.
DD of Faber, VA E-mail DD <mailto:DD<klappl@cfw.com>

The Rain Stopped During Our Wedding!

According to the Lessons of Enlightenment, a firm and deeply held belief can influence events, even the weather!
The following is a real life example:
About our marriage, an almost mystical thing occurred, which I shall share for the first time with our CAC family.
Vikki wanted to have the marriage early in June. A month or so earlier we had driven to Centralia, 30 miles south
to get our marriage license (neither of us wanted it published locally). So we planned for early June, but as it
approached, Vikki happened to dig out the marriage license and noticed that It expired on May 26th. We were both
too tight to drive down to Centralia again and pay to get it renewed, so the marriage date was set for May 26th to
avoid this.
It must have been another El Nino Spring because it rained incessantly the entire month of May. We wanted to
have the marriage happen outdoors in the Arboretum in Seattle, a huge beautiful park near the University District,
festooned with many vaneties of old growth trees and flowers of every kind. Vikki and I often went there just to lie
beneath the trees and soak in the vibes.
Glen Rallam, a close friend and a former associate of Ralph Duby was my best man. He had arranged to meet us
at a New Age church close by run by a really nice lady, whose name I have forgotten, so on the 26th of May, in a
driving rain we headed for Seattle.

262
In the car behind was my oldest son, Jon, and Frank and Cammy Locy, two friends that I had helped set up a
"head shop" in Olympia, which carried a large selection of anti-war posters, etc. Vikki was incredibly lovely. She
was wearing a white, handmade dress which she had fallen in love with at an old antique store in Yelm. She later
told me she didn't think it was a dress, but a slip or undergarment worn by some pioneer women who had come
here ages ago by wagon train. It was a see-through garment with lots of lace and Vikki was the "flower child"
wearing it, with flowers in her hair.
As we neared Seattle, the drenching rain continued and the sky darkened even more and suddenly I noticed Vikki
had slumped down and was crying. Before we had left Olympia, Vikki was really upset by the rain and the prospect
of a ceremony in the pouring rain. I kissed her and said, "Don't worry about It. Trust me, the sun will be out." Then,
like a damn fool, I added: "If not, it's a sign that we shouldn't get married. After all, I'm 22 years older than you and
you know this will present problems later on in your life."
The sun was nowhere near coming out. In fact, there had been several weeks at least with no sunbreaks at all. I
asked her what was the matter, "This is your wedding day and you are supposed to be joyous." She continued
sobbing."Remember, you said It would be a sign," she cried.

I put my arm around her and pulled her to me as I drove. " I was joking," I said gently. "We're destined to get
married. Stop crying, the sun will come out."
It didn't. We found the church, and as we parked, the rain suddenly stopped. We went inside to sign the marriage
certificate and meet the minister. Glenn was there and they would follow us to the Arboretum. When we got back
into the car, the rain resumed. It was noontime but the dark sky made it look like night. The drive was only about
15 minutes, but the rain was back in torrential amounts. I had the windshield wiper going full blast and it was still
difficult to see ahead. Vikki had begun to cry again, and I had to reassure her, "The sun will be out for our wedding!
Stop crying!"
And then the miracle happened. As we turned off the avenue into the Arboretum, the rain suddenly stopped. The
sky opened up and the sun beamed down in front of us. The windshield wipers were still going and suddenly I
could see very clearly. A half a mile later we spotted the grotto where our wedding was to take place. With the
three cars parked, we all walked down a trail to a clearing surrounded by huge redwoods and riots of flowers
glistening in the sunshine. Vikki was ecstatic and laughed so hard she started crying. The minister looked up at the
sky and said, "Let's get this over with while the sun is still out." We did. As cameras flashed, I took my radiant
flower child as my bride, and she took me for better or for worse as her husband, not "till death do us part," but "as
long as we both shall love."
I was dressed in a bright yellow Nehru shirt and blue twill trousers. My hair was getting long but nothing like Vikki's
long blonde hair which flowed down her back to her fanny. What was strange about the weather was that all
around us in the distance we could see it was still raining and very dark, but this little glen was dry and the rays
from the sun shone down on that little area like a spotlight. The ceremony took 20 minutes and after
congratulations from the troupe, the sun suddenly started to disappear and we all got into our cars. As we left the
park, heading toward the Space Needle to treat everyone to some fine dining, the rain reappeared. Within minutes
it was again a torrent. It stopped once again as we walked around Seattle Center toward the Space Needle as
Vikki handed out flowers to passersby. (She had picked a huge bouquet and had saved them for this purpose).
"This Is my wedding day," she sang as she handed a flower to a startled British tourist, who asked if she could
take a picture of a real American "hippie." And so it went.
And when we came out of the Space Needle and said goodbye to everyone, we started off for Canada for a 4-day
Honeymoon. As we hit the freeway, the sky darkened and the deluge began again. It rained continuously for 3
more days, but we no longer cared about that. We were now a legal couple and very much in love, and we both
somehow knew that there was plenty of work ahead for both of us, but at that time we did not know what it was.
Avaton.

Send e-mail to Avaton <mailto:CosmicComm@aol.com>

263